A  GERMAN 

CONVERSATION-  GRAMMAR 


BEING  A  NEW  AND  PRACTICAL  METHOD  OF  LEARNING 
THE  GERMAN  LANGUAGE 

BY 

DR.  EMIL  OTTO 

IN  PART  REWRITTEN 
BY 

WILLIAM    COOK: 

Late  Assistant  Professor  of  German  in  Harvard  College 

WITH  FULL  VOCABULARIES 

BY 
L.  PYLODET. 

SECOND    EDITION,     REVISED. 


Entered  according  to  Act  of  Congress,  in  t»i«  year  IfWt,  by 

8.  R.  URBINO, 
In  the  Clerk's  Office  of  the  District  Court  of  the  District  of  Massachusetts, 


Entered  according  to  Act  of  Congress,  in  the  year  1874,  \)f 

HENRY  HOLT, 
In  the  Office  of  the  Librarian  of  Congress  at  Washington. 


Copyright,  1881,  1887, 
By  HENRY  HOLT  A  CO. 


BOBEBT  DRUMMOND,   ELECTROTYPES  AND  PBINTKB,  NEW  YORK. 


This  book  is  the  result  of  a  minute  revision  of  the 
18th  German  edition  of  Otto's  Grammar,  with  the 
addition  of  the  vocabularies  (revised)  of  the  preceding 
American  edition.  Errors  have  been  corrected,  and 
several  articles,  as  well  as  the  index,  to  the  fullness  of 
which  especial  attention  is  invited,  entirely  rewritten. 
The  selections  in  the  Appendix  are  those  of  the  American 

edition. 

WILLIAM  COOK. 

CAMBRIDGE,  MASS., 

December,  1880, 


PUBLISHERS'    NOTE   TO   THE  SECOND   EDITION, 

The  present  edition  has  been  carefully  revised.     Both  the  Classified 
lists  and  the  Alphabetical  list  of  Irregular  Verbs,  on  pages  172  to  221, 
have  been  entirely  recast. 
NEW  YOEK,  July  1   1887. 


2230744 


CONTENTS. 


FIRST   PART.— ETYMOLOGY. 

PAS* 

Pronunciation.    Letters  of  the  Alphabet 3 

Pronunciation  of  the  Vowels 4 

Pronunciation  of  the  Consonants 6 

Accent 10 

Exercises  in  Pronunciation    11 

Parts  of  Speech 13 

First  Lesson.     Definite  Article 15 

Second  Lesson.     Indefinite  Article 18 

Third  Lesson.     Declension  of  Substantives 21 

First  Declension    23 

Fourth  Lesson.     Second  Declension   27 

Fifth  Lesson.     Third  Declension 30 

Sixth  Lesson.     Feminine  Substantives.     Fourth  Declension   35 

Seventh  Lesson.     Neuter  Substantives.     Fifth  Declension   40 

Eighth  Lesson.     Nouns  with  Prepositions 44 

Ninth  Lesson.     Irregularities  in  the  Formation  of  the  Plural 48 

Tenth  Lesson.     Gender  of  Substantives 55 

Eleventh  Lesson.     Declension  of  Names  of  Persons -. 62 

Twelfth  Lesson.     Names  of  Countries,  Cities,  etc  66 

Thirteenth  Lesson.     Determinative  Adjectives  or  Adjective  Pronouns  71 
Fourteenth  Lesson.     Auxiliary  Verbs.     §aien.    The  Order  of  "Words  77 

Fifteenth  Lesson.     @ctn 85 

Sixteenth  Lesson.     2Berbcn    89 

Seventeenth  Lesson.     Modal  Auxiliaries  (fonncn  etc.) 93 

Eighteenth  Lesson.     Adjectives   102 

Nineteenth  Lesson.    Comparison 112 

Twentieth  Lesson.     Numerals 119 

Twenty-first  Lesson.     Regular  Verbs 127 

Reading  Lesson:  Slefop   135 

Twenty-second  Lesson.     Passive  Voice 135 

Twenty-third  Lesson.    Personal  Pronouns  143 

V 


VI  CONTENTS. 

^AflS 

Twenty-fourth  Lesson.  Interrogative  Prononns 150 

Demonstrative  Pronouns  151 

Possessive  Pronouns  153 

Belative  Pronouns  155 

Correlative  Pronouns 158 

Reading  Lesson:  gin  tfyeurer  $opf  unfc  ein  ttoljlfeiter 162 

Twenty-fifth  Lesson.  Indefinite  Prononns 162 

Twenty-sixth  Lesson.  Irregular  Verbs 168 

Those  having  a  in  the  Imperfect 172 

Twenty-seventh  Lesson.  Those  having  t  or  ie  in  the  Imperfect 185 

"Beading  Lesson:  ^osjtusfo'S  SPrctb 194 

Twenty-eighth  Lesson.  Those  having  o  in  the  Imperfect 195 

Reading  Lesson:  £)ie  grftnbung  beg  ©lafeS 201 

Twenty-ninth  Lesson.  Those  having  it  in  me  Imperfect 202 

Irregular  Verbs.  Alphabetically  Arranged  208 

Thirtieth  Lesson.  Inseparable  Verbs 221 

Thirty-first  Lesson.  Separable  Verbs 227 

Prefixes  which  form  some  Separable  and  some  Inseparable  Verbs  234 

Reading  Lesson:  $5er  Sirocco  237 

Thirty-second  Lesson.  Verbs  which  form  the  Perfect  with  felc 238 

Thirty-third  Lesson.  Impersonal  Verbs  244 

Reading  Lesson:  <Die  3Menc  unb  bie  £aw>e 250 

Thirty-fourth  Lesson.  Reflexive  Verbs 251 

Thirty-fifth  Lesson.  Adverbs 257 

Reading  Lesson:  ®er  bcmffcarc  8ott>e 268 

Thirty-sixth  Lesson.  Conjunctions  269 

Thirty-seventh  Lesson:  Prepositions 282 

Reading  Lesson:  3)o3  jcrbrocfycne  §ufctfen 292 

Interjections 293 

Promiscuous  Exercises  in  Translation  and  Conversation  . .  .  .293 


SECOND    PART.— SYNTAX. 

Thirty-eighth  Lessen.    The  Definite  Article 305 

Reading  Lesson:  £)ag  boppelte  SBcrfcredjen  315 

Thirty-ninth  Lesson:  The  Genitive  of  Substantives  317 

Reading  Lesson:  Htyfyong  V 322 

Fortieth  Lesson.  The  Modal  Auxiliaries : .  323 

Reading  Lesson:  1)ie  fed)g  2B6rtIem 334 

Forty-first  Lesson.  Pronouns 335 

Beading  Lesson:  gptftet , 344 


CONTENTS.  vii 

PAGE 

Forty-second  Lesson.    Tenses  of  the  Indicative 346 

Reading  Lesson:  ©inige  QURC  au^  bcm  2e6en  ^einrtcf/S  IV 350 

Forty-third  Lesson.     The  Subjunctive   352 

The  Imperative 359 

Beading  Lesson:  $)te  gepruftc  £reitc 361 

Forty-fourth  Lesson.     The  Infinitive 363 

Eeading  Lesson:  SDie  gepritftc  Srcue  (©djtufjj    368 

Forty-fifth  Lesson.     The  Present  Participle 370 

Heading  Lesson:  $inblidje  8icbe 376 

Forty-sixth  Lesson.     The  Past  Participle 378 

The  Future  Passive  Participle 380 

Reading  Lesson:  £)er  SWann  mtt  bet  eifcrncn  2Ka3fe 381 

Forty-seventh  Lesson.     Adjectives 383 

I.  Adjectives  followed  by  the  Accusative 383 

n.  Adjectives  followed  by  the  Dative 383 

HI.  Adjectives  followed  by  the  Genitive    385 

IV.  Adjectives  followed  by  Prepositions    385 

V.  Adjectives  modified  by  an  Adverb  or  Abverbial  Phrase.  .  .  .386 

Reading  Lesson:  $)er  2#ann  mtt  bet  etfernen  SDtasfc  (©cfytuf?) 388 

Forty-eighth  Lesson.   The  Cases  which  Different  Verbs  take  after  them  389 

I.  Verbs  which  take  the  Nominative -.  389 

n.  Verbs  which  take  the  Dative 390 

III.  Verbs  which  take  the  Genitive 394 

Reading  Lesson:  dbetmutfjige  grcunbfcfyaft  be§  beittfdjen 

ftatfcrS  flarl'8  V 396 

IV.  Verbs  which  take  Prepositions 398 

Forty-ninth  Lesson.     I.  German  Prepositions 400 

n.  English  Prepositions 407 

Reading  Lesson:  8uca6  $ranadj 413 

Fiftieth  Lesson.     Arrangement  of  Words 414 

Principal  Clauses  of  Declaratory  Sentences 414 

Questions    416 

Optative  Sentences  417 

Dependent  Clauses 417 

Exceptions  and  Special  Cases    418 

Arrangement  of  the  Words  of  the  Rest  of  the  Clause  among 

themselves 425 

Observations  of  Importance  when  Translating  from  German 

into  English 427 

Reading  Lesson:  SD cr  ebte  Off'Sto    430 

Promiscuous  Exercises  in  Translation  and  Conversation,     n 436 


VTQ  CONTENTS. 

PAO* 

Anecdotes  for  Translation  into  German 440 

Dialogues  for  Translation  into  German:  Dionysius,  Pythias  and  Damon  449 

The  Dinner-party 452 

Materials  for  German  Conversation ' 4.CG 

Idiomatic  Expressions 4CO 

German  Proverbs 4G1 

Easy  Conversation   466 


APPENDIX. 

SPECIMENS    OP     GERMAN     POETRY. 


unb  Srjaljlungen  ..........................................  471 

<Z>a8  $u6n$en  »nb  ber  SDiamant.  —  <Da8  iBac&lein.  —  <£er  Ocb.  je  unb  ber  Gfel.  —  5£>er 
flnabe  unb  bie  CDarteln.  —  0>t  gtfdjer.  —  $*r  roeifee  $irf$.  —  Jlefop.  —  CDer  ©^afci 
graber.  —  £>er  SBUnbe  unb  ber  Ca§me.  —  Der  SRetfenbe.  —  ZBinterniirdjen. 

fiieber,  glcgien  :c  ..................................................  477 

®<funben.  —  $frbftUeb.  —  e^lof  etn,  mein  $erj.  —  SB&Atemif.  —  SSuS 
2»(tper.  —  gru^ltngSUeb.  —  58  ifl  ba8  ©Wrf  tin  flMtig  Ding.  —  Ta3 
SKSgblfin.  —  £*afer8  ©onntagSlieb.  —  grtf$  gefungcn.  —  Qtr  Wcnjle  augenbltrf.  — 
Dei  CSt^malb.  —  SEelte  iRofe.  —  grapng8  fflnfong.  —  ©onette.  —  iDidn  Ceben.  — 
Sluf  bet  SBanberung.  —  35a8  ffinb  Wiaft.  —  ®ie  <5intef>r.  —  Spru^.  —  3Konbna^t. 
—  fiieber.  —  fioretei.  —  CDie  fialten.  —  griebe.  —  £tt8  SBIatt  im  23u^e.  —  gtummet 
©c^merj,  Iaute8  (SlQrf.  —  3m  ©ommer.  —  3^r  nennt  midj  jlolj  I 

fieflettben,  9?oman3en  itnb  93atlaben  ..................................  492 

SSartorcffa.  —  £er  ©anger.  —  GrlenfSnig.  —  35«r  rei*pe  gurfl.  —  Die  $offnung.  — 
<De8  QDeutf^en  SSaterfanb.  —  ©^iflermel^t.  —  (Sebet  wabrenb  ber  ©e^la^t.  —  fKeue.  — 
Co(um6u8.  —  Ter  fpielenbe  Stnabc.  —  2)«8  Jlinb  in  ber  2Bicge.  —  Xa8  Jgcdijle.  - 
$flic&t  fur  3eben.  —  JJreunb  unb  geinb. 

Slnt^ologic  ......................................................  502 

SSriefe,  in  @*retfcfc^Ttft  ............................................  507 

©Ciller  an  Sffi.  eon  $um6olbt.  —  SEB.  eon  ^umbctbt  an  grau  »on  2BobI<cgen.  —  ®oetl)e 
an  ©Differ,  —  ©oet6e  an  ©fitter.  —  Charlotte  eon  ©d?iHer  an  bie  iprinjeffin  ffaroltna 
Souife  ten  ©a(^?en-2Betmar. 

German  and  English  Vocabulary  .................................. 

English  and  German  Vocabulary  .................................. 

General  Index  ..........................................  ........  575 


Part  1. 

ETYMOLOGY 


Cc  DdEe 


b      6    c       S>     b    <g 


F  f  Og  Hh  I1JJ  Kk 


L  1  Mm  Nn  OoPp 


1       3H     m 


Br  BBS  Tt  Un 


SC  t        II   it 


COMPOUND  CONSONANTS. 

Ch  Ck  BS  BZ  sell  8p  Bt  th  tZ 

4    •  tf      ff     f      W    fr      ff      t^ 


PRONUNCIATION. 

LETTERS  OF  THE  ALPHABET. 

The  German  Alphabet  consists  of  twenty-six  letters, 
as  follows: 

Characters.  Names.  Characters.  Names. 


21, 

a 

zz  a 

ah. 

yi, 

n  zz 

n 

enn. 

33, 

b 

zz  b 

bay. 

£), 

0    zz 

O 

o. 

6, 

c 

zz  c 

tsay. 

?f 

V  = 

P 

pay. 

£), 

b 

zz  d 

day. 

£}, 

q   zz 

q 

koo. 

<g, 

e 

zz  e 

ay. 

$1, 

r   zz 

r 

air. 

ft 

f 

{• 

eff. 

@,  j 

,  §    zz 

s 

ess. 

®, 

9 

-  g 

gay- 

z, 

t    zz 

t 

tay. 

Sr 

!j 

zz  h 

hah. 

u, 

It   zz 

u 

oo. 

0, 

t 

zz  i 

ee. 

8, 

t)    zz 

V 

fow. 

3, 

i 

=  j 

yot. 

28, 

to  zz 

w 

vay. 

ft 

! 

zz  k 

kah. 

£, 

$  — 

X 

ix. 

£, 

I 

zz  1 

ell. 

9), 

9  — 

y 

ipsilon, 

2tt, 

tn 

zz  m 

em. 

3, 

J    zz 

z 

tset. 

JC.  zz 

etc. 

Note  that  all  in  the  column  of  names  represents  the 
sound  of  a  in  hard;  that  oo  in  the  same  column  is  pro- 
nounced as  in  fool,  and  ow  as  in  fowl.  Yot  has  the  short 
German  o,  which  is  explained  further  on. 


4  PRONUNCIATION. 

The  pronunciation  of  the  following  combinations  needs 
especial  notice,  as  it  could  not  in  every  case  be  inferred 
from  the  pronunciation  of  the  single  letters. 

Vowels  doubled  :      2la,         (£e,         Do. 
Vowels  modified  :    2le,  a,     De,  o,     lie,  ti. 
Diphthongs:  2tt,         @i,         (£u, 

2lu, 
Combinations  :          <&\), 

f,  @t,         @P, 

£  2$,       Git. 

The  following  characters  are  somewhat  alike,  and  might 
"be  mistaken  for  one  another  by  beginners  : 

»,»;  <£,  <gj  &  3;  a,tt,9tj  £>,£>}  it,  u;  r,  r;  ff  f. 

1.  PRONTJNCIATION  OF  THE  VOWELS. 

A  vowel  or  a  modified  vowel  followed  by  ty,  e.g.,  ofy,  efy, 
«f),  is  always  long.  The  vowels  are  also  always  long  when 
doubled,  e.g.,  aa,  00.  In  words  of  more  than  one  syllable, 
a  vowel  in  an  accented  syllable  is  generally  long  if  followed 
by  a  single  consonant,  e.g.,  fya'ben. 

On  the  other  hand,  a  vowel  or  a  modified  vowel  followed 
by  the  same  consonant  doubled  is  always  short,  thus 
^Pappe,  fiillen,  and  generally  short  when  the  two  consonants 
are  different  ones,  e.g.,  fangen,  rounb. 

3(,  a,  when  long  is  pronounced  like  a  in  father,  thus 
after,  l>abe,  laben;  when  short  like  a  in  what,  thus  2lffe,  SWann, 


(5,  c,  when  long  is  pronounced  like  a  in  fate,  thus  jeber, 
SRel),  mefyr.  (£  when  short  is  pronounced  like  e  in  led, 
thus  ffielt,  fd^nefl,  benn. 

But  e  in  words  of  more  than  one  syllable,  if  unaccented, 
is  pronounced  much  like  u  in  but,  thus  33itte,  SSerein.  In 


PBONUNCIATION.  5 

this  case,  however,  it  is  silent  in  el,  cm,  en  final  ;  thus  oben 
is  pronounced  ob'n. 

$,  i,  when  long  is  pronounced  like  ee  in  reed,  thus  ifyttt; 
when  short  like  i  in  pin,  thus  immcr,  £tppe,  $tttt>. 

tC  is  pronounced  like  ee  in  reed.  In  words  of  foreign 
origin,  however,  if  it  has  not  the  accent,  it  is  pronounced 
like  yuh  (u  as  in  but),  thus  Silte,  |)tftorte. 

O,0,  when  long  is  pronounced  like  o  in  sole,  thus  Of  en, 
fyolcn,  9tol)r,  the  sound  is  the  same  in  quality,  but  is 
uttered  in  less  time.  It  resembles  the  vowel  sound 
often  heard  in  the  clipped  provincial  pronunciation  of 
coat,  stone,  whole;  thus  ©olb,  fommen,  foil. 

•D  short  must  not  be  confounded  with  21  short,  e.g.,  the 
first  syllable  of  £)tto  must  not  be  pronounced  like  the  first 
of  otter.  (This  latter  sound  is  that  of  a). 

It,  It,  when  long  is  pronounced  like  oo  in  fool,  thus 
33litt,  nun,  rufen;  when  short  like  oo  in  good,  thus 


,  t),  is  pronounced  like  i, 


2.   PROITUNCIATIOK-  OF  THE  MODIFIED  VOWELS. 

9(c,  ft,  when  long  is  pronounced  like  a  in  fate,  e.g., 
$afe,  gramen  ;  when  short  like  e  in  bed,  e.g.,  ffiUt,  Mite. 

Of,  Q,  is  pronounced  like  eu  in  French,  i.e.,  the  lips  are 
held  as  in  pronouncing  u  in  rule,  the  other  organs  of  speech 
as  in  pronouncing  a  in  fate,  e.g.,  (long)  ^tofjler,  bbe,  (short) 
•£>olle,  Bfter. 

lie,  ii,  is  pronounced  like  w  in  French,  i.e.,  the  lips  are 
held  as  in  pronouncing  u  in  rule,  the  other  organs  of 
speech  as  in  pronouncing  ee  in  reed,  e.g.,  (long)  tlebel, 
fiil;ren,  (short)  fallen,  -£wtte, 


6  PRONUNCIATION. 

3.   PHOWTTNCIATION"  OF   THE   DIPHTHONGS. 

9(cu,  Oil,  is  pronounced  between  the  oi  of  boil  and  the 
t  of  pine,  but  nearer  the  former,  e.g.,  .£>aufer,  SBaitme. 

9U,  at,  is  pronounced  like  t  in  pine,  but  in  this  and  in 
all  other  German  diphthongs  the  fusion  of  the  two  parts 
is  not  so  perfect  as  in  English,  i.e.,  we  hear  with  some 
distinctness  first  a  as  in  father,  and  then  t  as  in  pin. 
Examples:  £aifer,  2ftau 

3(u,  ait,  is  pronounced  like  ou  in  house,  c.g.,  $au$,  33aum. 

5(t),  at),  is  pronounced  like  at. 

(£i,  Ct,  is  pronounced  like  at,  but  some  Germans  make 
the  first  element  of  the  diphthong  a  in  hat,  instead  of  a, 
infatlier.  Examples,  fetn,  (£t. 

(Ill,  Ctt,  is  pronounced  like  ait. 

(It),  ft),  is  pronounced  like  ct. 

4.   PROTniNCIATIOM-  OF  THE  CONBONAITTS. 

33,  b,  is  pronounced  as  in  English,  except  at  the  end  of  a 
syllable,  or  before  any  consonant  save  I  or  r,  and  then  it 
is  pronounced  like  p,  e.g.,  33all,  ©rab,  Sabfat,  gcfjabt. 

As  regards  the  division  of  syllables,  a  single  consonant 
(except  ())  between  vowels  goes  with  the  latter  syllable, 
thus  fya^beit,  ei^ntg ;  unless  the  consonant  is  the  last  letter 
of  a  prefix  or  of  a  word,  thus  »cr*einen  (in  which  »cr  is  a 
prefix  in  the  same  way  as  pro  or  prae  is  in  English),  ^)uf* 
Ctfen  which  means  Jiorse-shoe  (i.e.,  "hoof-iron."). 

(£,  t,  is  pronounced  before  a,  C,  i  and  ty  like  ts,  elsewhere 
like  k,  e.g.,  (Eitrone,  Garl. 

But  d^  has  a  pronunciation  of  its  own,  namely  after 
a,  0  und  U  (also  ait,  but  not  eu  nor  au)  like  ch  in  the  Scotch 
word  loch,  e.g.,  35ad):  after  other  letters  much  like  hy,  with 
the  y  pronounced  as  a  consonant,  e.g.,  id) ;  these  sounds 


PRONUNCIATION.  7 

are  not  found  in  English.  Whitney  advises  the  student 
to  begin  by  pronouncing  cfy  like  h.  But  cf)  at  the  begin- 
ning of  a  syllable  is  pronounced  (a)  in  the  termination 
efyen  like  liy,  (b)  in  Gfyarroocfye  and  (Efyarfrettag  like  k,  (c)  in 
words  derived  from  the  Greek  like  h 

dj§  is  pronounced  like  x,  e.g.,  SBadjS,  unless  the  d) 
belongs  to  the  stem  and  the  f  to  a  termination  or  another 
word,  e.g.,  wacfyft,  wakest ;  wacfyfam,  wakeful. 

(f  is  pronounced  as  in  English. 

$,  J,  is  pronounced  as  in  English,  except  at  the  end  of  a 
syllable,  and  then  it  is  pronounced  like  t,  e.g.,  anbern,  milt). 

$,  f,  is  pronounced  as  in  English,  e.g.,  fern,  3lffe. 

©,  Q,  is  pronounced  as  in  English,  except  at  the  end  of  a 
syllable,  and  then  it  is  pronounced  like  d)  in  a  similar 
position,  e.g.,  ©eft),  log,  fltftfg. 

£),  |,  is  silent,  except  at  the  beginning  of  a  syllable 
where  it  is  pronounced  as  in  English,  e.g.,  $&lt,  so  also  in 
3nl)alt.  In  the  middle  or  at  the  end  of  a  syllable,  it 
merely  lengthens  the  preceding  vowel,  e.g.  SBefy,  ifyttU 

3i,  t,  is  pronounced  like  y. 

ft,  f,  8,  I,  2R,  m,  91,  It,  and  <p,  Jj,  are  pronounced  as  in 
English,  except  that  I  tends  somewhat  towards  the  pro- 
nunciation of  ly  (with  y  a  consonant).  lt$  is  pronounced 
as  in  singer,  and  not  as  in  finger,  e.g.,  Singer.  In  pf,  pf, 
pt,  pfytl),  all  the  letters  are  pronounced,  thus  pfennig, 
^pjpcfytatrie,  Xopf.  $1  is  pronounced  as  in  English. 

CM,  J|1t,  is  pronounced  between  Jew  and  fry,  but  more 
nearly  like  the  latter,  e.g.,  quer. 

91,  r,  is  always  distinctly  heard;  in  English  it  is  in 
many  combinations  almost  silent  It  is  pronounced  not 
precisely  as  in  English,  it  must  be  trilled  or  rolled. 

©,  f,  is  pronounced  at  the  beginning  of  a  syllable  before 
a  vowel  like  z,  elsewhere  like  ss.  But  fp  and  jl  at  the  be- 


8  PRONUNCIATION. 

ginning  of  a  word,  or  of  a  part  of  a  compound  word, 
are  best  pronounced  slip  and  sht;  in  some  parts  of  Ger- 
many, however,  the  pronunciation  sp  and  st  prevails,  ff, 
jj  and  f3  are  pronounced  like  ss. 

It  will  be  observed  that  there  are  two  characters  in 
German  corresponding  to  small  s,  namely  3  and  f.  Of 
these  $  is  used  at  the  end  of  a  syllable,  and  f  elsewhere, 
e.g.,  la$,  lafcn,  fage,  Dre$t>en.  Similarly,  ff,  jj  and  f$  are 
different  ways  of  writing  the  same  thing.  When  the  Ger- 
mans use  our  type,  as  they  do  for  instance  frequently  in 
scientific  works,  all  three  are  printed  ss.  ff,  or  at  the  end 
of  a  syllable  f£,  is  used  after  a  short  vowel,  e.g.,  5flf^/ 
nnffen,1  fyafgte,  and  p  after  a  long  vowel,  e.g.,  ©ruf?,  griifjen, 
(jritfjte.  Most  Germans,  however,  make  two  exceptions  to 
this  simple  rule ;  that  is  to  say,  they  write  (a)  when  the 
letters  are  followed  by  t  or  (b)  stand  at  the  end  of  a 
syllable,  always  fj,  whatever  the  quantity  of  the  preceding 
vowel  may  be,  thus  5flP/  fflH  3flPto ;  and  never  use  fS 
at  alL 

2,  t,  is  pronounced  as  in  English,  e.g.,  treten,  except  that 
the  syllable  tton  is  pronounced  tsion.  £|>  is  pronounced 
like  t,  e.g.,  Xfyat  just  as  if  written  Xat. 

85,  to,  is  pronounced  like  /,  e.g.,  SSatcr,  except  in  the 
middle  of  a  word  and  in  words  from  foreign  languages.  In 
these  cases  it  is  pronounced  like  v. 

2B,  to,  is  pronounced  between  v  and  w,but  more  like  v, 
e.g.,  totilf  Cttrig.  In  the  combination  ottJ,  W  is  silent. 

#,  J,  is  pronounced  as  in  English. 

3, 3,  is  pronounced  like  te  in  its,  e.g.,  jefyn,  U$,  a&cn,  $tt)eu 

i  ff  and  |  go  with  the  following  syllable,  if  this  following  syllable  begins  with  s 
vowel,  e.g.,  5a=fiung,  ipt=f j«,  atu$er,  except  of  course  in  compound  words  of  which  the 
first  component  part  ends  in  |. 


PRONUNCIATION.  9 

5.   THE  DIVISION  OP  WORDS  INTO  SYLLABLES. 

The  rule  for  a  single  consonant  between  vowels  has 
already  been  given  under  the  pronunciation  of  the  letter  53* 

The  following  examples  illustrata  sufficiently  German 
usage  in  somo  of  the  other  cases  which  might  puzzle  a 
foreigner:  la^cfyen,  n>a*ffycn,  fo^ften,  la^ffcn,  cutler,  3ofe^p^tne, 
•£>fl'fpc,  Slp^fel  (but  pf  after  a  consonant  goes  with  the 
latter  syllable,  as  in  fum^ftg) ;  ti^bten,  Stfcfe,  ftam^meln. 

In  compound  words  the  division  comes  of  course 
between  the  component  parts,  e.g.,  (Srt^apfel,  earth-apple 
or  potato,  not  (Sr^bdpfeL 

Words  formed  from  other  words  by  adding  a  termina- 
tion or  from  stems  by  adding  a  termination,  are  divided 
before  the  termination  if  this  latter  begins  with  a  con- 
sonant, e.g.,  ^inbcr^nt^  hindrance,  not  ^)inbern4§.  The 
contrary  is  the  case  when  the  termination  begins  with  a 
vowel,  e.g.,  fin-btfcfy,  childish. 

6.   CAPITAL  LETTERS. 

Nouns  and  words  used  as  nouns  begin  with  a  capital, 
e.g.,  Sftann,  man;  $etttrtd),  Henry  ;  ba£  ©cfybtte,  ike,  beautiful, 
i.e.,  what  is  beautiful;  bit  Slltett,  the  old,  i.e.,  old  people;  baS 
©terben,  tJie  to  die,  i.e.,  dying. 

Of  the  personal  pronouns,  ©te,  you;  (£f,  you;  and  3I)r, 
your,  begin  with  capitals  to  distinguish  them  from  the 
same  words  with  a  different  signification. 

7.   GERMAN  HAlSroWRlTJJro. 

The  Germans  use  their  own  peculiar  written  characters, 
which  will  be  found  at  the  beginning  of  this  book,  to  a 
much  greater  extent  than  they  do  those  which  they  possess 


10  PRONUNCIATION. 

in  common  with  ourselves.  The  latter,  however,  may  be 
used  everywhere,  and  as  a  matter  of  fact,  are  used  almost 
exclusively  in  signatures  and  the  addresses  of  letters. 

8.   ACCENT. 

The  student  will  find  but  little  trouble  in  placing  the 
accent  on  the  right  syllable  in  German,  for  the  principles 
are  generally  the  same  as  in  English,  as  the  following1 
examples  and  general  rules — to  which,  however,  there  are 
some  exceptions — will  show. 

1.  $&tNtci),  ha'tefid;  fyafj'te,  ha'ted.     The  stem,  not  the 
termination,  takes  the  accent.     However,  the  termination 
Ct  as  in  ©daserei',  slavery,  and  the  ie  of  verbs  having  the 
infinitive  in  ieren,  e.g.,  ftitbie'ren,  to  study,  are  accented.1 

2.  3lu'gfatten,  to  faU  out',  befa'llen,  to  befa'U.    The  separ- 
able prefixes  of  verbs  receive  the  accent,  the  inseparable 
ones  do  not. 2    The  following  are  the  inseparable  prefixes, 
be,  ent,  emp,  er,  $e,  »er,  jer.    Similarly,  these  latter  do  not 
receive  the    accent  when  occurring  in  other  parts   of 
speech,  eg.,  23deg',  example. 

3.  gin'gerrtng,  finger-ring;  lle'berrorf,   overcoat;  5£rtnf'# 
roaffer,  drinking-water.     Compound  words  have  the  accent 
on  the  accented  syllable  of  the  first  part  of  the  compound. 
From  this  rule   are  excepted   compound  particles,  (i.e., 
prepositions,  conjunctions  and  adverbs),  e.g.,  bafyin',  thitlier  ; 
obgleid)',  although;  and  some  other  compound  words. 

4.  Words  which  have  been  adopted  into  German  from 
some  foreign  language  (instead  of  descending  through  the 
languages  which  preceded  modern  German),  generally 

i  This  termination  may  also  be  spelled  tren. 

«  The  difference  as  to  prefix  between  these  verbs  comes  out  when  we  conjugate 
them.    For  instance,  ouSfaHen  has  e«  flUt  au8,  it  falls  out ;  but  befallen  has  eg  bcf Stlt, 


BEADING   EXERCISES.  11 

have  the  accent  on  the  last  syllable,  e.g.,  Sultur',  civilisa- 
tion; ©tUDcnt',  student.  Here  the  German  accent  differs 
from  the  English. 

5.  The  negative  prefix  tin  often  has  the  accent,  e.g., 
lln'fraut.     Here  also  German  differs  from  English. 


READING  EXERCISES. 


$ic  8iene  unb  bte 

The      Bee      and  the    Dove. 

(Sine  burftige  23tcne,  oietdje  gn  enter  £htet(e  JjtnciBgefttegen 

A       thirsty        bee,        which  to       a        spring         descended 

ftar,  um  $n  trtnfen,    uwrbe  Don  bent  ftromenben  SBaffcr 

was,      in  order  to  drink,         was       by       the        streaming         water 

fortgertffen,    unb    ftcire    ktnalje   ertntnfen.     (Sine  £aube, 

carried  away       and       was        nearly         drowned.  A          dove 

toefdje  bte[c§  kmertte,   pirfte  ctu  ^oumBtatt  at)  unb  toarf 

which     this      perceived,     picked    a          (tree)leaf        oflf     and    threw 

e§  in  ba§  SBaffer.     £)te  53tene  crgrtff  e§  unb  rettete  ftcf). 

it  into  the      water.          The      bee      seized    it    and    saved  herself. 

Sfttdjt  (ange  nadjljer  fa§  bte  ^tauBe  auf  ctnem  Sannte 

Not       long   afterwards    sat      the      dove        on  a  tree 

unb  kmerfte  tttdjt,   ba§  ein  Oiiger  init   feiner  ^Unte  auf 

and     perceived     not,        that      a      hunter  with       his          gun        at 

fte  jtcfte.     S)te  ban!6are  33tene,  incite  bte  (^efatjr  erlonntef 

her  aimed.       The     thankful        bee         which  the    danger  recognised, 

in  tt>etd)er  tljre  2Bo()(tI)titerin  ftc^  Bcfanb,   flog  Ijinjn  unb* 

in       which       her       benefactress     herself   found,       flew        up       and 

ftad)  ben  -Sager  in  bte  |)anb.     S)er  (S(^u§  gtng  baneben 

stung    the     hunter    in    the     hand.          The       shot        went      aside, 

unb  bte  £cmk  ttar  gerettet 

and    the       dove       was        saved. 


12  READING  EXERCISES. 


$tc  brct 

The  three  Friends. 

(5m  Sftann  fyattc  brct  gfrcunbc;  jtoet  Don  tfjnett  (tefcte 

A        man          had     three      friends  ;        two      of        them      loved 

cr  [cl)r;  bcr  brittc  ioor  Ujm  gfetdjgtfttg,  ofcgfetdj  btcfer  [cm 

he  much  ;  the    third     was  to  him    indifferent,       though    this  one   his 

kftcr    ftrcmtb   tuor.      (Shift    tourbe  cr   Dor  ben    ^tdjtct 

best         friend        was.  Once         was       he  before  the        judge 

gcforbcrt,   ino  cr  —  ofcfdjon  nnfdjutbtg  —    bod)  fyart  tier* 

summoned,  where  he  —      though         innocent  yet  heavily    ac- 

!(cigt  )uor.      SSer  untcr  cud§,  fagtc  cr  311  fetnen  ^rcunbcn, 

cused    was.  Who    among    you,      said    he  to       his          friends, 

ttritt  nut  nitr  gel)cn  nnb  fiir  nttd^  jengen?   benn   ic^  bin 

will    with    me         go       and     for      me       witness?       for        I       am 

nngcredjt  t>crf(agt,  nnb  bcr  $omg  jiirnt 

unjustly       accus«d,      and    the       king    is  angry. 

2)er  crftc  fetncr  ^reunbe  entfc^ntbtgte  ftc^    fogtctd^  itnb 

The     first     of  his      friends       excused    himself     immediately  and 

fagtc,  cr  fb'nne  nidjt  nut  tf)in  gcljcn  h)cgcn  anbcrcr  ©cf^cifte. 

said,     he  could     not    with    him   go  on  account  of  other      business. 

2)er  3tl)eto  fcegtettcte  i^n  fctS  gn  ber  ^Ijitre  bc§  9ftdjt- 

The      second   accompanied  him    as  far  as    the       door    of  the      tri- 

^aufe§j  bann  h)anbte  er  ftdj  urn  nnb  gtng   gurntf,    au8 

bunal  ;     then       turned  he  (himself)  about  and    went       back,      out  of 

Owdfyt  tior  bent  gorntgcn  ^td^ter,     3)er  2)rttte,  auf  tDctc^en 

fear         of     the        angry        judge.  The       third,       on      whom 

cr  ant  toentgften  gefmnt  tyattc,  gtng  Ijiuetn,  rebete  fiir  ifyn 

he       the  least  relied       had,       went        in,          spoke     for    him 

itnb    geugte    Don    fetner    Unfdnttb    [o    freubtg,    boj^  'bcr 

and  gave  evidence  of          his        innocence      so    cheerfully     that      the 

Sfttdjter  ttjtt  loStiefc  nnb  be[c^enlte. 

judge      him  liberated   and      rewarded. 


PAETS  OF  SPEECH.  13 

£)ret  ftreunbe  Ijat  ber  Sftenfd)  in  biefer  SBelt,  nrie  betrogen 

Three     friends     has   the       man       in    this     world,    how    behave 

fte       fid;       in  ber  (Stunbe  be§  £obe3,   tuenn  ©ott  iljn 

they  (themselves)  in    the        hour     of  (the)  death,        when      God     him 

toor    fein  ^eri^t  forbert? — £)o$  ©efb,  fein  crfter  ^eunb, 

before  his    tribunal  summons  ?  — •  (The)    money,      his      first      friend, 

tierliiftt  ifjn  jnerft,  unb  geljt  uifyt  ntit  iljm*     (Seine  55  er* 

leaves     him      first       and    goes      not     with    him.  His  re- 

itmnbten  unb  ^rennbe  begteiten  tf)n  bi-3  jn  ber  Satire 

lotions         and        friends       accompany  him      unto      the      door 

beg   ©rabeS,   unb    fefjren    bann    juri'tc!   in    ifjre   Confer. 

of  the      grave,        and      return      then         back     into    their     houses. 

£)er  2)ritte,  ben  er  im  ^eben  om  bfteften  berga§,   ftnb 

The       third,      whom  he  in  (the)  life       the      oftenest      forgot,        are 

feine  guten  SBerte.     @ie  ottein  begteiten  ifjn   bi3   gu 

his  good          works.         They     alone    accompany   him    as  far  as 

bent  Sfjrone  be$  $ftirf)tergj    fie  ge^en  Doran,   fpredjcn  fitr 

the       throne    of  the       judge ;       they        precede,  speak        for 

tfyn,  unb  finben  SBarmfjer^tglfeit  unb  ©nabe. 

him,    and       find  mercy  and       grace. 


ETYMOLOGY. 

PRELIMINARY  NOTIONS.     PARTS  OP  SPEECH. 

There  are  in  the  German  language  ten  parts  of  speech : 

1)  The  article,  ber  Strttfel  or  ba$  ©efcfylecfytSroort. 

2)  The  noun  or  substantive,  boS  $auptnjort. 

3)  The  determinative  adjective  or  adjective  pronoun, 

bag  $Scftimmun$3tt>ort 

4)  The  (qualifying)  adjective,  bag 


14  PAKTS  OF  SPEECH. 

5)  The  pronoun,  tag  prwort. 

6)  The  verb,  tag  3ettroort 

7)  The  adverb,  tag  llmfiantgroort 

8)  The  preposition,  tag  SSorwort. 

9)  The  conjunction,  tag  33intett>ort. 
10)  The  interjection,  tag  Slugrufgroort. 

The  first  six  are  variable,  the  four  last  invariable. 

The  change  which  the  first  five  undergo  by  means  of 
terminations,  is  called  declension;  it  shows  gender,  number 
and  case. 

There  are  in  German  three  genders :  the  masculine,  tag 
ma  nnlicfye ;  the  feminine,  tag  ttJetbltcfye;  and  the  neuter, 
tag  fa cfylicfye  ©ef(i)led)t.  The  rules  of  gender  will  be  found  in 
the  tenth  lesson. 

There  are  two  numbers:  the  singular,  (Einjafyl,  and  the 
plural,  -Jftefyr jafyl ;  and  four  cases :  the  nominative,  genitive 
dative  and  accusative. 

The  nominative,  3Qerfatt,  answers  the  question  who? 
or  what?  Ex.  Who  is  learning?  The  boy  (Latin, puer). 

The  genitive  or  possessive,  SBeffenfatt,  answers  the  ques- 
tion wJiose?  or  of  which? — Ex.  Whose  book?  The  boy's 
book  (pueri). 

The  dative,  5Qemfatl,  answers  the  question  to  whom  ?  - 
Ex.  To  whom  shall  I  give  it  ?  To  the  boy  (puero). 

The  accusative  or  objective,  SBenfall,  marks  the  object 
of  an  action  and  answers  the  question  ivhom  ?  or  what  ?  — 
Ex.  Whom  or  what  do  you  see?   I  see  the  boy  (puerum), 
the  house  (domum). 

NOTE.  —  For  the  vocative  case  there  is  no  particular  form  in  German  ; 
if  required,  the  nominative  serves  for  it 


DEFINITE  AHTICLE.  16 

FIRST    LESSON. 

THE  DEFINITE  ARTICLE. 

($tr  bcftiiltmU  Jlrtifcl.) 

There  are  in  German  as  in  English  two  articles:  the 
definite  and  the  indefinite. 

The  definite  article,  answering  to  the  English  tlie,  has  for 
each  gender  in  the  singular  a  different  form,  viz. : 
Masc.,   bet,      as,  bet  2)?ann,  the  man, 
Fern.,    bie,  tlte  §rau,    the  woman, 

Neut.y    btt§,  btt§  ftint>,    the  child, 

Plural  for  all  three  genders  bie, 

as,  bie  Scanner,  the  men, 
&te  grauen,    the  women, 
tlte  $infcer,    the  children. 

It  will  be  observed  on  consulting  the  paradigm  below, 
that  the  nominative  singular  feminine  is  like  the  accusa- 
tive singular  feminine,  the  nominative  singular  neuter,  in 
the  same  way,  like  the  accusative  singular  neuter,  and  the 
nominative  plural  like  the  accusative  plural. 

This  is  the  case  also  with  all  nouns  and  adjectives. 

DECLENSION  OF  THE  DEFINITE  ARTICLE. 

SINGULAR.  PLURAL. 

Masc.  Fern.  Neuter.  All  genders. 

Nom.  ber  bte  ba§,  the  bie,   the 

Gen.  be§  bcr  be§,  of  the  ber,  of  the 
Dot.  bent  ber  bent,  to  the  ben,  to  the 
Ace.  ben  bic  ba§,  the  bie,  the 

The  following  words  are  declined  like  ber,  except  that 
the  neuter  nominative  and  accusative  ends  in  e£» 

SINGULAR.  PLURAL. 

Masc.         Fern.        Neuter.  AU  genders. 

biefer  btcfe     bicfeg,     this  btefe,  these 

jener  jene      }enc3,      that  jene,  those 

njeldjer  ttjetcfje  U)eId)C0,  which?  what?  ttjetdje,  which?  what? 

jeber  iebe      fcbeS,       every 


SINGULAR. 
Masc.        Fern.        Jt'euier. 


DEFINITE  ARTICLE. 
DECLENSION. 


N.  btefer  biefe  biefcS,  this 

G.  btefeg  biefer  btefeg,  of  this 

D.  biefem  btefer  btefem,  to  this 

A.  biefen  btefe  btefeS,  this 


PLURAL. 

Allgendert. 


btcfe,  these 

btefer,  of  these 

btefeit,  to  these 

btefe,  these. 


EXAMPLES. 


2)tefer  9J?ann,  this  man. 
3ene  grau,  that  woman. 


2Beld)en  <Stod  focc.j,  which  stick? 
SebeS  $tnb,  every  child. 


WORDS  (Shorter.)1 


$6nig,  the  king 
bie  $omgtn,  the  queen 
btt§  <3d)lo§,  the  castle,  palace 
ber  23ater,  the  father 
bie  Sftutter,  the  mother 
bag  $tnb,  the  child 
ber  -Iftann,  the  man 
bie  &au,  the  woman 
ber  (gofyn,  the  son 
bie  £od)ter,  the  daughter 

ja,  yes    nettt, 
S.  3d)  ^abe,  I  have 
bu  Ijaft,      thou  hast 
er  fyat,        he  has 
fte  fyat,       she  has 


ber  ©arten,  the  garden 
baS  §au^,  the  house 
bag  Sud),  the  book 
ber  2Beht,  the  wine 
ba«  Staffer,  the  water 
bie  ^eber,  the  pen 
ber  ©tod,  the  stick 
ber  §unb,  the  dog 
bte  ^tafce,  the  cat 
itnb,  and 
no    ntdjt,  not. 
§abe  id)?  have  I? 
faft  bu?    hast  thou? 
!^at  er  ?      has  he  ? 
fycit  fte  ?      has  she  ? 


READING  EXERCISE   (tteillttg)   1. 

S5ater  itnb  ber  (Soljn.     ®ie  Gutter  unb 
ten  unb  ba«  ^>aug.     liefer  ©artcn,  jeneS 
©tod.'     £)u  {ojl  ba«  2Baffer. 


ben 

Xct 


1  In  this  and  the  following  lists  of  words  the  article  precedes  each  substantive,  that 
it  may  be  learned  at  the  same  time  and  fix  the  gender  of  the  substantive  in  the  student's 
mind.     It  may  also  be  observed  here,  once  for  all,  that  the  words  occurring  either  in 
the  roles,  or  preceding  the  exercises,  are  to  be  well  committed  to  memory,  as  their 
signification  is  seldom  repeated  in  subsequent  lessons. 

2  A  noua  governed  by  the  verb  Ija&en,  to  have,  or  by  any  other  transitive  verb,  must 
be  in  the  accusative.  —  Most  German  monosyllabic  substantives  are  alike  in  the  nom- 
native  and  accusative  singular. 


DEFINITE  ARTICLE.  1? 

Stotcr  |at  ben  SBetn.  SBcWjcn  2Bcht  ?  Sclrfjeg  SBaffer?  liefer  £unb. 
2)iefe  $afee.  SDaa  it  tub  jcncr  ftrau  (Gen.).  2Beld»e*  #tnb  ?  3ebeg 
$mb.  2BeW)c  gran?  2Beld)er  SWann  fjat  ben  £unb?  SBeldjen 
©tocf  fyat  ber  Sftann  ?  (§r  fyat  btefen  ©tod. 

Slufgafie  (EXERCISES  FOR  TRANSLATION)  2. 

1.  The  king  and  the  queen.  The  son  and  the  daughter. 
The  father  and  the  mother.  The  child  has  the  book.  The 
daughter  has  the  book.  The  man  has  the  (ace.)  stick.  I  have 
the  wine.  The  man  has  the  water.  This  father.  This  woman. 
This  house.  The  king  has  the  castle.  The  queen  has  the 
book.  Which  book?  What  house?  Which  pen?  That  book  ; 
that  pen.  Every  man.  I  have  the  (ace.)  dog. 

2.1  I  have  not  the  stick.  The  child  has  the  stick.  That 
wine  and  this  water.  This  man  has  not  the  book.  What  castle 
has  the  (Nom.)  king?  He  has  that  castle.  That  mother  has 
the  child.  The  house  of  the  woman.2  The  castle  of  the  queen. 
Hast  thou  the  book?  What  plates  (Seller)?  These  plates. 
Those  plates.  The  son  of  the  queen.  The  pen  of  the  daugh- 
ter.2 Every  mother.  Every  book. 


(CONVERSATION). 

£cibe  id)  Me  fteber?  3a,  bit  fyaft  Me  fteber. 

|>aft  bit  bag  23ttd)  ?  9?etn,  id)  fjabe  bag  33itd)  ntd)t. 

|>at  ber  $atev  ben  SBetn?  (Sr  Ijat  ben  2Betn. 

$at  bte  ftrcrn  bte  $a£e?  3a,  fie  I)at  Me  ^afce. 

2Betd)e  ^a£e  I)ut  fie?  <Ste  Ijat  bte  jimge  (young) 

£)at  bag  $inb  ben  Stod1?  9Zetn,  ber  33ater  ^at  ben  ©torf. 

2Betd)eg  ®d)to§  fjat  bte  ^onigtn?  @ie  ^at  btefeg  Sd)Io§. 

§at  btefe  gran  bag  ^tnb  ?  -JMn,  |ene  gran  ^at  eg  (it). 

{>at  ber  SDJamt  ben  £mnb  ?  S)er  SWaim  I)at  ben  £mnb  nid)t; 

er  i)at  bte  $at$e. 

2Betd)eg  33itd)  ()at  ber  <2of)n?  (gr  ^at  bag  23ud)  ber  SWutter. 

§at  bte  Gutter  bag  Slid)  ?  ^etn,  bte  £od)ter  I)at  bag  Sitd). 

2Bctd)e  geber  ^at  bag  ^tnb  ?  (S«  ^at  bte  geber  ber  grau. 

^at  ber  SJater  28affer?  ^etn,  er  f)at  2Betn. 

SSefdjeg  §aug  t)at  ber  9^ann?  <gr  ^at  bag  §aug  ber  Gutter. 


i  Most  of  the  exercises  are  divided  into  two  parts.  The  secoiid  part  need  not  be 
translated  until  the  pupil  reviews,  which  should  be  done  after  10  or  12  lessons  have 
been  gone  through. 

s  Feminine  nouns  have  all  the  other  cases  in  the  singular  like  the  nominative, 
BO  that  lin  the  einuular)  only  the  article  preceding  them  is  declined. 


INDEFINITE  ARTICLE. 


SECOND    LESSON. 

THE  INDEFINITE  ARTICLE. 

I  ttr  unbt  ilimnuf  Vrtifel.) 

The  indefinite  article,  which  is  equivalent  to  the  English 
a  or  an,  has  also  three  genders,  but  in  the  nominative,  the 
masculine  and  neuter  are  alike,  viz., 

Masc.,      etn,    as,  ein  Sttann, 
Fem.,      eine,        eine  Orrau, 
Neuter,     ein,          ein  $inb. 
It  has  no  plural. 

DECLENSION  OF  THE  INDEFINITE  ARTICLE. 


Mate. 

Fem. 

Neuter. 

N. 

cin 

eine 

ein, 

a 

0. 

eineg 

einer 

C11IC0, 

of  a 

D. 

cittern 

enter 

einem, 

to  a 

A. 

eincn 

eine 

ein, 

a 

The  following  words  are  declined  in  the  same  way,  but 
have  a  plural : 

Masc.        Fem.          Neuter. 

unfer    nnfere     unfer,    our, 
3fjr      ptjre       Oljr,      your, 
tljr       tt)re        iljr,        her,  their. 


Mate. 

Fem. 

Neuter. 

fein 

feine 

fein, 

no,1 

mein 
bein 
fein 

meine 
beine 
feine 

mein, 
bein, 
fein, 

my, 
thy, 
his,  its. 

DELENSION. 
BZHOHI4S. 

Masc.  Fem.  Neuter. 

N.    mein        meinc  mein,  my, 

O.     meineS      meiner  meine?,  of  my, 

D.     meinew    meiner  meinem,  to  my, 

A.     meinen     meine  mein,  my, 


PLURAL. 

All  genders. 

meine,    my 
meiner,  of  my 
meinen,  to  my 
meine,    my. 


EXAMPLE. 


$ein  33rob,  no  bread 
Unfer  Skter,  our  father 
31)r  33ud),  your  book 


SJJeinc  <2djn)cfler,  my  sister 
Unferc  SJZuttcr,  our  mother 
<2cui  ^ferb,  his  horse. 


i  This  of  course  is  the  adjective  no,  as  in  no  water,  no  book*.    No,  in  answer  toavjues- 
tion,  e.  y.,  "  Have  you  Been  him  ?"  "  No,"  —  is,  lltia. 


INDEFINITE  AETICLE. 


19 


WORDS. 


(Sine  9?ofe,  a  rose 

etn  Sfteffer,  n.,  a  knife 

cm  ^ebenneffer,  n.,  a  penknife 

eine  ®abel,  a  fork 

em  £offel,  m.,  a  spoon 

em  $leib,  n.,  a  dress 

em  33ruber,  TO.,  a  brother 

etn  ^ferb,  w.,  a  horse 

etn  £i)ter,  n.,  an  animal 

em  5tpfel,  TO.,  an  apple 

eine  23irne,  a  pear 

erne  (Stabt,  a  city 

cine  3riid)t,  a  fruit 

PL  3Bir  fyaben,  we  have 

^  tt°'  \  Jon  have 
<£te  b,aben, )  J 

fie  Ijaben,  they  have 


fein  33aum,  m.,  no  tree 

ntem  9?oc!,  TO.,  my  coat 

etne  33titme,  a  flower 

etn  £mt,  m.,  a  hat 

fein  $reunb,  TO.,  his  friend 

fcfyon,  fine,  beautiful 

alt,  old  ;  fefyr,  very 

jung,  young 

gefefyen,  seen 

geben  <Ste,  (imp.  pi.)  give 

tft,  is  ;  aurf),  also 

ntir,  me  (i.e.,  to  me) 

ober,  or  ;  toer,  who  ?  rt)0,  where  ? 

£>aben  hitr,  have  we  ? 

ftbtiW'    [have  you? 
^aben  @te,  ) 

Ijaben  fie,  have  they  ? 


READING  EXERCISE  3. 

fja&e  eine  Slume.  §aft  bit  nteine  33(ume  ?  2Btr  ^aben  einen 
§aben  <Ste  aurf)  etnen  ^reunb?  SDtefer  9}iann  ift  ntein 
greunb.  @ie  ^at  letn  Srob.  @ie  ^aben  feinen  5(pfet.  SJMn 
^at  eine  Sirne ;  e8  (it)  b,at  aitd)  etne  9[tofe.  3f)r  @ot)n  unb 
Sodjter  ^aben  Jenen  33aum  gefetjen.1  3)ie  ^a^e  ift  etn  £I)ier. 
9iofe  ift  eine  58htme.  ©eben  @ie  biefe^  33tt^  nteinem  @o 
©eben  @ie  ntir  eine  anbere  (another)  23tume.  ®iefe^  ^pau8  ift  nic^t 
fdjon.2  Unfere  <5tabt  ift  fe^r  alt. 

Slufjiafic  4. 

1.  I  have  a  rose.  She  has  a  book.  You  have  a3  stick.  My 
brother  has  a  pear.  My  sister  has  an  apple.  His  child  has  a 
knife.  We  have  no  bread.  Give  me  a  rose.  The  father  has 
no  horse.  A  dog  is  an  animal.  Which  pen  has  this  child? 
The  son  has  a  hat.  Who  has  a  flower?  My  daughter  has  a 
flower.  Where  is  your  mother?  That  tree  has  no  apple.  I 

1  In  compound  tenses  the  past  participle  conies  next  to  last  and  the  infinitive,  if  there 
is  one,  last. 

2  Adjectives,  when  placed  after  their  nouns,  remain  unchanged, 
s  Accusative  masc.    See  foot-note  2,  p.  16. 


20 


INDEFINITE  ARTICLE. 


?/?.)   spoon.     That  house  is  old.1     Her  house  is 
Lorse  is  young.     Have  you  seen "  the  castle  of 


have  no  (Ace. 
beautiful  My 
our  queen  ? 

2.  Give  this  stick  to3  my  brother.  Give  this  penknife  to1 
your  sister.  The  apple  is  a  fruit.  The  rose  is  no  fruit,  it  (fie) 
is  a  flower.  You  have  no  hat.  Where  is  your  hat?  Who 
has  seen  my  hat  ?  Give  me  a  knife.  Give  me  also  a  fork  and 
a  spoon.  He  has  not  his  coat.  They  have  no  horse.  Where 
is  my  brother  ?  Where  is  my  sister's  rose  ?  Not  every  horse 
is  old  ;  this  horse  is  young. 


3prcd)iiluutfl. 


(what)  fjaben  <Ste? 
£aben  @ie  eine  9tofe  ? 
Jaftbuein^ferb? 


Ratbag  £inb23rob? 
2Berb,atmein23urf)? 
2Bo  ift  betne  geber? 
SBelrfjeS  £au$  fyaben  @te? 
3ft  3b,r  ©canning? 
2Bo  ift  tnein  gtbermeffer? 
£at  unfere  Gutter  eine 
2BeJ"rf)e8  2tteffer  fyat  ntein  fiinb? 
3ft  bte^ofe  eine  ftrucfjt? 
Scffen  (whose)  ^(etb  ift  btefeS? 
SBeffen  ©tocf  ^aben  <Ste? 
2Berb,atmem23ud)? 
ioir  2Baffer? 


OflbiefiofeeemZ^iet? 

3ftfie(it)frf)bn? 

^>at  O^re  Gutter  etnen  33ruber  ? 


•3a,  tc 


eine  33hmte. 
cine  9?ofe. 
b,abe  fetn  ^ferb,  tc^  b.abe 


etnen 

3>a«  ^inb  I)at  fein  Srob. 
jDeine  ©d)U)efter  b,at  betn  i 
@te  ift  nirfjt  ba  (there). 
-3d)  b,abe  meineg  SJater^ 
(5r  ift  feb,r  jung. 
5b,r  Sruber  b,at  e«. 
9?etn,  fie  fyat  feine  9?ofe. 
e«  ^ot  fetn  SWeffer. 
9Zetn,  bte  9tofe  ift  eine  Stunte. 
3)iefe«  ift  ba3  ^letb  metner  2Rutter. 
-3d)  fyabe  ntetnen  Storf. 
S5a§  ^tnb  metner  (Sdjmejier  ^ot  eS. 
Sir  fyaben  fein  Staffer  ;  aber  (but) 

ttnr  b,aben  SSetn. 
3o,  bie  ^afce  ift  etn  jtb,ter. 
-ftein,  fte  ift  nid)t  frf)on. 
2}?eine  gutter  fjat  fetnen  33ruber, 

aber  eine  Sdjioefler. 


1  See  foot-note  2,  p.  19. 

2  See  foot-note  1,  p.  19. 

*  Xae  word  to  must  not  be  translated  here.    Use  the  dative. 


DECLENSION  OF  SUBSTANTIVES.  21 

THIRD  LESSON. 

THE  DECLENSION  OF  SUBSTANTIVES. 

(XflHnntion  her  §au)>ttoortrr.) 

German  grammarians  generally  divide  nouns  into  two 
declensions  according  as  the  genitive  singular  ends  in  $ 
(for  euphony  c£)  or  en.  The  declension  with  $  in  the 
genitive  is  called  the  strong  declension,  and  that  with  en  the 
weak  declension.  Dictionaries  give  the  nominative  and 
genitive  singular  and  the  nominative  plural  of  each  noun, 
together  with  its  gender,  and  the  student  when  using  a 
dictionary  should  endeavor  to  commit  to  memory  these 
data  concerning  every  new  noun  he  looks  out,  provided  it 
does  not  come  under  rules  he  has  already  learned,  for 
they  will  enable  him  to  decline  the  noun  in  full,  the 
remaining  cases  being  formed  according  to  a  few  simple 
rules. 

For  the  purposes  of  this  grammar  we  shall  divide 
German  nouns  into  five  declensions,  as  follows. 

1)  The  First  Declension  comprehends  all  masculine  and 
neuter  nouns  ending  in  e(,  er,  en,  cfyen  and  lein.    None  of 
them  are  monosyllabic. 

2)  The  Second  comprehends  all  masculines  ending  in  e 
(none  of  them  monosyllabic),  and  most  foreign  masculines. 

3)  The  Third  contains  nearly*  all  monosyllabic  mascu- 
lines, those  masculines  of  two  syllables  ending  in  tg,  id) 
and  ling,  and  some  words  of  foreign  origin. 

4)  To  the  Fourth  belong  ullfeminines. 

5)  To  the  Fifth,  all  neuters  not  ending  in  el,  er,  en,  cfyen 
and  lein  (see  1). 

KEMA.BK. — A  few  belong  to  the  Second  Declension.  For  list  see 
page  28. 


22 


DECLENSION   OF   SUBSTANTIVES. 


TABLE    OF    THE    ENDINGS    OF    THE   FIVE    DECLENSIONS. 

SINGULAR. 


Mtueuline.                                   Feminine.                            Neuter. 

i.      n.        m.           iv.                 v. 

N.  - 

-  e 

—  _ 

—  _ 

—  _ 

y-y                        o 

-  en 

-  e*  («) 



—  ee  (s) 

D.  —    - 

—  en 

-(e) 



-(e) 

A.  — 

—  en 







rLCKAL. 


N.  -^-1  - 

G.  -?-    - 

D.  -       n 

A.  —    - 


—  en 

—  en 

—  en 

—  en 


—  en 

-  en 

-  en  (n) 

—  en 


c 
e 

en 
e 


er 
er 
era 


GENERAL    RULES. 

1)  The  genitive  singular  of  all  masculines  (except  those 
of  the  Second   Declension)   and  of  all  neuters  without 
exception  ends  in  3 a  (or  e3). 

2)  The  accusative  singular  of  feminines  and  neuters  is 
like  the  nominative  (as  has  been  already  stated  on  page  15). 

3)  The  accusative  singular  of  masculines  (except  those 
referred  to  in  the  remark  above)  not  ending  in  the  nomi- 
native in  e,  is  like  the  nominative. 

4)  The  vocative  case  in  both  numbers  is  like  the  nomi- 
native, or  in  other  words,  the  nominative  is  used  in  Ger- 
man as  a  vocative. 

5)  In  the  plural  the  nominative,  genitive  and  accusative 
are  always  alike. 

6)  The  dative  plural  of  all  words  ends  in  n.     For  unim- 
portant exceptions,  see  pp.  63,  5  ;   144,  1,  2,  and  579*. 

7)  Most  nouns  ending  in  c  form  their  plural  in  en  with- 
out modifying  the  vowel  of  the  singular. 


i  These  marks  indicate  the  vowel  of  the  singular,  but  modified. 
-  More  usually  in  a  simple  8  when  the  nominative  (angular  contains  more  than  on* 
syllable,  in  e£  when  this  latter  IB  monosyllabic. 


FIRST  DECLENSION.  23 

8)  All  feminine  substantives  have  all  the  caseo  alike  in 
the  singular. 

9)  Most  monosyllables  having  a,  0,  it  or  ait  in  their  stem, 
modify  in  the  plural  this  vowel  into  a,  b,  U  or  a'u. 

10)  In  all  compound  nouns  only  the  last  component  part 
is  declined 

FIRST     DECLENSION". 

To  the  First  Declension  belong  all  masculine  and  neuter 
nouns  ending  in  c(,  en  and  er,  besides  all  diminutives  in 
d)cn  and  Icin.  Diminutives,  c.g.,  23ritoerd)en  (little  brother), 
<£d)tt>eftcr(etn  (little  sister),  are  all  neuter. 

The  only  change  of  termination  which  substantives 
belonging  to  this  declension  undergo,  consists  in  taking  $ 
for  the  genitive  singular,  and  n  for  the  dative  plural. 
Words  terminating  in  n  do  not  require  an  additional  n. 
About  twenty  words  belonging  to  the  First  Declension 
modify  in  the  plural  the  vowel  of  the  accented  syllable, 
a,  0  or  U  becoming  a,  0  or  iL 

1)    EXAMPLES    OF    MASCULINE    NOUNS. 
SINGHLAB.  PLURAL. 

-A7,  ber  23ruber,  the  brother  bte  SBriiber,  the  brothers 

G.  beS  $Bruber§,  of  the  brother  ber  Sritber,  of  the  brothers 

D.  bent  Sruber,  to  the  brother  ben  Shiibcru,  to  the  brothers 

A.  ben  23ruber,  the  brother  bte  Sriiber,  the  brothers. 

SINGULAR.  PLURAL. 

N.  ber  (Sarten,     the  garden  bte  (Morten,  the  gardens 

G.  be3  ©arteng,  of  the  garden  ber  ©cirten,  of  the  gardens 

D.  bem  ©arten,   to  the  garden  ben  (Garten,  to  the  gardens 

A.  ben  ©arten,    the  garden  bie  ©cirten,  the  gardens. 

In  the  same  manner  are  declined: 

ber  5>atcr,  the  father  ber  Metier,  the  plate 

ber  9lpfel,  the  apple  ber  jammer,  the  hammer 

ber  @cf)Uiffe(,  the  key  ber  $oge(,  the  bird 

ber  glugcl,  the  wing  ber  ©dfjneiber,  the  tailor 

ber  £offel,  the  spoon  ber  ©crjtoager,  the  brother-in-law 

ber  (gngel,  the  angel  ber  (gngtcinber,  the  Englishman 


24  FIRST  DECLENSION. 

ber  ^intntct,  (the)  heaven  bcr  Corner,  the  Eoman 

ber  I'cfyrer,  the  teacher  *ber  ^Ibler,1  the  eagle 

bcr  3d)iUcr,  the  pupil  *ber  Xropfen,  the  drop 

bcr  3ptcgcl,  the  looking-glass  *bcr  $ud)en,  the  cake 

bcr  9iepcn,  the  rain  *ber  Skater,  the  painter 

bcr  <3ticfel,  the  boot  *bcr  Slmertfancr,  the  American. 

2)    EXAMPLES    OF    NETTTEB    NOUNS. 
SINGULAR.  PLURAL. 

N.  bag  ftenftcr,  the  window       btc  ^cnflcr,      the  windows 

O.  beg  ^enfterg,  of  the  window  bcr  $enfter,      of  the  windows 

D.  bem  ^enfter,  to  the  window  ben  ^enfterit,  to  the  windows 

A.  bag  ^enfter,  the  window.       bic  ^cnfier,      the  windows. 

N.  bag  33aumd)en,  the  little  tree       bte  33aumd)cn,  the  little  trees 
G.  beg  33aumd)en8,  of  the  little  tree  ber  33auntd)en,  of  the  little  trees 
D.  bem  33aumd)en,  to  the  little  tree  ben  Stiumdjen,  to  the  little  trees 
A.  baS  Saumdjen,  the  little  tree,     btc  33cunnd)en,  the  little  i^ees. 

Such  are  : 

ba8  geuer,  the  fire  ba§  ^itpfer,  (the)  copper 

ba§  Stteffer,  the  knife  ba«  ^(pfter,  the  convent 

ba8  SSetter,  the  weather  bag  SDttttel,  the  means 

baS  2B offer,  the  water  ba§  33etld)en,  the  violet 

bag  (SUber,  (the)  silver  bag  2J?abd)en,  the  girl,  maiden. 

3)    EXAMPLES    WITH    THE    INDEFINITE    ABTICLE. 
Masculine.  Neuter. 

N.  etn  2)tener,       a  servant          rnetn  3^^^^,       my  room 
G.  eineg  jDtenerg,  of  a  servant      metneg  3*mmcr^'  °^  my  rooni 
D.  etnem  2)ienerf  to  a  servant     metnent  3intmer,  to  my  room 
A.  etnen  S)tener,  a  servant.         mcin  ^u^01^       my  room. 
Compound  nouns  of  the  first  declension.    See  p.  23,  10. 

£)er  ©rofeuater,  the  grandfather.     Gen.  beg  ®rofcttater8  jc, 

bag  gebenneffer,  the  penknife.     Gen.  beg  g'ebermefferg  jc. 

ber  <Sprad)Ie^rer,  the  language-master 

ber  £>augfd)litffel,  the  street-door-key 

ber  ^itgtogel,  the  bird  of  passage.     PL  bie  3u9009et 

bag  <3d^laf Dimmer,  the  bedroom. 

i  Those  marked  witli  *  do  not  modify  their  vowel  in  the  plural,  as :  the  eagles,  bic 
abler. 


FIRST  DECLENSION.  25 

OBSERVATIONS. 

1)  The  following  ten  words  originally  terminating  in  ett, 
now  very  often  used  without  n,  belong  also  to  the  first 
declension.  They  do  not  modify  their  vowel  in  the  pluraL 

$>er  (Sonten  or  (Same,  the  seed  ber  §rteben  or  ^rtebe,  the  peace 

ber  ©lauben  or  ©laube,  the  faith  ber  SBttten  or  2Bttte,  the  will 

ber  gunfen  or  gunfe,  the  spark  ber  gelf  en  or  gelg,  the  rock 

ber  £>aufen  or  £>aufe,  the  heap  ber  Sftamen  or  SRame,  the  name 

ber  ($ebanfen  or  ©ebanfe,  ber  23urf)ftaben  or  SSttcfjftabe, 
the  thought  the  letter  of  the  alphabet. 

EXAMPLE. 
SINGULAR.  PLURAL. 

N.  ber  Sftamen  or  <ftame,  the  name  bte  Seamen,  the  names 
O.  beg  -iftameng,  of  the  name        ber  SRamen,  of  the  names 
D.  bent  Xiamen,  to  the  name        ben  9iamen,  to  the  names 
A.  ben  ^amen,  the  name  bte  -ftanten,  the  names. 

2)  The  following  words  are  declined  in  the  singular  accor- 
ding to  this  declension,  but  form  the  plural  in  n  (^rofeffor 
and£>octorinen),  (Seep.  48.)  better, ^antoffel and ©mtter 
may  also  have  the  plurals  better,  ^Jantoffet  and 

ber  S3auer,  the  peasant  ber  ^cmtoffel,  the  slipper 

ber  SBoter,  the  Bavarian  ber  ©etiatter,  the  god-father 

ber  better,  the  cousin  ber  2J?it$feI,  the  muscle 

ber  9?a<f)bar,  the  neighbour          ber  ^rofeffor,  the  professor 
ber  ©tad^et,  the  sting  ber  £)oftor,  the  doctor. 

Gen.  be§  SaiterS,  beg  Sktterg,  beg  ^oc^barg  :c. 

Plur,  bte  SBauero,  bte  53ettem,  bte  -ftadjbartt  zc. 


WORDS. 

©ott,  God  bte  SBopljat,  ^  benefit 

ber  (Suropaer,  the  European  !ronf,  ill ;  gut,  good 

ber  €>panter,  the  Spaniard  fletn,  httle,  small 

ber  ©anger,  the  singer  grofc,  large,  great 

ber  <Srf)opfer,  the  creator  ftnb,  are  ;  gtuet,  two 

bag  ®otb,  (the)  gold  fat,  in  ;  Ijter,  here. 


26  FIRST  DECLENSION. 

READING  EXERCISE   5. 

5)et  S3ruber  beS  $aterS.  3>r  ®arten  beS  33ruber«.  $>a$  Saunt* 
efjen  bc§  ©artenS.  On  (itith  the  dative,  in)  bent  (Garten.  3n  bent 
Dimmer.  3n  ben  3tinmern.  3)ie  genfter  be3  3immer^  3)cr35tenct 
bcS  ^Imertfaner^.  £>te  (pi.)  Xropfen  beg  9?egen8.  ®eben  (Ste  btefe 
3tepfct  ben  3d)iilent.  2)em  £et)rer.  Sfteine  <2>d)tt»ager.  Xetne  SBriiber. 
Xttne  ©rfjtitffcl  (pl.\  3d)  Ijabe  ben  ©djtitffel  beg  3immerg-  ^r  ^ 
ba«  SWeffcr  fetneg  S3ruber«.  3)te  ^Ibter  (tnb  33ogel.  2>te  ^lepfet  finb 
aitf  (on)  bem  XeUer.  2)ag  2J?dbc^en  ift  in  einem  Softer.  2Bo  tft  ber 
<2c^netber  ?  Sr  tft  ntd)t  ^ter. 

^lufjinbf  6. 

1.  The  garden  of  the  father.   ,  The  gardens  of  my  brother. 
I  have  two  spoons.     The  Englishman  has  two  servants.     We 
are  in  a  room  (Dot.).      My  father  is  in  the  garden.      Our 
teacher  is  old.      The  man  has  two  hammers.     Your  brother- 
in-law  is  a  doctor.     These  cakes  are  not  good.     Where  are  the 
birds  ?     They  are  in  the  garden.     Give  me  your  (Ace.}  plate. 
A  bird  has  two  wings.     The  wings  of  the  birds.     The  angels 
of  (the)1  heaven.     Have  you  seen2  the  rooms  of  the  convent  ? 

2.  The  castle  has  [a]  hundred  (fyunbert)  windows.     The  book 
of  the  pupiL     The  plate  of  the  girL    We  are  Americana    You 
are  Europeans.     The  violets  are  in  the  gardens.     The  pupils 
are  at  school  (in  ber  Sd)itle).     The  rooms  of  my  father.     I  have 
no  silver  and  no  gold.     Give  me  the  keys  of  my  cousin.     The 
name  of  the  painter.     The  benefit  of  (the)  peace.     The  house 
of  my  teacher.     We  have  no  fire.     God  is  the  creator  of  (the) 
heaven  and  (of  the)  earth  (ber  Srbe). 


2BeIrf)e8   (what)   tfl  ber 

btefeS  (SnglanberS  ?  (Sein  Sftame  ift 

£>aben  (Ste  bte  33dgel  gefeljen  ?  3a,  id)  fyabe  fie  (them)  gefefyen. 

3ft  ba«  (that)  3f)r  @arten?  @6  ift  ber  (Morten  metneS 
2Bo  finb    bte  <3d)litffel  nteineS 

^tntmerS  ?  £>ier  finb  fte. 

2Ber  ift  biefeS  2fttibrf)en  ?  @ie  ift  bie  Xodjter  etneS  SngldnberS. 

2Ber  ift  biefer  junge  2ftann  ?  @r  ift  ber  @ol)n  metneg 


i  Observe  that  a  parenthesis  (  ----  )  encloses  either  an  explanation  or  a  word  to  be 
translated  into  German,  whereas  brackets  [....]  enclose  a  word  to  be  left  out  la 
translating. 

a  See  foot-note  1,  p.  19. 


SECOND  DECLENSION.  27 

@inb  @ie  etn  2Mer  ?'  Sfcin,  idj  bin  (I  am)  fein  flftaler, 

id)  bin  etn  ©anger. 

Oft  er  ein  Guropaer?  3a,  er  ift  etn  ®panier. 

2Ser  ift  in  bem  (Garten  ?  2)ie  £pd)ter  meineg  SeljrerS. 

§abe  id)  bag  iBud)  beineg  $aterg  ?  3a,  Sie  Ijaben  eg  (it), 
aben    <2ie    ben    (Stocf   meineS 

33ruber«  ?  S'Jein,  id^  ^abe  ib,n  (it)  ni^t. 

^aben  @ie  bag  §ait8  be8  Spa*  9?ein,  id)  Ijabe  fein  §au8  nirfjt  gefe* 

nterS  gefeb,en?  b,en. 

SBer  (who)  ift  franf  ?  2)er  Wiener  be§  2Ka(erg  ift  franf. 

3[ft  bet  ©piegel  flein  ?  ^etn,  et  (it)  ift  grojj  unb  frfjon. 


FOURTH  LESSON. 

SECOND    DECLENSION. 

This  declension  contains  another  series  of  masculine 
nouns,  viz. : 

1)  All  those  ending  in  c.  Its  inflexion  is  very  simple. 
The  oblique'  cases,  both  of  the  singular  and  plural,  are 
formed  by  adding  n,  without  modifying  the  vowel  in  the 
plural : 

EXAMPLE. 
SDJGULAK.  PLTJKAL. 

N.  ber  $nabe,      the  boy  bie  $nabett,    the  boys 

G.  beg  ^naben,  of  the  boy  ber  $naben,    of  the  boys 

D.  bem  J?naben,  to  the  boy  ben  ^naben,   to  the  boys 

A.  ben  jhtafat,    the  boy.  bie  $naben,    the  boys. 

Thus  are  declined  : 

ber  5Iffe,  the  monkey  ber  Sotoe,  the  lion 

ber  Sote,  the  messenger  ber  ^aife,  the  falcon 

ber  (grbe,  the  heir  ber  §afe,  the  hare 

ber  £)rf)fe  (Orf)g),  the  ox  ber  $Jabe,  the  raven 

ber  S'Jiefe,  the  giant  ber  @atte,  the  husband 

ber  (Sflaoe,  the  slave  ber  SBebiente,  the  man-servant 

ber  3ube,  the  Jew  ber  ^ranjofe,  the  Frenchman 

ber  ^otfyc,  the  godfather  ber  <5ad)fe,  the  Saxon 

ber  §irte  ($irt),  the  herdsman  ber  9?uffe,  the  Russian 

i  In  such  sentences,  it  is  better  German  to  leave  ein  out  and  say,  for  instance :    ©tab 
©ieORalet? 
*  The  oblique  cases  are  all  except  the  nominatiya. 


28  SECOND  DECLENSION. 

bcr  £>etbe,  the  heathen  ber  "ipreufje,  the  Prussian 

bcr  &uOe,  the  boy  ber  £iirfe,  the  Turk. 

ber  •Jieffc,  the  nephew  (See  tlie  Twelfth  Lesson,  §  8.) 

NOTE,  —  Further  all  adjectives  if  preceded  by  the  definite  article  and 
used  substantive!  y  (but  compare  page  579*),  as  : 

ber  2Utc,  the  old  man  ber  $tanfe,  the  patient  (sick  man) 

bet  9tei|enbe/  the  traveller  bet  (Mcljrte,  the  learned  man. 

Om.  be32Uten,  be3  Jhanfen,  beg  SReifenben  :c. 

2)  All  masculine  nouns  from  other  languages  having 
the  accent  on  the  last  syllable  and  not  ending  in  r,1  ol, 
on  or  aft. 

EXAMPLE. 
SINGULAR.  PLURAL. 

N.  bcr  (Stubenf,     the  student,  bie  (Stubcn'ten,  the  students 

G.  be3  ©tuben'ten,  of  the  student  ber  ©tubenten,  of  the  students 

D.  bem  ©tubenten,  to  the  student  ben  (Stubenten,  to  the  students 

A.  ben  ©tubenten,  the  student.  bie  ©tubenten,  the  students. 

Such  are  : 

3)er  2lbt>o!at',  the  advocate  ber  ^Sraftbent',  the  president 

ber  $amerab',  the  comrade  ber  Styronn',  the  tyrant 

ber  (Sanbibaf,  the  candidate  ber  3efiut',  the  Jesuit 

ber  ^fn'lofopl)',  the  philosopher  ber  Stegent',  the  regent 

ber  jDufat',  the  ducat  ber  (Elepfycmt',  the  elephant 

ber  ©olbat',  the  soldier  bcr  3)tamant',  the  diamond 

ber  $ofa(f,  the  Cossack  ber  ^5oet',  the  poet 

ber  9J?onard)',  the  monarch  ber  (tariff,  the  Christian 

ber  $omet',  the  comet  ber  ^Brtnj,    )  ,-, 

2      " 


ber  planet,  the  planet  ber  ftiirft,2 

3)  The  following  words,  though  monosyllabic,  see  the 
Remark,  page  21. 

EXAMPLE. 

SINGULAR.  PLURAL. 


ber  £etb,  the  hero  G.  beg  £>elben  *c.      bie  £elben  *c. 

ber  |>err,  the  master  G.  beg  £errn  K.       bie  ^erren  K. 


ber 


^arr'  1  the  fool  G  I  ^  Barren  K.   bie  DJarren  K. 

£fyor,  )  '  (  beg  S^oren  zc.   bie  £l)oren  jc. 


i  As  Officer',  ©f  netat',  >e.    These  belong  to  the  Third  Declension, 
s  giirfl  ia  connected  with  the  English  word/rrt 


SECOND  DECLENSION.  29 

SINGULAR.  PLURAL. 

bcr  iQtir,  the  bear  G.  beg  33tiren  jc.      bie  33dren  K. 

),  man,  mankind  G.  beg  2Jienfd)en  :c.  bie  2ftenfd)eu  JC. 


EXAMPLE. 

N.  ber  ©raf,      the  count,  earl    bie  ©rafen,  the  counts 
G.  beg  ©rafen,  of  the  count        ber  ©rafen  of  the  counts 
D.  bent  ©rafen,  to  the  count        ben  ©rafen,  to  the  counts 
A.  ben  ©rafen,  the  count  bie  ©rafen,  the  counts. 

The  singular  of  i^ert  omits  e  in  the  oblique  cases. 

WORDS. 

ber  $aifer,  the  emperor  ber  ©riedje,  the  Greek. 

bie  £>erbe,  the  herd,  flock  ber  33rief,  the  letter 

bie  £ante,  the  aunt  ber  (Sfel,  the  ass 

ber  $orper,  the  body  fennen  @ie,  do  you  know? 

S.  3d)  bin,  I  am  SBin  id),  am  I  ? 

bu  btft,    thou  art  btft  bit,  art  thou  ? 

er  ift,      he  is  ift  er,  is  he  ? 

fie  ift,      she  is  ift  fie,  is  she  ? 


PI.  2Bir  ftnb,   we  are 
@ie  finb, } 

•f-       r    »c          fVUU.    til  t) 

tpr  fetb,   )  J 

fie  finb,       they  are 


tnb  rt)ir,     are  we  ? 


finb  ©te, ) 
feibif)r,   j 


tnb  fie,       are  they? 


BEADING  EXERCISE  7. 

Sfteffer  be§  ^na&en1.  Orf)  Qebe  bem  ^naben  Srob.  Bennett 
<Sie  ben  ^naben  ?  3)ie  ^)eerbe  beg  §irten.  ®  ag  S3ud)  eineg  ©tubenten. 
3)er  ^orper  eineg  Slep^anten.  ®ie  ^liigel  ber  ^Ibler  unb  ber  fallen. 
3)ie  ©olbaten  beg  SRonardjen.  3)ie  9faben  ftnb  53ogel.  3)ie  $nabeu 
h^aben  gtuei  9?aben  unb  brei  §afen.  ®ie  Siirfen  h^aben  ©ftaben.  Xie 
^ofactcn  beg  ^aiferg  finb  9htffen.  S)ag  ©olb  beg  ©rafen.  £)er  Srief 
beg  gitrften.  $)ie  2J?enfd)en  finb  fterblid)  (mortal).  £>er  Smber  beg 

Slttert. 

8. 


1.  The  boy's  brothers.  These  boys  are  brothers.  The  name 
of  the  student.  The  sister  of  the  count.  The  prince's  aunt 
The  herdsman's  flock.  The  soldier's  knife.  The  letter  of  the 

i  2>e3  ffnaben  9Reffer  is  also  correct  and  means  the  same  thing.  So,  eineS  Jjjtrten  Jgeerbe 
But  bag  2)?e[jer  te6  ftnaben  and  bie  §eerke  eincs  yineu  are  more  usual. 


30  THIRD  DECLENSION. 

president.  The  emperors  Caligula  and  Nero  were  (toaven) 
tyrants.  Do  you  know  the  princes  ?  The  child  has  a  raven. 
The  Americans  have  monkeys.  I  have  seen  the  queen's  dia- 
monds. The  old  (alten)  Greeks  had  (gotten)  slaves.  Give  the 
gold  to  the  Jew. 

2.  We  have  seen  a  comet.  Are  you  Saxons  or  Prussians  ? 
The  body  of  a  giant  is  very  large  (fefyr  groft).  These  two  boys 
are  my  nephews.  Those  soldiers  are  Russians.  They  are 
Cossacks.  The  Turks  are  no  heathens.  We  are  Christians. 
These  boys  are  Jews.  My  comrades  are  ilL  We  have  no  oxen, 
we  have  two  asses.  Give  this  (Ace.)  letter  to  the  messenger 
(Dot.)  of  the  count. 


£mben  <5te  ben  (Slepljcmten  ge*     2Btr  fjoben  tfjn  Ijeute  (to-day)  ge* 

fefjen  ?  fef)en.% 

£>aben  bte  $naben  ben  £on>en,  ben  Unfere  $naben  Ijaben  ben  £5tt)en 

£iger  unb  ben  SBaren  gefefyen  ?       unb  ben  33aren  gefefyen  ;    aber 

nid)t  ben  £tger. 

2Ber  tft  biefer  2Kann?  (gr  ift  be^  ^raftbenten  Sruber. 

3ft  biefer  ©tubent  etn  ^reu^e  ?      9?ein,  er  ift  ein  <2arf)fe. 
5Ber  ift  fein  ^Sater?  <Sein  S5ater  ift  ein  2lbDofat. 

J?ie6en  <Ste  (do  you  like)  bte  $tf* 

fen?  9?eht,  i^  Uebe  bte  3Iffen  ntd)t 

^ennen  (Ste  btefe  ©olbaten  ?          -3d)  fenne  (know)  fte  nidjt 

faben  Ste  ^afen?  -3a,  id)  fyabe  bret  §afen. 

ft  ber  SBebiente  beg  ©rafen  cut 
^rangofe  ?  9?etn,  er  tfl  etn  (Snglanber. 

taben  ©te  einen  9?effen  ?  3^  ^abe  ^et  9Jeffen. 

tnb  btefe  ^naben  Ouben?  9Jetn,  fte  ftnb  S^rtften. 

2Bo  ftnb  Sljre  ^omeraben  ?  ©te  ftnb  ntrfjt  ^ter  (here),  fte  ftnb 

gu  §oufe  (at  home). 
$aben  bte  fatten  gluget?  3a,  aUe  (aUthe)  35oge(  ^aben 

geL 
2Bar  ber  ^>elb  era  9?itffe  ?  S^etn,  er  tear  etn  ©rtedje. 


FIFTH  LESSON. 

THIKD  DECLENSION. 

This  declension  contains  the  majority  of  masculine  sub- 
stantives.   In  the  singular,  the  genitive  is  formed  by  adding 


THIRD  DECLENSION.  31 

eg  or  §  to  the  nominative  ;  in  the  dative,  the  word  remains 
either  unchanged  or  takes  an  t  ;  the  accusative  is  like  the 
nominative,  as  has  been  already  stated  in  the  third  General 
Rule.  All  the  plural  cases  take  e,  and  the  dative,  of 
course  besides  the  t,  an  n.  Most  of  the  nouns  of  this 
declension  which  have  a,  0,  U  or  au  in  the  stem,  modify  it 
into  a,  0,  it  or  au  in  the  plural.  To  the  Third  Declension 
belong 

1)  All  masculine  monosyllabic  nouns,  except  those  mentioned 
under  3)  on  page  28.  A  few  monosyllabic  masculines  form 
their  plurals  in  en  and  still  others  in  er.  For  lists  see  pages 
48  and  49. 

EXAMPLES. 
SINGULAR.  PLURAL. 

N.  ber  fttfd),  the  fish  bte  gifdje,    the  fishes 

G.  beg  5tfd)eg,  °f  *he  fi^  ber  5ifrf)e>    °f  t*16  nshes 

D.  bent  §ifcf)(e),  to  the  fish  ben  ^jf^^/  to  the  fishes 

A.  ben  gid'  ^e  &&•  ^e  5ifcf)e,    the  fishes. 


N.  ber  <Solnt,       the  son  bte  ©oljne,    the  sons 

G.  be§  @ol)n(e)g,  of  the  son  ber  <3of)ne,    of  the  sons 

D.  bent  @ol)n(e),  to  the  son  ben  (Sofynen,  to  the  sons 

A.  ben  ©oljn,      the  son.  bte  (Sofyne,    the  sons. 

N.  ber  23ount,       the  tree  bte  33ounte,    the  trees 

G.  beg  23aum(e)8,  of  the  tree  ber  23dimte,    of  the  trees 

D.  bent  33aum(e),  to  the  tree  ben  SBaumen,  to  the  trees 

A.  ben  SBainn,      the  tree.  bte  Scinnte,     the  trees. 

NOTE.  —  Whether  eg  or  g  shall  be  added  to  form  the  genitive  and  whether 
the  dative  shall  have  e  or  no  termination  at  all,  depends  in  the  first  place 
on  considerations  of  euphony.  There  are  some  phrases,  for  instance,  in 
which  £one§  would  sound  better  than  Jon3  and  Stone  than  SEon,  and  there 
are  others  in  which  the  shorter  forms  would  unconsciously  suggest  them- 
selves to  a  writer  or  speaker.  No  one  would  think  of  saying  ^ifdj^  or 
Splafeg,  while  on  the  other  hand  gifcf)  and  $la&  in  the  dative  are  just  as 
good  as  gifdje  and  ^lajje.  —  In  the  second  place,  the  shorter  forms  are 
more  apt  to  be  used  in  conversation  and  in  written  or  printed  matter  of  a 
familiar  character,  and  the  longer  ones  in  dignified  composition  or 
speaking.  Finally,  e3  is  preferred  with  monosyllables. 


32  THIRD  DECLENSION. 

Examples  of  Monosyllables  of  the  Third  Declension  : 

bcr  Sifd),  the  table  ber  $ttt,  the  hat 

bcr  <2>titf)I,  the  chair  bcr  3aljn,  ^e  t°°th 

bcr  £al)n,  the  cock  bcr  2Bolf,  the  wolf 

ber  £f)itrm,  the  tower  ber  Srattm,  the  dream 

bcr  <£turm,  the  storm  ber  2Bafl,  the  rampart 

ber  9?ing,  the  ring  ber  $opf,  the  head 

ber  greimb,  the  friend  ber  Son,  the  sound 

ber  ftetnb,  the  enemy  ber  Solnt,  the  reward 

ber  $fi,  the  branch  ber  §tocf,  the  coat 

ber  ©aft,  the  guest  ber  <3todf,  the  stick 

ber  ftitjs,  the  foot  ber  Sanj,  the  dance 

bcr  Slufc,  the  river  ber  33rief,  the  letter 
ber  $ud)$r  the  fox  etc.          etc. 

Plur.,  bie  Stfdje,  bie  ©tiifjte,  bte 


NOTE.  —  The  following  nouns  and  a  number  more  do  not  modify  theii 
Towel  in  the  Plural  : 

ber  Slrm,  the  arm  ber  SadfjS,  the  salmon 

ber  Sag,  the  day  ber  3lal,  the  eel 

ber  £mnb,  the  dog  ber  £>uf,  the  hoof 

ber  <t>d)uf),  the  shoe  ber  $fab,  the  path 

ber  ($rab,  the  degree  ber  ©toff,  the  stuff 

bcr  £)ad)3,  the  badger  ber  ^unft,  the  point 

Plur.,  bte  Slrme,  bte  Sage,  bie  £mnbe,  bte  <3d)ulje  jc. 

2.  Many  nouns  formed  from  a  prefix  and  a  stem, 
e.g.  33efel)l,  from  be  and  the  stem  fetyl.  It  may  also  be 
noted  in  this  connection  that  monosyllabic  nouns  like 
those  in  the  two  lists  just  given  occur  very  frequently  at 
the  end  of  compounds.  Such  compounds  belong  of 
course  to  the  Third  Declension.  See  General  Rule  10, 
pa^e  23.  In  the  Dative  Singular  they  more  commonly 
omit  the  ending  *t. 

EXAMPLES. 
STNGHTLAB.  PLUBAL. 

N.  bcr  58efef)(',  the  order  N.  bte  Sefe^Ie,     the  orders 

O.  be«  33efei)t3,  of  the  order  G.  ber  Sefe^Ic,    of  the  orders 

D.  bent  33efel)l,  to  the  order  D.  ben  23efef)len,  to  the  orders 

A.  ben  53efe^,   the  order  A,  bie  23efef}(e,     the  orderg, 


THIRD  DECLENSION.  83 

SINGULAB. 

ber  $lpfelbaum,     the  apple  tree 
beg  3lpfelbaumeg,  of  the  apple-tree 
bem  "jjlpfelbaum,     to  the  apple-tree 
ben  2lpfelbaum,      the  apple-tree. 

PLURAL. 

bte  3tyfe(bfiitme,     the  apple-trees 
ber  2tyfetbamne,     of  the  apple-trees 
ben  2fyfelbaunten,  to  the  apple-trees 
bie  Sfyfeibaitnte,     the  apple-trees. 

ber  ©ebrancf)',  custom,  use  ber  £)b,r'rtng,  the  earring 

ber  ©efang',  the  song  ber  £>anb'fd)nt>,  the  glove 

ber  SBor'fyang,  the  curtain  ber  @trof)'l)nt,  the  straw-hat 

ber  Un'fatl,  the  accident  ber  Ue'berrocf,  the  great-coat 

ber  Slug'gang,  the  issue  ber  gei'ertag,  the  holiday. 

Gen.,    beg  ©efcmgg,  beg  33orl)cmgg,  beg  9luggangg  :c. 

Plur.,  bte  SBorljange,  bie  ©ebrauc^e,  bie  £>anbfd)itlje  K. 

3.  The  Third  Declension  comprehends  further  all  mas- 
cidine  nouns  even  of  more  than  one  syllable  ending  in  ig, 
id),  at  and  ling,  and  the  nouns  of  foreign  origin  ending  in 
al,  an,  ar,  aft,  ter,  or  or  on. 

EXAMPLES. 
SINGULAR  PLURAL. 

N.  ber  $6nig,    the  king  bte  $omge,    the  kings 

G.  be§  $6ntg«,  of  the  king  ber  ^onige,    of  the  kings 

D.  bem  ^onig,  to  the  king  ben  $omgen,  to  the  kings 

A.  ben  ®ontg,   the  king  bte  $ontge,     the  kings. 

N.  ber  ^alaft',     the  palace  bte  ^alttfte,    the  palaces 

G.  beg  ^aiafteS,  of  the  palace  ber  ^alcifte,    of  the  palaces 

D.  bem  ^alaft,    to  the  palace  ben  ^ataften,  to  the  palaces 

A.  ben  ^ofojl,    the  palace  bie  ^alafte,    the  palacea 

Such  are  : 

ber  tiiftg,  the  cage  ber  $arbinat',  the  cardinal 

ber  £eWicf),  the  carpet  ber  ©eneral',  the  general 

ber  Sfftg,  the  vinegar  ber  5lbmtrat',  the  admiral 

ber  §omg,  the  honey  ber  $o!al',  the  vowel 

ber  $ ftrfid),  the  peach  ber  Kaplan',  the  chaplain 


34  THIRD  DECLENSION. 

ber  2fto'nat,  the  month  ber  2ftoraft',  the  swamp 

ber  Bungling,  the  youth  ber  5Utar',  the  altar 

ber  faring,  the  herring  ber  £)fftgier',  the  officer. 

Plur.,  bie  $dfige,  bie  Wnate,  bie  OiingUnge,  bie  Slltfire,  bie 
©enerale,  bie  £)ffi$iere  :c. 

WORDS. 

3)er  223  alb,  the  wood,  forest        njeijj,  white 

ber  <B>rf)laf,  sleep  tong,  long 

ber  Sob,  death  brei,  three 

ber  ^rofrf),  the  frog  Oter,  four 

bie  9?ah,rung,  food  mit  (dot.),  with 

ber  (Stord),  the  stork  aber,  but 

ber  $ranicf),  the  crane  ber  2B  inter,  winter. 

READOTQ  EXERCISE  9. 

£e3  $ater8  (Solute.  3>ie  frifrf)e  be«  fttuffcS.  9fof  (on)  bent 
Sfjurnte.  9luf  ben  Saumen.  S)te  SBdume  be8  2BaIbe8.  2)ie  SSb'get 
fmb  in  bem  SBalbe.  2)ie  3d^ne  bed  £6h>en.  SKit  bem  ©torfe.  2Rit 
ben  ftufyn.  2)iefe  ©tii^le  fmb  alt.  3d)  fyatte  einen  Xroum.  3)ie 
©olbaten  finb  auf  ben  2Ba'flen.  2)ie  5"§c  ber  ^>a^ne  tjaben  (Sporen 
(spurs).  !Die  ^alafle  ber  $onige  fmb  grop.  2Bir  ijaben  bie  Xeppicfje 
be«  @anger«  gefefyen.  ^>oben  @te  bie  2B6lfe  unb  5"d)fe  ntdjt  gefe^en? 
3)ie  greunbe  meineg  53ater«.  ®eineg  Setters  £nmbe.  3)er  <Sd)Iaf 
tft  ein  33itb  (image)  be«  Sobeg.  §ier  fmb  3h,re  ©djub^e.  So  (inb 
metne  ^anbfrfju^e? 

KufgoBe  10. 

1.  The  tables  and  the  chairs  of  the  room.     The  trees  of  the 
wood.    The  enemies'  ramparts.    The  girl's  rings.    My  friends' 
guests.      With  my  brother's  son    (Dot.).      With   the  count's 
sons.     Do  you  know  my  guests  ?     The  fish  are  in  the  rivers. 
We  have  a  table  but  no  chairs.     I  give  the  dogs  to  the  Eng- 
lishman's sons.    The  days  are  long.    The  trees  have  branches. 
I  have  no  stick.     We  have  no  sticks.      The  curtains  of  my 
room  are  white.     The  frogs  are  the  food  of  (the)  storks. 

2.  Winter's  storms  are  over  (uoritber).    On  the  (auf  bent)  pres- 
ident's chair.    The  gloves  are  on  the  table.  Fish 'have  no  feet 
Frogs1  have  no  teeth.   The  birds  are  on  the  trees.     My  sons 

i  In  English  we  omit  the  article  before  plural  substantives  about  which  some 
general  assertion  is  made,  e.g..  in  the  sentence  "  Frogs  have  no  teeth."  In  German  It 
ia  sometimes  inserted  and  sometimes  omitted,  but  more  usually  inserted. 


FOURTH  DECLENSION.  35 

have  seen  two  cranes  and  four  storks.  Three  months  and  two 
days.  The  banks  (bte  Ufer)  of  the  rivers.  The  name  of  the 
officer.  Herring  are  fishes.  Do  you  know  those  two  generals  ? 
Yes,  I  know  them  (fie).  The  windows  of  the  palace.  In  the 
palace  of  the  king. 


2Bo  ftnb  bte  ^tfdje  ?  (Sic  ftnb  in  ben  ^(ttffett. 

2Bo  ftnb  ntetne  bret  Sofytte  ?  <£te  ftnb  in  bem  ©arten  ober  (or) 

in  bem  £>ofe  (court-yard). 

$BeIrf)e  9?orfe  b,at  ber  <3rf)netbet?    (§r  Ijat  bte  We  beS  Officers. 
@tnb  btefe  ©tufyle  alt  ?  SDtefe  (Single  ftnb  neu  (new). 

33on  iuem  fprecf)en  (Sic  ?  SKtc  fpred)en  t)on  unferen  ^reun* 

(Of  whom  are  you  speaking  ?)       ben. 
2Bte  mete  (how  many)  Donate?   2)ret  donate. 

Dtele  Soge?  ®ret  ober  bier  £age. 

ec^en  @ie  nid)t  toon  bem  ©o^ne  9?etn,    tmr    fpred^en    toon    fetneit 


2Bte  btele  SDjitrme  l^at  bte  ©tabt?  3)tefe  (Stabt  ^at  bret 

SBetrfjen  ©tocf  ^aben  @ic  ?  3^  l)abe  ben  ©tod  beg  ©rofen. 

|>aben  (Sic  feine  f^reunbe?  -3(^    Jjatte    (had)    jinet  ^reunbe; 

aber  fie  finb  tobt  (dead). 

2Bte  btele  ^u^e  !^at  etn  ^unb  ?       (Sin  £mnb  !^at  bier  ^itfte. 
§aben  (Sic  bie  ^U^fe  gefefyen?       -3^  b/abe  bie  ^it^fe  unb  bte  SSb'tfe 

gefe^en. 

§aben  bte  (Sdjitter  etnen  ^et^tag?  @ie  fjaben  jttjet  ^etertage. 
S5o  ift  ber  ©enerat?  Sr  tft  in  bem  -patafte  ber  ^b'nigin. 


surra  LESSON. 

FEMININE  SUBSTANTIVES. 

POUBTH  DECLENSION'. 

The  Fourth  Declension  comprises  all  feminines. 

In  the  singular,  feminines  have  the  oblique  cases  like 
the  nominative. 

1.  In  the  plural,  monosyllables  take  e,  at  the  same  time 
modifying  the  vowel  of  the  stem. 


36  FOURTH  DECLENSION. 

EXAMPLE. 

RTXaTTT.ATl  PLURAL. 

N.  bte  £>cmb,  the  hand  bie  £>anbe,    the  hands 

O.  bet  f)mtb,  of  the  hand  bcr  f)tinbc,    of  tlie  hands 

D.  ber  |)anb,  to  the  hand  ben  |janben,  to  the  hands 

A.  bie  £cmb,  the  hand  bte  £>cinbe,     the  hands. 

Such  are  : 

bte  9lrt,  the  axe  bte  $unfl,  the  art 

bte  $lngft,  fear,  anxiety  bte  £uft,  the  air 

bte  33anf,  the  bench  bte  Sufi,  the  pleasure,  desire 

bie  SBraut,  the  bride  bie  2Ragb,  the  servant 

bie  SBruft,  the  breast  bte  2ftacf)t,  the  power 

bte  ftauft,  the  fist  bie  2ttaug,  the  mouse 

bte  5rud)t/  the  fruit  bie  9f  ad)t,  the  night 

bie  ©cmS,  the  goose  bte  9?otlj,  the  distress 

bie  ©ruft,  the  vault  bie  -JZufj,  the  nut 

bie  §out,  the  skin  bte  <Stabt,  the  town,  city 

bie  $Iuft,  the  cleft  bie  2Banb,  the  waU 

bte  $raft,  the  strength  bie  2Burft,  the  sausage. 

bie  $uf),  the  cow 

Plur.,  bie  Sleyte,  bie  33anfe,  bie  ^ruc^te,  bie  ©finfe,  bie  flttnfte,  bie 
Kiiffe,  bie  (gtfibte  jc. 

NOTE.  —  Jrait,  woman,  and  some  other  monosyllables  (enumerated  in 
Lesson  9),  have  en  in  the  plural. 

2.  Feminine  nouns  of  more  than  one  syllable  take  t It  in 
the  plural,  and  do  not  modify  the  vowel.  Words  ending 
in  c,  I  or  r  have  n  instead  of  en.  See  Note  1,  p.  59. 

EXAMPLES. 
SINGULAR.  PLURAL. 

N.  bie  33lume,  the  flower  bie  3Mumen,  the  flowers 

G.  ber  S3  fame,  of  the  flower  ber  33famen,  of  the  flowers 

D.  ber  33fame,  to  the  flower  ben  SBIunten,  to  the  flowers 

A.  bie  23fame,  the  flower  bte  S3Iunten,  the  flowers. 

SINGULAR.  PLURAL. 

N.  bie  ©rfjroefter,  the  sister  bie  <Srf)tt)eflerit,  the  sisters 

O.  ber  ©cfyroefter,  of  the  sister  ber  ©djtoeflern,  of  the  sisters 

D.  ber  ©djtoefler,  to  the  sister  ben  ©djroeftern,  to  the  sisters 

A,  bie  ©djroefier,  the  sister  bie  <Sd)roeftent,  the  sisters. 


FOURTH  DECLENSION.  37 

Such  are : 

£>te  ftreube,  the  joy  bte  $eber,  the  pen,  feather 

bte  9fp[c,  the  rose  bte  $trfd)e,  the  cherry 

tie  53tene,  the  bee  bte  ^ffon^e,  the  plant 

bie  SBimbe,  the  wound  bte  @d)ule,  the  school 

bte  ©timbe,  the  hour  bte  SBirne,  the  pear 

bte  23ritrfe,  the  bridge  bte  ©time,  the  forehead 

bte  £trd)e,  the  church  bte  Sfyttre,1  the  door 

bte  Xante,  the  aunt  bte  $ranfl)ett,  the  disease 

bte  Onfel,  the  island  bte  §lufmerffantfett,  attention 

bte  -ftabel,  the  needle  bte  ftretljett,  liberty,  freedom 

bte  £afd)e,  the  pocket  bte  Stffenfdjaft,  science 

bte  £tppe,  the  lip  bte  greunbfdjaft,  friendship 

bte  9?a(e,  the  nose  bte  (grfaljrimg,  the  experience 

bte  Waiter,  the  wall  bte  £>offnung,  the  hope 

bte  5lbftd)t,  the  intention  bte  §itrfttn,  the  princess 
bte  <3d)metd)etct,  the  flattery        bte  ©ra'fin,  the  countess 

bie  <Sd)5nl)eit,  the  beauty  bte  ^adjbartn,  the  neighbor. 

NOTE. — Observe  that  all  derivative  substantives  ending  in  et,  Ijett,  felt, 
fdjaft,  ung  and  in,  are  feminine  ;  likewise  words  from  foreign  languages, 
ending  in  ie,  if,  ion  or  tat,  e.g.,  bie  SKelobie',  bte  SfKufif,  bte  SKation',  bU 

llniBerfitat'. 

EXCEPTION. 

SDhttter  and  j;od)ter  are  declined  as  follows  : 

SIKGULAB.  t    PLUEAL. 

N.  bte  Gutter,  the  mother  bte  Sfttttter,    the  mothers 

G.  ber  SDhttter,  of  the  mother  ber  Gutter,    of  the  mothers 

D.  ber  9)?utter,  to  the  mother  ben  SOtftittern,  to  the  mothers 

A.  bte  2)?ittter,  the  mother  bte  Sftutter,     the  mothers. 

N.  bie  £od)ter,  the  daughter       bte  £od)ter,     the  daughters 
G.  ber  £od)ter,  of  the  daughter  ber£od)ter,     of^he  daughters 
D.  ber  £od)ter,  to  the  daughter  ben  £dd)tern,  to  the  daughters 
A.  bte  Stodjter,  the  daughter       bte  £od)tcr,     the  daughters. 

For  a  few  femininine  words  ending  in  nift,  see  p.  49,  and 
the  foot-note  40. 

WORDS. 

bte  ©trafse,  the  street  bie  Xaube,  the  pigeon 

bte  3)ame,  the  lady  bte  $a£e,  the  cat 

bte  gwbe,  the  color  bte  £ompe,  the  lamp 

i  This  word  is  sometimes  used  without  the  e: 


38  FOURTH  DECLENSION. 

ba§  53ct(cf)cn,  the  violet  id)  fndje,  I  seek  (for) 

bie  ?iebe,  the  love  id)  oerfaufe,  I  sell 

bie  ?tlte,  the  lily  id)  fenne,  I  know 

ber  Singer,  the  finger  bie  $artoffet,  the  potato 

bie  Matte,  the  rat  fur$,  short 

ber  9J?ann,  the  man  reif,  ripe 

bie  2ftild),  the  milk  rotty,  red. 

S.  3d)  tiebe,1  1  like  or  love  PL  toir  liebcn,  we  like  or  love 
bu  tiebft,  thou  likest  or  lovest       ifjr  liebt,       )  you  Uke  or 
cr  liebt,  he  likes  or  loves  @ie  (icben,  j  you  love 

fie  liebt,  she  Hkes  or  loves  fie  Ueben,  they  Uke  or  love. 

READING  EXERCISE   11. 


biefer  <£tabt.    2) 

ber  ®anfe.  2>ie  £f)itren  ber  $irdje.  2)ie  ©tabte  finb  gro§.  Die 
ftarbe  ber  9tofe.  S)ie  ffluqci  ber  Sienc  finb  ftein.  £>er  ^nabe  ifit  in 
ber  (at)  <2>d)ute.  Xie  ^irdjen  fmb  gro§.  3?ie  9tofen  unb  bie  Sitten 
finb  fdjone  33Iumen.  3d)  tiebe  bie  Sirnen.*  Siebfl  bu  bie  $ftttffe? 
!Die  3J?obd)en  Ueben  bie  SSIumen.  Die  ^naben  ^aben  ftebern.  3)ie 
finger  ber  §anbe  finb  ftein.  3m  (in,  literally  in  the)  2Binter  ftnb 
bie  9Zad)te  tang.8  3d)  liebe  bie  fatten  unb  bie  2JJaufe  nid)t;  aber 
(but)  id>  tiebe  bie  33ienen  unb  bie  Xauben. 

Slufflofic  12. 

1.  The  ladies'  hands.  I  like  the  walnuts.  The  churches  of 
the  town.  The  boys  have  no  pens.  The  man's  forehead  is 
high  (fyorf)).  I  like  roses  and  violets.  The  smell  (ber  ©erud)) 
of  roses  and  violets  is  sweet  (angenef)tn).  Our  hopes  are  vain 
(eitet).  We  know  (fennen)  the  mother's  love.  The  boys  are  at 
(in  ber)  school.  The  ladies  are  at  (in  ber)  church.  In  three 
hours.  The  soldiers  have  wounds.  Do  you  know  these  plants  ? 
The  cherries  are  red.  I  know  the  daughters  of  the  countess. 

i  This  is  the  present  tense  of  the  verb  Iteben,  to  love.  All  regular  verbs  are  conjugated 
In  this  way. 

a  It  is  better  German  to  say  :  3*  effe  (eat)  33trnen  gern  (gladly). 

a  This  is  not  a  question.  The  sense  is  the  same,  or  very  nearly  the  same,  as  if  the 
words  had  stood  as  follows  :  Tie  92&$te  ftnb  long  im  SSinter.  But  in  Oennan,  in  any 
simple  assertion,  we  have  a  right  to  begin  the  sentence  with  some  other  word  than  the 
subject,  provided  we  then  bring  in  the  verb,  and  in  the  third  place  the  subject.  Here 
we  might  have  written  :  Sang  ftnb  bie  92&$te  im  ZBinter. 


FOUETH  DECLENSION.  39 

2.  You  know  my  intentions.  He  has  two  flowers  in  his 
hand.1  These  pens  are  not  good  (gut).  I  love  my  sisters. 
The  cats  catch  (fangen)  (the)  mice.  These  pears  are  not  ripe. 
My  neighbour  sells  lamps.  The  lips  are  red.  We  sell  our 
cows  and  our  oxen.  These  two  girls  are  sisters.  My  [female] 
neighbour  sells  potatoes  (®artoffcln).  The  mothers  love  their 
daughters.  The  girls  had  no  needles.  Pears  are  the  fruit 
(pi.  in  German)  of  the  pear-tree  (23irnbaum$). 


$enncn   <3ie  ben  -ftamen  biefer 

©trafee  ?  C?3  ift  bic  ftrtebrt^flrafee. 

2Bo  finb  Ofyre  ®naben  ?  <£te  finb  in  ber  ©cfyute. 

2Bo  finb  nteine  gebern  ?  <Sie  iiegen  (lie)  auf  bent  £ifrf)e. 

2Ber  fangt  (catches)  2ftaufe?        2)te  ^afcen  fangen  2ftaufe. 
2Bie  m'ele  @d)tt>eftern  fyat  3^re  @ie  ^at  jwet  @c^tt)eftern  unb  brei 

SWuttcr?  SSriiber. 

SBcrfaufen  @te  ^trf^en  ?  S'Jetn,  aber  h)ir  berfaufen  S3trnen. 

2Bie  btete  §anbe  ^at  etn  Sftenfd)  ?  Sin  SD'Jenf^  ^at  jtoei  ^>anbe  unb 


finb  rot^. 

(had)  ber  ©otbot  SBunben  ?  3a,  er  ^atte  btete  2Bunben. 
(what)  finb  bie  Slbficfiten 

gutter?  3d)  fenne  fte  (them)  ntdjt. 

5Bo  finb  bie  £)amen  ?  Gie  ftnb  in  ber  $ird)e. 

SBetd)e  Slumen  Ueben  (Sic  am  -3d)  Itebe  bie  3Jofen,  bie  lOUien  unb 

meiften  (best)  ?  bie  SBeilc^en  am  meiften. 

2Bie  mete  ©tnnben  tebte  baa  ^inb 

(did  the  child  live)  ?  (Sa  lebte  nur  (only)  brei  ©tunben. 

2Bie  finb  bie  ©traften  ber  ©tabt?  @ie  ftnb  fe^r  f^mut^ig  (dirty). 
2Bo  leben  bie  ^if^e  ?  <Ste  leben  im2  SSaffer. 

2Bo  finb  bie  ©anfe  ?  S)ie  ©anfe  unb  bie  (Snten  (ducks) 

finb  in  bem  §ofe  (yard). 

2Ber  Derfauft  ^artoffeln?  2)?eine   9?ad)bartn    oerfauft    ^ar* 

toffeln. 

1  The  definite  article  is  usual  with  parts  of  the  person  wherever  no  ambiguity 
•would  result  from  its  use. 

2  3m  is  a  contraction  for  in  bem. 


40  FIFTH  DECLENSION. 

SEVENTH    LESSON. 

NEUTER  SUBSTANTIVES. 

FIFTH   DECLENSION. 

This  declension  includes  all  neuters  except  those  ending 
in  el,  er,  en,  cfyen  and  lein.  These  latter  belong  to  the  First 
Declension.  The  singular  is  declined  like  the  singular  of 
the  Third  Declension.  In  the  plural,  a  distinction  is  to 
be  made  1)  between  words  of  two  and  more  syllables,  and 
2)  monosyllabic  words.  The  plural  of  the  former  usually 
ends  in  t,  that  of  the  latter  in  ft.  The  latter  modify  the 
vowel  of  the  stem.  For  exceptions  see  pages  50  and  51. 

IT  EXAMPLE  OF  A  DISSYLLABLE. 
SINGULAR.  PLURAL. 

N.  bag  ®efd)enf',     the  present      bte  ©efdjenfe,  the  presents 
O.  beg  ©efdjenfeg,  of  the  present  ber  ©efrfjenfe,   of  the  presents 
D.  bem  @efd)enf(e),  to  the  present  " 

A.  ba8  ©e[d)en!,      the  present      bte 

Such  are  : 

bag  ©efefc,  the  law  bag  ©tetdjmfe,  the  parable 

bog  (Sefprad),  the  conversation  bag  Earned',  the  camel 

bag  ©efdjaft,  the  business  bag  Snftrument',  the  instrument 

bag  ©fhjeljr,  the  gun  bag  (Element',  the  element 

bag  ©ettwr^,  the  spice  bag  Compliment',    the    compli- 
bag  ©ebtrge,1  the  mountain-         ment 

range  bag  papier',  the  paper 

bag  ©ema'tbe,1  the  picture  bag  SRetatC,  the  metal 

bag  ©ebaube,  the  building  bag  SBtflet',  the  ticket 

bag  ,3eu9nif^s  the  testimony  bag  (Concert',  the  concert 

bag  ®el)eimmj$,  the  secret  bag  portrait',  the  portrait 

bag  33efenntm|,  the  confession  bag  £ineal',  the  ruler. 
Plur.,  bte  ©efefce,  bte  ©efc^dfte,  bte  ®eh)e^re  :c. 

i  Neuter  words  which  end  in  the  singular  In  t,  never  add  a  second  t,  as :  pi.,  Me 
(Sebitge,  bte  QDem&tbe  >c. 

i  All  nouns  ending  in  nifj  form  their  plural  by  adding  t,  even  the  feminine,  as .-  Tit 
flenntmfi,  knowledge,  pi.  bie  ft enntnt fie ;  bte  Skforgnt^,  apprehension,  pi.  bte  SBejergmjje  5 
f,  the  want,  pi.  bte  5Bebatfttifie  :c . 


djenfen,  to  the  presents 
"d)enfe,   the  presents. 


FUTH   DECLENSION. 


2)  EXAMPLES  OF  MONOSYLLABLES. 


SINGULAR. 

N.  bag  35orf,       the  village 
G.  beg  2)orf(e)g,  of  the  village 
D.  bem  £)orf(e),  to  the  village 
A.  bag  2)orf,       the  village. 


PLURAL. 

bte  £>5rfer,  the  villages 
ber  jDorfer,    of  the  villages 
ben  £)6rfern,  to  the  villages 
bte  3)orfer,    the  villages. 


N.  ba§  ®tnb,       the  child 
G.  beg  $htbeg,    of  the  child 
D.  bem  ftinb(c),  to  the  child 
A.  bag  $tnb,      the  child. 


bte  $tnber,    the  children 
ber  $tnber,    of  the  children 
ben  $tnbern,  to  the  children 
bte  $tnber,     the  children. 


Such  are  : 

bag  2lmt,  the  office 
bag  33tatt,  the  leaf 
bag  SBtlb,  the  picture 
bag  92eft,  the  nest 
bag  foufytt,  the  fowl,  hen 
bag  §ett>,  the  field 
bag  £f)al,  the  valley 
bag  2Bort,  the  word 
bag  ®alb,  the  calf 
bag  SHeb,  the  song 
bag  §Jab,  the  wheel 

PL,  bte  Slemter,  bte  flatter, 


bag  93uc^,  the  book 

bag  dt,  the  egg 

bag  (2<i)to§,  the  castle,  lock 

bag  ©elb,  the  money 

bag  £amnt,  the  lamb 

bag  §aug,  the  house 

bag  2Betb,  the  wife 

bag  £)ad),  the  roof 

bag  $Ietb,  the  dress 

bag  £anb,  the  country 

bag  33anb,  the  ribbon. 

bte  23itdjer,  bte  defter  2C. 


NOTE  1. — The  same  mode  of  inflexion  is  assumed  by  all  words  ending 
in  tfyum,  two  of  which  are  masculine.     Ex. : 

bag  ®at[ertf)um,  the  empire          ber  9Mrf)tfjum,  the  riches 
bag  ^urftentljitm,  the  principality  ber  Orrtdutn,  the  error. 
Plur.,  bte  gikftentljitmer,  bte  ^etc^t^umer,  bie  -3rrt()iimer  *c. 

NOTE  2. — Some  monosyllabic  neuters,  especially  those  in  r/  take  not  »r 
but  c  in  the  plural,  and  do  not  modify  their  vowel,  as: 

bag  §aar,  the  hair;  pi.  bte  £>aare, 
bag  Sfeev,  the  sea;  pi.  bte  Stteere. 
For  a  complete  list  of  th«m  see  the  Ninth  Lesson,  p.  50,  9. 


42 


FIFTH   DECLENSION. 


NOTE  3.— £a8  £erj,  the  heart,  is  irregular. 

SINGULAR.  PLURAL. 

N.  bag  £>er$  bte  Bergen 

G.  beS  £>er$en8  ber  Bergen 

D.  bent  Bergen  ben  Bergen 

A.  bag  ^er^.  bte 

WORDS. 

bte  $ufgab"e,  the  exercise  toerloren,  lost 

ber  2Bagen,  the  coach  letdjt,  easy 

bag  §orn,  the  horn  flein,  small 

fmgen,  to  sing  runb,  round 

liegen,  to  lie  neu,  new 

fet)en,  to  see  grim,  green 

ftnben,  to  find  fdmtufctg,  dirty 

gefunben,  found  toiele,  many 

faufe,  buy  bte  metften,  most 

gefauft,  bought  fjorf),  high. 

READING  EXERCISE  13. 


3)a«  23t(b  be«  £mbe«.  2)ie  Sttber  ber  ^tnber.  $)te  ^arbe  be« 
3)te  ^Matter  ber  ^Pflan^en  ftnb  gru'n.  £>te  SBaume  be§ 
tragen  (bear)  ^ritrfjte.  3)ie  SJJauern  jeneS  (SdjloffeS  ftnb  ^od^. 
2)er  ^lontg  fyat  btele  (Sc^toffer.  35 tc  2B6rter  ber  Sfofgabe  ftnb  letc^t. 
jDte  9taber  be§  SSageng  ftnb  runb.  -3d)  fudje  bte  hammer.  2ptr 
I)aben  bte  ^letber  gefauft.  3n  ben  Sfteftern  ber  ^BiJget  Itegen  (Ster. 
3)te  ©ngldnber  leben  (h've)  in  bent  Sanbe  ber  gret^ett.  2Bo  (where) 
Itegen  bte  Stcr  ber  §itlnter  ?  @ie  ttegcn  in  ben  •fteftera.  U)te  Orfjfen 
fyaben  Corner.  S)er  ^Urft  ^at  em  @d)to§  gefauft.  3)er  ^pntg  ^at 
fetne  Sanber,  feme  ©tcibte  unb  feine  1)orfer  tiertoren.  2Btr  Ijaben 
unfere  33udjer  toertoren. 

9tufgok  14. 

1.  This  village  is  small  Those  villages  are  also  (aud))  small 
The  laws  of  the  Romans.  The  fields  are  large.  The  flowers 
of  the  field.  The  dresses  of  the  girls  are  red.  I  see  the 
roofs  of  the  houses.  I  know  the  land  of  (the)  freedom.  The 
children  have  found  a  nest.  The  leaves  of  the  trees  are 
green.  I  seek  my  booka  I  find  the  paper  in  the  book.  We 
know  the  castles  of  the  princes.  He  is  in  his  house  (Dot.). 
Our  houses  are  old.  The  girl  sings  a  song.  Have  you  seen 


FDTH  DECLENSION. 


43 


my  aunt's  presents?     I  buy  two  guns.     The  president  has 
bought  two  pictures. 

2.  The  children's  books  are  not  new.  These  ribbons  are 
red.  The  doors  of  the  rooms  are  shut  (gefd)toffen).  Those 
buildings  are  very  old.  We  speak  of  (uoit)  the  presents  of  the 
king  and  of  the  queen.  Our  father  has  bought  a  house  and 
a  garden.  The  girls  have  bought  many  eggs.  I  find  the 
words  of  my  exercise  very  easy.  The  valleys  of  Switzerland 
(fier  Sdjiuctg)  are  beautiful  (prad)ttg).  The  village  lies  in  a  valley. 
We  have  bought  two  fowls.  The  boy  has  lost  his  money. 


$ennen    €ne    bie 


ber 


Sic  finb  fie  ? 

§aben  bie  SBoget  defter? 

2Ba«  Itegt  in  biefem  9?efte? 

£ieben  @ie  bie  (Ster? 

On  tcetdjem  Sanbe  lebt  3^r  53et* 

ter  (does  your  cousin  live)  ? 
3n  metcfjer  ©tabt  lebt  er? 
2Bie  tiiel  ©e(b  ^aben  @ie? 
^>aben  ©te  Gutter  unb  @ier  ^ 

ifauft?    > 

2Bie  finb  bie  flatter  ber  23awne? 
2Bo  finb  meine  Siidjer? 
2BeId)e8  §au«(  tjat  3 

fauft  ? 
^>at  er  einen  ©arten  ? 


2Ber    b^at    btefe    S3itber    gemalt 

(painted)  ? 
<2>inb  Ob/re  23tinber  rotb^  ? 


id)  fenne  fte  (them). 
3d)  ftnbe  1  fie  prad)tig  (beautiful). 
3a,  bie  tneiften  23ogel  fyaben  defter. 
-3d)  fefje  bier  (Sier. 
Qa,  bie  (Eier  ber  §u^ner. 

(Sr  lebt  in  !Deittfd)(anb  (Germany). 
(Sr  lebt  in  granffurt. 
-3d)  fyabe  brei  @utben  (florins). 
3d)  ^abe  biete  Ster  gelauft;  aber 

(but)  feine  Gutter. 
<Ste  finb  griin. 
©ie  finb  in  -3I)rent  3ittimer. 

@r  l^at  gh)ei  §dnfcr  getauft. 
9Mn,  er  ^at  feinen  (Garten  ;  aber 
er  ^at  toiele 


2Ber 


at  ba§  otte 
Sanber  finb  reid)  ? 


(gin  beutfd)er  (German) 

9^ein,  meine  23anber  finb  griin,  aber 

bie  S3anber  meiner  @d)U)efter  finb 

roth;. 

gefauft?  3)er  @ob;n  beg  ©rafen  9?.2 
(Sngtanb  unb  5lmerifa. 


1  ginben  often  means  consider. 

2  The  genitive  of  @raf  9J.,  is  either  be§  ©rafen  SK.  or  ®raf  SR.'g.  The  second  form  is. 
it  -will  be  noticed,  just  like  the  English  idiom, 


44  \  PREPOSITIONS. 

EIGHTH  LESSON. 

PREPOSITIONS. 

German  prepositions  are  treated  of  at  greater  length  in 
Lesson  37,  p.  282. 

,     1)  Prepositions  with  the  dative  : 

ouS,  out  of,  from  feit,  since 

bet,  near,  by  (with)  toon,  of,  from,  by 

nut,  with  311,  to,  at 

nacf),  after.  gegenuber,  opposite  to. 

EXAMPLES. 

bettt  ®arten  (dot.  masc.),  from  (out  of)  the  garden. 

bet  (Stabt  (dot.  fern.),  from  the  town. 
tt  cittern  <3tocf  (dot.  masc.),  with  a  stick. 
tt  ctner  ^eber  (dot.  fem.\  with  a  pen. 

bem  9ftittageffen  (dot.  neut.),  after  (the)  dinner. 

bet  <2>tunbe  (dot.  fern.),  after  the  lesson. 


2)  Prepositions  requiring  the  accusative  : 

burcf),  through,  by  oljne,  without 

fur,  for  um,  about,  at 

g  eg  en,  against,  towards 

EXAMPLES. 

®nrcf)  ben  2Batb  (ace.  masc.),  through  the  forest. 
!Ditrd)  bte  (StroRe  (ace.  fern.),  through  the  street. 
3)urrf)  ba§  3B  offer  (ace.  neut.),  through  the  water. 
^iir  metnen  SBrnber  (ace.  masc.),  for  my  brother. 
^iir  ntetne  Si^njefter  (ace.  fern.),  for  my  sister,  etc. 

3)  The  following  nine  take  the  dative  in  such  sentences 
as  might  have  been  answered  to  questions  beginning  with 
"where,"  and  the  accusative  in  case  the  questions  would 
have  begun  with  "  whither:"  * 

i  Whither  baa  gone  out  of  nse  in  English  conversation  and  where  taken  its  place.  The 
student,  however,  in  order  to  make  up  his  mind  whether  to  use  the  dative  or  accusative 
in  German,  must  never  use  where  in  the  sense  of  whither.  Thus  he  should  consider 
"  I  went  on  the  ice  "  to  l>e  the  answered  to  a  supposed  question  "Whither  did  you  go  ?  " 


PREPOSITIONS.  46 

an  (dot.},  at  in1  (dot.),  in,  at  iiber,  over,  across 

an  (ace.),  to  in  (ace.),  into  unter,  under,  among, 

auf,  upon,  on  neben,  near,  beside  between 

fyinter,  behind  bor,1  before,  ago  gttrifdjen,  between. 

Examples  with  the  dative  (rest)  : 

3d)  ftefye  an  bcm  ^enfter  (dot.  neut.),  I  stand  at  the  window. 
3luf  bcm  £tfd)e  (dot.  masc.),  on  (upon)  the  table. 
3n  bent  £)ofe  (dot.  masc.),  in  the  court-yard. 
3n  bcr  ©tabt  (dot.  fern.),  in  (the)  town. 
23or  bettt  ^fenfter  (dot.  neut.),  before  the  window. 
r1  etner  ©tunbe  (dot.  /em.),  an  hour  ago. 


Examples  with  the  accusative  (motion)  : 

3d)  gefye  an  bag  $enfter,  I  go  to  the  window. 
3d)  gelje  itber  bCtt  $ht§,  I  go  over  the  river. 
3d)  gefye  fytnter  ba$  £>au8,  1  go  behind  the  house. 
©tetten  <Ste  eg  t)or  bag  ^enfto/  PU*  i*  before  the  window. 


4)  SBaljteni),  during,  and  Uicgett,  on  account  of,  govern 
the  genitive  case.     Ex.  : 

SBaljrenb  bcS  9vegen§,  during  the  rain. 

5)  Several  of  the  above  prepositions  may  form  a  single 
word  with  the  definite  article. 

&tn  for  an  bent,  as  :  am  ^enfter  (rest),  at  the  window; 

Olt'§  for  an  ba3,  as  :  an'3  ^enfter  (motion),  to  the  window; 

Oltf'§  for  auf  £>a3,  as  :  aufS  Sanb  (motion),  into  the  country; 

int  for  in  bein,  as  :  tm  2Binter,  in  winter; 

tn'8  for  in  ba3,  as  :  in'S  Staffer  (motion),  into  the  water; 

Bd'm  for  bet  bent,  as  :  bet'nt  £b,or,  near  the  gate; 

fiir'8  for  ftir  bag,  as  :  fitr'8  ©elb  (ace.),  for  money; 

DUrt^'0  for  burd)  baS,  as  :  burdj'3  ^euer  (ace.)  through  the  fire; 

Uoitt  for  ton  bent,  as  :  bom  Sftarfte,  from  the  market; 

Jjor'0  for  &or  ba^,  as  :  bor'3  ^enfter,  before  the  window; 

iilier'8  for  iiber  bag,  as  :  itber'3  SWeer,  across  the  sea; 

jutn  for  gu  bcm,  as  :  gum  S3ater,  to  the  father; 

jttt  for  gu  bcr,  as  :  gur  Gutter,  to  the  mother. 

i  Jjnaud  bar,  when  denoting  time,  always  take  the  dative. 


46  PREPOSITIONS. 

WORDS. 

bet  £of,  the  yard  gefatten,  fallen 

ber  Jlrieg,  (the)  war  bte  9?td)te,  the  niece 

ber  9fabe,  the  raven  bte  $alte,  the  cold 

bte  £aube,  the  pigeon  fptelen,  to  play 

ber  £)fen,  the  stove  fpredjen,  to  speak 

bag  Sett,  the  bed  id)  effe,  I  eat 
ba$  2#tttageffen,  (the)  dinner       fltegen,  to  fly 

ber  233  inter,  (the)  winter  faufen,  to  buy 

ber  2ttantel,  the  cloak  git  £>oufe,  at  home. 

READING  EXERCISE  15. 


3n  bem  |>ofe  (tm  £>ofe).  9lu8  bem  ®arten.  3luf  bent  £>ad)e. 
3)ie  Xaube  fliegt  aitf  baS  (auf'S)  jDad).  3m  $rteg  unb  tm  grteben, 
$)te  $inber  tytelen  bor  bem  £>aufe.  S3or  ber  ^adjt.  3)er  SBogel  ft^t 
(sits)  oiif  bem  iBatime.  !l)te  fttffy  leben  tm  SBaffer.  3Ketn  ^>ut  tfl 
tn'8  Staffer  gefatten.  2)0^  ^ebermeffer  beS  ^naben  Itegt  auf  bem 
£i[rf)(e).  ®er  §unb  Itegt  itnter  bem  S3ette.  2)tefe  33itd)er  ftnb  fur 
metnen  ?e^rer.  3^re  Sodjter  ift  bet  nteutcr  SdjtDefter.  2)te  @olbaten 
fpredjen  toon  bem  ^riege.  !£)aS  (that)  hjar  wa^renb  be§  $rtege3. 
33}  btetbe  (stay)  ju  ^aufe  tuegen  be«  9^egenc«.  2)a«  Sett  fteh,t 
(stands)  neben  bem  Ofen.  ®er  <2tu^t  ftc^t  neben  ber  Xfyito.  Urn 
oter  Ub,r  (at  four  o'clock)  bin  id)  $u  §oufe. 

9tufflolic  16. 

.  Out  of  the  room.  Near  the  castle.  I  eat  with  a  spoon. 
After  the  rain.  The  oxen  butt  (ftofeen)  with  their  horns.  "We 
see  with  our  eyes  C&ugen).  The  boys  go  through  the  wood. 
The  pupils  speak  of  (uon)  the  school  We  speak  of  (Don)  the 
weather.  I  was  in  (aitf)  the  street  during  the  rain.  The  boy 
is  on  the  tree.  Go  (ge^en  <2te)  into  the  yard.  The  boy  has 
(ift)  fallen  into  the  water.  The  tree  lies  in  the  water.  My 
penknife  is  in  my  pocket.  Against  the  door.  Put  (fterfen)  your 
penknife  in  your  pocket.  His  cloak  hangs  (Ijcingt)  behind  the 
door.  I  have  seen  many  flowers  in  the  field. 

2.  The  eggs  lie  in  the  nests  of  the  birds.  The  enemies 
run  (toufen)  against  the  wall.  There  (e3)  was  a  raven  among 
the  pigeons.  Before  (the)  dinner.  "We  play  after  (the)  dinner. 
He  was  in  his  room.  The  table  stands  near  the  window. 
Before  (the)  winter  many  birds  fly  (put:  fly  many  birds)1 

1  See  the  last  foot-note  on  p.  38. 


47 


across  the  sea.  We  stay  (bleiben)  at  home  on  account  of  the 
rain.  The  dog  runs  (Itiuft)  about  the  house.  Those  apples  are 
for  my  niece,  and  these  pears  are  for  my  son.  The  count  was 
at  home  at  three  o'clock.  2Two  3days  'ago. 


2Bo  ftfct  berSoget? 

2Bo  tft  SBtlljelm  (WiUiam)  ? 
So  tft  mein  2ftantel? 
8Bet  ijat  mein  ^bermeffer? 
§abcrt  (Sic  metnen  §ut  gefei^ett  ? 
2Bol)er  (whence)  fommen  @te? 
Ija&en  (Sic  gefauft? 
tn  (where)  gel)en  <Stc? 
toerben  <Ste  faufen? 

fltegen  m'ete  iBoget? 
3Bann    (when)    fltegen    fie  fort 

(leave)  ? 

SBarum  (why)  fltegen  fie  fort? 
<Stnb  <3te  nod)  (still)  int  33ette? 
2Bo  Ijaben  (Sic  biefe  53etld)en  ge= 

f  unben  ? 
§aben  (Sic  feme  (none)  in  Sfyrent 

(Garten  ? 
gur  wen  (whom,  ace.)  ftnb  biefe 

^trfdjen  ? 
S3on  went  (whom,  dot.)  fjaft  bu 

biefe    ©efdjenfe    er^atten    (re- 

ceived)  ? 

2Bot>on  fpredjen  bic  <3o(baten? 
3ft  Ofjre  Gutter  ju  £aufe? 


(gr  fifct  auf   bem   $)adje  imfcrcg 

£>aufe3. 

@r  ift  tm  ©arten  obcr  tm  £>ofe. 
(gr  fyangt  gutter  ber  Jfyiire. 
(g3  Uegt  auf  bem  2%f)e. 
5a,  er  tft  uitter  ben  Jtfd)  gefatten. 
3d)  fomme  com  SD^ailte  (market). 
-3^  (jabe  s#epfe(  unb  sJJiiffe  gcfauft. 
3d)  ge^eiauf  (to)  ben  9Jfavft, 
-3d)  inerbe  wartoffefa  faufen. 
(Sic  fliegen  uber'g  SWeer. 

$or  bent  2Binter. 

2Begen  ber  ®alte  be§  2Binter3. 

$a,  id)  bin  fran!. 

3d)  ^abe  fie  auf  bent  ^etbe  gefun* 

ben. 
9^ein,  id)  !ann  (can  not  —  any) 

feine  finben. 
(Ste  finb  fitr  bag  Sodjterlein  mei* 

neS  9^ad)bar§. 
53on  metnem  SJater  unb  t)on  nteiner 

Butter. 

(Ste  f^redjen  bom  ^rtege  (war). 
gietn,  fie  ift  nidjt  gu  '^aufe,  fie  ift 
(gone  out). 


48     LRREGUIAlilTIES  IN  THE  FORMATION  OF  THE  PLURAL. 
NINTH   LESSON,  i 

IRREGULARITIES   IN  THE   FORMATION   OF 
THE  PLURAL. 

The  irregularities  in  German  declension  are  mostly  in 
the  pluraL 

I.    IRREGULARITIES    OP    THE    FIRST    DECLENSION. 

1.  The   following  substantives  take  n  in  the   plural 
without  modifying  the  vowel,  as  has  been  already  stated 
on  page  25. 

ber  Saier,  the  Bavarian  ber  •ftadfjbar,  the  neighbor 

ber  Sauer,  the  peasant  ber  (Stadjel,  the  sting 

ber  ^Better,  the  cousin  ber  "^antoffel,  the  slipper 

ber  ©eDatter,  the  godfather          ber  llJhigfet,  the  muscle. 
Plur.,  bie  Saiern,  bte  SQauern,  bie  33ettern,  bie  9?ad)barn  jc. 

NOTE.—  The  word  ber  G^ataf'ter,  has  in  the  plural  bie  Gljarafte'te. 

2,  Words  from    the  Latin  in  or,  with  the  accent  on 
the  last  syllable  but  one,  form  their  plurals  in  ortlt  : 

ber  J)of'tor,  the  doctor  ;  pi.  bie  iDofto'ren. 
ber  ''Profef  for,  the  professor  ;  pi  bie  ^rofeffo'ren. 
NOTE.  —  <Dcr  aKajlor',  the  major  ;  pi. 


a)  Another  class  of  irregular  nouns  has  already  been 
noticed  on  page  25. 

II.    IRREGULARITIES    OP    THE    THIRD    DECLENSION. 

3.  Eight  words  take  in  the  plural  rn  instead  of  c  and  do 
not  modify  the  vowel  : 

ber  2ftafl,  the  mast  ber  ©taat,  the  state 

ber  ^Pfau,  the  peacock          ber  <3traf)l,  the  beam 


i  The  Ninth  and  Tenth  Lessons  need  not  be  Ukea  up  in  course. 


IRREGULARITIES  IN  THE  FORMATION  OF  THE  PLURAL.        49 

ber  @d)mer3,  the  pain  ber  jDortt,  the  thorn, 

ber  <£pont,  the  spur  ber  See,1  the  lake. 

^  btc  -Ohften,    bie  ^fatten,  bie  (Staaten,  btc  ©trafjten,  bte 

©rfimerjen  jc.     <2porn  has  in  plu.  both  ©ponten  and  ©poren  as 
given  in  Exercise  9. 

4.  The  following  nouns  take  cr  in  the  plural,  at  the 
same  time  modifying  the  vowel  : 

ber  SRann,  the  man  ber  @ott,  (the)  God 

ber  2Ba(b,  the  forest  ber  £)rt,  the  place 

ber  Seib,  the  body  ber  2?ormunb,  the  guardian 

ber  ©eift,  the  mind,  ghost  ber  9tetd)tl)iun,  the  riches 

ber  2Burm,  the  worm  ber  Srrtfyum,  the  mistake,  error. 
ber  Sftonb,  the  edge 
Plur.,  bie  banner,  bie  SBalber,  bie  £eiber,  bie  2Biirmer  :c. 

III.    IRREGULARITIES    OF    THE    FOURTH    DECLENSION. 

5.  Twenty-nine  monosyllables  form  their  plural  in  en 
instead  of  e,  without  modifying  the  vowel  : 

bie  2lrt,  the  kind,  species  bie  ^fUcfyt,  the  duty 

bie  33at)it,  the  road  bie  ^oft,  the  post 

bie  23anf,  the  bank  bie  Oual,  the  torment,  pang 

bie  33udjt,  the  bay  bie  <5d)aar,  the  troop 

bie  23urg,  the  old  castle  bie  ©d)Iacf)t,  the  battle 

bie  ^ftfyrtf  ^e  passage  bie  (Sdjrift,  the  writing 

bie  §tur,  the  field  bie  (Sdjutb,  the  debt 

bie  ffiuti),  the  flood  bie  (Spur,  the  trace,  track 

bie  $orm,  the  form  bie  £l)at,  the  deed 

bie  BTCIU,  the  woman  bie  Jradjt,  the  costume 

bie  @httf),  the  glow  bie  Uljr,  the  watch,  clock 

bie  Sagb,  the  chase  bie  2Ba^(,  the  choice 

bie  Soft,  the  load  bie  2BeIt,  the  world 
bie  3)torf,    the    boundary,       bie  ^ai)\,  the  number,  figure 

district.  bie  |jet^  the  time. 


.  . 

Plur.,  bie  SBatjnen  (Sifenba^nen,  railroads),  bie  £aften,  bie 
ten,  bie  <£d)Iad)ten,  bie  S^aten,  bie  3a^en  JC- 

6.  All  feminines  in  ni§  and  fal  have  t  in  the  plural,  e.g.  : 

i  Notice  :  There  is  also  &  feminine  word  bie  3«,  the  tea,  with  the  same  plural.    But 
the  plural  of  gee,  sea,  rarely  occurs. 


50      IRREGULAKITIE3  IN  THE  FORMATION  OF  THE  PLURAL. 

bte  $enntntfl,  knowledge  ;  pi.  bte  &enntniffe. 
bie  Seforgntfl,  fear ;  pi.  bte  Seforgniffe. 
bic  £riibjal,  sorrow  ;  pi.  bte  Xriibfate  K. 

7.  The  two  words:   bie    2Jhttter,   the  mother,   and  bie 
X center,  the  dauyhter,  have  already  been  declined  page  37. 

IV.    IHREGULABITTES    OF    THE    FIFTH    DECLENSION. 

8.  Seven  neuter  words  form  the  plural  in  en : 

bag  Sett,  the  bed ;  pi.  bte  JBetten. 
bag  £>emb,  the  shirt ;  pi.  bte  f>emben. 
bag  £>erj,  the  heart ;  pi.  bte  ^er^ett. 
bag  £)f)r,  the  ear  ;  pi.  bte  £)fjren. 
bag  2luge,  the  eye  ;  pi.  bte  2lugen. 
bag  Snbe,  the  end  ;  pi.  bte  Qjnben. 
bag  3n[eft,  the  insect ;   pi.  bte  Snfeften. 

9.  A  few  monosyllabic  neuter  words  do  not  follow  the 
general  rule  in  forming  their  plural ;  they  take  f  instead 
of  er  and  do  not  modify  the  voweL 

Eight  ending  in  f  : 

baS  £>aar,  the  hair  baS  ^Jaar,  the  pair 

ba3  |i>eer,  the  army  bag  9to!)r,  the  reed 

bag  5aljr,  the  year  bag  Sljier,  the  animal 

bag  2fteer,  the  sea  bag  J^or,  the  gate. 

PI,  bte  £>aare,  bte  Safjre,  bte  X^tere  jc. 

Also  the  following: 

bag  23ett,  the  hatchet  bag  Sod),  the  yoke 

bag  S9etn,  the  leg  bag  $nte,  the  knee 

bag  SBrob,  the  bread  bag  £oog,  the  lot,  fate 

bag  33oot,  the  boat  bog  9?e£,  the  net 

bag  2)ing,  the  thing  bag  ^ferb,  the  horse 

bag  (Erj,  the  brass,  bronze  bag  ^funb,  the  pound  ' 

bag  getf,  the  skin  bag  ^e^t,  the  right 

bag  ©tft,  the  poison  bag  9tetd),  the  empire 

bag  £>eft,  the  copy-book  bag  9?ofc,  the  horse 


IRREGULARITIES  IN  THE  FORMATION  OF  THE  PLURAL.      51 

bag  Sa($,  the  salt  bag  Stud,  the  piece 

bag  Srf)af,  the  sheep  bag  Spiel,  the  game 

bag  Srfjmetn,  the  pig  bag  2Cerf,  the  work 

bag  Sdjtff,  the  ship  bag  ,3eug,  the  stuff 

bag  Sett,  the  rope  bag  3iel,  the  aim,  end. 

Plur.,  bte  Sette,  bte  Seine,  bte  ^ferbc,  bie  2Berfc  :c. 

10.  The  following  neuter  words  of  two  syllables  take  et 
in  the  plural  and  modify. 

bag  (Semiitf),  the  temper  bag  (Setuanb,  the  garment 

bag  ©eftdjt,  the  face  bag  Regiment',  the  regiment 

bag  ©efd)led)t,  the  gender  bag  Spital',  the  hospital 

bag  @emad),  the  apartment 

Plur.,  bte  ©emiitljer,  bie  ©eftdjter,  bte  ©c[d)lcd}ter,  bte  9?egtmenter, 
bte  Spttciter  K. 

11.  A  few  neuter  words  in  al  and  turn  derived  from 
the  Latin,  take  ictt  in  the  plural  and  do  not  modify. 

bog  $apttat',  the  capital,  fund  ;  pi.  bte  $optta'tten. 
bag  Mineral',  the  mineral ;  pi.  bte  30? utera'tien. 
bag  Stit'btum,  the  study ;  pi.  bie  Stu'bien. 

V.    ADDITIONAL    REMARKS    ON    THE    PLURAL. 

12.  Several  neuter  substantives  have  two  plurals  with 
different  meanings. 

TOrtttX      i  *ne  ribbon  ;      pi.  bte  Sa'nber. 

-OaitO,          •<  A|^       V>r>nrJ      -fiQ   •     -n/     ^',a    -U,-,,iX,> 


(pi.  bte  5)htge. 

jDtng,  the  thing  ;  Ipl.  bte  3)tnger  (in  a  contemptuout 

(         sense). 

rtt0nif     (  the  face  ;          pi  bte  ®eftcf)ter. 
©ejtdjt,  -* 


ba«  Sort,  the  word  ;  =  words- 

i.  bte  uBorte  =  expressions. 


13.    Some  German  nouns  have  no  plurals  of  their  own 
and  use  the  plurals  of  other  nouns  instead,  e.g.  : 


62      IRREGULARITIES  IN  THE  FORMATION  OF  THE  PLURAL 

bag  Sob,  praise  ;  pi  bte  SobeSerljebungen. 

bcr  Sftatl),  advice  ;  pi.  bic  9?atb,fd)lage. 

ber  23unb,  the  alliance  ;  pi.  bte  33iinbniffe. 

ber  (Strett,  contention  ;  pi.  bic  ©trettigfeiten. 

bo8  Ungliirf,  the  misfortune  ;  pi.  bte  Unglu<f3fafle. 

bie  Sfyre,  the  honor  ;  pi.  bte  (Sfyrenbeseugungen. 

bte  ®unft,  the  favor  ;  pi.  bte  ©unftbeseiigimgen. 

ber  Job,  death  ;  pi.  bte  XobeSfatte. 

bte  33orfid)t,  precaution  ;  pi.  bte  33orfid)tSmafjregetn. 

14  Masculine  and  neuter1  nouns  indicating  measure^ 
weight  and  number,  are  put  in  the  singular  when  preceded 
by  a  numeral  : 


ber  §n§,  the  foot  ;  as  :  fiinf  3riufj  (not  ^ii§e)  tang,  five  feet  long. 
ber  £ott,  the  inch  ;  as  :  tier  $0U  brett,  four  inches  wide. 
ber  ©rab,  the  degree  ;  as  :  gtoanjtg  ©tab  $alte,  twenty  degrees 
cold. 

ba8  ^Jfunb,  the  pound  ;  as  :  bret  ^funb  3U(^er/  t^ee  pounds  of 

sugar. 

ba3  'jpaar,'  the  pair  ;  as  :  gtoet  ^»nar  <3d)ulje,  two  pair  of  shoes. 
ba$  jDu^enb,  the  dozen;    as:  fed)S  ^ufecnD  $anbfcf)itb,e,  six  dozen 

of  glovea 

ba3  Slid),  the  quire;  as:  geljn  JBlldft  ^3a)3ter,  ten  quires  of  paper. 
ber  Sftaun,    the  man;   as:    fiinf  ^mnbert  -DJiaun  Onfanterie,   five 

hundred  foot-soldiers. 
baS  ©tiirf,  the  piece;  as:  mint  sStuif  Su^,  nine  pieces  of  cloth. 


15.  The  following  words  have  no  singular  : 

bie  £eute,  people  bte  2ftoften,  the  whey 

bie  Soften,  the  expenses  bie  Xruppen,  the  troops 

bte  llnfoften,  the  costs  bte  (Smhinfte,  the  revenue 

bie  23cinHeiber,  the  trowsers  bie  ^erien,  the  holidays 

bie  (Sltern,  the  parents  bie  @efd)lmftcr,  the  brothers  and 

bie  jTriimmer,  the  ruins  sisters. 

16.  Compound  substantives  of  which  the  latter  part  is 
mann  form  their  plurals  mostly  with  the  word 


i  Feminine  -words  are  used  in  the  plural,  as  :   met  (SUeit  2u$,  four  ells  or  yard*  aj 
cloth  ;  j«^n  glaicbcn  SBetn,  ten  bottles  o/wine. 
t  (Sin  ^aar,  a  pair  ;  tin  paar,  MreraL 


IRREGULARITIES  IN  THE  FORMATION  OF  THE  PLURAL.       53 

ber  ^Jauptmann,  the  captain;  pi.  bte  ,£>auptteute. 
ber  $aufmann,  the  merchant;  pi.  bte  $aufleitte. 
ber  Slmtmann,  the  sheriff;  pi.  bte  IJluttleute. 
ber  <2d)tffmann,  the  sailor;  pi.  bte  @d)tffleute. 
ber  <5eemann,  the  seaman;  pi.  bie  ®eeteitte. 
ber  (Sbetntctnn,  the  nobleman;  pi.  bte  (Sbetteute. 

WORDS. 

oer  35td)ter,  the  poet  tapfer,  brave 

bte  ©onne,  the  sun  fyett  or  f(ar,  clear 

bag  (Srfjlafjtmmer,  the  bedroom  tief,  deep 

ber  g'rembe,  the  stranger  jdjabltd),  hurtful 

bte  (Srbe,  the  earth  tmnter,  always 

ber  $rcmfe,  the  patient  beriiljntt,  celebrated 

leben  (mofynen  '),  to  live  arm,  poor. 

franjoftfd)  ,  French 

READING   EXERCISE    17. 

35te  (Stadjeln  ber  SBtenen.  ®te  ^antpffetn  ber  ©rdftn.  35ie 
Q3auern  ftnb  nic^t  retdj.  £)te  ^5rofeffo'ren  btefer  ©d^ute  ftnb  beritfjmt. 
3)te  @trat)(en  ber  @oune  ftnb  ttmrm.  3)a§  ^tnb  letbet  (suffers) 
groge  ©rfjmcr^en.  Ser  finb  btefe  Scanner?  3)te  SSitrmer  teben  in 
ber  (Srbe.  35  te  Ufjrcn  ftnb  fefyr  Ketn.  ®ie  ^nfeften  finb  ben  ^ritdjten 
ber  23anme  f^iibltd).  3)te  S^tere  ^aben  ^ette.  3)te  £>aare  be8  3)lab* 
d)cn§  ftnb  lang.  3)te  franjoftfc^en  §eere  ^aben  tapfer  gefod)ten 
(fought  bravely).  35  te  3fteere  ftnb  ttef.  35  tc  ^naben  fjaben  tt)re 
fiefte  Dcrtorcn.  35tc  SB  erf  e  ber  35td)ter  ftnb  berit^mt  3)te  9}JtneraUen 
Uegen  in  ber  Srbe.  35te  ^ranfen  ftnb  in  ben  (Spttotern.  3)er 
^at  jrtet  ^3aar  ©ttefet  unb  brei  ^5aar  (S^u^e.  3)te  engtifd^en 
teute  ftnb  reic^. 

18. 


1.  Where  are  my  slippers  ?  Your  slippers  are  in  your  bed- 
room. The  students  praise  ((oben)  their  professors,  but  the 
professors  do  not  always  praise  ({oben  nid)t  tmmer)  their  pupils. 
Those  forests  are  very  large.  Do  you  know  these  men  ?  I  have 
seen  two  tall  (grofte)  men.  I  know  my  duties.  These  women 
are  very  poor.  The  peasants  have  cows  and  oxen.  They  have 
also  sheep,  swine  and  horses.  The  beams  of  the  sun  are  very 

1  tpotyncn  means  to  dwell, 


64       IRREGULARITIES  IN  THE  FORMATION  OF  THE  PLURAL. 

warm.  The  cocks  have  spurs.  The  water  of  the  lakes  is 
clear.  Do  you  know  the  names  of  the  gods  of  the  heathens  ? 
The  roses  have  thorns.  The  United  (Deretnigten)  States  of  (uon) 
America  are  very  rich. 

2.  Those  two  men  have  lost  all  (afle)  their  children.  Give 
me  [some]  walnuts.  My  neighbor  has  no  debts.  The  towns 
of  that  country  are  very  small.  The  rich  (vetdjen)  people  live 
in  the  towns  or  in  (auf)  the  country.  The  axes  and  hatchets 
are  sharpened  (gefdjttffen).  Open  (b'ffnen  @te)  your  eyes.  We 
have  two  ears.  In  the  hearts  of  the  children.  Bees  are 
insects.  The  boy  was  five  years1  old  (alt).  The  sailors  have 
lost  four  boats.  The  merchants'  ships  are  lost.  In  our  town 
[there]  are  two  regiments  [of]  riflemen  (Sdjufcen).  I  speak  of 
(Don)  the  battles  (Dot.)  of  the  Greeks  and  llomans. 


<3te  meine 


toerfaufen  btefe  Sauent? 
2Bo  fmb  bie  ^antoffeln  meiner 

Gutter? 

2Ber  ift  ba  (there)  ? 
£teben  <Ste  3fyre  2kttern  ? 
2Ber  ftnb  biefe  £>erren? 
S03o  fmb  bte  alten  Scanner? 


bide  2lugen  ()at  ber  9JZenf^  ? 
933tc  biele  O^ren  Ijat  er? 
<5inb  bie  ^Bienen  3?6get? 
einb  3^re  ^ferbe  aft? 
2Ber  fmb  btefe  £cute? 
^ennen  <2ie  bie  2Berfe 

!Did)tcr«? 

SBte  ftnb  bieSDJeere? 
Solebenbtetffen? 


fenne 


itnb 


@te  fterfaufen  ^artoffetn. 
@ie  finb  in  invent  (her) 

Dimmer. 

35te  2)oftoren  fmb  ba. 
Qd)  tiebe  atte  meine  Settern. 
(g«  (they)  fmb  $aufleute. 
©ie  fmb  tm  ©arten. 
@ie  ^aben  !l)ornen. 
@ie  ^aben  <S|)onten  or  ( 
S)er  SWenfd)  ^at  gioei  5lugen 


fte  fmb  Onfeften. 
fte  ftnb  jung. 
(Sie  or  eg  ftnb  ^mcrtfaner. 

-3a,  feme  2Berfe  fmb  feljr  beri't^mt 
@ie  ftnb  fe^r  gro§  unb  ttef. 
@ie  leben  in  ben  SBdlbern, 


1  See  p.  63, 14  »nd  199.  note. 


GENDEKS   OF    SUBSTANTIVES.  55 

TENTH  LESSON. 

ON  THE  GENDER  OF  SUBSTANTIVES.1 

(Won  bent  «cjif|leif)t  tier  £auiumirter.) 

Tlie  gender  of  a  German  substantive  can  in  some  cases 
be  told  from  its  termination  and  in  others  from  its  signi- 
fication, while  in  other  cases  yet,  a  foreigner  has  to 
consult  a  dictionary. 

A,    Masculine  (mannlid))  are : 

f    1.   All  names  of  males,  as : 

ber  SBoter,  the  father  ber  (Scfjnetber,  the  tailor 

ber  $ontg,  the  king  ber  $nabe,  the  boy 

ber  £el)rer,  the  master,  teacher    ber  £>al)n,  the  cock. 

Except  the  diminutives  in  djeit  an<i  letlt,  which  (as  has  already  been 
stated  page  23),  are  all  neuter :  as,  bag  SBat-erdjen,  bag  ©o^ntcin,  the  little 
son;  bag  J^dljndjen,  the  chicken. 

2.  The  names  of  the  seasons,  months  and  days,  as : 

ber  Sftot,  May  ber  Suit,  July 

ber  SBtnter,  winter  ber  9ftontag,  Monday 

ber  (Sommer,  summer  ber  ftmtag,  Friday. 

3.  The  names  of  stones,  as : 

ber  £>tantcmt',  the  diamond  ber  3?ubm',  the  ruby 

ber  $iefel,  the  flint  ber  (Stein,  the  stone. 

4  Most  words  ending  in  en  (not  cfyen),  which  are  not 
infinitives,2  as : 

ber  (Sarten,  the  garden  ber  SftMen,  the  back 

ber  ^cgen,  the  rain  ber  ^arnen,  the  name 

ber  SBoben,  the  floor,  ground       ber  ftaben,  the  thread. 

Except  bag  Jlifjen,  the  cushion;  bag  SBerfett,  the  basin;  bag  SBappen,  the 
coat  of  arms. 

i  See  the  foot-note,  page  48. 

J  Three  are  neuter,  see  g  i,  p.  68, 


56  GENDERS  OF  SUBSTANTIVES. 

5.  Five  words  ending  in  double  c  I 

bcr  Sdjncc,  the  snow  ber  $lee,  the  clover 

ber  3ee  l,  the  lake  bet  £fyee,  the  tea. 

ber  $affee,  the  coffee 

6.  Words  of  two  syllables  ending  in  tg,  idj,  tttg  and  ling, 
as: 

ber  $omg,  the  king  ber  Siingtmg,  the  youth 

ber  Sepptcf),  the  carpet  ber  faring2,  the  herring. 

B.     Of  the  Feminine  Gender  (roeiblicf))  are  : 

1.  All  names  of  females,  as  : 

bte  &au,  the  woman  bte  &onigm,  the  queen 

bie  £od)ter,  the  daughter  bte  $mme,  the  nurse. 

Except  bag  2Bei6  and  bag  Qnraucnjimmer,  the  woman,  and  of  course 
diminutives,  e.g.,  bag  SKabdjen,  the  girl,  from  9Kag,b,  moid. 

2.  All  dissyllabic  substantives  ending  in  e  (not  ec),  not 
denoting  males  and  ivithout  the  prefix  ($k  (see  §  6,  p.  58),  as  : 

bie  33htme,  the  flower  bte  $trfrf)e,  the  cherry 

bte  <3cf)ule,  the  school  bie  33trne,  the  pear 

bte  (gtunbe,  the  hour  bte  Gndje,  the  oak 

bte  ©trafce,  the  street  bte  Sanne,  the  fir 

bte  Srbe,  earth  bie  (Sfyre,  the  honor 

bte  Stebe,  love  bie  §Ufe  3,  the  help. 

Hence  ffie  sun  is  feminine  in  German,  bie  <3onne  ;  but  the  moon  is 
masculine,  bcr  SRonb. 

Except  the  three  words,  bag  SJfage,  the  eye;  bag  6nbe,  the  end;  bag  Gtbe, 
the  inheritance. 

NOTE.  —  Words  like  bet  SKatne,  ber  ©ante  JC.  (see  p.  25,  Obs.  1)  are  not 
to  be  considered  exceptions,  as  their  original  nominative  ended  iik  en:  ber 
,  ber  @amen  :c. 


3.  All  derivative  words  formed  with  one  of  the  follow- 

i  See  the  foot-note,  p.  49. 

5  For  more  words  of  this  kind  see  p.  33,  t  3. 

»  8«e  »l»o  th«  Fourth  Peclension.  p.  37, 


GENDERS   OF  SUBSTANTIVES.  57 

ing  terminations  :  et  '  (old  ep)  l)rit,  fcit,  jdjaft,  ttllg  and  in, 
with  nouns  of  foreign  origin  ending  in  ie,  ton,  if  or  tat,  as  : 

bie  3d)ntctd)ctct,  flattery  bte  Xraurigfett,  sadness 

bte  ©flafcerei,  slavery  bte  Ueberjetntng,  the  translation 

bie  greifyett,  liberty  bte  £)offmmg,  hope 

bte  ©djonfyeit,  beauty  bte  (Sdjafertn,  the  shepherdess 

bte  ^mtnbfdwft,  friendship  bte  ^oejte,  poetry 

bte  2)anfbarlett,  gratitude  bte  2ftajeftcit,  majesty 

Except  bag  ^etfdjaft,  the  seed,  and  bet  $ornung,  an  old  word  for  gffcruar, 
I&ruary. 

4   The  few  nouns  ending  in  ud)t,  udjt,  ulb  and  unft  : 

bte  @d)tarf)t,  the  battle  bie  ©ebutb,  patience 

bte  ^ad)t,  the  night  bte  <5rf)itlb,  guilt,  debt 

bte  23itd)t,  the  bay  bte  SBernunft,  reason 

bte  ^>ulb,  the  favor  bte  5lnhmft,  the  arrival 


C.     Of  the  Neuter  Gender  (fdcfylid))  are  : 

/  < 

1.  The  letters  of  the  alphabet,  e.g.,  bag  51,  bag  2ft,  bag  3. 

2.  The  names  of  metals,  as  : 

baS  ®otb,  gold  ba§  (Stfett,  iron 

ba3  Silbev,  silver  ba^  23let,  lead. 

Except  bcr  Sta^l,  steel. 

3.  The  names  of  countries,  cities,  villages,  provinces, 
islands,  etc.,  as  :  granfretcfy,  France  ;  SRom,  Some.  —  The 
article  is  used  with  these  only  when  an  adjective  precedes, 
as:  bag  fatfyolifcfye  (Spanien,    Catholic  Spain;  bag  retcfye 
?onbon  :c/ 

The  most  important  exceptions  are:  bte  ©djftetj,  Switzerland;  bie 
£iirfd,  Turkey  (with  all  other  names  of  countries  in  et);  bte  $fatj,  the 
Palatinate,  and  several  other  names  of  provinces. 

1  $tt8  Gt,  ike  egg;  bet  ©d)rel  or  ba§  ©efcfyret,  the  cry,  tcream;  b«  S3ret,  pap.  are  not 
derivatives. 

2  But  when  the  name  of  a  country  ia  masculine  or  feminine,  it  takes  the  article 
even  if  no  adjective  precedes. 


58  GENDERS  OF  SUBSTANTIVES. 

4    The  infinitive  mood,  when  used  substantively,  as : 

bag  (§f)en,  eating  bag  9taud)en,  smoking 

bag  Srtufen,  drinking  bag  Sefen,  reading 

bag  £eben,  hfe  bag  $ergnug,en,  the  pleasure. 

5.  All  diminutives  in  djett  and  fritt,  without  exception, 
as: 

bag  9JMbd)cn,  the  girl  bag  ®mb(etn,  the  baby 

bag  £>augd)ett,  the  little  house     bag  SBlumtetn,  the  httle  flower. 

6.  Most  substantives  beginning  with  the  prefix  ©e,  as  : 

bag  ©ebiva,c,  the  mountain          bag  ©ebaube,  the  building 
bag  ©entalbe,  the  picture  bag  ©efdjaft,  the  business 

bag  ©etootf,  the  clouds  bag  @efd)enf,  the  present. 

Exceptions.— Masc. :  ber  ©ebanfe,  the  thought;  ber  ©eBraurf),  iheuse;  bet 
©efdjmarf,  taste;  ber  ®eritd//  smell. — Fern.:  bte  ©efdjtdjte,  history;  bie  ©e= 
fa^r,  the  danger;  bte  ©efcurt,  birth;  bte  ©eicalt,  power;  bte  ©ejtatt,  shape; 
bie  ©ebulb,  patience,  and  some  others,  both  masc.  and  fern. 

7.  Substantives  ending  in  nijj  are  some  of  them  neuter, 
and  others  feminine : 

Neuter.  Feminine. 

bag  ^eugntft,  the  evidence  bte  ^tnflerntf?,  *he  darkness 

bag  23egra'bm§,  the  funeral  bte  Ibnntntf?,  knowledge 

bag  $8ebiirfm^;the  want  bte  33etrtibnt§,  affliction 

bag  ©ebad)tnt§,  memory,  etc.  bte  (Srlaubnt|,  permission,  etc. 

D.    Gender  of  Compound  Substantives. 

The  gender  of  compound  substantives  is  generally  that 
of  the  last  component  part,  as :  fcie  ^au^fljiire,  the  street- 
door  (from  iitt§  £aitS  and  ite  Xfyiire);  bag  Xtntcnfa^,  the 
inkstand;  ter  ^alb^braten,  roast  veal;  bie  SBinterjett,  the 
winter  season;  bte  2BinbmitI)Ie,  the  ivind-mitt,  etc. 

Except  bie  Wnttoort,  the  answer  (from  bag  2Bort,  the  word) ;  bie  ©rojjmutfj, 
generosity;  bte  ©anftmutt),  meekness,  and  bte  ^emutf),  humbleness  (from 
ber  2Rutl),  disposition  of  mind,  courage). 


GENDEHS   OF  SUBSTANTIVES.  59 

E.     Nouns  whose  Gander  varies  with  their  Meaning : 

Masculine.  Feminine  or  Neuter. 

ber  23aub,  the  volume  ba$  33anb,  the  ribbon,  tie,  bond 

ber  33auer,  the  peasant  ba3  33auer,  the  bird-cage 

ber  (Srbe,  the  heir  ba$  (Srbe,  the  inheritance 

ber  £>etbe,  the  heathen  bte  £>eibe,  the  heath 

ber  £wt,  the  hat  bte  §ut,  (the)  heed,  guard 

ber  liefer,  the  jaw  bte  $tefer,  the  pine  (a  tree) 

ber  $unbe,  the  customer  bte  $unbe,  knowledge 

ber  Setter,  the  conductor  bte  Setter,  the  ladder 

ber  <3ee,  the  lake  bte  (See,  the  sea 

ber  £l)or,  the  fool  ba3  £f)or,  the  gate 

ber  $erbtenft,  the  gain.  ba3  33erbtenft,  merit. 

F.     Feminine  Nouns  formed  from  Masculine  Nouns: 

Many  masculine  nouns  add  in  to  form  feminines,  in  the 
case  of  monosyllables  modifying  the  vowel. 

Masculine.  Feminine, 

ber  $onig,  the  king  bte  ^imtojit1,  the  queen 

berprft,  )  ,,        .  bte  ftiirftra,     )  ,,    „-„„„„„ 

ber  $rtn$,  )  l  bte  ^rtn|efft«,  j  tJ 

Oer  ©raf,  the  count  bte  @rofut,  the  countess 

ber  Sftatei-,  the  painter  bte  Sftaterin,  the  female  painter 

ber  9? ad) bar,  the  neighbor  bte  S^adjbartn,  the  female  neighbor 

ber  ^iinftter,  the  artist  bte  $iinftterm,  the  female  artist 

ber  (Snglanber,  the  Englishman  bic  (Sngttiubertn,  the  Enghshwoman 

ber  ^od),  the  cook  bie  ^od)tn,  the  female  cook 

ber  §imb,  the  dog  bte  £>ihtbtn,  the  bitch 

ber  2Bolf,  the  wolf.  bie  Sotftn,  the  she-wolf,  etc. 

If  the  masculine  ends  in  e,  this  letter  is  rejected  : 

ber  9tuffe,  the  Russian  bte  9vufftit,  the  Russian  lady 

ber  ^rango'fe,  the  Frenchman      bte  ^rart^ofin,  the  French  lady 
ber  2ott)e,  the  lion.  bte  Soimn,  the  lioness. 

Exception:  ber  1)cutidf)C,  thz  German',  fern.,  bte  ®eittfdje,  the  German  lady. 
Of  course  there  are,  as  in  English,  many  feminines  not 

i  Plurals,  ftoniginnen,  Jutflinnen  :c. 


CO 


GENDERS   OF  SUBSTANTIVES. 


formed  from  the  words  which  denote  males  of  the  same 
kind,  as : 

ber  9)?ann,  the  man,  husband 
ber  £>err,  the  gentleman 

£>err,  Mr. 

ber  ^ater,  the  father 
ber  3ot)it,  the  son 
ber  23ritber,  the  brother 
ber  £)f)ctm,  the  uncle 
ber  sJfcffe,  the  nephew 
ber  better,  the  cousin 
ber  $nabe,  the  boy 
ber  ^tingling,  the  youth 
ber  3unggefefl,  the  bachelor 
ber  23rduttgam,  the  bridegroom 
ber  SBtttroer,  the  widower. 


bte  Orait,  the  woman,  wife 
bte  3)ante,  the  lady 

grau,  Mrs. 

bte  2J?ittter,  the  mother 
bte  £od)ter,  the  daughter 
bte  @d)toefter,  the  sister 
bte  Xante,  the  aunt 
bte  -fttdjte,  the  niece 
bte  23a[e  ((Soufme),  the  cousin 
bag  2ftabcf)en,  the  girl 
ba3  Jrauletn,  the  young  lady 
bte  3ungfev,  the  maid 
bte  Srcutt,  the  bride 
bte  SSttttoe,  the  widow. 


WORDS. 


ber  Xtcjer,  the  tiger 

ber  SBtnter,  (the)  winter 

bte  ,3ett,  (the)  tirae 

bte  3)td)tertn,  the  poetess 

etn  ©d^cifer,  a  shepherd 

ber  ©firtner,  the  gardener 

ber  ©c^aufpteler,  the  actor 


bte  $itrje,  the  shortness 
ber  <3tetn,  the  stone 
Ijatte,  fatten,  had 
fait,  cold 
tDarnt,  warm 
^od),  high 
au^,  also. 


READING  EXERCISE   19. 


2J?eme  Sljre.  Oene  ©tra§e.  Unfere  ^offnung.  3ene  Xanne  ifl 
^orf).  !j)te  ©djmctg  ifl  fd)6n.  2Btl^etm  ttjar  cm  SuHggefett.  S)er 
©ontmcr  ijl  foarm.  2iBtr  Ijatten  etnen  ^iamanten.  £>abcn  2ie  bte 
^urfitn  gefe^cn?  <Stc  tft  fe^r  (very)  fd^on.  25tefe^  ^tmtetutmpec 
t[l  fe^r  }itng.  Unfer  O^eint  unb  itnfere  Xante  fatten  etn  ©d)top  in 
©panten  (Spain).  3)er  ©artner  ^atte  etne  9tofe;  bte  ©artnertn  ^atte 
etn  rotljeS  (red)  Sanb.  @eben  <2te  mtr  btefen  33anb  (m.).  <£te  Ijatte 
etn  §a'u§rf)en  unb  etn  ©artrfjen. 

5tufgoBc  20. 

1.  My  teacher.  His  friendship.  The  count  and  the  countess. 
This  man  is  a  painter.  That  lady  is  a  princess.  My  father  is 


GENDERS  OF  SUBSTANTIVES. 


61 


your  neighbor.  Your  aunt  is  my  neighbor.  Here  is  a  lion 
and  a  lioness,  a  tiger  and  a  tigress.  This  woman  is  a  widow. 
Where  is  the  cook  (f.)  ?  My  master  is  old.  The  baby  is  young. 
(The)  winter  is  cold.  This  diamond  is  beautiful.  Here  is  also 
a  ruby.  My  sister  is  a  shepherdess.  This  oak  is  very  (fefyr) 
old.  Give  me  a  cherry.  Which  youth  is  your  son  ? 

2.  The  friendship  of  my  [female]  cousin.  The  earth  is  round 
(rimb).  The  love  of  the  mother.  (The)  iron  is  a  metal.  (The) 
gold  is  also  a  nietal  The  little  house  (dim,).  The  little  horse. 
A  little  plate.  The  shortness  of  (the)  time.  Have  you  seen 
(gefefyen)  the  actor  and  the  actress  ?  My  daughter  is  a  poetess. 
I  have  seen  the  bridegroom  and  the  bride.  My  uncle  is  a 
bachelor.  His  niece  is  very  young.  Is  it  a  he-wolf  or  a  she- 
wolf? 


2Bo  tft  mem  SReffe  ? 
2Ber  f)at  mein  ©tocfdjen  ? 
2Ber  ift  biefer  Stfann  ? 
Ber  tft  btefe  £)ante? 
©tnb  @te  etn  ©anger? 


$at  tfyr  Ofyetm  etn 

£aben  <5te  bie  23raut  gefeljen  ? 

2Boiftbte23raut? 

3ft  ba3  ©olb  etn  Stem? 

taft  bit  ben  $itnftler  gefefyen  ? 
ft  biefcr  Sinter  fait? 
£>aben  <£te  etnen 


£)ter  tft  er. 

§fjr  $inb  Ijat  e$. 

@r  tft  etn  $imftler. 

©ie  tft  etne  J)td)tertn. 

•ftetn,   id)  bin  fein  ©anger;    aber 

ntetne  §rau  (wife)  tft  etne  ©a'n= 

gertn. 

-3a,  er  t)at  etn  ^cingd^en. 
9?etn,  tc^  t)abe  bie  33raut  ntc^t  ge= 

fefyen.     3)er  33rauttgam  ift  bier. 
©te  tft  front  (iU). 
g^ein,  bag  @otb  tft  etn  2«etan. 

i,  unb  aud)  bie  ^itnftlertn. 

"  t,  er  tft  nidjt  feljr  fait. 

etnen  §unb    unb    etne 


Set  fjat  cut 

Oft  3tjr  JOfjeim  etn  Onnggefett  ? 

Sertftfjter? 

5ft  btcfcS  J^ter  erne  ?ort)tn? 

£at  ber  ©arlner  ntetn  S3ud)  ? 


gitrfttn  Jjat  etn 

er  tft  etn  SBttttter. 
3)tc  ©d^aufptetertn  tft  fyter. 
e§  tft  etne  Jtgertn. 
bie  ©artnertn  Ijat  e3. 


DECLENSION  OP  NAMES  OP  PERSONS. 
ELEVENTH    LESSOff. 

DECLENSION    OF   THOSE   PROPER   NOUNS 
WHICH  ARE  NAMES  OF  PERSONS. 

1.  Without  an  article. 


A.  Sari,  $lnna,         ^nebrtd)  ©cfytfler,          ®raf  £etnrid), 

Charles,      Anna,        Frederick  Schiller,      Count  Henry, 
G.  (£arl'«,        Minna's,      ftriebrtrf)  (Seder's,        @raf  $emrid)'S, 
D.  Like  the  nominative, 
A.  Like  the  nominative. 

Notice  that  this  declension  is  just  like  that  in  English;  there  is  only  ona 
termination,  namely  '3  in  the  genitive,  and  this  '3  is  added  to  the  last 
word  only.  We  have,  that  is,  ©raf  $einrtdj'3,  Count  Henry's,  and  not 
(Srafen  .§emridj'3,  Count's  Henry's.  l 

The  word  §err,  Mr.,  however,  preceding  a  man's  name,  is  declined,  as 
will  be  seen  in  §  3. 

2.  With  an  article  (but  see  also  3). 

3)er,  beS,  bem,  ben  (or  em,  eineS  :c.)  (£ar(,  g'rtebrtd)  @d)ttter. 
3)te,  ber,  ber,   bte  (or  etne,  einer  :c.)  $lnna. 

We  sometimes  talk  in  English  of  a  Shakspeare  or 
a  Mary,  but  we  never  say,  as  the  Germans  do,  the  Mo.ry, 
the  Shakspeare,  meaning  simply  Mary  or  Shakspeare. 

The  student  will  notice  that  when  the  article  is  used,  all  the  cases  of 
the  noun  are  alike.  There  is  one  exception,  however  :  When  the  genitive 
precedes  instead  of  following  its  noun,  and  this  genitive  is  qualified  by 
an  adjective,  it  takes  a  termination.  Thus  we  say,  be3  fleinen  griebrtcf)'^ 
23uc6er,  little  Frederick's  books,  ber  Jungen  2tnna'3  ©cljufje,  young  Anna's 
shoes  or  with  the  other  order,  bte  SBiidjer  be3  fletnen  grtebrtdj,  bie  @cf)uf)e 
ber  iungen  3tnna. 

3.  With  an  article  and  a  title  (such  as  King,  Count, 
Privy  Councillor,  etc.)  or  with  a  noun  in  apposition,  as  in 
the  second  paradigm  below. 

1  For  those  names  which  form  the  genitive  otherwise  than  l)y  adding  'g,  see  4.  — 
Some  persons  omit  the  apostrophe  before  the  8  of  the  genitive  and  of  the  plural  of 
proper  names. 


DECLENSION  OP  NAMES  OF  PERSONS.  63 

N.  'ber  ©raf  §etimcf)  bee  $iinft(ei-  (artist)  2d)nttbt 

G.  beg  ©rafen  £ehtridj  beg  $iinftlerg  odjmtbt 

D.  bent  ©rafen  Jpetnrtdj  bent  $unftler  3cf)mtbt 

A.  ben  ©rafcn  ipeutrtd).  ben  ®iinftler  ©djntibt. 

For  the  mode  of  declension  when  there  is  no  article  expressed,  see  1. 

4Jerr,  Mr.,  needs  special  mention. 

N.  (ber)  £err  2ftet)er  (ber)  £err  ©raf  Seuft 

G.  (beg)  £errn  ^et^S  (beg)  j>emt  ©rafen  33euft'« 

D.  (bent)  §errn  Qftetyer  (bent)  §errn  ©rafen 

A.  (ben)  §errn  Sftetyer.  (ben)  §errn  ©rafen 


That  is  to  say,  §err  and  the  noun  or  nouns  following  are  all  of  them 
declined,  e.g.,  §errn  SRctyer'a  $au3.  When  the  genitive  follows  its  noun,  it 
generally  takes  the  article  and  a  different  form  from  that  just  given,  thus  : 
t>a3  §au3  be3  §errn  2Ketyer,  i.e.,  in  this  case  the  termination  is  attached 
to  the  title  as  in  beg  $6ntg3  grtebrtc^. 

4.  Genitives  formed  otherwise  than  by  adding  '0. 

a)  Names  ending  in  c  may  form  the  genitive  in  ctt§,  e.g., 
2ftarien3  SBucfy,  Mary's  look;  ©PdljcnS  Scfynftcn,  Goethe's 
writings;  but  the  student  is  advised  to  add  $  merely,  e.gr., 


&)  In  the  same  way,  names  ending  in  a  hissing  sound, 
e.g.,  §ri0/  -Fred,  $iud)S  and  S5c§  (family  names)  may  have 
the  genitives  gri$en£,  gucfyfenS,  3?o§en^,  but  the  student  is 
advised  to  add  '£  merely  or  only  an  apostrophe,  e.g., 
or  ri'  etc. 


5.  The  pluraL 

o)  All  proper  names  may  (see  b  for  another  rule)  form 
a  plural  in  '£,  e.g.,  ©cipto'g,  @opl)ie'£,  ^ri^'^  |)einric^% 
S3  of  ^,  and  in  those  cases  where  the  genitive  might  have 
an  apostrophe  without  an  '0,  the  plural  can  do  the  same, 
£.g.,  $rifc',  3Sop'.  The  dative  of  all  plurals  in  £,  whether 
proper  names  or  not,  is  like  the  nominative-,  e.g.t  0*5ib  e£ 
ben  jroei  ^einric^^7  Give  it  to  the  two  Henrys. 


64  DECLENSION  OP  NAMES  OP  PERSONS. 

b)  The   general   rule,   more   particularly  in   literary 
German  of  the  present  epoch,  is  that  masculine  proper 
names  may  have  the  plural  like  the  singular,  e.g.,  tie  i'utber 
ter  ©egenroart,  the  Luthers  of  the  present;  but  all  masculine 
proper  names  in  o  may  have  a  plural  in  nt  or  nf?,  e.  g., 
btc  <2ciptone  or  <2cipioneit;   and,  finally,  many  masculine 
proper  names  may  have   a  plural  in   e,  e>  g*   ^uDroige, 
Lewises,  SWdancfytfjone,  Melanchthons. 

All  feminine  names  of  persons  may  take  en  or  n  in  the 
plural,  except  that  those  ending  in  a  or  9  take  'n,  e.g., 
Sltetyeifcen,  Adelaide's  (singular  2lfcetyeit>)  ;  @opf)ten,  Sophia's 
(singular  ©opf)ie);  3ba'n. 

c)  Family  names,  e.g.,  (SJoetfye,  are  counted  as  masculine 
names. 

d)  Germans  omit  the  article  in  the  plural  when  speak- 
ing familiarly  of  people  by  their  last  names,  e.g.,  33ecferg 

un$  gefiern,  The  Beckers  called  on  its  yesterday. 


6.  G£rifht$  is  declined  as  follows: 

N.  <£ljrifhi« 
G.  gfjrtjhtS  or  ^ri|K 
D.  6bnfht«  or  g^rtfto 
A.  d^rtfhtd  or  d^riftuu 
V.  ®fd$a3  or  (5I)riftc. 

is  declined  as  follows  : 


N. 

G. 

D.  Oeju 

A.  3efum. 

When  Mary  is  the  name  of  the  Virgin  Mary,  the  German  for  it  is  not 
2Rarie  but  2Rarta.    So  also  2Karia  (Stuart,  Mary  Queen  of  Scots. 

WORDS. 

®a8  ©cbtdjt  (pi.  —  c),  the  poem  lefen,  to  read 

bie  $arte/  the  card  gelefen,  read,  past  participle 


DECLENSION  OF  NAMES  OF  PERSONS.         65 

ber  ©teg,  the  victory  beufen  an,  to  think  of 

bie  9?egierung,  the  reign  angefommen,  arrived 

bog  @efefc  (pi. — e),  the  law  ber  fitnfte,  the  fifth 

bag  £eben,  the  life  ber  fedjfte,  the  sixth 

bie  Sttabe,  the  Ih'ad  ritfe,  or  rufen  2ne,  call 

bie  £ante,  the  aunt  geftern,  yesterday. 

READING  EXERCISE  21. 

2)er  £mt  £>einridj'g.  2Btlf)etm'g  Sucker.  2orb  33rougb,am'g  9hme. 
3d)  liebe  £orb  33t)ron'g  ©ebid)te.  £>aben  ©te  (5d)itter  getefen?  3d) 
b,abe  ©djitter'g  ©ebidjte  getefen.  3d)  benfe  an  £uife.  (Ste  benfen  an 
aRarie.  £>ier  finb  3llejanber  £mmbolbt'g  33riefe.  ©ara'g  Sautter  ift 
frant.  ^rtebrirf)  2Bi(^etm'§  ©ob/ne.  <ftad)  bent  2obe  ^arl'^  be« 
©ro^en.  5)a^  !?eben  ^etnrtd^'g  be^  23ierten.  3d)  ^abe  bie  Garten  beg 
|)errn  ^amitton  unb  ber  ^rautein  ©c^mtbt  *  erb,alten.  §aben  (Sie  (ben) 
9?ubolf  gefe^en  ?  9?ufe  (ben)  Robert.  ®er  <5ieg  beg  2KbmtraIg  ^elfon 
bet  Trafalgar  ift  berufjmt  (celebrated). 

^ufgulic  22. 

1.  Frederick's  hat.     Lewis's  books.     Mary's  sister.     The 
reign  of  the  emperor  Augustus.  I  admire  (id)  benwnbere)  Plato. 
This  is  Mr.  Stewart's  horse.  The  laws  of  Solon.  Poor  Charles's 
father  is  arrived.  Have  you  read  the  poems  of  Goethe  ?  I  have 
read  many  of  them  (bation).  I  have  bought  two  hats  for  George 
and  Edward.    Henry's  books  are  arrived.    The  name  of  Fred- 
erick Schiller.     The  life  of  Charles  the  Twelfth,   King  (gen.) 
of  Sweden  (con  <2d)tt)eben),  was  an  incessant  war  (etn  beftanbtger 
ftrtcg). 

2.  I  have  bought  Lord  S.'s  house.  We  read  Cicero.  We  read 
also  Virgil's  Aeneid  (5lenei'be)  and  the  Ih'ad  of  Homer.     Cimon 
was  the  son  of  Miltiades.     Victoria  is  queen  of  England  (oon 
(Snglanb).     The  brother  of  Eliza,  and  Mary's  brother  are  my 
friends.     Henry  the  Fifth,  king  of  England,  the  son  of  Henry 
the  Fourth,  married  (fyet'ratfjete)  Catherine,  the  daughter  of 
Charles  the  Sixth,  king  (gen.]  of  France  (uon  gwnfreirf)).     Give 
it  to  my  uncle,  the  doctor  (dot,.}.      The  coronation   of  the 
emperor  Charles  the  Fifth.     Where  is  Miss  Louisa  ?     She  is 
with  (bet)  her  aunt,  Mrs.  Walter. 

i  Singular  or  plural,  gtautetn  properly  neuter,  (p.  58,  6),  may  take  a  feminine 
article,  and  the  pronouns  referring  to  it  are  generally  fte,  she  and  Ujr,  her,  not  rt,  it 
and  fein,  its.  « 


66  PROPER  NAMfiS  OF  COUNTRIES,  CITIES,  ETC. 

Sprerfjiibung. 

2Bo  mar  $arfS  $ater  gcftern?  (§r  mar  in  ftranffurt. 

2Bo  tft  Suifen'S  Xante?  @ie  ift  in  £amburg. 
giir  men  fjaben  <Sie  biefe  <Sd)ub,e 

gefauft  ?  ftUr  $arl  unb  ftriebrtrf). 
SBte  b/ei^t  (how  is  called,  i.e., 

what  is  the   name   of)  ber 

^aifer  ton  ^ranfreid)  ?  Sr  ^ei§t  Napoleon. 
2Bie  ^et^t  bie  ^onigin  t»on  @ng» 

lanb  ?  (Sic  fjeifct  33iftoria. 

2Bie  b,ie§  ib,r  ©emaljl  (consort)  ?  'jpring  Albert. 

3Ber  n?ar  @ofrate§  ?  (Sin  beritfjmter  ^^itofop^'. 
2Ber  mar  bcr  (Sieger  (conqueror) 

ton  Trafalgar  r*  ®cr  engtifdje  ^[bmtrat 

2Ber  tuar  ber  geb,rer  5llejanber'8  ?lriftotelea,  etu  grtcc^tf^cr  SSett* 

be^  @ro§en  ?  toeifer  (a  Grecian  philosopher). 

$ennen  @ie  bie  ©efe^e  (Soton'3  ?  3d)  fenne  fte  nid)t. 

3Ber  tuor  (Solon  ?  6in  atfyenifdjer  SBeifer  (sage), 

^ur  men  finb  biefe  S3ud)cr?  @ie  ftnb  fitr  (ben)  ^crrn  3Waier. 

^iir  men  ftnb  jene  SBanber?  <Ste  finb  fitr  2ftabame  SSalter. 

Sent  (to  whom)  geben  (Sic  biefe  3d)    gebe  fte  ber  £ttife  unb    ber 

Sftofen  ?  9J?arie  (or  £itife  unb  SRorie). 

SBen  rttfen  @te?  3d)  rufe  ^nebrid)  unb  £>cinrid). 
|>aben  @ie  SD^tlton'g  f,35erlorene« 

(lost)  ^J3arabieg"  gelefen  ?  iftein,  id)  b,abe  e§  nid)t  getefen. 


TWELFTH  LESSON. 

PBOPEE  NAMES  OF   COUNTEIES,  CITIES,  VTL- 
LAGES,  PEOVINCES,  ISLANDS,  ETC. 

1.   These  names  take  in  German,   as  in  English,  no 
article,  as : 

jDeutfd)lanb,  Germany  ^Berlin',  Berlin 

(gnglonb,  England  (glba,  Elba. 

bonbon,  London 

This  rule  and  an  exception  to  it  have  already  been  given  p.  57. 


PROPER  NAMES  Of  COUNTRIES,  CITIES,  ETC.  67 

2.  They  form  their  genitive  by  the  addition  of  g,  unless 
they  end  in  g,  J  or  r,  as  : 

bte  §tuffe  £)eutfd)fanb3,  the  rivers  of  Germany, 
bte  ©traften  23erltn$',   SonbonS,   zc.,   the  streets  of  Berlin, 
London,  etc. 

3.  When  ending  in  3,  J  or  r,  no  termination  can  be 
added,  and  the  place  of   the  genitive  is  taken  by  the 
dative  with  toon,  as  : 

bte  ©trafjen  tion  ^artS,  the  streets  of  Paris. 


4.  The  Germans  say  not  "  The  Kingdom  of  Prussia,"  etc., 
but  "  The  Kingdom  Prussia,"  etc.,  as  : 

bag  $omgmd)  ^ratften,  the  kingdom  of  Prussia, 
bte  ®tabt  Bonbon,  the  city  of  London, 
ba3  3)orf  SRofyrbad),  the  village  of  Bohrbach, 
ber  SKonat  sDiat,  the  month  of  May. 

5.  The  other  cases  remain  unchanged,  as  : 

totr  lekn  in  Suropa  (dat.),  we  live  in  Europe, 
id)  Uebe  granfretd)  (ace.),  I  like  France, 
fennen  ©ie  ^3ari8  (ace.),  do  you  know  Paris? 

6.  To,  before  names  of  countries  and  towns,  must  be 
translated  nod)  ;  at  or  in,  in  ffrom,  tJOtt  or  attg,  as  : 

foir  ge^en  twt(j  5lmertfa,  we  go  to  America, 
id)  jd)icfc  if)n  ntt^l  2Btcn,  I  send  him  to  Vienna, 
mein  ^Bater  lebt  in  ^artS',  my  father  lives  at  Paris, 
id)  fomme  Uon  33ruffe(,  I  come  from-  Brussels. 

Stu§  denotes  origin,  e.g.,  er  ift  att§  5pari§,  te  is  from  Paris,   (i.e.,  a 
Parisian). 

7.  We  subjoin  a  list  of  the  principal  countries  : 

i  At,  before  names  of  towns,  is  sometimes  translated  jn.      Kx.  :  at  Frankfort,  ju 
grantfurt,  but  in  is  better. 


68  PROPER  NAMES  OF  COUNTRIES,   CITIES,   ETC. 


a,  Europe  opa'uien,  Spain 

$lften,  Asia  ©rtedjentcutb,  Greece 

SlfrUa,  Africa  ipreujjen,  Prussia 

Slme'nfa,  America  @ad)fen,  Saxony 

5luftra'lien,  Australia  33at)ern,  Bavaria 

Onbten,  India  SRufclcmb,  Russia 

(£I)tna,  China  ©cfyroeben,  Sweden 

(Sgtyp'teu,  Egypt  9?ortuegen,  Norway 

(Sngfanb,  England  £>tinemarf,  Denmark 

^ranhretd),  France  §oflcmb,  Holland 

2)eutfrf)lanb,  Germany  ^elgien,  Belgium 

Oeftretd),  Austria  bie  ©djroetj,  Switzerland 

Sta'lten,  Italy  bie  Siirfei',  Turkey. 

8.  Names   of    persons  formed    from   these    names  of 
countries  end  in  either  ct  or  c. 

Names  ending  in  er  : 

bcr  Suropci'er,  the  European        ber  <2pa'mer,  the  Spaniard 
ber  Slmerifa'ner,  the  American     ber  Stalie'ner,  the  Italian 
ber  Sng'lcinber,  the  Englishman    ber  Deft'retdjer,  the  Austrian 
ber  @rf)ott'Ianber,  the  Scotchman  ber  <Sd)n)et$ei-,  the  Swiss 
ber  3r'(anber,  the  Irishman          ber  ^ari'fer,  the  Parisian 
ber  ^jol'ldnber,  the  Dutchman      ber  Corner,  the  Boman,  et<v 

Names  ending  in  e  I 

ber  £>eutfcf)e,  the  German  ber  SRuffe,  the  Eussian 

ber  granjofe,  the  Frenchman  ber  $ole,  the  Pole 

ber  ©riedje,  the  Greek  ber  Xitrfe,  the  Turk 

ber  -preufje,  the  Prussian  ber  3)ane,  the  Dane. 

NOTE  1.—  The  formation  of  feminines  from  these  nouns  has  been  ex- 
plained on  page  59.  . 

NOTE  2.  —  Adjectives  corresponding  to  these  nouns  are  formed  by  adding 
ifdj  to  the  stem,  as  :  tyamfcf),  Spanish;  englifd),  English;  franjofif.f),  French, 
etc.  See  the  18th  lesson,  p.  110,  Remark  5. 

9.  Names  of  rivers,  lakes,  mountains,  etc.,  always  take 
the  article,  as  in  English,  and  are  declined  like  common 
nouns  of  their  respective  declensions  : 


PEOPER  NAMES  OF  COUNTRIES,   CITIES,   ETC.  69 

ber  9tt)etn,  the  Rhine;     G.  be3  3t()etneS;     D.  bem  9t()etn(e)  zc.; 
bte  gibe,  the  Elbe;     G.  and  Z>.  bee  (gibe;     ^ce.  bte  (Slbe; 
bte  "^rend'en,  (^/.);  the  Pyrenees;     G.  ber  s$t)rentien  zc. 

10.  In  English,  the  names  of  the  months  and  of  the 
days  of  the  week  are  used  without  an  article  ;  in  German 
they  require  the  definite  article,  viz.  : 

ber  Sanimr',  January  ber  3ult,  July 

ber  gebruar',  February  ber  3luguft',  August 

ber  SJidr^,  March  ber  (September,  September 

ber  $lprtl',  April  ber  £)fto'ber,  October 

ber  9#ai,  May  ber  sJ?ot>em'ber,  November 

ber  -3uni,  June  ber  ®ecem'ber,  December. 

In  January,  is  translated  im  3a^uar. 

ber  (Sonntag,  Sunday  ber  ^rettag,  Friday 

ber  Sftontag,  Monday  ber  (Sonnabenb  or  (Samftag,  Sa- 

ber jDtenftag,  Tuesday  turday 

ber  9ftttttt>od),  Wednesday  out  (Sonntag,  on  Sunday. 
ber  3)onnerftag,  Thursday 

WORDS. 

2Bten,  Vienna  fommen,  come 

bte  £)ber,  the  Oder  ge^en,  go 

bte  3)onait,  the  Danube  !att,  cold 

bte  §aitptftabt,  the  capital  gro§,  large 

baS  ©ebtrge,  the  mountain-  toarimt,  why? 
range,  mountains. 

READING  EXERCISE   23. 


t  grojje  gliiffc.  35ic  gtuffe  ^u§Ianb§  ftnb  gro§.  ®ic 
Sadler  ber  (Sdfyroei^  (tub  fc^on.  2BeIrf)e§  (what)  finb  bte  ^robulte 
@ngtanb§  ?  S)te  ©Ira^en  SerUnS  (or  Don  5B.)  finb  fd)6n.  ^a^oleon 
njar  in  (Sgtjpten.  @r  ftarb  (died)  auf  ber  3nfel  ©anft  ^e'lena.  -3d) 
rtar  ntdjt  in  Oeftreic^  ;  aber  id)  >uar  in  ^reufcen.  2Betc^eS  i^anb  tft 
btefe^?  3)tefe8  tft  ©rtedjenlanb.  ^ennen  @te  ^Uabelpln'a  ?  9?etn, 
id)  fenne  e^  ntd)t,  id)  )Dar  nid)t  (have  not  been)  in  5lmerifa.  -3fl 
btefer  9)Jann  ein  ^oUdnber  ?  sJJein,  er  tft  etn  Srtdnber  ;  er  gefjt  nac^ 
Slmerifa.  3d)  fd)icfe  metnen  @o^n  nad)  ^artS.  ©u'ftat)  ^Ibotp^  mar 
t)on  <Sc^tt)eben.  ^ennen  <5te  bte  <3tabt  ^ranffurt  ?  S^etn,  abet 


70 


PROPER  NAMES   OF  COUNTRIES,   CITIES,  ETC. 


id)  fenne  bic  2tabt  iloln.  £er  9Jiouat  sDiat  ift  ber  fdjimfte  in  $>eutfd)* 
lanb.  Xer  ^iljeiu  ift  cin  grower  §lujj.  2)iein  greunb  ift  im  3uni 
angefommen.  S2lm  9J£ontag  ober  2)ienftag.  ^aris  ift  bie  £>anptftabt 
djS  (or  toon  ^ranfretd)). 


Kufgafce  24. 

The  four  largest  (gropten)  rivers  of  Germany  are  :  the  Rhine, 
the  Elbe,  the  Oder  and  the  Danube.  The  mountains  of  Spain 
are  high  (fyorf)).  Napoleon  was  in  Russia.  The  banks  (bic 
lifer)  of  the  Rhine  are  beautiful  London  is  the  capital  of 
England.  What  (roeld)e3)  are  the  productions  of  Spain  ?  The 
streets  of  Frankfort  are  norrow  (enge).  Where  do  you  come 
from  (x^Bot)er  fomnten  5te)  ?  I  come  from  England,  and  I  am 
going  to  France.  My  brothers  go  to  Paris.  Mr.  Banks  lives 
(lebt)  in  Germany.  In  what  town  ?  In  the  city  of  Mainz. 
(The)  December  is  cold;  July  and  August  are  warm.  The 
streets  of  Berlin  are  wide  (breit).  The  houses  of  the  city  of 
London  are  high.  Vienna  is  the  capital  of  Austria.  My 
nephew  arrived  (ift  angefommen)  in  September.  The  Danube 
is  a  very  large  (em  fefyr  grower)  river.  Come  (fomnten  <5te)  on. 
Friday  or  Saturday. 


2Bo  toaren  <Ste  geftern  ? 
Unb  ttjo  war  3fyr  SBruber  ? 
2Beld)e8  tfl  bie  £auptftabt  Don 

©panien  ? 

2Bo  liegt  (lies)  ^amburg  ? 
2Bo  fmb  bie  ^tyrenaen? 


@te  bie  ©rfjhjctj  ? 
2Bte  ^eipen  (what  is  the  name 

of)  biefe  gtoet  ffiiifit  ? 
^at  ^ufelanb  grofee  gliiffe? 
<Sinb  biefe  ^erren  (gentlemen) 

granjofen? 

2So  flarb  Napoleon? 

2BeId)e«  (what)  ?anb  ifi  biefeS? 


3d)  roar  in  iftannljeim. 

(£r  h)or  in  gfrantfurt 

9ttabrib    ift    bie   £cmptftabt    ton 

©ponien. 

^antburg  tiegt  an  ber  (Slbe. 
2)ie  ^^rend'en  Itegen  gnnfrfjen  (be^ 

tween)  ^ranfreid)  unb  (Spanien. 
Od)  fenne  bie  (Sdjroeij  unb  Otatien. 
£)iefer  ^ier  ift  ber  Sftfjein,  jener  if\ 

bie  2)onau. 

(g«  ^at  grofee  ^luffe  unb  Seen. 
9?etn,  mein  ^>err,  etner  t>on  f^nen 

(of  them)  ift  etn  (Spanter,  bw 

anbere  (other)  em  9iuffe. 
«uf  ber  Onfet  Sanft  £e'Iena. 
2)iefe«  ift  granfretd). 


DETERMINATIVE   ADJECTIVES.  71 

SBaren  <Sie  in  2lfien?  "ftem,  id)  roar  nidjt  in  2lfien;  abet 

id)  roar  in  (Sgtypten. 

2Bob,er'  fommen  @ie?  3d)  fommc  auS  Qtalien. 

2Bol)in'  gefjen  <Sie  ?  3d)  gefje  nad)  ^RuRlanb. 

©eljen  Sie  nad)  $ari8  ?  3a,  nad)  ^artS  unb  nad)  bonbon. 

$ennen  (Sic  bie  jiirfei  ?  3a,  id)  fenne  ©riedjenlanb  unb  bie 

iitrfei. 

SBte  finb  bie  <2tra§en  33erlin8?      (Sie  finb  breit  unb  fd)on. 
On  tt)eld)em  2)?onat  tft  3f>r  9^effe 

angcfommcn  ?  (Sr  ift  im  (September  angefommen. 

3ln  joetdjem  Sage  ?  ^[m  3)onner|lag. 

Sie  biele  Xage  tjat  ber  5lpril?       S)er  (9Konat)  ?lprU   ^at    breifeig 

Jage. 
2Bie  toieteXage  b,at  ber^ebruar?    3)er  ^ebruar  b,at  nur  (only)  adjt 

unb  ^nxingig  Sage. 


THIRTEENTH    LESSON. 

DETERMINATIVE  ADJECTIVES  OE  ADJECTIVE 
PKONOUNS. 

(33  t  ft  i  m  m  u  n  8  §  W  6  r  t  e  r.) 

They  are  divided  into  demonstrative,  interrogative,  pos- 
sessive and  indefinite  numeral  adjectives,  and  may  be  like 
adjectives  followed  by  a  noun,  or  like  pronouns,  stand 
instead  of  a  noun.  In  "  That  is  excellent,"  that  is  used 
as  a  pronoun.  In  "That  book  is  excellent,"  that  is  used 
as  an  adjective. 

L    The  Demonstrative  Adjectives  are : 

SINGTJLAB.  PLUKAL. 

Masc.  Fern.  Neuter.  por  an  Gendert. 

bte|er        btefe        biefeg,      this,  that  btefe,  these 

jener         jene         JeneS,       that  jcne,    those 

fotdjer       [old)e       fotd)e§,     such  fotd)e,  such 

berfelbe     btefetbe    ba§felbe,  the  same  btefelben 

ber,  bie,  ba3  nfimtidje,  the  same  bie  namtidjen 

ber,  bie,  ba§  anbcrc,  the  other  bie  anberen. 

(For  their  declension  see  the  first  lesson,  p.  15.    $)crfelbc,  however,  with 
b«  namlicfye  and  ber  anbere  are  declined  like  adjectives.    See  3.J 


72  DETERMINATIVE  ADJECTIVES. 

1.  T/tat  is  generally  translated  tiefer,  biefe,  HefeS,  unless 
it  stands  in  opposition  to  this,  in  which  case  it  is  trans- 
lated jener,  jene,  jenee.1  Ex.  : 

Who  is  that  man  ?    2S3er  ift  btefer  2ttarat  ? 

NOTE  1.  —  This  or  that  and  these  or  those,  when  the  subject  of  the  verb  to 
be,  fein,  are  translated  Dicfcg  or  Jag,  (see  also  the  Twenty-fourth  Lesson, 
Obs.  2>  Ex.  : 

This  is  my  stick,  bicfeS  (not  btefer)  ijl  mein  Sftoct. 

Are  tfiese  your  books,  finb  Wefeg  (or  fcoSJ  3^re  SBudjer. 

Yes,  these  are  my  books,  ja  fciefe8  (or  fca3)  jtnb  meine  93u<f>et. 


2.  (Solcfyer,  in  the  singular,  is  oftener  used  with  the 
indefinite  article  preceding  it  than  alone,  and  is  some- 
times followed  by  the  indefinite  article  as  in  English. 
Ex.: 

Sin  folrfjer  Sftann  (or  fold)'  cut  9Kann),  such  a  man. 
<2>olrfje  2Jidnner  (pi-),  such  men. 

3.  2)crfelbc  is  declined  as  follows  : 

8INGTJLAB.  PLURAL. 

JIatc.  Fern.  Neuter.  Far  all  Gcndert. 

N.  berfetbe  btefelbe  baffetbe2  biefelben 

G.  bcffelbcn  berfelben  bcj|clben  berfelben 

D.  bemfelben  berfelben  bemfetben  benfetben 

A.  benjelben  btefelbe  baffetbe  biefetben 

IL    The  Interrogative  Adjectives  are  : 
1)  SBeldjer,  welc^e,  welt^c^  ?  which,  what  ? 

i  The  following  is  a  more  accurate  statement  of  the  meaning  and  use  of  this  and  that 
in  English  and  of  ber,  biefer  and  jener  in  German.  This  and  biefcr  properly  denote 
something  near  the  speaker,  and  that  and  jener  something  more  remote  from  him. 
When  we  do  not  desire  to  emphasize  either  the  nearness  or  the  remoteness  of  anything, 
We  use  that  in  English  and  ber  in  German.  3">er  (connected  with  yonder  in  English) 
always  implies  remoteness,  and  implies  it  more  decidedly  than  biefer  does  nearness. 
liefer  sometimes  occurs  where  ber  might  have  been  used. 

i  Or,  dividing  these  words  into  syllables  according  to  their  composition,  taSfelbe, 
MfAM. 


DETERMINATIVE  ADJECTIVES.  73 

SINGULAR.  PLURAL. 

Jfatc.  t'fn.  Neuter.  For  ad  Gendert, 

N.  toehfyer  ttetdje  ttetdjeg,    which?  toeldje,   which? 

G.  toeldjeS  foeldjer  toeldjeS,    of  which?  toeldjer,  of  which? 

D.  weldjem  luetdjer  roclrfjcm,  to  which?  toelcfyen,  to  which? 

A.  hjeldjen  lueldje  toelcheS,    which?  iueldje,    which? 

EXAMPLES. 

SBeldjer  3Bein  tft  ber  befte  ?    Which  wine  is  the  best? 
28e(d)en  2Beg  geljen  <£ie  ?    Which  way  do  you  go  ? 
SOfit  wcldier  geber  ^aben   ©ie  gefd)rieben?    With  wHch  pen 
have  you  written? 

NOTE  2.  —  What?  and  which?  immediately  followed  by  the  verb  fetn, 
to  be,  are  translated:  tUCldjeS  J*  even  though  the  verb  is  in  the  plnral  (see 
NOTE  1).  Ex.  : 

Which  is  your  stick  ?     gBdrfjeS  tft  3{jr  ©tod  ? 

are  your  terms  ?    SBcI^el  finb  $ljte  Sebtnguttflcn  ? 


2.  2Ba£  fiir  etn,  wag  fur  etne;  toag  fur  ein,  wAa^  (kind  of}  ? 

In  this  combination  only  the  article  etn,  eine,  ein  is 

declined.     It  agrees  with  the  following  substantive.    Ex.: 

fur  ein  33ud)  Ijabett  <Stc?  What  book  have  you? 
fiir  eine  <Stabt  ift  biefe8  ?  What  or  what  kind  of  a  town  is 
this? 


The  plural  is  wag  fiir  ?  as  : 

fiir  23anber  braudjcn  <Sie?    What  ribbons  do  you  want? 
fiir  33ciunte  finb  biefcg  ?  What  kind  of  trees  are  these  ? 

fiir,  without  the  article,  is  employed  also  before 
the  names  of  foods,  materials,  etc.,  as  : 

fiir  ftleifd)  fcutfen  <2te  ?  What  sort  of  meat  do  you  buy  ? 
fiir  2Bciu  trinfen  Sie?  What  kind  of  wine  do  you  drink? 

HE.    The  Possessive  Adjectives  are  : 


Mate. 

mem 

SINGULAR. 
/'e»i.               Neuter. 

meine        niein,  my 

PLURAL. 

For  ail  Getuien. 

meine,  my 

bet'n 

beine 

bein, 

thy 

beine, 

thy 

fetn 
fc 

feine 
iljre 

fein, 
i^r, 

his  (its) 
her  (its) 

feine, 
tip, 

his  (its) 
her  (its) 

74  DETERMINATIVE  ADJECTIVES. 

SINGULAR.  PLURAL. 

Mate.  Fern.  JV«ufer.  For  all  Gendert. 

itnfer  unfere  imfer,  our  imfere,  our 

3*r  3hre  Qfr  )  ^re  ) 

euer  cuere  euer, )  J  euere  (euer),  )  J 

tfjr  tfyre  tfjr,      their  ifyre,  their. 

They  are  all  declined  like  mein.     See  Lesson  2. 

Observe  that  all  these  possessive  adjectives  have  o»  termination  added 
in  the  nominative  singular,  masculine  and  neuter.  In  this  they  differ 
from  ber,  btcfer,  tocldjer,  etc.  Ex.: 

Our  friend,  unfcr  greunb  (not  unfercr  grcunbu 
Your  horse,  3fc  $fcrb  (not  3f>re3  gSferb). 

IV.    The  Indefinite  Numeral  Adjectives  Bf** 

Masc.  Fern.  Neuter.  Plural. 

jeber,          every,  each  jebc  jcbeS  (wanting) 

atter  (all),  all   '  attc  aXk*  (aU)        atje,       all 

fetn,          no  feme  fein  feine,     no 

monger,     many  a  mandje  man^eg  manege,  some 

Diet,  much  mele  totel  toiele,      many 

hjentg,       little  njentge  ttjentg  tuentge,  few 

betbe,  pi.,  both  etntge,  pi.,  some,  a  few 

mefyrere,  pi,  several  bie  metften,  pi.,  most. 

REMARKS. 

L  The  sense  is  the  same  whether  the  definite  article 
is  inserted  or  omitted  after  allc,  e.g.,  alle  2SeU  or  all  tie 
®dt,  all  the  world,  alleS  5Solf  or  aU  fcad  SSolf,  all  the  people. 
These  examples  are  from  Grimm's  dictionary. 

2.  AU  before  any  case  or  number  of  ber,  biefer,  etc.,  or 
mein,  etc.,  is  usually  translated  all.    Ex. : 

All  our  money,  att  iinfer  ©elb  (not  alteS  iinfer  @etb). 
With  all  your  sorrow,  nut  all  ^rem  Summer  (Dot.). 
Of  all  his  joys,  toon  aU  feinen  greuben. 

3.  With  both,  either  omit  the  article  or  let  it  come  first. 
(The  order  betDe  bie  is  rare).     Thus : 

Both  the  sisters,  Oeibe  t^djiueftevn  or  bie  beiben  (£>d)tt)eftern. 


DETERMINATIVE   ADJECTIVES.  75 

4.  Possessive  adjectives,  when  joined  with  beibe,  should 
precede  and  beibe  takes  n.    (23etbe  metne,  etc.  are  rare). 


Both  my  sisters  (my  two  sisters),  memo  bctbcit 
Both  our  sous  (our  two  sons),  uitfcve  betbcit  <3ob,ne. 

5.  The  word  some  or  any  before  a  noun  in  the  singular 
is  better  not  translated,  as  : 

I  have  some  bread,  3d)  fynbe  33rob. 
Have  you  any  cheese  V  £>aben  Ste 
No,  but  here  is  some  butter,  9?etn,  aber  fyter  tft  Gutter. 

6.  Some,  before  a  noun  in  the  plural,  is  einige,  as  : 
Lend  me  some  pens,  letljen  <Sie  nttr  ctntge  ^ebcrn. 

WORDS. 

bag  $cbaube,  the  building  ber  33Ict[ttft  (pi.  —  e),  the  pencil 

bic  (5  (tern,  the  parents  bte  5lrbeit,  the  work 

ba§  @elb,  (the)  money  nii^tirf),  useful 

ber  $aufmann,  the  merchant  tobt,  dead 

bag  IBenitogen,  (the)  fortune,  retcf),  rich 

i.e.,  property,  means  traurtg,  sad,  sorrowful 

bte  9tegc(,  the  rule  ^etljam,  salutary 

ber  3Bagen,  the  carriage  Qtffyr  poisonous 

ber  B'efyter,  the  fault,  mistake  geljoren,  belong 
bic  tleberfe'^ung,  the  translation  oft,  often 

beiDitn'bern,  to  admire  toerfaufen,  to  sell 
ber  ©etbbeiitet,  the  purse 

READLN-Q    EXERCISE    25. 

£)tefer  5D?ann  ift  rctdj.  S)iefc  ^rait  ift  franf.  3)icfc  ^tnber  ^aben 
feine  5BUd)er.  3ene3  0au§  tft  feljr  alt.  £)te  ^rud)te  jencr  Sciume 
ftnb  bitterer  (more  bitter),  al3  (than)  bte  gattrfjte  btefer  ^aunte. 
SCRetne  (Sltern  ftttb  tobt.  Unfer  DI)eim  tft  md)t  reid)  ;  abcr  feme  23afe 
tft  fe^r  vctd).  2)iefe  (Stubenten  b,abcn  tf)r  @etb  tiertoren.  SBir  fennen 
aKe  9icge(n.  -3d)  fenne  feinen  fotdjcn  ^anten.  3ltte  9J?enfd)en  ftnb 
Sritbcr.  9J?and)er  ^anfntann  !^at  fein  S5ermogen  bertorcn.  Sftetne 
Sante  b,at  tljren  9?tno  gefunben.  Od)  Ijabe  bte  ^ferbe  3fyveg  p()etm3 
itnb  ben  2Cagen  unfereS  ^tadjbarg  gefattft.  -Sober  3D?cnfd)  ttebt  fetn 


76  DETERMINATIVE  ADJECTIVES. 


£cbcn.  92td)t  jebeg  £cmb  tft  reid).  <Ste  Ijaben  fetnen  ^efyter  tit  Sfjrer 
Ucberfet3ung.  2JMne  betben  23ritber  ftnb  angefommen.  $lfle  Confer 
biefer  ©tobt  ftnb  Don  ©tetn  gebaut  (built  of  stone).  5lUe  btefe 
'JjSfianjen  ftnb  fyetlfam.  £)tefe8  ftnb  ntd)t  metne  ^ebern.  9Btr  fjaben 
etnige  $ogel  gefangen  (caught).  2Ba8  ftir  etnen  (Storf  Ijoben  ©te  bo  ? 
Sfteljrere  ©c^tffe  ftnb  angefommen. 

Nuiiinbc  26. 

1.  I  love  my  (ace.)  father  and  my  mother.     We  love  our 
parents.     You  love  your  sisters.     They  have  bought  som« 
books.     Those  flowers  are  withered  (bertoelft).      The  pupils 
speak  often  of  (t>on)  their  masters.     All  men  (3)?enfrf)en)  are 
alike  (gleirf))  before  God.  These  (p.  72,  Note  1)  are  the  pencils 
of  my  brother.  This  man  l  has  sold  all  his  houses  and  gardens, 
and  all  his  horses  and  carriages.     We  admire  such  men.     All 
[the]  metals  are  useful.      What  wine  do  you  sell?    Which 
gloves  have  you  lost?     This  lady  has  lost  all  her  children. 
Our  friends  have  (jtnb)  arrived  yesterday. 

2.  We  live  by  (toon)  the  work  of  your  hands.     I  have  found 
thy  purse  without  thy  money.     We  had  several  friends  in 
Paris.     Not  all  men  (3Kenfd)en)  are  rich.     Each  country  has 
its  pleasures.     I  had  no  letters  from  my  son  William.     Our 
king  has  several  palaces.      No  rose  without  thorns  (!Dornen). 
I  will  buy  some  chairs.      What  chairs?    Those  new   [ones]. 
These  dresses  are  for  my  two  sisters.     Every  bird  has  two 
wings.     The  boys  have  eaten  (gegeffen)  all  their  apples  and 
pears.    Some  plants  are  poisonous.    I  shall  give  these  fruits  to 
my  little  daughters. 


2Bet  Ijat  meinen  ©etbbeutet  ge* 

funben  ?  3)etn  S3ruber  b,at  tfyn  (it)  gefunben. 

Sinb  afle  9J?enfd)en  gtiirfttd)?  2Benige  2J?enfd)m  ftnb  glitdfttd). 

2Ba8  fitr  em  $ege(  tjl  btefeS?  (58  iff  etn  Slbler  (eagle). 

2Bcr  fyat  tyn  gefdjoffen  (shot)  ?  2)er  3a'ger  (hunter)  Ijat  t^n  ge* 

fdjoffen. 

fitr  etne  S3tnme  ^aben  <£te?  68  tft  etn  5Sei(d]en. 

ftnb  unfere  ^itte?  3b,re  £>iite  ftnb  in  metnem 


J  SKann;—  SWenf^  means  human  Ixing,  man  or  woman. 


AUXIMAEY  VERBS. 


7V 


id)  $el)fer  tit  ntchtcr  Ueber= 
felting  ? 

fur  ft&tm  Ijaben  (Sic? 
2Ber  tft  fetter  junge  9)?ann? 
SBarum  ftnb  biefe  <Stubenten  fo 

tuaurig  ? 

£>aben  Sic  afle§  ®e(b  berforen  ? 
fitr  -}3ferbe  Ijaben  (Sic  ge* 
fauft? 

I)abcn  bie  -3ager  gefdjoffen? 
<Sie  einige  gute  ^cbera? 
fitr  33itd)cr  Icfen  (Sic? 
fucfjt  ^rtebrid)  ? 
tucm  ftnb  <Stc   gelommen 
(come)  ? 

<Ste  S3riefe  Don  ^ 
ctnpfangcn  ? 


Oa,  Sic  fyaben  mc^rerc  ^e^ter. 
3d)  fjabe  @tal)l  (steel)  .febern. 
S^  tft  ber  9Jeffe  meine^  9^ad)bar«. 

(Ste  ^aben  tb^r  @etb  bertorett. 

9?id)t  atte^,  aber  bid. 

-3d)  fyabe  jtDct  2Bagenpferbe  unb  ctu 

9faitpferb  gefauft. 
(Stnige  ^afcn  unb  9W)e  (deer). 
5ltte  meine  ^ebern  ftnb  fdjtedjt. 
3;d)  tefc  englifd)e  33itd)er. 
(Sr  fudjt  feinen  9Jcgenfd)ivm. 
3d)  bin  mit  ctnigen  ^reuuben  gc= 

fomnten. 

id)   b,abe  feinen  23rtef  em* 

pfangen. 


FOURTEENTH    LESSON. 


AUXILIARY  VERBS. 


I.     fallen,   To  Have. 

INDICATIVE  MOOD.  SUBJUNCTIVE  MOOD. 


PRESENT  TENSE. 


id)  Ijabe,  I  have 

bu  fyaft  lf  thou  hast 

er  (fie,  e£)  b,at,  he,  (she,  it)  has 

toir  fyaben,  we  have 

ibr  babt,     )          i 
r-'   1  i       r  Y°u  have 
(Ste  I)aben,  j  J 

fie  Ijaben,  they  have 


id)  b,abe,  I  (may)  have 

bu  Ijabeft,  thou  have 

er  (fie,  e3)  fyabc,  he  (she,  it)  hare 

h)ir  I)aben,  we  have 

ibr  babct,    )          i 
2.  >(          \  you  have 
<Ste  Ijaben, )  J 

fie  b/aben,  they  have. 


i  Thou  and  ye,  as  every  one  knows,  have  gone  out  of  use  in  conversation,  and  ymi,  haa 
taken  their  place.  The  Germans,  however,  still  use  bu  and  tfyr  to  children  and  in'ima  c 
friends.  In  most  other  cases  they  say  £ie,  which  is  always  printed  with  a  capital  to 
distinguish  it  from  fie,  they  or  she. 


78  A.UXILIABY  VERBS. 

INDICATIVE    MOOD.  SUBJUNCTIVE  MOOD. 

IMPERFECT. 

id)  fjatte,  I  had  id)  (jiittc,1 1  had  (or  should  have) 

bu  fjatteft,  thou  hadst  bit  fjcitteft,  thou  hadst 

ev  (fie,  eS)  fjatte,  he  (she,  it)  had    er  (fie,  eg)  tjatte,  he  (she,  it)  had 

nnr  fatten,  we  had  nnr  fatten,  we  had 

if)r  fjottct  or  (Sic  fatten,  you  had    ifjr  Ijiittct  or  ®ie  fatten,  you  had 

fie  fatten,  they  had  fte  fatten,  they  had. 

FIRST  FUTURE. 

td)  toerbe  fyaben,  I  shall  have        id)  tterbe  fjaben,  I  shall  have 
bit  nrirft  fyabeu,  thou  wilt  have     bit  luerbeft  Ijaben,  thou  wilt  have 
er  unrb  fjaben,  he  will  have          er  lucvbe  fjaben,  he  will  have 

nnr  toerben  Ijaben,  we  shall  have  hnr  toerben  b,aben,  we  shall  have 

tyr  luerbet  b,aben,  |  you  wiU  tb,r  loerbet  ^abcn,  )         ^^ 

(Sic  toerben  b/aben,  J     have  @te  merben  b,oben,  j  J 

fte  ttierben  ^aben,  they  will  have  fte  toerben  Ijaben,  tiiiey  will  have. 

PERFECT. 

id)  b,abe  gefjabt,  I  have  had          tc^  fjabe  gefjabt,  I  (may)  have  had 
bit  fyctft  geb,abt,  thou  hast  had       bit  b,abeft  geb,abt,  thou  hast  had 
er  fyat  getjabt,  he  has  had  er  Ijabe  geb,abt,  he  have  had 

hnr  b,Qben  geb,abt,  we  have  had     nnr  b,aben  ge^abt,  we  have  had 
t>  b,abt  9e|abt,    )        havehad  jjr  babet  ge^obt,  )         hftve  hftd 
(Ste  b,aben  gefyabt, )  J  (Ste  ^oben  gefyabt,  j  J 

fie  ^aben  getjabt,  they  have  had   fte  baben  geb,abt,  they  have  had. 

PLUPERFECT. 

id)  Ijatte  ge^abt,  I  had  had  id)  b,atte  ge^abt,*  I  had  had  (or 

should  have  had) 

bu  fjcttteft  gefjabt,  thou  hadst  had  bit  Ijatteft  gefyabt,  thou  hadst  had 
er  Ijatte  geljabt,  he  had  had          er  fyfitte  geijabt,  he  had  had 

nnr  fatten  ge^abt,  we  had  had  nnr  fjatten  gcb,abt,  we  had  had 

U)r  Ijattet  geb,abt,    )  vouhadhad  ib,r  b,attet  gefjabt,    )         ,    ,  ,    , 

8ie  fatten  getjabt,  j  yo  a  fte  fatten  geb,abt,  J  yo 

fte  fatten  geb,abt,  they  had  had  fie  fatten  gefjabt,  they  had  had. 

i  This  form  is  used  for  instance,  after  tarnn,  if,  as :  SBenn  id?  .  .  .  Ijitte,  If  I  had  (tba 
rerb  is  last).    SBfnn  may  also  be  followed  by  the  indicative, 
t  M 1  had  had,  iccnn  id> . .  .g 


AUXILIARY  VEilBS. 


INDICATIVE  MOOD. 


SUBJUNCTIVE  MOOD. 


SECOND    FUTURE. 


id)  tucrbe       "i        I  shall 
bu  nnrft         j  ^    thou  wilt 
er  nrirb            "f£  he  will 

id)  iuerbc 
bu  ujcrbcft 
5     er  toerbe 

totr  toerben 
if)r  loerbet  > 
<Ste  uierbenj 

-  ^,  we  shall 
§"  you  will 

unr  rterben 
P'    tfjr  werbet 
P1    @te  hjerben 

fie  toerben 

they  will  ^ 

fie  roerben 

I  shall 
thou  wilt 
he  will 
we  shall    - 


they  will 


tr 

s 


PIBST    CONDITIONAL. 

id)  U)iirbe  l^aben     or  ic^  fja'tte,  I  should  have 

bu  foiirbeft  ^aben  or  bu  ^atteft,  thou  wouldst  have 

er  ttwrbe  fjaben      or  er  ^a'tte,  he  would  have 

loir  )Biirben  ^aben  or  hjir  fatten,  we  should  have 
tfyr  u)urbet  ^aben  or  ifyr  Ijattet,  you  would  have 
fie  tuiirben  ^aben  or  fie  fatten,  they  would  have. 

SECOND    CONDITIONAL. 

or  id)  fjfitte  ge^abt,  I  should 
or  bu  Ijatteft  gefyabt,  thou  wouldst 
or  er  Ija'tte  ge^abt,  he  would 
or  hrir  fatten  ge^abt,  we  should 
or  t^r  Ijattet  ge^abt,  you  would 
or  fie  fatten  geljabt,  they  would 


IS)  tuiirbe  gefyabt  Ijaben 
tu  hmrbeft  ge^abt  Ijaben 
er  tviirbe  ge|abt  ^aben 
twtr  tt)iirben  gc^abt  Ijaben 
f^r  niurbet  ge^abt  ^aben 
*fie  murben  ge^abt  fjaben 


IMPERATIVE    MOOD. 


r 

CD 


IaptunMabenJletushave 
or  Ijaben  <Sie,  have. 


I/abe,  have 

er  fott  ^aben,  let  him  have 

fie  foflen  ^aben,  let  them  have 


INFINITIVE    MOOD. 

Pres.  Ijaben  or  gu  Ijaben,  to  have. 

Past,  geljabt  Ijaben  or  getjabt  311  Ijaben,  to  have  had. 

PARTICIPLES. 
Pres.  Ijabenb/  having  Past,  getjobt,  had. 


80  AUXILIARY  VERBS. 

2.  The  negative,  interrogative  and  negative-interroga* 
tive  forms  of  fyaben  correspond  exactly  to  the  same  forms 
of  to  have  in  English. 

NEGATIVE. 

tdj  Ijabe  ntdjt,  I  have  not ;  cr  Ijat  ntdjt,  he  has  not,  eto 
idj  toerbe  nid)t  fyaben,  I  shall  not  have 
id)  fyabe  ntdjt  geljabt,  I  hare  not  had,  etc. 

INTERROGATIVE. 

Ijabe  tdj,  have  I?  Ijaben  <3ie,  have  you? 

Ijabe  id)  gefyabt,  have  I  had  ?  etc. 

NEGATIVE-INTERROGATIVE. 

fiatte  id)  nidjt,  had  I  not? 

gatte  id)  nidjt  geljabt,  had  I  not  had? 

toerben  rt)ir  nid)t  Ijaben,  shall  we  not  have  ?  etc. 

REMARKS    ON    THE    ORDER    OF    WORDS    IN    A    GERMAN 
SENTENCE. 

1.  In  simple  declaratory  clauses  in  German,  the  SUBJECT 
is  placed  first,  then  comes  the  VERB,  and  then  all  the  REST 
of  the  sentence.1  This  may  be  called  the  Normal  Order. 

a)  "  Simple  declaratory  clauses "  are  such  as  the  fol- 
lowing: Henry  lives.  We  aU  see  ships.  I  should  like  to. 
The  younger  children  would  have  been  kitted.  Also  the  first 
part  of  the  following :  I  wish  to  serve  you,  if  you  will  con- 
sent yourself.  Or  the  latter  part  of  the  sentence :  If  it 
stopped  raining,  I  should  certainly  go.  On  the  other  hand 
the  following  are  not  simple  declaratory  clauses :  Does 
Henry  live?  0  that  I  could  see  a  ship  !  Consent  to  serve 
me.  Neither  is  the  first  part  of  the  following  sentences 
simply  declaratory :  What  you  have  just  remarked,  cannot 
be  true.  That  he  was  absent  is  not  proved. 

t  Another  way  of  arranging  the  parts  of  such  clauses  is  given  in  3. 


AUXILIARY  VERBS.  81 

5)  By  SUBJECT,  in  the  rule  just  stated,  we  mean  the  single 
word  which  is  grammatically  the  subject,  taken  together 
with  all  words  which  modify  it.  Thus  in  the  following 
sentences,  for  instance,  all  the  words  not  in  italics,  are  to 
be  considered  as  SUBJECT  :  His  remarkable  talents,  well 
employed,  would  gain  him  a  competency.  The  sudden  and 
painless  death  which  he  had  so  longed  for,  was  granted 
him. 

c)  By  VERB,  in  the  rule  just  stated,  is  meant  on  the  con- 
trary only  a  single  word,  for  instance  in  would  have  gone, 
would;  in  shall  have  been  loved,  shall;  in  is  thought  to 
7tave  been  forged,  is ;  in  makes  him  come,  makes.  This  word 
is  always  that  one  which  changes  to  denote  person  and 
number.  Thus  would  becomes  wouldst,  and  shall,  shalt  in 
the  second  person,  and  is  has  as  many  as  three  other 
forms,  namely  am,  art  and  are. 

2.  The  arrangement  of  the  REST  of  the  sentence, — that  is, 
of  all  which  is  left  after  disposing  of  the  SUBJECT  and  the 
TERB, — is  not  regulated  by  such  strict  rules.  Thus  we 
«an  say  for  The  mother  ivM  have  a  letter  from  her  daughter, 
either:  3)tc  Gutter  |  'nrirb  |  einen  33rief  »on  tfjrer  £od)ter 
fyabeit,  or  2)ie  Gutter  |  iwrb  |  »on  tym  Xocfyter  einen  33rtef 
fyaben. 

But  a)  participles  and  infinitives  come  at  the  very  end 
of  the  sentence,  thus,  He  must  have  liked  to  play  exceedingly, 
becomes  He  \  must  \  exceedingly  to  play  liked  have. 

b)  97id)t  goes  with  the  infinitive  or  participle  to  the  end 
of  the  sentence,  e,  g.,  3$  |  fjak  |  fcaS  33ud)  ntcfyt  gelefen, 
/  have  not  read  the  book. 

c)  The  object  of  the  verb  more   usually  comes   after 

1  The  vertical  lines  separate  the  subject  from  the  verb,  and  the  verb  from  the  rest 
of  the  sentence. 


82  Atmr.tARV  VEKBSL 


everything  except  md)t  and  similar  negatives,  such  as  ttle, 
never,  etc.,  e.g.,  3$  |  fyabe  ]  fcit  eintgcn  Xagen  fra$  SBud)  mctyl 
Qdefen,  /  have  not  read  the  book  for  some  days. 

3.  Germans  sometimes,  however,  take  out  some  part  of 
the  REST  of  the  sentence  and  place  it  at  the  beginning. 
If  this  has  been  done,  the  VERB  must  be  made  to  precede 
the  SUBJECT.     Thus  £)ie  Sautter  |  roirb  |  son  ttyrer  Xocfytei 
cinen  33rief  fyoben  may  become  either  1)  33on  ifyrer  Xoc^tei 

|  twrb  j  tie  Gutter  |  eincn  23rief  (wben,  or  2)  Sincn  33rief 
|  ttrirb  |  bie  -Gutter  j  »on  tynr  Xocfyter  fjaben.   This  may  be 
called  the  Question  Order. 

The  only  difference  in  meaning  between  the  three  sen- 
tences is,  that  in  1)  there  may  be  an  emphasis  on  »on 
ifyrer  £od)ter,  i.e.t  It  is  from  her  daughter  (and  not  from 
anybody  else)  that  the  mother  ivitt  receive  a  letter;  and  in 
2)  an  emphasis  on  cinen  53ricf,  i.e.,  It  is  a  letter  (and  not 
a  newspaper  or  anything  else)  which  the  mother  tvitt  receive 
from  her  daughter.1 

4.  Dependent  clauses  in  German,  take  the  VERB  at  the 
very  end.     Thus,  It  is  true  that  she  is  dead,  becomes  It  is 
true  that  she  dead  is  ;  He  said  that  she  was  there,  becomes 
He  said  that  she  there  was  ;   He  cried  because  he  was  hurtt 
becomes  He  cried  because  he  hurt  was;  He  gave  me  the  book 
that  he  had  written,  becomes  He  gave  me  the  book  that  he 
written  had.     This  may  be  called  the  Dependent  Order. 

Dependent  clauses  should  be  easily  recognized  by  the 
student.  Some  other  clause  in  the  sentence  makes  an 
assertion  which  the  dependent  (and  subordinate)  clause 

i  The  VERB  must  precede  the  SUBJECT  in  the  principal  clause  of  a  sentence,  when  the 
principal  clause  comes  after  a  dependent  clause.  Thus  :  If  I  speak,  you  must  lUten. 
becomes  in  German.  It  I  speak,  |  must  |  yon  |  listen. 


AUXILIARY  VHRBS.  83 


completss.  See  the  examples  above.  They  may  be  intro- 
duced by  conjunctions,  e.g.,  when,  if,  since,  although,  as, 
etc.,  etc.,  (but  not  by  and,  or,  for,  but,)  or  by  relatives,  e.g.t 
who,  which,  where,  etc. 

WORDS. 

bte  tlljr,  the  watch  ba3  Ungtucf,  misfortune 

bie  Sutler,  the  butter  em  (Spiel^eug,  a  toy 

ber  ®afe,  the  cheese  bet  33att,  the  ball 

ba3  Bfoifd)'  the  meat  ber  SBagen,  the  carriage 

bd$  SBergnugen,  the  pleasure  ber  £ob,  death 

bie  Dinte,  the  ink  baf?,  that  (cory.) 

glauben,  to  believe,  think  toenn,  if 

bie  3eit,  (the)  time  genug,  enough 

bie  Sampe,  the  lamp  angeneljm,  agreeable 

bie  ©efettfdjaft,  company,  party  bie  9?abel,  the  needle. 

READING  EXERCISE  27. 


3d)  Ijabe  einen  ftreunb.  £>aft  bu  aud)  einen  ^reunb  ?  £>aben  <5ie 
feine  ^reunbe?  2Bir  f)aben  feine  ^reunbe.  2Bir  fatten  ^^iinbe; 
aber  Je^t  (now)  fyaben  roir  feine  me^r.  §abe  5lc^t  auf  (take  care  of) 
beiu  ^teib.  §aben  <Sie  2ld)t  auf  5f)re  ^teiber.  5^  roerbe  cine  neue 
(new)  U^r  Ijaben.  3c^  ^abe  eine  U^r  getyabt,  aber  ic^  (jabe  fie  uertoren. 
§aben  fie  tiiet  35ergniigen  gefjabt?  SBir  fatten  toiele  ^ifdje  gefyabt. 
@ie  raerben  ©efettfd^aft  ge^abt  fyaben.1  3)te  S^iikr  fatten  feiit  guteS 
papier.  2Benn  tuir  Srob  fatten.2  SSenn  ioir  ^teifc^  gefjabt  fatten.* 
3^r  loiirbet  fein  ®elb  Ijaben.  ^r  rt)iirbe  Diet  ^ergniigen  auf  bem  Sank 
gefyabt^aben.  ©taubft  bu  (think),  ba§  er  @etb  Ijabe?  ©lauben  @ie, 
ba§  rt)ir  2Bein  ge^abt  ^aben  ?  @ie  toerben  SSaffer  ge^abt  ^aben. 

9luf9obe  28. 

1.  I  have  butter  and  cheese.  He  has  bread  and  meat.  We 
had  some  birds.  The  boys  had  two  young  dogs.  I  had  a 
watch.  I  shall  have  a  picture.  I  have  had  two  lamps.  My 
sisters  have  had  many  needles.  If  I  had  a  garden  (ace.).  If 

i  This  means:  They,  or  you,  must  have  had  company. 

*  The  conjunction  rcenn  requires  the  VEBB  at  the  tnd.  So  Jo  all  other  conjunctions, 
except  those  meaning  and,  !mt,  or  and  for,  and  &o  do  all  relative  pronouns.  In  other 
words,  in  dependent  clauses  the  VEBB  must  be  put  at  the  end,  as  stated  already 
page  82. 


84  AUXILIARY  VERBS. 

we  had  a  house  and  a  garden.  If  you  had  had  some  paper. 
They  will  have  no  ink.  Children,  take  care  of  (aitf,  ace.)  your 
books.  I  have  had  little  wine.  She  has  had  much  pleasure 
at  (auf,  dot.)  the  ball.  I  had  not  time.  They  would  have  a 
carriage  and  a  horse. 

2.  We  have  had  the  good  fortune  (ba3  ©turf)  to1  have  a 
faithful  friend.2  They  will  have  a  house  in  the  town.  I  should 
have  money  enough,  if  I  had  not  lost  my  purse.  To  have  * 
good  (gute)  children  is  agreeable.  After  (the)  death,  of  what 
use  is  it  (ioa3  nit£t  e§)  to1  have  had  much  money?  If  I  had 
not  had  so  much  misfortune.  These  young  men  (jungen  £eute) 
have  had  too  much  (gu  mel)  pleasure. 


£aben  (Sic  ntehten  93ruber  nidjt  3a,  id)  Ijabe  ifjn  in  einem  £aben 

gefeljen?  (shop)  gefefyen. 

£>at  er  ettpaS  getauft?  3a,  cr  fyat  ^anbfdjufye  gefauft. 

£>aben  (Sie  33rob  genug?  Sftetn,  loir  braud)en  (need)  meljr. 

fatten   (Sie   genug   Sutler   unb  2Bir  fatten  $afe  genug  ;  abet  ntc^t 

$afe?  gutter  genug. 

^aben  <Ste  mel  Skrgniigen  ouf  2Btr  njaren  fefjr  bergniigt  ;  h)tr  ^at« 

bem  Sanbe  (country)  ge^abt  ?        ten  grope  ©efettf  dfyaft* 
$at  btefeS  arme  ^tnb  feinc  (Sttern  (5§  Ijat  feinen  33ater  bertoren  ;  abet 

mefyr?  feine  3JZutter  lebt  (lives)  nod). 

SBerben  tutr  f^one«  Setter  fya* 

ben  ?  Stf)  gtaube  ntc^t. 

SSerben  (Sic  3e^  tyaben,  btefe^  ^  h)erbe  ^eute  (to-day)  feine  ^dt 

5Bud^  gu  tefen  ?  ^aben  ;  aber  morgen. 

©lauben  <Sie,  ba§  er  Diet  ®elb  3c^  gtaube,  ba§  er  fefyr  njentg  ge- 

ge^abt  fjat?  ^abt  ^at. 

2Ba«  fitr  etne  fteber  ^attejl  bu?      3(^  ^atte  eine  <Staf)t  (steel)  .feber. 
SBer  fyat  einen  fo  guten  ^reunb 

hne  (as)  i^  ?  2Bir  fjaben  and)  gute  ^reunbe. 

2Birb  ber  Scorer  mit  ben  S^iltern  (Sr  witrbe  mit  i^nen  (them)  gefyen, 

ge^en  (walk)  ?  loenn  er  3^it  ^atte. 

SOBerbe  i^  ba«  33ergniigen  ^aben,  (Sic  ift  ntd)t  ^ter,  fte  ift  in  (Stutt* 

•3^re  (Sd)tt»efler  ju  fe^en?  gart. 

i  When  the  infinitive  is  accompanied  by  to,  translate  it  ju,  till  farther  notice. 
a  Translate,  A  faithful  friend  to  have,  einen  treuen  greunb  ju  $aben.    See  p.  81,  2,  a. 
3  ajiel  ^crgnijen  baben  (to  have  mnch  pleasure)  =  to  have  a  good  time.    Xeignugt  fein 
(to  be  jolly),  amounts  to  about  the  same  thing. 


AUXILIABY  VERBS.  85 

2Barum  ftnb  (Sie  fo  traurig  ?          3d)  fyabe  metnen  (Stod"  toertoren. 
2Ber  fyat  mein  gebermeffer  gefyabt  ?  3d)  wetjj  ntdjt  (I  do  not  know). 

toer  eg  gefyabt  fyat. 

FIFTEENTH  LESSON. 

H     @eitt,  To  Be. 

INDICATIVE.  SUBJUNCTIVE. 

PRESENT  TENSE. 

id)  bin,  I  am  id)  fet,  I  (may)  be 

bu  bift,  thou  art  bu  feieft,  thou  be 

er  (fie,  eg)  ift,  he  (she,  it)  is  er  (fie,  eg)  fei,  he  (she,  it)  be 

hrir  ftnb,  we  are  hrir  feien,  we  be 

jfef?'s  I  you  are  jfe  ^    I  you  be 

<£te  ftnb,  j  ^  @tc  feten, )  J 

fie  finb,  they  are.  fie  feten,  they  be. 

IMPERFECT. 

id)  njar,  I  was  id)  tocire,  I  were  (or  should  be) 

bu  toarft,  thou  wast  bu  tocireft,  thou  wert 

er  (fie,  eg)  war,  he  (she,  it)  was    er  (fie,  eg)  ft  ore,  he  (she,  it)  were 

hnr  loaren,  we  were  hrir  nwren,  we  were 

ifyr  ftwret,  you  were  ib,r  tociret,  you  were 

fte  roaren,  they  were.  fte  foaren,  they  were. 

FIRST  FUTURE. 

id)  fterbe  fetn,  I  shall  be  id)  fterbe  fein,  I  shall  be 

bu  tmrft  fein,  thou  wilt  be  bu  toerbeft  fetn,  thou  wilt  be 

er  ttnrb  fetn,  he  will  be  er  toerbe  fein,  he  will  be 

h)ir  iverben  fein,  we  shall  be  hrir  toerben  fein,  we  shall  be 

i()r  n^erbet  fetn,  you  will  be  ifyr  werbet  fein,  you  will  be 

fte  roerben  fein,  they  will  be.  fie  toerben  fetn,  they  will  be. 

PERFECT. 

id)  bin 1  getoefen,  I  have  been  id)  fei  getoefen,  I  (may)  have  been 

bu  btft  geraefen,  thou  hast  been  bu  feieft  getoefcn,  thou  have  been 

er  ift  gewefen,  he  has  been  er  fei  gert)efen,  he  have  been 

n)ir  ftub  geftefen,  we  have  been    nrir  feien  geftefen,  we  have  been 
ib,r  feib  getnefen,  }    you  have      Hjr  feiet  getwefen,  I  youhayebeen 
(£te  ftnb  geftefen, )        been          (Sic  feten  getoefen,  j  J 
fte  ftnb  getoefen,  they  have  been,  fie  feien  gertjefen,  they  have  been. 

i  Notice  that  the  Germans  say,  as  it  were,  /  am  been,  I  was  been,  instead  of  /  have 
teen,  et». 


86 


AUXILIARY   VERBS. 


INDICATIVE.  SUBJUNCTIVE. 

PLUPERFECT. 

id)  roar  geroefen,  I  had  been         id)  roare  geroefen,  I  had  been  (or 

should  have  been) 

buroarft  geroefen,  thou  hadst  been  burod'reft  geroefen,  thou  hadst  been 
cr  roar  geiuefen,  he  had  been        er  roare  geroefen,  he  had  been 

roir  roaren  geroefen,  we  had  been  roir  roaren  geroefen,  we  had  been 
ifyr  roaret  geroefen,  you  had  been  ifyr  roaret  geroefen,  you  had  been 
fie  roaren  geroefen,  they  had  been,  fie  rociren  geroefen,  they  had  been. 

SECOND    FUTURE. 


ii)  roerbe    ' 

CO 

IshaU 

id)  roerbe     ' 

I  shall      ] 

bu  roir  ft 

i 

thou  wilt 

tr1 
» 

bu  roerbefl 

r» 

thou  wilt 

tr 
& 

er  roirb 

rs 

0 

he  will 

CD 

er  roerbe 

-2, 

he  will 

CD 

roir  roerben 

-    3 
*"°. 

we  shall 

•  o1 

CD 

roir  roerben 

•  s 

we  shall 

CB 

U)r  roerbet 

you  will 

P 

ifjr  roerbet 

3" 

you  will 

P 

fie  roerbeu  . 

they  will  . 

fie  roerben  . 

they  will  . 

FIRST    CONDITIONAL. 


id)  roiirbe  fein 
bu  roiirbefl  fein 
er  ronrbe  fein 

roir  rourben  fein 
i^r  roiirbet  fein 
fie  roiirben  fein 


or  id)  roare,  I  should  be 

or  bu  rotireft,  thou  wouldst  be 

or  er  roare,  he  would  be 

or  roir  roa'ren,  we  should  be 
or  ifyr  roaret,  you  would  be 
or  fie  rod'ren,  they  would  be. 


SECOND    CONDITIONAL. 

idj  roiirbe  geroefen  fein     or  idj  roare  geroefen,  I  should 

bu  roiirbeft  geroefen  fein  or  bu  roareft  geroefen,  thou  wouldst 

er  roiirbe  geroefen  fein     or  er  roare  geroefen,  he  would 

roir  rourben  geroefen  fein  or  roir  roa'ren  geroefen,  we  should 
ifjr  roiirbet  geroefen  fein  or  iljr  roaret  geroefen,  you  would 
fie  wiirben  geroefen  fein  or  fie  roaren  geroefen,  they  would 

IMPERATIVE. 

fei,  be  (thou)  feien  roir, 

er  fofl  fein,  let  him  be  taffet  un3  fein, 

fie  foflen  fein,  let  them  be  feib  or  feien  <Sie,  be  (you). 

INFINITIVE. 

Pres.  fein  or  gu  fein,  to  be. 

Past,  geroefen  fein      or  geroefen  $u  fein,  to  have  been. 


o- 

CD 
CD 

P 


let  us  be 


AUXILIARY  VERBS.  87 

PARTICIPLES. 

Pres.  fetenb,  being.  Past,  getttefen,  been. 

NOTE  1.  —  There  is  and  there  are  answer  to  the  German  e3  flteBt1,  e3  ijl, 
e§  finb  ;  there  mis  and  there  were,  e£  gab,  e3  toar  or  e3  toaren,  as  : 

There  are  animals,  etc.,  e£  giebt  Sfjiere  JC.     (See  Lesson  33.) 

NOTE  2.  —  The  English  lam  to  is  translated  id)  foil. 

He  is  to  learn  German,  er  fott  !Deutfdj  Icrncn. 

NOTE  3.  —  The  English  to  be  right  is  translated  in  German  9?edjt 
and  to  be  wrong,  Itnredjt  fyafcen.    Ex.  : 

You  are  right,  @ic  fyafcen  9?ed)t. 
I  am  wrong,  idj  fyaie  Itnredjt. 

WORDS. 

her  £eb,rer,  the  master,  teacher  gufrteben,  contented 

ber  ©rofcDater,  the  grand-father  imgitfrteben,  discontented 

ba§  ©lag,  the  glass  rul)tg,  quiet 

gtucflid),  happy  beffer,  better 

ungtudiid),  unhappy  trdge,  idle 

fdjim,  handsome  Jetd)t,  easy 

reid),  rich  Dergnugt,  pleased,  merry 

arm,  poor  ffeif?^'  industrious,  dih'gent 

franf,  ill  aufmerlfant,  attentive 

itntuo^I,  unwell  toimfdjen,  to  wish 

ju,  too  ItmnfdienStoertl),  desirable. 

tjoflid),  polite 

BEADING  EXERCISE   29. 


3)it  Mft  glMUd).  3d)  bin  ung(itcf|td).  @te  tft  fd)bn  unb  reirf). 
2Btr  finb  arm  unb  franl.  (Sr  toar  ein  gutcr  53ater.  SSaren  <5>te 
geftern  in  ber  ^ird)e  (at  church)  ?  9Jein,  n)ir  toaren  ju  §aufe;  tt)tr 
tuaren  unroof.  @ie  rterben  nid)t  !ranf  geuiefen  fcin.2  Sung  unb 
fd)6n  fein  3  tft  njunfdjen^mertb,.  3d)  bin  bet  (at  the  tailor's)  bem 
@d)neiber  getuefen;  abermein^odrtjarnod)  nid)t  ferttg  (ready).  Oft  ber 
in  ber  @d)u(e  (at  school)  genicfen  ?  Sir  finb  geftern  tm  (at  the) 
geraefen.  3d)  rt)iirbe  gtiidlid)  fein,  ttienn  id)  reid)  mare.  ®arl 


1  OS  gtebt,  #  //ijvw,  takes  an  accusative,  e.g.,  6$  gab  einmat  etnen  ©rafeit,   There  wot 
once  a  count  ;  the  others  do  not,  e.g.,  S3  aar  einmal  ein  ®rof. 

2  See  the  foot-note  1,  p.  85. 

3  £i$e  the  foot-note  2,  p.  84, 


88  AUXILIARY   VERBS. 

tutrb  fefyr  tiergniigt  fcin,  toenn  (when)  cr  <£te  fteljt  (sees).  (Set 
fletfeig,  mem  Sofjn.  <2>eib  oufmerffam,  meine  <Sd)iiler.  Ofyr  @ro^- 
Dater  ift  fefyr  alt  getoefen  (was  very  old).1  2fteine  ©rofemutter  fyat 
9terf)t.  3d)  Ijabe  Unrest. 

Shtfaabc  30. 

1.  I  am  young,  you  are  old.     She  is  very  handsome.     Our 
«ousin  Frederick  has  been  in  London,  but  he  has  not  been  in 
Paris.     Be  quiet.     Let  us  be  merry.     Be  contented  with  your 
situation  (<2>tefle,/em.).     I  should  be  contented,  if  I  were  not 
ill     I  should  be  rich,  if  I  had  been  in  America.     My  daugh- 
ters have  been  at  (ouf,  dot.)  the  ball  ;  they  had  a  good  time. 
It  will  be  better  to  go  out  (au^iigefyen).    It  would  have  been 
easy.     The  parents  of  these  children  have  been  too  severe  (ju 
ftreng).    You  are  right. 

2.  I  should  be  contented  if  you  were  not  idle.    Be  polite  to 
(but  in  German,  towards,  i.e.,  gegen,  with  the  ace.)  your  mas- 
ters.    I  wish  she  were  attentive.     There  are  no  wolves  in 
England.     There  were  no  glasses  on  the  table.     Be  so  kind 
[as]  to  (311)  give  me  a  glass.    My  pupils  will  not  be  idle.    Miss 
Caroline  was  very  [much]    pleased.      The  knives  were   too 
sharp  (fdjarf).   We  should  not  have  bought  the  butter  if  it  had 
not  been  fresh  (frifd)).    I  am  to  go  to  Berlin.    Are  we  to  learn 
German?    I  was  wrong  ;  my  father  was  right. 


<5inb  (Ste  gtudtid)  ?  £)  ja,  id)  bin  feljr  gliicfltcf). 

5ft  3b,re  ©rfjttjefter  and)  gliidltd)?  D  nein,  fte  ift  feljr  ungtiidlid). 

SBannn  ifl  fte  ungtttcfUd)  '?  <£te  fyat  afl  tftre  $inber  toertoren 

(lost). 
2Bo  toaren   <5te    geflern   $lbenb 

(last  night)  ?  3d)  toar  im  Sweater. 

@inb    <Sie    fdjon    (already)    in  9tein,  id)  bin  nod)  nid)t  ba  (there) 

©tuttgart  getoefen?  getoefen. 

Oft    bag    $inb    lan.qe  franf  ge* 

toefen?  (S8  ifl  ein  3afyr  franf  geuiefen. 
SSarum  h)ar  ber  Seljrer  unjufrte* 

ben?  2)ie  (Sdjiiler  ioaren  trage. 

i  The  German  imperfect  must  sometimes  be  translated  by  the  English  perfect   and 
the  German  perfect  by  the  English  imperfect, 


AUXILIARY  YERBS.  89 

9ft  cr  oft  (often)  untooljt?  3a,  er  tft  tmmer  franf. 

3ft  ba3  9ftabd)en  toergmtgt?  3ta,  fte  tft  fefjr  oergnugt. 

SBiirben  ©te  traurig   (sad)  fein, 

tuemt  Sie  franf  tvaren?  3d)  toiirbe  feljr  traurtg  fetn. 

©tub  ®te  ferttg  (ready)  ?  2Btr  werben  gtetc^  (directly)  fcr* 

tig  fetn. 
3ft  ber  a^enfd)  fterbltc^  (mortal)?  2)er  ^orper  tft  fterbltcf);  aber  btc 

(Seele  (soul)  tft  itnfterbltd). 

2Sa3  fagte  (said)  ber  geljrer?         @r  fagte:  fetb  rit^tg. 
®tf>t  eg  2Bo(fe  in  2)eittfrf)Ianb  ?      (§3  gtbt  njentge  (few)  in  jDeitffdj* 

lanb;  in  9tu^tanb  gibt  eg  mete. 
<3oflen  toir  im3   anftetben  (to 

dress)  ?  3a,  @te  fotten  ftc^  ateic^  anfleiben. 

2Ber  b,at  ^ec^t  ?  9JMn  33ater  ^at  ^erf)t. 

fatten  <2te  ^ec^t  ?  9ietn,  ic^  Ijatte  Unrest. 


SIXTEENTH   LESSON. 

KL    2Beri)ett,  To  Become,  To  Get,  To  Grow. 

INDICATIVE.  SUBJUNCTIVE. 

PBESENT  TENSE. 

tdj  loerbe,  I  become,  I  get  id)  ttjerbe,  I  (may)  become 

bit  lutrft,  thou  becomest  bu  rterbeft,  thou  become 

er  nnrb,  lie  becomes  er  toerbe,  he  become 

Jotr  tt)erben,  we  become  toir  toerben,  we  become 

ijrnwrbet,    lyoubecome  jfe  ^erb.et'    1  you  becoma 

(£te  loerben,  )  J  @te  merben,  )  J 

fie  toerben,  they  become.  fie  toerben,  they  become. 

IMPERFECT. 

id)  tDitrbe  (id)  niarb),  I  became      id)  toitrbe,  (if)  I  became 
bu  hmrbeft  (tuarbft),   thou  be-  bu  tourbeft,  thou  became 

earnest 
er  Umrbe  (loarb),  he  became         er  toitrbe,  he  became 

hnr  njurben,  we  became  h)ir  toitrben,  we  became 


flc  hiurben/  they  became.  fie  ttmrben,  they  became. 


90  AUXILIARY  VERBS. 


INDICATIVE.  SUBJUNCTIVE. 

FUTURE. 


id)  lucrbe 
bu  roirft 
cr  roirb 
roir  roerben 
U)r  roerbet 
fie  roerben 


I  shall  become       id)  roerbe 
or  get  bu  roerbeft 

er  roerbe 
roir  roerben 
if)r  roerbet 
fie  roerben 


-  roerben. 


I  shall  become 


roerben. 


PERFECT. 

id)  bin l  geroorben  (or  roorben),  idj  fei  geroorben  (or  tuorbcn), 

I  have  become  I  (may)  have  become 

bit  btft  geworben  (or  loorben)  bu  feift  geworben  (or  iDorben) 

cr  ift  geroorben  (or  njorben)  er  fei  geworben,  (or  )oorben) 

2C.  2C.  2C.  2C. 

PLUPERFECT. 

id)  toar  gen)orben  (or  h>orben),        idj  luare  gett)orben  (or  trorben),  1 
I  had  become  had  become  (or  should  have 

become) 
bu  toarft  getoorben  (or  toorben)       bu  tooreft  getuorben  (or  luorben) 

2C.  2C.  K.  JC. 

SECOND  FUTURE. 

id)  toerbe  gertjorben  (ttjorben)  fein,  id^  werbe  gettjorben  (worben)  fein, 

I  shall  have  become  I  shall  have  become 

bu  tmrft  geroorben  (roorben)  fein     bu  roerbeft  geroorben  (roorben)  fetn 

2C.  K.  K.  JC. 

FIRST  CONDITIONAL. 

id)  roiirbe  roerben,  I  should  or  would  become 
bu  roiirbeft  roerben,  thou  wouldst  become 

2C.  2C. 

SECOND  CONDITIONAL. 

id)  roiirbe  geroorben  (or  roorben)  fein  or  id)  rocire  geroorben, 
I  should  have  become 
K.  :c. 

IMPERATIVE. 

roerbe,  become  (thou)  roerben  toir,         )  ,  .  „„  , 

er  foil  roerben,  he  shall  become  lafet  un8  roerben,  j  * 

fie    fotten    roerben,    let    them  roerbet,         \  •. 

become.  roerben  <Sie,  j  D 

l  See  Note  1,  p.  85. 


AUXILIARY  VERBS.  91 

•   INFINITIVE. 

Pres.    toerben  or  ju  toerben,  to  become. 

Past,    getoorben  (or  toorben)  feiu  or  311  fetn,  to  have  become. 

PARTICIPLES. 

Pres.    toerbenb,  becoming 

Past,   getoorben  (or  toorben),  become 

NOTE. —  What  has  become  oj. . . .?  is  translated  SBaS  tjl  au3  . .    .  getoorben/ 

WORDS. 

fdjttifrig,  sleepy  fdjmufetg,  dirty 

ttie  or  mentals,  never  bimfel,  dark 

toetfe,  wise  ber  ffleift,  industry 

arm,  poor  bte  <Sparfatntett,  economy 

plotjltd),  suddenly  bag  filter,  old  age 

miibe,  tired  bte  Settle,  people 

nag,  wet  grog,  tall 

itngebulbtg,  impatient  grim,  green 

bte  9fad)rtd)t,  the  news  rein,  clean 

befannt,  known  balb,  soon 

ber  £>ergog,  the  duke  geftern,  yesterday 

ber  ^egenfc^irnt,  the  umbrella     je^t,  now. 

READING  EXERCISE  31. 

3dj  toerbe  f^tafrig.  <2te  totrb  nte  alt.  3^r  hierbet  ntematS  rtetfe 
toerben.  9}?etne  ^toei  ^tnber  ftiurben  ^Iol?ltc^  franf.  9ftan  (one)  totrb 
ntitbe,  hjenn  (when)  man  arbettet  (works).  (g§  totrb  fyat  ©eftern 
iwtirbe  trf)  ungebittbtg.  Serbet  nt^t  ungebitlbtg.  ®iefe  !>ftad)rid)<4' 
tuurbe  in  ber  ©tabt  befannt.  -3d)  bin  jung;  aber  id)  toerbe  alt  luerben. 
@ie  toerben  na§  loerben,  benn  e§  regnet  (for  it  rains).  £)iefe8 
ift  (c^ntuljtg  getworben.  @g  totrb  9Jad)t;  e^  totrb  bunfet.  ®te 
toerben  franf  toerben,  benn  fte  effen  (they  eat)  ^u  btet.  3) 08 
tourbe  ntitbe.  £)itrd)  gtetg  ttnb  (Sparfantfett  totrb  man  retd).  Unfer 
ift  batb  retc^  getoorben.  (S8  regnet;  toir  toerben  nag  toerben. 
ift  ait8  bent  @o^n  beS  (S^neiberS  getoorben.  (Sr  ift  <2olbat 
gctoorben. 

SCufgoic  32. 

She  is  getting  sleepy.    I  shall  become  wise.    He  has  become 
my  friend.    The  duke  fell  (became)  suddenly  ill     The  boys 


-  _ 

92  AUXILIARY  VERBS. 

got  tired  and  sleepy.  The  trees  become  green  in  spring  (hit 
grueling).  I  am  now  rich,  but  I  may  (fann)  become  poor.  We 
shall  become  contented.  Do  not  become  impatient.  Your 
children  have  grown  very  tall.  Old  (atte)  people  get  wise.  It 
had  grown  dark.  I  was  once  (einft)  young;  but  now  I  have 
grown  old.  It  rains,  our  friends  will  get  wet.  Mi*.  Brown 
hopes  (fyofft)  soon  2to  3get  'rich.  This  man  has  become  [a] 
soldier.  What  has  become  of  his  children?  These  children 
have  become  men.  I  hope  you  will  not  get  idle. 


SSarum  fmb  <3te  geftern  nidjt  ge-  3d)  ttmrbe  ptBfettdj  untooljl  (un- 

fommen  (come)?  well). 

2Barum    gefjen    (Sic    fdjon  nad)  &%  ttnrb  fpat.    3d)  muf?  (must) 

|)aufe  (nome  so  soon)  ?  urn  8  Ufyr  311  ^aufc  fetn. 

SBann  roerben  bte  33aume  grim?     3nt  grii^Ung. 
©tnb  <Ste  $aufmann  gctuorben  •*     ?ictn,  tc^  bin  ©olbat  gehjorben. 
2Ba8  ift  au8  O^rem  S3ruber  gc=» 

worben?  (gr  ift  in  ?lmerifa  geftorben  (died).1 

2Barum  tft  bie[e§  SJJabc^en  franf 

geworben?  <Stc  ^at  gu  totet  gcg^effen  (eaten). 

<Ste  retd)  gchiorben?  9?ein,  abcr  (but)  id)  tottnj'dje  reid^ 

gu  tuerben. 
<Smb  (Ste  na§  gcworben?  3$  bin  ntdjt  na§  gehiorbcn;    i^ 

Ijatte  etnen  9?egenf^trm. 
Sa§  tjl  au8  metnem  33it(^  gc«  3^  toeife  (know)  nid^t;  ic^  b,abc  eS 

ttiorben?  ntdjt  gefe^en. 

2Bcr  ttmrbe  tragc?  !Der  @d)u(er  luurbe  tragc. 

2Ber  ift  fc^tafrtg  gctoprbcn?  SBttfyelm  ift  fdjlafrtg  geworben. 

@mb  bte  ©trafjen  rein?  ^?etn,    fte  finb  burd)  ben  9?egen 

(rain)  fdjmufctg  gertorben. 
3ft  bag  SBetter  (weather)  nod) 

(still)  fait?  (5$  ift  mtlb  unb  njarm  gemorben. 

i  This  verb,  like  fein  and  rocrben  (and  a  great  many  other  German  verbs,  especially 
intransitive  verbs  denoting  motion),  forms  its  perfect,  etc.,  with  fetn  instead  of  $abcn. 


MODAL    AUXILIARIES.  93 

SEVENTEENTH    LESSON. 

THE  SO-CALLED  MODAL  AUXILIARIES. 

There  are  six : 

id)  fann,  I  can,  id)  mu§,  I  must, 

id)  toitt,  I  will,  id)  fofl,  I  shall  or  am  to, 

id)  mag,  I  may,  id)   barf,  I  may   (i.e.,  am  pen 

mitted  to). 

1.    ^OttttCtt,  To  Be  Able. 

PRESENT    TENSE. 

Ind.  id)  fann,  I  can,  I  may,      Sub},  id)  forme,  I  may  be  able, 

bu  fannft,  bu  fb'nneft, 

er  (fie,  eg)  fann,  er  (fie,  eg)  fonne, 

ttrir  fonnen,  nnr  fonnen,  we  may  be  able, 

iljr  fb'nnt  or  fonnet, )  if)r  fonnet,    ] 

<2>ie  fonnen,  )  ©ie  fonnen,  j 

fie  fonnen.  fie  fc'nnen. 

IMPERFECT. 

id)  fonnte,  I  could,  id)  fonnte,  I  could,  I  might, 

bn  fonnteft,  bu  fb'nnteft, 

er  fonnte,  :c.  er  fb'nnte,  jc. 

FIRST    FUTURE. 

Ind.   idj  tnerbe  fonnen,  I  shall  be  able. 

bu  toirft  fonnen,  :c. 
Subj.  id)  toerbe  fonnen. 

PERFECT. 

Ind.   id)  ^abe  gefonnt  (or  idj  fyabe — fonnen),1  I  have  been  able. 
Subj.  id)  ^abe  gefonnt  (or  id)  ^abe  —  fonnen). 

PLUPERFECT. 

Ind.   id)  ^atte  gefonnt  (or  id)  ^atte  —  fonnen),  I  had  been  able. 
Subj.  id)  Ija'tte  gefonnt  (or  id)  fytitte  —  fonnen). 

*  SECOND    FUTURE. 

Ind.   id)  lucrbe  gefonnt  (or  fonnen)  Ijaben,  I  shall  have  been  able. 

1  See  Obs.  3.  p.  98. 


94  MODAL    AUXILIARIES. 

First  Cond.     id)  fonnte  or  id)  tottrbe  fonnen,1  1  could. 
Second  Cond.  id)  fycitte  gefonnt  or  id)  toiirbe  gefonnt  Ijaben.1 
Inf.  Pres.         fonnen  ;  Perf.  gefonnt  Ijaben  or  fonnen  fyaben 
Past  Part.         gefonnt. 

2.  SMeit,  To  Be  Willing,  To  Wish. 

PRESENT. 

Jnd.  id)  fold,  I  will,  am  going  to,    Subj.  id)  tootle,  I  will, 

bu  hudf},  bn  tooHejt, 

er  toifl,  er  roode, 

toir  tootten,  toir  rotten, 

ifyr  tooflt  or  njottet,  j.  ifjr  tooflet,    ) 

@ie  luotten,  j  (Sic  rootten,  ) 

fte  tuoHen.  fte  tooflen. 

IMPERFECT. 

id)  toottte,  I  was  going  to,  id)  toottte,1  1  should  want 

bu  tooflteft,         [wanted  to,  bu  tooflteft,          [to,  etc. 

er  hjottte.  er  raoHte. 

FIRST  FUTURE. 

id)  tuerbe  tooflett,  I  shall  wish.  id)  toerbe 


PERFECT. 

Ind.  id)  Ijabe  gemottt  or  id)  ^abe  ....  tootten,  I  have  wanted  to, 
Subj.  id)  Ijabe  genjollt  or  njotten. 

PLUPERFECT. 

Jnd.  id)  Ijatte  gelDottt  or  njotten,   I  had  wanted  to. 
Subj.  id)  |otte  gettjottt  or  rotten. 

SECOND  FUTURE. 

id)  toerbe  getoottt  or  tootten  fjaben. 

First  Cond.     id)  tooflte*  or  id)  niurbe  tuotten,  I  should  wish. 
Second  Cond.  id)  Ijfitte  getuottt  (or  hjotten)  or  id)  ttmrbe  gewottt  (or 

tootten)  f)aben. 

Inf.  Pres.         tuotten  ;  Perf.  getoottt  ^aben  or  trotten  ^aben. 
Past  Part.          getuoUt.  » 

I  This  componnd  form  is  not  much  used.    See  p.  98,  Obs.  2. 

•  Observe  that  i$  reollte  and  id)  (elite  do  not  modify  the  vowel  in  the  Subjunctive 
and  Conditional. 


MODAL   AUXILIARIES.  95 

3. 


PRESENT. 

tnd.  id)  [off,  I  shall,1 1  am  to,         Subj.  idj  fotte, 

"b»  foHft,  bit  fotteft, 

« fott/  er  fotte, 

»fc  fotten,  hrir  f0flen, 

iljrfottet,    )  iljrfottet,    ) 

@ie  fotten, )  @ie  fotten, ) 

f«  foflen.  fte  fotten. 

IMPERPBOT. 

i^  f  ottte,  I  should  or  I  ought  to.         id)  f  oflte,*  I  should. 

FIRST  FUTURE. 

tcQ  luerbe  fotten.  icf)  inerbe  foflen. 

PERFECT. 

ic^  ^abe  gefottt  or  fotten.  ic^  ^abe  gefottt  or  fatten. 

PLUPERFECT. 

ie^  ^atte  gefottt  or  [otten.  '  ic^  §fitte  gefoflt  or  foEeru 

SECOND  FUTURE. 

id^  toerbe  gcfoUt  §aben  or  [often  Ijaben. 

Fi'mt  Cond.     id)  fottte,  I  should. 

Second  Cond.  idj  Ijatte  —  gefottt  or  foflen,  I  ought  to  have  f  •& 

I  should  nave  ought). 

Inf.  Pre*.         fatten ;  perf.  gefottt  Ijaben  or  fotten  ^aben. 
Past  Part.        gefottt. 

4.    Mffen,  To  Be  Obliged,  To  Have  To. 

PRESENT. 

Ind.  id)  mu§,  I  must,  Subj.  tdj  miiffe, 

bu  ntu^t,  bu  miiffejl, 

er  mu^  er  miiffe, 

tt)ir  miiffen,  rt)tr  miiffen, 

ib^r  miiffet  or  ntu§t,  )  ib,r  tniiffet,    ) 

@ic  miiffen,  j"  <Ste  ntuffen,  j 

fte  muffen.  fie  miiffen. 

1  /  shall  (first  pers.)  is  frequently  translated   tdj  rcerbe,    and    the    interrogatiTe 
lihatt  I?  rcerbe  ic^?    But  when  meaning  am  I  tot    the  German  is  fott  ic^?  In  the  same 
manner  in  the  plural :  We  shall  is  =  nrir  toetten  ;  but  sliall  we  =  are  wt  to,  folten  wit  ? 

2  Sea  foot-not*  2.  p.  94. 


96  MODAL    AUXILIARIES. 

IMPERFECT. 

Ind.  id)  mufjte,  I  was  obliged.         Sub),  id)  mitfjte,  I  should  be 

[obliged. 

FIRST  FUTURE. 

Ind.  id)  toerbe  miiffen,  I  shall  be  obliged. 
Subj.  id)  luerbe  miiffen. 

PERFECT. 

Ind.  id)  fjabe  gemufjt  or  mitffen,  I  have  been  obliged. 
Subj.  id)  fyabe  gemujjt  or  miiffen. 

PLUPERFECT. 

Ind.  id)  fyatte  gemufct  or  miiffen. 
Subj.  id)  fycitte  gemu§t  or  miiffen. 

SECOND  FUTURE. 

Ind.  id)  roerbe  gemufet  Ijaben  or  miiffen  Ijaben. 

First  Cond.     id)  mii§te  or  toiirbe  miiffen,  I  should  be  obliged. 
Second  Cond.  id)  fyatte  gemufjt  or  miiffen,  I  should  have  been 
obliged. 

Inf.  Pres.        miiffen;  perf.  gemu§t  or  miiffen. 
Past  Part.        gemufct. 

NOTE.  —  I  must  not  (since  it  really  means  I  am  net  aSowoT)  is  r«nd«red 
idj  barf  nirf;t. 

5.   SKogcn. 

PRESENT. 

Ind.  \§  mag,  I  may  (I  want  to),    Subj.  td^  m8ge, 

bu  magft,  bu  mogefl, 

er  mag,  er  moge, 

mir  mogen,  \yct  mogen, 

ib,r  mogt,     )  i^r  moget,    ) 

<Sie  mogen,  J  (5ie  mogen,  j 

fie  mogen.  fte  mogen. 

IMPERFECT. 

i(^  mot^te,  I  wanted  to.  id)  modjte,  I  should  like. 

FffiST  FUTURE. 

id)  toerbe  mogen.  t^  luerbc  mogen. 

PERFECT. 

id)  Ijabc  cjcmodjt  or  11169011,  id)  ^abe  cjemodjt  or  mogeu. 


MODAL    AUXILIABIES.  97 

PLUPERFECT. 

fnd.  id)  Ijatte  gemodjt  or  mogen.        Svbj.  id)  Ija'tte  gemod)t  or  mogen. 

SECOND  FUTURE. 

Id)  toerbe  gemodjt  or  mogen  Ijaben. 

First  Gond.     idj  modjte,  I  should  like. 

Second  Cond.  id)  fyatte  —  gemodjt  or  mogen,  I  should  have  liked. 
Inf.  pres.         mogen;  perf.  gemodjt  Ijaben  or  mogen  Ijaben. 
Past  part.         gemodjt. 

NOTE. — I  may,  etc.,  is  often  translated  fonnen,  as  :  He  may  go,  er  fann 
gefyen.  The  interrogative  form  may  I?  etc.,  is  rendered  barf  id)  ?  may 
we,  biirfen  tint,  JC.  See  the  note  on  muff  en. 

Conjugate  in  the  same  manner  bermogen/  to  be  able,  as :  3$  toermag  e8 
ntd)t  jU  t^un.  But  notice  that  sermogen  takes  3U  before  the  infinitive, which 
fimnen,  mogen/  etc.,  do  not,  any  more  than  can,  may,  etc.,  in  English. 

6.  $iirfen,  To  Be  Allowed. 

PRESENT. 

Ind.  id)  barf,  I  may,  I  am  allowed,  Subj.  id)  biirfe, 
bu  barfft,  bu  biirfeft, 

er  barf,  er  biirfe, 

t»ir  biirfen,  rt)tr  bttrfen, 

iljr  biirft  or  @ie  bUrfen,  ijjr  biirfet, 

fie  biirfen.  fie  biirfen. 

IMPERFECT. 

id)  burfte,  I  was  allowed,  id)  biirfte,  I  might, 

bu  burfteft,  bu  burfteft, 

er  burfte,  er  biirfte, 

n>ir  burften,  |t)tr  bitrften, 

t^r  burftet  or  @ie  burften,  i^r  burftet, 

fie  burften.  fie  burften. 

FIRST  FUTURE. 

id)  tterbe  biirfen,  I  shallbe  allowed,     ic^  njerbe  bUrfctt. 

PERFECT. 

Ind.  id)  ^abe  geburft  or  biirfen,  I  have  been  allowed. 
Subj.  id)  ^abe  geburft  or  biirfen. 

PLUPERFECT. 

Ind.  id)  Ijatte  geburft  or  biirfen.        Subj.  td)  ^citte  geburft  or  burfen. 


98  MODAL   AUXILIARIES. 

SECOND  FUTURE. 

Ind.  id)  toerbe  gcburft  or  bttrfcn  fyabcn. 

First  Cond.     id)  biirfte  or  roiirbe  biirfen,  I  should  be  allowed. 

Second  Cond.  id)  Ijdtte  geburft  or  biirfen,  I  should   have    been 
allowed. 

Inf.  pres.          bftrfen;  perf.   geburft  or  biirfen  Ijabeiu 
Past.  part.        geburft. 

In  the  same  manner  Beburfen,  to  be  in  need  of:  id)  fceborf  :c. 


OBSEHVATIOWa 

1.  In  English  not  sticks  close  to  can,  will,  slwtfl,  must,  etc., 
e.g.,  He  can  not  have  been  willing,  you  must  not  speak. 

In  German  nid)t  goes  towards  the  end,  with  the  infinitive 
or  participle,  as  has  been  already  stated  Lesson  14,  2,  6. 

I  can  not  read  the  letter,  id)  fann  ben  23rief  nid)t  lefen. 

2.  The   shorter  forms  of   the   conditional,  id)   fftnnte, 
follte,  mufjte,  etc.,  are  commoner  than  the  longer,  id)  ttwrbe 
fonnen,  i$  nwrbe  mujjcn,  etc. 

3.  Two  forms  of  the  perfect,  pluperfect  and  second 
future  have  been  given,  one,  namely  id)  fyabe  gefonnt,  etc., 
formed,  as  would  have  been  expected,  with  the  past  par- 
ticiple of  fbnnen,  etc.,  and  the  other,  id)  fyabe  fbnnen,  etc., 
with  the  infinitive  of  Fonnen,  etc.    The  latter  must  be  used 
when  the  infinitive  of  another  verb  follows  fiJnncn,  etc. 
Thus: 

<5te  ben  33rief  tefen  fonnen  (instead  of  lefen  gefonnt)? 
Have  you  been  able  to  read  the  letter? 
f)at  auSgeljen  ntiiffen,  Charles  was  obliged  to  go  out 

In  other  cases  use  id)  fyabe  gefonnt,  etc.    Thus: 

•3d)  ^abe  gefonnt,  aber  nidjt  geraottt,  I  was  able  to,  but  did  not 
want  to. 


MODAL  AUXILIARIES.  99 

4.  Could  have,  should  "have,  ought  to  7iave,  etc.,  must  be 
translated — not  fijnnte  fyaben,  etc., — but  fyatte  fbnnen,  etc., 
like  the  French  faurais  pu,  etc.  Thus  : 

You  could  have  read  the  letter,  <Sie  fatten  ben  33rief  lefen 

fonnen. 
;    He  might  have  gone,  (gr  Ijatte  a,eb,en  fonnen. 

I  should  have  done  it  or  I  ought  to  have  done  it,  -3d)  fjatte  e$ 

tfyun  foflen. 
"Sou  ought  to  have  written  your  exercise,  (Sic  fatten  3b,r« 

Slufgabe  fcfjretben  foften. 

NOTE. — When  the  modal  auxiliary  is  in  the  present  tense,   the   two 
languages  correspond  perfectly,  as  : 

You  must  have  taken  it,  @te  mitjfen  eS  flenommen  IjcrBen. 
He  cannot  have  seen  me,  @r  Jann  mi(^  ntrf;t  ge{el)en  Ijafcen. 

REMARKS  OUT  THE  ENGLISH  AUXILIARY 
TO  DO. 

Germans  do  not  say  do  I  love  ?  and  I  do  not  love,  but 
love  I?  and  /  love  not;  i.e.,  in  German  there  is  no  need 
of  an  extra  auxiliary  do,  to  be  used  in  asking  a  question,  or 
when  the  verb  is  modified  by  not.  The  same  way  in  the 
imperative. 

3cf)  fefye  nicfyt,  I  do  not  see. 

SBann  fyetfen  @ie  gu  Sftittag  ?  When  do  you  dine  ? 

Sir  braurfjten  fie  md)t,  We  did  not  need  them. 

§at  ber  23ater  bag  ^ferb  nid)t  gelauft?  Has  not  the  father 
bought  the  horse  ? 

(Sagen  (Sic  iljm  nicfjt,  Do  not  tell  him. 

WORDS. 

bte  9?ad)rid)t,  the  news  ladjen,  to  laugh 

bie  ^Joft,  the  post-office  abreifen,  to  depart,  set  out 

ba§  Sljea'ter,  the  theatre  beaten,  to  pay 

ber  ©ulben,  the  florin  ftrafen,  to  punish 

bag  ^tetfd),  the  meat  gtauben  (dot.),  to  believe 

ber  2fte£ger,  the  butcher  lefen,  to  read 

berfteb/en,  to  understand  fdjreiben,  to  write 

bleiben,  to  remain  njab,r,  true. 

auSgeljen,  to  go  out 


100  MODAL    AUXILIARIES. 

READING  EXERCISE   33. 

1.  3d)  fann  lefen.    <Sie  fonnen  fommen.     3d)  mujj  tljn  (liim) 
fefyen.    3f)r  fottt  nid)t  ungebitlbig  roerben.     (5r  mag  larfjen.     SBit 
miiffen  abreifen.    £>er  $nabe  barf  nid)t  fpredjen.    SBotlen  3te  mid) 
begotten  ober  nicfjt?     3d)   raiirbe  @ie  begab,len,  roenn  id)   fonnte. 
SBarum  fonnen  <Sie  nid)t  ?    3d)  fyabe  fein  @elb.    SDton  (one)  fonnte 
ib,n  ntd)t  oerftefyen.    2Jian  fonnte  (might)  biefeS  2Bort  in  etnem  anbe* 
ren  ©inne  (sense)  Derfteljen.     3)iirfen  <2ie  au$geb,en  ?    3c^  barf  b,eute 
nid)t  au^geb,en ;  aber  morgen.    $arl  mu§te  ^eute  in  ber  2d)ule  bleiben. 
SBi^etm  roirb  morgen  gn  §aufe  bteiben  miiffen.    3(^  fyabe  gcftern  mein 
^Pferb  Derfaufen  luotten ;  aber  i(^  ^abe  ntd)t  gefonnt.    2)u  magft  geb,en 
ober  nidjt.    3^  moc^te  nic^t  au8geb,en. 

2.  2Ber  (who)  moc^te  eg  gtauben?    3^  gtaube  e^  nidjt.    2Str 
miiffen  abreifen.     2Bir  toerben  bteiben  muffen.     233ir  fb'nnen  nid)t 
immer  tb,un  (do),  roaS  roir  wollen.     @r  barf  nid^t  in  ben  ©arten  gcb,en. 
2)iefe  9?ad)rid)r  moc^te  (is  very  Hkely)  mafyr  fein.    SB  arum  burfte  ber 
$nabe  nid)t  in  bte  ©d^ule  gefjen  ?    (Sr  loar  franl.    3)iefe  (Sd)Uterinnen 
foflten  flei§ig  fein.    3b,r  2)tener  fott  ben  Srief  auf  bie  'jpoft  tragen 
(take).     2ftein  ^Bater  b,atte  geftern  fein  ^Jferb  tierfaufen  fonnen;  aber 
er  fjat  nid)t  genjoflt    2Barum  b/at  er  eS  nid)t  tterfaufen  tpollen  ?    (Sr 
brau^t  (needs)  e§  nod)  (still).     2)ie  ^inber  b/aben  fpielen  tootten. 
@ie  fatten  ternen  fotten;  fie  merben  balb  ju  SBette  ge^en  miiffen. 

9tufgnbc  84. 

1.  I  can  write.     He  can  not  read.     We  must  go  out.     You 
may  believe  it  (eg).1    They  must  pay  me  (mid)).     The  master 
should  punish  the  boy.1     He  would  believe  nothing.     I  will 
buy  it.     The  servant  would  not  "(did  not  wish  to)  go.     Thou 
shalt  not  steal  (fteljlen).     (The)  children  should  not  lie  (liigen). 
I  could  not  believe  that  news.      Some  peasants  can  neither 
(roeber)  read  nor  (nod))  write.     I  will  write  a  letter.     Will  you 
take  it  (ib,n  . .  tragen)  to  (auf)  the  post-office?    They  will  not 
come.     She  ought  [to]  write  to  him  (an  tfm).     Children  must 
go  to  school  (in  bie  <5d)ule).     I  could  not3  understand  this 
letter.     My  aunt  could  not  read  the  book. 

2.  Do  you  go  to  (in,  ace.)  the  theatre?    Do  you  believe  that 
news?    I  do  not  believe  it  (fie).    He  may  say,  what  he  pleases 
(toaS  tfjm  gefaflt,  i.e.,  what  pleases  him).     May  I  see,  what  you 
are  doing  (tb,un)  ?    I  will  not  go  out,  it  may  rain   (regnen). 

1  For  the  position  of  the  Infinitive  see  p.  81,  2.  a. 

2  See  Lesson  U,  2,  6. 


MODAL  AUXILIARIES.  101 

Could  you  give  me  (mir)  two  florins  ?  I  should  like  to,  but  I  can 
not.  The  boy  must  not  write.  He  was  not  allowed  to  remain. 
I  was  obliged  to  go  to  the  post-office.  The  butcher  has  been 
obliged  to  sell  the  meat.  You  should  not  have  believed  him 
(ifym).  I  know  (u)ei$),  I  ought  to  have  done  it. 


2Boflen  @te  2Bem  rrtnfen?  SRetn,  id}  nnfl  feinen  2Bein  trinfen. 

2Bann  mttffen  (Sic  aulgeljen  ?  3d)  mufj  urn  ad)t  Uljr  (at  eight 

o'clock)  aulgefyen. 

$annft  bu  fdjretben  unb  Ic|"en  ?  3d)  fann  lefen,  aber  ntdjt  fdjretben. 

SKotten  <3ie  Gutter  unb  $afe  ?  9?etn,  id)  tuitt  Jletl'rf)  fyabeit. 

<Sott  Albert  ben  Srtef  auf  bte  ^oft  ^etn,  trf)  mujj  fetbft  (myself)  aitf 

tragen?  bte  ^poft  geb,en. 

S3erfaufen  @te  -3i)re  ^ferbe?  9?etn,  id)  oerfaufe  fte  ntrfjt 

Sffiarum  fonnten  Ste  nidjt  font*  3d)  war  unmob,!   unb    mufcte  ju 

men  ?  t^f6  ^ei&en. 
SSarum    ^at    btcfer  2ftann    ben 

33rtef  ntd)t  gelefen  ?  (Sr  fann  ntdjt  lefen. 

jDurfen  <Ste  in  ba^  Xf)eater  ge^en  ?  ^etn,  id)  barf  ntdjt. 

SSoflen  <Ste  etne  Stgarre  raudjcn  3d)  witvbe  randjen,  n)enn  id)  einc 

(smoke)  ?  ©gam  Ijdtte. 

2)arf    id)    3^nen    etne   anbteten  3d)   bante  Ofjnen  (No,  I  thank 

(offer)  ?  you).1 

SSarum  geljen  ©ie  ntdjt  au§  ?  293ei(  (because)  el  regnet. 

3)arf  id)  (joren,  roa§  3te  fpredjen  D  ia,  iotv  b,aben  fetn  ©e^etmntfe 

(are  talking  about)  ?  (secret). 

SB  iff  en  3ie,  toaritm  er  ntdjt  ge*  3d)  tuetp  el  ntd)t  ;  aber  id)  modjte 

fomnten  tft  ?  el  loiffen  (to  know). 

2Birb    cr    balb    (soon)    abretfen  (Sr  ttitrb  melletdjt  (perhaps)  ^ier 

miiffen?  bletben  fonnen. 

$aben  (Ste  bie  9Jed)nitng  (bill)  3d)    fyabe    ^raei  ©ittben    bejaljlen 

beja^ten  miiffen?  miiffen. 

^>aben  3te  bal  ^tctfdj  ntdjt  ju=  9?etn,  bet  SWe^ger  b,at  el  ntd)t  me^r 

ritdgeben  (give  back)  fonnen?  netjmen  (take)  tootten. 

i  Dante  or  i*  tante  is  the  polite  way  of  refusing  in  German.     It  is  not  usual  to  say 

Sfein,  ii)  bante,  JVo,  /  //lariA-  you,  as  we  do  in  English. 


102  ADJECTIVES. 

EIGHTEENTH    LESSON. 

ADJECTIVES. 

1.  Adjectives1   take   in  German    a  termination    when 
they  precede   and  modify  a  substantive,  e.g.,  gute  (not 
gut)  Xifcfye,  good  tables;  ben  beften  (not  beft)  Sftannern,  to  the 
best  men;  etneS  olten  (not  alt)  ftleibeg,  of  an  old  garment; 
meinem  gelicbten  ©ofyne,  to  my  beloved  son. 

They  likewise  take  a  termination  when  modifying  a 
substantive  understood,  e.g.,  tic  guten  Xifcfye,  aber  bie 
fcfylecfyten  nicfyt,  the  good  tables  but  not  the  bad;  and  when 
used  substantively,  e.g.,  bit  Sfteicfyen,  the  rich  (i.e*,  rich 
people);  bag  ©ute  unb  ©cpne,  the  good  and  beautiful 
(i.e.,  what  is  good  and  beautiful),  ©uteS,  something  good; 
Itebcr  Stlter,  dear  old  man.  See  page  108,  c. 

2.  In  every  other  case  adjectives  take  no  termination ; 
they  are  used,  that  is,  in  their  shortest  possible  form,  e.g., 
(£r  fyatte  ^leiber  alt  itnb  neu,   He  had  clothes  old  and  new; 
2)ag  ifi  gut,  That  is  good;  (£r  Itegt  tobt,  He  lies  dead;  3$ 
^abe  bid)  serloren  geglaubt,  7  thought  you  lost. 

3.  An  adjective  preceded  by  the  definite  article  ber,  bie, 
ba£  —  or  by  btefer,  jcncr,  jtebcr,  welder  (interrogative)  and 
some  other  pronouns  similarly  declined — has  the  termina- 
tion t  in  the  nominative  singular  of  the  three  genders  and 
in  the  accusative  feminine  singular  and  accusative  neuter 
singular.'    Everywhere  else  it  has  the  termination  en. 


1  All  the  rules  about  to  be  given  for  adjectives,  apply  equally  to  participles  used  as 
adjectives. 

2  By  a  rule  already  given  page  15,  nil  femininea  and  neuters  have  the  accusative  like 
the  nominative, — so  that  the  student  need  fix  in  his  memory  here  only  the  fact  that 
the  nominative  singular  of  all  three  fenders  ends  in  t. 


ADJECTIVES.  103 

I.  Terminations  of  the  Adjective  when  preceded  by  ber 
or  a  similarly  declined  pronoun. 


SINGULAR. 

PLURAL. 

Mate. 

Fern. 

Neut. 

AU  Genders. 

N. 

i* 

f 

—  C 

—  en 

G. 

—  en 

—  en 

—  en 

—  en 

D. 

—  en 

—  en 

—  en 

—  en 

A. 

—  en 

—  c 

—  e 

—  en 

EXAMPLES. 

MASCULINE. 
SINGULAR.  PLURAL. 

N.  bcrgute^Sater,  the  good  father  bie  guten  $ater 

G.  beg  guten  SBaterg  ber  guten  $ater 

D.  bem  guten  $ater  ben-  guten  Patera 

A.  ben  guten  Sater  bie  guten  better. 

FEMININE 

N.  bie  fdjb'ne  23Iume,  the  fine  flower  bie  fdjonen  33tumen 

G.  ber  fdjb'nen  SBlume  ber  fdjonen  Slumen 

D.  ber  fdjonen  23lume  ben  fd)6nen  SBtumen 

A.  bie  fdjone  SBlume  bie  fdjonen  SBlumen. 

NEUTER. 

N.  bag  fleine  £aug,  the  little  house  bie  fleinen  Confer 

G.  beg  fteinen  £>aufeg  ber  fleinen  |>aufer 

D.  bem  fleinen  £>aufe  ben  fleinen  ^aufern 

A.  bag  fteine  §an£  bie  fleinen  ^aufer. 

NOTE  1. — Although  there  are,  as  will  be  seen  above,  five  forms  of  th« 
adjective  ending  in.  t,  and  no  less  than  nineteen  ending  in  ctl,  little  am- 
biguity arises  ;  for  the  definite  article,  etc.,  are  provided  with  numerous 
terminations  differing  from  each  other  sufficiently  to  make  the  gender, 
number  and  case  clear. 

NOTE  2. — The  plural  adjective  pronouns  atte,  cttt;  etnige,  some;  ntancfie, 
many;  meljrere,  several;  tnete,  many;  toenige/  few;  may  take  the  same 
forms  of  the  adjective  after  them  as  ber  does,  but  they  more  usually  hava 
f  in  the  nominative  and  accusative  of  the  adjective. 

LESS  USUAL  DECLENSION.  MORE  USUAL  DECLENSION. 

N.  einige  pra'cfyttgen  ^ferbe,  eintge  pradjttge  ^ferbe 

some  splendid  horses, 

G.  etniger  pra'djtigen  ^ferbc  etntger  pracfjttgen  ^Sferbe 

Z>.  einigen  prad)ttgen  ^Jferben  einigen  prddjtigen  ^ferben 

A,  etnige  ^rad)tigen  ^ferbe  einige  prcidjtige  ^ferbe. 


104  ADJECTIVES. 

4.  It  will  be  remembered  that  tin  and  fetlt  with  the 
possessives  nteitt,  bein,  feitt,  etc.,  are  declined  just  like  ber, 
except  in  the  nominative  masculine  singular  and  the 
nominative  and  accusative  neuter  singular.  See  the  First 
and  Second  Lessons.  In  these  parts  ber  has  a  termina- 
tion added  to  the  stem,  ba3  for  instance  being  made  up  of 
the  stem  b  and  the  termination  d$,  while  tin,  etc.,  present 
the  naked  stem  without  any  termination. 

JVbm.  mate.  ting.  Nam.  (and  of  coarse  also  ace.)  neul.  sing. 

b*er        cut  b*a8         em 

In  these  parts,  we  might  expect,  and  we  find  too,  that 
the  German  adjective  takes  after  etn,  etc.,  a  different 
termination  from  that  which  it  takes  after  bcr. 

Nom.  masc.  sing.  ffom.  and  ace.  neut.  ting. 

b*er  gute  33ater  b*a8  Heine  £au« 

etn  gutter  $ater.  em  flein-e3  f)au3. 

In  these  forms  then,  we  see  that  the  adjective  after  etrt 
takes  terminations  similar  to  those  of  the  definite  article. 
In  all  the  other  forms,  the  adjective  after  etn  has  the  same 
termination  as  after  bcr. 

H.  Terminations  of  the  Adjective  when  preceded  by 
etn  or  a  similarly  declined  pronoun. 

SINGULAB.  PLITOAL. 

All  genders. 

— en 
— en 
—en 
— en 

EXAMPLES. 

Jfoac.    N.  em  armer  2ftann,  a  poor  man 

G.  etneS  armen  2)fanne8,  of  a  poor  man 
D.  einem  armen  2J?ann(e),  to  a  poor  man 
A.  einen  armen  2ttann,  a  poor  man. 


Muse. 

Fern. 

Neut. 

N. 

—  er 

—t 

—  f0 

G. 

—  en 

—  en 

—  en 

£>. 

—  en 

—  en 

—  en 

A. 

—  en 

—  e 

—eg 

ADJECTIVES.  105 

Fern.    N.  cine  arme J  $rau,  a  poor  woman 

G.  ciner  armcn  ftwu,  of  a  poor  woman 
D.  einer  armen  §rau,  to  a  poor  woman 
A.  etne  arme  &CM,  a  poor  woman. 

Neitt.    N.  ein  armeS  $inb,  a  poor  child 

G.  eine§  armen  $mbe8,  of  a  poor  child 
D.  etnem  armen  $tnbe,  to  a  poor  child 
A.  ein  armeS  $tnb,  a  poor  child. 

DECLENSION   WITH   A   POSSESSIVE   ADJECTIVE. 
SINGULAR. 

N.  mem  guter  gteunb,  my  good  friend 
G.  meineS  guten  ^reunbeS,  of  my  good  friend 
D.  meinem  guten  ^reunb,  to  my  good  friend 
A.  meinen  guten  ^reunb,  my  good  friend. 

PLUEAL. 

N.  metne  guten  5reunbe,  my  good  friends 

Q.  metner  guten  ^reunbe,  of  my  good  friends 

D.  meinen  guten  ^reunben,  to  my  good  friends 

A,  metne  guten  ftreunbe,  mJ  good  friends. 

When  a  personal  pronoun  in  the  nominative  is  in  appo- 
sition to  a  noun  modified  by  an  adjective,  the  adjective 
has  in  the  nominative  the  terminations  just  given,  e.g., 

3cf)  armer  2)?ann,  I,  poor  man. 
©it  ItebeS  Stnb,  You,  dear  child. 
@te  geeljrter  £)nfet,  You,  honored  uncle. 
2Bir  alien  £eute,  We  old  people. 

•WORDS. 

ber  (Sdjiiter,  the  pupil  imretf,  unripe 

ber  ^aler,  the  painter  fur^,  short 

ber  ©efdjmad,  the  taste  gro§,  large 

ber  ($efang,  the  song  amertfantf^,  American. 

ber  §afen,  the  harbor  tang,  long 

ber  ©ommer,  summer  treu,  faithful 

bag  £eben,  hie  fatt  cold 

i  Observe  that  the  nominative  and  accusative  feminine  singular  is  the  same  whether 
the  adjoetir*  is  preceded  by  ber,  etc.,  or  ein,  etc.,  or  by  neither  ("as  given  page  107). 


106  ADJECTIVES. 

tcljen,  to  stand  bitter,  bitter 

l£cn,  to  sit  topfer,  brave 

:pred)en,  to  speak  recljtfdjaffen,  honest 

nufcltd),  useful  fletBtg/  industrious,  diligent 

ntenfd)lid),  human  gefdjirft,  clever 

fd)6u,  beautiful  fidjer,  safe 

ftarf,  strong  fojtbar,  precious 

retf,  ripe  grim,  green. 

BEADING  EXERCISE  35. 

$)er  liebe  23ruber.  Site  Uebc  ©djtoefler.  $)a8  Heine  2ft&brf)en. 
(Sin  fdjbner  ®arten.  Sine  fdjone  33lume.  (Sin  fdjoneS  £au8.  2>er 
23ruber  ift  gut.  ®ic  <Bd)h)eftern  ftnb  gut.  £)ie  fd)imen  ©arten.  jDie 
neuen  §aufer.  3d)  liebe  bie  rotfyen  33Iumen.  $5ic  ^ob^en  33oume  bc8 
griinen  2Batbe§.  ®ie  beriilnnten  Scanner  ®ried)enlanb8.  -3d)  b^abe 
einen  treucn  ^>unb.  (Sr  b^at  eine  Heine  £od)ter.  2Bir  faufen  feine 
unreifen  5lepfel.  3)iefe  33irnen  ftnb  nod)  nidjt  (not  yet)  reif.  3d) 
fteb,e  auf  einem  fyofyen  Serge.  2)ie  SBiJget  [i^en  in  ben  griinen  S3au* 
men.  3d)  liebe  bie  hirgen  5tage  beS  fatten  2BinterS  nid)t.  3)er 
tapfere  (Solbat  b,at  eine  fd)tt>ere  (severe)  Sunbe. 

Wufflobc  36. 

1.  The  river  is  large.    The  large  river.    A  large  river.    The 
honest  man.     The  diligent  pupil    The  diligent  pupils.     A 
faithful  sister.     A  clever  painter.     I  know  a  (ace.)  clever 
painter.     The  little  child  has  a  new  dress.     Mr.  A.  is  a  very 
strong  man.1    (The)  iron  is  a  very  useful  metal.     We  hear  the 
beautiful  song  of  the  happy  birds.     The  American  ships  are  in 
a  safe  harbor.  The  rich  count  has  a  beautiful  palace. 

2.  Miss  Elizabeth  is  a  diligent  little  girl  (neut.).     My  good 
old  father  is  ill    The  little  house  stands  on  (auf,  dot.)  a  high 
mountain.     We  love  the  good  children.    We  admire  (belt) un- 
bent) the  count's  beautiful  palace.     I  like  the  long  days  of  a 
warm  summer.    We  speak  of  (Don)  (the)  short  human  life. 
These  unripe  walnuts  are  not  good.    I  have  seen  the  beautiful 
large  *  English  ships.     Good  advice  (9?atb,,  m.)  is  precious.  - 

i  AM,  is,  wot,  etc.,  are  followed  of  course  by  the  nominative, 
i  See  b,  p.  103. 


ADJECTIVES.  107 

HI.  Terminations   of  the  Adjective  when   preceding 
and  qualifying  a  noun  without  either  t>er,  etc.,  or  tin,  etc. 

SINGULAR.  PLURAL. 

Masc.  Fern.  Neut.  AH  genders. 

N.  —  er  —  e  —  e8  —  e 

G.  —  en  —  ct  —  en  —  er 

D.  —  em  —  cr  —  em  —  en 

A.  —  en  —  e  —  e8  —  e 

EXAMPLES. 

MASCULINE. 
SINGULAR.  PLUBAL. 

N.  guter  2Betn,  good  wine  gute  2Beme,  good  wines 

G.  guten  28eine§  guter  petite 

Z>.  gittem  SBehte  guten  SBetnen 

A.  guten  2Betn.  gute  2Beine. 

FEMININE. 

N.  uwrme  (Suppe,  warm  soup  marine  <3uppen,  warm  soups 

G.  loarmer  (Sujtye  hwrmer 

D.  foamier  (Suppe  toarmen 

A.  hjarme  ©up^e.  foarnte 


NEUTEB. 

N.  frifc^eS  SSaffer,  fresh  water  neue  Sudjer,  new  books 

G.  fnfcfjen  2Bafferg  neuer  Siicfjer 

D.  fvtfrfjem  SBaffer  neuen  33uc^ern 

A.  frtfrfjeS  SBaffer.  neue  Silver. 

NOTE.  —  The  learner  will  see  that  the  endings  of  the  third  form  are  the 
terminations  of  the  article  bcr,  bic,  ba§.  The  only  cases  which  differ,  are  the 
genitive  singular  masculine  and  neuter.  Here  an  fl  has  been  substituted 
for  g  to  avoid  an  §  in  both  noun  and  adjective. 

a)  The  following  are  further  examples  of  the  use  of 
the  third  form  of  the  adjective  : 

,3ef)n  topfere  Scanner,  Ten  brave  men. 
£)etnrtd)'3  gro^teg  Skrgniigen,  Henry's  greatest  pleasure. 
3)ie  Gutter,  beren  f  (cine  ^inber,  The  mother  whose  little  children. 
$err  Sett,  mit  beffen  jungftem  (Solute  id)  reifte,  Mr.  Bell  with 
whose  youngest  son  I  traveled. 


108  ADJECTIVES. 

@uter !  My  dear,  good  friend. 
$on  etioaS  9fli$ttdjem,  Of  something  useful 
(SnuaS,  nidjtS,  Diet,  tuentg,  meljr  (StoteS,1  Something,  nothing, 
much,  little,  more  good. 

b)  The  number  of  adjectives  before  a  noun  makes  no 
difference,  they  are   all   declined  as  if  there  were  only 
a  single  one.    Thus :  bie  guten  alien  Scanner,  cin  guter  alter 
2ftann,  gute  alte  Scanner,  just  like  bte  guten  Scanner,  etc. 

c)  An  adjective  used  substantively  is  declined  as  if  a 
noun  were  expressed  for  it  to  agree  with.     Thus  ©efanbt, 
the  past  participle  of  fenben,  to  send,  is  used  to  mean 
ambassador   (i.e.,  a  person  sent  to  a  certain  court)  and 
declined  as  if  it  were  ber  gefanbtc  2ftann,  etc. 

SINGULAB. 


N.  ber  ©efanbte 
G.  beS  ©efanbten 
D.  bem  ©efanbten 
A.  ben  ©efanbten 

mein  ©efanbter 
meineS  ©efanbten 
meinem  ©efanbten 
meinen  ©efonbten 

©e 
®e 

@e 
©cj 

'anbter 
anbten 
anbtem 
anbten 

PLTJKAL. 

N.  bie  ©efanbten  memo  ©efanbten  ©efanbtc 

G.  ber  ©efanbten  meiner  ©efanbten  ©efanbter 

D.  ben  ©efanbten  meinen  ©efanbten  ©efonbten 

A.  bie  ©efanbten  meine  ©efanbten  ©efanbte 

In  the  predicate  nominative  the  form  is  ©efanbter,  e.g.. 
ftnb  ©efanbter  unfereg  ^onigS,  You  are  our  king's  am- 
bassador. 

The  following  are  declined  like  ©efanbter : 

ber  9Mfenbe,  the  traveller  etn  9?eifenber,  a  traveller 

ber  ©eleljrte,  the  learned  man  ein  (Sklefyrtcr,  a  learned  man 

ber  SBebiente,  the  man-servant  ein  23ebienter,  a  man-servant 

ber  £>eiitfrf)e,  the  German  ein  3)eutfd)er,  a  German" 

ber  ©efongene,  the  prisoner  ein  ©efangener,  a  prisoner. 

i  Notice  tbftt  after  these  worijs  tbe  adjective  is  printed  with  a  capital  letter. 


ADJECTIVES.  109 

ADDITIONAL  REMARKS. 

1.  Adjectives  ending  in  el,  as  :  etel,  eitel,  etc.,  lose,  when 
declined,  the  e  before  the  J.1 

N.  ber  eble  ®raf  (not  ebete),  the  noble  count 

N.  bte  eitte  ^rau,  the  vain  lady 

G.  beS  eblen  ©rafen  ;  ber  ettlen  $rau 

D.  bem  eblen  ©rafen  ;  ber  eitlen  gran  :c. 

2.  Those  ending  in  er  (e.g.,  bitter,  bitter)  may  elide  as 
follows  : 

bittre  for  btttere 
bitterm  for  bttterem 
bittern  for  bitteren 
btttrer  for  bitterer 
bittreS  for  bittereS. 
The  longer  forms  are  however  more  usual 

3.  The  adjective  fyorf)  (the  0  is  long)  changes  (f)  into  |, 
before  t.     We  say: 

jDer  Saum  ift  ^od)  ;  but  ber  Ijolje  SBaum  ;   G.  be3  fjo^en  33aume^  ; 
pi  I)o^e  Sciitme,  high  trees,  etc. 

4.  The   following  terminations    form   adjectives   from 
nouns  : 

sbar  means  bearing,  e.g.,  ^rud)t,  fruit,  forms  frurfjtbar,  bearing 

fruit,  fruitful. 
sm   forms  adjectives  of  material,  e.g.,  from  ©oft,  gold,  golben, 

golden. 
$Vt  forms    adjectives  from  names  of    towns,    e.g.,   ^Berliner, 

Berlin,  from  Berlin,  Berlin.  These  are  written  with  a  capital 

letter.    See  page  579,  foot-note. 

stvn  is  much  like  en.    From  ^otj,  wood,  comes  Jjotgern,  wooden. 
sjjoft.     From  £ugenb,  virtue,  comes  tugcnbljaft,  virtuous. 
stg  corresponds  to  the   English  termination  y,   eg.,   mficfjttg, 

mighty,  from  3JZad)t,  might. 

stfdj  con-esponds  to  the  English  ish,  e.g.,  finbtfd),  childish,  from 
,  child. 


i  But  ctetn,  ettcln,  etc.,  are  sometimes  used  instead  of  eblen,  eitlen,  etc.,  !.«.,  when  rn  ia 
the  termination,  it  ia  sometimes  shortened  into  n,  and  the  e  after  the  I,  instead  of 
the  e  before  the  1,  elided. 


no 


ADJECTIVES. 


corresponds  to  the  English  ly,  e.g.,  mann(td),  manly,  from 

2)?ami,  man. 

o%  corresponds  to  the  English  /ess,  e.g.,  enblog,   endless,  from 

(Sube,  end. 

(rich),  means  abounding  in,  e.g.,  tmberretd),  abounding  in 

children,  from  $inber,  children. 
*fom  (-some  in  lonesome).     From  ^urdjt,  fear>  comes  furdjtfam, 

fearful,  timid. 

jtoott  corresponds  to  the  English  ful,  e.g.,  gebanfentiott,  thought- 
ful, from  ©ebanfe,  thought. 
Tttertlj  (worth).    2Bitnfd)engtt)6rtl),  worth  wishing  for,  desirable, 

comes  from  tt)iinfd)en,  to  wish,  used  as  a  noun. 
ftoiirbig  (worthy).   Sfjrnwrbtg,  worthy  of  honor,  venerable,  comes 

from  (Sfjre,  honor. 

5.  Adjectives  derived  from  names  of  nations  are  mostly 
formed  by  the  termination  »if$.  They  are  written  with 
a  small  initial  letter,  as : 


amertfamfd),  American 
bSntfrf),  Danish 
beutjd),  German 
engttfd),  English 
frongoftfcf),  French 
grie^ifd^,  Greek 
jjoUdnbtfcf),  Dutch 
italtentfd),  Italian 


Bftretefjifcf),  Austrian 
polnifd^,  Polish 
preufeifd^,  Prussian 
rufftfrf),  Eussian 
farfjfifdi,  Saxon 
fdjwebtfd),  Swedish 
fpanif(^,  Spanish 
tilrfifrf),  Turkish. 


bcr  ^riiljUng,  the  spring 

bag  2ftaut,  [  the  mouth  (of 

ber  9tad)en,  j          brutes) 

bag  2Better,  the  weather 

bag  @tucf,  the  morsel,  piece 

bag  33ter,  the  beer 

lot^ttg,  important 

btc  2)?tld),  milk 

btc  3ltpen,  the  Alps 

bte  ^ranf^eit,  the  disease 

bcr  33ed)er,  the  cup 

btc  9?etfe,  the  journey 

bie  <$tttc,  the  kindness 

etit  x'lrbetter,  a  workman 


WORDS. 


btc  Arbeit,  the  work 

bte  ©efunbljett,  (the)  health 

frigid),  Dcrgnilgt,  merry 

frtfc^,  fresh 

fd)ttmcf),  feeble 

angenebm,  agreeable 

nittjUd),  useful 

bltnb,  bhnd 

blau,  blue 

gratt,  grey 

f^ttjar^,  black 

toetfc,  white 

gefa^vltc^,  dangerous 

toUbrtitflen,  to  perform. 


ADJECTIVES.  Ill 

READING  EXERCISE  37. 

$)te  fitfcen  ®irfd)en  fmb  bon  angeneijmem  ®efd)macf  (taste).  £>et 
Uebltdje  §ritl){mg  ift  gefommen.  £)er  offene  9tarf)en  be3  graufamen 
JigerS.  3d)  fyabe  bie  pradjtigen  foniglidjen  ©djloffer  gefefyen.  3d) 
faufe  guten,  alten,  rotten  SBein.  ©eben  ©ie  mir  frifdjeS,  toeipeS  33rob. 
§ier  ift  fdjimeS,  rotfjeg  papier.  3)iefe  $rau  toerfauft  gute,  frifdje,  ftifje 
2#ild).  9JMue  liebe,  alte,  gute  gutter  ift  fefyr  Iranf.  ^(eine  ^amilten 
ftofjnen  in  fletnen  §dufern.  S3ei  (in)  frfjonem  2Better  ge^en  tutr  f^a^ie* 
ren  (take  a  walk),  bei  f^Ied)tem  bletbcn  tt)it  ju  §aufe  (stay  at  home). 
©eben  Sie  mir  ein  @Ia^  fii^e,  frifdje  SOftlcf),  unb  ein  (5tiicf 
toetfteS  Srob.1  9?eue  greunbe  ftnb  nidjt  immer  gute  greunbc. 
fyabe  O^nen  ettt)a§  2Bic^tigeS  gu  fagen.  2Biffen  @ie  ettua 

(I  know)  eittmS  9^eueg  ;  aber  eS  ift  md)t3  2lngeneb,mc«. 


KufgaBe  38. 

1.  Here  is  sweet  milk.   Have  you  [any]  good  red  wine  ?  Do 
you  like  strong  beer?    The  Alps  are  very  high  mountains. 
I  want  (brcwdje  or  ttmnfdje)  cold  fresh  water.     This  girl  sells 
beautiful  flowers.      The  brave  soldiers  have  severe  (ld)tt)ere) 
wounds.    The  rich  Jews  had  little  old  houses.    There  (Da)  is  a 
poor  little  bund  girl    The  good  mother  gives  (gibt)  ripe  cher- 
ries [to]  her  obedient  and  diligent  children.   Mr.  Asher  wears 
(tra'gt)  a  green  coat,  a  blue  cloak,  and  a  grey  hat    A  good  book 
is  a  good  and  faithful  friend.     It  was  on  a  (in  einer)  very  dark 
night.    The  king  had  a  gold  cup  in  his  hand. 

2.  The  diseases  of  little  children  are  often  dangerous.    Do 
you  know  (tmffen  <3te)  that  2  my  good  and  amiable  cousin  is 
dead  ?     I  have  seen  many  dear  friends  during  my  long  jour- 
ney.    They  received  me  (fie  empftngen  mid))  with  great  kind- 
ness.   Clever  workmen  are  always  sought  [for]  (gefudjt).    Feeble 
women  cannot  perform  this  work.     I  am  in  good  health  and 
always  merry.    Old  people,  young  men  and  women,  and  little 
children,  walked  (gingen  .  .  .  fpa^teren)  in  the  beautiful  garden 
of  our  kind  friend.     Bead  (tefen  <£ie)  something  good  and  use- 
ful    The  courage  (2ftutb,,  TO.)  of  the  soldiers  was  great. 

1  In  English  we  say  aglow  of  milk,  apiece  of  bread,  two  yards  of  cloth,  etc.    In  German 
the  latter  noun  has  the  form  of  the  nominative  and  is  indeclinable,  they  say  a  glast 
milk,  etc. 

2  The  conjunction  baft,  that,  requires  the  verb  at  the  end  of  the  sentence.   See  p.  82. 


112  COMPARISON. 

Spredjuitmg. 

3ft  btefec  ftlufe  ttcf  (deep)  ?  $ein,  er  ifl  ntdjt  feljr  ttef. 

3ft  $arl  fleijjtg  ?  3a,  er  tft  em  fletfeiger  Snabe. 
2Ber  b,at  btefeS  Ijerrttdje  33ttb  ge» 

matt  (painted)  ?  gin  berttljmter  betttfdjer  Sttaler. 

2Beld)e«  tft  fetn  Sftame  ?  (gr  ^et§t  Sinterljalter. 

So  finb  3f)re  Ueben  $mber?  (Sie  finb  in  metncm  neuen  |>aufc. 

|>aben  (£te  einen  grofjen  (Garten?  S^ein,  er  ift  nicht  fetjr  gro§. 

|>aben  <2ie  gebrateneS  $ki\fy  SEir  tjaben  gebrateneg  imb  geto^ 

(roast  meat)  ?  te8  (boiled). 

Serfoufen  @ie  fu§e9J?Ue^?  3$  tyobe  feme  fil§e  ffltiQ;  obei 

fri|dje  Gutter. 

2Bo  tft  metn  tteber  5lrtb,ur?  (gr  tft  tn  ber  (Srfjitle. 

gieben  (Sie  bte  beittfcfye  SKuftf  ?  JO  ja;  ober  id)  tte&e  ble  ttaUentf^t 


. 

©predjen  @ie  2)eutfc^,  metn  ^err?  3d)  fprec^e  cut  toenig  (a  little). 
$aben  @ie  Unterric^t  (instruc- 

tion, lessons)  in  ber  beutfcib/en  3a,  tc^  ^abe  j[eben  S;og  erne  (Stunbe 

©prad^e?  (lesson). 

2Ber  b,at   btefen  gotbenen  SRtng  SDJetne  <Sd)tt?efter  Slnna  b,ot   ib,n 

tjertoren?  toerloren. 

§ot  ber  S8fi(fer  (baker)  guteS 

33rob  ?  (Sr  toerfauft  fanmer  guteS  S3rob. 
SQBetc^er  ^arbe  ftnb  bte  ^ebern  ber 

9?aben?  £>te  ^ebern  ber9Jaben  finb  f^n»orj. 

$aben  @ie  einen  f^tuarjen  ober  3d)  Ijabe  gtioet  ^iite,  einen  fd)iuar« 

ctnentt)ei§en^ut?  aen  unb  einen  toeijjeu. 


NINETEENTH  LESSON. 

DEGREES  OF  COMPARISON. 

1.  The  comparative  is  formed  by  the  addition  of  et ,  or 
trhen  the  adjective  ends  in  e,  only  f ;  the  superlative  by 
•adding  eft  or  |t.  The  vowels  a,  0,  U  are  modified  in  most 
monosyllables.  But  au  is  not  modified. 

COMPABATIVE.         SUPERLATIVE. 

grcm,  grey  grauer  ber,  bte,  ba§  grattejlc 

reid),  rich  reiser  ber,  bie,  ba8  reicb/fte 


COMPARISON.  113 

OOMPABATIVE.  SUPERLATIVE. 

ftorf,  strong  ftdrfer  ber,  bte,  bag  ftarffle 

arm,  poor  firmer  ber,  bte,  bag  armfte 

alt,  old  after  ber,  bte,  bag  attfte 

fromm,  pious  frommer  ber,  bie,  bag  frommfte 

fd)on,  handsome  fdjoner  ber,  bte,  bag  fcfjbnfte 

2.  Adjectives  in  el,  en,  er  usually  reject  the  e  of  these 
terminations  before  the  er  of  the  comparative. 

3.  The  superlative  of  adjectives  ending  in  three  con- 
sonants or  in  a  hissing  sound  (j,  $,  p,  fd))  takes  eft,  as : 

COMPARATIVE.  SUPERLATIVE. 


frfjfedjt,  bad 
fur^,  short 
gererf)t,  just 
fu§,  sweet 

fd)Ied)ier 
fiirjer 
gered)ter 
fu§er 

ber  fcf)Ieci^tefte 
ber  fiirgefte 
ber  gerec^tefte 
ber  fufjefte. 

NOTE  1.— Adjectives  ending  in  t,  with  another  consonant  before  it,  may 
also  insert  t  in  the  superlative  degree,  as:  alt,  sup.  bet  altefte,  as  well  as  ber 
altfie;  fait,  sup.  ber  fdltefte  or  bet  falrjie. 

NOTE  2. — Sometimes  the  word  atler  is  prefixed  to  the  superlative,  as: 
ber  aHerftarffte,  the  strongest  of  all. 

4  In  English  adverbs  are  formed  by  adding  the  syl- 
lable -ly  to  adjectives,  thus  from  cheer/id,  cheerfully,  from 
just,  justly.  In  German  the  adjective  without  any  added 
syllable  may  be  used  as  an  adverb ;  thus  frofy,  cheerful,  may 
be  used  to  mean  cJieerfully,  and  gcrecfyt,  just,  to  mean  justly. 
The  context  determines  whether  frofy  is  to  be  translated 
as  an  adjective  or  as  an  adverb,  thus  3Btr  tt)aren  frof),  is 
We  were  cheerful,  but  SBtr  fyaben  frofy  geglaubt,  We  cheerfully 
believed. 

In  the  same  way,  in  the  comparative,  gerecfyter,  etc.,  may 
be  either  more  just,  etc.,  or  more  justly. 

The  superlative  of  the  adverb  does  not  follow  the 
analogy  of  the  positive  and  comparative.  For  instance, 


114 


COMPARISON. 


most  justly  is  am  gerecfyteflen  (literally  at  fhejustest\  and  not 
See  Note  2  at  the  end. 


NOTE  1.  —  The  superlative  adverbs  am  geredjteften,  etc.,  are  often  used 
inaccurately  in  the  predicate  after  fetn,  to  be,  instead  of  the  corresponding 
adjectives.  Thus  Germans  say  either  ba§  todre  am  gerecbtcjlen,  or  ba3 
todre  fca3  getedjtejlc,  to  mean  that  would  be  the  justest. 

NOTE  2.  —  Forms  like  auf  3  geredj  tejte,  (literally  upon  the  justest)  mean  — 
not  THE  most  justly,  etc.  —  but  most  (or  very)  justly,  e.g.,  2)er  $6nig  Jjat  aitf'3 
geredjtefte  gebanbelt,  T/ie  king  has  acted  most  justly.  That  is  to  say,  am 
gmdjteflen  is  the  genuine  superlative,  while  auf  g  gcrecfytejte  denotes  a  high 
degree,  but  not  necessarily  the  very  highest  degree  of  all. 

In  the  case  of  a  few  adjectives  the  simple  superlative  may  be  used  in 
the  sense  of  the  form  last  noted,  e.g., 

from  b.  odj  ,  high  6.  ocfjjl,  most  highly 

ergeben,  devoted  ergebenjt,  most  devotedly 

fmtnblidj,  kind  freunbUd)jl,  most  kindly. 

NOTE  3.  —  The  following  monosyllabic  adjectives  do  not  modify  the 
vowel  in  the  comparative  and  superlative: 


blafj,  pale 
bunt,  motley 
falfdj,  false 
froij,  merry 
bobt,  hollow 
bolb,  kind 
fab,l,  bald 
farg,  scanty 
flat,  clear 


,  scanty 
la  bin,  lame 
matt,  languid 
morfdj,  rotten 
t,  naked 
t,  flat 

,  clumsy 
rob,  rude 
ritnb,  round 


''anft,  soft 
djlaff,  slack 
cfytanf,  slender 

uarr,  stiff 

ftolj,  proud 

fiumpf,  blunt 

toll,  mad 

toofl,  fuU 

ja^m,  tame. 


6.  Some  adjectives  and  some  adverbs  are  irregular  in 
their  comparison,  viz. : 

COMPARATIVE.  SUPERLATIVE. 

Ijoljer,  higher  ber  fyocfjfte 

nafjer,  nearer  ber  nadjfte 

grower,  greater  ber  gro^te 

beffer,  better  ber  befte 

me^r,  more  ber  metfte 

meljrere,  several  bte  metften,  most 


Ijod),  high 
na^e,  near 
gro§,  great 
gut,  good 
totel,  much 
totete,p/.,  many 

toentg,  little 

rtenige,^/.,  few 
gent,  willingly 
bait),  soon 


less 


j  toemger,  ) 
I  mtnber     j 

toeniger, 

Iteber 

eb/er,  fritter,  sooner 


am  loentgften,  }  f      ,      . 

am  mtnbeften,  [ 

bte  njenigften,  the  fewest 

am  Itebften 

am  e^eften,  the  soonest 


COMPARISON. 

NOTE. — A  few  comparatives  and  superlatives  have  no  positives,  e.g^ 
aufjer,  exterior  (outer) ;  ber  aufjerfte,  the  extremest,  utmost 
inner,  interior,  inner  ;  ber  innerfte,  the  innermost 
ofcer,  upper  ;  ber  oBerfte,  the  uppermost 
itnter,  lower  ;  ber  unterjle,  the  lowest,  undermost 
Ijtnter,  hinder  ;  ber  Ijinterfte,  the  hmdermost 
Dorber,  front-,  fore- ;  ber  toorberfte,  the  foremost. 

7.  Comparative   and    superlatives   are  declined    like 
positives. 

COMPARATIVE     MASCULINE     SINGULAR. 

in-  j  ber  btcfere  33aum,  the  thicker  tree 
'  {  ein  btcferer  23aum,  a  thicker  tree 
G.  be8  (etneS)  btcferen  23cwme8,  of  the  (a)  thicker  tree 
D.  bent  (ehtem)  btderen  SBcmnt,  to  the  (a)  thicker  tree 
A.  ben  (einen)  btcferen  23aum,  the  (a)  thicker  tree. 

PLURAL. 

N.  and  A.  bte  btrferen  Sciume,  the  thicker  trees,  etc. 

NEUTER  SINGULAR. 

N.  and  A.  ein  fd)6nere8  £mu8,  a  handsomer  house,  etc. 

SUPERLATIVE. 

N.  and  A.  ba§  fcfjonfte  £>au£,  the  handsomest  house 
G.  beg  fcfjonften  §aufeg,  etc. 

D.  bent  fdjonften  §aufe,  etc. 

PLURAL. 

N.  and  A.  bte  fdtjonften  £>aufer, 
G.  ber  fdjonften  f>au(er, 

D.  ben  fdjonften  |)ttufern. 

THIRD  FORM. 

Masc.  N.  befferer  ^affee,  A.  befferen  ^affee,  better  coflfee. 
Fern.  N.  fc^wargere  !5)tnte,  blacker  ink. 
Neut.  N.  and  A.  fdjonereS  ^Better,  finer  weather. 
Plur.  N.  frfjonere  Slunten.     G.  ft^b'nerer  53tumen  :c. 

NOTE. — ^When  two  adjectives  are  compared  with  one  another,  it  must  b« 
done  by  means  of  the  word  meljr.    Ex.  : 
(£r  toar  mefyr  fllucflid)  at§  ta^fer,  He  was  more  successful  than  brave. 

8.  As,  followed  by  an  adjective  or  adverb,  and  as,  is 
rendered  in  German  by  ebenfo  —  dl3  or  ttrie ;  and  not  so — 
as,  by  nidjt  fo  —  al3  or  ttrie.    Ex. : 


116  COMPABISON. 

(Sr  tft  ebcnfp  jung  alS  id),  He  is  as  young  as  L 
$arl  loar  nidjt  fo  gliidttd),  a(3  fetn  greunb  SBilijelm,  Charles  waa 
not  so  happy  as  his  friend  William. 

9.  As — again  answers  to  the  German  nod)  etnmal1  fo  — 
or  boppelt  fo  — .    Ex. : 

(Sr  tft  nod)  etnmal  fo  alt  (or  boppelt  fo  alt)  alS  id),  He  is  as  old 
again  as  L 

10.  Our  English  the — the  is  translated  je  — •  beflo. 

3e  Ijofjer  ber  33erg,  bcfto  ttefer  bag  £b,al,  The  higher  the  hill,  the 

deeper  the  valley. 
Oe  rirfjtger  etn  Seben  tft,  beflo  gtMItdjer  ijl  e§,  The  quieter  a  life 

is,  the  happier  it  is. 

WORDS. 

cm  S3ettdjen,  a  violet  btc  ©tcirfe,  the  strength 

ber  ^Ibter,  the  eagle  aitfgeftart,  enlightened 

ber  gtiigel,  the  wing  fret,  free 

bie  ^rotte,  the  ckw  ttef,  deep 

ber  ^latJ,  the  square,  place  letdjt,  light 

brett,  broad,  wide  fcfarf,  sharp 

bie  Arbeit,  labor  fretgebtg,  liberal 


bie  ?itft,  the  air 


pantfd),  Spanish 


bte  £ugenb,  virtue  fireng,  strict 

ber  <2>tord),  the  stork  flefitnben,  found 

ber  |>al3,  the  neck  un^efdjtcft,  unskilful 

bte  ®an3,  the  goose  toett,  far 

ber  @trau§,  the  ostrich  bequem,  comfortable 

ber  ^etb^err,  the  general  etnfam,  lonely 

33tet,  (the)  lead  al8,  than 
copper 


EXERCISE   39. 


2)er  brettc  §tu^.    35er  brettere  (3ee.    ®a«  brettfle  3Weer.    £>er 
u   tfl  ttef  ;  ber  (See  ift  ttefer  al3  ber  ghifc  ;  bag  Wlm  tft  am  ttefften. 
tft  ftarter  al«  St^etm  ;  er  tft  ber  ftarffte  ^nabe.    SKarte  tft  fteU 
al«  <Sara.     £)a3  SSaffer  tft  letdjter  a(^  bte  (Srbe  ;  bie  ^luft  ift  am 


1  /.«.,  Ytt  a  time.  (Fr.  wncora  an*  fois  U 


COMPAEISON.  117 

fetdjteflen.  £)u  fjafi  em  fdjoneS  SBetlcfjcn  gcfunben ;  abcr  id)  Ijabe  em 
fcfjonereS.  2#eine  9?ofe  ift  frf)6n,  bie  9tpfe  nteiner  ©rfjroefter  ift  am 
aflerfdjonften.  3n  ben  Stabten  fmb  bte  pradjtigften  ^a'ufer.  -3n 
Bonbon  leben  bte  retdjften  $aufteitte.  £ie  reirfjen  £eute  ftnb  nidjt 
tmmer  bte  freigebigften.  2)er  Slbler  tft  ber  ftarffte  $oget.  C?r  l)at  bte 
langften  ftlugel  unb  bte  fdjarfften  ^ratten.  3m  ftnifyling  ftnb  bte 
Sage  fiirjer  ate  tm  <2ommer ;  aber  tm  2Btnter  finb  fie  am  fitrgeften. 
Xa«  ©itber  ift  foftbarer  ate  ba«  ®itpfer.  3)a«  @olb  ift  baS  foftbarjk 
Wtetatt.  $Bein  ift  beffer  ate  23ier.  S)te  fpantfc^en  2Beine  fmb  bie 
beften  (SBeine).  !Diefer  2Mer  tft  ni(^t  fo  berittjmt  ate  fetn  35ater ; 
aber  feine  iBilber  finb  ebenfo  fd^dn.  llnfer  O^eint  ift  ebenfo  reirfj  ate 
unfer  better ;  aber  er  tft  nicfjt  fo  gtiicfUc^.  5)er  befte  Coffee  lommt 
aitiS  5lrabien.  3fe  aufgeftarter  bie  9)?enfc^en  fmb,  befto  freier  fmb  fie. 
3e  fritter,  befto  (or  nm  fo)  beffer. 

$tufgok  40. 

1.  The  street  is  broad ;  the  square  is  broader,  the  field  is  the 
broadest.     The  apples  are  sweet ;  the  pears  are  sweeter,  the 
cherries  are  the  sweetest.     This  mountain  is  high,  it  is  the 
highest  in  this  country.    The  rich  are  not  always  the  happiest. 
(The)  money  is  good ;  (the)  labor  is  better ;  virtue  is  (the) 
best.     The  stork  has  a  longer  neck  than  the   goose.     (The) 
ostriches  have  the  longest  necks.     Mrs.  Hunter  is  a  more  in- 
dustrious woman  than  her  neighbor.    She  is  the  most  amiable 
lady.     In  spring  2  the  3  days  l  are  longer  than  in  winter  ;  in 
summer  they  are  the  longest.     The  morning  was  warm,  but 
the  evening  was  warmer.     The  old  man  is  feeble ;  the  sick 
woman  is  feebler ;  the  little  child  is  the  feeblest. 

2.  Miss  Lucy  is  the  loveliest  girl  in  the  town.     Napoleon  I 
was  the  greatest  general.     (The)  lead  is  useful ;  (the)  copper 
is  more  useful ;  (the)  iron  is  the  most  useful  metal.     I  have  a 
strict  master  ;  my  cousin  has  a  stricter ;  the  son  of  the  count 
has  the  strictest  of  all.     The  strength  of  the  strongest  man  is 
far  less  (nwt  geringer)  than  that  (bte)  of  the  elephant.     That 
general  was  more   unfortunate  than  unskilful.     The  better 
(the)  men  are,  the   happier  2they  *  are.     This   is   arranged 
(eingerid)tet)  certainly  in  a  most  comfortable  manner  (4,  Note  2). 
Augustus  was  more  successful  than  brave.     The  more,  the 

i  Tbes*  figures  indicate  tbo  order  of  the  words  io  Genaa». 


118  COMPARISON. 

better.  It  is  best.  We  are  richest,  when  we  are  most  con- 
tented. The  more  lonely  a  way  is,  the  longer  it  appears 
(fdjeint  er)  to  be.  Alexander  was  as  ambitious  (efyrgeijig)  as 
Caesar.  I  am  as  tall  as  you,  but  my  brother  is  not  so  tall  as 
you. 


2BeId)er    gtu§    tft    bretter,    bcr 

•ftedar  ober  ber  9?f)ein  ?  £>er  fttfjetn  tft  Diet  bretter. 

3ft  2BUl)eIm  ftarfer  ober  $arl?      3d)  benfe  (think)  $arl  tfl  ftarfer. 


<2inb  bie  retdjften  Scute  tmmer  am  3)a$  ijl  nid)t  immer  ber  gafl  (the 

glitcf  (idjften  ?  case). 

SBeldeS  ift  bo«  fotborte  2KetaH?    ®o«  ©o(b  it  bag  lotbarle. 


ift  bo«  foftborfte  2KetaH?    ®o«  ©o(b  ift  bag  loftbarfle. 
Slber  Juetd^eg  ift  ant  niifclidjjhit?     jDa«  @ifen  ift  am  niifcUdjften. 
SBetd^eS  ftnb  bie  beflen  SBeine?      2)ie  fpanif^en  SBetnc. 
2Bof)cr'  fomntt  ber  befte  ^affee  ?      $er  befte  Coffee  fommt  au§ 

bten. 
2BeI^e§  ifi  bie  fd)6nfte  33tume?      £)^ne  3lBCifet  (without  doubt)  bie 

&OJC. 

3ft  5ltfreb  alter  al«  @ie?  9?em,  er  tfl  jiinger  al«  tc^  ;  er  tfl 

ber  jungfte  (Sofyn. 

(Sinb  biefe  5le^fet  reif  ?  <£te  ftnb  ni^t  gan^  (quite)  fo  retf 

al«  bie  33trnen. 

SBeldjeS  ift  ba«  ftarffte  ^ier?        £)er  glep^ant'  ift  ba§  flartfte. 

2Belrf)eS  ift  ber  gro§te  ^ifrf)  ?  £>er  2Baaftfcf)  (whale)  ifl  ba« 

^ro§te  don  atten  J^ieren. 

taben  @ie  beffereg  33ier?  S^etn,  aber  id)  I)abe  befferen  2Betn. 

fl    ^raulctn   9?ofa  ein  ft^one«  <Sie  ift  fe^r  fd)b'n;  fte  ift  bie  fdjc'nftt 
9Kabd^en  ?  toon  ben  brei  <2d)tt)eftern. 

etne  fc^onere  33tume 

bie  9?of  e  ?  ^ein,  td)  lenne  feme  fdjonere. 

ift  ber  fattefk  SKonat?      S)er  Sttonat1  Oanuar  ift  ber  faltefte. 


i  German  does  not  have  the  "  genitive  of  apposition."    In  German  we  say  the  mo*O 
January,  the  city  Berlin,  and  not  the  month  OF  January,  the  city  or  Berlin, 


NUMERALS. 


119 


TWENTIETH  LESSON. 

NUMERALS. 


X   Cardinal  Numerals. 


cut,  one 

jrtrn,  two 

brei,  three 

bier,  four 

fiinf,  five 

ferf)$,  six 

fieben,  seven 

ad)t,  eight 

neun,  nine 

jeljn,  ten 

elf,  eleven 

3U)6If,  twelve 

breigefyu,  thirteen 

bierge^n,  fourteen 

fiinfeefyu,  fifteen 

Jedjjeljn,  sixteen 

fteb^efjn,  seventeen 

arf)t3ef)n,  eighteen 

neun^efyn,  nineteen 

gtoanjtg,  twenty 

etn  unb  jttwn^tg,  twenty  one 

3rt)et  unb  groau^ig,  twenty  two 

bret  unb  ^toanjig,  twenty  three 

trier  unb  ^foan^ig,  twenty  four 

fiinf  unb  gtoanjig,  twenty  five 

1800,  etntaufenb  arfjtfjunbert  or  ac 

1805,  etntaufenb  arfjt^unbert  (unb)  fiinf  or  arfjtgeljnljunbert  fiinf 
1852,  eintaufenb  arfjt^unbert  glwei  unb  funfetg  or  arfjt^e^nb/unbert 
itnbfunfaig. 

OBSERVATIONS. 

1.  Sin,  eine,  etn,  (before  a  noun)  or  enter,  cine,  etnS 
(without  a  noun),  is  declined  like  the  indefinite  article.2 

1  In  English  we  say  A  hundred  and  A  thousand.    In  German  tyunbert  and  taufenb  are 
more  frequent  than  ein  §unbert  and  ein  Staufenb. 

2  "Bet  (biefer,  etc.)  eine,  is  declined  lii«  ber  gute,  and  meln  (bein,  etc.)  etner,  liie  etr 


ferfjg  nnb  grt)angi^,  twenty  six 
fteben  unb  ^njangtg,  twenty  seven 
o^t  unb  jtoan^ig,  twenty  eight 
neun  unb  gnmngig,  twenty  nine 
brei^ig,  thirty 

ein  unb  bret^tg,  thirty  one,  etc. 
trieratg,  forty 
fiinfatg,  fifty 
jcdjjtg,  sixty 
jtebgig,  seventy 
ac^tjig^,  eighty 
neunjtg,  ninety 
l^unbert,1  a  hundred 
ljunbert  unb  ein^,  a  hundred  and 
^oei^unbert,  two  hundred     [one 
breitjunbert,  three  hundred 
trier  ^unbert,  four  hundred 
fiinf  Ijunbert,  five  hundred 
tanfenb,1  a  thousand 
gtoei  taufenb,  two  thousand 
gefyn  taufenb,  ten  thousand 
^nfgtg  taufenb,  fifty  thousand 
ljunbert  taufenb,  a  hundred  thou- 
sand 
eine  Stilton,  a  million 


120  NUMERALS. 

2.  One  or  ones  after  an  adjective  must  not  be  translated 
into  German.  Thus,  a  good  one  =»  etn  guter  (masc.),  or  if 
feminine,  cine  gute  ;  neuter,  ein  guteS. 


3.  Smti  has  jtueter  and  bret  has  breter  in  the  genitive, 
when  used  before  a  substantive,  unless  the  substantive  is 
accompanied  by  some  word  which  by  its  form  shows  that 
the  genitive  case  is  meant;  i.e.,  jroeter  and  breier  are  in 
general  only  used  to  prevent  ambiguity  as  to  case.   Thus, 
jroeier  ©rafen,  ber  jroei  ©rafen,  bret  softer  glafdjen.     After 
all  numerals  of  may  be  translated  »on. 

£)te  ©letdjljeit  gtoeter  35retecfe,  The  equality  of  two  triangles. 
3)a8  23iinbm§  breier  £6nige,  The  alliance  of  three  kings. 
(Sine  gamilie  toon  gefjn  ^erfonen,  A  family  of  ten  persons. 
But  3)tefcr  brei  $naben,  Of  these  three  boys. 
•Dfoiner  gtret  Strnen,  Of  my  two  pears. 

4.  All  the  numerals  from  jtt>et  to  ^unbert  may  take 
Ctt  in  the  dative  plural,  when  used  substantively.      It  is, 
however,  better  to  use  them  without  a  termination. 

33on  breien,  of  or  from  three;  mit  fttnfen,  with  five;   untet 
,  among  twenty. 


5.  £wnbert  and  Xaufenb,  when  nouns,  are  declinable,  as  : 

N.  and  A.  ^junberte,  hundreds;  bte  ^unberte,  the  hundreds: 
Gen.  ber  Xaufenbe,  of  the  thousands. 

6.  A  person's  age  is  expressed  as  in  English.    Ex.  : 

How  old  are  you  ?  2Bte  alt  ftnb  <3te  ? 

I  am  twenty  years  old,  3d)  bin  jroanjtg  Saljre  alt 

7.  The  hours  of  the  day  or  night  are  expressed  thus  : 
Two  o'clock,  $mt\  Ufyr. 
A  quarter  past  two,  ein  JBiertel  (auf)  bret  (towards  three)  or  cio 

SBiertel  narf)  gttjei.    In  this  form  of  expression  the  auf  is 

often  omitted, 


NUMERALS.  121 

Half-past  two,  £m(6  bret. 

A  quarter  to  three,  3)ret  33terte(  (auf)  bret  or  em  33tertet  toor  bret. 

What  o'clock  is  it  ?    SBie  Diet  Ufa  ift  eS  ? 

At  three  o'clock,  Urn  bret  Itljr.1 

8.  By  adding  erlet  to  the  cardinals,  numerals  such  as 
einerlet,  of  one.  kind;  jroeterlet,  of  two  kinds;  breierlet, 
mererlet,  jefwerlei;  manner  let,  of  several  kinds;  »ielerlei,  of 
many  kinds;  allerlet,  of  att  kinds,  are  formed.  These 
admit  of  no  inflexion.  They  precede  the  noun.  Ex.  : 


<5te  mtr  ^toeierlet  £ud),  b(aite«  itnb  fc^Joarge^,  Show  me 
two  kinds  of  cloth,  blue  and  black. 

9.  The  muLtiplicatives  are  formed  by  adding  the  syllable 
f  ad)  to  the  cardinal  numbers  ;  as  : 

einfad),  simple,  single  breifad),  triple,  threefold 

^ttetfarf),  twofold  toierfarf),  quadruple 

boppett,  double  geljnfarf),  tenfold,  etc. 

10.  Single,  meaning  separate,  individual,  is  translated 
tinjeltt  ;  but  in  the  sense  of  one  and  no  more,  it  is  etttjig. 
Ex.: 

Single  words,  eu^efne  Sorter.  A  single  word,  em  ehtjtgeS  Sort. 

11.  Only,  also  is,  when  an  adjective,  rendered  by  dltjig, 

O  q   * 

My  only  son,  mem  em^tger 


12.  The  numeral  adverbs  are   etnmal,   once;   jwcttttol, 
twice,  etc. 

WORDS. 

bte  etnen  (literally   the    ones)  bag  <3rf)af,  the  sheep 

some   (in  contradistinction  geboren,  born 

from  others).  ber  ^urfer,  sugar 

bte  ^reunbfdjaft,  the  friendship  etne  3^e9e/  a 


iTime  by  minutes  is  expressed  as  in  English,  thus:   jf§n  URinuten  Bcr  brtt,  fflnf 

SDimuten  nadj  elf. 


122  NUMERALS. 

boo  2rd)joein,  pi. — e,  the  pig  etne  3nfet,  an  island 

ber  Gimooljner,  the  inhabitant  3glanb,  Iceland 

bie  3d)lctd)t,  the  battle  bie  SBaumtDolle,  the  cotton 

bcr  fallen,  the  bale  ber  9?eifenbe,  the  traveller 

ba3  Oafyr,  the  year  leben,  to  live 

btc  2Bodjc,  the  week  beinafye,  nearly 

bie  SOZeUe,  the  mile  mefyr  al3,  more  than 

btc  9tettolution,  the  revolution 

HEADING  EXERCISE  41. 

3d)  Ijabe  nur  (only)  e  t  n  e  n 1 33ruber.  @te  Ijaben  nur  cine  (Sdjtoefter. 
£)ie  ^reunbfrfjaft  biefer  brei  banner.  SNein  £)f)cim  fyat  neun  $inbet 
gefyabt.  @r  fyat  brei  3ofme  unb  toier  Sodjter  Dertoren.  $M\ 
fjaben  gtuanjig  ^iigc;  bcnn  jebe§  ^Jferb  Ijat  Dter  ^iipc.  llnter 
5lepfetn  war  nid)t  e  t  n  gitter.  (Sine  2Bod)e  Ijat  fieben  Xage.  (Sin 
Ijat  Dtcruub^wanjig  otunben.  jDie[eg  2)orf  Ijat  adjtjctjn^unbcrt  jiu 
unb  jwan^ig  Ginnjoljner,  unb  brctb^unbert  ad)t  unb  brcipig  ^aitfcr. 
3e^n  unb  fiinf  unb  bterjtg  mad)cn  filnf  unb  fimfeig.  82  unb  67  ntadjen 
349.  —  4  mat  (times)  8  ftnb  32.  —  7  mat  9  fmb  63.  —  21  mat  32 
jtnb  672.  — 3d]  bin  geboren2  (born)  im  3ab,r(e)  1814,  unb  mein 
jungfter  33ruber  im  3a?rc  1818.  9#af)omeb  lebte  im  Oaljre  622.  3m 
3al)re  1492  t)at  Sotumbu^  9lmerifa  cntbcrft  (discovered).  J)ie  9?efor^ 
motion  in  £>eutfd)lanb  begann  im  3ah,re  1517.  2)ie  <Stabt  Bonbon 
gafjtt  1300  (Stra§en,  1100  ^hr^en  unb  betnafjemcr  gKiaionen  (Smttjob;* 
ner.  2Sir  fyaben  99  SBaflen  ^aumiuone  gefauft.  SDer  ^b'nig  b^at  nteb^r 
ol8  3toan$tg  ©djtoffer.  2)tc  geinbc  b^aben  mefjr  al^  bret^tg  ^anonen 
toerloren. 

Hufgafcc  42. 

1.  My  neighbor  has  three  houses ;  I  have  only  (nur)  one. 
Our  cousin  has  a  new  one  (see  2).  The  peasant  has  54  sheep, 
18  pigs,  and  11  goats.  He  has  also  5  horses,  8  cows,  and  an 
ox.  A  month  has  30  days.  February  has  only  28.  A  year 
has  12  months,  52  weeks  or  365  days.  I  am  17  years  old ;  I 
was  (tin)  born  in  the  year  1835.  My  father  is  48  years  old ; 
he  was  (tft)  born  1810.  I  have  bought  46  pounds  [of]  sugar 
and  100  pounds  [of]  coffee.  In  the  year  1848.  —  3  times  9 
make  (madjen)  27.— 35  and  42  make  77.  I  have  lost  a  hundred 
florins.  Is  it  three  o'clock?  No,  Sir,  it  is  half  past  three." 

i  Germans  frequently  print  etn,  one,  with  spaced  letters  (thus  e  t  n)  to  distinguish  it 
from  tin,  a. 
1 1  wap  born ;  it  is  really  the  passive  with  iccrben  omitted. 


NUMEBALS  123 

2.  The  city  [of]1  Strasburg  has  5400  houses  and  nearly 
60.000  inhabitants.  How  much  are  8  times  15  ?  8  times  15  are 
120.  The  battle  of  (bet,  near)  Leipsic  took  place  (fcmb  ftatt2)  in 
the  year  1813.  The  French  revolution  began  (beganu)  (in) 
1789.  Iceland  lies  in  the  North  (tut  Shorten)  of  Europe,  is  400 
miles  long  and  150  broad.  We  arrived  (jutb  anget'ommen)  in 
(int)  October  1832,  and  sailed  (abgefcgelt)  in  January  1833. 
This  traveller  has  seen  more  than  32  towns  and  95  villages. 
Show  me  three  kinds  [of]  paper,  blue,  green  and  brown  (brattn). 

II.    Ordinal    Numbers. 

These  are  formed  from  the  cardinals  by  adding  the 
termination  tf  to  the  numbers  from  two  to  nineteen,  and 
fte  to  the  remainder,  beginning  with  twenty.  T  lie  first 
and  tJie  third,  however,  are  irregular,  being  ber  erfte,  ber 
britte. 


the  1st,  ber  (bte,  ba8)  erftc  the  23rd,  ber  bret  unb 

the  2d,  ber  ^toette  the  30th,  ber  bretfttgfte,  zc. 

the  3rd,  ber  brttte  the  40th,  ber  toieqtgfte 

the  4th,  ber  Inerte  the  50th,  ber  funfetgfte 

the  5th,  ber  fiinfte  the  60th,  ber  fedjgtgfte 

the  6th,  ber  ferfjfte  the  70th,  ber  fiebjtgfte 

the  7th,  ber  ftebente  the  80th,  ber  adjtgigfte 

the  8th,  ber  ad)te  the  90th,  ber  neun^tgfte 

the  9th,  ber  neimte  the  100th,  ber  ljunbertfte 

the  10th,  ber  jefynte  the  101st,  ber  fyunbert  itnb  erftc 

the  llth,  ber  etfte  the  102d,  ber  Intnbert  unb  gtoeite 

the  12th,  ber  gtootfte  the  120th,  ber  ^unbert  unb 

the  13th,  ber  bretgefynte  ^9f*e'  K- 

the  14th,  ber  bterje^nte  the  200th,  ber  ^uetf)itnbertfte 

the  15th,  ber  fitnfjetjnte  the  300th,  ber  breifyunbertfte,  K. 

the  16th,  ber  fecfoefytte  :c.  the  1000th,  ber  taufenbfte 

the  20th,  ber  ^angigftc  the  2000th,  ber  ^ettaufenbfte 

the  21st,  ber  cm  unb  grtjan^tgfte  the  10,000th,  ber  ^eljntaufenbfte 

the  22d,  ber  ^ttet  unb  gnjan^tgftc  the  last,  ber  (bte,  ba§)  Ic^te 

the  1255th,  ber  jtoolfljuitbert  funf  unb  funfgtgfte  or  ber  taufenb 
3niet^unbert  fitnf  unb  funfjtgfte. 

i  bee  foot-note,  page  118.  s  ©tatt  comes  last  of  all. 


124  NUMERAIA 

OBSERVATIONS. 

1.  In   compound   numbers   the  last  only   can  be   an 
ordinal  ;  the  others  remain  cardinals,  as  : 
tyunbert  mer  unb  gtuan^igfte,  the  124th. 


2.  Dates  are  expressed  as  follows: 

On  the  10th  of  May,  2lm  (or  ben)  getynten 

"What  day  of  the  month  is  it  ?    !Dcr  ttne&ielte  tft  tyeute  ? 

It  is  the  eighth,  (gg  tft  bcr  adjte  or  nut  tyaben  ben  adjten. 

3.  £er  crfte  and  fcer  (e£te  assume  sometimes  a  compara- 
tive form,  when  referring  to  one  of  two  persons  or  objects  : 
ber,  tic,  ta3  crftere,  tJie  first,  tJie  former;  tcr,  tie,  tag  Ie£tcre, 
the  latter. 

4.  From  the  ordinals  are  formed  adverbs  in  en$,  e.g.t 

erfteng  (or  erftlic^),  first  ttterteng,  fourthly,  etc. 

gftieitenS,  secondly  ge^nten^,  tenthly 

britteng,  thirdly  elften^,  eleventhly,  etc. 


5.  The  fractional  numbers  (with  the  exception  of 
half]  are  derived  from  the  ordinals,  by  adding  Xfyetl,  part, 
which,  however,  is  commonly  shortened  to  tfl,  as  :  cin 
3)riMt)eU  or  Xrittel,  a  third;  cin  Sicrtyctl  or  SStertel,  a 
quarter;  cin  giinftcl  :cv  cin  3e(>ntel  ;  c^n  B^blftel;  tret 
Slcfytel,  three-eighths;  »ier  $vwhwtftt\tfour-hundredths;  jtebcn 
Xaufentftcl,  seven-tho-usandths,  etc. 


6.  ^)alb,  half,  is  an  adjective  and  is  placed  after  the 
article,  as: 

Sin  Ijalber  £ag,  half  a  day,  (a  half  day). 
Sine  fyalbe  (Stimbe,  half  an  hour. 
(Sin  IjalbeS  Satyr,  half  a  year. 

So  also,  aang,  whole,  e.g  ,  ba§  gange  Satyr,  the  whole  year. 
all  the  year. 


NUMEEALS.  125 

NOTE. — With  djaflj  dimidiative  numerals  are  formed,  as:  brttteljal61=2J; 
t)iertel)aI6— 31 ;  fitnfteljalJ3=4£  jc.  Instead  of  jttjeite^atb,  anbert^alB  is 
used.  All  these  are  indeclinable. 

Stafjre,  one  year  and  a  half. 
©lien,  three  yards  and  a  half. 
We  may,  however,  say  with  equal  propriety,  trier  unb  cine  fyal&e  @tte  or  iriei 
(Sflen  unb  eine  Ijalfce.  —  The  half,  bie  -galfte. 

I 

WORDS. 

ber  33anb,  the  volume  biefleicfjt',  perhaps 

bie  g(afd)e,  the  bottle  bag  3ab,rl)un'bert,  the  century 

bie  piaffe,  the  class  bag  fitter,  the  age 

ber  ^apft,  the  pope  ber  £ljee,  tea 

ber  gtinb,  the  enemy  bie  Sftegie'rung,  the  reign 

ber  £>er'3og,  the  duke  berfyei'ratfyet,  married 

ber  |>afe,  the  hare  fleifetg,  industrious,  diligent. 

READING  EXERCISE  43. 

3)er  erfte  SJJonat  beg  britten  3aljreg.  £>er  gtoette  Sag  ber  bierten 
SBodje.  !£>aS  fec^fte  ^enfter  beg  bterten  Stotfg  (story).  §err  9?obtn* 
fon  roar  jtuet  unb  brei^tg  2Bod)en  franf ;  in  ber  brei  nnb  brctfttgften  ftarb 
er  (he  died).  Qatob  ber3tweite  (James  II)  ftarb  in  ^ranfreid)  beti 
(on  the)  merjefynten  September  1701.  ©eorg  IDE  tmtrbe  ben  22. 
(September  17i61  in  ber  ^eftminfter^btet  (abbey)  gefront  (crowned). 
(Sr  roar  bet  fetner  S^ronbefteigung  (accession)  ^roei  nnb  groan^ig  5ab,re 
alt  Siibroig  XIV  (ber  ^ier^e^nte)  ftarb  im  3af)r  1715;  gubroig  XV  im 
3a!)re  1774;  Sitbwig  XVI  im  Qafyt  1793.  ;Drei  Ic^tet  ftnb  bie 
^icilfte  non  brei  33iertet.  2)ieg  ift  metn  fitnfteg  @(ag.  ®ie  faan  roar 
nnbert^atb  Safyre  franl.  §ier  ift  jroeiertei  3Bein,  rotter  nnb  roei^er. 
aBtcotet  Ufir  (what  o'clock)  ift  eg?  (£g  ift  fiinf  U|«  ober  toiefleid)t 
ein  S3iertet  auf  fedjg.  £>einrid)  ber  2ld)te,  ^onig  con  (Sngtanb,  roar 
fed)gmal  berrjeirat^et 

Kufga6c  44. 

1.  The  first  day.  The  third  year.  I  have  the  fifth  volume. 
The  second  week  of  the  seventh  month.  This  is  our  sixth 
bottle.  The  eighth  year  of  the  nineteenth  century.  The  child 
was  a  week  and  a  half  old.  Charles  is  the  twentieth  in  his 
class.  March  is  the  third,  June  is  the  sixth,  and  December 

J  Or  britt^otb,  etc. 


126  NUMERAIA 

the  last  month  of  the  year.  The  duke  of  (toon)  Marlborough 
won  (genmnu)  the  battle  of  (bei)  Hochstsett  on  the  12th  [of] 
August,  1704.  He  died  the  16th  of  June,  1722. 

2.  (The)  pope  Gregory  (®regor)  VIC  was  an  enemy  of 
Henry  IV.  Edward  HI  took  (eroberte)  Calais  on  the  3rd  of 
August,  1347.  I  have  been  five  times  in  Paris  and  four  times' 
in  Brussels.  "We  sailed  the  26th  [of]  November,  1850,  and 
arrived  the  14th  [of]  April,  1851.  Peter  (^eter)  the  Great  died 
at  St.  Petersburg!!  on  the  8th  [of]  February,  1725,  in  the  53rd 
year  of  his  age  and  in  the  43rd  of  his  reign.  Tell  me  (fagen 
<3ie  mir)  what  o'clock  it  is.  It  is  four  o'clock  or  half  past  four. 
I  shall  go  out  at  (urn)  a  quarter  to  five. 


SSie    mele     $mber     b,ot     £err  (£r  Ijat  6  tinber:  2  (Sofjne  unb 

Srottm?  4  £brf)ter. 

2Bte  oft  ip  fetn  aftefter  <Sofm?  @r  tp  18  3af>re  aft. 

Sie  aft  tft  feme  iiingfte  £od)ter?  <3ie  ift  fimfteljalb  3ab,re  aft. 
3n    toeldjem    3aljrljunbert   leben 

totr?  2Bir  leben  im  19. 

SteDtel  fmb  30  unb  50  ?  30  unb  50  ftnb  80. 

SQBtetriet  ift  gtoSlf  mat  gwblf  ?  12  mal  12  ift  144. 
2Baren  Sic  geftern  auf  ber  3agb 

(hunting)  ?  ^a,  geftern  unb  Ijeute. 

2Ba«  b,aben  (Sic  gef^offeu  (shot)?  2Bir  ^aben  13  ^afen  gefrfjoffen. 
SBeldjen  ^pla^  (place)  ^at  ©eorg  gr  ift  feb,r  flei^tg,  er  t)at  immer 

in  ber  Sdjute?  (always)  ben  erften  ^la^. 

Unb  fein  Sruber  Softer?  Softer  ift  ber  26.  in  f  enter  tlaffe. 

2Bann  wurbe1  ^ort  V  geboren?  (5r  tt)itrbe  geboren  im  Oafjre  1500. 

2Bann  ftarb  ^eter  ber  ®rofee?  5lnt  (or  ben)  8.  gebruor  1725. 

2Bte  att  war  cr?  (gr  war  53  3ab,re  aft. 
^aben  ©te  f^on  totet  2Betn  gc= 

trunfen?  35a8  ift  unfere  britte  ^lafrfjc. 

2Bte  met  £ljee  wiinfdjen  <Ste?  3^  wiinfdje  bret  S3tertet  ^funb.* 

SSetdjeS  tp  bte  ^alfte  toon  f?  SDte  ^atfte  t>on  |  ifl  f  ober  ft. 

2Baren  (Sie  lange  in  ^mertfa?  4  3;a^re,  7  donate  unb  23  Sage. 

2Bte  otel  Ub,r  ift  e§  ?  (g«  ift  11  Uljr  ober  ^alb  12.  - 


1  See  the  second  foot-note  on  page  122. 

2  Masculine  or  neuter  (not  feminine)  nouns  of  weight,  measure,  etc.,  are  put  in  th« 
singular  after  numerals,  e.g.,  btci  guji  long,  three  feet  long. 


VERBS.  127 

$6mten  @ie  mtr  fogen,  ttrie  Diet  3d)  fyabe  feme  llfjr,  aber  e3  mag 
Ufjr  e«  ift?  f)alb  gaiei  Uljr  fein. 

3ft  eg  fdjon  em  SSiertel  auf  bier?  (§3  ift  fdjon  brei  $ierte(  auf  toter. 

lint  ttne  met  Ub,r  fpetfen  ©ie?  3d)  fpeife  (dine)  urn  12  Uf)r. 

Urn  ft>te  met  U^r  ge^en  @ie  311  llm  10  ll^r  ober  l)atb  11. 
Sett? 


TWENTY-FIRST  LESSON. 

THE  VERB.    $ft8 

GENERAL  REMARKS. 

1.  In  English,  regular  verbs  form  the  imperfect  and 
past  participle  by  adding  d  or  ed  to  the  present,  e.g.,  love, 
loved,  loved.     In  German,  regular  verbs,  called  also  verbs 
of  the  new  or  weak  conjugation,  form  the  imperfect  by 
adding  fc  or  tit  to  the  stem,  and  the  past  participle  by 
adding  t  or  ct  to  the  stem  and  prefixing  at  the  same  time 
ge,  e.g.,  lieben,  to  love,  liebte,  geliebt. 

All  verbs  which  form  either  imperfect  or  past  parti- 
ciple in  any  other  way, — with  two  exceptions  to  be  imme- 
diately stated, — are  called  irregular. 

EXCEPTION  1. — Syllables  prefixed  to  verbs  to  form  other  verbs,  are  in 
German  divided  into  two  classes,  the  separable  and  the  inseparable.  See 
page  10,  2.  Compound  verbs  containing  an  inseparable  prefix  and  a 
regular  verb,  are  counted  themselves  as  regular,  although,  in  fact,  they  all 
omit  the  ge  of  the  past  participle.  Thus  Befefeen  (compare  English  besei), 
made  up  of  Be  and  fe&en,  (fefcte,  gefefet),  has  the  imperfect  like  its  primi- 
tive, fcefefcte,  but  the  past  participle  iefefct  and  not  Begcfefct. 

EXCEPTION  2. — Verbs  having  the  infinitive  in  tren  (also  spelled  iercn)/ 
likewise  omit  the  ge  of  the  past  participle,  but  are  nevertheless  all  counted 
as  regular.  E.g.,  fhtbtren,  ftubirtc,  ftubirt  (not  geftubirt). 

2.  A  complete  list  of   irregular  verbs  will  be  given 
further  on.     The  following  rules,  however,  will  aid  the 
student  in   distinguishing   at   sight  regular  verbs  from 
irregular  verbs. 


128  VERBS. 

a)  All  verbs  which  have  more  than  two  syllables  in  the 
infinitive  are  regular.1     We  should  not,  for  instance,  need 
to  look  into  any  list  to  determine  to  which  class  rcilttgcn 
and  mb'bltren  belong. 

b)  All  verbs  (with  the  seven  or  eight  exceptions  which 
follow)  having  o,  u  or  eu,  or  any  modified  vowel  (i.e.,  a,  b, 
ii  or  du)  in  the  stem  are  regular. 

;  EXCEPTIONS.  —  The  modal  auxilaries  (already  conjugated  in  Lesson 
Seventeen),  and  f  ommen,  to  come  ;  fiojjen,  to  push;  ritfen,  tocatt;  gotten,  to 
ferment;  gebdren,  to  bear,  bring  forth;  fdjtoaren,  to  suppurate;  mwaflcn,  to 
weigh,  consider;  erlofdjen,  to  go  out  (as  a  fire)  ;  fdjttjoten,  to  swear  ;  fcetrugen, 
to  cheat;  luflen,  to  lie  ;  furen,  to  choose. 

CONJUGATION  OP  A  REGULAR  VERB. 


To  Praise. 

INDICATIVE.  SUBJUNCTIVE. 

PRESENT    TENSE. 

id)  lobe,  I  praise,  I  am  praising    id)  lobe,  I  may  praise 
bu  lobft  or  lobeft,  bu  lobeft, 

er  (fte,  e^)  lobt  or  lobet,  er  lobe, 

ttitr  toben,  tutr  toben, 

i()r  lobt  or  lobet,  )  tb,r  lobet,    ) 

@tc  loben,  )  <Stc  loben,  ) 

fte  loben.  fie  loben. 

IMPERFECT. 

id)  lobte,1  1  praised  id)  Iob(e)te,f  (if)  I  praised 

bulobteft,  bulob(e)tefl, 

er  lobte,  er  (ob(e)te, 

n)tr  lobten,  fair  Iob(e)ten/ 

ib,rlobtet,  t^r  Iob(e)tct, 

fte  lobten.  fte  Iob(e)ten. 

1  In  reckoning  the  number  of  syllabl?s,  in  order  to  apply  this  rule,  prefixes  must 
be  disregarded  ;  befallen,  for  instance,  must  be  counted  as  of  only  two  syllables.  A 
list  of  the  inseparable  prefixes  has  already  been  given,  page  10,  2;  the  separable  ones 
will  be  considered  further  on. 

J  In  the  Indicative  tc$  lobete,  etc..  would  be  very  rare;  in  the  subjunctive  less  so. 
But  with  verbs  like  teben,  atfcmen,  fegnen,  the  irnperf.,  both  ind.  and  subj.,  is  refcett, 
at^mete,  fegnete.  See  Observations  on  page  130. 


VEEBS.  129 

INDICATIVE.  SUBJUNCTIVE. 

FIRST    FUTURE. 

tdj  roerbe  loben,  I  shall  praise  id)  roerbe  loben,  I  shall  praise 

bit  roirft  loben,  bu  roerbeft  loben, 

er  roirb  loben,  er  roerbe  loben, 

roir  hjerbcn  loben,  roir  roerben  loben, 

iljr  roerbet  loben,    |  tt)r  roerbet  loben,    j 

<Sie  roerben  loben,  j  @ie  toerbcn  toben, ) 

fie  tnerben  loben.  fie  toerben  loben. 

PERFECT. 

id)  fyabe  getobt,  I  have  praised  id)  fyabe  gelobt,  I  may  have 

bit  fjaft  gelobt,  bit  Ijabeft  getobt,  praised 

er  b,at  getobt,  jc.  er  ^abe  gelobt,  :c, 

PLUPERFECT. 

id)  fjatte  gelobt,  I  had  praised       id)  b.dtte  gelobt,  (if)  I  had  praised 
bu  fyatteft  gelobt,  bu  Ijatteft  gelobt, 

er  fyatte  getobt,  zc.  er  Ijatte  getobt,  ac. 

SECOND  FUTURE. 

id)  toerbe  gelobt  b,oben,  I  shall      id)  roerbe  gelobt  Ijaben,  I  shall 

have  praised  have  praised 

bu  roirft  gelobt  Ijaben,  K.  bu  roerbeft  gelobt  Ijaben,  tc. 

FIRST    CONDITIONAL. 

id)  roiirbe  loben,  I  should  praise     roir  roitrben  loben,  we  should 
bu  tourbeft  loben,  ib,r  roitrbet  loben,  praise 

er  roitrbe  loben,  fie  roiirben  loben. 

SECOND    CONDITIONAL. 

id)  roitrbe  gelobt  b,aben  or  id)  fya'tte  gelobt,  I  should  have  praised 
bu  roiirbeft  gelobt  Ijaben  or  fjatteft  gelobt,  thou  wouldsthave  praised. 

IMPERATIVE. 

lobe,  praise  (thou)  toben toir or Ia§tun§ loben, jlet  us 

er  lobe,  lobe  er  or  er  fott  loben,  roir  rooden  (oben,  j  praise 

let  him  praise  . 

fie  foUen  loben,  let  them  praise  lob(e)t  or  loben  <2>ie,  praise  (you). 

INFINITIVE. 

Pres.  loben  or  ^u  loben,  to  praise 

urn  .  .  .  3U  loben,  (in  order)  to  praise. 
Past,  gelobt  fyaben  or  gelobt  ju  Ijaben,  to  have  praised. 

PARTICIPLES. 

Pres.  lobenb,  praising.         Past,  gelobt  (gelobet),  praised. 


130  VERBS. 

NOTE  1.—  Germans  s:iy  for  am  learning,  etc.,  lerne  and  not  bin  Imtcnb. 

NOTE  2.  —  Interrogative  foiin  :  Do  I  praise,  lobe  id)  ?  Did  I  praise,  lobte 
id)  ?  or  fyabe  id)  .  .  .  gelobt  ?  —  Negative  :  I  do  not  praise,  id)  lobe  .  .  .  nid)t 
I  did  not  praise,  id)  lobte  .  .  .  nidjt  or  id)  Ijabe  .  .  .  md)t 


The  following  are  examples  of  regular  verbs  : 

Heben,  to  love,  like  ftrafen,  to  punish 

leben,  to  live  fteflen,  to  place  upright 

fjolen,  to  fetch,  to  go  for  geigen  (dot.  of  the  person),  to  show 

fcfjtrfen,  to  send  reifen,  to  travel 

banfen  (dot.),  to  thank  leeren,  to  empty 

faufen,  to  buy  fitflen,  to  fill 

leg  en,  to  lay,  to  put  rufyen,  to  rest 

furfjen,  to  seek  roafjlen,  to  choose 

nmdjeii,  to  make  bienen,  to  serve 

ladjen,  to  laugh  flagen  (dot.  of  the  person),  to 

roeinen,  to  weep  complain 

fragen,  to  ask  ttofynen,  to  live,  to  dwell 

fagen  (dat.  ofthepersori),  to  say    braurfjen,  to  want 
fptelen,  to  play  Dexlb/etbigen,  to  defend 

lefyren,  to  teach  get)ord)en  (dot.  of  the  person},  to 

lernen,  to  learn  obey. 

OBSKilVATIONS. 

1.  "Wherever  in  the  above  paradigm  alternative  forms 
are  given  like  tu  lobft  or  lobeft,  gelobt  or  gelobet,  the  shorter 
is  the  one  to  be  used  by  the  student.  The  forms  with 
the  connecting-  vowel  c  are  apt  to  occur  : 

a)  In  the  subjunctive  mode  more  than  in  the  indicative. 

V)  In  old  German,  in  poetry,  and  in  the  language  of 
prayer  or  other  solemn  discourse. 

c)  Where  euphony  requires  them,  and,  in  general,  in 
verbs  the  stem  of  which  ends  in  t>  or  t.  Thus,  e3  regnet,  not 
regnt,  it  rains  ;  bit  atbmefl,  not  atljmfl  ;  er  terete,  not  rebte,  etc. 

Hereafter,  as  hitherto  in  this  book,  in  cases  where  this 
alternative  might  be  permissible,  it  is  the  usiwl  form 
which  is  given. 

9tckn,  To  Talk 

PRESENT. 

S.  id)  rebe,  I  talk  PL  roir  rebett,  we  talk 
bit  rebeft,  ib,r  rebet, 

cr  rebet,  <Sie  reben, 

man  rebet,  fie  reben. 


VEEBS.  131 

IMPERFECT. 

/£  id)  rebete,  I  talked  PL  tmr  rebeten,  we  talked 

bit  rebeteft,  tfyr  rebetet, 

er  rebete,  (Sic  rebeten, 

fie  rebete,  fie  rebeten. 

PERFECT. 
id)  Ijabe  gerebet,  I  have  talked. 

PLUPERFECT 

icf)  Ijatte  gerebet  jc. 

In  the  same  manner  are  conjugated  : 

ontroorten,  to  answer  bilben,  to  form 

arbeiten,  to  work  atfjmcn,  to  breathe 

beten,  to  pray  bittben,  to  suffer,  endure 

tobten,  to  kill  leugnen,  to  deny 

adjten,  to  esteem  fd)tad)ten,  to  kill 

baben,  to  bathe  lanben,  to  land 

roarten,  to  wait  furdjten,  to  fear,  to  be  afraid 

mietfjen,  to  hire,  to  take  retten,  to  save,  etc. 

2.  Verbs  ending  in  fen,  fen,  fcfyen  or  jen  sometimes 
retain  the  e  only  in  the  second1  person  of  the  singular, 
while  dropping  it  in  the  third. 

id)  tcmje,  I  dance  id)  gcnjefee,  I  enjoy 

bit  tcmgeft,  thou  dancest  bu  gemefleft,  thou  enjoyest 

er  tanjt,  he  dances,  etc.  er  genie^t,  he  enjoys,  etc. 

Such  are  : 

n>imfd)en,  to  wish  Ijaffen,  to  hate 

to  put,  to  place  fdjci^en,  to  value,  to  esteem. 


3.  Verbs  whose  root  ends  in  el  or  er,  drop  the  e  from 
the  termination  of  the  infinitive,  as  :  tabeln  (not  tabelen),  to 
blame  ;  fyanbeln,  to  act  ;  tt)ant>ern,  to  wander. 

In  the  first  person  singular  of  the  present  tense,  verbs 
ending  in  eln  leave  out  the  e  before  I  ;  verbs  in  ern  some- 
times omit  the  e  before  r, 

i  But  most  verbajn  fen,  §en  commonly  omit  the  e,  even  when  the  second  person 
is  thus  made  to  co-incide  with  the  third,  i.e.,  bu  gcnte^t,  er  gemejjt,  bu  ijjt,  er  ijjt. 


132  VEBBS. 

PRESENT. 

id)  fyanbie  (not  I^anbele),  I  act       id)  beiuunbere,  I  admire 
bu  fyanbelft,  bu  benwnberft, 

er  fyanbelt,  er  bettunbert, 

toir  Ijanbeln,  we  act  loir  bettwnbern,  we  admire 

ib,r  fyanbelt,  tfjr  bettwnbert, 

<5ie  fyanbeln,  <3ie  betmmbern, 

fie  b/anbetn.  fie  bettwnbem. 

IMPERFECT. 

id)  fyanbelte,  I  acted,  etc.  id)  betounberte,  I  admired,  etc. 

Such  are: 

fegeln,  to  sail  rubern,  to  row 

fdjiitteln,  to  shake  Ilettern,  to  climb. 

4.  The  following  verbs  and  those  derived  from  them, 
are  quite  regular  in  their  terminations,  but  change  in  the 
imperfect  and  past  part,  the  vowel  of  the  stem  into  a  : 

INFINITIVE.  IMPERFECT.  PART.  PAST. 

brennen,  to  burn                         id)  branntc  gebrannt 
fennen,  to  know  (be  acquainted 

with,  Fr.  connaitre)                id)  fannte  gefannt 

nennen,  to  name                          id)  nonnte  gencmnt 

rennen,  to  run                            id)  rannte  gerannt 

fenben,  to  send                            id)  fanbte1  gefanbt 

mcnben,2  to  turn                          id)  toanbte  getuaubt 

benfen,  to  think                           id)  badjte  gebad)t 

bringen,  to  bring                         id)  bradjte  gebrad)t 

h)iffen,  to  know  (Fr.  savoir)        id)  nwfcte  gettJU^t. 

The  present  indicative  of  the  last  is:  id)  weifj,  bu  toeifjt,  er  toeif,  totr  toif- 
fen,  i^t  toi§t,  fie  ttriffen. 

WORDS. 

bie  (gigenfd)aft,  the  quality  ba8  !Ding,  pi  —  e,  the  thing 

ber  $>ei)rer,  the  teacher  ber  ^anbfdjub,,  the  glove 

bie  $lufgabe,  the  lesson,  task        ber  Hod),    )  ,  v          ••. 
ber  ^a^n,  the  cock  bie  tod)in,  f  tj 


i  In  poetry  imp.  fenbetf  ,  past  part,  gefenbet. 

«  aSencen,  to  turn,  admits  of  both  forms  :  Imp.  tdj  voenbete  and  \i)  nanbtc  .  part.  g(» 
tt'nbet  and  jjcir  autt.  —  For  bcjinnen,  see  p.  209. 


VERBS.  133 

bie  ^itdje,1  the  kitchen  topfer,  brave 

Sftiemcmb,  nobody  tra'ge,  lazy 

ber  (Sfyrtft,  the  Christian  fc!)Iafen,  to  sleep 

ber  £arm,  the  noise  frafyen,  to  crow 

baS  $alb,  the  calf  toerbtenen,  to  deserve. 

fjerrlid),  beautiful 

READING  EXERCISE  45. 

1.  3d)  liebe  ntetnen  Sritber.     £)u  Uebft  beine  (Sd)tt>efter.     j£)ie 
leben  im  2Baffer.    2Ba3  faufen  <2ie  V    3)er  $6nig  f)at  etn  <Sd)Iop 

gebaut.  £)er  $nabe  ternt.  2)er  Scorer  fjat  btefen  (SdjiUer  gelobt,  toeit 
(because)  er  fletftig  ift.  3)cr  ^nabe  t)at  feine  5lufgabe  nid)t  getemt. 
3)er  33ater  ftraft  ben  faulen  ^naben.  !Die  Gutter  fiirdjtete  ben  9fegen. 
2)te  tapferen  (Solbaten  loerben  bte  ©tabt  toertfyetbtgen.  3d)  fe^e  (see) 
ba8  fd)Iafenbe  ^inb.  Sic  Gutter  tniirbe  aurf)  fdjlafen,  toenn  bog  ^tnb 
ntdjt  franf  ware.  2Bir  iobcn  ben  fleifttgen  (2d)UIer.  3)u  ^atteft  tljn 
and)  gelobt. 

2.  97iemanb  nnrb  bte  tragen  @d)ii(er  toben.    ©eftem  ^brte  id)  einp 
fdjone  5[Ruftf.    gotten  (Sic  fie  (it)  and)  ?    3d)  fyabe  fie  nidjt  ge^ort 
§aben  bie  ^inber  geftern  gefptelt?    (Sietuerben  morgen  fptelen.    §6rfl 
bit  bie  9?ad)ttgatt  (nightingale)  fingen  ?    ^orteft  bit  ben  ^>a^n  frozen? 
®er  ^at)n  ^at  breimat  gefratjt.    3d)  ^abe  i^n  nur  etnmat  (once)  ge^brt. 
Siebet  cure  (Sttern.    ©e^ord)en  @ie  3b^ren  ?cf)rern  (dot.}.    3d)  fanrtte 
ben  SD?ann  nid)t.    2Bir  fennen  bie  guten  (Sigenfd)aften  ber  ^onigin. 
3d)  beh)unbere  bte  fjerrticrjen  33Iitmen  3^re6  ©artenS.    2Ber  bradjte 
biefen  33rief  ?    3d)  ttwfjte  nidjt,  ba§  @ie  f)ter  hjaren. 

Stufgafie  46. 

1.  I  am  looking  for  (seek)  my  hat.  He  fetches  water.  I 
thank  you  (3fynen).  The  child  wept.  Do  you  admire  this 
beautiful  tree  ?  I  admire  a  fine  picture.  People  (man)  always 
admire  (admire  always)  new  things.  "We  heard  a  great  noise. 
We  heard  the  cock  crow.  At  what  o'clock  did  it  (er)  crow  ? 
It  crowed  at  three  o'clock  this  (ace.)  morning.  You  should 
esteem  the  good  qualities  of  that  lady.  I  feared  the  cat.  The 
pious  Christian  does  not  fear  (the)  death.  I  have  not  worked 
much.  Children,  hear  my  words.  Do  you  not  hear  what 
(wag)  your  master  says?  Do  you  seek  [for]  your  cloak?  I  seek 

i  Other  words  from  the  same  stem  are :  fodjen,  to  cook  or  boil ;  ber  Rod;,  the  (man] 
cook ;  bie  ftcdjin,  the  (female)  cook  ;  ber  Sudjen,  the  cake. 


134  VERBS. 

my  gloves.    Seek  and  you  will  find.    I  have  studied  my  lesson. 
Did  you  think  (have  you  thought)  of  me  (an  mid))  ? 

2.  The  servant  was  looking  for  his  knife.  Has  he  looked 
(sought)  in  the  kitchen?  It  lies  (liegt)  in  the  kitchen.  Fear 
nothing,  I  will  defend  you.  He  talks  too  much.  Did  you 
think  of  (an,  ace.)  your  poor  mother?  I  shall  always  think  of 
her  (an  fie).  The  president  has  not  esteemed  his  friends.  He 
does  not  love  them  (fie).  The  butcher  kills  an  ox  to-day, 
yesterday  he  killed  l  two  calves.  I  liked  the  little  girl,  but  she 
did  not  like  me.  Men  (bie  2ftenfdjen)  should  love  one  another 
(einanber).  What  did  l  the  cook  buy  ?  She  bought  butter  and 
eggs.  My  nephew  has  bought  two  horses.  The  children  have 
killed  a  mouse.  He  saved  his  life  (£ebcn,  neuter). 


2Ber  ternt  ?  ®er  $nabe  lernt. 

So  leben  bte  ^ifdje  ?  @fc  k&en  int  SBaffer. 

SBarum  adjten  @ie  btefe  faau?      3d)  ad)te  tfyre  guten  (Sigenfdjaften. 

2BaS  furdjtet  bag  9ttabd)en?          (£0  fiirdjtet  ben  9tegen. 

SBarum  ftraft    ber  $ater  feinen  2Betl  er  feme  2lufgabe  nid)t  gelernt 

@ob,n  ?  b,at. 

993er  f)at  bte  <Stabt  tiert^etbtgt  ?       ®te  tapferen  (brave)  ©otbaten. 
293er  ttegt  ba?  (Sin  frf)tafenbe«  ^inb. 

SBen  lobt  ber  Scorer?  @r  lobt  bte  fletfetgen  @d)ttler. 

^ann  er  and)  bie  faulen  loben  ?       gaute  <Sd)iiIer  toerbienen  fein  ?ob. 
2Ba§  berbienen  fie?  @ie  berbienen  (Strafe. 

SSen  foil  man  tieben?  2ltte  guten  2Renfd)en. 

SSent  fotten  bte  $inber  ge^ordjen  ?  3b,ren  (Sttern  ttnb  Seb/rern. 
SSarum  fitrdjtet  ber  fromme  S^rtft 

ben  Xob  nid)t  ?  2Beit  ber  Sob  ifm  ^u  ©ott  fit^rt. 

§at  ber  ^pab,n  gefrab,t?  -3a,  er  Ijat  gweimat  gefra^t. 

©eb/cn  <Sie  tn'8  (Concert?  ^etn,  id)  geb,e  in'S  Sweater. 

b,at  bag  9JMbd)en  gefauft?     @ie  t)at  Srob  unb  ^afe  gefauft. 
Derfauft  biefe  ftratt?  @te  tterfauft  Sirnen,  2lepfel,  ^ftan* 

men  (plums)  unb  -ftiiffe. 

te^rt  biefer  ?eb,rer?  @r  Ieb,rt  ^rangoftfd)  unb  (gngltfd). 

at  ber  2JJe^ger  einen  Od)fen  ge=  5?ein,  er  b,at  gnjet  $alber  gefdjlad)* 
fd)Iad)tet?  tet. 

<Sie  bie  9?ad)tigatt  geb/brt?  3a,  fte  ftngt  b/errtid)  (gloriously). 


i  The  English  Imperfect  is  translated  more  frequently  by  the  German  Perfect,  aa  : 
I  bought  it,  id)  (ait  t8  Qtfauft.  This  rale  does  not  apply  to  the  imperfect  of  continued 
action,  e.g.,  I  wot  buying. 


VERBS.  135 

BEADING    LESSON. 
§(cfoj),  Aesop. 

$efop  gmg'dnmat  in2  cine  ftetne  (Stabt;  untertoegS *  begegnete 
(met)  er  etnem  9?eifenben,  toeldjer  (who)  ib,n  gritftte,4  unb  tljn  fragte: 
,,2Bie  lang  mu§  id)  gefjen,  bis  (till)  id)  jene3  3)orf  erretdje  (reach),  ba3 
twr  tioit  tocttem5  feljen?"  —  ,,®eb/,"  anttuortete  S2lefop.  —  ,,3d)  toetfe 
h)o()l,"  ernnberte  (replied)  ber  9feifenbe,  ,,baft  id)  geljcn  nut§,  urn  bort 
an^ufommen6;  ober  ic^  bttte '  bid^,  mtr  gu  fagen,  in  nrie  btel  gtit  id)  bort 
anfommcn  it)erbe."  —  ,f@e^,w  hneberfyolte 8  5(efo)).  —  3d)  felje,  bad^te 
ber  ^rembe,  ber  $erl9  ift  tott,10  ic^  hjerbe  ifyn  nic^t  meljr11  fragen,  itnb 
giug  fort  (went  on).  9?ad)  einigen  SDHtmtot  rief  (cried)  Slefo)?:  ,,§e, 
em  2Bort!  in  jwci  (Stunben  tmrft  bu  anfommen." 

3)er  S^etfenbe  inanbte12  fic^  um  unb  fragte  ib,n:  ,,3Sie  n)ei§t  bu  e§  je£t 
(now),  unb  hjarum  ^aft  bu  e3  mtr  nic^t  tior^tn13  gefagtV"  — ?(efop 
crtutberte:  ,,2Bte  fonnte  id)  e§  bir  fagen,  bettor  id)  beinen  ®ang  u  gefeb.cn 
b^atte?" 

TWENTY-SECOND    LESSON. 

THE  PASSIVE  VOICE. 

The  auxiliary  used  in  English  to  form  the  passive  ia 
the  verb  to  be,  e.g.,  I  am  loved,  lie  Jias  been  admired.  In 
German  not  fetn,  but  toerbert  is  used,  e.  g.,  3$  n)erbc  geltebt,  @r 
ift  bcmunbert  roorben. — We  have  already  had  two  other 
uses  of  werben, — it  means  become — e.g.,  3$  werbe  franf, 
/  am  becoming  sick, — and  followed  by  the  infinitive,  shall 
or  witt,  forming  the  future  tense,  e.g.,  id)  werbe  Iteben, 
IsJiall  love;  bu  0)trft  Itebeu,  tJiou  wilt  love. 


i  ginj,  went;  imp.  of  ge^en,  irr.  v.  -  in,  with  the  ace.,  means  into,  with  the  dot.,  in. 
»  on  the  road.  4  grujien,  to  greet.  r>  afar.  6  to  arrive  there.  "  I  beg  or  pray  thee. 
»  repeated,  said  again,  o  the  fellow.  10  a  fool,  mad.  n  no  more.  12  [i<fy  umteenben,  to 
turn  round.  13  before.  M  gait,  pace. 


136 


VERBS. 


CONJUGATION  OF  A  VERB  IN  THE  PASSIVE  VOICE, 

Wclobt  uicrDcit,  To  be  Praised 


INDICATIVE  MOOD. 


PRESENT. 

id)  toerbe  getobt,  I  am 
bit  unrft  getobt,  thou  art 
er  nnrb  getobt,  he  is 

unr  uierben  getobt,  we  are 
ib,r  toerbet  getobt,   ) 
<Sie  tterben  gelobt, )  J 
fte  ujerbeu  gejobt,  they  are 

FIRST  .FUTURE. 

id)  toerbe  getobt  toerben,  I  shall 

be  praised 
bu  unrft 
er  nnrb 

hrir  toerben 
ib,r  roerbet 
@ie  raerben 
fte  u>erben 


IMPERFECT. 

id)  ttjurbe  getobt,  I  was 

bu  ttjurbeft  getobt,  thou  wast 

^  er  ttntrbe  getobt,  he  was 

P 

"'  tnir  luurben  getobt,  we  were 


— 


PJ  ihr  hjurbet  qetoM,  { 

@ten,urbengetobt,Pouwere 
fte  ttjurben  getobt,  they  were 


PERFECT. 

id)  bin1  getobt  tt)orben,  I  have  been 
praised 

a' 
a> 


co    thou  wilt 

bubift 

co    thou  hast 

5^  he  will 

0) 

erift 

5s   he  has 

g   we  shall 

-1 

uiir  ftnb 

er 

.  "Z    we  have 

&•  |you  will 

S  ' 

C. 

i 

— 

tljr  feib 
@ie  ftnb 

O    )                  - 

S-  [  you  nave 

"     they  will  . 

fie  ftnb 

they  have  . 

PLUPERFECT. 


t^  tt)ar  getobt  h)orben,  I  had  been  praised 

bit  tt)orft  getobt  ftjorben,  thou  hadst  been  praised,  etc. 


SECOND  FUTURE. 

id)  toerbe  getobt  toorben  fern,  I  shall  have  been  praised 

bu  hnrft  getobt  toorben  fetn,  thou  wilt  have  been  praised,  etc. 

SUBJUNCTIVE  MOOD. 
PRESENT  TENSE. 

td)  toerbe  getobt,  I  may  be  praised 

bu  toerbeft  getobt,  thou  mayst  be  praised 

er  toerbe  gelobt,  he  may  be  praised,  etc. 

IMPERFECT. 

id)  hmrbe  gelobt,  I  were  praised 

bu  totirbeft  getobt,  thou  were  praised 

er  h)itrbe  getobt,  he  were  praised,  etc. 


i  SBerbtn,  as  we  have  seen  before,  forms  its  perfect,  etc.,  with  ((in  Instead  of  feafcra 
(compare  /  am  come  for  /  have  come  in  English.) 


YERBS.  137 

PERFECT. 

id)  fct  gelobt  toorben,  I  may  have  been  praised 

bu  feteft  gelobt  ttorben,  thou  mayst  have  been  praised 

er  fei  gelobt  toorben,  he  may  have  been  praised,  etc. 

PLUPERFECT. 

id)  toare  gelobt  toorben,  I  should  have  been  praised 

bu  ludreft  getobt  toorben,  thou  wouldst  have  been  praised 

er  tofire  gelobt  tuorben,  he  would  have  been  praised,  etc. 

FIRST  CONDITIONAL. 

tcfj  luitrbe  gelobt  toerben,  I  should-be  praised 

bu  toiirbeft  getobt  toerben,  thou  wouldst  be  praised 

er  ttwrbe  gelobt  toerben,  he  would  be  praised,  etc. 

SECOND  CONDITIONAL. 

id)  tourbe  gelobt  toorben  fetn,  I  should  have  been  praised 

bu  wiirbeft  getobt  tnorben  feiu,  thou  wouldst  have  been  praised 

er  tourbe  getobt  roorbcn  feiu,  he  would  have  been  praised,  etc. 

IMPERATIVE. 

Sing,  toerbe  getobt.1    Plur.  luerbet  getobt,  be  praised. 

INFINITIVE.    : 
Pres.  getobt  toerben  or  getobt  ^u  tDerben,  to  be  praised, 

um  getobt  311  toerben,  in  order  to  be  praised. 
Past,  getobt  toorben  feiu  or  ^u  fetn,  to  have  been  praised. 

PARTICIPLES. 
Pres.  311  tobenb,  to  be  praised.2 

The  following  are  examples  of  passives : 

geftraft  luerben,   to  be  punished     get)a§t  loerben,  to  be  hated 
eriBortet  luerben,  to  be  expected    geadjtet  toerben,  to  be  respected 
betot)nt  toerben,  to  be  rewarded     tierborbeu  toerben,  to  be  spoiled. 

WORDS. 

ber  9lrbettcr,  the  workman  nod)  etrnnaf,  once  more,  again 

ber  $emb,  the  enemy  betrogen,  (p.p.)  cheated,  deceived 

ber  |)of,  the  court  berbeffert,  corrected,  improved 

bte  ©pradje,  the  language  gefprodjen  (p.  p.),  spoken 

1  This  Imperative  is  hardly  ever  used.    When  a  passive  Imperative  is  required,  it  in 
commonly  formed  with  fci.    Ex. :  ©ei  gcpriefen/  o  ©ott !  Be  praised,  o  God  I 

2  The  Latin  laudandus,  a,  um.    This  participle  stands  before  its  noun  and  is  declin- 
able, as  :  An  action  to  be  praised,  Gme  511  lobenbc  ^anbtuncj.    Without  a  noun,  in  the  pre- 
dicate after  to  be,  the  form  is  ju  loben,  indeclinable.    TVius,  ®icfe  §anblung  tft  jit  I»t>«n, 
This  action  is  to  be  praised. 


138  VERBS. 

bte  £>tt3e,  the  heat  gerufen  (p-p-\  called 

arttg,  good  itopfylfetl,  cheap 

unarttg,  naughty  hneber,  again 

itadjliifftg,  careless,  negligent  geftofylen  (p-p-),  stolen 

eb,rlid),  honest  toon,  by ;  fdjon,  already 

tjofltrf),  polite  Sebermann,  everybody. 

READING  EXERCISE  47. 

3d)  ttoerbe  toon  ntetnem  £eb,rer  gelobt.  3)u  toirft  md)t  gctobt,  benn 
(for)  bit  bift  nidjt  ffetfjtg.  2Beritotrb  geftraft ?  2)er  unaufmerffame 
ititabe  nnrb  geftraft.  3)te  unartigen  wtaben  toerben  and)  geftraft. 
SOZarie  nnrb  tmmer  Don  tfyrem  SJiuftfte^rer  getabett,  n)e:t  fie  nadjtaffig 
i^t.  5DJetnc  (Souftne  unrb  toon  ^cbennann  getiebt,  meit  fte  imnier  arttg 
imb  ^oflid)  tft.  jDiejentgen,  wctrf)e  (they  who)  fletfetg  fmb,  rterben 
tctoljnt,  unb  btejemgen,  raeldje  trcige  ftnb,  werben  getabett.  3)ie  @tabt 
ttourbe  toon  ben  getnben  jerftbrt.  S)te  3lufgaben  hmrben  toon  bent  JOe^rer 
toerbeffert.  2)er  arme  S!Kann  murbe  toon  bent  ^mton  betrogen.  ^arl 
tft  befiraft  ivorben,  )oet(  er  unarttg  geroefen  tft.  !Die  listen  fonnten  ntd)t 
toerfauft  roerben,  ttjett  fte  311  fcfjledjt  njaren.  !l)te  2JJdbd)en,  roetdje  ib,re 
^lufgaben  gcntad|t  (done)  fatten,  ftnb  fritter  nad)  §aufe  gefdjtdt  njor* 
ben.  2)te  S2lrbciter  ftnb  gut  begafjtt  worben,  ttjetl  fte  totet  gearbcttet 
b.aben.  S3on  went  tft  btefe  ^lufgabe  toerbeffert  tuorben  ?  (Ste  tft  nod)  ntd)t 
toerbeffert  njorben,  ttjett  ber  £eb,rer  !etne  $t'\t  b,atte.  ©etobt  tojerben  tft 
beffer  al§  getabelt  toerben.  3)tefer  arme  ^nabe  mu^  belob/nt  roerben, 
ttiett  er  fo  efyrltd)  tft.  2)tefe  33rtefe  ntitffen  nod)  etnmal  abgefdjrieben 
(copied)  njerben,  toeU  fte  fo  fd)led)t  gefd)rieben  (badly  written)  fmb. 

9tuf0o6c  48. 

I  am  loved  by  my  brother.  This  father  loves  his  children, 
and  he  is  loved  by  them  (toon  tfynen).  Mr.  Bell  is  respected  by 
all  who  (toetdje)  *  know  1  him.  The  French  language  is  spoken 
in  (an)  all  [the]  courts  of  Europe.  This  ring  was  given  me  by 
my  good  grandfather.  By  whom  was  this  letter  written? 
I  was  called  out  of  my  room.  Frederick  has  been  punished  by 
his  teacher.  Have  the  young  plants  been  spoiled  by  the  great 
heat  ?  The  roads  have  been  spoiled  by  the  heavy  (ftarfen)  rain. 
If  this  boy  will  not  do  his  exercise,  ~  he  1  will  be  punished 
again.  He  was  punished  yesterday.  This  house  would  not 
have  been  sold,  had  it  (tua're  eg)  not  been  so  cheap.  I  am  ex- 
pected at  five  o'clock;  my  sisters  are  not  expected  till  (not 
till  =  erft  um)  seven  o'clock.  A  false  (fatfd))  man  is  feared  by 


VERBS.  139 

everybody.  This  letter  must  be  sent  to  the  post-office  (ouf  bie 
^oft).  My  watch  has  been  stolen.  To  be  loved  is  better  than 
to  be  hated. 

OBSERVATIONS  ON  THE  PASSIVE  VOICE. 

1.  As  we  have  seen,  tuerfcen,  and  not  fein,  is  used  to  form 
the  passive  voice.  When  some  part  of  fein  accompanies  the 
past  participle,  the  sense  is  different,  as  the  following 
examples  show. 

With  toerben,  With  fein, 

(the  genuine  passive  voice  ;  it  (not  really  the  passive  voice, 
is  affirmed  that  something  the  past  participle  is  used  like 
is  being  done  to  the  subject. )  an  adjective.) 

£)ieg  £>aug  ttnrb  511  fcfyncfl  gebaut.  S)ic§  "pans  ift  fdjon  gebaut.  This 
This  house  is  built  (or  getting  house  is  built  (i.e.,  finished) 
built  or  being  built)  too  fast.  already. 

$8urbe  ber  £nmb  toon  ifjncn  3)er  £mnb  ift  berttwnbet,  cr  fann 
gefdjtagen?  Was  the  dog  nid)t  geljen.  The  dog  is 
beaten  by  them  ?  wounded,  he  cannot  walk 

33urf)  ttnrb  Ijeutgutage  bid  £)ie3  33nd)  ift  gelefen,  gib  ntir  ein 
gctcfen.  This  book  is  a  good  cmbere$.  This  book  is  read, 
deal  read  nowadays.  give  me  another  one. 

$ifcf)e  nmrben  bort  mit  ^ifdf)e  genug  marcn  gcfangen  unb 
S'Je^en  gefangcn.  Large  fish  jebermann  ging  at|o  nad)  §aufe. 
were  caught  in  nets  there.  Fish  enough  were  caught, 

and  every  one   accordingly 

went  home. 

$inb  ttnrb  bon  ber  gutter  ®a§  $inb  ift  aeffiafdjcn  unb  barf 

gett)ofcf)en.    The  child  is  (or  je£t  gum  ^rii^ftucf  ge^en.     The 

is  being)    washed    by    its  child  is  washed,  and  may  now 

mother.  go  to  breakfast. 

2.  The  student  will  notice  that  in  the  English  sentences 
in  the  left  hand  column,  if  we  turn  the  passive  into  the 
active  voice,  every  present  passive  becomes  a  present 
active,  and  every  imperfect  passive,  an  imperfect  active. 
Thus  we  have ; 


140  VERBS. 

They  are  building  this  house  too  fast. 
They  beat  (impe>fe<-f)  the  dog. 
People  read  this  book  a  good  deal  nowadays. 
They  caught  large  fish  there  with  nets. 
The  mother  washes  her  child. 

On  the  other  hand,  in  the  right  hand  column,  every 
present  passive  becomes  a  perfect  active,  and  every  im- 
perfect passive  a  pluperfect  active.  Thus  we  have  : 

They  have  built  this  house  already. 

Some  one  has  wounded  the  dog,  etc. 

I  have  read  this  book,  etc. 

They  had  caught  fish  enough,  etc. 

They  have  washed  the  child,  and  now,  etc. 

3.  In  general  :  When  after  the  process  just  described, 
i.e.,  after  turning  the  passive  into  the  active,  the  tense 
remains  the  same  as  before,  roerben  must  be  used  in  trans- 
lating into  German  ;  otherwise,  fein. 

4.  Examples  of  participles  used  as  adjectives. 

I  am  inclined  or  disposed,  3d)  bin  genetgt. 

I  am  convinced  it  is  true,  3d)  bin  Ubergeugt,  baft  e3  toaljr  ift 

We  were  astonished,  3Str  nwrcn  erftount. 

The  bottles  were  emptied,  $>ie  ^afd)en  toaren  getecrt  (=Ieer, 

empty). 

The  castle  is  destroyed,  3)a8  @d)to§  tfl  ^erjlort. 
The  copy-book  is  soiled,  2)a«  £>eft  ift  befdjmujjt  (=  fdjmufctg,  dirty). 

5.  In  the  perfect  and  pluperfect  passive,  Wflrben  is  not 
unfrequently  omitted,  e.g., 

bin  emgelaben  unb  @tc  ntdjt,  I  have  been  invited  and  you  not 
33ud)  tft  gefunben,  The  book  has  been  found. 


6.    The    student   has  probably  noticed   already  that 
getoorben,  employed  as  an  auxiliary,  becomes  roorben. 

I  have  become  old,  3d)  bin  alt  gemorben,  but 
I  have  been  rewarded,  3$  bin  belofynt  ttJorben, 


VERBS.  141 

7.  A  number  of  verbs  winch  take  an  accusative  after 
them  in  English,  e.g,,  to  allow,  are  translated  in  German 
by  verbs  which  take  a  dative.  /  allow  you  is,  3$  erlaubc 
3f)nen,  not  3d)  erlaubc  <Sic.  And  so  of  course  we  cannot 
say,  in  the  passive,  (Sic  tt)crt>cn  ertaubt.  This  difficulty  is 
gotten  over  as  follows : 

I  am  allowed,  (gg  roirb  mir  ertaubt  (i.e.,  it  is  allowed  to  me)  or 

man  ertaubt  mtr  (one  allows  to  me,  not  tdt)  roerbe  erlaubt). 
He  is  allowed,  (£8  roirb  ifym  erlaubt  or  man  erlaubt  ifym. 
We  are  allowed,  (§g  roirb  un§  ertaubt  or  man  erlaubt  un3. 
I  was  allowed,  (gg  nwrbe  mtr  erlaubt  or  man  erlaubte  mtr. 

WORDS. 

ber  <Scfjmetrf)ler,  the  flatterer        etngelaben,  (p-p-),  invited 

bieSSerfdjroorung,  the  conspiracy  toeracfjten,  to  despise 

ber  <3turm,  the  storm  entbedfen,  to  discover,  detect 

bte  £I)at,  the  deed,  action  belofynen,  to  reward 

bte  Xreue,  the  fidelity  gerftoren,  to  destroy 

bie  Skrfammhtno,,  the  conven-  ermorben,  to  murder 

tion,  assembly  gefd)tcft,  clever 

bte  (Srnte,  the  harvest  ^efttg,  violent ;  juerft,  at  first 

oerrounben,  to  wound  fritter,  formerly 

gegeben,  given  m'eUetc^t,  perhaps ;  aud),  also 

fpa^teren  ge^en,  or  etnen  Spajtergang  ma^en,  to  take  a  walk. 

EEADINa  EXERCISE  49. 

2JMn  (Sotjn  ^rtebrtc^  njtrb  t>on  femem  Scorer  gettebt.  ®tefe  IJftabdjen 
toerben  gelobt  unb  geltebt,  roetl  fie  ftet^tg  unb  brao  ftnb.  !3)er  (Sptbat 
tft  in  ber  <Srf)(acf)t  tterttjunbet  roorben.  <Sie  roerben  morgen  Don  meinem 
O^etm  jum  9)iittage(fen  etngelaben  roerben.  3^r  better  ^aut  tft  aud^ 
eingelaben  roorben;  aber  er  roirb  ^u  £>aufe  bletben.  ©uftau  5tbo(p^, 
^b'ntg  pon  ©rfjroeben,  ift  in  ber  (Scfjladjt  bei  ^ii^en  getobtet  roorben. 
SBann  tft  biefe^  §au§  gebaut  roorben?  (£3  ift  Dor  (ago)  geljn  3a()ren 
gebaut  roorben.  !Die  U^r  roirb  nirfjt  berfauft  roerben.  2)er  Derlorene 
9?ing  ift  roieber  gefunben  (found)  roorben.  2)er  9J?ann  roirb  toon 
Sebermann  (everybody)  gearf)tet.  (£r  rourbe  fritter  nic^t  gearf)tet. 
3)te  <Sd)meid)ler  toerbienen,  toon  Sebermann  toeradjtet  ^u  roerben.  ®iefe 
Arbeit  ift  fefyr  (much)  berounbert  roorben.  2)te  ^Irbeiten  ber  ^vauletn 


142  VERBS. 

9Cofa  tocvbcn  nurfj  bcttwnbcrt  iucrbcn.  2)te  3?erfd)iuorHng  beg  (Sattttna 
ware  welletdjt  uidjt  cntbcrft  loovben,  toeuu  Sicero  nid)t  (£onfu(  getucfen 
ttd're.  28  tv  fpredjeu  uon  ber  311  fyoffenben  (Srrtte. 

Nufflalie  50. 

1.  I  am  praised  by  my  teacher.   We  are  loved  by  our  father. 
You  are  esteemed  by  your  neighbor.     This  house  has  been 
sold.     The  garden  will  also  be  sold.     The  enemy  is  beaten 
(gefdjtagen).     A  new  plant  was  much  (jefyr)  admired.     The 
picture  of  Mr.  T.  will  be  admired.     The  brave  soldiers  were 
praised  by  the  general.      Have  many  soldiers  been  killed? 
Charles  and  I  were  invited  by  the  count  to  (ju)  a  ball      Your 
sister  and  your  cousin  would  also  be  invited,  if  they  were l 
here.      Such   a   deed  must  be  rewarded.      That  man  was 
formerly  not  esteemed.     But  since  (fett)  '  he  5  is  *  industrious 
s  and  4  honest,  *  he  *  is  8  esteemed  *  by  *  everybody.     (The) 
flatterers  ought  to  be  despised.      Carthage  ($artb,ogo)  was 
destroyed  by  Scipio  Africanus. 

2.  The  child  would  have  been  saved,  if  it  had1  cried  for 
help  (urn  §ilfe  gerufcn).    The  castle  was  built  in  the  year  1622. 
(The)  knives  are  made  of  steel  (©tab,!).     The  stranger  has 
been  killed  in  the  forest.    Many  soldiers  were  wounded  in  the 
last  battle.     Clever  men  are  always  sought  [for].     Rome  was 
at  first  governed  by  kings.  Henry  IV  was  loved  by  his  people. 
His  name  is  still  esteemed.  The  industrious  wul  be  rewarded. 
"Why  am  I  not  invited?     This  is  an  action  to  be  praised.1 
I  wish  James  might  be  rewarded  for  his  fidelity.     The  most 
diligent  pupils  will  be  the  most  (am  metften)  praised.     At  (in) 
the   battle   of  (bet)  Narva  2  the  3  horse  of  Charles  XH  '  was 
killed  under  him.     Csesar  was  murdered  by  Brutus.     If  he 
had1   not  been  murdered,   sthe  "Romans  *  would  s scarcely 
()d)tt)ertid))  8  have  '  placed  (Derfefct)  4  him  *  among  the  number  of 
their  gods. 

Sprrdjiibung. 

$on  ttjem  totrb  tf)r  @oljn  geltebt?  (Sr  toirb  Don  fetnen  £eljrern  getiebt, 

ttjett  er  flct§ig  tfl. 
Ojl  er  aud)  betofjnt  tuorben?  (gr  fyat  einen  $ret«  befommen  (got). 

i  See  foot-note  p.  83.    a  See  the  foot-note  2,  p.  137. 


PRONOUNS. 

©otbaten  luerben  gelobt?     35 tc  tapferetu 
UHtrbe    bte  (Sdfjladjt    bet 

iBatcrioo  geltcfert  (fought)?      2lm  18.  Sum  1815. 
933er  ift  befiegt   (defeated)   wor* 

ben?  3)ie  ^ran^ofen  ftnb  befiegt  worben. 

933 aim  loirb  biefeS  £>au$  fcerfauft 

werben?  (S8  ift  fdfyon  geftern  tjerfauft  rtjorben,, 

2Btet»tet  luurbe  bafitr  bega^It?          3e^ntaiffcn^  fiier^unbert  (^ulben. 
935  irb   bcr  ©arten  ba^u  (to  it)  9£etn,  btefer  toirb  befoitbei^  (sepa- 

gegebeit  tuerbcn?  rately)  tjerfauft  hjerben. 

935otlcn  <3te  biefen  ^ac^mittag  et*  3d)  tuttrbe  mtt  3f^nen  ge^en,  tuenn 

H2it  ©pajiergang  mtt  wtS  ma*      ic^  ntd)t  jum  SDfrttageffeit  (din- 

d^ett?  ner)    bet    §errn  ^.  etttgetaben 

njare. 
93on  njem  ift  ^art^ago    jerftort  SSon  bent  romtfc^en  Sonful  ©cipio 

tworben?  2lfricanu3. 

933arum  ift  btefer  9)iann  geftraft  (Sr  ^at  etne  gotbeue  U^r  gefto^Ien 

luorbeit  ?  (stolen). 

S3on  tuem  ift  Safar  ennorbet  toor*  93on  93rittu8  unb  SaffiuS,  unb  eint* 

ben  ?  gen  anbern. 

S5on  went  ift  bte  $er[d)UJornng  Sa* 

titina'g  entbecft  toorben?    '          23oit  bent  romifc^en  Sonfut  (Sicero. 
(Sinb  bie  5lrbetten  ber  ^raittein  @e^r  fc^on,  fie  werbcn  toon  -3eber« 

Soutfc  fd^on?  mann  benwnbert. 

3ft  btefeS  $<w8  fdqon  alt?  S3  tuurbe  int  Satjre  1741  erbattt. 

•3ft  ©ir  3o^n  ^ranflin  wieber  §t*  (Sc  ift  itberatt  (everywhere)  gefud^t, 

ftmben  iuorben  ?  aber  nid^t  gefimben  worben. 

955ar  §cturid)  IV.  ton  ^ranfreid^  $a,  er  war  ber  befte  $onig  unb 

etn  guter  ^onig  ?  ttmrte  toon   feinen    Itntert^anen 

(subjects)  toie  ein  33ater  geltebt. 
935ie  ftarb  er?  Sr  tourbe  toon  Sftatiaittac  erntorbet. 


TWENTY-THIRD    LESSON. 

PERSONAL  PRONOUNS. 


1.  These  are:  ic^,  //  bu,  thou;  er,  lie;  |tcf  sAey  e3, 
tt)tr,  eye;  i^r  (3te),  ^OM;  jte, 


144  PRONOUNS. 

They  are  declined  as  follows : 

1.  First  Person :  id),  I. 
Sing.  N.  id),  I  Plur.  nnr,  we 

G.  metner,1  of  me  unfer,  of  us 

D.  mir,  to  me,  me  un$,  to  us,  us 

A.  mid),  me.  ung,  us. 

2.  Second  Person :  foil,  thou. 
Sing.  N.  bit,  thou  Plur.  ifyr  (3ie),  you 

G.  beiner,1  of  thee  euer  (Sfyrer),  of  you 

D.  bir,  to  thee,  thee  eud)  (Sfynen),  to  you,  you 

A.  bid),  thee.  eud)  (@te),  you. 

3.  Third  Person:  ft,  fU,  e8. 
N.  er,  he  fte,  she  e3,s  it 

G.  feiner,1  of  him        tljrer,  of  her  (feiner),  of  it 

D.  tfym,  to  him,  him  if)r,  to  her,  her  (tf)tn),  to  it 

A.  tf)n,  him.  fte,  her.  e$,  it 

Plural  far  all  three  Gender*. 

N.  jte,  they 

G.  tljrer,  of  them 

D.  tynen,  to  them,  them 

A.  fte,  them. 

4.  Third  Person,  Reflexive. 

D.    1  rx»   ( himself,  herself,  itself.  )  For  all  genders, 

Ace.  j   'tc^ '  {  yourself,  yourselves,  themselvea  }  sing,  and  plttr. 

EXAMPLES. 

1.  The  Dative. 

(£r  gtbt  mir,      —  bir,     —  Hjm,  -  -  fljr. 
He  gives  me,  —  thee,  —  him,  —  her. 
(Sr  toergeiljt  itn8,  -  -  Sljnen,  —  t^nen. 
He  pardons  us,  —  you,     —  them. 

i  In  poetry  these  three  genitives :  metner,  betner,  feiner,  are  often  abridged  into  metn, 
be;n,  fetn. 

*  t8  is  sometimes  contracted  with  the  preceding  word,  as :  §oft  bu'6,  ic^  ^ai'S,  gib 
mir'S,  )c.  (For  the  gen.  and  dot.  see  5,  6,  and  7,  p.  146). 

a  In  the  dative  of  course  very  frequently.  In  himself,  etc. — £ie  must  begin  with  a 
capital  If  it  means  you  and  not  they,  —  ft*,  y  undf,  does  BO  only  in  letters. 


PRONOUNS. 

2.   The  Accusative. 

<2>te  fennen  midj,  —  bid),  —  iljn,  —  fie. 
They  know  me,  —  thee,  —  him,  —  her. 
(Sr  Uebt  wig,  —  <Ste,  —  fie. 
He  loves  us,  —  you,  —  them. 

3.   The  Beflexive  Form. 
(Sr  fdjttigt  fid),  He  strikes  himself. 
<2>te  befletftigen  fid),  They  apply  themselves. 

2.  In  English  thou  has  gone  out  of  use  in  conversation, 
and  we  employ  the  plural  you  even  in  addressing  a  single 
person.     In  German  bit,  thou,  is  still  used,  for  instance  to 
a  child,  to  an  intimate  friend  or  relation,  or  in  anger,  also 
in  prayers  and  in  poetry.     Its  plural  is  ifyr.     @ie  (really 
they,  but  printed  with  a  capital  initial)  is,  however,  the 
most  usual  equivalent  of  the  English  you. 

2Benn  bit  famtjl,  lieber  $ater,  If  you  can,  dear  father. 
SBenn  @te  tootten,  meine  j£5amen,  If  you  like,  ladies. 
£>obt  ifyr  gefefyen,  $inber  ?    Did  you  see,  children  ? 

Notice  that  in  the  imperative,  @ie  must  be  expressed,  while  you  is 
omitted  in  English. 

Come,  fommen  @ie. 
Give  me,  geben  @te  mtr. 
Tell  him,  fngen  @te  Ujnu 
When  you  is  translated  bu,  your  must  be  beitt. 
When  you  is  translated  i^r,  your  must  be  euer. 
When  you  is  translated  @ie,  your  must  be  3^r. 

3.  In  the  following    phrases,    German    reverses    the 
English  construction. 

It  is  I,  3d)  bin  eS.  It  is  we,  Sir  ftnb  eg. 

It  is  he  (she),  gr  (fte)  tft  eg.        It  is  you,  @te  ftnb  eg. 

It  was  I,  3d)  tear  eg,  tc.  It  was  you,  (Ste  hjaren  eg,  jc. 

But  with  a  rcomi  in  the  predicate,  either  (£3  tft  .£>einricf); 
@3  ftnb  S^aufe,  or  £einrtcfy  ift  e^  2)idufe  ftnb  e& 

INTEEBOGATIVE. 

Is  it  I  ?  Sin  id)  eg  ?  Is  it  we  ?  @inb  toir  eg  ? 

Js  it  he  ?  Oft  er  eg  ?  Is  it  you  ?  @tnb  @ie  eg  ? 


146  PRONOUNS. 

(Jg  is  used  too  in  cases  where  we  say  they  are:  (£$  ftnb 
ftranjofen,  They  are  Frenchmen;  Qjg  ftnb  metnc  jungeren 
33ritber,  They  are  my  younger  brothers.  Compare  Lesson 
Thirteen,  Notes  1  and  2. 

4.  Some  English  neuter  nouns  are,  as  we  know,  trans- 
lated in  German  by  nouns  which  are  masculine,  others 
by  nouns  which  are  feminine  and  others,  finally,  by  nouns 
which  are  neuter.     The  following  examples  show  how  it 
referring  to  a  noun  which  in  German  is  a)  masculine, 
b)  feminine,  or  c)  neuter,  must  be  translated. 

1.  Nominative. 

a)  Where  is  my  hat?  It  is  in  your  room. 
So  tft  metn  £mt  ?  (£r  ift  in  Sfjrent  ^intmer. 

b)  Where  is  my  pen?  It  lies  on  the  table. 
2Bo  ift  nteme  tfcber?  <5te  Itegt  auf  bent  £tfd). 

c)  Where  is  my  book?  It  is  there. 
2Bo  ift  metn  Surf)  ?  <g*  ift  ba. 

2.  Accusativa 

a)  Have  you  my  hat  ?  Yes,  I  have  it 

£>aben  (Ste  metnen  $itt?          3a,  id)  fjabe  tljn. 

5)  Do  you  see  that  flower  ?        I  do  not  see  it. 
©eljen  @ie  biefe  33Iume  ?          3$  fe^e  fte  ntc^t. 

c)  Will  you  buy  the  house  ?      Yes,  I  will  buy  it 
SSotten  (Ste  ba8  £ait«  faitfen  ?  -3a,  td^  hittt  e8  foitfen. 

In  the  plural  they  is  fte,  whatever  the  gender.     Ex. : 
I  will  see  them,  3d)  toitt  fie  fe§en. 

5.  The  genitives  feiner  and  t^rer  are  used  of  persons, 
but  hardly  ever  of  things.   The  same  is  true  of  the  datives 
tfym  and  i^r  after  a  preposition  and  the  accusatives  tfyn,  fte 
and  e3  after  a  preposition.     In  these  cases,  the  genitive, 
dative  and  accusative  of  ber  or  berfelbe,  or  else  words  like 
fcamit,  therewith,  tascn,  thereof,  etc.,  are  used  instead  of 


PRONOUNS.  147 

the  personal  pronouns,  e.g.  <3tef)  biefen  ©tocf  an,  bit  fofljt 
bid)  lange  nod)  beffelben  (not  fein)  erinnern ;  bamit  (not  mit 
ttym)  will  tc^  bid)  tucfytig  pritgeln. 

6.  Germans  generally   translate    (a)  to  it,   (b)  of  them 
(neut),  (c)   above  it,  etc.,  not  (a)  ju  if)m  or  ifjr,  (b)  »on 
tfynen,  (c)  iiber  tfyn,  e$  or  jte,  etc.,  but  (a)  baju,  thereto,  (b) 
ba»on,  thereof,  (c)  baruber,  thereover,  etc. 

bamit,  with  it  or  with  them        baraug,  from  it  or  them. 
bartn,  in  it  or  them  ba$u,  to  it  or  to  them 

baburd),  through  it  or  them        babet,    I  at  it  or  them 
banon,  of  or  from  it  or  them       oaran,  ) 
harauf,  upon  it  or  them  baritber,  over  or  about  it  or  them 

2C.  K. 

EXAMPLES. 

2Bir  ftnb  bamtt  (dot.)  jufrteben,  We  are  contented  with  it. 
2Bie  oiete  ftnb  barin  (dot.),  How  many  are  in  it  (therein)? 
2Bir  toerben  bariiber  fpredjen,  We  will  talk  about  it 

NOTE  1. — The  context  shows  whether  it  or  them  is  meant. 

NOTE  2. — $ter  also  is  contracted  with  prepositions,  thus:  Ijtermit,  herewith 
oTvriththis;  fyierin,  in  this;  fyteicDon,  of  this;  Ijterauf,  tyierauS,  ^ierbei,  fyn~ 
ufcer  2C. 

7.  The  pronoun  of  the  third  person,  er,  jte,  e3,  in  all  its 
cases,  is  sometimes  replaced  by  berfelbe,  btefelbe,  ba^felbc, 
(lit.  the  same).     This  is  chiefly  the  case  where  otherwise 
ambiguity  might  arise  or  two  words  of   similar  sound 
would  come  together,  as :  ifym  if)n  or  if)n  ifynen.    Ex. : 

•Jfteine  gteunbm  bringt  mtr  Blumen,  aber  tcfj  barf  btefetben  ntc^t  feljen. 

My  friend  brings  me  flowers,  but  I  am  not  allowed  to  see 

them.     (Where  fte  might  mean  her). 
<Sofl  id)  ifym  ben  ©tod  geben?  Am  I  to  give  him  the  stick? 
3a,  geben  3ie  tfym  benfelben  (instead  of  i^n  ifym),  Yes,  give  it  to 

him. 

8.  The  English  accusatives  myself,  himself,  yourself,  etc., 
are  termed  reflexive  pronouns,  when  they  mean  the  same 
person  as  the  subject  of  the  verb.     German  has  also  the 


148  PRONOUNS. 

dative  of  the  reflexive  pronouns.  The  accusatives  are  midi). 
bicfy,  jtd)  jc.;  and  the  datives  mir,  t>ir,  fid)  jc.    Ex.: 

I  wash  myself,  3d)  toafdje  mid). 
He  distinguishes  himself,  @r  geidjnet  fid)  au8. 
You  have  allowed  yourself,  j£)u  fyaft  bir  erlaubt. 
(For  further  details,  see  the  34th  Lesson). 

9.  If  the  accusative  or  dative  denotes  any  other  person 
than  the  subject,  it  is  no  longer  a  reflexive,  and  is  trans- 
lated itw  felbft,  mir  felbfi  :c, 

I  have  seen  him  himself  (ace.),  3d)  Ijabe  iljn  felbft  gefeljen. 
But  the  German  may  also  mean  :  I  myself  saw  him. 

10.  The  intensive   pronouns  myself,  himself,  yourself, 
etc.,  preceded  by  a  substantive  or  another  personal  pro- 
noun in  the  Nominative  case,  are  translated  felbft1  (see  the 
25th  Lesson).     Ex. : 

The  man  himself,  $5er  Sftann  fetbfl 

I  come  myself,  3d)  fomme  felbfl. 

You  say  so  yourself,  @te  fagcn  e$  fctbfl. 

"We  have  seen  it  ourselves,  2Btr  fyaben  e8  felbfl  gefeften. 

NOTE. — Sometimes  both  fetbft  and  the  reflexive  pronoun  are  nsed,  as: 
3<$  lobe  mtcfy  fclbjt,  I  praise  myself  (ace.),  i.e.,  I  do  my  own  praising. 

(Here  felbfl  modifies  t<f>). 
Ciebe  betnen  9?dcfyften  ttrie  bidj  felbjl,  Love  thy  neighbor  as  thyself  (thy 

very  self).     (Here  felbft  modifies  bicbj. 

WORDS. 

ber  ^let^,  industry  ber  9fogenfd)trm,  the  umbrella 

bte  9?ad)rid)t,  the  news  ftagen,  to  ask 

bn$  ®ebot,  iie  command  adjten,  to  esteem 

let^en,  (dat.\  to  lend  benfen,  to  think 

fdjtden,  (dot.),  to  send  berjeifjen,  (dot.),  to  pardon 

entpfe^ten,  to  recommend  felten,  seldom,  rarely. 

i  6ettfl  placed  before  a  noun  answers  to  the  English  even,  as : 
gelbfl  bit  Jbifre,  Even  animals. 

Cflbft  btr  rtcnig  fann  (S  nid>t  thun,  Even  the  king  cannot  do  it 
But  it  is  also  good  English  to  say :  Animals  themselves,  the  king  himself. 


PRONOUNS.  149 

READING   EXERCISE    61. 

3d)  Itebe  bid)  unb  bit  liebft  mid).  <Sie  (ieben  un§  unb  totr  lieben 
fie.  3d)  fenne  fie  nid)t.  3$  toer^etye  bir.  3d)  toergeilje  iljm  ntdjt. 
(Sr  lobte  ung.  (Sic  lobten  cud)  toegen  (on  account  of)  eureg  ^(eijjeS. 
3d)  luerbe  ntougen  einen  Srief  an  iiju  fdjreiben.  3d)  benfe  an  (of)  bid), 
—  an  (Sic,  —  an  fte.  (Sic  benfen  intmer  an  ung.  SSir  fpred)en 
fefyr  felten  bon  ifynen.  3d)  roerbe  fie  bir  nid)t  geben.  (Sr  toirb  eg  ung 
fagen.  @r  ennnert  fid)  nteiner  (he  remembers  me),  ©eben  (Sic 
ib,m  biefeS  33  u^.  SBofren  (Sic  e§  tefen?  3d)  rtntt  e§  3^nen  teib.en. 
3c^  Ijabe  eg  mir  gefauft.  (Sr  ift  felbft  gefommen.  3d)  bin  c8.  3^ 
fie  c«  ?  <Sie  ift  e8  fetbfl.  @r  fyat  fid)  getuaf^en.  3d)  bad^te  nidjt 
bavan.  233  ir  finb  bamit  jufrieben.  2)er  ©raf  ^at  eg  felbft  gefagt. 
3d)  toeip  md)t3  bation. 

«tuffliiDc  52. 

1.  I  esteem  you.     I  see  him.     We  know  her.     She  knows 
me.     He  esteems  us.     They  want  it.     You  know  them.    They 
esteem  her.      Will  you  give  me  (dot.)  the  letter  ?    Answer  me 
(daL).     She  will  not  pardon1  him  (dot.).     Does  he  love  them? 
I  write  a  letter  to  (an,  ace.)  her.     Pray  (bitte),  lend  me  your 
penknife.     He  will  lend  it  [to]  you.     She  does  not  send  it  to 
him.     TeE  her  that  news.     You  must  buy  me  (dat.)  another 
stick.     He  remembers  (erinnert  fid))  me  (gen.).     Our  friends 
do  not  think  of  (an)  us.     Have  you  lost  your  stick  yourself  ? 
My  son  has  lost  it.     I  will  go  myself  (10). 

2.  Have  you  seen  my  pencil  ?     I  have  not  seen  it.     Who  is 
there  ?    It  (eg)  is  my  father.     Is  it  you  ?  Yes,  it  is  I.    It  is  he. 
It  was  she.     That  man  has  killed  himself.     Tell  him  and  hei 
that  (ba§)  I  love  Hhem.     I  will  go  with  you.     He  goes  with 
us,  but  not  with  them.     This  wine  is  very  good,  I  can  recom- 
mend it  to  you.    Will  she  bring  it  to  you?    Yes,  she  will 
bring  it  to  me  to-morrow.     Jesus  has  given  us  the  command  : 
"Love  thy  neighbor  as  thyself"  (10,  Note),  but  many  people 
pay  no  attention  to  it  (ad)ten  nid)t  barauf).     Do  you  know  any- 
thing (miffen  (Sie  (StroaS)  of  it  ?    We  speak  of  it.    They  know 
nothing  o&ow£  it.     Depend  (jaljfen  (Sic)  upon  it. 


®emten  <Ste  mid)  ?  3a,  id)  fenne  (Sic. 

Slennen  (Sic  and)  meinen  33ater?    9iein,  id)  fenne  U)n  nidjt. 

i  For  verbs  which  govern  the  dative,  see  43th  treason,  n, 


150 


PRONOUNS. 


SKcr  ijl  ba? 

3ft  fie  e3  luirHtdj  (really)? 
SBcllen  3 tc  ben  33rief  fdjreiben? 
£annid)  eg  f ettfl  tyun  (do)? 

©enffl  bu  oft  an  (of)  mid)? 
(Srinncnt  @ie  fid)  mctucr? 
£>aben  3te  metncn  9iegenfd)irm 

gefefjen? 

2RU  tt)cm  geljen  Sic  in'3  Beater? 
®ef)t  fonft  3emanb   (anybody 

else)  mit  31wen? 
2Boflen  <2ie  fo  gut  (kind)  fein 

(as  to)  mir  biefeS  33u^  ju 

Ici^en? 
SBarum  fonnen  (Sic  mir  e§  nic^t 

tctfycn  ? 

SSer  tt)irb  un8  begteiten  (accom- 
pany) ? 
^ennen  <5ie  jenen  5^e^ben  mit 

bent  graiien 


(S«  ifl  metne 

-3a,  fte  tft  e«  nnrflid). 

mem  (So^n  »)irb  ilm  fd^reibcit 
@ic  fdnncn  e8  nid^t  fetbfl 
t^un,  id)  mu§  O^nen  ^elfen. 
c^  benfc  tinnier  an  bid). 
d)  fann  mid)  31)rer  ntdjt  erinnern- 


,  tdj  ^abe  i^n  nid^t  gcfe^en. 
3d)  ttierbe  mit  3^nen  ge^en. 
SDfeine  S'Jic^ten  (Smma  itnb  ?uifi 

gefyen  and^  mit  mir. 
68  tfjut  mir  leib,   (I  am  sorry) 

id)  fann  e3  3f|nen  nid)t  lei^en. 

2Bci(  tc^  c«  ber  ftrautein  ®riin 
berfproc^en  (promised)  Ijabe. 

Unfer  ^reunb  5(.  tnirb  itnS  begteiten. 
3c^  fenne  i^n  ntdjt;   tc^  Ijabe  t^n 
nie  (never)  gefefjeiu 


TWENTY-FOURTH  LESSON. 

INTERROGATIVE  PRONOUNS. 

i  ,'rraof  ndf  gurtoortcrO 


These  are:  ioer,  who? 

N.  n>er,  who? 
G.  lueffen,  whose? 
D.  to  em,  to  whom? 
A.  njen,  whom? 


f  what? 


,  what? 
njeffen,  of  what? 
(wanting) 
roa^/what? 


1.  2Ser  ?  applies  to  persons,  without  distinction  of  sex  ; 
tt>aS  ?  to  things.     Ex.  : 

28er  tft  feine  ^rau  ?  Who  is  his  wife  ? 

2Ber  roar  iljr  9J?ann  ?  Who  was  her  husband? 

SBeffen  £mt  ift  ba8?  Whose  hat  is  this? 

!$Jcm  geben  <5te  biefen  9?ing?  To  whom  do  you  give  this  ring? 


PRONOUNS.  151 

Sen  Ijat  er  gefragt?  Whom  has  he  asked? 
braudjen  ©tc?  What  do  you  want? 
ift  fo  fiijj?  What  is  so  sweet? 
fyabett  ©te  entberft?  What  have  you  discovered? 
NOTE.  —  When  such  direct  questions  are  placed  in  dependence  on  a  pre- 
ceding verb,  they  become  "indirect  questions."     Then  the  TEBB  comea 
last  (compare  4,  p.  82),  as: 

2Btftcn  ©te/  tt>er  biefeg  {jefagt  bat  ?  Do  you  know  who  said  this? 
©agcn  @te  mtr,  i»a3  ©te  flefeljen  Ijaben,  Tell  me  what  you  saw. 

@ie  mir,  toeldjeg  SSudj  @te  gelefen  Ijaben,  Show  me  what  book  you 

have  read. 


2.  Also  rcelcf)er,  weltfye,  welcfyeS?  and  toa^  fur  ein?  (see 
page  72,  II). 

2Betd)er  t>on  3^ren  ©o^ncn?  Which  of  your  sons? 
2iiMd)e3  Don  biefen  33iicf)ern  ^aben  @te  gelefen? 
Which  of  these  books  have  you  read  ? 
£>ter  fmb  bret  9?aftrmeffer,  tuel^e^  twoflcn  @ic  ne^men  ? 
Here  are  three  razors  ;  what  one  will  you  take  ? 


3.  2£a£  fiir  ein  like  cin  (see  page  73,  2)  is  declined  wag  fur 
eincr,  rcaS  fiir  eine,  tt>ag  fiir  einS,  when  used  as  a  pronoun 
and  not  as  an  adjective,  i.e.,  when  not  agreeing  with  an 
immediately  following  noun.  Thus  :  2Ba3  fiir  ein  33ud)  tfJ 
bteS  ?  but  2Ba3  fur  ein£  ifl  e^?  What  kind  of  a  one  is  it? 

What  before  a  noun  is  not  a  pronoun,  but  an  interro 
gative  adjective,  and  already  explained  p.  72  and  73. 

Concerning  toomtt  ?  for  mit  toaS  ?  :c./  see  p.  157,  8. 


DEMONSTRATIVE  PRONOOTS. 

C§intottjrnbt  Jurtaorttr.J 

The  demonstrative  pronouns  are : 

Masc.  Fern.  Neuter. 

btefer  btefe  btefeS,  this 

jener  jene  jeneg,  that  (that  one) 

bcrjentgc  btejenige  baSjentge,  ]  that,  the  one 

fcer  t»ie  ba^/          j  (French :  celui,  cette} 


152 


PRONOUNS. 


berfelbe 
bcr  neinitidje 

biefelbe               bagfetbe, 
bie  namtictje         bag  namlicfye, 

i  the  same 

ebenberfelbc 

ebenbiefelbe          ebenbagfelbe, 

the  very  same. 

Declension  of  iJcrjcnifle 

', 

Mate. 

Fern.                      Neuter. 

Plural,  all  Gendert. 

N.  berjenige 

biejenige         bagjenige,    that 

biejenigen,    those 

G.  begjenigen 
D.  bemienigen 

berjenigen       begjenigen,    :c. 
berjenigen       bemjenigen,   jc. 

berjenigen,     K. 
benjenigen,     K. 

A.  benjenigen 

biejenige         bogjenige,      :c. 

biejenigen,     jc. 

Declension  of  Jlct. 

N.  ber1 

bie                bag,  that 

bie,  those 

G.  beffen 

beren             beffen,  of  that 

beren,  of  those 

D.  bent 

ber                bem,  to  that 

benen,  to  those 

A.  ben 

bie                bag,  that 

bie,  those. 

EXAMPLES. 

@totf  unb  berjenige  (or  ber)  meineg  Sruberg. 
My  stick  and  that  of  my  brother  (or  and  my  brother's). 
(£r  fyat  fein  @etb  unb  baSjenige  (or  bag)  feineg  5rcun^e^  fcerloren. 
He  has  lost  his  (own)  money  and  that  of  his  friend  (or  his 
own  and  his  friend's  money). 

OBSERVATIONS. 

1.  The  genitive  plural  of  the  demonstrative  ber  is  berer, 
when  this  genitive  plural  is  the  antecedent  of  a  relative 
clause,  e.g.,  Derer,  bie  nocfy  (eben,  Of  those  who  still  live,  or  a 
similar  limiting  phrase,  e.g.,  !Derer  au3  Slmertfo,  Of  t/iose 
from  America.  But  to  mean  things,  beren  is  more  usual. 

The  rule  for  cases  like  the  following  has  already  been 
given,  Lesson  13,  Note  1. 

This  or  that  is  my  dog,  $)iefe8  (not  btefer)  ifl  metn  $unb. 
This  is  my  daughter,  j£)iefe$  or  baS  ift  meine  £orf)ter. 
Are  these  your  brothers?  (Sinb  bieg  (bag)  3ljre  Sriiber? 
These  are  his  gloves,  $)ag  (bieg)  ftnb  feine 


i  In  speaking,  ce:  meaning  that  is  naturally  pronounced  with  more  emphasis  than 
bcr  meaning  the.  When  translating  into  English  from  a  German  book,  the  context  will 
show  whether  the  or  that  is  meant.  3)tt  thai,  twed  as  an  adjective  (see  71),  is  declined 
like  ter  Me. 


PRONOUNS.  153 

2.  The  corresponding  rule  for  which  or  wliat,  tt)dd)e$? 
before  fetn,  to  be,  has  already  been  given  Lesson  13,  Note  2. 
Which  is  your  pen?  2Betrf)eg  tfl  3fyre  fteber? 
Which  are  your  pens?  SBelcfjeg  finb  3tyre  ^cbern? 
What  is  her  opinion?  2Bcld)eg  or  *»&$  $  tyi*  SDtemung? 


POSSESSIVE  PRONOUNS. 


1.  These  are  formed  of  the  possessive  adjectives  mettt, 
betn,  fetn,  unfer,  euer,  3tyr,  i^r,  by  adding  the  termination 
tgC.     With  this  form  the  definite  article  always  precedes. 
They  are  : 

Masc.  Fern.  Newt. 

ber  meimge  bie  metnigc  bag  metntge,  mine 

ber  beintge  bie  betntgc  ba§  betntge,  thine 

ber  feinige  bie  [etntge  bag  feinige,  his 

ber  %ige  bie  ttjrige  bag  i^rige,  hers. 

ber,  bie,  bag  unfrige;  pi-  bie  unfrigen,  ours 

ber,  bie,  bag  Sfyrige  or  eurige;  pi.  bie  -S^rigen,  yours 

ber,  bie,  bag  i(jrige;'p/.  bie  i^rigen,  theirs. 

They  are  declined  like  adjectives  with  the  definite 
article  (N.  ber  metntge,  G.  beS  metntgen,  D.  bem  meimgen  jc,). 
Shorter  forms  with  the  same  sense  are:  ber  metne,  ber 
betne,  ber  fetne,  ber  tyn,  ber  unfere,  ber  euere  or  ber  3^re,  ber 
ttyre. 

2.  The  sense  is  the  same  when  the  article  is  left  out, 
but  the  termination  different  in  the  nominative  singular 
masculine  and  neuter.     Thus  : 

SINGTJLAB.  PLUEAL. 

Masc.  Fern.  Neut.  All  genders. 

meiner          meine  meineg  metne,  mine 

beiner  beine  beineg  beine,  thine 

feiner  feine  feineg  feine,  his 


154  PBONOUNS. 

8INGULAK.  PLUKAL. 

Masc.  Fern.  NrUt.                                    All  genders 

tfyrer  tfyre  tfyreS  tfyre,  hers 

unferer  unfere  unfereS  unfere,  ours 

3$rer  (fore  3t»reS  3f,re,  ) 

euerer  euere  euereS  (eureS)  euere,  )  * 

ifyrer  ifyre  iljreS  ifyre,  theirs. 


These  latter  forms  are  declined  like  biefer,  biefe, 
They  are  more  usual  in  conversation  than  either  of  the 
others.     Ex.  : 

3ft  ba8  Ofyr  (Storf?  9?etn,  eg  tft  ntrfjt  bcr  meintge  (or  tnetner) 

e«  tft  ber  3f)rige  (or  e«  ift  S^rcr). 
Is  that  your  stick?    No,  it  is  not  mine,  it  is  yours. 
2Beffen  ^ferb  ift  baS  ?    (S^  tft  ba8  meintge  or  metneS. 
Whose  horse  is  that  ?    It  is  mine. 

SBeffen  33iicf)er  finb  baS  ?   (Sg  fmb  bte  itnfrtgen  or  eg  ftnb  unfere. 
Whose  books  are  these?    They  are  oura 

WORDS. 

bte  ®efimbl)ett,  the  health  ba8  ^acfc^en,  the  parcel 

ber  ©eift,  the  mind  ber  33itcf)l)tinbler,  the  bookseller 

bte  33rteftafrf)c,  the  pocket-book  ba§  £urf),  ^he  cloth 

(to  hold  papers  and  letters)  bte  j£>tnte,  the  ink 

tabeln,  to  blame  arbetten,  to  work 

llopfen,  to  knock  redjt,  right. 

BEADDSra  EXERCISE  53. 

9Ser  ge^t  ba?  <&&  tft  em  engttfc^er  Offijter'.  2Beffen  Uljr  ffl 
btefeg  ?  (S«  tft  bte  metneS  greunbe«  5lrt^nr.  9Ktt  went  hJiinfdf)en  <Ste 
gu  fprerfjen?  3d)  ttJiinf^e  mtt  O^rem  SSater  ^u  fpred^en.  SBeld^eS  ift 
Ofyr  ^ut,  biefer  ober  jener?  S3on  toclc^em  ^aitfe  fpredjen  (Sie?  2Btr 
fpredjen  con  bent  (bemjentgen)  be8  ^>errn  ©all.  !Dtefer  @arten  ttnb 
ber  metneS  ^ad^barg  ftnb  311  berfaufen.  SD^etn  ^>au8  tft  nett,  bag 
-3^rtge  tft  alt.  <5etn  ^letb  ift  blau,  3^re«  (ba«  O^rtge)  tft  grun. 
2Ber  fyat  btefeg  S3it(^  gebracfjt?  Orf)  frfjretbe  an  meinen  53ater,  bu 
fdjretbft  an  betnen  (ben  betntgen),  Robert  frfjretbt  an  fetnen.  3)te 
©efunbfiett  beg  ^or)3er«  ^at  gro|en  (Stnflujj  (influence)  aitf  bte  be« 


PRONOUNS.  155 


©etfteg.     2Ba«  fofl  id)  fagen?    2Be%3  toon  btefen  SDfcffent  tooflen 
<2>te  faufen?    $on  ttwg1  (luoDon)  fpredjen  <Sie? 

2lufgaBc  54. 

1.  Who  comes  there  ?    It  is  my  friend  Charles.     Whose  son 
is  he  ?    He  is  the  son  of  Lord  K.     To  whom  do  you  send  this 
parcel?  I  send  it  [to]  the  bookseller.  Who  knocks  at  the  door  ? 
To  (an,  ace.)  whom  have  you  written  a  letter?  Of  (toon)  whom 
have  you  bought  this  black  cloth  ?    Whom  do  you  blame  ?    1 
blame  my  servant.     To  (mit)  whom  do  you  speak?   Who  is 
that  young  man  ?  He  is  my  nephew.    What  have  you  found  in 
the  garden  ?    Which  of  (Don)  these  three  sticks  is  the  longest  ? 
This  is  longer  than  that.     Here  is  your  pocket-book  and  that 
of  your  brother.     That  is  right. 

2.  I  have  lost  my  [own]  book  and  that  of  my  sister.     This 
is  not  my  pen  ;  this  is  my  brother's  (that  of  my  brother).  Are 
these  your  shoes  (@d)ul)e)  ?  No,  they  (e§)  are  my  cousin's  (those 
of  my  cousin).     Your  coat  is  old,  mine  is  new.     His  house  is 
small,  yours  is  very  large.     My  son  does  not  work  so  much  as 
yours.    His  ink  is  not  good,  ours  is  much  better.    What  is  the 
highest  mountain  of  America?  Is  that  your  garden?  Yes,  it  is 
mine  ;  it  is  not  so  large  as  yours.     Whose  umbrella  is  this  ? 
Is  it  yours?   No,  Sir,  it  is  not  mine,  it  is  Henry's  (that  of 
Henry).    If  you  do  not  find  your  stick,  take  mine  (ace.). 


RELATIVE  PRONOUNS. 

(S)r$it(lltrt|e  Jyiirtunrtrr.) 

These  are:  1)  toeldjer,  tt)dd)e,  welcfyeS  (who,  which,  that), 
and  2)  ber,  bie,  ba3  (who,  which,  tJiat).  Of  course  they 
require  the  VEEB  at  the  end  of  the  sentence.  See  page 
82,4. 

i  The  accusative  neuter  of  rcer,  i.e.,  rea8,  Is  used  familiarly  after  prepositions  (like 
son)  which  regu'.arly  require  the  dative.  Sffiocon,  luoju,  roofer,  etc.,  are, however,  more 
elegant  than  Don  >ra8,  etc. 


156  PRONOUNS. 

Declension  of  roelcfyer,  n>e!d)e, 

Xasc.  Fern.  Neuter.  Plural  all  Gendm 

N.  tt)eld)er  tteldje  lueldjeg,  who,  which  foeldje 

O.  beffen  beren  beffen,  whose,  of  which  beren 

D.  toeldjcm  lodger  lueldjcm,  to  whom  or  which  tueldjen 

A.  tteldjen  luetdje  tueldjeg,  whom,  which  toeldje 

Declension  of  ber,  bie,  ba$. 

N.  bcr  bie  bag,  who,  which,  that  bte 

G.  beffen        beren  beffen,  whose,  of  which  beren 

D.  bem  ber  bent,  to  whom,  to  which  benen 

A.  ben  bte  bag,  whom,  which  bic 

OBSERVATIONS. 

1.  In  English  relative  pronouns  are  sometimes  omitted ; 
in  German  they  cannot  be. 

The  boy  I  saw  with  you  yesterday  (instead  of  whom  I  saw). 

S)er  $nabe,  ben  or  toeldjen  id)  geflern  bet  3b,nen  fab,. 

Here  are  the  books  you  have  chosen. 

£>ter  ftnb  bte  SBiidjer,  roeldje  or  bte  <2>te  attSgeiDa'ljtt  f/aben. 

2.  The  genitive  bcfjen,  beren,  beffen,  always  precedes  the 
word  by  which  it  is  governed,  like  whose  in  English : 

A  tree  the  branches  of  which  (whose  branches)  are  cut  of£ 
(Sin  33aitm,  beffen  5lefte  abgeljauen  ftnb. 

3.  As  toelcfyer  sounds  like  which,  students  are  apt  to 
suppose  that,  like  which,  it  must  not  be  used  to  signify  a 
person.     Such  is  not  the  case  however. — £)er  is  shorter 
and  more  used  both  in  conversation  and  composition, 
especially  in  the  former. 

£>ter  ift  ber  2Betn,  ben  (or  hjetd)en)  @te  beflettt  fyaben. 

Here  is  the  wine  you  have  ordered. 

3)er   3JZann,    toeldjer  (or  ber)  mtr  bag  SBudj  bradjte,   bag  (or 

toetdjeg)  er  gefunben  f)atte. 
The  man  who  brought  me  the  book  (that)  he  had  found. 

4.  When  the  antecedent  is  of  the  first  or  second  person, 
i.e.,  id),  bu,  ttrir,  tf>r  or  ©ie, — ber,  and  not  welder,  is  the 


PRONOUNS.  157 

relative  usually  employed.  If  ber  is  in  the  nominative, 
id),  bit,  etc.,  are  repeated  after  ber.  Thus  :  3$,  ber  id)  [o 
ttiel  fitr  ifyn  tfyue,  /  who  do  so  much  for  him.  If  the  second 
id),  etc.,  are  left  out,  the  verb  of  the  relative  clause  is  often 
put  in  the  third  person,  e.g.,  £>td),  ber  mir  ftet£  ber  Xfyeuerfh 
tt>ar,  Thee,  who  wast  (German,  was)  always  the  dearest  to  me. 


5.  The  German  relative  pronoun  welcfyer  or  ber  with  tttd)t 
answers  to  the  English  but  after  a  negative  sentence,  as  : 

There  is  no  man  but  has  his  faults. 

(£S  gibt  leinen  2ftenfd)en,  ber  nidjt  feine  §el)(er  fyat. 

6.  Attention  has  already  been  called  (page  147,  6)  to  the 
fact  that  the  dative  and  accusative  of  er,  jte,  e£,  and  the 
plural  jte,  referring  to  things,  do  not  occur  after  preposi- 
tions;   bamit'  or  f)ier'mit,  etc.,  being  used  instead  of  mtt 
ifym,  etc.     Under  the  same  circumstances  tt>omit,  etc.,  are 
used  for  mit  went,  etc.    See  the  foot-note,  page  155. 

toop,  to  which  or  what  tt)orait§,  from  which  or  what 

tooburd),  by  which  or  what  toorin,  in  which  or  what 

toontit,  with  which  or  what  ttjoriiber,  at  (over)  which  or  what 

toobet,  at  which  or  what  irorauf,  upon  which  or  what 

toofiir,  for  which  or  what  tuoran,  at  which  or  what 

,  of  which  or  what  ftorunter,  among  which. 


All  these  words  are   also  interrogatives,  e.g., 

fprerfjen  @ie  ? 

EXAMPLES. 

£ner  ift  ber  ©^(uffet,  rtomtt  id)  bie  Satire  offnete. 
Here  is  the  key  with  which  I  opened  the  door. 
3)te  ©tcifer,  tooraitS  n)tr  tranfen,  ftnb  ^erbrodjen. 
The  glasses,  out  of  which  we  drank,  are  broken. 
3)o§  3^mmer'  ttJortn  id)  fdjtafe,  ift  fefjr  fatt. 
The  room  in  which  I  sleep  is  very  cold. 

NOTE.  —  280311,  etc.,  must  not  be  used  of  persons,  i.e.,  to  signify  to  whom 
etc.    We  must  say  311  toem,  etc. 


158  FBONOUNS. 

CORRELATIVE  PRONOUNS. 

1.  The  demonstratives  fcerjemge  jc.,  when  the  antecedents 
of  relative  pronouns,  are  termed  correlative  pronouns. 
Thus: 

Masculine. 

2)erienige,  (loeldjer);  or  ber,  (roeldjer);  or  berienige,  (ber):  he  (who). 

Feminine. 

jDiejenige,  (toeldje);  or  bie,  (roeldje);  or  btejenige,  (bte)  :  she  (who). 

Neuter. 

jDaSjemge,  (raetdfyeS);  or  bag,  (roeldjeS);  or  baSjenige,  (bag) : 
that  (which). 

Plural,  att  Qendert. 

£)ieiemgen,  (roeld)e);  or  bie,  (roeldje);  or  biejenigen,  (bte):  they 
or  those  (who). 

In  the  same  manner  are  used : 

Masculine. 

2)erfelbe  or  ebenberfelbe,  (ineldjer  or  ber),  the  same  (who  or  which). 

Feminine. 

JDtefelbe  or  ebenbtefelbe,  (tt>etd)e  or  bte),  the  same  or  just  the  same 
(who  or  which). 

Neuter. 

2)a8fetbe  or  ebenbaSfelbe,  (roeldjeS  or  bag),  the  same  or  just  the 
same  (which). 

Plural,  att  Qendcrt. 

HDtefelben  or  ebenbtefelben,  (tt)elrf)e  or  bte),  the  same  or  just  the 
•same  (who  or  which).  Further:  ©olcfje,  (icelcfje  or  bte), 
such  (as). 

EXAMPLES. 

jDerjentge,  foetcfjer  (not  iner)  titgcnb^aft  tfl,  njtrb  glUrflt^  fein. 

He  who  is  virtuous,  will  be  happy. 

3)iejentgen,  toelcfye  tugenb^aft  leben,  finb  toetfe. 

They  who  live  virtuously,  are  wise. 

25tejemgen,  or  ©otcfye  (viz.:  5;^tere),  rtetdje  tm  2Bmter  f^tafeiu 

Such  (animals)  as  sleep  in  the  winter-time. 

3d)  gebe  e8  bemientgen,  wetc^en  id)  am  meiften  liebe. 

I  give  it  to  him  whom  I  love  most. 

•3d)  fenne  benieniaen  ntd)t,  ben  (metd^en)  ©te  meinen. 

I  do  not  know  mm  whom  you  mean. 


PRONOUNS.  159 

3d)  fenne  benjenigen  ntdjt,  ber  ben  33rief  brad)te. 

I  do  not  know  the  man  who  brought  the  letter. 

2.  £>a3jenige  roelcfyeg  refers  to  a  substantive  which  has 
come  in  before,  whilst  t>a$,  tt>a£,  is  absolute,  as  : 

jDaSfenige  (viz.  :  Slid)),  n>eld)e$  id)  eben  lefe. 
The  one  I  am  reading  now. 
3)a$  toag  fd)im  ift,  ift  nid)t  immer  gut. 
What  is  beautiful  is  not  always  good. 

3.  Instead  of  berjenige,  welcfyer,  we  often  have  2Ber,  and 
instead  of  fca$  tt)a3,  2Ba3.     Both  require  the  YERB  at  the 
end  of  the  clause,  (see  page  82,  4),  as  : 

SSer  tugenbfyaft  tebt,  ift  gtiitilid). 
He  who  lives  virtuously,  is  happy. 
fd)on  ift,  ift  nic^t  immer  gut. 
^ne,  is  not  always  good. 


4.  In  English  we  often  say  whoever  or  whatever  when 
we  are  not  thinking  of  any  particular  person  or  thing. 

2Ber  toiel  bebenft,  ttirb  toenig  leiften. 
Whoever  considers  much,  will  perform  little. 
2Ba$  geredjt  ift,  Derbient  Sob. 
Whatever  is  just,  deserves  praise. 

5.  2Ber  and  tt>a£  are  sometimes  rendered  more  emphatic 
by  adding  the  words  immer,  aitrf),  or  and)  nur,  auc^  tmmer, 
as: 

2Ber  (aud))  immer  or  t»er  (and))  nur;  3?eber,  ber,  whoever. 

2Ba3  au^  (immer  or  nur);  SltteS  h)a§,  whatever. 

2Ber  aud)  immer  biefeS  gefagt  Ijat. 

Whoever  (it  is  that)  has  said  this. 

2BaS  @ie  aud)  gefefyen  b,aben  mogen. 

Whatever  (it  is  that)  you  may  have  seen. 

WORDS. 

bie  (Sramma'tif,  the  grammar      jeigen,  to  show 
bo§  ©ebid)t,  the  poem  gefd^rieben,  written 

genommen,  taken  tierbeffern,  to  correct 


160  PRONOUNS. 

bie  $flid)t,  the  duty  erfMen,  to  fulfil 

bcr    Srfjufwtadjer,    the  shoe-    redjtfrfjaffen,  honest 

maker  tierbienen,  to  deserve 

bie  SBafyrfjeit,  the  truth  berfolgen,  to  persecute 

bag  £>eer,  the  army  fegnen,  to  bless 
bag  33ertrauen,  the  confidence     fyaffen,  to  hate 

'  ber  SBeijen,  the  wheat  gebacfen,  baked 

bag  $orn ',  the  rye  tfyeuer,  dear ;  fitfylen,  to  feeL 

HEADING   EXERCISE    55. 

£ier  ift  ber  $nabe,  roetdjer  fein  23ud)  toerloren  b,at.  £>a  ift  bag  Surf), 
toeldjeg  (or  bag)  er  tterloren  fyat.  $ennen  @ie  bie  |)erren,  tteld)e 
(or  bte)  geftern  bet  mir  loaren  ?  3a,  id)  lenne  fte.  3ft  biefeg  bie  $)ame, 
roelrfje  O^nen  einen  ^Jegenfc^irm  gelietjen  fiat?  -ftetn,  jie  ift  eg  ntdjt. 
2)er  ©filter,  hjeic^em  @ie  -Sfyre  @rammatif  gelte^en  b,aben,  ift  feb,r 
flet^tg.  Ocf)  wetR  nic^t,  tDeldjen  @tc  meinen  (mean).  SBetdjeg  ton 
biefen  ©ebic^ten  b,aben  <Sie  gelernt  ?  -3^  I)abe  biefeg  geternt.  3d)  fann 
nic^t  tnit  ber  ^eber  fc^reiben,  bie  @ie  mir  gefrfjnitten  (for  me)  b^aben. 
(Sagen  <5ie  mir,  roer  meinen  @to<f  genommen  b,at.  3c^  weip  nidjt, 
hjag  @ie  meinen;  id)  fyabe  9?iemanb  gefefien,  ber  einen  <Stocf  genommen 
b,at.  jDerjenige,  roeldjer  reid)  ift,  ifl  nidjt  immer  gufrieben.  ®iejenigen, 
ttieldje  ungufrieben  ftnb,  fmb  nidjt  gliirfUd).  2Ber  feine  ^Sflidjt  erfuttt,  i|t 
ein  red)tfd)affener  2ftann.  ?iebet  bie,  bie 2  eitd)  b.affen.  Gr  fagte  mir, 
roag  er  roottte.  ^)ier  finb  einige  ^bern,  roeldje  rootten  (Sie  ?  3d)  null 
bie,  roeldje  am  ^a'rteften  ift  !I)er  ^onig,  beffen  §eer  gefdjlagen  njurbe 
(defeated),  ift  gefloljen  (fled).  X'te  (Sttern,  beren  ^inber  geftraft 
tourben,  fuib  nadjla'f jig.  SBorilbcr  beftagen  (Sie  ftd)  (complain)  ? 

9luftiobr  56. 

1.  Here  is  the  shoemaker  who  4has  "made  ^our  ''shoes.  I 
have  seen  the  garden  you  have  sold.  Is  this  the  exercise  you 
have  written?  The  rooms  (which)  my  father  has  taken 
(gemietljet)  are  not  large  enough.  The  pen  which  you  have 
made  (gefrfjmtten)  is  not  good.  The  pupil  whose  exercise  you 
are  correcting,  is  very  lazy.  My  neighbor  whose  horse  you 
(have)  bought  last  year,  has  gone  (ift  gegangen)  to  (nad)) 

i  Also,  but  less  frequently,  oat*  or  barley.  It  really  means  1)  grain,  and  then  2)  that 
grain  which  is  mostly  cultivated  in  any  region,— just  as  corn  does  in  the  British  Isles. 

*  We  know  that  the  second  bit  must  be  a  relative  and  not  a  demonstrative,  because 
bafif  n,  the  verb,  cornea  at  the  end.  See  page  82,  4.  Those  person*  hate  you  is, 


PRONOTJK8. 


America.  Can  you  tell  me  who  lias  done  this?  I  wish  to  see 
the  book  you  showed  me  (dot.)  yesterday.  The  pictures  you 
send  me,  are  very  beautiful  He  who  will  not  hear  must 
feel  "What  is  true  to-day,  must  also  be  true  to-morrow. 

2.  They  who  do  not  speak  the  truth,  deserve  no  confidence. 
I  shall  give  this  book  to  him  who  will  be  the  most  industrious. 
The  little  girl  with  whom  Mary  played  yesterday,  died  this 
morning.  The  boy  who  found  (fcmb)  the  gold  watch,  is  honest. 
The  man  whose  name  was  written  in  my  portfolio,  has  (ift) 
arrived.  Here  is  the  glass  out  of  which  the  king  has  drunk 
(getrunfen).  Who  is  the  happiest  man  ?  He  who  is  the  most 
contented.  The  traveller  to  whom  (dot.)  I  have  lent  (gelieljen) 
a  florin,  is  your  friend.  The  bread  on  which  (tootoon)  we  live 
is  baked  of  (ang)  wheat  and  rye.  The  book  I  want,  is  not  to 
be  had  ($it  fyaben)  here. 


2Ber  b,at  mutter  genug? 
28cn  fyaben  (Sic  getabelt? 
SBag  rcitnfd)t  ber  9ftenfd)  am 

nteiften? 
2Ber    flopft    (knocks)    an  bte 

£f)ure? 

2Bag  toerben  @te  tfyim? 
SBeffcn  Sdjretbbud)  ift  btefeg? 
9ln  men  fdjreiben  @te  btefen 

Srief? 

3ft  3b,r  @eijn  alter  al8  meuter? 
Ste  alt  ift  er? 
Jpier  ift  ein  £mt,  ift  er  ber  S^rtgc 

(orSljrer)? 

©inb  ba§  3b,re  ^anbfrfju^e  ? 
SBotton  leben  bte  @cf)afe  ? 
Selves  finb  bte  ^flangen,  too* 

Don  loir  leben  ? 
feonttt  Ijaft  bu  ben  ^naben  ge* 

f d)Iagen  (beaten)  ? 
9ft  biefer  ©arten  gu  berfattfen 

(to  be  sold)? 

fagte  -3^nen  ber  S3ebiente  ? 


jufrtebene 
9}?eine  tra'ge 


er  Ijofft. 

ift  ber  ©c^netber,  toeldjer  O^re 
neuen  9?ocf  brtngt. 
)  ft)etf$  nt^t,  ma§  i^  tljim  fott. 

ift  b 


fc^retbe  t^n  an  ntetnen  ?e^rer. 
in,  ber  tneintge  ift  jitnger. 
ift  elf  3ab,re  aft. 

bag  ift  ntdjt  ber  metntge; 
meiner  ift  gan$  neu. 
•3a,  bag  ftnb  metne. 
S3on  ©rag  unb  §eu  (hay). 
^ortoffeln,    ^orn,  9?etg,  ®etnufe 

(vegetables)  unb  btele  anberc. 
3d)  fyabe  tb,n  mit  ntetnem 

gefdjtagen. 
S)tefer  ntd)t,  aber  ber  meuteg 

barg. 
Sr  fagte  mir,  toag  et  ge^firt  tyattc. 


162  PRONOUNS. 

2BeId)e  9D?enfd)cn  futb   bie  an*  2)ieienigen,  toeldje  mit  Slttcm  urt* 

gliicflidjftcn '?  jufrteben  ftnb. 

2Bo  ift  ba«  (&ia$,  aug  roeldjem  3ffl  fyabe  eg  in  ben  ©djranf  (cup- 

(tooraug)  id)  getrunfen  fyabe?          board)  geftettt  (put). 

2Bar  eg  nid)t  meineg  ?  Sf  ein,  e«  war  ba§  beg  £>erm  ©run. 


READINQ  LESSON. 

(viu  tfjcurcr  Aloyf  unb  tin  luofjlfcilcr. 

(A  Dear  Head  and  a  Cheap  One.) 

Unter  ber  Sftegierung1  beg  le^ten  ^onigg  toon  ^olen  brad)1  eine 
Gmtoorung3  gegen  ifjn  augs.  Siner  toon  ben  Stnporern4,  ein  toolnifdjet 
giirft,  fetjte  einen  ^reig  toon  20,000  ©utben  auf  ben  ^opf  beg  ^dntgg, 
unb  fyatte  fogar  bie  gredjb.eit5,  eg  bent  $b'ntg  felbft  gu  fdjreiben,  urn* 
t^n  gu  erfdjrecfen.  5lber  ber  ^onig  fd)rieb 7  ib,m  gang  faltbtiitig 8  bie 
fotgenbe  ^Intttoort:  f^^ren  33rief  b,abe  idjrtdjtig9  er^alten10  unb  getefen. 
(Sg  Ijat  mir  toiel  S3ergnugen  gemadjt  (given),  bafe  mein  ^otof  Ob,nen 
nod)  fo  toiel  toertb/1  ift;  id)  toerjid)ereu  ©ie,  fiir  ben  Oljrigen  gebe  id) 
f einen  Better13." 


TWENTY-FIFTH  LESSOff. 

INDEFINITE  PRONOUNS. 

(ttnbcftimmtf   Siirludrirr.) 

They  are : 

man,  one  (French  on),  they,  people, 
einanber,  each  other,  one  another, 
{eberntann,  everybody,  every  one. 
jemanb,  somebody,  anybody, 
niemanb,  nobody,  not— anybody, 
felbft  (felber)  .  .  .  self  (myself,  etc.). 
etttag,  something,  anything, 
nidjtg,  nothing,  not — anything. 


i  the  reign.  2  from  auSbrecfcen,  irr.  v.  to  break  out.  3  an  insurrection,  revolt.  4  rebel. 
B  Midacity.  «  in  order  to  frighten  him.  "  from  frfjmben,  irr.  v.  to  write.  •  quite 
coolly.  9  duly.  10  received,  n  worth.  12  assure,  is  farthing. 


163 

OBSERVATIONS. 

1.  Sftcm   occurs  only  in  the  nominative,  and  is  often 
translated  by  the  English  passive.     Ex. : 

2ftcm  fagt,  people  say,  they  say. 

2Benn  man  franf  ift,  when  one  (or  a  man)  is  ilL 

9ftcm  b,at  ifm  gelobt,  he  has  been  praised. 

9Jtan  ift  gliidtid),  roenn  man  gitfrieben  ift. 

One  is  happy,  when  one  is  contented. 

NOTE  1. — When  another  case  is  required,  it  is  borrowed  from  (Stner/  -e/  -«8. 
Ex.: 

2Benn  man  einen  greunb  berltert,  fo  tljut  e3  (Stnem  leib. 

When  one  loses  a  friend,  one  is  sorry  for  it  (it  makes  sorrow  to  one). 
NOTE  2. — One's,  however,  is  generally  fetn  (lit.  his).     Ex. : 

It  is  better  to  lose  one's  (his)  life  than  one's  honor. 

(53  t[t  teffer,  fetn  8e6en  al8  feine  @{jre  git  tterlteren. 

NOTE  3. — One's  self  is  translated  firf),  sometimes  fidj  felfcfl ;   not  fefljjl 
without  ftdj,    Ex.  : 

One  must  not  praise  one's  self,  2Kan  mtt§  fic^  ntdjt  Cfe^jt)  loben. 

2.  ©inanber,  is  hardly  found  except  in  the  dative  and 
accusative. 

$arl  unb  SBttyetm  trauen  etnanber  (dot.). 
Charles  and  William  trust  one  another. 
3)tefe  ^ranen  tieben  etnanber  (ace.). 
These  women  love  each  other. 

3.  ©elbft  or  felbcr,  is  indeclinable,  and  stands  immedi- 
ately after  either  a  substantive  or  a  personal  pronoun,  as: 
ber  SSater  felbft,  tcf)  felbft,  nrir  felbft  or  felber,  or  nearer  the 
end  of  the  sentence  (see  the  23rd  Lesson,  10).     Ex. : 

3)er  33ater  bradjte  fetnen  @o^n  felbfl. 

The  father  brought  his  son  himself. 

3d)  Ijabe  eg  felbft  (or  fetber)  gefeb/en  (not  metn  felbjl).1 

I  have  seen  it  myself. 

2Btr  glauben  e^  je|t  felbft  (not  unferfelbft). 

We  beheve  it  now  ourselves. 

1  The  English  possessive  pronoun  preceding  telf  or  selves  is  not  translated. 


164  PRONOUNS. 

NOTE.  —  The  adverb  [elfcfi  means  even,  as  : 

Even  his  brothers,  felbft  feine  23ritber. 

4.  Sctermann,  everybody,  takes  8  in  the  genitive  ;  in  the 
other  cases  it  remains  unchanged,  as  : 

®ute«  tfjun  ift  SebermcmnS  ^flirfjt. 
To  do  good  is  every  one's  duty. 
©ebt  3ebermann  (dot.),  n>a8  ifyr  fdjitlbtg  fetb. 
Give  everybody  what  you  owe. 

5.  3emant>  is  declined  as  follows  : 


G.  3emanb8  or  jemanbeS, 

D.  3emanb,  jemanbem  or  iemanben, 

A.  Oemanb  or  jemanben. 

The  shorter  forms,  however,  are  to  be  preferred  except 
where  the  use  of  the  longer  ones  would  remove  an  ambi- 
guity, by  making  the  case  of  jemanb  unmistakable. 
is  declined  like  jemanb. 


ift  5fttemanbe3  OfttemanbS)  @e|rf)mad. 
That  is  nobody's  taste. 

2ftetn  9jtad)bar  fetljt  ^iemanb(en)  (or  9iiemanbem)  ©etb. 
My  neighbor  lends  money  to  nobody. 
3d)  fyabe  Oemanb  ongctroffen. 
I  have  met  somebody. 

6.  Not  —  anybody  and  not  —  anything  are  translated 
97temant>  and  9?id)tg.  Ex.  : 

I  have  not  seen  anything,  3d)  Ijabe  ntrf)t$  gefe^en. 

II.  The  indefinite  numeral  adjectives  are  also  used  as 
indefinite  pronouns.  A  shorter  list  of  them  has  already 
been  given  Lesson  13. 

Seber,  -«,  -e$  or  cut  Seber-,1  each,  every  one. 

diner,  some  one. 

Der  Slnbere,  the  other. 

«««A.  we  uttiqoated. 


PRONOUNS.  165 

£>er  (Sine  —  ,  ber  inhere  —  ,  the  one  —  ,  the  other  —  ; 

plur.  bie  (Sttten  —  bie  2lnberen,  some  —  others. 
(Sittige,  some  or  a  few. 
(Stnige  —  ,  5lnbere  —  ,  some  —  ,  others. 
•JRcmdjer,  many  a  man  ;  plur.  2Jiattd)e,  some  men. 
SSetbe  or  bie  SBeiben,  both. 
Sftefyrere,  several. 
23iel,  much  ;  plur.  33iele,  many. 
£>ie  aftetften,  most. 
SBettig,  little  ;  plur.  2Benige,  few- 
MeS,  everything  ;  plur.  2lfle,  alL 
3)er  -ftamftdjc,  the  same. 
Reiner,  -e,  -8,  none,  no  one. 
3rgenb  (Sitter,  -e,  -8,  any  one. 
(5;ttt)a$,  some  (but  not  much),  something  or  other,  anything. 

OBSERVATIONS. 

1.  Seber,  Sftcmcfyer  and  Reiner,  -e,  -eS,  are  declined  like 
tttfcr,  biefe,  biefe^:  viz: 

G.  3ebeS,  2)?ancf)eg,  ^etneg.    i 
^4.  ^eben,  SD^onc^en,  $emett  zc. 

2.  The  English  pronoun  one,  plur.  o?ies,  after  an  adjec- 
tive, is  not  expressed  in  German.    Ex.  : 

I  have  a  grey  hat  and  a  black  one. 
3d)  fyabe  eitten  grauen  £>ut  unb  ettten 
Two  old  lions  and  two  young  ones. 
3toci  atte  Sorten  unb  jwei  jttnge. 


3.  SnieS  Wa^  (or  5ltte0  bag  wag)  is  the  English  all  that. 
Ex.: 

£>a§  tft  2ltte$,  h)a«  tc^  §abe,  That  is  all  (that)  I  have. 

NOTE.  —  It  is  declined  as  follows  : 

0.  2Kie3  beffen,  »a«  .  .  .  ,  of  all  that  .  .  . 
D.  2ttlem  bem,  twg  .  .  .  ,  to  all  that  .  .  . 
A.  m<<3  bag,  tt>a§  or  afleS  toag  .  .  .  ,  all  (that)  .  .  . 
Of  course  instead  of  tt)a3  we  may  have  tootton/  tooju,  toomtt,  etc. 


4.  The  indefinite  pronoun  some,  when  referring  to  a 
preceding  substantive,  may  be  translated  in  different  ways. 


166  PRONOUNS. 

When  it  replaces  a  singular,  we  may  say  in  German  accord- 
ing to  the  gender:  nxlcfyen,  welcfye  or  rodcfyeS;  in  the  plural: 
Welcfye,  cintge  or  bason.  Frequently,  however,  it  is  not 
expressed  at  all.  Ex. : 

Will  you  have  some  beer  ?     Yes,  give  me  some. 

SBoflen  3te  23ier  fyaben?  3a,  geben  <2ne  mtr  toeldjeS  or  only: 
geben  3te  mtr. 

Have  you  bought  some  tobacco  ?    Yes,  I  have  bought  some. 

£>aben  3te  Xabaf  gefauft?  3a,  id)  fyabe  (roetdjen)  gefauft 

Have  you  some  more  of  these  cigars  ? 

£mbeit  3te  nod)  oon  btefen  Sigarren  ? 

Yes,  I  have  some  still  (or  a  few  more). 

3d,  id)  fyabe  nod)  ttetdje  (ctntge  babon)  or  even:  id)  ^abe  nod). 

5.  Any,  meaning  every,  is  translated  jeber.     When  it 
means  any  quantity  or  number  ataUof,it  is  omitted  in 
translating  into  German. 

You  will  find  it  in  any  shop. 
©tc  roerben  eg  in  jebern  Saben  finben. 
Have  you  any  bread  ?  §oben  <2ne  33rob  ? 
Has  he  any  soldiers  ?  ^>at  er  (Sotbaten  ? 

6.  (£tn)a$  is  neuter  singular,  nominative  and  accusative, 
or  it  may  be  used  after  a  preposition  governing  any  case 
whatever. 

Yes,  I  have  some,  but  not  enough  for  you. 
3a,  id)  fyabe  etrcaS,  aber  ntdjt  genug  fiir  @te. 
Something  (or  other)  pleases  me  in  him, 
(ShoaS  gefattt  mtr  an  i^m. 
©egen  etnw8,  Against  something. 

WORDS. 

ber  ^efyter,  the  fault,  mistake  tobten,  to  kill 

bag  ©ettnffen,  the  conscience  tljun,  to  do 

bte  <2>thnme,  the  voice  bcnetben,  to  envy 

bic  (Srfafjrung,  the  experience  toerteumben,  to  calumniate 

ber  33ote,  the  messenger  flopfen,  to  knock 

id)  bin  fd)ulbtg,  I  owe  anroenben,  to  employ 

borfidjttg,  cautious  gefdjtagen,  beaten 

er^alten,  received  geieb,rt,  learned. 


PRONOUNS.  167 

HEADING   EXERCISE    57. 

9J?an  tft  gtitrfttd),  toenn  man  gufrteben  tft.  2ftan  gtaitbt  e8  tttdjt, 
toenn  man  e8  ntdjt  ftefyt.  Soldje  3)tnge  ftefyt  man  ntdjt  jeben  Jag. 
2)tefe  $ft>et  $nabcn  fyaben  cinanber  gefdjlagen.  SBe^afylt  •3ebermann. 
tua8  3f)r  fdjulbtg  fetb.  Sfttemanb  tft  fo  geleljrt,  bafc  er  5lfle3  toeifc 
(knows).  SDer  luafyre  SBeifc  beneibet  baS  ©liid  ^icmanbeg;  e» 
berleumbet  9liemanb.  ^topft  3emanb  ?  3d)  b,ore  3emanbe§  ©timine. 
STb/ue  nte  @ttt)a§  gegen  bein  ©enjiffen.  Senctbe  ntdjt  ba§  ©liid 
Stnberer.  3eber  (or  etn  3eber)  b,at  feme  ^e^ter.  9}?and^er  fauft 
itnb  be^a^It  nicf)t.  S^e^rere  b,aben  ben  na'mtidjen  {^e^Ier  gemarfjt. 
Stele  toon  mctnen  ^reimben  ftnb  geftorben.  Unfer  greunb 
toon  Mem.  Center  tft  ob,ne  ^eb,Ier.  Reiner  toon  un§  |at  ben 
geroonnen  (won). 

«ufao6c  58. 

1.  One  is  unhappy,  when  one  is  discontented.     These  young 
people  love  each  other.  (The)  animals  eat  (freffen)  one  another. 
Be  polite  to  (gegen)  everybody.    Has  the  man  killed  anybody? 
No,  nobody.   One  should  not  speak  much  of  one's  sell   I  have 
seen  nobody.     Is  there  (gtbt  e3)  anything  prettier?     I  have 
spoken  of  nobody.     Have  you  received  anything?    No,  Sir, 
I  have  not  received  anything.     Do  (tfyitn  @te)  nothing  against 
your  conscience.   Every  one  who  knows  the  world,  is  cautious. 
Have  you  many  friends?    I  have  only  a  few. 

2.  Put  these  books  each  in  (an)  its  place.     The  one  goes, 
the  other  comes.     Some  are  too  (jit)  young,  the  others  are  too 
old.     Both  are  dead.     Many  a  man  drinks  more  than  he  wants 
(bebarf).     I  know  several  of  (Don)  them.     No  one  has  helped 
me  (mtr  gef)o(fen).    Do  not  speak  evil  (336feS)  of  others.     Tell 
me  all  (p.  165,  3)   you  know  (<Sie  rotffen).    I  have  sold  alL 
One  must  not  kill  one's  self.     The  messenger  said  the  same 
(neuter).     With  money  (see  p.  82,  3)  2one  Jcan  do  "much 
good  (p.  108,  a)  3to  4  one's  6  fellow-creatures  (9?ebenmenfd)en). 


2Bann  tfl  man  retd)?  2Benn  man  gttfrteben  tft 

3ft  3emanb  ba  ?  9Mn,  eS  tft  9?temanb  ba. 

2BoS  fagte  3b,r  ftmtnb  ?  (Sr  f  agte  9?td)t«. 
©tbt  e§  etiuaS  ©djonereS  atS  ber 

geftirnte  (starry)  §tmmet?  3d)  fenne  ntdjtS  <Sd)bnere*. 

<£te  Diele  @d)iiter?  Od)  ^abe  mefyrere. 


168  IRREGULAR  VERBS. 

©egen  foen  [ofl  man  Ijb'fUd)  fein?    ®egen  3ebermann. 
2Ba8  tfjun  btefe  Scute  ?  (Sinige  tefen,  5lnbere  frfjreibeit. 

Steben  bie  23riiber  cmanbcr  ?  3a,  fte  Ueben  einanbcr. 

2Ber  if*  olme  gefjler?  Reiner  (9itemanb). 

2Ber  nnfl  glitdlid)  fetn  ?  Oebermann  nutt  eg  (so)  fetn. 

$ennen  @ie  £emt  33raun  ober  3d)  fenne  Setbe.  <Sie  rao^nen  23etbe 
errn  ©run  ?  in  meinem  §aufe. 

'  foil  id)  bte  33fid)er  fietten?  ©tellen  <2ie  jebeS  an  feinen 
f)at  ba«  ®elb  be^ab/lt?  (Sinige  Don  unferen  greunben. 

2)arf   man  toon  5lnberen  33b'fe«  SKan  fott  Don  ^iemanb  (or  Don 
(evil)  reben?  Sftemanben  or  »on  s^icmanbem) 

SBflfeS  reben. 

SSpbon  fprerfjen  @te?  2Bir  fpredjen  bpn  5ltlem. 

2Bie  mele  §itte  b,aben  <Ste?  -3d)  fyabe  gtwei;    etnen  alien  itnb 

einen  neiten. 
@inb  3b,re  ^Ute  fd)nmr$  ober    Od)  b,abe  einen  fd)n>ar$en  unb  etnen 

gran  (grey)  ?  grauen. 

S3on  njent  ^abeu  <Ste  biefen  33rief 
erb.atten  ?  53on  Oemanb,  ben  <Sle  ntdjt  fennen. 


TWENTY-SIXTH  LESSON. 

IRREGULAR  VERBS. 

We  have  seen  already,  Lesson  21,  that  regular  verbs  in 
German  form  the  imperfect  by  adding  te  or  tit  and  the 
past  participle  by  prefixing  QC,  and  adding  t  or  ct. 

Irregular  verbs  —  except  fydben,  fein  and  roerben,  the  modal 
auxiliaries,  tfyim  and  the  verbs  enumerated  in  p.  132,  4,— 
add  no  termination  to  form  the  imperfect,  and  add  en,  at 
the  same  time  prefixing  flf  ,  to  form  the  past  participle. 
The  vowel  of  the  stem  of  the  imperfect  is  different,  —  and 
that  of  the  past  participle  very  often  different,  —  from  that 
of  the  present.  Examples:  jtnfen,  fanf,  gefunfen,  sink, 
sank,  sunk;  geben,  gab,  gegeben,  give,  gave,  given;  ^tfTtgen, 
tying,  gefyattgen,  hang,  hung,  hung. 

We  give  below  for  the  sake  of  comparison,  the  simple 
tenses  (i.e.,  the  tenses  formed  without  an  auxiliary)  of 


IREEQULAII  VERBS. 


169 


these  verbs,  by  the  side  of  those  of  the  regular  verb  lobttt. 
Verbs  which  form  the  imperfect  without  adding  a  termina- 
tion to  the  stem,  and  form  the  past  participle  in  CH,  are 
said  to  belong  to  the  Old  or  Strong  Conjugation. 


INDICATIVE. 

PRESENT. 

id)  lo&e, 

ftnfe, 

gebe, 

Ijange, 

bu  lobft, 

tnfft, 

gib  ft, 

fangft, 

er  lobt, 

tuft, 

gtbt, 

Ijangt, 

ttir  loben, 

tnfen, 

geben, 

bang  en, 

ifyr  lobt, 

tnfet, 

gebet, 

Ijanget, 

jte  loben, 

tnfen, 

geben, 

Ijangen. 

IMPERFECT. 

id)  lobte, 

'anf, 

gab, 

fyKQr 

bu  lobteft, 

anfft, 

gabfl, 

^tngft, 

er  lobte, 

anf, 

gab, 

t)tng, 

ttrir  lobten, 

anfen, 

gaben, 

l)ingen, 

tljr  lobtet, 

anfet, 

gabet, 

fjinget, 

fie  lobten, 

anfen, 

gaben, 

^ingen. 

SUBJUNCTIVE. 

PRESENT. 

id)  lobe,                 ftnfe, 

gebe, 

Ijange, 

bu  lobeft, 

mfeft, 

gebeft, 

^angeft, 

er  lobe, 

tnfe, 

gebe, 

^ange, 

tour  loben, 

tnfen, 

geben, 

Ijangen, 

iljr  lobet, 

tnfet, 

gebet, 

^anget, 

fie  lobett, 

tnfen, 

geben, 

^angen. 

IMPERFECT. 

id)  lobte, 

a'nfe, 

gabe, 

^inge, 

bu  lobtefi, 

cinfeft, 

gabeft, 

^ingefl, 

er  lobte, 

cinfe, 

gabe, 

f)htge, 

unr  lobten, 

anfen, 

gaben, 

lltngen, 

if)r  lobtet, 

anfet, 

gabet, 

^inget, 

fie  lobten, 

anfen, 

gaben, 

^ingen. 

IMPERATIVE. 

Second  Person  Singular. 

foBe,                     ftnfe, 

gib, 

§angc. 

Second  Person  Plural. 

lobet,                   ftnfet. 

gebet, 

Ijanget 

170  IRREGULAB  VERBS. 

INFINITIVE. 
Present. 

loben,  ftnfen,  geben,  Ijangett. 

PARTICIPLES. 
Present. 

lobenb,  jtnfenb,  gebenb,  Ijangenb. 

Past. 

gelobt,  gefunfen,  gegeben,  gefjangen. 


OBSERVATIONS. 

1.  PRESENT  INDICATIVE. — Verbs  in  t,  e.g.,  geben,  are  apt 
to  change   it   in  the  second   and  third  persons  of  the 
singular  into  i  or  ie.     The  rule  is  that  i  should  take  the 
place  of  short  c  and  ic  of  long  c. 

Verbs  in  a,  e.g.,  (jangen,  are  apt  to  modify  this  vowel  in 
the  2d  and  3rd  persons  of  the  singular. 

2.  IMPERFECT  INDICATIVE. — In  some  verbs,  the  double 
consonant  of  the  present  becomes  a  single  one  in  the 
imperfect,  e.g.,  fcfyaffen,  to  create,  has  the  imperfect  fcfyuf. 
In  others,  the  single  consonant  of  the  present  is  doubled 
in  the  imperfect,  e.g.,  reiten,  to  ride,  imperfect  ritt.     Com- 
pare p.  4,  §  1. 

3.  IMPERFECT  SUBJUNCTIVE. — This  tense  is  formed  from 
the  imperfect  indicative   by  modifying  the   vowel  and 
adding  e,  as  can  be  seen  in  the  paradigms  above. 

4  IMPERATIVE. — This  ends  in  the  second  person  singular 
in  c  and  in  the  plural  ft,  just  as  in  the  case  of  regular  verbs ; 
but  verbs  which  change  e  into  i  or  if  (see  1)  in  the  second 
and  third  persons  of  the  present  indicative,  e.g.,  gcben, 
make  the  same  change  in  the  second  person  singular,  but 
not  plural,  of  the  imperative.  These  verbs  also  drop  the  t 
which  should  end  the  second  person  singular  of  tho 
imperative, — having,  for  instance,  gib  instead  of  gibe. 


IRREGULAR  VERBS.  171 

A  great  many  other  verbs  may  drop  this  t  and  some 
occur  even  more  frequently  without  it  than  with  it,  e.g., 
Fomm,  come,  is  very  much  more  usual  than  fomme. 

5.  The  compound  tenses  (i.e.,  those  which  bring  in  an 
auxiliary)  employ  the  infinitive  and  past  participle  in  the 
same  way  as  regular  verbs  do.     Thus  from  bitten,  bat, 
gebeten,  to  ask,  we  have : 

First  Future,  3d)  toerbe  bitten 

First  Conditional      3di  toiivbe  bitten 
Perfect,  3d)  Ijabe  gebeten. 

Pluperfect,  3d)  Ijatte  gebeten.. 

Second  Future,          3d)  tuerbe  gebeten  Ijaben. 
Second  Conditional,  3d)  ttntrbe  gebeten  fjaben. 

6.  All  the  irregular  verbs  of  the  German  language  are 
arranged  alphabetically  and  conjugated  on  p.  215  .and  the 
following  pages.     We  shall  proceed  to  take  them  up  now, 
however,  not  in  alphabetical  order,  but  arranged  in  groups 
according  to  the  way  in  which  they  form  their  imperfects 
and  past  participles. 

7.  Preliminary  Observation.     (This  observation  applies 
to  both  regular  and  irregular  verbs.)     We  have  already 
seen  that  feitt  has  in  the  perfect  id)  bin  geroefen  and  not  id) 
fyabe  geroefen,  and  that  werben  has  idj  bin  geioorben  and  not 
id)  fyabe  geroorben.    A  number  of  other  verbs  take  fetn 
instead  of  fyaben  to  form  the  perfect.     These  are  marked 
t  in  the  following  tables. 

8.  The  general  rule  (with  a  number  of  exceptions)  is, 
that  verbs  which  may  govern  a  genitive,  those  which  may 
govern  a  dative,  and  those  which  may  govern  an  accusa- 
tive, take  fwben.     Thus:   @r  fyat  ber  abroefenben  gre-unbe 
gebfld)t  (genitive),  He  mentioned  absent  friends;    GET  fyatte  ben 
$tnbern  gefolgt  (dative),  He   had    followed    the  children; 
2Bir  werben  tfw  gefefyen  fyaben,    We  shall  have  seen  him 
(accusative). 


172 


IRREGULAK   VERBS. 


9.  As  for  all  the  rest  of  the  verbs  of  the  language,  the 
general  rule  is,  that  those  which  denote  an  action  take 
t)aben,  while  those  which  denote  a  motion  take  feitt.     Of 
course    there   are   a  great  many  verbs   which   express 
neither  an  action  nor  a  motion  and  for  which  we  lay 
down  no  rule.     Thus :  (verbs  of  action)  3d)  fyflbe  gearbeitet, 
geforfcfyt,   I  have  worked,  investigated;    (verbs  denoting  a 
resultant  state],  (Sir  ift  gcftorben,  genefen,  He  has  died,  got 
weU;  (verbs  of  motion),  (£r  ijl  abgereift,  angelangt,  He  has 
left  town,  arrived. 

10.  Some  verbs  of  motion  take  fettt  when  the  idea  of 
getting  from  one  place  to  another  becomes  prominent, 
and  fyaben  at  other  times,  for  instance  when  the  motion 
is  looked  at  as  an  amusement.     Thus :  @r  ifi  »on  33erltn 
twd)    ©panbcw    gefcfyroommen,    He  sivam  from  Berlin   to 
Spandau;  (£r  fyat  im  £eid)  gefcfyroommen,  He  swam  in  the 
pond.     Compare  also  the  remark  on  the  auxiliary  taken 
by  friecfyen,  page  201. 

NOTE.  Throughout  the  following  numbered  list,  words  inclosed  in  (  ) 
are  less  common,  usually  older,  forms  and  are,  in  general,  not  to  be 
imitated.  As  regards  the  use  or  non-use  of  the  connecting  vowel  e,  the 
list  gives,  as  a  rule,  only  the  usual  form.  See  page  130,  obs.  1.  Words 
inclosed  in  [  ]  are  entirely  antiquated  or  incorrect  and  are  not  to  be 
imitated  at  all. 

The  following  verbs  have  a  in  the  imperfect  and  c  in  the 
past  participle. 

INDICATIVE  PRESENT.     |      IMPERAT.  IMPERFECT.        |  PAST  PART.' 


1.  geben,  to  give. 


id)  qebe,  bit  gtcbft  or 
gtbft,  cr  gtebt  or  gtbt, 
nnr  gcben,  tfyr  gebt, 
^ic  geben,  fie  geben. 


gicb  or  gib 

[flebe], 
gebt. 


id)  gab,  bu 
gabft,  er  gab, 
nnr  gaben  ac. 

S.  id)  gabe 


gegeben. 


IRREGULAR  VERBS. 


173 


INDICATIVE  PRESENT. 


1MPEKAT. 


IMPERFECT. 


PAST  PART. 


Conjugate  in  the  same  manner:  cnt^'geben,  'sep.  v.  to  spend  (money); 
pergeben,  insep.  v.  to  forgive  (past  part,  fcergeben,  not  bergefleben);  jurucf'; 
jeben/  to  give  back,  return. 

2.  effen,  to  eat. 

idj  effe,  bit  i§t  (iffeft),    i§  [effej,  —    id)  a§.  gegeffea. 

er  ijH,  roir  effen,  ifyr    efct.  £.  id)  cifje 

e§t,  fte  effen. 

3.  fr effen,  to  eat  (applied  to  animals). 


id)  freffe,  bu  frifet  (frif; 
feft),  er  fript,  ttrir 
freffen  :c. 


frefet. 


reffe],    id)  Jrojj. 

S.  id)  fra§e. 


4.  meffen,  to  measure. 


tdj  mcffe,  bit  miftt  (miffeft) 
er  mifet,  tuir  meffen  zc. 


mept. 


id)  ma§. 
&  id)  ma^e. 


gefreffen. 


gemeffen. 


Thus  is  conjugated  :  aVmeffetijto  measure,  to  survey.  SReffen  should 
not  be  confounded  with  miffen,  to  be  without,  which  is  regular. 


id)  lefe,  bit  Iief(ef)t,  er 
Iteft,  nitr  lefen  jc. 


5.  lefen,  to  read. 

lies  [lefe], 
left. 


id)  lag. 
8.  id)  lafe. 


6.  fefyen,  to  see,  to  look. 


fief),  fefyt. 


id)  faf). 
-S.  id)  fa^e. 


getefen. 


gefe^eir. 


id)  fefje,  bit  fteljft,   er 
ftetjt,  tmr  feljen  ?c. 

Thus :  dn'fefjen,  to  see  ;  aug'fefjen,  to  look  (like).  The  correct  im- 
perative is  fieb,.  Nevertheless  felje  and  ftef)e  are  sometimes  found, 
the  latter  especially  as  an  interjection,  or  in  referring  to  some 
passage  in  a  book. 


7.  t  treten,2  to  tread. 


idj  trete,  bu  trittfl,  er 
tritt,  ratr  treten  ac. 


tritt  [trete], 
tretet. 


id)  trat 
S.  id)  trate. 


getreten. 


Thus  :  ab'treten,  to  resign  ;  f  ^erein'treten,  to  step  in,  etc. 

1  Compound  verbs  are  some  of  them  separable  and  others  inseparable.    Separable 
verbs  take  ge  between  the  preposition  and  the  verb  in  the  past  part.,  as:  auSgcgeben, 
spent  (see  the  31st  Lesson);  inseparable  verbs  have  no  ge  in  the  past  part. 

2  Verbs  marked  with  f  form  their  perfects  with  the  auxiliary  fetn,  to  be,  as  icb  bin 
getreten,  I  have  trodden ;  e$  tear  gefd^en,  it  had  happened,  etc.    All  othsrs  are  con- 
strued with  b,aben. 


174 


IRREGULAR  VERBS. 


INDICATIVE  PRESENT.     |       IMPERAT.  IMPERFECT.        |     PAST  PART. 


8.  t  genefen,  to  recover  from  illness. 


id)  genefe,  bu  genefeft, 
cr  geneft,  nrir  gene- 
fen  2C. 


genefe, 
geneft. 


id)  gena?,  (ge* 

nefete). 
S.  id)  genafe, 

[genefete]. 


genefen. 


9.  t  gefcfyeljen,  to  happen  (impersonal). 


8  gefd)ief)t  [gefd)id)t], 
(fte)  gefdjefjen. 


S.  e$  gefdjalje. 
10.  »ergeffen,  to  forget 


id)  Dergeffe,  bu  Bergifet 
(uergiffeft),  er  toergtfjt, 
loir  toergeffen  :c. 


[bergeffe], 
oerge^t. 


id)  bergafj. 
S.  id)  »erga§e. 


11.  bitten,  to  beg,  ask  or  request. 


id)  bitte,  bu  bitteft,  er 
bittet,  tt)ir  bitten  :c. 


id)  liege,   bu  liegjl,  er 


bitte,  bittet. 


id)  bat. 
8.  id)  bate. 


12.  Hegen,  to  lie. 


liege,  Itegt. 


id)  laq. 
S.  id)'  lage. 


Itegt,  h)ir  liegen,  il)r 
liegt  :c. 

Thus  :  t  unterlfe'gen,  to  succumb.    Past  p.  untcrle'gen. 


13.  ftfcen,  to  sit.1 
ftfce,  fat. 


gefdje^en. 


Dergeffen, 


gebeten. 


gelegen. 


id)  fa^ 
S.  id)  fa'fte. 


gefeffcn. 


id)  ft^e,  bu  fi^ejl,   er 
ft£t,    toir   ft^en,    % 
ft^t  jc. 
Thus  :  Beftfeen,  to  possess.     Imperf.  \i>  Befa§.    Perf.  irf>  ^aBe  Befeffen. 


i  When  fifecn  means  to  be  fitting  it  takes  ^aben,  when  it  means  to  tit  down,  i.e.,  denotes 
motion,  it  takes  fcin.  (Compare  10,  page  172.)  —  Qttfytn  takes  tyafccn  more  frequently 
than  it  does  feln. 


1EBEGULAK  VERBS. 


175 


INDICATIVE  PRESENT.     |      IMPERAT.      |        IMPERFECT.        |  PAST  PAHT. 


Id)  ftcfje,  tbu  ftefjfl,  er 
ftcfjt,  unr  ftefyen,  tl)r 
fteljt  jc. 


14.  ftefyen,  to  stand* 


ftef)(e), 
fteljt. 


id)  flanb  [ftunb]. 
S.  id)  ftanbe 
[ftiinbe]. 


geffonben. 


Thus  :  Befteficn  (fcin  or  $aten),  to  consist ;  f  entfidjen,  to  arise,  to  orig- 
inate ;  fcerftefycn,  to  understand. 

To  this  class  may  be  added  a  verb  with  an  abnormal 
imperfect,  viz*: 

15.  tfyun,  to  do,  to  make. 


td)tf)ite,butl)uft,ertlntt,  |  tt)ue,  tljut. 
hrir  tfyun,  if)r  tljut  jc. 


id]  tf)at,bu  t^atft 
S.  id)  tfyate. 


gcttjon. 


Pres.  subj.,  icb  t^ue,  bu  tBuejl,  er  tfiue,  hrir  t^uen,  itr  tfeuet,  fie  tfjuett. 
In  the  imperf.  ind.  tfjat  is  more  usual  than  ttjat  when  followed 
immediately  by  an  infinitive. 


WORDS. 


etn  S^otcy,  m.,  a  dollar 

etn  @d)iOing,  m.,  a  shilling- 

ber  S^ertfd),  mankind 

(Srbbeeren,  f^  strawberries 

^>eii,  n.,  hay 

§afer,  m.,  oats 

bag  Slid),  the  cloth 

etne  Unterftii^ung,  support,  aid 

bie  9?aape,  the  caterpillar 

ber  Settler,  the  beggar 

ber  ^udjen,  the  cake 


He  33ernunft,  reason,  sense 

ber  Ionian',  the  novel 

ber  Cornet',  (2d  decl),  the  comet 

bte  ©efafyr,  the  danger 

ber  ©ittben,  the  florin 

bag  lifer,  the  shore,  bank 

bie  SBeletbigimg,  the  insult 

letfe,  low  (not  loud) 

balb,  soon 

nod)  ntd)t,  not  yet 

bte  2Bof)ltf)at,  the  benefit 


READIED  EXERCISE  59. 

1.  (5r  gibt  mtr  etne  gute  ^eber.  9#etn  ^rennb  gab  mtr  etnige 
Staler,  ^aben  ©ie  i^m  biefelben  jurucfgegeben  ?  ^od)  nidjt.  3Ba^ 
t^t  biefer  ^nabe?  (gr  t§t  grbbeeren.  3d)  ^abe  nod)  feme  gegeffen. 
£>er  3CRann  a^  ^u  (too)  Diet.  £)er  Dd)fe  frtfet  ®ra8  unb  ^eu.  3)ie 
^ferbe  ^aben  alien  £>afer  gefreffen.  3Barum  mi^t  bu  btefeg  Judj? 
-3d)  totH  eg  tierlaufen.  SBarum  lieft  ber  <Sd)itler  fo  leife  ?  @r  Ijat  etne 
fd)Uxtd)e  (Sttntine  (voice),  ^ruljer  Ijat  er  tauter  gelefen.  3)er  Sltnbe 
fte^t  ntdjtg.  @ie^,  fyter  finb  betne  Siid)er.  @a|en  @tc  ben  @tord)  ? 
Sir  fa^en  t^n  ntd)t.  3d)  ^abe  nod)  me  (never  yet)  etnen  Slepljanten 


176  IRREGUIAR  YEBB8. 

2.  3emanb  ifl  mtr  auf  ben  ^u§  getreten.  $>er  Bronte  tfl  nneber 
genefen.  (§8  gefdjtefjt  Diet  in  ber  2BeIt  (world),  nia8  man  nidjt  toer* 
ftcfyen  fann.  ©laubten  <2te,  baft  bieS  gefdjafje?  3d)  toerga§  3b,nen 
311  fagen,  baft  id)  3h,ren  §reunb  gefefyen  fyabe.  3d)  Ijatte  baS  SBort 
toergefjen.  £)er  SBebtente  fyat  an  ber  £b,iire  geftanben;  gtiiei  anberc 
2J?anner  ftanben  bet  t()m.  !Der  5lnne  bat  mid)  um  (for)  cine  Unter* 
ftii^ung  ;  er  Ijat  fdjort  biete  !?eute  gebeten.  3)er  9?abe  fa§  auf  einent 
23aiun ;  id)  n)ei§  ntdjt,  nne  tange  er  bort  (there)  gefejjen  ^at 
lag  ber  Sfyfel?  (gr  lag  im  ©rafc. 


60. 

1.  Give  me  two  florins.    "When  (roann)  will  you  *  give  l  them 
*  back  [to]  "  me  ?    In  a  few  days  («to.).     The  countess  gave  *  a 
'shilling  [to]   xthe  2poor  'beggar.      God  (®ott)  has  4 given 
(J  the)  3  reason  to  l  mankind.     I  eat  bread  and  cheese.     Thou 
eatest  bread  and  butter.     The  children  ate  cherries.     I  saw 
you* eat  (infin.)  l grapes  (Srauben);  were  they  ripe?    Eat  of 
(tion)  this  cake,  it  is  for  you.     The  oxen  eat  (3)  grass  and  hay. 
The  caterpillars  ate  all  [the]  leaves  of  (toon)  that  tree.    The 
cat  has  eaten  the  mouse.    I  gave  her  (dot.)  a  flower.    What 
does  Miss  Eliza  read?   She  reads  a  novel  by  (toon)  Sir  Walter 
Scott    Have  you  read  Lord  Byron's  poems  (®ebid)te)  ?  I  have 
not  yet  read  them,  but  I  shall  read  them  soon.   The  merchant 
has  not  measured  the  cloth. 

2.  Have  you  ever  (je)  seen  a  comet?  Tea,  I  saw  a  beautiful 
comet     He  does  not  see  the  danger  in  which  he  is  [placed]. 
Young  lady,  read  only  good  books.     Beneath  (unter)  the  sun 
1  nothing  l  happens  without  the  will  (SSitten)  of  God.     What 
has  (ift)  happened  ?    An  old  man  stood  on  the  (am)  shore  and 
cried  (roetnte).     Close  to  him  (neben  ib,m)  sat  two  little  children, 
and  a  dog  was  lying  beside  (neben,  dot.)  them.     The  poor  man 
begged  me  to  give  him  a  few  florins.     Fabricius  possessed  (13) 
such  (fo)  great  virtues,  that  even  (felbfl)  the  enemies  of  the 
Romans  *  respected  'him.      The  honest  man  forgets  (the) 
insults  and  remembers  (erumert  fid)  ber)  benefits. 

The  following  verbs  have  a  in  the  imperfect  and  o  in 
the  past  participle. 


IEBEGULAR  VERBS. 


177 


INDICATIVE  PRESENT.     |       IMPERAT.      |        IMPERFECT.        |  PAST  PART. 


1C.  bcfefylen,  (dot.),  to  order,  to  command. 


id)  bcfe[)Ic,bu  beficljlfl,  cr 


befief)ft,unrbefe()(eiuc. 


beftefjf, 


befefylt. 


id)  befall 
[befoffl, 

8.  id)  [befab,(e], 
before. 

Thus:  cmpfef/Icn,  to  recommend.     P. p.  empfofyten. 


befoljten. 


17.  serbercjen,  to  hide,  to  conceal. 


id)  t>erberge,bu  berbirgft, 
et  berbirgt  20. 


toerbirg, 
fcerbergt. 


idj  bcrbarg, 
.6'.  id)[tierbarge] 
berburge. 


berborgett. 


The  simple  verb  fcergett,  to  hide,  is  poetical. — ^erBergen  comes  from 
4?er6erge,  and  aufbetgen,  emporlJergen  from  33erg,  not  from  iergen,  to 
hide.  All  three  are  regular. 


18.  t  Berften,  to  burst,  to  crack. 


id)  berfte,  bit  berfteft  or 
birft,  erbcrftetorbtrft, 
rtnr  berften  K. 


berfte  or 
Mrft, 
berftet. 


id)barftorbor|t 
S.  id)   (bftrfte) 
borfte. 


geborften. 


19.  Bremen,  to  break  (t  when  intrans.). 


id)  bvedje,  bit  brid)ft,  er 
bridjt,  luir  bredjeu  :c. 


brtd), 
bredjt. 


id)  bradj. 
S.  id)  bradje. 


gebrodjen. 


Thus:  aC'6rcd)cn,  to  break  off ;  auS'brec^en,  to  breakout;  unter&redj'en, 
to  interrupt  (P.  p.  untcrbro'iixn";  gerfcrec^en,  to  break  to  pieces. 
The  verb  brecften  miy  be  conjugated  regularly  in  the  phrase  glad)^ 
fcrccften,  to  break  flax.  SJabebraten,  to  break  on  the  wheel,  is  re- 
gular.  Gfyebrccfyen  (separable^,  to  commit  adultery,  is  conjugated 
like  brecfycn,  but  in  those  parts  in  which  (Sfje  would  come  after 
ircdjen  it  has  id)  bredje  bte  GsSe,  etc. 


20.  trefd^en,  to  thrash. 


Id)  brefdje,  bu  brtfdjfl,  er 
brifdjt,  n)tr  brefdjen  :c. 


brifd), 
brcfdjt. 


id)  brofd),  less 
freq.  bra[d). 
S.  id)  brfifdje. 


gebrofdjen. 


178 


IREEaULAB  VERBS. 


INDICATIVE  PRKSEST.      J      IMPERAT.      )        IMPERFECT.        j   PAST  PAKT. 

21.  t  erfcfyrecfen  (neut.),  to  be  frightened. 

id)     evfdnTrfe,    I    am     erfdjrirf,          id)  erfdjraf.  erfdjrodeiu 

frightened;    bu    er=     erfdjredt.         S.  id)  erjdjrfifc. 
fdjrtrfft,    er   crfdjrirft, 
loir  evfdjrecfen  :c. 

When  this  verb  is  intransitive  it  should  be  conjugated  irregularly. 
However,  a),  the  intransitive  imperative  erfcfyrecf e  is  not  uncommon, 
and  6)  as  a  sportsman's  expression  for  the  sound  various  animals 
of  the  deer  kind  make  when  alarmed,  it  is  more  usually  regular. 
The  transitive  verb  should  be  conjugated  regularly,  (fcforerfcn,  to 
frighten. )  The  reflexive  verb  is  better  conjugated  irregularly. 


22.  cjclten,  to  be  worth,  pass  for. 


Id)  gelte,  bit  gtttfl,  er  gilt, 
Unr  gettcn  :c. 


gilt  [gelte], 
geltet. 


id)  gait. 
S.  id)  (gfilte) 
golte  [gulte]. 


Thus  :  fccrgelten,  to  requite.     P.  p. 

23.  gebaren,  to  bring  forth. 


id)  gebarc,  bugebierflor 
gebfirft,  er  gebtert  or 
gebavt,  tutr  gebaren. 


gcbter  or 
gebare, 
gebort. 


tdj  gebar. 
S.  id)  gebfire. 


24.  ^elfen  (dat.),  to  help. 


id)  ^ctfc,   bu  fcitffl,  er 
hilft,  n)tr  Ijelfen  jc. 


w, 

^elft. 


id)  Ijatj. 
S.  id)  (fialfe) 
^tttfe. 


gegottem 


geborcru 


ge^olfen. 


id)  ne^nte,  bu  ntmmfl, 
er  nimmt,  lutr  netyntcu 


25.  ne^men,  to  take. 


jttmm  id)  no^m.  gcnomnten. 

[neljme],       S.  id)  italjmc. 
ncf;mt. 

Thus :  aB'neljmcn,  to  take  cff  ;  on'ncfjmen,  to  accept ;  auS'ncfymcn,  to 
except ;  fjerauss'nebmen/  to  take  out ;  unternel^mcn,  to  undertake 
(p.p.  unternom'tnen);  iocg'nc^mcn,  to  take  away;  3urM/nc^men,  to 
take  back. 


26.  fcfyelten,  to  scold,  chide. 


id)  fdjette,  bu  fdjiltft,  er 
jdjilt,  nrir  fdjelteu  :c. 


fditit 
fdjeltet. 


id)  fdjatt. 
S.  id)  [fdjatte] 
fdjolte. 


ge(d)oltetu 


IRREGULAR  VERBS. 


179 


INDICATIVE  PRESENT. 


IMPERAT. 


IMPERFECT. 


PAST  PART. 


27.  fprecfyen,  to  speak. 


id)  fpied)e,bu  ftmdjft,  er 
ftmdjt,  toir  fpredjen  :c. 


frrtdj, 

[foredje], 

tyredjt. 


id)  fpradj. 
S.  id)  fprcidje. 


flefprodjen. 


Tims  :  aitS'fprecljen,  to  pronounce ;  entfyre'cfjen,  to  correspond ; 
fpre'$en,  to  promise  ;  iinbcrfare'djen,  to  contradict. 


28,  jhcfyen,  to  prick,  or  sting. 


td)tfled)e,  bit  ftidjft,  cr 
fitd)tf  tuir  ftedjen  zc. 


ftid)[fted,c], 
fted)t. 


id)  ftad). 
S.  id)  ftadjc. 


29.  ftecfen,  to  stick  (intrans.). 


id)  flede,  bit  jicdEfl,  er 


ftede. 


id)  ftaf. 


geftodjen. 


geftcdt. 


t 
ftecft,  loir  ftecfen  ?c. 

/".JB.  —  The  transitive  verb  jtecfen,  to  put,  is  regular,  and  the  intransi- 
tive one  more  usually  so.  flaf  and  ftctfe  (intr.)  still  occur,  but  are 
rare  in  the  imperf.,  and  the  same  is  true  of  fttcfjl,  fticJt,  in  the 
pres. 

30.  ftefylen,  to  steal. 


id)  fte()te,  bit  ftiebtft,  er 
ftiefytt,  nrir  fteljten  :c. 


ftiel)([ftebte]  |  id)  fta()t  [ftoljt]. 


ftel)(t. 


S.  id)  ftab,Ie  or 


31.  t  jler&en,  to  die. 


geftofjfeiu 


geflorben 


oerborfcen. 


The  transitive  toerberCen,  to  ruin,   is  either  regular   or  irregular. 
Jforally  ruined  is  usually  berbcrBt  and  not  fcerborfcen. 


id)  flerbe,  bu  ftirbfl,  er 
ftirbt,  imr  flerben  K. 

fttrb  [fterbe] 
fterbt. 

td)  ftarb. 
8.  id)  (ftarbe), 
ftilrbe. 

32.  » 
id)  t>erberbe,but>erbirbft, 
er  toerbirbt  zc. 

:rberben,  to  ^ 

toerbtrb 
[oerberbe], 
Uerberbt. 

jet  spoiled. 

id)  toerbarb. 
-S1.  [id)  Derbarbe] 
oerbitrbe. 

33.  werBen,  to  sue  (=to  seek). 


lc^  hierbe,  bu  hitrtjft,  er 
Wtrbt,  toir  loerben  K. 


[iDerbe], 
luerbt. 


id)  ttiarb. 
S.  id)  [tt&rbe] 
lourbe. 


geworben, 


180 


IRREGULAR  VERBS. 


INDICATIVE  PRESENT. 

IMPERAT. 

IMPERFECT.           PAST  PABT. 

34.  roerfen,  to  throw,  fling,  cast. 

id)  roerfe,  bu  nrirfft,  er 

n)irf[tt)erfe], 

id)  njarf. 

gettjorfen. 

toirft,  wir  toerfen  :c. 

roerft. 

S.  id)  [rtjorfe] 

wurfe. 

Thus:   itm'werfen,   to  upset;    toertoer'fen,  to  reject;   toor'toerfen,  to 

reproach  ;  toeg'toerfen,  to  throw  away. 

35.  treffen,  to  hit 

id)  treffe,  bit  trifffl,  er 

trtff[treffe], 

id)  traf. 

getroffen. 

trifft,  roir  treffcn  jc. 

ttefft. 

S.  id)  trafe. 

Thus  :  ein'treffon,  to  arrive  ;  ubertref'fen,  to  excel  (p.  p.  iifcertrof'fen)  ; 

an'treffeu  (ace.)  and  jufam'mentteffen  (mit),  to  meet. 

36.  beginnen,  to  begin. 

id)  begume,  bu  beginnft, 

beginne, 

id)  begann  [or 

begonnen. 

er  beginnt  jc. 

beginnt. 

begonn,  or  be^ 

gonnte]. 

S.  id)  (beganne) 

begonne. 

37.  genrinnen,1  to  win,  to  gain. 

id)  getoinne  ?c. 

genrinne. 

id)  getuann. 

gettjonnen. 

/S'.id)(gettjfinne) 

gewonne. 

38.  rinnen/  to  leak,  to  flow. 

id)  rinne,  bu  rinnfl  20. 

rinne. 

id)  rann 

geronnen. 

[ronn,  rinntej. 

S.  id)  (ranne) 

ronne. 

39.  ftnnen,1  to  meditate. 

id)  ftnne,  bu  finnft  zc. 

ftnne. 

id)  fann  [fonn]. 

gefonnen. 

S.  id)  (fanne) 

fonne. 

Thus  :  ftdj  Befinnen,  to  reflect,  to  remember,  ©cfonnen  fctn  is,  to  in- 
tend (to  do  a  thing)  ;  geftnnt  fetn  is,  to  hold  certain  opinions:  ©e= 
flnnt  fein  is  sometimes  used  for  flefonnen  fein,  but  this  usage  is  not 
to  be  recommended.  The  Swiss  writers,  and  sometimes  writers 
not  Swiss,  make  this  verb  regular. 


i  The  parts  not  given  are  formed  like  those  of  bfgtnnen. 


IRREGULAR  VERBS. 


181 


INDICATIVE  PRESENT.      |       IMPERAT.      |        IMPERFECT.         |    PAST  PART. 


40.  fptnnen,1  to  spin. 


idj  fptnne,  bit  fpinnfhc. 


fpinne. 


id)  fpann[fpomi] 
S.  id)  (f panue) 
jpijnne. 


gefponnen. 


41.  t  fcfyroimmen,1  to  swim. 


fdjrtrimme 


fdjtoimme. 


id)  fdjitwmm 
[fd)tt)omm]. 


gefd)n)om« 
men. 


me)fd)U)6mme 

©c&ftimmcn  takes  Ijafccn  when  tlie  movement  from  place  to  place  is 
not  prominent  (compare  10,  p.  172). 


42.  t  fommen,  to  come. 


id)  fontme,  bn  fomntft,  |  lomme. 
or  lommfl,  er  lommt, 
or  fdmmt. 


id)  !am. 
S.  id)  fame. 


gelommen. 


WORDS. 


ber  £)tef>,  the  thief 

ba8  9to()r,  the  reed,  cane 

ber  S!ftatrofe,  the  sailor 

ber  £>auptmann,  the  captain 

ba8  ©e>t)e{)rf  the  musket 

ber  <Sd)alj,  the  treasure 

ber  9J?orber,  the  murderer 

ber  jDotd),  the  dagger 

ber  ©picget,  the  looking-glass 

ber  ©tadjet,  the  sting 

ba§  Onfeft,  the  insect 

bie  33tene,  the  bee 


bag  3^e^'  *^e  wart,  target 

bie  Nation,  baS  ^olf,  the  nation 

bie  Sapferfeit,  (the)  valor 

ber  ^lad)^,  the  flax 

bie  SOtfaftigung,  (the)  moderation 

laben,  irr.,  to  load 

reintgen,  pu^en,  to  clean 

ge^ord)en,  (dot.),  to  obey 

jjeigen,  (dot.),  to  show 

Meid),  pale 

tobt,  dead. 


1  Bee  foot-note,  page  180, 


182  IRREGULAR  VERBS. 

READING  EXERCISE   61. 

1.  SRer  beftefytt  ben  ©otbatcn?  £>ie  Offaiere  befaljfen  ben  ©otbaten, 
ben  ^einb  cmjugretfen  (to  attack).     3)er  $b'nig  fjat  befoljlen,  bo§  cin 
neuer  ^ataft  gebaut  wcrbc.    3)er  $)teb  fyatte  ftd)  fjinter  einer  2ftauer 
fcerborgen.    Sftein  ©ofyn,  toarum  fcerbtrgft  bu  betn  ©eftdjt  (face)? 
®Q«  GtS  tft  geborften.     $a«  $ofjr  btegt  ftcfy  (bends);  abet  e$  brtdjt 
nirfjt.    2)er  Sebtente  fyat  bie  £l)eetajje  jerbroc&en.     Om  Sinter  ttrirb 
ba$  ©etretbe  (grain)  gebrofdjen.    2)ie  gran  erfdjraf,  al§  *  (when)  f\c 
i^ren  2)?ann  Jo  blei^  fa^.     Oebermonn  tear  bariiber  erfc^rorfen.    23a3 
^aben  <Ste  in  ber  Sotterie  getoonnen?    Oc^  Ijabe  ^unbert  ©ulben 
geraonnen. 

2.  SSenn  bu  betnem  ^ad^bar  ^ttfft,  fo  Ijtlft  er  bir  oud^  hneber.    !l)er 
@raf  ^ot  tJteten  Airmen  ge^olfen.    35a^  ^inb  ^at  bag  3J?e[fer  genommen. 
2Bariim  na^mft  bu  e8  nic^t  h)eg?  3?d)  begann  gerabe  (just)  meine 
Arbeit,  al3 l  ber  ^rembe  etntrat  (came  in).    2)ie  5D?atrofen  fc^njammen 
itber  ben  5^up.    2)ie  alte  ftiau  ^at  ^ta^S  gefponnen.    2Bot)on  Ijaben 
bie  lOeute  gefprori^en?   @ie  fagten,  ba§  ber  ^er^og  toon  2Befltngton 
geftorben  i^t.    2Wein  ^reunb  ift  ttom  ^ferbe  gefatten  (fallen)  unb  ^at 
ben  (his)  ?lrm  gebrocfjen.    2Ber  ^at  biefen  ©tein  geroorfen  ?  (Sin  ^nabc 
hjarf  tljn  in  ba8  Softer,  unb  bie  @d)etbe  (pane)  ift  jerbro^en. 

Stufonbc  62. 

1.  The  general  commands,  the  soldiers  must  obey.  "Who 
has  ordered  you  (dot.)  2to  "do  Hhis?  The  captain  ordered 
me  3to  load  Jthe  2  muskets.  Socrates  recommended  to  his 
pupils  (dot.)  moderation  in  all  things.  Many  treasures  are 
hidden  in  the  earth.  The  murderer  hid  his  dagger  under  his 
cloak.  Who  has  broken  my  looking-glass?  The  servant  broke 
it  (see  p.  146,  2)  this  morning,  when1  he  s  cleaned  l  the  s  room. 
You  may  think  that  he  3  was  l  much  (f efyr)  2  frightened.  I  was 
also  frightened  when  I  saw  it.  We  must  always  return  (No.  22) 
good  for  good  (®ute3  mit  ($utem).  The  duke  was  born  in 
the  year  1775.  Mary  has  been  *  stung  by  a  bee.  The  sting  of 

i  To  translate  when,  the  student  must  first  consider  to  what  it  is  equivalent  in 
English.  If  to  whenever,  as  often  as,  fo  oft  is  a  safe  translation  ;  if  to  as  toon  as,  then 
fobatb  ;  if  to  if,  then  rotnn  ;  if  to  now  that  (e.g.,  in  Are  you  going  to  write  to  him,  when  he  i* 
already  dead  ?)  then  fca  ;  if  followed  by  the  English  imperfect  or  pluperfect  referring  to 
a  single  occasion,  then  als  ;  if  meaning  on  which,  in  which  or  at  which  (e.g.,  on~the  day 
when,  at  the  lime  when)  ta.  The  student  need  hardly  be  reminded,  that  when  in  doubt 
how  to  translate  any  English  words,  the  first  thing  is  to  consider  to  what  more  specific 
English  words  they  are  equivalent. 

i  In  these  exercises  italics  frequently  indicate  that  the  passive  must  bo  used. 


IEEEGULAE  "VERBS. 


183 


the  insect  stuck  in  the  wound,  and  she  came  to  show  it  to  me 
dat-).  Frederick  H,  king  of  Prussia,  died  on  the  17th  [of] 
August,  1786. 

2.  "The  child  is  not  dead,"  said  Jesus  to  its  father,  "it 
sleeps  (fd)lcift)."  The  boy  spoils  his  books;  he  has  also  spoiled 
his  clothes  (^tctber).  Of  whom  have  you  spoken?  We  spoke 
of  (toon)  Columbus.  The  soldier  threw  3away  Jhis  2gun.  Who 
threw  the  stone  at  (nad),  with  dat.)  the  window  ?  I  do  not  know 
who  (rocr)  threw  it.  Have  you  hit  the  mark  ?  Yes,  I  have  hit 
it.  Can  you  swim  ?  I  swam  over  the  river  yesterday.  Who 
spun  this  flax  ?  My  wife  (^rau)  spun  it  during  (the)  last  winter. 
She  began  the  (ace.)  day  after  Christmas  (2Bei()nad)t).  The 
unhappy  men  threw  themselves  at  (311,  dat.)  the  feet  of  the 
king.  The  Romans  excelled  (35)  all  nations  in  (an)  valor. 

The  following  verbs  have  fl  in  the  imperfect  and  it  in 
the  past  participle.  These  are  the  only  parts  which  need 
be  committed  to  memory, — the  rest  are  formed  just  like 
those  of  regular  verbs. 


INDICATIVE  PRESENT. 


IMPERFECT. 


PAST  PART. 


43.  Mnben,  to  bind,  to  tie.- 


id)   btnbe,   bu  btnbeft,   cr 
binbet,  tt)tr  btnben  :c. 


td)  banb. 

S.  id)banbe[biinbe] 


gebunben,  bound. 


Thus :  an'Hnben,  to  attach ;  berMnben,  to  oblige,  to  join,  to  dress 
(a  wound). 


id)  ftnbe. 


.  ftnbcn,  to  find, 
id)  fanb  [fnnbj.         gefunben. 


S.  id)  fiinbe  [fiinbe]. 
Thus :  erftn'ben,  to  invent ;  cmpfir.'b'en/  to  feel. 


45.  f  fcfyttnnben,  to  disappear,  to  vanish. 


id)  fdjroattb 


Id)  fdjttnnbe. 


S.  id)  jdjiufinbe 

[fdjroiinbe], 
Thus:  f  berfd)i»tn'fcen,  to  disappear. 


gefdittmnben. 


184 


IRREGULAR  VERBS. 


INDICATIVE  PRESENT. 


IMPERFECT. 


PAST  PART. 


46.  nnnben,  to  wind. 

idj  rtnnbe.  id)  toanb.  I  gettwnben. 

S.  id)  toanbe. 

Thru  :  fi&ertottl'ben,  to  overcome.  P.  p.  itbcrtoun'ben.  But  tombcn,  to 
blow  (of  the  wind),  and  lutnben/  to  snuff  or  scent  (of  a  hound1,  is 
regular. 

47.  f  brtngen,  to  press,  to  urge. 


id)  brtnge. 


id)  brang. 
S.  id)  brange 
[briingc]. 


gebritngen. 


Thus :  f  butdfjbrin'gen,  to  penetrate  ;  etn'brtngen,  to  enter  by  force. 
Not  to  be  confounded  with  brangen,  tr.,  to  force,  which  is  regular. 

48.  t  gcltngen  (impers.),  to  succeed. 

e3  getong  [getung]     e8  ifl  mir  getnngen, 
mir,  I  succeed-      I  have  succeed- 
ed, ed. 
£gela'nge[getttnge] 
Thus  :  f  mi§Un'gen,  to  fail. 


e«  geltngt  mir,  I  succeed. 
e§  gcttngt  i^m,  he  suc- 
ceeds, etc. 


-  49.  flingen,  to  sound. 

{rfj  fltnge.  id)  flcmg.  geftungcn. 

/S'.id)  flange  [flitnge] 
Thus :  f  erfltn'flen,  to  resound ;  t  fccrftm'gen,  to  die  away. 


\d)  ringe. 


50.  rtngcn,  to  struggle,  to  wring. 

gcvitngen. 


id)  rang. 
|  S.  id)  range. 

Thus  :  errin'gen,  to  obtain,  conquer.  Another  verb  rinflon,  e.  <j.  in 
bcrtngen,  to  provide  with  a. ring,  and  umrin'flen,  to  surround,  ia 
regular.  The  imperfect  umrang,  is,  however,  sometimes  used, 
and  still  more  frequently  the  past.  part,  umrungen. 


51.  fcfyltngen,  to  wind,  to  twine. 


id)  fdjttnge. 


gefdjhmgen/ 


id)  fdjfong. 
S.  id)  fdjtangc 

[frfjUtnge], 
Thus  :  berfi^Un'gen,  to  devour  ;  umfrfttin'gen,  to  embrace. 


IRREGULAR  VERBS. 


185 


INDICATIVE  PRESENT. 


IMPERFECT. 


PAST  PART. 


52.  fcfynnngen,  to  swing,  brandish,  wave. 


id)  fd)tmnge.  id)  fdjmang 

[fdjnntng]. 
S.  id)  fd)tt>ange 

[fd)ttmnge], 
fcfyfonngen,  to  provide  with  wings,  is  regular. 

53.  {tngen,  to  sing. 


gefd)h)ungetu 


idj  ftnge. 


id)  fringe. 


id)  fang  [fung]. 


gefungen. 


S.  id)  fange  [fiinge] 
54.  t  fprtngen,1  to  spring,  to  jump. 


aetyritngen. 


id)  tyrang  [fpritng] 
S.  id)  fpriingc 

[fyriinge]. 
Thus  :  JjerauS'ftmngett,  to  jump  out  ;  f  jeiftmn'flm,  to  burst. 

55.  t  jtnfen,  to  sink. 


ftnfe. 


id)  fanf  [fun!]. 


gcfitnfen. 


S.  id)  fanfc  [fiinle]. 
Thus :  Ijeral)'*  or  Jjmafc'ftnfen,  to  sink  down ;  f  toerfin'fen,  to  sink. 
56.  trinfen,  to  drink. 


id)  trtnfe. 


id)  tranf  or  trunf. 


getrwtfen. 

>'.  id)  tran!e[triinfe]  ' 
Thus :  f  ertrtn'fen,  to  be  drowned. 

57.  jttnngen,  to  force,  compel. 


id)  ;?toang. 
&  id)  ;  ' 


id)  jiutngc. 


Thus  :  Bejttrin'flen/  to  conquer ;  erjftrin'gen,  to  obtain  by  force. 
68.  tingen,  to  hire  (a  servant). 

id)  binge.  id)  bingte  [bang,        gebungen. 

bung]. 
8.  id)  btngctc 
[bange,  biinge]. 

Bebingen  in  the  sense  of,  to  make  dependent  on  something,  limit,; 
allow  only  under  certain  conditions,  is  almost  always  regular. 

I  Paragraph  10,  page  172,  on  the  auxiliary  used  with  fdjunmmcn,  applies  also  tt 
reiten,  fliegen,  flic^en,  and  ftte&eiu 


186 


IRREGULAR   VERBS. 


INDICATIVE  PRESENT.       |  IMPERFECT. 


PAST  PART. 


id)  fdjtube. 


id)  ftutf c. 


69.  fd)tncen,  to  flay. 

id)fd)tmb(orfd)anb, 

fdjhtbete). 
8.  id)  fdjiinbe 

(fdjdnbe,  fd)tnbete) 

.  ftinfen,  to  stink. 

id)  ftanf. 

S.  id)  ftdnfe[ftiinfe]. 

WORDS. 


gefdjunben. 


gefhtnfen. 


bcr  ^Sfa^l,  the  stake,  palisade 
bte  $ugel,  the  ball,  bullet 
bte  33ntft,  the  chest,  breast 
bie  $crt)ne,  the  standard,  flag 
bag  <£d)teftpult>er,  gunpowder 
ber  SBUtmenfrang,  the  garland 
cine  ©tednabet,  a  pin 
ber  SBudjbmber,  the  bookbinder 
ber  ©trtd,  the  cord 
bag  £teb,  the  song 
bie  £affe,  the  cup 
ber  3dger,  the  hunter 


bag  Sftel),  the  deer,  roe 
ber  £>ag,  3aim'  *^e  hedge 
ber  ^affee,  the  coffee 
bag  (gtenb,  (the)  misery 
bie  Sudjbritd'erfimft,  the  art  of 
bag  33oot,  the  boat        [printing 
erflmgen,  to  resound 
imter^ol'ten,  to  amuse 
fdjmiidfen,  to  decorate,  to  adorn 
freitmflig,  voluntarily 
^itbfd),  nice,  pretty 
toorftd)tig,  cautious. 


READING  EXERCISE  d3. 

®er  ©artner  tjat  bag  33duntd)en  an  etnen  ^fa^t  gebunben. 
berbanb  bte  SBunbe  beg  ©olbaten.  3d)  fanb  bag  ^inb  fdjlafenb  unter 
etnem  33anme.  33ertf)otb  (Sdjiuarj,  ein  jbeut[d)er,  tjat  tm  3al)re  1380 
bag  @d)teppu(t>er  erfunben.  Unter  ber  Sftegtenmg  (reign)  ^art'g  VII 
brangen  bte  (Sngtdnber  in  ^ranfrctd)  ein,  unb  fanben  nitr  etnen  fd)ttmd)en 
5Btberftanb  (resistance).  3)ie  ®ugel  ift  bem  Offtjter  bnrd)  bte  Sritfl 
gebrungen.  3)ag  'jpferb  fprang  itber  etnen  bretten  ©rabcn  (ditch). 
jDie  Xrom^eten  erflangen,  bte  ^^nen  murben  ge(d)tt)ungcn,  alg  ber 
^aifcr  na^ete  (approached).  (Sofrateg  tranf  ben  ($iftbed)er  (cup  of 
poison),  unb  ftarb  ben  Sob  beg  <Sered)ten.  §at  er  t()n  freuuitttg 
getrunfen?  2Ber  t)at  tf)n  ge^njungen,  btefeg  ^u  t^un?  3)ag  @d)iff  ift 
gefunten.  29Bie  ^aben  @te  fid)  geftern  Stbenb  unter^atten  ?  2Btr  b,aben 
ge^telt,  gefungen  unb  getrunfen.  2)te  2)?dbd)en  ^aben  Slumenfrdnge 
genjunben,  um  bte  ^dufer  ju  fdjmiiden. 


IBBEGULAE  YErtBS.  187 

SlufgoBe  64. 

1  .  I  do  not  find  my  stick.  I  found  these  violets  in  your 
garden  and  tied  them  [together]  in  (i.  e.,  into)  a  (ace.)  bunch 
(@trau$,  ni.).  Where  did  she  find  that  pin?  She  (has)  found 
it  in  the  street.  They  found  a  purse  of  (nut)  gold.  What 
bookbinder  bound  your  nice  book?  It  was  Mr.  Long,  who 
*lives  *in  '(the)  "King-Street.  I  succeeded  in  catching  (^u 
fangen)  the  thief.  He  was*  immediately  (fog(eid))  bound  with 
cords.  Miss  Emma  sang  a  fine  song.  The  songstress  has 
sung  admirably  (untnberfdjon).  "Would  you  like  to2  drink  a 
glass  [of]  wine  ?  I  thank  you,  I  have  drunk  already  two  cups 
[of]  coffee.  The  ladies  drank  tea  and  ate  cake. 

2.  The  cat  sprang  over  the  table.  A  German  called  (9?amenS) 
Gutenberg,  invented  the  art  of  printing.  When  (afS)  the 
hunter  came,  'the  3deer  'had  (roar3)  sprung  over  the  hedge. 
The  boat  sank  before  our  eyes.  If  the  captain  Lad  been  more 
cautious,  2she  (c£)  *would  3not  have  (fein)  sunk.  Lord  Byron 
swam  across  the  (itber  beu)  Hellespont.  The  poor  woman  wrung 
her  hands  in  despair  (t>or  ^kr^ttieiffitng).  (The)  misery  forced 
me  to  steal,  said  the  prisoner.  Misery  should4  not  have  forced 
him  to  do  wrong  (Unredjt).  My  friends  have  forced  me  to 
become  [a]  soldier. 

READING  LESSON. 

$er  IjWtgrtge  Strofict.    The  hungry  Arab. 

(Sin  9lraber  Ijatte  fid)  in  ber  SBiifte  (desert)  bertrrt6;  er  fjatte  fett 
(for)  meljrercn  £agen9M)t3  gegeffen,  unb  fitrdjtete  bor  (of)  £mnger  311 
fterben.  Snbtid)6  taut  er  an  cinen  (one  of)  bon  jcnen  Srunnen,7  too 
bie  $aratt)anen  i^re  .^!ameele  trdnfcn,8  unb  fat)  einen  lebernen  <Sad9  auf 
bent  (Sanbe  Itegen.  (Sr  fjob10  i^n  auf  unb  befitfjlte11  i^n.  ,,©ott  fei 
2)anf  !"  rtef2  er  au8,  ,,bafi13  ftnb  3)attetnw  ober 


1  Here  and  in  some  of  the  following  exercises  the  passive  voice  is  indicated  by  italics. 

2  See  p.  97,  1st  Cond. 

»  When  a  dependent  clause  comes  first,  the  principal  clause  takes  the  question  order. 
<  See  p.  99. 

6  lost  his  way.  «  at  last.    •  well,  fountain.   «  to  water.    »  a  leathern  bag.     10  auf  ^f  Bet 
(141),  to  pick  up,  take  up.  u  to  touch,  to  feel.  12  auSrufen  (110),  to  exclaim.  i3Se«p.l62 

It  HAMS. 


188  IBREGULAR  VERBS. 

On  btefer  fiiften  £>offnungl  Ivetlte  er  ftd)  (he  hastened),  ben 
gu  b'ffnen2;  ober  er  fanb  fid)  in  fctner  (grnwrtung  geta'ufd)t  (disap- 
pointed).    j£)er  Qad  mar  mtt  1j3erlen  gefiittt. 

3)ann  tunrbc  er  traurtg3  unb  fiet4  auf  feine  $mee  unb  bat  @ott, 
ba{5  er  U)ii  lion  fctner  9?ot^5  erretten  (save)  unb  if)m  ^>ilfe  fdjirfen 
morfjte.  <2ein  ©ebet6  n)urbe  erl)ort ;  benn  (for)  itad)  enter  ©tunbc 
font  ber  SD'ionn,  ber  ben  @ocf  toerloren  (125)  fyatte,  ouf  einem  ^ameete 
rettenb  (riding)  ^urucf,  nm  i^n  gu  fudjen.  (Sr  tuar  fet)r  gtiicfltd),  ttjn 
niteber  311  ftnben,  I)atte  2Ritteib7  mit  bent  armen  ^Irober,  erquicfte8  t^n 
mtt  Spetfe  unb  £ranf,  fe^te  i^n  ju  ftd)9  ouf  fein  Wanted  unb  fe^rtc 
gu  ber  ^arahjane 


1  sw««t  hope.    J  to  open.  3  Borrowf uL  <  Jkl,  Imperf.  of  f atttn,  to  fall  (99).   n  distres*. 
«  prayer,    t  compassion,    t  refreshed.  •  with  himself  (literally  and  really,  to  himself) 


IRREGULAR  VERBS. 


189 


TWENTY-SEVEXTH  LESSOR. 


The  following  verbs  have  2  in   the   iinpeifect   and   past 
participle. 


INDICATIVE  PRESENT. 


IMPERFECT. 


PAST  PART. 


61.  betfjen,  to  bite. 


id)   beifce,   bu   beifceft,    er 
beifjt,  roir  beifteu  :c. 


idj  bifc. 


gebiffen. 


62.  beflci'jjen  (ftcfy),  to  apply  one's  sell 


id)  befli§  mid). 


befliffen. 


d)  befletfje  mid),  bu  be* 
fleifjeft  bid),  er  beflet^t 
fid),  roir  beflei^en  un3  :c. 

The  other  form  of  this  verb  :  ftcb  beflet'jjigen,  is  regular,    ©efliffen, 
zealous,  from  the  obsolete  fid)  fleifccn,  still  occurs. 


63.  t  erblei'cfyen,  to  turn  pale. 


id)  erblid). 


erblidjen. 


d)  erbteidje,  bu  erbtei^ft, 
cr  erbleid)t,tt)ir  erbtet^en. 

Thus :  f  uer&teicfcen,  to  fade.    P.  p.  toer6(id)en. 

The  simple  verb  IMfon,  to  bleach,  is  regular  when  transitive,  and  the 
intransitive  btetcfeen  may  be  so  ;  but  etblcidjen  andtterbletcfren,  in  the 
sense  of  to  depart  this  life,  have  hardly  any  other  forms  in  the  past 
part,  than  erblidjen, 


64.  gretfen,  to  grasp,  gripe. 


griff. 


gegrtffen. 


id)   greife,  bu    greifft,  er 
gretft,  roir  gretfen  :c. 

Thus  :  Begrei'fen,  to  understand,  to  conceive  ;  ergret'fen,  to  seize 
(P.p.  ergriffen);  an'greifen,  to  attack  (P.  p.  att'gegriffen). 


65.  gteic^en  (dot.),  to  resemble. 


id)  gtic^  or  gteidjte. 


gegUdjen  or 


id)    gfetifo    bu    gfeidift,       .  _    .      _      . 
er  gleicfyt,  roir  gleidjeu  jc.  gegleidjt. 

Thus  :  berglei'dien,  to  compare.  P.  p.  fcergttdjen.  ©(eidicn  is  generally 
irregular  when  intransitive,  although  the  regular  imperfect  some- 
times occurs.  —  Generally  regular  when  transitive,  though  here 
the  irregular  imperfect  and  past  part,  are  not  unusual.  The  com- 
pounds scarcely  occur  with  any  other  imperf.  and  past  part,  thaa 
the  irregular  ones. 


190 


KKEGULAB  VERBS. 


INDICATIVE  PRKSKNT. 


IMPEKFECT. 


PAST  PAKT. 


66.  t  glctten, l  to  glide,  slide. 


id)   gleite,    bu  gteiteft,   er 


id)  glitt  (gleitete). 


geglitteu(gegleitet). 


gfcitet,  luir  gleiten  :c. 

N.  B. — tegietten,  to  accompany,  is  regular  and  takes  Ija&en. 

67  fneifen,  to  pinch. 


id)   fnetfe,   bit   fneiftf,   er 


id)  fatff. 


gefniffen. 


fnetft,  urir  fneifen  zc. 

N.  B. — Another  form  :  hidden/  to  pinch,  is  usually  regular,     fneifen 
may  be  regxilar.     $neipen,  to  sit  drinking  at  a  tavern,  is  regular. 


68.  leifcen,  to  suffer. 


id)    leibe,    bit  tetbefi/    ev 
leibet,  loir  feiben  ?c. 


id)  tttt. 


gelitten. 


?eibcn,  to  harm,  also  to  be  repugnant,  is  regular.     So  also  Beletben, 
entleiben,  toerlciben,  and  6emit(eiben,  to  pity. 


69.  pfeifen,  to  whistle. 


id)  pfetfe,    bit  ^feifft,    er  I  id)  pftff. 
pfeift,  nnr  pfeifen  ?c. 

70.  reifcn,  to  rend,  to  tear. 


gepfiffen. 


id)    rei§e,   bu    rei^eft,   er 


id)  rife. 


geriffen. 


rei^t,  rt)ir  reifcen  :c. 

Thus :  jerrei'pen,  to  tear ;  entrei'fjen,  to  tear  from,  snatch  away. 

71.  t  rotten,2  to  ride. 


tdj  reite,  bu  rettefl,  er  reitet, 


id)  ritt. 


geritten. 


hnr  retten  ac. 

Thus  :  f  ijorfcci'reitm,  to  ride  by  ;  t  foajietm  retten,  to  take  a  ride. 
N.  B. — 33ereitcn,  to  prepare  (from  berett,  ready),  and  toor'bereiten,  to 
prepare  (beforehand),  are  regular. 

72.  fcfyletfen,  to  sharpen,  to  grind. 


id)  fditeife,    bu  frf)(eifft,  er 


id,  fdjtiff. 


gefd)Itffen. 


fdjleift,  tt)ir  fdjleifen  :c. 

Always  irregular  when  it  means  to  sharpen  or  grind  ;  regular  or 
irregular  when  it  means  to  glide;  in  other  senses  properly  only 
••egular. 

i  Takes  fiabcn  when  it  means  to  slide  on  the  ice  (for  amusement).    Compare  10,  p.  17X 
a  See  10,  pace  172. 


iREEGttLAB  VERBS. 


191 


INDICATIVE  PRESENT. 


IMPERFECT. 


PAST  PART. 


73.  t  fcfyletcfyen,  to  sneak  or  steal  along. 


idj   fdjtetdje,  bu  frf)leid)ft,    id)  fdjlidj. 
er  [d)(etdjt,  ttJtr  fdjfetdjen. 

74.  fhretcfyen,  to  stroke. 


id)  flretdje,  bu  fh-eidjft,  er 


id)  ftridj. 


gefdjttdjen. 


gejtridjett. 


jireidjt,  toir  ftreidjen  :c. 

Thus:  cut§'ftmchen,  to  scratch  out ;  an'ftretc&en,  to  paint ;  unterjtret'djen, 
(p.  p.  unterftrt'djcn\  to  underline.  $nie?heicf)en,  to  comb  wool  with 
the  finest  comb,  and  jtaats>ftreid)en,  to  carry  out  a  coup  d'etat,  are 
regular. 

75.  fcfymeiJKtt,  to  fling,  to  turn  out. 


id)  fdjmeifee,  bit  fdjmeifteft, 
er  fd)mei^t  K. 


gefdjmiffen. 


76.  fcfynetben,  to  cut. 


id)  fdjneibe,  bu  fdjnetbeft,    id)  fdjnitt. 


er  fd)iteibet,  n)ir  fdjneiben. 

Thus :  oB'i^ineiben,  to  cut  off.    P.  p.  ab'gejcfjmtten. 


gefdjnitten. 


77.  t  fcfyretten,  to  stride,  to  step. 


id)  fdjreite,  bu  fd)reiteft,  er    id)  fdjritt. 


gefdjritten. 


fdjreitet,  loir  fdjretten  K. 

78.  ftretten,  to  quarrel,  contend,  fight. 

tdj  ftrette,  bu  ftreiteft  K.      \  tdj  ftrttt.  |  geftrttten. 

Thus  :  Bejftet'ten,  to  contest,  to  dispute. 

79.  t  tt>etd)en,  to  yield. 

td)  tueidje,  bu  ftjeidjft  ac.      |  idj  raid).  |  getoidjen. 

Thus  :  f  au^'=  or  cifc'toeicften,  to  deviate  ;  f  entoet'cfyen,  to  escape. 
W.  -B. — SBeii^en,  to  soften,  is  a  regular  verb. 


192  IRREGULAR  VERBS. 

WORDS. 

ba3  3?etn,  the  leg  ber  <2tern,  the  star 

ba3  £ager,  the  camp  bie  Ueberfe'fcung,  the  translation 

ber  $mitptmann,  the  captain  ba$  (Stitcf,  the  piece 

ber  Mft,  the  branch  bo§  3?ajternteffer,  the  razor 

ber  Xrncffefjter,  the  misprint  bemerfen,  to  perceive 

ber  $ampf,  the  combat  ergreifen,  to  seize 

bie  famine,  the  flame  toorberetten,  reg.,  to  prepare 

ba0  Beidien   )  ft    rf       j  ^auf^k      [  to  turn  out 

ba3  (Signal',  )  tjmauSfdjmetfcen,  j 


READING  EXERCISE  65. 

£er  junge  9)?ann  fyqt  ftrf)  feb,r  befttffen,  2)eutfd)  311  ternen. 
feunb  ^at  mid)  in  (lit  into,  inasmuch  as  the  ace.  and  not  the  dat. 
follows  in)  ba8  33em  gebtj|en.  S)o8  2JZdbd)cn  gtttt  <w8  unb  brad^  em 
S3ein.  3d)  Ware  auc^  gegtttten,  luenn  man  mid)  ntd)t  ge^atten  (held) 
fycitte.  !j)ie  ^etnbe  fatten  bag  £ager  angegrtffen.  3)er  ^pauptmann 
ergriff  fetnen  2)egen.  3)te  Jotter  gtetd)t  tfyrer  2Wutter.  5)te  armen 
©efangeuen  fyaben  ptel  gelitten.  2)er  @turm  Ijat  Dtele  5lefte  pon  ben 
23a'umen  abgertffen.  3Jietne  ©c^u^e  ftnb  gerriffcn.  2Barum  btfl  bu  fo 
fdjnett  geritten?  Unfcrc  (Solbaten  f)aben  tote  £>clben  geftrttten;  fte  ftnb 
aber  enblt^  bem  ^einbe  getuic^en.  2)er  23mb  pfiff  bitrc^  bie  33tiume. 
Gtntge  jDrnrffefjIer  b,aben  fic^  in  ba3  Sud)  cingefc^U^en  (crept  in). 
3)a3  ^inb  b,at  ji^  in  ben  finger  gefdjnttten.  ^Don  Ouirote  fdjliff  jetn 
©d^toert  unb  befafjl  feinem  treuen  2)tener  (Sanc^o  ^Janfa,  ftc^  ju  etnem 
neuen  ^ampfe  porgnberetten. 

«uf  galie  66. 

1.  The  dog  bit  me.     He  bites  everybody.    Were  you  also 
bitten?  William  Tell  perceived  a  large  flame  ;  but  he  coulJ 
not  conceive  whence  (tooljer')  this  signal  came.     Day  dawns  (erf 
ttnrb  Jag);  the  stars  have  faded.   The  young  gentleman  applied 
himself  to  learn  French.     I  compared  my  translation  wita 
yours,  and  found  only  two  mistakes  in  it  (see  p.  147).     Our 
dog  has  been  torn  [to  pieces]  by  a  wolf.     The  traveller  cut  a 
piece  of  meat  and  laid  it  on  his  (ace.)  bread.     Have  you  made 
(cut)  my  pen?  Be  so  kind  [as]  to  make  it.    The  hunter  strode 
across  (itber)  the  field. 

2.  Tour  penknife  is  not  sharpened.     The  thief  opened  the 
door  and  stole  into  the  house  ;  but  he  was  soon  seized  by  a 


HmEGtTLAR  VERBS.  193 

servant  and  turned  out  (fnnaug-).  During  my  illness  *  I  *  have 
suffered  much.  Did  you  suffer  mucli  pain  (2rf)mer?en,  pj.)  ? 
"Who  whistled  ?  Charles  whistled  with  a  key.  The  beggar's 
coat  was  quite  torn.  The  king  rode  on  a  grey  horse.  Who 
has  sharpened  this  razor  ?  I  do  not  know  who  3has  'sharp- 
ened J  it.  The  enemy  yielded  on  all  sides  (auf  aflen  (Setten.). 

The  following  verbs  have  \t  in  the  imperfect  and  past 
participle. 

80.  t  bletben,  to  remain,  to  stay,    Imp.  id)  blteb.    Past  part. 

gebltcben. 

Thus  :  f  aitg'fcleikn,  to  stay  away  ;  f  gurucMJIeifcen,  to  stay  behind. 

81.  rcibcn,  to  rub.    Imp.  id)  neb.    Part,  gerteben. 

Thus  :  ouf'reifcen,  to  destroy  ;  gmei'fcen,  to  rub  to  powder. 

82.  fcfyretben,  to  write.    Imp.  id)  fdjrteb.    Part,  gefdjrieben. 

Thus  :  ab'fdiretBen,  to  copy  ;  Befcfcm'Ben,  to  describe  ;  imterfcfym'Btn, 
to  sign  (p.  p.  unterfdme'ben). 

83.  treiben,  to  drive.    Imp.  id)  trteb.    Part.  getrtefcen. 

Thus  :  toertret'ben,  to  expel  ;  ufcertret'Ben,  to  exaggerate. 

84.  meiben,  to  shun.    Imp.  ic^  mteb.    Part,  gemteben. 

Thus  :  bermei'ben,  to  avoid. 

85.  fo^eibcn,  to  separate.    Imp.  id)  f(|ieb.    Part,  gefctyteben. 

Thus  :  entfcfeei'bcn,  to  decide  ;  imterfcfyet'ben,  to  distinguish,   ©djeiben, 
to  sheath,  is  regular. 

86.  t  gebetfy'en,  to  thrive.  Imp.  ify  gcbtcb  (gebcit)(e)te).  Part. 

gebiefyen. 

87.  Icil)en,  to  lend.    Imp.  i^  liel;.    Part,  geltefyen. 

88.  fd)rcien,  to  crj,  scream.    Imp.  id)  ferric.    S.  id)  fd^ncc. 

Part,  gejc^rieen. 

89.  fpeten,  to  spit.    Imp.  ify  fpie  [fpette].    S.  fptcc  [fpetete], 

Part,  gefpieen,  gefpet(c)t» 

90.  ijerjeilj'en,   to  pardon.       Imp.  id)    ijerjie^    [»er*eibte]. 

S.  serjic^e  [oerjei^ete].  Part,  serjie^en  [»erjei^t]. 

91.  preifen,  to  praise,  extol.   Imp.  id)  prte^.  Part,  gepriefcn, 

SoB^reifen,  to  extol,  has  lofyrteS  or  lob^retpe,  toBge^riefen,  gelofyrtefan, 


194  ERREGtlLAR  VERBS. 

92.  rcetfen,  to  show.    Imp.  id)  roie$.    Part,  gerotefeiu 

Thus  :  betoei'fen,  to  prove  ;  crroct'fen,  to  show. 

93.  fdjetnen,  to  shine,  to  seem.   Imp.  id)  fdjien.  P.  gefdnenen. 

Thus  :  erfcftei  ncn,  to  appear.  The  verbs  befcfiemfigjen,  to  certify,  and 
beaitflenjdjein  jg)en,  to  look  at,  are  regular. 

04.  fdjroeigen,  to  be  silent.   Imp.  id)  fdjnrieg.   P.  gefdjrotegen. 

Thus  :  tocrfdttijet'flen,  to  conceal,  to  keep  secret,  ©rfntetgen,  to  cause 
to  keep  silent,  with  compounds  of  the  same  sense,  is  regular. 

95.  t  ftetgen,  to  mount.    Imp.  id)  jtteg.    Part.  gefKegen. 

Thus  :  f  oB'fletgen,  to  alight ;  f  Ijinab'jlei^cn  or  ficvaB 'fifteen,  to  descend, 
to  get  down  ;  f  fytnauf'fietflen,  to  mount,  to  ascend  '^erfiei'gen,  to 
mount,  to  climb  up.  ©teigern,  to  bid  at  an  auction,  is  regular. 

96.  fyeifjen,  to  be  called.     Imp.  id)  fyiefj,  I  was  called.   Part. 

geljetpen  (not  gefyiefjen). 

Thus  :  terljei'fjen,  to  promise.    P.  p.  toerfjeijjen. 

WORDS. 

bcr  55erfaffcr,  the  author  ber  o^acf)8/  the  flax 

bte  ©ttinme,  the  voice  ber  ©tpfel,  the  top 

bte  <£onne,  the  sun  laut,  loud 

bie  $itfte,  the  coast  ^eflf  gltin^enb,  bright 

eine  <Sette,  a  page  beletbtgen,  to  oflfend 

bte  ©efd)td)te,  history  ongeben,  to  mention 
etn  Sillet'  or  Srief^en,  a  note      retten,  to  rescue,  to  save 

em  (Sc^dfer,  a  shepherd  ^fttg,  violent 

beril^mt,  famous  jornig,  angry. 

READING  EXERCISE  67. 

2Bo  bliebft  bu  fo  lange  ?  3d)  btieb  gwet  ®tunben  auf  (in,  h't.  upon) 
bem  ^affee^aufe.  SBie  lange  tft  3^r  ^reunb  geblieben  ?  Sr  ift  nur 
eine  <5hmbe  gebtieben.  2Ber  ^at  jeneS  23ii^  gefdjneben  ?  3d)  feune 
ben  S3erfaffer  ntdjt;  fein  9Jame  tft  auf  bem  33ud)e  ntdjt  angegeben. 
SBarum  ^aben  @te  ben  Untgang  (intercourse)  btefeS  9J?anneg  ntdjt 
gemteben  ?  ©^reten  @te  ntd)t  fo  lout.  3d)  ^abe  ntdjt  fo  laut  gefdjrteen. 
SSte  fyetfjen  @te?  3c^  ^etpe  grtebrtc^.  2Bte  ^ie^  O^re  3)?ittter?  @te 
In'ejj  Sltfabett).  SBenn  (5te  gefdjtotegen  flatten,  fo  roitrben  ©te  9?temanb 
beleibtgt  fjaben.  jDer  ©erettete  prie«  ©ott  nut  laitter  <5timme.  3)er 
Sftetfenbe  roar  auf  ben  53erg  geftiegen ;  at«  (when)  t^  ifyn  fa^,  ftteg  id) 
aud)  fjtnauf.  ®te  ©onne  f^ten  fetjr  luarm,  ats  roir  ben  SBerg  fjtnab* 


UtREGULAK  VEKBd.  195 


ftiegen.  2Ber  b,at  Sfynen  biefeS  <$elb  geltefjen  ?  2Jtein  -ftarfjbar  lie!)  es 
mir  unter  bcr  SBebingung  (condition),  ba§  id)  eg  ifjm  in  ad)t  £agen 
timber  guriicfgebe.  (Sin  fyeftiger  Sturm  trieb  unfcr  <2rf)iff  an  bie  $ufte. 
2Bie  lange  finb  @ie  auf  bem  23atte  geblieben  ?  2Bir  blieben  big  fitter* 
nadjt  (midnight). 

68. 


1.  Remain  here  till  (6t3)  to-morrow.     How  long  did  your 
cousin  stay  ?   He  stayed  an  hour.     I  am  writing  a  long  letter  ; 
yesterday  2  1  1wrote  three  pages  ;  to-day  2  1  ^hall  write  two 
more   (nod)   gtoet).     That  English  history  was  written  by  a 
famous  author.     I  wrote  a  note  to  him.     The  shepherd  drove 
the  sheep  into  the  fold  (in  ben  'Bferrf)).    This  year  2  the  3  flax 
1  has  (ift)  not  thriven.    Why  did  the  boy  cry  so  loud  ?  The  son 
said:  "Dear  father,  pardon  me  (dot.)  this  fault;"  and  the 
father  pardoned  him.     The  three  men  in  the  furnace  (gtues* 
ofen)  praised  God  with  a  loud  voice. 

2.  I  lent  my  book  to  some  one,  but  I  cannot  remember  (tdj 
fann  mid)  nid)t  erinnern)  who  it  was.     1  Perhaps  s  you  (2  have) 
•lent  4it  to  (dot.)   6Mr.  S.    That  may  be.     The  sun  shone 
brightly.     All  animals  and  plants  seem  to  have  been  created 
(gefcfjaffen  311  fein,  see  5,  p.  140)  for  (the)  man  (mankind).    The 
king  seemed  to  be   angry.     If  you  had  been  (subjunctive) 
silent,    2you   Vould   not  have  offended  him.     Speaking  (inf.) 
is  silver  ;  silence  (Sdjmeigen)  is  gold.    How  high  did  the  trav- 
eller mount?    He  ascended  to  (big  auf,  ace.)  the  top  of  the 
mountain. 

The  following  verbs  have  \t  in  the  imperfect,  but  in 
the  past  participle  the  same  vowel  as  in  the  present. 
The  second  and  third  persons  singular  of  the  present 
modify  the  vowel  of  the  stem. 

INDICATIVE  PRESENT.  IMPEEFECT.  PAST  PART. 


97.  fclafen,  to  blow. 


$  fcfafe,  bn  Haft  (blafeft, 
btfifeft),  er  btaft  (6Iafct\ 
toir  btafen,  ib,r  blaft,  fte 
blafett. 


id)  btieS. 


geblafen.1 


1  Observe  that  all  irregular  verbs  which  have  a  in  the  infinitive,  retain  this  vowel 
In  the  past  participle. 


196 


IRREGULAR  VERBS. 


INDICATIVE  PRESENT. 


IMPERFECT. 


PAST  PART. 


98.  frraten,  to  roast. 


id)  fcrate,  bu  bratft  or  bra- 
teft,  er  brat  or  bratet,  nnr 
braten,  iljr  bratet  :c. 


id)  brict  (bratete.) 


99.  t  fallen,  to  falL 


gebraten. 


gef  alien. 


id)  fafle,  bit  faGft,  er  fattt,  I  id)  ftet. 
nnr  faflen,  ifyr  fallt  :c. 

Thus  :  f  I)cra6'faflen,  to  fall  down  ;  gefot'Ien,  to  please  ;  f  ein'faflen,  to 
occur  to  the  mind  ;  mifefal'len,  to  displease  ;  f  jcrfal'len,  to  decay; 
not  to  be  confounded  with  fallen,  to  fell,  which  is  regular. 


100.  fcmgen,  to  ca,tch. 


fdj    fonge,  bu    fangft,   er 


id)  fing,fi(e)ng. 


fangt,  tt)tr  fangen  jc. 

Thus :  an'fangen/  to  begin  ;  ? mpfan'gen,  to  receive. 

101.  fyalten,1  to  hold. 


gefangen. 


id)  f>alte,  bu  fialtft,  er  fjatt, 


id)  b,te(t. 


geljatten. 


mtr  fatten  :c. 

Thus  :  oB'^altcn,  to  prevent ;  auf'ljalten,  to  detain  ;  ein'^altcn,  to  stop; 
befcal'tcn,  to  keep  ;  cr^al'ten,  to  receive  (p.  evt*attenx. 

102.  fyangen,  to  hang,  to  be  suspended. 


id)     fjange,     bu     b,angfi 


(b,angft),er^angt(b,angt), 
ir  fangen  x. 

Thus  :  a&'ljangen  (Don),  to  depend  (upon), 
fangen,  to  hang  up  (transitive),  is  regular. 


id)  b,tng. 


geljangen. 


103.  loffen,  to  let,2  to  leave. 


trfjlaffe,  bula^t  (laffeft), 
er  la'fet,  wir  laffen  :c. 


id)  lie 


getaffen. 


Sa§  is  very  much  more  usual  than  laffe  in  the  imperative. 

Thus :   toerlaf'fen,  to  leave  (a  place),  to  quit ;  ju'Iaffen,  to  admit ; 

jurucf' laffen,  and  Ijinterlaf' fen,  to  leave  behind. 
N.  -B.—S3eran 'loffen,  to  cause,  is  regular. 

»  fatten  with  the  preposition  fflr  answers  to  the  English  to  consid  r  o%  to  t'inJc.  to  taJct 
to  be.  Ex.:  3$  ^«atet^nfflreinen  e^tti^en  aflann,  I  consider  ttaink)him(tobe>»n  Uoneet 
man. 

»  19  let  (e.  g..  a  house),  c  ermttt^eiu 


IRREGULAR  VERBS. 


197 


INDICATIVE  PRESENT. 


IMPERFECT. 


PAST  PART. 


104.  ratten,  to  advise. 


id)  ratfye,  bit  ratfyft,  er  ratty, 


id)  rieti). 


geratljen. 


nrir  ratljcn  x. 

Thus  :  crra'then,  to  guess;  ai'ratljen,  to  dissuade.  SRatfien,  reg.,  some- 
times occurs  contrasted  antithetically  with  tfyaten.  Even  outside 
of  such  sentences  bu  ratlj(e)jt  and  cr.  ratfjet  are  sometimes  found,  but 
are  better  not  used. 


105.  fcfylafeu,  to  sleep. 


ttf)  fdjtafe,  bu  fd)tcifft,  cr 


id)  fd)Iief. 


feljldft,  tmr  fdjlafen  jc. 

Thus  f  f  etn'fdjlafen,  to  fall  asleep. 

106.  t  Iflitfen,  to  run. 


td)  taufe,  bu  lauffl  [taufft], 


id)  lief. 


er  Iciitft  [lanftji  U)ir  Ian- 
fen  JC. 

Thus  :  f  entfau'fcn,  to  run  away. 

107.  fycmen,  to  he-w. 


gefdjtafert. 


getaufen  [getoffcn]. 


id)  tyaite,  bu  ^aufl,  er  fyaut, 
toir  tyauen  jc. 


trfj 


(tyaute). 


S.  Ijiebe  (Ijauete). 


Thus  :  ct&'Ijauen,  to  cut  off ;  jerljau'en.  to  cut  to  pieces. 

108.  t  gefyen,  to  go. 


id)  gefje,  bu  geljft,  er  gefyt,    id)  gi(e)ng.  gegangen. 

loir  geljen  *c. 

Thus :  f  au§'gdjm,  to  go  out ;  f  fymetn'gdjen,  to  go  in,  to  enter ; 
t  fort'gefyen,  to  go  away,  to  leave  ;  f  berge'tien,  to  vanish,  to  pass  ; 
t  fcorbei'geljen,  to  pass  by  ;  f  jurM'gefien,  to  go  back. 


109.  flof  en,  to  push. 


i$ftoie,bttfHfit[flo§eft], 


id)  ftte§. 


er    [top    [ftojjt], 
flo^en  K. 

Thus  :  an'flc§en  (followed  by  an  with  ace.),  to  run  against ;  toerflo'fjen, 
to  reject,  to  cast  out. 

110.  rufen,  to  call. 

id]  rufe,  bu  rufft,  er  ruft,     id)  ricf  [rufte].         I  gerufen  [geruft] 
twr  rufen  :c. 

Thus  :  aug'tttfen,  to  exclaim  5  3urucE/rufen,  tc  call  back. 


198  IRREGULAR  VERBS. 

WORDS. 

ber  SBinb,  the  wind  btc  5lnget,  the  fish-hook 
bcr  <2d)mager,  the  brother-in-     bag  Wfy,  the  net 

law  fcmft,  soft,  softly 

ber  9£atf),  advice  fodjen,  to  boil 

$opfn)ef),  head-ache  madjtig,  mighty 

ber  ftttljrer,  the  leader  toitb,  wild 

ber  £rirfd),  stag  fd)h)ad),  feeble 

ber  33ad),  the  brook  gasmen,  to  tame 

bte  @ered)ttgtett,  justice  bcfreien,  to  deliver,  to  release 

bie  2fttif$tgfett,  temperance  toerbannt,  banished! 

HEADING  EXERCISE  69. 

3)er  Stnb  Haft  ntdjt  ftarf;  geftent  fcfieS  er  ftarfer.  £)er  $od)  h>t 
ba3  gleifd)  nidjt  gut  gebraten.  2)er  25ogel  fiet  tobt  bom  j£>ad)e.  2ftit 
©perf  (bacon)  fa'ngt  man  2fta'ufe.  Sin  ^b'njc  tourbe  in  etnem  9?e^c 
gcfangcn,  ba  fam  erne  5D?au«  unb  bcfrette  tf)n.  giir  rtien  ^altft  (take) 
bu  ntirf)  ?  3d)  er^tett  eincn  S3rief  ton  nteinem  @d)tt)ager.  Sin  <Sd)U)crt 
t)ing  iiber  bem  £>aupte  (head)  be8  $)amo!Ie«.  2Ba«  ratljen  @ie  mir: 
fott  id]  bteiben  ober  gefjen?  Ifflan  rietb^  ifym,  ^ter  311  bleiben.  jDiefe« 
toar  etn  fd)Ied)ter  Sfath,;  e8  toa're  befjer  fiir  ih^n  geicefen,  fort^ugeljen. 
S)er  §err  rief  fcinen  2)iener.  3)iefer  fragte  feinen  ^)errn:  £>aben  (Sie 
mid)  geritfen  ?  S)aS  ^inb  fdjlaft  fanft.  2)er  Stobte  lag  ba,  ate  toenn 
(as  if)  er  fd]tiefe.  ^>aben  <5>ie  le^te  yiafyt  gut  gefdjlafen  ?  -3d)  h^abc 
nur  rtenig  gefdjlafen,  roeit  id)  ^opfnjeb^  b^atte.  9Kan  Ite§  ib^n  nid)t 
fortgeb^en,  ttrnl  er  gu  fd)h)ad)  tear.  SSenn  ber  ^nabe  nod)  einmal 
(again)  an  ben  £ifd)  fto§t,  [fo]  toirb  er  beftraft  ttierbcn.  SSarum  lauft 
53olf  fo  gufammen  (together)  ?  9}2an  b^at  etnen  3)ieb  gefangea 
<Sic  audj  getaufen  ?  3d)  lief  nut  ber  Sftencje  (crowd). 

9tuffitt(.c  70. 

The  wind  blows  hard  (ftarf);  yesterday  Jit  Jblew  not  so 
hard.  Is  this  meat  boiled  or  roasted?  It  is  roasted.  The 
gardener  fell  from  the  tree.  If  he  had  (to are)  not  fallen  down, 
*  he  l  would  have  caught  the  bird.  Fifty  soldiers  with  their 
leader  were  caught.  The  stag  came  out  of  the  forest  and 
went  to  the  (an  ben)  brook.  The  hunter  catches  wild  beasts, 
but  he  cannot  tame  them.  The  Romans  considered  (101) 

i  See  Part  n,  38th  lesson,  §  6.  2  to  leave  a  place  =  tuifaffcn  not  (affen.    »  See  foot- 
note 2,  p.  111. 


IRREGULAR  VERBS.  199 

wisdom,1  justice,1  and  temperance '  as  (fiir)  the  greatest  virtues. 
(The)  fish  are  caught  with  the  net  and  (with)  the  hook.  I 
advised  him  (dat.)  to  go  to  America.  How  long  did  you  sleep 
(pcrf.}l  I  slept  [for]  seven  hours.  The  girl  ran  to  (^t)  her 
mother  and  told  her  (dot.)  what  2had  happened  (9).  The  old 
man  has  been  pushed  out  of  the  house.  Cicero  left 2  Rome 
when  (al§)  he  saw  that  his  enemies  were3  mightier  than  his 
friends.  Alcibiades  was  banished  from  Athens  (cw$  5ltb,en'), 
but  he  was  soon  called  back. 


READING  LESSON". 

$o§ciu§fo'g  IjJferb.    Kosciusko's  Horse. 

$o§cut£fo,  bcr  cblc  ;]SoIe,  luoflte  (wished)  etnfi1  cittern  ©etfHtdjen3 
$u  (Solotljunt  (Soleure)  etntge  gtafdjen  guten  SBetneS  fdjiden..  (Sr 
h)df)(te3  ba^u  etnen  jungcn  Sttann,  9?amen3  3eltner,  un&  ^  ^m  f^r 
bte  9Jctfe  fetit  etgene§  (own)  Sftettpferb.  —  511^  3e^er  juriicffattt,  fagtc 
ev  :  ,,9)?etn  gtlbfyerr,4  tc^  irerbc  -3f)r  ^Pferb  ntcf)t  lutcber5  retten,  tuenn 
@ie  tntr  ntc^t 6  gugteid)' '  Sfyve  Sorfe  (purse)  tet^en."  —  ,,2Bte  tneinen 
(Ste  ba§  (what  do  you  mean  by  that)  ?"  fragtc  ^o8cttt8fo.  3e^tner 
ontroortcte :  ,,<2obalb'  (as  soon  as)  etn  3trnter  auf  ber  Ifrmbftrafte8 
fetnen  ^>ut  abnal)m9,  unb  tttn  em  3l(mofen 10  bat,  jlanb  bag  ^Jferb 
augenbltcfltdj u  ftttte,  unb  ging12  ntd)t  e^er  Don  ber  ©telle13,  bis  (till) 
ber  Settler  ettua§  empfangen  (100)  ^atte ;  unb  aU  id)  atte6  Oelb  au8* 
gegeben  (spent)  Ijatte,  fonnte  id)  ba3  ^ferb  nur  gufrtebenftetten1*  unb 
»orroartS  brtngen15,  tnbem  id)  nttd)  ftettte  (by  pretending),  bent 
Stttenben  etroaS  gu  geben. 


i  one  day.     -  a  clergyman.    3  he  choserfor  this  purpose.    4  general,   s  again. 

ntdjt,  conj.  unless,    i  at  the  same  time,    s  road,    a  atneljmen,  to  take  off.    10  for 

charity,  alms.    11  immediately.    12  ten  ber  Stctte  getyen/  to  stir  from  the  spot.    i=no 
sooner.    H  to  satisfy,  content,    is  to  get  him  on. 


200 


IRREGULAR  VERBS. 


TWENTY-EIGHTH  LESSON. 


The  following  verbs  have  o  in  the  imperfect  and  past 
participle. 


INDICATIVE  PRESENT. 


IMPERFECT. 


PAST  PART. 


We  give  first  such  as  have  \t  in  the  present : 
111.  betriigen,  to  cheat,  deceive. 


id)  betritge,  bu  betriigfl 
[betreitgft],  er  betrttgt 
[=treugt],  imr  betritgen  K. 


id)  betrog. 
S.  id)  betroge. 


betrogen. 


112.  t  biegen,  to  bend  (fein  or  fyaben). 

id)  biegc,  bu  btegft  [beugfl],    id)  bog.  gebogcn. 

er    btegt    [beugt],    nrir 
biegen  jc. 

113.  btetcn,  to  oflEer. 

id)  btete,  bit  btetefl  [beittfl,    id)  bot.  gebotcn. 

beuft],   cr   bietet  [beut], 
hrir  bieten  K. 

Thus  :  an'fcteten,  to  oflEer  ;  berbte'ten,  to  forbid. 

114.  f  piegcn,  to  fly  (sometimes  Ijaben,  see  10,  p.  172). 


id)  flog. 


geflogen. 


id)      fttege,      bu 
[flcugfl],       er       fliegt 
[fleugt],  h)tr  fliegen  jc. 

Thus  :  t  fort'flteflen,  to  fly  off  ;  f  wegfltegen,  to  fly  away. 

115.  t  fltefyen,  to  flee. 

id)  flo^. 

er  fliegt    [fleiidjt],   ton 
flie^en  K. 

Thus  :  f  entfftelj'ttt/  to  run  away,  to  escape. 


geflo^en. 


116.  t  fttefjen,  to  flow  (sometimes 


fltefee,  bu  flie^efl 
fleufet],  er  fltefet 
fleuft],  rotr  ftte^en  :c. 


id)  fto§. 


see  10,  p.  172). 
geffoffen. 


IRREGUIAll  VERBS. 


201 


INDICATIVK  PRESENT. 


IMPERFECT. 


PAST  PAET. 


117.  frteren,  a)  to  be  cold,  I)  to  freeze  stiff,  hard.  I)  takes  feitt, 
id)   frtere,    bit   frier  ft,  cr    id)  fror. 
friert,  imr  fricren  :c. 

Thus  :  f  geftie'ren,  to  freeze  (hard);  f  erfrte'ren,  to  freeze  to  death. 

118.  gemefjien,  to  enjoy,  to  eat. 


id)  geno§. 


genoffen. 


gegoffen. 


id)  gentejje,  bit  gentepeft  [ge* 
neufir],  er  geniefct  [ge* 
neu§tj,  loir  genieften  :c. 

119.  gtefien,  to  pout. 

•  gie§e,fctt0ie§efi[geu§t],    id)  gofj. 
«    giefet    [geufjtj,    lutr 
giefcen  :c. 

Thus  :  ait^'aiepcn,  to  pour  out ;  fccgie'fjen,  to  water  ;  ftrf)  ergte'§en,  to 
empty  (of  rivers);  tocrQte'^eu,  to  shed  (e.  g.t  blood). 

|20.  f  fried)  en,  to  creep,  to  crawl,  (sometimes  fyaben,  when 
not  so  much  a  change  of  place  in  the  subject  is 
prominent  in  the  sense  of  the  word,  as  the  fact 
that  the  change  of  place  was  by  deeping). 


id)  frod). 


gefrodjen. 


id)  friedje,  bit  fricd)ft 
[freudjft],  er  !rted)t 
[freudjt],  nnr  friedjen  :c. 

121.  riecfyen,  to  smell. 
id)riedje,bitried)ft[reud)ft],     id)  rod). 

er    riedjt    [reudjt],    wir 
riedjeit  K, 

122.  fcfyiepen,  to  shoot, 
id)  frf)ie§e,  bit  fdjie^efi,  er  j  id)  fdjofe. 

t,  lutr  fd)te§en  ?c.      | 
Thus :  bcid)tey§cn,  to  bombard  ;  erfdjie'fjen,  to  shoot  (to  kill). 

123.  fcfyltefjen,  to  lock,  to  shut. 


gerodjen. 


gefdjoffen. 


id)  fd)Iie§e,  bu  fd)Hc§efl 
ffdjleufet],  er  fd)ttc§t 
[fditeit^t],  loir  fdjliefeen  K. 


id) 


gcfd)toffen. 


Thus  :  fcefdjlte'fjeti,  to  conclude,  resolve  ;  ein'fdjltelen,  to  shut  up,  to 
enclose  ;  au^'fd)Itc§cn,  to  exclude ;  toerfdjlte'jjen,  to  lo< " 


to  unlock  ;  3u'J!f)Ue|en/  to  close. 


to  lock  ;  auf  ' 


202 


IRREGULAR  VERBS. 


INDICATIVE  PRK8ENT.         (  IMPERFECT. 


PAST  PART. 


124.  serbrtef  en,  to  vex. 


td)  toerbrtepe,  bit  berbrteftcft, 
er  Derbrteftt  [oerbreuftt], 
nrir  Derbrtefjen  :c. 


id)  fcerbrofe. 


125.  serlieren,  to  lose. 

id)  toerltere,  bit  berlierfl,  er  I  id)  fcertor. 
fcerltert,  roir  berlteren  :c.    I 


Derbroften. 


oertoren  [toertefeit]. 


126.  nnegen  (intrans.),  to  weigh,  to  be  of  weight. 

td)   totecie,   bit  tmegft,    er    id)  tocg.  geioogen. 

ttJtegt,  unr  rotegen  K. 

SBifften,  to  rock  (transitive)  is  regular.  SBdgen  (transitive),  to  weigh, 
is  more  frequently  regular,  but  may  have  toog/  getcoflen.  Gtttdgen, 
to  weigh,  consider,  always  has  erwoa,  erwoflen.  ©elriegt  means,  at 
home  in,  well  acquainted  with,  while  getcogen,  used  adjectively, 
means,  well  disposed. 

127.  Jte(>en,  to  draw,  to  pull. 

id)  giefje,  bit  jjte^fl  [acudjft] ,    id)  ^og.  g egogra. 

er    jieljt    [geudjt],    wtr 
gie&en  ^c. 

Thus  :  on'jte^en,  to  put  on  (clothes);  auS'jleljen,  to  take  off  (clothes). 

128.  fcfyieben,  to  shove,  push.  Imp.  id)  fc^ob.  Part,  gefctyoben. 

129.  ftcten,  to  boil,  to  seethe.     Imp.  id)  ftcbctc  (fott).     Part. 

gefotten  or  gejtebet.  ©ott  can  not  be  used  figure 
tively. 

130.  t  fprte§en,  to  sprout.    Imp.  fpro§   [fprtefjte].    Part. 

gefproffen  [gcfprte§t],  Pres.  id)  fprtefe,  tu  fpricf efl 
[fpreu§t],  er  fpriept  [fpreujjt].  (It  sometimes 
takes  babcn). 

181.  t  jHeben,  to  fly.  Imp.  (lob.  Part.  $eftoben.  Pres.  id) 
fitebe,  tu  iHcbft  [flcubflj,  cr  jttebt  [fieiibt].  It 
gometimes  takes  jjaben  (see  10,  p.  172)  and  may 
be  conjugated  regularly. 


IEREGUIAE  VERBS.  203 


INDICATIVE  PRESENT.      |      IMPERAT.      |        IMPERFECT.         |  PAST  PART. 

132.  triefen,  to  drip.  Imp.  id)  troff.  Part.  getroffetu  Pres. 
id)  triefc,  bu  triefft  [treufff],  er  tricft  [treuft],  nrir 
trtefen  2C.  This  verb  may  also  be  conjugated 
regularly  —  in  conversation  it  is  usually  so,  ge^ 
irteft  being  much  more  common  than  getroffen, 
•which  belongs  also  to  treffen. 

WORDS. 

ber  3ube,  the  Jew  bie  £aft,  the  weight 

ber  ffrteben,  peace  ber  (Sdjnee,  the  snow 

ber  Sift,. the  branch  ber  £)fen,  the  stove 

bie  $artoffel,  the  potato  tapfer,  bravely. 

READING  EXERCISE   71a. 

2Bte  met  bot  ber  3ube  Sfmen  fur  Sf)r  ^ferb?  (gr  Ijat  mtr  nitr  fmtfetg 
Staler  geboten.  |)aben  @te  metnen  ^anarientiogetmc^t  gcfe^en?  Oa, 
cr  iff  ttber  ba^  ^>au§  geflogen.  £>te  ®iebe  ftnb  entflo^en;  man  fonnte 
fie  nidjt  fangen.  SKir  fjaben  lange  bte  2Bo^tt^aten  (the  benefits)  beg 
grtebeitg  genoffen.  35or  etntgen  3al)ten  (some  years  ago)  tear  ber 
§ttf)em  gefroren.  SWan  fagt  oon  etnem  ©olbaten,  ber  trie  im  ^rtege 
tear:  ,,Sr  fyat  nod^  fein  puttier  (powder)  gerodjen."  @tnb  bte  ^ar= 
toffetn  frf)on  gefotten?  ^etn,  fie  fieben  nod);  in  ^efyn  9JJmuten  ttierbeit 
fte  gefotten  fetn.  ®ie  jitngen  £eute  gogen  (marched)  freubtg  in  bte 
<3rf)(ad)t;  fie  fd^icoren,  gu  fiegen  (to  conquer)  ober  ^u  fterben.  2Biet)tet 
©elb  berlor  3f^r  £%ttn  im  ©piet?  Sr  ^at  nur  etntge  Skater  bertoren. 
,3ie^en  @ie  -3^re  ©ttefet  on!  2Btr  fyaben  fdjon  unfere  ©c^it^e  angego* 
gen.  3d)  toiinfdje,  ba§  <Ste  31jre  ©ttefel  angie^en. 

aufgofie  71b. 

Some  one  has  cheated  me.  The  branches  are  bent  under 
the  weight  of  the  snow.  The  merchant  asked  (forberte)  ten 
shillings.1  I  offered  him  (dot.)  nine.  The  Jew  has  offered  me 
eighty  pounds  for  my  two  horses.  The  storks  have  flown  over 
the  sea.  It  is  so  cold  that  the  water  in  the  bottle  2  is  l  frozen. 

i  Such  words  as  shilling,  dollar,  etc.,  foot,  inch,  etc.,  bushel,  corJ,  pound,  etc.,  are 
generally  indeclinable  after  a  numeral,  and  have  the  form  of  the  nominative  singular. 
Hnwover,  nouns  of  time  (year,  month,  etc.,)  are  more  frequently  declined  than  not, 
and  femininos  in  e  are  always  loclined. 


204 


IRREGULA.Il   VERBS. 


The  hunter  shot,  and  the  Toird  flew  away  ;  for  (bcnn)  he  had  not 
hit  it.  The  dog  crept  behind  the  stove.  Your  flowers  smell 
very  agreeably.  The  young  plant  is  frozen.  The  potatoes  are 
boiled  ;  shall  I  bring  them  in  (b,erein)  ?  Has  the  servant  locked 
the  door  ?  He  locked  it  at  six  o'clock.  The  soldier  lost  his 
right  arm.  Do  you  know,  who  (has)  lost  this  purse  ?  The 
tailor  has  lost  it. 

2.  The  following  (with   o  in  the  imperfect  and  past 
participle)  have  other  vowels  than  ie  in  the  present 


INDICATIVE   PRESENT. 


IMPERAT. 


IMPERFECT. 


PAST  PABT. 


13£ 

id)  betoege,  bu  betoegft,  er 
beivegt,  ttnr  beioegen  jc. 

>.  beroegen,  tc 
bewege. 

)  induce. 

id)  bettog. 
S.  id)  berooge. 

betoogen. 

N.B. — This  verb  is  regular  when  it  means  to  put  in  motion  or  to  causa 
an  emotion  in  (a  person). 

134.  beflemmcn,  to  oppress  (c.  g.,  the  breathing), 
id)  beflemme  K.  \  bettemme.     |  id)  beflomm.       |  beflommen. 

135.  t  erlofcfyen,  to  become  extinct,  go  out  (of  a  light). 


id)  ertofdje,  bu  erlifdjft, 
er  erlifdjt,  fair  cr* 
lofdjen. 


crtifdjorcr* 
lojdjc. 


id)  crtofd)  or 
erlofdjte. 


ertofd)en  or 
evlbfdjt. 


As  transitive,  better  conjugated  regularly.  In  the  imperf.  Subj.  both 
trans,  and  intrans.  erlofAete  is  better  than  crlofc^e,  which  is  like  the 
pres. 


136.  t  erfctyaUen,  to  resound. 


id)    erfdjafle,    bu    cr* 
fdjaUft,  er  erfdjaUt  K. 


erfrfjatte. 


j  id)  erfdjotl  or 
erfdjaUte. 


erfd)oflen  or 
erfdjaUt. 


It  is  in  the  inseparable  compounds  that  the  irregular  past,  part,  is 
especially  frequent,  although  here  too  the  regular  part,  is  met  with. 
From  BerfdjaHcn/  to  die  out  of  men's  memories,  the  only  participle 
in  use  is  wfdboQen. 


id)  ferfite,  bu  ftrf)(t)ft 
(fedjteft),  er  fld)t  (fed)* 
tet)  K. 


137.  fecfyten,  to  fight,  to  fence, 
id)  fodit 


(fed)te). 


(fedjtete). 


gefodjten. 


IRREGULAR  VERBS. 


205 


INDICATIVE  PRESENT.     |       IMPERAT.      |        IMPERFECT.        |  PAST  PART. 

138.  flecfyten,  to  twist,  to  braid. 


id)  ftedjte,  bu  flid)(t)ft 
(flerfjteft),     er    fUrfjt 
(ftedjtet),  nnr  flerf)ten 

flid)t 
(fledjte). 

id)  flodjt 
(fledjtete). 

geflodjteu. 

139.  t  gflfyren,  to  ferment. 

id)    gciljre,   bu    gcitjrft 
[giefjrft],     er    gafjrt 
(gie^rt),  tt)ir  ga^ren  :c. 

ga^re. 

id)  got)r  or 
gd'iirte. 

gego^ren 
(gega()rt), 

140.  glimmen,  to  burn  faintly,  to  glimmer. 


Irf)  gthnme,  bu  gltmmfy 
er  gltmutt  :c. 


gltmme. 


id)  gtomm  or 
gltmmte. 


141.  fyeben,  to  lift,  to  raise. 


id)  tye&e,  bu  ^ebft,  er 
fyebt,  tt)tr  i^eben  :c. 


^ebe. 


S.  id)  fjobe  or 
pbe. 
Thus  :  ftttf'Ije&en,  to  lift  up,  to  pick  tip  ;  erlje'fcen,  to  raise,  to  elevate. 


id)  fjob  or  ljub. 


geglomtnen 

or 
gegUmmt. 


ge^oben. 


142.  liigen,  to  tell  a  lie. 


to)  luge,  bu  liigfl 
[leugft],  er  Iftgt 
[(eugtj,  n)ir  tugen  ?c. 


luge 


id)  log. 


143.  melfen,  to  milk. 


melfe,  bu  milfft,  cr 


mitft,  fair  melfen  :c. 

More  frequently,  regular. 


melfe. 


id)  molt 


gelogett. 


geutolten. 


144.  faitgen,  to  suck. 


id)  fauge,  bit  faugft,  er    fauge. 
faugt,  njtrfaitgen:c. 

Caugen/  to  suckle,  is  regular. 


id)  fog  [faugte].    gefogen 

[flefaugt] 


206 


IRKEGULAB  VERBS. 


INDICATIVE  PRESENT. 

IMPERAT. 

IMPERFECT. 

PAST  PART. 

14 

id)  fdjere,  bit  fdjierfi  or 
fdjerft,   er  fd)iert    or 
fdjert,  luir  fdjeren  :c. 

5.  fdjeren,  t 
fdjier  or 
fdjere. 

o  shear, 
id)  fd)or 
(fd)er(e)te). 

gefdjoren. 

146 

idj  fdjmel^e,  bit  fdjmi^t 
(fd)mel.$eft),  er  fdjmilgt 
(fdjmeljt)  :c. 

.  t  f^mcljcn 
fdimil^  or 
fdjntetje. 

,  to  melt, 
id)  fdjmofj. 

gefdjmo^en. 

The  transitive  f<i)met3en  is  best  conjugated  regularly,  always  so  in  the 
sense  of,  to  make  colors  melt  away  into  one  another. 


147.  t  fcfyroellen,  to  swell 


id)  fdpueHe,  bit  fd)ttnflft, 


er  fdjnnflt  :c. 

This  verb  is  regular  when  transitive. 


fdjroefle. 


id) 
[fdjtoaH]. 


148.  fd^tooren,  to  swear. 


id)  fdjluore,  bit  fdjioorft, 


fdjnjore. 


er  fdjwbrt  K.  fd)mur. 

S.  id)  (fditoore) 
fdjroure. 

Thus  :  fcef^too'ren/  to  confirm  by  an  oath. 

149.  roeben,  to  weave. 


id)  fd)tt)or  or  id) 


gefd)tt)oflen. 


gefdjtuoren. 


Id)  toebe,  bit  hjebfl,  er 


toebe. 


id)  toob. 


toebt,  tt)ir  meben  zc. 

SBeben,  to  move,  is  regular.     UBefcen,  to  weave,  may  be. 

150.  erfuren,  to  elect,  choose. 


id)   erfiire,   bit   erfiirft, 


erfitre. 


id)  erfor 


gelooben. 


erforen 
(erfilrt). 


er    erfurt,     niir    er= 
furen  jc. 

SBtOfuren/  to  choose  arbitrarily,  is  regular. 

151.  pflegen,  to  cherish,  to  carry  on.' 

id)  pflege,  bu  pflegft,  er    pflege.  id) 

"  egt,  loir  pflegen  jc. 

5{?fleaen  is  regular,  when  it  means  to  nurse  or  to  6e  accustomed,  and  not 
seldom  when  it  means  to  carry  on. 


IRREGULAR  VERBS. 


207 


INDICATIVE  PRESENT.     |       IMPERAT.      (        IMPERFECT.        |  PAST  PART. 


152.  quellen,  to  gush. 


quiff. 


id)  qitoff. 


gequoflen. 


id)  queffe,  bit  quiflft,  er 
quiflt,  unr  queffen  :c. 

A  regular  present  and  imperfect  occur  in  the  intransitive  sense,  but 
are  not  to  recommended.  In  the  transitive  sense,  to  cause  to 
spring  forth,  the  irregular  forms  seem  more  usual ;  but  in  the 
sense,  to  soak  (of  seeds),  the  verb  is  regular.  There  is  a  regulai 
verb  quiflen  of  allied  sense. 


153.  faufen,  to  drink  (of  animals). 


faufe. 


id,  foff. 


id,  faufe,  bit  faufft 
[faufft],  erfauft[fauft], 
ttiir  faufen  *c. 

Not  to  be  confounded  with  the  causative  fdufen. 

154.  fcfynauben,  to  snort 


flefoffen. 


id)  fdjnaube,  bu 
fdjnaubft,  er  fdjnaubt 

2C. 

The  form   fdjniefcen 
f$nevtfct]  is  obsolete 

fdjnaube. 
[tdj  fcfjnie&e,   t> 

p 

id)  fd)nob  or 
fdjnaubte. 

u  fdjmefcjt,  fdjneub 

gefdjnoben 
or 

gefdjnaubt. 
t,   er  fdjme&t, 

WORDS. 


ba§  ?id)t,  the  light,  candle 
bic  5lfd)e  (sing.),  the  ashes 
ber  ^lorb,  the  basket 
ba8  ^eer,  the  army 
bag  £ud),  the  cloth 


ba8  33ein,  the  leg 
oerbtenen,  to  deseire 
redjt,  right 
Itnf,  left 


READING  EXERCISE  72a. 

betoog  ben  9}?ater,  biefe  (Stabt  git  berlaffen?  3d)  h)ei§  nidjt, 
toaS  i^n  bagu  beloogen  ^at.  2)a8  fanw  ift  erlofdjen.  jDte  5ltl)euet 
(the  Athenians)  haben  in  ber  @d)(ad)t  bei  9)?arat^on  tapfer  gefodjten. 
S)ief er  ^orb  ift  f djtedjt  geflodjten.  ^bnnen  (Sie  bicf en  (Stein  auffjeben  ? 
3d)  ^abe  i()n  fdjon  aufge^oben.  3d)  finbe  H)n  nid)t  fo  fdjnier.  3)er 
^nabe  Ijat  gelogerc.  ®ann  twerben  3f)te  (5d)afe  gefdjoren  njerben  ? 
3m  na'd)ften  (next)  2)ionat.  ®er  ©d)nee  ift  auf  ben  33ergen  gefd)mol=< 
jen.  53orige«  (last)  3a^r  fd)motj  er  im  2Jionat  3uli 


208  ntREGULAB  VERBS. 

Hufgok  72b. 

The  death  of  my  father  induced  me  to  leave  my  country. 
The  light  of  the  sun  will  never  become  extinct.  My  candle 
waa  extinguished.  Is  the  fire  out  (extinguished)?  Our  sheep 
have  been  shorn  this  year.  Has  the  maid  milked  the  cow  ? 
The  French  army  fought  very  bravely  ;  not  one  soldier  fled. 
The  fire  glimmered  long  under  the  ashes.  The  little  bee 
sucked  the  honey  from  (au£)  the  flowers.  He  who  has  once 
lied,  does  not  deserve  to  be  trusted  (bafc  man  tfjm  glaube).  My 
leg  is  swollen.  That  cloth  is  well  woven. 


READING  LESSON. 

$te  drfmiwng  beg  ©IcfeS.  The  Discovery  of  Glass. 
$l)8nt$tfcf)e  ©duffer1  tonbeten  etnft  an  ber  9?orbfufle2  Slfrifa'g,  wo 
bag  ^fufcdjen  33elug  ftd)  in  bag  2tteer  ergtefet".  (Sine  toette 
fladje4  (ag  (12)  t>or  iljren  ?lugen.  <3ie  fudjten  ©tetne,  urn  ilj 
imb  ^Pfannen  Uber  benfetben  aufjuftetten;  aber  fte  fanben  feme.  <5te 
loaren  ba^er  genot^tgt6,  aii§  i^ren  (Stiffen  etnige  (Sal^eterfieine ',  bte 
fte  al3  Cabling  (cargo)  mit  ftc^  bracfjten,'  gu  Ijoten.  @te  madjten  ein 
fteuer  an,  fod)ten  i^re  ©petfen8  unb  genoffen  (118)  bann  tljr  einfadjeS 
3Ka^t*.  5lber  o  SBunber!  5l(§  fte  t^re  ©atpeterfteme  nrieber  3u  t^rem 
(St^iffe  jitriicftragen  ttottten,  fanben  fte,  ba^  fte  toon  ber  (^etoalt10  beg 
^euerS  gefdjmot^en  maren  unb  ftd)  mtt  ber  Slfcfje  unb  bem  gtu^enben 
(glowing)  <Sanb  benntfdjt"  fatten.  31I«  bte  flufftge12  2Kaffe  fait 
fjettjorben  ttar,  lag  auf  bem  33oben  (ground)  etne  ^ette,  burd^ftrfjtige11 
UKaffe:  —  ba§  war  bag  ©lag.  —  <3o  murben  bte  ^p^onijter  bte  (Srftn* 
berw  btefeg  wert^tiotten 1S  ©egenftanbeg  16t  ber  ung  bte  grojjten  2)tenfte 
(etftet  (renders). 


i  sailor.  2  the  north  coast.    3  empties.    <<  a  vast  plain  of  sand,    s  kettles  and  pans. 

«  obliged,  i  block  of   saltpeter.    B  dishes,  provisions.    9  meal,  dinner.    10  power. 

11  mixed.  12  liquid.     13  transparent,     n  ^scoverer.     >:•  valuable,     is  «bject,   thing, 
trticlc. 


IRREGULAR  VERBS. 


209 


TWENTY-NINTH  LESSON. 


The  following  verbs  have  a  in  the  present,  u  in  the 
imperfect,  and  a  again  in  the  past  participle. 


INDICATIVE  PRESENT. 


IMPERAT. 


IMPERFECT. 


PAST  PART. 


id)  bade,  bu  ba'cfft,  er 


155.  bacfen,  to  bake. 

bacfe.     * 


'  ba'cft,  urir  badenjc.,  or 
reg. 


gebadfen. 


id)  but 
or  reg. 
id)  bcufte. 

Except  in  the  past,  part.,  and  even  there,  in  the  sense  of  to  stick 
together,  to  get  stiff— the  regular  forms  are  now  mrre  usual.  Com- 
pound adjectives  formed  with  gebarfen,  often  omit  ge=,  e.  g.  neitvfle)s 
bacfen,  fresh-baked. 

156.  t  fafyren,  to  drive,  or  to  go  in  a  carriage. 


id)  fafyre,  bit  fafjrft,  er 


fafyre. 


id)  fuljr. 


gefafyren. 


fafyvt,  tuir  fafyreu  :c. 

SBaflfafjren,  to  go  on  a  pilgrimage  ;  toiKfa^ren,  to  do  a  person's  will, 

and  befaijren  in  the  sense  of  to  fear  (but  not  in  other  senses)  are 

regular. 
With  the  person  driving  as  subject  (e.  g.  He  drives  well,   carelessly, 

fast)  and  as  a  transitive  verb,  meaning  to  carry  in  a  wagon,  fasten 

takes  fyaben. 
Thus  :  f  auS'faljren,  fpajteren  fasten,  to  take  a  drive  ;  f  ob'faljren,  to 

start,  to  set  out. 


157.  graben,  to  dig. 


id)  grabe,  bu  grabft,  er 


grabe. 


id)  grub. 


grabt,  ttnr  gvaben  jc. 

Thus  :  bevjra'ben,  to  bury.    Imp.  ic&  fcegtuB.    -P.  p-  Begraben. 

158.  latcn,  to  load. 


gegraben. 


id)  tabe,  bit  labeft  or 
(abft,  ev  tabet  or  Idbt, 
loir  tabett  K. 


labe. 


id)  tub, 

sometimes 
labete. 


gelaben. 


Thus  :  beta 'ben,  to  load  ;  etn'laben,  to  invite  (p.  p.  etn'fletaben). 

159.  fd)affen  and  crfc^affen,  to  create. 


id)  fdjaffe,  bu  fd)affft,  er 


fdiaffe. 


id)  fd)uf. 


gefdjaffen. 


fdjafft,  niir  fdjaffeu  jc. 

N.  B.  -fd)affen,  to  work,  and  its  compounds  are  regular,  as:  cm'fcbaffen, 
»erfdjaf'fen,  to  procure  ;  abfcfyapfen,  to  abrogate. 


210 


IRREGULAR  VERBS. 


INDICATIVE  PRESENT. 


IMPERAT. 


IMPERFECT. 


PAST  PART. 


1 60.  fcfylagen,  to  beat,  to  strike. 


fdjlage. 


id)  fdjlug. 


gefd)tagen. 


id)  fd)(age,  bit  frfjlagft,  er 
fd)lagt,  luir  fdjtagen  20. 

Thus:  at'fd)lagcn,  a)  to  knock  off,  I)  to  refuse;  erfdila'gen,  to  slay; 
aue'|d)lagen,  to  decline,  jerfdjla'gcn,  to  knock  to  pieces.  Sgeraiu 
fcblaflcn,  to  make  an  estimate,  peraufjdHagen,  to  pay  or  receive  taxes, 
and  beratfyfdilaflen,  to  consult  together,  are  regular.  9?atf)fdbtagcn  is 
generally  regular  (past.  part,  geratl)[d)lagt),  but  sometimes  irregular 
and  separable. 


161 » tragen,  to  carry,  to  wear,  to  take. 


trage. 


id)  trug 


getragen. 


id)  trage,   bit  tvagft,  er 
tra'gt,  roir  trageu  ?c. 

Thns  :  ertra'gen,  to  endure,  to  bear  ;  ftc()  Betra'flen,  to  behave  ;  Ws 
tragen,  to  contribute  ;  aB'tragen/  to  clear  the  table.  Certain  com. 
pound  verbs  ending  in  tragen,  e.  g.  fceantragen,  Seauftragen,  are  regu- 
lar, being  derived  not  from  tragen  with  prefixes,  but  from  nouna 
3Jntrag,  Stuftrag  jc. 


162.  t  roacfyfen,  to  grow. 


tdj  loodjfe,  bu  roadjft 
[roadjfeft],  er  n)ad)ft 
[nwrfjfet]  ,  ttjirn)od)fen 


wadjfe. 


id) 


gemadjfen. 


The  past.  part,  of  this  verb  in  some  compounds  omits  the  ge=,  e.  y. 


163.  n>afd)en,  to  wash. 


Joofdjc. 


id)  ttwfd). 


id)  niofd)C,  bu  tucifdjft 
[roafrfjeft],  er  tt)afd)t 
[hjafdjt],  n>tr  toa* 
fdjcn  zc. 

Thtia :  ab'teafdjen,  to  wash  (clean);  au§'n>afdjen,  to  wash  out. 


geroafdjen. 


WORDS. 


bcr  Sader,  the  baker 
ba3  j£)ampfboot,  the  steamboat 
bie  Sifenba^n,  the  railroad 
eine  £>6l)te,  a  den,  hole 
ber  Jobtengraber,  the   grave- 
digger 


ba3  ®rab,  the  grave 

ber  $ut|d)er,  the  coachmaii 

ber  £)muibui?,  the  omnibus 

ber  SBagen,  the  carriage,  coach 

ber  barren,  the  cart 

ba3  Sod),  the  hola 


IRREGULAR  VERfcS. 

bte  SBunbe,  the  wound  ttef,  deep 

bag  ©pridjroort,  the  proverb  pradjtig,  |  elegant 

ba§£afcf)entitd),thehandkerchief  glan$enb,  j  splendid 

ber?[RitftfIeI)rer,themusic-master  unartig,  naughty 

ber  $rieg8minifkr,  the  minister  fdjmufetg,  dirty 

bag  ®eftd)t,  the  face        [of  war  unfdjulbig,  guiltless,  innocent 

bte  (£td)e,  the  oak  pflan^en,  to  plant 

bte  $auone,  the  cannon  langfam,  slowly. 

READING   EXERCISE    73. 

£>eute  fjaben  nnr  $urfjen  gebarfen.  SBarum  bacft  31jr  9?ad)bar  fein 
SBrob  ntefyr  ?  SBeit  er  fetn  2ttefyl  l)at.  2)ie  nadjfte  2Bod)e  ttnrb  er  Jutebet 
bacfen.  S)er  $imtg  fd^rt  mtt  fec^§  ^3ferben.  2Bo  fa^rfl  bit  ^m  ?  3d) 
faljre  nad^  ^o(n.  ©eftern  fttljr  metn  ^reitnb  bal)tn.  -3ft  er  mtt  (by) 
bent  2)am^fboot  gefafjren  (gone)?  ^etn,  mtt  ber  (Stfenbaljn.  3)er 
^tt^S  grfibt  ftc^  etne  §o^Ie.  2)er  Xobtengraber  i)at  em  ©rab  gegraben. 
(Sin  (Sfel  nmrbe  mtt  bielen  (Sacfen  belaben,  aber  ba  (as)  er  bte  £aft 
(load)  nt^t  tragen  fonnte,  tonrbe  fte  auf  etnen  SSogen  gefaben.  S)te(e 
^letber  ftnb  abgetragen  (out).  SBaritm  f^Iagt  bte  Gutter  baS  ^inb? 
2Bett  e§  fo  fdjmit^tg  tft;  eg  ^at  fid)  nid)t  geraaf^en.  ^tlatttg  mufc^ 
ft(^  bte  £dnbe  unb  fprad):  -3d)  bin  unfdjutbig  an  bent  Slttte  btefeS 
©eredjten  (just  man).  !Dte  Jfjeepflanje  n)d'(^ft  in  d^ina.  ^rit^er 
(formerly)  umd)8  ber  Xabaf  nid)t  in  2)eittfd)(anb;  aber  je^t  ttiirb  biel 
ge^flan^t.  !Diefer  -Siingling  tjl  feljr  gerta^fen  feit  (since)  td^  ilm  nid^t 
me^r1  gefe^en  ^abe.  -3m  ^tnfang  fdjuf  @ott  ^imntet  nnb  (Srbe.  2)tc 
Selt  ift  bon  ©ott  au§  9Jid)t3  gefd^affen  tuorben. 


74. 

The  baker  has  baked  no  bread  to-day  ;  he  does  not  bake 
every  day.  The  coachman  drives  too  fast  (ju  fdjnell).  We 
went  (156)  in  an  omnibus.  The  prince  drove  in  an  elegant 
carriage  with  four  horses.  The  fox  digs  a  hole  in  the  ground 
(33oben).  The  savages  (SSitben)  dug  a  deep  hole.  A  poor  child 
was  buried  in  the  snow.  Are  you  loading  the  cannon  ?  It  is 
already  loaded.  The  cart  is  too  heavily  laden.  The  minister 
of  war  has  invited  all  the  officers  to  dinner.  In  the  beginning 
*God  l  created  heaven  and  earth.  Why  do  you  beat  the  child  ? 
I  beat  it  because  it  was  naughty.  The  dogs  are  often  beaten. 

i  The  words  ni*t  mefir  might  have  been  left  out  in  this  sentence,  and  the  meaning  ia 
the  same  as  if  they  had  been  left  out 


212 


IRREGULAR  VERBS. 


Cain  slew  his  brother  AbeL  Our  music-master  2  always  *  wears 
a  grey  hat.  Two  soldiers  carried  the  officer  out  of  the  battle 
and  washed  his  wound.  One  hand  washes  the  other,  says  a 
German  proverb.  Henry,  wash  your  face,  you  are  dirty.  Are 
my  handkerchiefs  washed?  No,  Sir,  not  yet,  they  will  be 
washed  to-morrow.  The  oak  grows  very  slowly.  These  violets 
grew  in  my  garden. 


effen  <Ste  ba? 


Ber  f)at  e§  Sfjnen  gegeben? 
©aben  <£te  metnem  23ebtentett 

bte  $(eiberbiirfte  (brush)  ? 
£>aben  <£te  Ijeute  fdjon  bte  £d> 

tungen  gelefen  ? 


SBer  tft  gum  33afle  ehtgefaben  ? 
$ennen  <2te  eintge  toon  tfnten? 
•3ft  3ljr  S3ater  bon  fciner  langen 

^ranf^ett  gcnefen  (8)  ? 
2Bp  tft  ber  2Birtf)  (landlord)? 

ic^  mu§  i^m  et»a8  fagen. 
tft  gefc^e^en,  ftarum  lauft 

man  f  o  jufammen  (together)  ? 

aterftcfy  tocrlefet  (hurt)  ? 
Ijat  3^nen  befo^ten,  ntetnc 

(Stiefet  gum  @d^u|ma^er  gu 

tragen  ? 
£aben  @te  3^ren  9tmg  toteber 

gefunben?  235  o  lag  er? 
SSei  fanb  tljn? 


U^r  mcfjt  me^r? 
fpridjt  biefer  2Jiatm? 
^>at  bcr  ^neg  fc^on  begonnert  ? 
S3tft    bit    bcrttjunbet?    £>at  btr 
Ocmanb  etioaS  (any  harm) 
gertjan? 

©tedft  ber  ©tad^et  (the  sting) 
nodj  barin? 


3d)  ef!£  ftfetfdfj  imb  S3rob;  e«  ifl 

metn  ^ruljftucf. 
3d)  fyabe  e£  mtr  gefauft. 
3a,  id)  gab  fte  u)m  bor  ( —  ago) 

cuter  (Stirabe. 

3a,  tdj  Ijabe  fte  getefen. 

3c^  ^abe  md)t3  9JeueS  barin  ge» 

fitnben. 

53tete  jttttge  ^erren  «nb  2)amen. 
3a,  id)  fenne  bie  metften  bon  tt)nen. 

©ott  fei  2)attf !  er  tft  gan$  genefen. 
@r  tft  au6gegangen;  aber  er  hnrb 

balb  toteber  guriicf  fetn. 
(Stn  SDtaurer  (bricklayer)  tft  bom 

5)ad)e  gefatten. 

-3a,  er  ^at  em  33etn  gebroc^en. 
^temanb  befa^t  e8  mtr;  id)  trug  fte 

baljtn,  ibett  fte  gerrtffen  ftnb. 

(Sr  lag  auf  bent  33oben,  Ijtnter  bent 
©t^ranfe  (cupboard)  berborgen. 

2)ie  ^Diagb  fanb  t^n,  al«  fte  bag 
Dimmer  bu^te  (cleaned). 

Stout,  fte  tft  mtr  gefto^ten  toorben. 

@r  fbric^t  bom  ^rtege. 

9tom,  aber  er  tbtrb  balb  beginnen. 

Sine  33tene  ^at  mtc^  in  bie  SSange 
(cheek)  geftod^en,  unb  Jefct  tjl 
fie  gefc^wotten. 

man  fyat  t^n  gletd^  (immed- 
iately) 


IRREGULAR  VERBS. 


213 


G?r  fa'ngt  $ogel 

3dj  glaube,  er  Ijat  erfl  (only)  toenige 

gefangen. 
3a,  man  ergrtff  ifjn,  at8  er  au8  bent 

£>aufe  Ijtnau8fd)lid). 
-34  felbfi  Ijabe  fte  gefdjnitten. 
-3cq  futyr  in  einem  SBagen. 
£)ie  33tbet  fagt:  3m  Slnfang  fdjuf 

©ott  £>immel  unb  (grbe. 
SSetl  ber  <2c^nee  auf  ben  23ergen 

gefc^molgen  ift. 
3)er  Sebiente  trug  i^n  »or  etner 

Ijatben  (Stunbe  ba^tn'  (there). 
Sr  hwfd)  feine  ^cinbe  unb  tranf 

Staffer. 

<Sie  ijl  inmeinem  ©arten  getoadjfen. 

Ss  tear  nici^t  me^r  frtfd).  -3c^  be* 
go§  3^re  33Iumen  bamit. 

3)ie  ©onne  fdjten  Ijerrlid),  at8  tetr 
anftngen,  ben  33erg  gu  erfteigen; 
aber  balb  lam  ein  ©emitter  (a 
thunder-storm),  unb  nrir  tearen 
ge^teungen,  toieber  Ijerab  (down) 
^U  ge^en. 

ADDITIONAL  REMARKS  ON  THE  IRREGULAR  VERBS. 

As  the  learner  has  already  observed,  some  of  *the 
irregular  verbs  also  change  their  radical  consonants  either 
in  the  present,  imperfect,  or  past  participle.  We  subjoin 
here,  these  irregularities : 

1.  In  the  present : 

id)  nefjme,  bu  nimmft,  er  nimmt  (double  m). 

id)  fdjelte,  er  fdjilt  1 

ic^  ^otte,  er  fjfitt      I  instead  of  fdjattet,  ^altet,  rat^et,  etc.  (lose 

id)  ratlje,  er  rcitf)  the  ending  t  in  the  third  person). 

idj  gelte,  er  gilt      J 

2.  A  number  of  the  verbs  on  pages  200  to  205  have 
antiquated  forms  of  the  present  indicative  second  and 
third  persons  singular,  and  of  the  imperative   second 


5Ba$  tljut  biefer  9ftann  Ijier? 
£>at  er  fdjon  einige  gefangen? 

3fl  ber  £)ieb  ergriffen  (caught) 

toorben  ? 

2Ber  l)at  biefe  ^eber  gefdjnitten? 
3n  roa8  finb  (£ie  gefafyren? 
Sann  Ijat  ®ott  bie  Selt  erfd)af* 

fen?' 
2Barum  ftnb  bte  ffinfit  unb  23ad)e 

(brooks)  fo  angefdjrooflen  ? 
Ser  ^at  ben  33rtef  auf  bte  ^oft 

getragen  ? 
2Ba3  tfiat  ber  ^nabe  am  $8nm* 

nen  (well)  ? 
2Bo  ^aben  @tc  btefe  fc^one  £ttte 

gefitnben? 
SKarum  ^aben  <Sie  btefeS  2Boffer 

auggegoffen  (119)? 
fatten  @te  f^5ne§  2Better  311 
©pa^tergang  ait^  ben 


214  IRREGULAR  VERBS. 

person  singular,  in  eu,  e.  g.,  from  fltegcn,  frit  fleugft,  cr  flcuqt, 
fleugt.  Stems  ending  in  I),  change  it  into  d)  after  CU,  e.g., 
feud)  from  fliefyen. 

3.  In  the  imperfect  : 

id)  fyteb,  from  fyauert  (takes  a  final  b). 
id)  traf,  from  treffen 


id)  fam,  ge!ommen  from  fommen  (loses  an  m). 

4.  In  the  imperfect  and  past  participle  : 

id)  bat,  gebeten  from  bitten  (loses  a  t). 

id)  foft,  gefeffen  from  ftfcen  (changes  £  into  ff). 

tc^  tb,at,  getb,on  from  tljun  (takes  a  final  t  in  the  imp.). 

id)  ftanb,  gefianbcn  from  ftcb,en  (changes  b,  into  nb). 

|S  Sntttfg"f^Z  from  fd,netben  }  (ohan^e  b  ^^  tt>' 

|j^  pftff,  gepfiffen  from  pfetfen       } 

tdb,  fd^Iiff,  gefd^Iiffen  from  fdjletfen  [  (double  their  f). 

t^  griff,  gegriffen  from  greifen      ) 

tdb  ^og,  gcjogen  from  gteijen  (changes  b,  into  g). 

id)  fott,  gefottcn  from  fieben  (changes  b  into  tt). 

5.  There   exist   some  older  forms  of  the  subjunctive 
mood  of  the  imperfect,  which  still  occur  now  and  then,  e.g^ 

id)  before  instead  of  id)  befciljle;  bcrbiirgc  for  berbcirge. 
*ic^  ftiinbe  for  id)  ftanbe;  tc^  ftUrbc  for  t^  ftcirbe. 
td^  toerbtirbe  for  oerbdrbe. 

6.  The  regular  verb  fragcn,  to  ask,  has  for  the  imperfect 
tense  besides  the  regular  form  id)  fragte,  another  form 
id)  frug,  subj.  ic^  fruge,  and  in  the  present  we  may  have, 
bit  fragfl,  cr  fragt. 

7.  Some  regular  verbs  have  an  irregular  past  participle 
which  is  used  as  an  adjective.     E.g., 

fterttjorrcn,  confused,   from  bernrirren,  to  confuse. 
geftmlten,  split,  "      fpatten,  to  split 

gefol^en,  salt,  salted       "      fallen,  to  salt. 


IRREGULAR  VERBS. 


215 


ALPHABETICAL  LIST  OF  THE  IRREGULAR  VERBS. 

Simple  verbs  which  are  not  found  in  this  list  are  to  be  considered 
regular.  Compound  verbs  must  be  sought  for  under  their  primitives. 
•  A  double  hyphen  before  a  verb  (as  =  betljcn)  indicates  that  the  word  is 
used  only  in  composition  ;  in  such  cases  the  meaning  is  not  given  in  the 
list,  but  must  be  found  by  referring  back  to  the  number  where  the 
verb  is  given  with  its  prefix  or  prefixes. 

Verbs  marked  with  a  f  are  now  commonly  regular,  but  have,  or  once  had, 
the  forms  given  in  the  list.  For  meaning  of  ( )  and  [  ]  see  (NOTE)  p.  172. 

Verbs  marked  with  a  *  are  partly  irregular  (see  p.  132,  §4/. 

The  figures  in  the  right  hand  column  indicate  the  number  under 
which  the  verb  is  treated  on  pages  168 — 214. 

The  letter  f .  after  a  verb  means  that  it  is  conjugated  with  fein. 

INFINITIVE. 

f  ISBarfen,  to  bake 
t  babea,  to  bathe 

*  ba'ren 
beifcen,  to  bite 

t  beflen,  to  bark 

berg  en,  to  hide,  to  conceal 

berftcn,  f.,  to  burst,  to  crack 

biegen,  to  bend 

bteten,  to  offer 

btnben,  to  bind,  to  tie 

bitten,  to  beg,  to  request 

btafen,  to  blow 

bleiben,  f.,  to  stay,  to  remain 

bteidjen,  to  bleach 

braten,  to  roast 

brcdjen,  to  break 

*  brennen,  to  burn 

*  brtngen,  to  bring 
baudjten,  to  seem 

*  betljen 

*  beiifen,  to  think 
=  berben 

f  bingen,  to  hire 


IMPEKFECT. 

buf 

PAST  PAKT. 

gebacfen 

No. 

155 

— 

[gebaben] 

— 

*  bar 

*  boren 

23 

btfe 

gebtffeit 

61 

[batt] 

[geboUen] 

— 

barg 

geborgen 

17 

barft 

geborfteu 

18 

bog 

gebogen 

112 

bot 

geboten 

113 

banb 

gebunbeit 

43 

bat 

gebeten 

11 

blteS 

gebtafen 

97 

btieb 

geblieben 

80 

bltrf} 

gebltc^en 

63 

briet 

gebraten 

98 

brad) 

gebrod)en 

19 

bratmte 

gebrannt 

— 

bradjte 

gebradjt 

— 

[baitdjte] 

gebauc^t 

— 

*  bleb, 

-  bteten 

86 

badjte 

gebadjt 

— 

*  barb 

*  borben 

32 

— 

gebitngen 

58 

216 


IBBEGULAB  TERBS. 


INFINITIVE. 

brefcfyen,  to  thrash 

*  bvieften 

bvtngen,  f.,  to  press,  to  urge 

*  biirfen,  to  be  permitted 
effen,  to  eat 

fafyven,  f.,  to  drive 

fallen,  f.,  to  fall 

f  fallen,  to  fold 

fang en, to  catch 

fedjten,  to  fight 

5  feljten 

ftnben,  to  find 

flecfyten,  to  twist 

^  fletften 

fltepen,  f.,  to  fly 

fltefjen,  f.,  to  flee 

fliefjen,  f.,  to  flow 

f  fragen,  to  ask 

freffen,  to  eat  (of  animals) 

frteren,  to  freeze 

gafyren,  to  ferment 

geben,  to  give 

geljen,  f.,  to  go 

getten,  to  be  worth 

>  geffen 

gtefeen,  to  pour 

*  ginnen 

gleicf)en,  to  resemble 
t  glet§en,  to  glitter 
gteiten,  f.,  to  glide,  to  slide 
gtimmen,  f.,  to  burn  faintly 
graben,  to  dig 
gretfen,  to  gripe 
Ijaben,  to  have 


IMPEBFECT 

PAST  PABT. 

No. 

brofd) 

gebrojdjen 

20 

-'  brofe 

*  broffen 

124 

brang 

gebrungen 

47 

burfte 

geburft 

— 

afe 

gegeffen 

2 

fi^r 

gefa^ren 

156 

fid 

gefaflen 

99 

— 

(gefatten) 

— 

fi(e)ng 

gefangen 

100 

fo^t 

gefodjten 

137 

.fatf 

*  fo^ten 

16 

fanb 

gefunben 

44 

flodjt 

geftodjten 

138 

•m 

.fliffen 

62 

N 

geflogen 

114 

w 

geflol^en 

115 

ftofi 

gefloffen 

116 

frug 

— 

— 

fra§ 

gefreffen 

3 

fror 

gefroren 

117 

go^r 

gegob,ren 

139 

gab 

gegeben 

1 

9»(0«9 

gegangen 

108 

gait 

gegolten 

22 

>a*b 

*  geffen 

10 

go§ 

gegoffen 

119 

--  gann 

*  gonnen 

36 

gltc^ 

gegtidjen 

65 

9«6 

gegltffen 

— 

glttt 

geglttten 

66 

glomm 

gegtontmen 

140 

grub 

gegraben 

157 

Qvtff 

gegrtffen 

64 

^atte 

ge^abt 

— 

IEEEGULAR  VEEBS. 


217 


INFINITIVE. 

gotten,  to  hold 
Ijangen,  to  hang 
Ijoucn,  to  hew 
fyebcn,  to  lift 
Ijetften,  to  be  called 
Ijelfen,  to  help 
t  feifen,  to  chide 

*  fennen,  to  know 
f  Kcmmcn 

f  ftieben,  to  cleave 
f  flimmen,  f.,  to  climb 
fUngen,  to  sound 
fnetfen,  to  pinch 
fommctt, f.,  to  come 

*  fonnen,  to  be  able 
fretfdjcn,  to  scream 
frtedjen,  f.,  to  creep 
f  frimpen,  to  shrink 
fiircn,  to  choose 
lobcn,  to  load 
tafjen,  to  let 
laiifen,  f.,  to  run 
leiben,  to  suffer 
leifyen,  to  lend 
lefen,  to  read 
ttegen,  f.,  to  lie 

f  lieren 

*  Ungen 

Kfdjen,  f.,  to  extinguish 
liigen,  to  tell  a  lie 
f  modjen,  to  make 
•f  marten,  to  grind 
meiben,  to  shun 
mellen,  to  milk 


IMPERFECT. 

fAST  PART. 

ge^alten 

No. 

101 

f)tng 

geb,angen 

102 

In'eb 

geb,auen 

107 

l)0b 

geb,oben 

141 

IjteB 

geb,ei^en 

96 

|olf 

geb,olfen 

24 

(fiff) 

(geftffen) 

— 

fannte 

gefannt 

— 

t  flotnm 

*  Hommen 

134 

Hob 

geftoben 

— 

Homm 

geftontmen 

— 

Hang 

gefhmgen 

49 

fniff 

gefniffen 

67 

lam 

gefommen 

42 

fonnte 

gefonnt 

— 

frtfd) 

gefrtfd^en 

88 

frodj 

gefrodjen 

120 

— 

gefrumpen 

— 

for 

ge!oren 

150 

fob 

getaben 

158 

Iie§ 

getaffen 

103 

lief 

gelaufen 

106 

Utt 

getttten 

68 

Uelj 

gelie^en 

87 

fM 

gelefen 

5 

lag 

gelegen 

12 

*Ior 

*  lorcn 

125 

*Iang 

*  lung  en 

48 

m 

gelofdjen 

135 

log 

getogen 

142 

— 

(ge)mad)en 

— 

(mufyl) 

gema^Ien 

— 

mteb 

gemteben 

84 

jnotf  (melfte) 

gemotfen 

143 

218 


IRREGULAR  VERBS. 


INFINITIVE. 

ntefjen,  to  measure 

*  ntb'gcu,  may 

*  ntuffcn,  must 
ItcljincH,  to  take 

*  ncnnen,  to  name 
=  ncfen 

*  nieflen 

Jlfctfen,  to  whistle 
Vflegeu,  to  cherish 
pretl'en,  to  praise 
quctten,  to  gush 
t  riidjen,  to  avenge 
ratfyen,  to  advise 
retbeu,  to  rub 
reifcen,  to  tear 
retten,  f.,  to  ride 

*  rennen,  to  run 
riedjen,  to  smell 
ringen,  to  wring 
rtnnen,  to  leak,  to  flow 
ritfen,  to  call 

f  fatten,  to  salt 

faufen,  to  drink  (of  animals) 

fcmgen,  to  suck 

fdjaffen,  to  create 

fdjaflen,  to  sound 

*  jdjefyen 

fdjciben,  to  separate 
frf)etnen,  to  seem,  to  shine 
fdjelten,  to  scold,  to  chide 
fdjeercn,  to  shear 
frfjieben,  to  shove,  to  push 
frfjteften,  to  shoot 
[djinben,  to  flay 


IMPERFECT. 

PAST  PABT. 

No. 

ma^ 

gemeffen 

4 

modjte 

gemodjt 

— 

mu^tc 

gentufet 

— 

na^m 

genontmeit 

25 

nonnte 

gcnannt 

— 

*  na$ 

*  nefen 

8 

-nog 

f  noffen 

118 

m 

gepfiffeu 

G9 

^Pog 

gepflogen 

151 

prte« 

geprtejcn 

91 

quell 

gequotten 

152 

rod) 

gerod)en 

— 

rtetlj 

geratfjen 

104 

rieb 

gerteben 

81 

^ 

geriffen 

70 

ritt 

gerttten 

71 

ronnte 

gerannt 

— 

rod) 

gerodjen 

121 

rang 

gerungen 

50 

rann 

getonnen 

38 

rief 

gerufen 

110 

— 

gefalgen 

— 

foff 

gefojfen 

153 

fog 

gefogcn 

144 

fd)uf 

ge[d)affen 

159 

fdjoa 

gefdjotlen 

136 

*fd)a^ 

*  fdjetjen 

9 

fdjteb 

gefdjtebcn 

85 

fd)ten 

ge(d)ienen 

93 

fdjalt 

gefdjolten 

26 

fd)or 

gefdjoren 

145 

fdjob 

gefdjoben 

128 

fd)o§ 

gefdjoffen 

122 

— 

gefdjunbcn 

59 

IRREGULAR  VERBS. 


219 


INFINITIVE. 

fd)(afen,  to  sleep 

fdjtagen,  to  beat,  to  strike 

fdf)letd)en,  f.,to  sneak,  to  steal  along 

fdjfeifen,  to  sharpen,  to  grind 

fdjletfccn,  to  slit 

fd)ttefen,  to  slip 

fd)Ue§en,  to  lock,  to  close 

fdjttngen,  to  wind 

fdjmetjjen,  to  fling 

fdjntet^en,  to  melt 

fdfjncwbcn,  to  breathe,  to  snort 

fdjnctbcn,  to  cut 

t  fdjneien,  to  snow 

fdjraitben,  to  screw 

fdjrccfcn,  to  be  afraid 

fdjretben,  to  write 

fdjreten,  to  cry,  to  scream 

fdjreiten,  f.,  to  stride,  to  step 

fdjrinbcn,  to  crack 

f  fdjrotcn,  to  cut  across 

f  fdjrumpfcn,  to  shrink 

fdjiodren,  to  suppurate 

fdfjnmgen,  to  be  silent 

fdjfteflen,  to  swell 

fdjitnmtucn,  f.,  to  swim 

fd)h)inben,  f.,  to  vanish 

[djunngen,  to  swing,  to  brandish 

fdjtob'ren,  to  swear 

feb/en,  to  see 

f  fcigen,  to  filter 

fein,  f.,  to  be 

*  fenben,  to  send 

fiebcn,  to  boil 

flngen,  to  sing 


IMPERFECT 

PAST  PART. 

No. 

M&f 

gefdjtafen 

105 

fd)tug 

gefdjfagen 

160 

fdjftd) 

gcfdjltdjen 

73 

WKff 

gefd)Uffeit 

72 

fd)Kfe 

gefd)ltj|en 

— 

fdjtoff 

gcfd)Ioffen 

—  • 

frf)to§ 

gcfdjloffen 

123 

(d)tang 

gefd)(ungen 

51 

fd)mi$ 

gefdjniijfen 

75 

fdjtnolj 

gefdimot^en 

146 

fdjnob 

gc(d)nobe« 

154 

fdjnitt 

gefd)ititten 

76 

(fdjnte) 

(gefdjnteen) 

— 

fcrjrob 

gefdjroben 

— 

frfjraf 

gef^rocfen 

21 

fdjrieb 

gefd^rteb'*n 

82 

fdjrie 

gefc^rieen 

88 

frfjrttt 

gefd^ritten 

77 

fdfjrunb 

gefdjrunben 

— 

— 

gefd^roten 

— 

— 

gefdjrumpfen 

— 

fcfyoor 

gefc^woren 

— 

fdjiuteg 

gefdjiniegen 

94 

fdjmofl 

ge[d)U30llen 

147 

fdjioamm 

gefd^mommen 

41 

fdjtoanb 

gefd)U)unben 

45 

fdjtoang 

gefdjtuungen 

52 

fdjtoor 

gefc^tBoren 

148 

falj 

gefefyen 

6 

— 

[-  ftegen] 

— 

toar 

getuefen 

— 

fanbte 

gefanbt 

— 

fott 

gefotten 

129 

fang 

gefitngen 

53 

220 


IRREGULAR   VERBS. 


INFINITIVE. 

ftnfen,  f.,  to  sink 
finnen,  to  meditate 
fijjen,  f.,  to  sit 
f  [patten,  to  split 
f  pc  ten,  to  spit 
fpimtcn,  to  spin 
fpletftcn,  to  split 
fpredjen,  to  speak 
fprieften,  f.,  to  sprout 
fpringcn,  f.,  to  spring 
ftedjen,  to  prick 
f  fterfen,  to  stick 
ftefyen,  f.,  to  stand 
ftefyten,  to  steal 
ftctgen,  f.,  to  ascend 
fterben,  f.,  to  die 
ftieben,  f.,  to  fly  off 
fttnfen,  to  stink 
ftoften,  to  push 
ftreidjen,  to  stroke 
ftreiten,  to  quarrel 
tfjun,  to  do 
tragen,  to  carry 
treffen,  to  hit 
tretben,  to  drive 
tretcn,  f.,  to  tread 
trtefen,  to  drip 
trtnfen,  to  drink 
tritgen,  to  deceive 
toacijfcn,  f.,  to  grow 
toagen,  to  weigh 
toafdjen,  to  wash 
tveben,  to  weave 


,  f.,  to  yield 


IMPEKFECT. 

PAST  PART. 

No. 

fan! 

gefiinfcn 

55 

fann 

gcfonncn 

39 

fafe 

ge[effen 

13 

— 

gefpatteu 

— 

fpte 

gefpteeu 

89 

fpann 

gefponnen 

40 

P8 

gefpliffen 

— 

fprarf) 

gefprodjen 

27 

fpro§ 

gcfproffen 

130 

fprang 

gefpnmgen 

54 

M 

geftodjeu 

28 

ftaf 

geftoden 

29 

ftanb 

geftanbeu 

14 

W 

gefto^Ieit 

30 

ftteg 

gefttegen 

95 

ftarb 

geftorben 

31 

ftob 

gefioben 

131 

ftonf 

geftunfen 

60 

m 

gefto§en 

109 

flrtd? 

geftndjen 

74 

|Wtt 

geflrttten 

78 

t^at 

gctljan 

15 

trug 

getragen 

161 

traf 

getroffen 

35 

trteb 

getrtebcn 

83 

trat 

getreten 

7 

troff 

getroffen 

132 

tranf 

getrnnfen 

56 

trog 

getrogen 

111 

n>ud)« 

geivadjfen 

162 

hjog 

geroogen 

126 

iuufd) 

geraafdjen 

163 

toob 

gettjoben 

149 

f  raog 

*  njogen 

133 

lutd) 

gewid)en 

79 

INSEPARABLE  VERBS.  221 

INFINITIVE.  IMPERFECT  PAST  PAKT.  No. 

toetfen,  to  show  twiei?  getwefen  92 

*  toenben,  to  turn  toanbte  geroanbt 
toerben,  to  sue  tuarb  geroorben  33 
f  tuerben,  to  become  toarb  (nwrbe)  gercorben 
tterfen,  to  throw  toarf  geroorfen  34 
toiegen,  to  weigh  toog  geftogen  126 
iwnben,  to  wind  nwnb  gennntben  46 

*  nnnneit  *  ttann  *  roonnen  37 
f  luirren  gettiorren 

*  ivtffen,  to  know  nmftte  gettiu^t 
tortngen,  to  wring  torang  getcrungen 
jeifjen,  to  accuse  gtelj  geSte^en  90 
gie^en,  to  draw,  to  pull  gog  g^ogen  127 
jttringen,  to  force,  to  compel  jroang  gejioungen  57 


THIRTIETH  LESSON. 

INSEPARABLE  VERBS. 

CUntrennfiort  gtittodrter.) 

1.  Compound  verbs  in  German  are  divided  into  two 
classes,   the  separable  and  the  inseparable.     The  latter 
class,  which  we  shall  consider  before  the  separable  verbs, 
are  conjugated  just  like  their  primitives,  except  that  they 
omit  the  ge  of  the  past  participles.     Thus  from  malen 
(malte,  gema(t)  to  paint  (a  picture),  comes  bema'Ien  (bemal'te, 
bema(t')  to  paint  (a  wall),  and  from  gefyen  (gtng,  gegangen)  to 
go,  entge'fyen,  entging',  ent^an'gen,  to  escape. 

2.  It  has  already  been  stated,  page  10,  that  the  prefix 
of  an  inseparable  verb  does  not  receive  the  accent. 

3.  Inseparable  verb  means  verb  with  an  inseparable  prefix. 
Every  part  of  the  verb  bemalen  begins  with  be  followed 
by  mat,  (i.e.,  be  is  inseparable)  just  as  in  English  every 
part  of  to  inform  begins  with  in  followed  by/on/i. 


£22  INSEPARABLE    VERBS. 

4.  The    following    prefixes   always   form   inseparable 
verbs : l  be,  emp,  er,  ent,  »er,  jer,  gc  and  nnter.    But  rotter, 
properly  against,  is  sometimes  printed  instead  of  nneter, 
properly  again  (see  foot-note  1,  page  234). 

5.  Partial    conjugation    of   an    inseparable    verb    of 
which  the  primitive  is  regular. 

Infinitive:  33ebccfen,  to  cover. 

PRESENT.  IMPERFECT. 

id)  bebede,  I  cover  id)  bebedte,  I  covered 

bit  bebecfft,  bu  bebecfteft, 

er  bebedt,  er  bebecfte, 

unr  bebedfen,  tour  bebedten, 

if)r  bebedt,  iljr  bebedtet, 

fte  bebeden.  fie  bebedten. 

FUTURE. 

id]  tuerbe  bebecten,  I  shall  cover ;  bu  ttnrjt  beberfen  :c. 

PERFECT. 

id]  Ijobe  beberft,  I  have  covered  ;  bu  fyafl  beberft  K. 
Imp.  beberfen  <Sie,  cover.          Past  Part,  beberft,  covered. 

6.  Partial  conjugation  of  an  inseparable  verb  of  which 
fche  primitive  is  irregular. 

Infinitive:  SSerlaffen,  to  leave. 

PRESENT.  IMPERFECT. 

id)  oerlaffe,  I  leave  id),  berltefc,  I  left 

bu  Derldffefi,  bu  oerltef  efl, 

er  Derta^t,  er  oerltep, 

n>tr  Derlaffen,  totr  oerttefeen, 

t^r  toerlaffet,  i^r  berlteBet, 

fte  t>erlaf|en.  fie  toertte^eu. 

FUTURE. 

id)  foerbe  berlaffen,  I  shall  leave ;  bu  rtnrft  fcertaffen  K. 

i  It  makes  no  difference  if  separable  prefixes  appear  to  follow  these  prefixes  ;  thus 
rerabicK'uon  has  id)  i'crab{*cuc,  Qu)  cetabfcfccuen,  past  part.  Berabf*eu(.  This  verb  is  not  in 
reality  formed  from  vet  (inseparable),  06  (separable^,  and  jdjeutn  (jsimfte  verb"),  but  from 
c«r  and  the  noun  vlbfc^eu. 


INSEPARABLE  VERBS. 


22S 


PEBFECT. 

id)  Ijabc  toertaffen,  I  have  left ;  bu  fycift  bcvlaffcu  :c. 
Imp.  fcerlaffen  <2ie,  leave,  etc.  Past  Part.  Derlaffen,  left. 

Further  examples  of  inseparable  verbs  are : 


INFINITIVE. 

PRESENT. 

PAST  PART. 

Be  I  be(ob/nen,  reg.  to  reward 

id)  belo^'ne 

belo^nt'. 

befjalten,  irr.  to  keep 

tc^  be^alte 

befallen. 

etnji  :  empftnben,  irr.  to  feel 

id)  em^finbc 

empfunben. 

empfangen,  irr.  to  receive 

id)  entpfcmge 

em^fangen. 

et  :  erfyatten,  irr.  to  receive 

id)  erratic 

er^atten. 

ferfd)etnen,  irr.  to  appear 

ic^  erfdjeine 

erfdjienen. 

ent  :  tentgefyen,  irr.  to  escape 

id)  entge^e 

entgangen. 

entfernen,  reg.  to  remove 

ic^  entferne 

entfernt. 

tier  :  ttergeffen,  irr.  to  forget 

id)  toergeffe 

bergeffen. 

toerlteren/wr.  to  lose 

id)  Derliere 

toerloren. 

ger  :  gerftoren,  reg.  to  destroy 

id)  jerftore 

gerftort. 

gerreifeen,  irr.  to  tear 

id)  gerrei^e 

gerriffen. 

gt  :  gefyordjen  (dot)  reg,  to  obey 

ic^  ge^or^e 

gefyor'rfjt. 

gefallen  (dot.)  irr.  to  please 

id)  gefafle 

gefatten. 

tmber  :  tmberfle'Jjen,  irr.  to  resist 

id)  luibcrfte^e 

rtiberftanben. 

toiberfpredjen,  irr.  to  contradict 

id)  imberfpredje 

tutberf  proven. 

NOTE.— For  the  prefixes  burd),  I)tnter,  ubet,  urn,  unter,  tutber  and  toiebet 
•which  are  sometimes  inseparable,  see  p.  234  etc. 

7.  The  inseparable  prefixes  mentioned  in  4,  in  some 
cases  form  verbs  not  from  other  verbs,  but  from  nouns  or 
adjectives,  e.g.,  entfroften,  to  deprive  of  strength,  enervate.. 
from  $raft,  strength. 

8.  a)  be  forms  verbs   meaning  to  furnish  with  from 
nouns,  e.g.,  begaben,  to  furnish  with  a  gift,  from  ©abe,  gift 
The  past  participles  (used  as  adjectives)  of  these  verbs 
e.g.,  begabt,  gifted,  are  the  parts  most  frequently  met  with. 

6)  be  in  a  number  of  cases  answers  to  con  in  English, 
e.g.,  beftefyen,  to  consist. 

c)  be  sometimes  changes  an  intransitive  into  a  transi- 
tive verb,  e.g.,  befpeicn,  to  spit  upon,  from  fpeten,  to  spit. 


224  INSEPARABLE    VEBBS. 

d)  be  sometimes  changes  the  sense  of  the  verb  to 
which  it  is  prefixed  in  such  a  way  that  the  new  verb  takes 
a  different  kind  of  object.  Thus  malen,  to  paint,  takes 
after  it  some  such  word  as  picture,  portrait,  landscape,  or 
the  thing  imitated  as  a  tree,  a  horse,  etc.,  etc.,  while  bemalen 
takes  that  which  is  covered  by  the  paint,  as  a  watt,  apiece 
of  canvas,  etc.,  etc. 

9.  a)  ent  means  o/,  e.g.,  entlafictt,  to  let  off;  entfommen,  to 
come  off,  escape. 

b)  ent  forms  from  adjectives  and  substantives  verbs  of 
deprivation,  e.g.,  entfyeiligen,  to  desecrate  (deprive  of  holiness), 
from  J)ei(tg,  holy.  Another  example  has  already  been 
given  in  7. 

10.  «)  er   forms    from  verbs  such  compound  verbs   as 
erfcfyeinen,  to  shine  out,  from  fcfyeinen,  to  shine,  and  erjagen, 
to  get  by  hunting,  from  jagen,  to  hunt. 

b)  er  forms  from  adjectives  such  verbs  as  errotfyen,  to 
become  red,  from  rotf),  red,  or  ernietrigen,  to  make  low,  from 
niebrig,  low. 

11.  a}  »er  forms  from  verbs  compound  verbs,  such  as  oer* 
fufyren,  to  lead  astray,  from  futyren,  to  lead,  and  oeracfyten,  to  de- 
spise, from  adjten,  to  respect  (in  these  »cr  has  a  bad  sense) ; 
— or  tterbluten,  to  bleed  to  death,  from  bluten,  to  bleed,  and 
fcerfclliejjen,  to  lock  up,  from  fcfyltepen,  to  shut,  (in  these  »er 
denotes  thoroughness  or  completion). 

b)  »er  forms  from  adjectives  verbs  meaning  to  make, 
thus :  serguten,  to  make  good,  from  gut,  good. 

12.  The  following  verbs  are  formed — not  like  the-  in- 
Beparables  already  treated  of  and  the  separable  verbs  in 
the  Thirty-first  Lesson,  from  a  frequently  occurring  prefix 
and  a  verb— but  from  compound  nouns,  an  adjective  and 


INSEPARABLE    VEfcBS. 


225 


a  verb,  a  noun  and  a  verb,  etc. 
entirely  regular. 

INFINITIVE. 

fritt/ftiiden,  to  breakfast 
ant'iuprten,  to  answer 
itr'tfyeUea,  to  judge 
Ueb'fofen,  to  caress 
ratf)'fd)(agen,  to  deliberate 
arg'iuofyuen,  to  suspect  , 

red)t'ferttgen,  to  justify 
itutfy'mafen,  to  presume,  guess 
toett'etfern,  to  emulate 
Ijanb'ljaben,  to  handle,  maintain 
tt)et'terleitd)ten,  to  lighten 
feeif'fogen,  to  prophesy 


Their  conjugation  is 


PBESENT. 

id)  fritfpcfe 
id)  antoorte 
id)  urtljeite 
id)  liebfpfe 
id)  rat()fd)lage 
id)  argtoofyne 
id)  rcdjtferttge 
id)  mutfymaf  e 
id)  toetteifere 
id)  fyanbfjabe 


PAST  PART. 

gefriifjftitd't. 

geantroortet. 

gettrtljeilt. 

geliebfoft. 

geratfyfdjtagt. 

geargfoofynt. 

geredjtfertigt. 

gemut^maft. 

gehjettetfert. 

ge^anb^abt. 


wetterteitd)tet  gewetterteudjtet. 
id)  roeiffage         geroeiffagt. 
NOTE. — The  two  verbs  ttrittfaljretV  to  comply  with,  and  froljlocfen,  to  exutt, 
also  follow  this  rule,  but  sometimes  omit  the  prefix  ge  in  the  participle, 
which  may  be  toiUfaljrt'  or  gettnflfafyct ;  fvoljlorft  or  gefroljlodt. 

WORDS. 

ba$  SBertrauen,  confidence 
erobern,  reg.  to  conquer 
beljalten,  to  keep 
toerfpredjen,  to  promise 
entfagen,  reg.  to  abdicate,  resign 
begiinfttgen,  reg.  to  favor 
berauben,  reg.  to  rob,  to  deprive 
bettofynen,  to  inhabit 
befotgen,  reg.  to  follow 
beffern,  reg.  to  amend  (trans.) 
befdjmitken,  reg.  to  soil 
gerftreiten,  reg.  to  disperse  (trans.) 
gunftig,  favorable,  adv.  -ly 
ganj,  ganoid),  entirely 
nadj^er,  adv.  afterwards. 


ba§  ^liid,  fortune 

ba3  Safter,  vice 

bte  Seootferung,  the  population 

ber  ^uffefyer,  the  overseer 

ba§  ?anb,  the  land 

ber  33auer,  the  peasant 

bebaueu,  to  cultivate 

ber  9uiuber,  the  robber 

bdS  ©epdrf,  the  luggage 

ber  ©ebanfc,  the  thought 

ba^  23etragcn,  the  behavior 

«rratb,en,  irr.  to  guess 

kit  (Srnte,  the  crop 

bte  $ette,  the  chain 

bte  @d)etbe,  the  pane  of  glass 


READING  EXERCISE   75. 

£)er  ©djnee  bebedt  im  SBinter  bte  Srbe.  £>te  ftet^tgen  (Sdjiiter 
toerben  belo^nt.  2)tcfe  53iid)er  gefatten  mtr  ntd)t.  3)tc  ^einbe  er* 
obcrten  bte  @tobt  3d)  erfanntc  fie  nid)t  fog(etd),  toeit  e8  bitnfet  war. 

ic  mid)  tjerftanben  ?    Oa ; 


226  INSEPARABLE   VERBS. 

id]  uerfpredje  3l)itcu,  3()vcu  9Jatlj  ju  befolgen.  28iberfpred)cn  Ste 
mtr,  fo  tange  ate  Sic  roollen,  am  (gnbe  foerben  <Ste  bod)  fagen,  bap  icf) 
$Hed)t  gefyabt  Ijabe.  £ic|e3  Sdjlop  ttrirb  Don  ber  0>3rafin  <y-  betoofynt. 
3)er  (Partner  fyat  uergeffen,  metne  jungen  ^flan^en  gu  begiefjen.  3)et 
$onig  t)at  31^  ©unften  (iu  favor  of)  fetne0  <3ol)neS  bent  Stjronc  cut* 
fagt.  5)cr  oob,n  beiS  Sorb  ^.  fjat  feme  ©tubien  giin^Ud)  uernac^ta'§igt. 
§err  SBatfer  Ijat  mein  33ud)  feb,r  gunftig  beurtfjettt.  ©ute  9)Jenfd)en 
Derabfdjeuen  ba§  Rafter.  Xie  9?ac|rid)t  »on  bent  (Siege  ber  ^cinbe  t)at 
unter  ber  33etiotferung  einen  grofcen  Sdjrecfen  (panic)  berurfadjt.  !Ter 
Sluffe^er  b,atte  fetn  ©efdjdft  (business)  gang  bernadjla'pigt.  2)er  junge 
SKann  redjtfertigte  ba§  ^ertrauen,  ba«  tt)tr  in  Hjn  fe^ten. 

«ufgabc  76. 

"Water  covered  the  land.  You  lose  your  friends.  I  had  not 
received  your  letter.  Good  children  obey  their  (flat.}  parents. 
This  young  man  was  much  (fefyr)  favored  by  (the)  fortune. 
The  peasants  cultivate  their  land.  The  road  is  planted  (be* 
pflangt)  with  walnut-(9?u§=)trees.  A  robber  has  deprived  me 
(ace.)  of  my  luggage  (gen.).  You  have  guessed  (104)  my 
thoughts.  The  boy  promised  me  (dat.)  to  mend  his  be- 
havior. We  have  lost  all  our  money.  The  child  has  soiled 
its  dress.  I  will  keep  this  book.  Have  (finb)  the  orders  (23e* 
fefyte)  of  the  king  been  executed?  I  was  deceived  (111)  by  my 
neighbor  ;  he  deceives  everybody.  Carthage  ($artf)ago)  was 
destroyed  by  the  Romans.  I  have  received  several  letters 
from  America.  Do  not  contradict  your  master  (dat.).  The 
potato-crop  has  failed  (tft  mtjjratfyen).  Have  you  breakfasted? 
I  breakfast  every  morning  at  nine  o'clock.  The  dog  broke 
(tore)  his  chain  and  ran  off  (fort).  Your  boots  are  torn,  shall 
I  take  (trogen)  them  to  (311)  the  shoemaker?  A  bird  flew 
against  the  window  and  broke  a  pane  of  glass.  Afterwards 
*  nobody  l  knew  who  3  had  2  broken  l  it.  I  have  not  been  in- 
formed of  (oon)  the  death  of  Mr.  Graham.  The  robber  waa 
condemned  to  be  hanged. 


tljaten  bie  ^etnbe  ?  <Ste  eroberten  bte  <Stabt. 
2Ba«  berurfadjte  bte  9jf  ad)rid)t  toon 

bent  (Siege  ber  ^ewbe?  Sic  berurfad)te  groften  Sdjrecfett. 

2Ber  betoolntt  jeneS  <Sd)tojj  ?  £er  ofterretdjifdje  ©raf  5- 

Ofl  er  retd)?  5D?an  fagt,  bajj  er  fefjr  retd)  tfl 


SEPARABLE    VERBS. 


2Barum  $at  ber  (Partner 

men  ntd)t  tegoffen  ? 
2Ba3  Derfpradj'ber 
28er  »on  Sfynen  fyqt  mit  hnber* 

fprodjen  ? 
$at  biefer  9ttann  fein 

beforgt  (attended  to)  ? 
Robert  <5te  etnen  23rief  bon 

rent  5^unbe  erljatten? 
tljun  bte  Sauern? 
te  btele 


(Sir  ttnrb  fte  btefen  3lbenb  begte^en. 
(gr  berf))rac^,  fic^  gu  beffern. 
^itemanb  Don  un§  b,at  ^b/nett  totber* 

fpro^en. 
S'Jetn,  er  fyat  e6  gan^It^ 


$onnen  <Ste  metne  @ebanfen  er* 

ratten  ? 
^aben  bte  ftetnbe  bte  (Stabt  3er== 

[tort? 
$at  ber  ^ontg  bent  S^rone  ent* 

fagt? 
Stffen  (Ste,  toer  btefeS  ®(a§ 

broken 


3d)  erb,otte  oft  S3rtefe  toon  tljm. 

@te  bebauen  bte  ^elber. 

£>er  Sob    b,at  mtcf)   aller  ntemer 

^reunbe  beraubt. 
3c^  ^abe  fte  oft  erratfyen,  aber  nt^t 

immer. 

•JMn,  fte  ^aben  fte  md)t  gerflort. 


©unften  femes 

tn,  ntetn  ^err,  id)  ttetfc  e«  ntc^t  ; 
id)  b,abe  eS  nic^t  gerbroc^en. 


THIRTT-FIRST   LESSOR 

SEPARABLE  VERBS. 

(Irfnubnre  ^cittuorter.) 

1.  In  a  separable  verb,   the  prefix  is  detached  and 
becomes  a  separate  word  in  the  present  and  imperfect 
indicative  and  subjunctive  and  in  the  imperative.     Thus : 
obfc^retben,  to  write  off,  copy  (from  fdjretben,  write,  and  ab, 
off),  has  t^  fcfyretbe  ab,  ic^  fc^rteb  ab  (imperfect),  fcfymbe  ab 
(imperative),  etc. 

2.  In  all  the  remaining  parts  of  the  verb,  the  prefix 
precedes  the  verbal  stem  and  is  written  in  one  word  with 
it,  e.g.,  obfcfyreibenb,  copying ;  abfdjretben,  to  copy. 

3.  Note,  however,  that  the  fle  of  the  past  participle  is  in- 
serted between  the  prefix  and  the  verb,  e.g.,  abcjefcfyrieben, 


228  SEPARABLE    VERBS. 

and  that  the  same  is  true  of  ju  used  with  the  infinitive, 
e.g.,  abjufcfyretben. 

4.  In  a  dependent  clause  (see  'page  82),  the  VERB  comes 
last,  so  that  we  should  expect  for  The  letter  which  you 
copied,  £er  33rief  ben  <Ste  abfcfyrieben  and  not ....  fcfyrieben 
ob.     But  when  the  rules  of  arrangement  require  the  VERB 
last  in  the  clause,  the  prefix  always  comes  immediately 
before  it,  and  is  written  as  one  word  with  it,  e.g.t  above, 
abfcfyrteben.    "We  thus  have  for  every  separable  verb  two 
forms  for  the  present  and  imperfect  indicative  and  sub- 
junctive, as  follows : 

In  clauses  not  dependent :         In  dependent  clauses : 

Pres.  Indie,  id)  fdjreibe  —  ab,  Pres.  Indie,  id)  —  abfrfjretbe, 

Impf.  Indie,  id)  f  d)ricb  —  ab,  Impf.  Indie,  id)  —  abf d)rieb, 

Pres.  Subf.  id)  (djretbe  —  ab,  Pres.  Subf.  id)  —  abfdjretbe, 

Impf.  SubJ.  id)  fdjriebe  —  ab.  Impf.  Subj.  id) —  abfdjriebe. 

5.  Separable  verbs  are  accented  on  the  prefix,   as  has 
been  already  stated  2,  page  10. 

6.  Partial  conjugation  of  a  separable  verb.  (See  also  4.) 

5lbf$retben,  to  copy. 

PRESENT.  IMPERFECT. 

id)  fdjretbe  —  ab  *,  I  copy  id)  fdjrteb  —  ab,  I  copied 

bu  f djreibft  —  ab,  bit  frfjrtebfl  —  ab, 

er  fdjretbt  —  ab,  er  fdjrteb  —  ab, 

hnr  f d)retben  —  aB,  tmr  fdjrteben  —  ab, 

i^r  f djretbt  —  ab,  tljr  fdjrtebet  —  ab, 

fte  fdjretben  —  ab.  fie  frfjrieben  —  ab. 

First  Future,  id)  werbc  abfdjrctben,  I  shall  copy. 

Perfect,  id)  fyabe  abgefdjrteben,  I  have  copied. 

Pluperfect,  id)  ^atte  abgefd^rteben,  I  had  copied. 

Sec.  Future,  id)  toerbe  abgefdjncben  ^aben,  I  shall  have  copied. 

i  When  the  prefix  follows  the  primitive  (of.  4),  it  is  usually  separated  from  it  by  • 
«ord  or  two.  indeed  normally  by  the  whole  of  the  BEST  of  the  clause. 


SEPARABLE    VERBS.  229 

First  Cond.      td)  tuiirbe  obfdjreiben,  I  should  copy. 

Sec.  Cond.        id)  toiirbe  abgefdjrteben  Ijaben,  I  should  have  copied 


IMPERATIVE. 


fdjretbc  —  ab,         |  cotrv  fdjretben  hnr  —  ab,  let  us  copy, 

jdjretben  (2te  —  ab,  j     *^" 

INFINITIVE. 
abfdjreiben  and  ab^ufdjreiben,  to  copy. 

PABTICIPLES. 

Pres.  ob[d)reibenb,  copying.        Past.  aBjjefd)rteben,  copied. 

7.  The  following  prefixes  always  form  separable  verbs  ^ 

ab,  off,  down  entgegen,  to  meet  toS,  loose,  off 

an,  on,  at  entgtoei,  in  two,  apart  mit,  with 

oitf,  up,  upon  fort,  forth,  away  nad),  after 

au3,  out,  from  gegen,  against  ob,  over,  on 

bet,  by,  beside,  with   gegeniiber,  opposite  Dor,  before 

bettor,  before  in,  in  hjeg,  'away 

ba,  bar,  there  b,eim,  home  311,  to 

cut,  in,  into  fyer,  toward  one  ^uriicE,  back 

empor,  up,  aloft  ^in,  from  one  ^ufammen,  together. 

8.  Also :  compound  prefixes  made  up  of  prefixes  found 
in  the  preceding  list  or  that  on  page  234,  e.rj.t  »orcm, 
ahead;  iibereitt  from  liber  and  ein.  Especially  frequent  are 
compound  prefixes  one  part  of  which  is  fyin  or  fyer,  e.g., 
fyerau£lcwfen,  to  run  out  (to  us);  litnauSlaufen,  to  run  out 
(away  from  us  who  are  indoors). 

9.  We  have  just  seen  that  compound  prefixes  made  up 
of  simple  separable  prefixes  are  themselves  separable. 

In  the  same  way,  when  a  separable  prefix  comes  first, 
and  is  followed  by  an  inseparable  one,  as  in  abbeftellen, 
the  verb  is  conjugated  like  a  separable, — infinitive  with 
jit,  ftbjubeficUen;  present  indicative,  id)  beftelle  ab,— -except 
that,  of  course,  the  past  participle  (abbeftellt)  has  no  ge. 

i  This  list  is  taken,  with  some  trifling  changes,  from  Whitney's  Grammar. 


230  SEPARABLE    VERBS. 

10.  We  have  not  included  in  the  list  of  separable  pre- 
fixes on  page  229,  a  number  of  nouns  and  adjectives 
each  used  as  a  separable  prefix  in  perhaps  only  a  singl* 
compound.  Examples  of  such  compounds  follow : 

PRESENT.  PAST  PAUT. 

fefjljdjtagen ',  to  fail  id)  fdjlage  —  feb,l  feb,lgefd)lagen. 

freifprcdjen,  to  acquit  id)  fpredje — frei  freigefprodjen. 

t  gietrfjfommen,  to  equal  id)  fomnte — gteid)  gtetdjgefommen. 

itebfyaben,  to  love  id)  fyabe  —  lieb  liebgefyabt. 

fttflfd)tt)eigen,  to  be  silent  id)  frfjroeige  —  ftttt  ftiflgefd)h)iegen. 

ftattfinben,  to  take  place  id)  ftnbe  —  flatt  jtottgefunben. 

OBSERVATIONS. 

1.  Dependent  clauses,  as  has  been  already  stated  page 
82,  4,  take  the  VERB  at  the  end.    If  this  VERB  is  a  sep- 
arable one,  it  takes  in  the  simple  tenses,  i.e.,  those  which 
need  no  auxiliary  to  form  them,  the  same  form  as  if  it 
were  inseparable.     This  rule  has  already  been  stated  at 
greater  length,  page  228,  4.    Ex. : 

2)er  23rief,  foeldjen  id)  fefct  abfrfjreibe. 

The  letter  which  I  am  copying  now. 

3d)  ttwnfdje,  bofc  <3ic  Ijeute  nidjt 

I  wish  you  not  to  go  out  to-day. 

5HS  id)  in  tyan$  anfam  *c. 

When  I  arrived  in  Paris,  etc. 

2Benn  <Sie  ^u  Diet  ®clb  au^gegeben 

If  you  have  spent  too  much  money,  etc. 

2.  $erab,  fyerein,  ^crunter,  etc.,  imply  motion  totvards 
the  person  who  is  speaking ;  while  fnnab,  ^tnctn,  ^inuntcr,  etc., 
imply  motion  away  from  the  speaker.    Ex. : 

$ommen  (Sic  ^erein,  Come  in. 

(Come  towards  me  who  am  in  the  room.) 

i  When  spelled  separately,  tbe  three  first  verbs  have  a  different  meaning,  viz. :  fe$l 
fcfctagen  means  to  miss  one's  blow;  fret  fpre$en,  to  speak  frankly;  gleii  lommen,  to  oem« 
directly. 


SEPAEABLE  VERBS.  231 

$el)en  @ic  Ijtnetn,  Walk  in. 

(  The  speaker  is  outside.) 

CWjen  3te  Ijtnauf,  Go  up  stairs. 

(  The  speaker  is  below  ;  motion  away  from  him.) 

jtomusen  ©ie  ijerauf,  Come  up. 

(The  speaker  is  upstairs  ;  motion  towards  him.) 

WORDS. 

ba§  2lnerbtetcn,  the  offer  anftretdjen,  to  paint 

bte  Sftotf),  the  distress  frtfd),  freshly,  newly 

bte  ^etdjnun.q,  the  drawing  abtragen,  to  carry  off 

bte  ^itgcl,  the  ball  nneber  fyerfteflen,  reg.  to  restore 

ber  $itge(,  the  hill  IjtnabroIIen,  reg.  to  roll  down 

ber  £()itrm,  the  tower  erfemten,  to  recognize 

ber  Strjt,  the  physician,  doctor  toortreff'Kdj,  excellent 

bte  Skrdnberung,  the  change  ungufrte'ben,  discontented 

ber  ^3  (an,  the  plan  bermutl)Itd),  probably 

ber  33udjl)anbler,  the  bookseller  f  abretfen,  to  set  out 

bte  ©ramnta'ttf,  the  grammar  betfte^en,  irr.  to  assist 

ber  33ifd)of,  the  bishop  tiorftetten,  to  introduce,  present 

ber  Slbenb,  the  evening  an^teljen,  irr.  to  put  on  (clothes) 

abbremten,  to  burn  down  abfd)lagen,  irr.  to  refuse. 

aufgefyen  (of  the  sun),  to  rise 

READING   EXERCISE    77. 

3rf)  fdjretbe  btefen  33rtef  ab.  2Ber  fdjrteb  btefen  33rtef  ab  ?  $art 
^at  t()n  abgefcf)neben.  2Bann  fmgen  @te  an,  i^n  abjufdjretben  ?  3d) 
(jabe  fcf)on  geftern  5lbenb  angefangen  unb  fa^re  btefen  9)forgen  fort. 
2Btr  ftnb  um  ^alb  fcrf)3  U^r  angefommen.  ®a8  9JJabrf)en  fdjlofj  bte 
J^iire  ^u.  -3d)  nefyme  mtt  33ergnugen  3I)r  giittgeS  (kind)  Slnerbteten 
an.  ®tet)et  anf,  $tnber,  e§  tft  3>eit.  3)te  ^tnber  ftnb  (have)  bent 
Sfet  nad)ge(aufen.  S)a§  ganje  3)orf  iff  abgebrannt.  -3d)  gtng  ntd)t 
aug,  tocti  id)  fran!  ftar.  §aben  @te  S^ren  f^reunb  ^uriidbegleitet  ? 
gurdjten  <5te  ntdjtg,  id)  fte§e  S^nen  bet  ! 


78. 

I  copy  all  my  letters.  Are  you  going  out  ?  Yes,  I  am  going 
out.  My  brother  set  out  for  (nad))  London  this  morning. 
The  concert  begins  at  7  o'clock.  Assist  your  neighbor  in  his 
distress.  Pray,  present  me  to  your  friend.  In  summer  2  the 


SEPARABLE  VlalBS. 

8  sun  '  rises  at  three  o'clock  in  the  morning  (beg  3ft.).  The  sun 
has  (ift)  risen  beautifully.  Leave  out  this  page  (©cite)  when 
you  copy  the  letter.  It  is  already  copied.  Take  your  draw- 
ing away-  Our  friends  went  away  from  here  at  six  o'clock. 
Do  you  not  take  me  with  (you)  ?  I  accept  your  offer  with 
great  pleasure.  The  young  man  has  spent  his  time  very 
badly.  The  doctor  communicated  this  news  to  me.  Do  not 
detain  him  [any]  longer.  Put  on  your  shoes.  How  did  you 
spend  your  evening  yesterday  ?  I  went  out  I  was  not  yet 
dressed. 

BEADUTO  EXERCISE  79a. 

£efen  <5te  mtr  btefeS  fdjime  ©ebirfjt  t>or.  ®eben  <Sic  $d)t  (care), 
bte  Jf)iire  ift  frtfd)  angeftrtdjen.  @tnb  bte  (Spctfen  (dishes)  fefjon  ab= 
getragen  ?  £er  Sebtente  tragt  fte  cbcn  (just)  ab.  <2tnb  bte  Thibet 
angefteibet?  2)a$  $tnberntdbd)en  (nurse)  fletbet  fie  eben  an.  SBctcfje 
nte  Don  ber  SBafjrfyett  ab.  jDer  <Sturm  ^at  nacfjgelajfen  (aufge^ort). 
3)a3  (£d)tff  n>ar  gefunfen  ;  gtuanjig  ^erfoHen  futb  (have)  itmgefom* 
men.  jDer  2)teb  ift  batoon  getaufen.  35er  ^aufmann  retfte  tm  ganjen 
(whole)  ^anbe  um^er  (fyerum).  !Da8  ^abe  i^  S^nen  DorauSgefagt 
2)er  Slr^t  ift  eben  borbetgegangen. 

9tufga6e  79b. 

The  ball  rolled  down  the  hill  (ace.).  The  luggage  was  car- 
ried out.  We  have  (ftnb)  ascended  (on,  auf)  the  tower.  Much 
rain  produces  weeds  (Unfraut).  The  hunter  rambles  about  in 
the  forest.  Captain  B.  has  (ift)  just  ridden  by.  I  had  no 
time  to  carry  the  child  about  The  messenger  brought  the 
letter  back.  Great  changes  have  taken  place  (10)  in  the 
administration  (©taat3toertt)altung).  Mr.  Murray  is  an  excel- 
lent physician  ;  he  has  entirely  restored  my  health.  I  agreed 
with  the  bookseller  for  (toegen,  lit.  on  account  of,  in  regard  to) 
a  new  grammar.  We  met  with  some  friends  in  Paria  The 
plan  which  we  had  made  has  completely  failed.  I  have  just 
(eben)  sent  back  the  books  you  had  lent  me.  If  you  refuse 
(Observation  1)  him  such  a  trifle  ($letmgfett),  *  he  '  will  be  very 
discontented.  If  I  introduce  you  to  the  count  (dot.),  Jyou 
1will  probably  be  invited  to  (jum)  dinner.  When1  Mr.  Grove 
was  introduced  to  the  Bishop,  "he  Recognized  an  old  friend 
in 


i  See  foot-note  1,  p.  ISO. 


SEPARABLE  VERBS. 


233 


£>aben  <Sie  3fyre    Ueberfeijimg 

fdjon  abgefd)rieben  ? 
Um  uwmcl  llfyr  gefyen  <Sie  biefen 

Sibenb  auS  ?  ' 
(Sinb  <Sie  geftern  audj  nidjt  (not 

—  either)  auSgegangen? 
SBann  reifen  (Sic  ab  ? 

2Ber  Ijat  ba§  $inb  auSgefleibet? 

<2o£(  id)  mid)  anffcibcn  ? 

2Ber  l)dt  meine  (Sticferei  (em- 

broidery) tteggenommen? 
2Bann  geljt  bie  Sonne  auf  ? 

2Birb  ber  Offisier  b,eute  l)ier  t)or= 

bei'reitcn  ? 
-3ft  ber  33cbiente  fdjon  gururfgc* 

f  ommen  ? 
2Ber  tjat  3^nen  btefe  SRadjrtdjt 

mitgctfjeUt  ? 
SBann  fangt  ba§  Sweater  an? 


^>at  ber  (Sdjnetber  meinen 

mitgenontmen  ? 
2Bie  fontmt  biefer^)itnb  ^ie 
2Ber  gefyt  bem  £)t)eim  entgegen? 
^at  bad  Concert'  geftern  ftatt= 

gefunben  (taken  place)  ? 
3ft    ber  ©cfangene    toerurtljeUt 

iuorben  ? 

^onnte  man  biefeS  Dor^ej'fe^en? 
SEoflen  <Sie   ein  n)enig  (for  a 

little  while)  Ijcrauffonmtcn  ? 
^onnen  (Sic    tnorgen    Ijeriiber* 

fontmcn  '?    . 
3ft  e3  ertaubt  fjinein  gn  getjen  ? 

S3ringt     man     meinen    goffer 
(trunk)  fjerauf? 


d)  fdjretbe  fie  eben  ab.   3d)  rterbe 
aud)  bie  toon  geftern  abfd)reiben. 


qeb,e  id)  nid)t  ait8. 
id)  ^atte  feine 
getjen. 
3d)  gebenfe  (intend)  morgen  friilj 

ab^ureifen. 

2)ie  gutter  fjat  e§  au§ge!teibct 
3a,  fleiben  <Sie  ftd)  an. 

9^iemanb  nimmt  t)ier  (Sttua^  njcg. 
3nt  @ommer  get)t  fte  um  3  H^r  be8 

9J?orgen8  auf. 
S3ermut^id),   benn  (for)   er  reitet 

jeben  Xag  b,ier  borbet'. 
yidrif   er  bleibt  immer   fo    lange 

au«. 
5D?ein  9?ejfe  ?ubn)ig  t^eitte  fie  mir 

ntit. 
S3  fangt  im  SBinter  itm  fed)3  U§r, 

im  (Sommer  um  fieben  Ub,r  an. 
Sr  f)at  ib,n    mitgenommen;    aber 

nodj  nid)t  juriidgebradjt. 
(Sr  ift  mir  nadjgefaufen. 

unb  id)  geb/en  iljm  entgegen. 


,  e§  ftnbet  erfl  ^eitte  ftatt. 
3m  ©egentb,eit  (contrary),  er  ift 
freigefprod)en  iworbcn  (Note  3). 
(Serai^,  e8  jnar  Ieid)t 
3d)  b,abe  fe^t  feine 


3a,  id)  toerbe  einen  ^tugenblid  I)in=« 

iibergcfyen. 
3a,  mein  ^err,  treten  (Sic    nur 

l^erein. 
6r  ift  fdjon  oben  (up  stairs).    3dj 

fyabe  ib,n  felbft  (jtnaufgetragen. 


234  SEPARABLE  YERBS. 

VEEBS  WITH  THE  PEEFIXES  burd),  fiber,  5C.    v 

1.  be,   emp,   etc.,  (page  222),  always  form  inseparable 
verbs,  and  ab,  an,  etc.,  always  form  separable  verbs;  but 
each  of  the  prefixes  in  the   following  list  forms  some 
verbs  which  are  separable  and  others  which  are  insep- 
arable. 

burd),  through  Ubcr,  over  imter,  under 

fyinter,  behind  urn,  about  unber l,  against 

liucber,  again 

2.  It  happens  frequently  indeed  that  burcfy,  fytnter,  fifcer, 
etc.,  form  one  compound  verb  which  is  separable  and 
another  compound  verb  which  is  inseparable,  from  the 
same   simple   verb.     The  separable  compound  and  the 
inseparable  compound  will  be  spelled  in  the  infinitive 
in  just  the  same  way,  e.g.,  it'berfeijen,  separable,  to  set  (some- 
thing) over,  like  iiberfe'^en,  inseparable,  to  translate. 

3.  They  differ,  however, 

a)  In  accent,  as  has  just  been  indicated,  llc'berfe^en 
separable  is  (like  abfe^en,  etc.)  accented  on  the  prefix,  and 
iiberfe'fjen  inseparable  (like  befe^en,  etc.)  is  accented  on  the 
verbal  stem. 

1)  Of  course,  in  conjugation,  u'berfe^en  having  (like 
abfefcen,  etc.)  id)  fe&e  iiber,  itberjufefcen,  ubero,efe£t,  —  and  uber* 
fe'&en,  (like  befefcen,  etc.)  having  id)  itberfe'fce,  ju  iiberfe'fcen, 
past  participle  iiberfefct'. 

c)  In  signification.  Ue'berfe^en  means  to  set  over,  across 
(e.g.,  to  ferry  across  a  river).  Ueberfe'&en  means  to  translate. 

\  Were  it  not  that  wiber,  which  properly  means  against,  is  sometimes  written,  and 
printed  where  nrieber,  again,  ought  to  stand,  it  (mibet)  would  have  been  omitted  from 
this  list,  for  in  its  proper  sense  of  against  it  is  inseparable. — SBtebtt,  on  the  contrary,  is 
almost  always  separable.  SBofl  forms  some  separable  and  some  inseparable  verba 
So  does  mt&,  but  it  is  generally  inseparable.  The  rule  given  3,  c,  does  not  apply  com- 
pounds  of  cott  and  mi|>. 


SEPAEABLE  VERBS.  235 

The  following  examples  (from  Whitney's  Grammar)  will 
illustrate  still  further  this  difference  in  signification. 

Separables.  Inseparables. 

burrfj'brtngen,  to  crowd  through  burdjbrtn'gen,  to  penetrate,  per- 
fyhi'tergefyen,  to  go  behind  fyinterge'ljen,  to  deceive     [meate 

um'geljen,   to    go    around,  re-  umge'ljen,  to  evade 

volve 

un'tertoerfen,  to  throw  under       itntertoer'f en,  to  subject,  subjugate 
toie'berljolen,  to  fetch  back  tweberfyo'ten,  to  repeat. 

4.  The  separables,  it  will  be  noticed,  are  translated  in 
English  by  two  words,  one  of  which  gives  the  sense  of 
the  simple  verb,  e.g.,  bringen,  to  crowd,  and  the  other  the 
sense  of  the  prefix,  e.g.,  bitrcf),  through. 

5.  The  inseparables,  on  the  other  hand,  are  translated 
by  a  single  word.1     (Compare  in  English  I  took  over  with 
/  overtook,  and  /  set  up  with  /  upset.) 

6.  There  are,  however,  not  a  few  cases  in  which  an 
English  verb  having  been  rendered  by  a  certain  German 
compound  verb,  that  compound  verb  may  be  conjugated 
either  separably  or  inseparably  as  the  writer  chooses. 
Thus    The  rat   gnawed   through  it  may  be   translated, — 
to  gnaw  through  being  burcfynagen, — either  3)ie  SRatte  nagte 
eg  burdj  or  £)ie  9tatte  burcfynagte  eg. 

7.  When  an  intransitive  verb  is  compounded  with  one 
of  the  prefixes  in  the  above  list,  the  inseparable  com- 
pound is  more  apt  to  take  an  accusative  after  it  than  the 
separable,  compound.    Thus  from  itber  and  gefyen,  itbcrge'tyen 
means  to  pass  over — to  omit  (e.g.,  3$  itbergcfye  bag  Uebrige, 

i  The  student  acquainted  with  Latin  will  notice  that  in  one  or  two  of  the  examples 
lust  given,  the  inseparables  are  translated  by  English  verbs  derived  from  the  Latin, 
and  that  the  Latin  originals  of  these  verbs  correspond  exactly  in  composition  to  the 
German  verbs,  thus  unter=rcer'fen  to  sub-jicere  and  rcieber^olen  to  re-petere, 


236  SEPARABLE   VERBS. 

I  pass  over  the  rest] ;  while  ii'bergefyen  means  to  pass  over, 
intransitive,  as  in  the  sentence,  This  misprint  passed  over 
into  the  second  edition,  £)tefer  2)rucffel)ler  ging  in  tic  jroette 
SUtggabe  iiber. 

WORDS. 

bte  ©efme,  the  sinew  bte  ©djarfe,  keenness 

bcr  ^otijetbtcner,  the  constable  bte  ©ebutb,  patience 

ber  ^evftcmb,  understanding  ber.  Safe,  the  sentence 

bte  3d)rift,  the  writing  ber  $tttfd)er,  the  coachman 

ba$  @efiU)f,  sentiment,  feehng  ber  (Sturm,  the  storm, 

Some  of  the  words  in  the  following  exercises  must  be  looked  for  in  the 
Vocabulary  at  the  end  of  the  book. 

READING  EXERCISE  80. 

Sftan  fyat  bent  ^Jferbe  bte  Seljncn  bitrd)ge[d)mtten.  (£8  regnet  ftarf, 
Iajfen  <3te  un8  unterfteljen.  ©eftern  ftnb  rotr  and)  ttntergeftanbeit,  at3 
e8  onftng  ^efttg  gu  regnen.  9Jitt  ©ebttlb  fe^t  man  Me§  burd).  97ac^ 
etner  Stunbe  ftnb  hnr  umgefel^rt.  ©eftent  fott  (is  said)  Sentonb  tm 
293a(be  umgebrarf)!1  worben  fein.  3ft  bte^  ber@rf)tffer  h)eld)er  un^  itber* 
gefe^t^at?  $ennen  Ste  ben  Sdjrtftftetter  (author)  lueldjer  ?amorttne'« 
sBerfe  tn'^  ®eutfcf)e  itberfe^t  Ijat?  5)er  ^atfer  t>on  Defterret^  ^atbte 
gan^e  ^roDtnj  burc^retft.  !Die  Corner  fyaben  t)tele  5So(!er  unterjoc^t. 
jDer  ^otijetbtener  ^at  ba§  gange  ^>aug  bnrcfjfitdjt.  9)tetn  @p^n  ^at  bte 
Settling  be3  ©efdjafte^  iibentommen.  3^re  SSorte  ^aben  mtd^  don  ber 
SBaljrfiett  ber  <2ad)e  iibergeugt.  On  biefer  (Sdjute  njerben  bte  ^noben 
big  (till)  $um  14.  Oa^re  unterridjtet.  223 te  fonnten  ©te  (e§)  unter* 
ne^nten,  bte^  gu  t^un?  ©emitter  ubertrifft  atte  beutfc^en  J)trf)ter 
(poets)  an  Stefe  be§  ©efit^  ;  aber  er  n)irb  toon  ©otlje  an  ©^arfe 
be«  55erftanbeg  itbertroffen.  ^(o^ltc^  fa^en  h)tr  ung  toon  getnben  nm= 
ringt  -3d)  bttte  @te,  balb  UJteberjuIommen. 

9lufiiobr  81. 

When  (al$)  we  came  to  the  river,  we  crossed  in  a  little  boat. 
Can  you  tell  me  who  has  translated  Milton's  Paradise  Lost 
(»ertorene$  ^arabteS)  ?  I  have  no  mind  to  translate  this  book. 
You  should  throw  on  (over)  your  cloak.  A  whole  regiment  of 


i  We  should  have  expected  the  Inseparable  umbrt'ngen  In  the  sense  of  kill,  and  it  is 
actually  sometimes  found,  but  um'brtngcn  is  much  more  frequent. 


SEPARABLE   VERBS.  237 

infantry  (3nfanterieregiment)  went  over  to  (ju)  the  enemy.  Why 
did  you  pass  over  (iiberge'ljeu)  this  sentence  ?  I  omitted  (liber* 
ge'ljen)  it,  because  it  seemed  to  me  too  difficult.  Three  vessels 
went  down  (perished)  in  the  last  storm.  The  coachman  has 
upset  the  carriage.  Have  (finb)  you  had  much  intercourse  with 
Mr.  A.?  I  wish  I  were  so  happy  [as]  to  have  much  inter- 
course with  him.  What  business  have  you  undertaken: 
Have  you  repeated  your  lesson  ?  You  must  change  your  dress 
(fid)  umf(eiben),  or  (fonft)  you  cannot  go  with  us.  This  box 
must  be  examined.  Our  house  is  surrounded  with  a  garden. 
Mr.  F.  has  killed  himself.  Have  you  a  mind  to  sign  this 
paper  ?  I  have  already  signed  it. 


BEADING   LESSON. 

2>er  Sirocco.  Sirocco. 

(Sine  ber  grofcten  ^(agcn1  fur  gang  Statien,  befonberS2  fur 
unb  ©icitien,  ift  ber  @irocco=2Binb.  (Sr  Ijetfjt  aud)  (Suboftttrinb,  in 
9lfrifa  (Satnum,  iu  ber  ©djttteig  $of)tt.  3n  9?eapel  unb  in  anbern 
Sljeiten  3talienS  toeljt3  er  nidjt  fo  fyefttg  toie  tit  ©icttien,  njetdjeS  nafyer 
bet  2lfri!a  liegt,  bauert4  aber  mefyrere  2Bod)en  unb  Iaf?t  SDiutljtoftg* 
fett5  unb  ^tebergefdjlagenfjett6  juriid1.  3n  9Zeape(  toeljt  er  tin  OuU  fo 
^ct§,  bajj  bie  aWenfdjen  gan^  erfdjtafft  7  unb  entnerfct8  rterben. 
Xljatigfeit9  in  bem  2ftenfd)cn  erftirbt10,  nnb  bie  gefa&,rttd)ftenn 
h)iirben  barau§  entfte^en  (arise),  toenn  er  in  (Stcilien  langer  atg  30  bt§ 
40  (Stunbeu  ftie^tc,  unb  nid)t  bon  etnem  ^orbminbe  begleitet13  luare, 
nieldjer  bie  Sftenfdjen  loieber  ftarft. 

(Sobatb  ber  Sirocco  gu  h)e!^en  anfdngt,  ^iefyt14  ftd)  Seberntann  in  bie 
§aufer  guriiii,  mad)t  S:f)iiren  unb  $enfter  gu,  ober  be^dngt15  in  (Smtan* 
gelung  16  toon  genfterfd^eiben  (panes),  bie  ^enfter  unb  anbere  Ocffnun* 
gen  mtt  naffen  Jud^ern  unb  fatten  ".  Qn  ben  ©trafeen  fieb,t  man 
feincn  9J?cnfd)en.  5lud)  auf  ben  ^elbem  tb,ut18  ber  (Suocco  oft 
gropen  ©djaben18;  er  berfengt19  bie  ©rcifer  unb  ^flangen  fo,  baf^ 


i  plague.  2  especially,  s  to  blow.  4  bauem,  to  last.  &  despondency.  6  dejection. 
"  relaxed,  s  enervated.  9  energy.  10  etflerfien,  to  die  away.  11  dangerous,  inconse- 
quence. K  accompanied,  (i.e.,  here,  followed).  H  fid)  jururfjie^en,  to  retire,  is  to  haub' 
with.  16  in.  the  absence,  n  mats,  is  to  do  much  damage.  19  to  scorch. 


238 


VERBS    WITH    fetlt. 


man  fte  gu  ^ufoer  jerretben1  fann,  aid  loenn  fte  au$  einem  l)ei§en 
£)fen  famen.  (JMurf'Udjernmfe2  toeljt  er  ntdjt  gan^  nafye  am  23obens. 
!Dte  £eute,  toelrfje  in  ben  Strafcen  unb  auf  bem  %-ei'tx  ftnb,  toerfen4  fid) 
befctoegen  auf  ben  23oben  nteber4,  imb  fo  tfyut  er  iljnen  feinen 
(haxm). 


THIRTY-SECOXD  LESSON. 


CONJUGATION  OF  VEKBS  WHICH  FOEM  THEIR 
PERFECT  WITH  fctn  INSTEAD  OF  fcaben. 

1,  SReifen,  to  travel 


INDICATIVE. 

SUBJUNCTIVE. 

Present. 

id)  reife,  I  travel 

id)  reife 

Imperf. 

id)  reifte,  I  travelled 

id)  reifte 

Future. 

id)  toerbe  retfen 

id)  ttjerbe  reifen 

Cond. 

id)  h)iirbe  reifen 

—     — 

Perfect. 

id)  bin  geretf^Ihave  trav- 

id)  fet  gereift 

bu  bifl  gereift           [elled 

bu  fetft  gereift 

er  iji  gereift 

er  fei  gereift 

hrir  finb  geretfi 

hnr  feten  gereift 

i^r  feib  gereift 

iljr  feiet  gereift 

@ie  flnb  geretfi 

@ie  feten  geretft 

fte  ftnb  gereift 

|te  feien  geretft 

Pluperf. 

id)  war  gereift 

td)  todre  geretft 

bu  toarft  gereifi 

bu  tDareft  gereift 

er  ttar  gereift 

er  toa're  gereift 

h)ir  niaren  gereijl 

h)tr  njaren  gereifl 

iljr  niaret  gereift 

iljr  UJdret  geretft 

@ie  njaren  gereifl 

@ie  toa'ren  gereift 

fte  toaren  geretft 

fte  toaren  geretft 

Sec.  Put. 

id)  toerbe  gereift  fern 

id)  luerbe  geretft  fein  . 

bu  njirft  gereift  fein  ?c. 

bu  h)erbeft  gereift  fein  K. 

Sec.  Cond. 

id)  ttsurbe  geretft  fein      or 

id)  toa're  gereifl. 

1  to  rub  to  powder.    2  fortunately.    3  ground.    <  to  prostrate  one's  sell 


VERBS  WITH  fein. 


239 


2.  ©e^en,  to  go. 


INDICATIVE. 

Present.         id)  gelje,  I  go 
Imperf.          id)  ging,  I  went 
bu  gingft,  er  ging 
First  Fut.     idj  toerbe  geljen 
First  Cond.  idj  tottrbe  gef)en 
Perfect. 


SUBJUNCTIVE, 

idj  gelje 
id)  gingc 

idj  toerbe  geljett 


I  have 
[gone 


Pluperf. 
Sec.  Fut. 
Sec.  Cond. 


idj  fet  gegangen 
bu  feifl  gegangen 
er  fet  gegangen 
tmr  feien  gegangen 
ifjr  fetet  gegangen 
<3te  feten  gegangen 
fte  feten  gegangen 
id)  n)are  gegangen 
idj  roerbe  gegangen  fein 


id)  bin  gegangen, 

bit  btft  gegangen 

er  ift  gegangen 

hrir  ftnb  gegangen 

iljr  fetb  gegangen 

@ie  ftnb  gegangen 

fte  ftnb  gegangen 

id)  tt)ar  gegangen 

id)  werbe  gegangen  fein 

id)  toiirbe  gegangen  fein  or  idj  toare  gegangen  2C. 
NOTE. — The  third  person  singular  of  an  intransitive  verb  may  be  used 
impersonally  with  e3  for  its  subject  in  the  passive,  e.g.,  (gg  urirb  iriel  gereijl, 
(It  is  traveled  a  good  deal),  There  is  a  good  deal  of  traveling.     @g  toutbe 
barufcer  ^erjlic^  geladjt,  (It  was,  etc.)  They  laughed  heartily  over  it.1 

3.  Intransitive    verbs   which  take    fein   to   form 
perfect. 

K  eUen,4  to  hasten 
einbrtngen,  to  penetrate 
etnfdjtafen,  to  fall  asleep 


the 


abfaden,  to  decay 
abiaitfen  (of  time),  to  expire 
B  abretfen,*  to  leave,  set  out 
abtt)etd)en,  to  deviate 
anfommen,  to  arrive 
ouffteljen,  to  rise,  get  up 
B  aufroadjen,  to  awake 
B  auSarten,  to  degenerate 
au^gleiten,  to  slip 


entflieljen,    )  to  run  away 
entfontmen, }  to  escape 
entfaufen,  to  escape 
crbletdjen,  to  turn  pale 
crfdjeinen,  to  appear 
ertrtnfen,  to  be  drowned 


B  begegnen,3  to  meet,  to  happen  fafjren,  to  drive,  see  p.  200. 

berften,  to  burst  fatten,  to  fall 

Meiben,  to  remain,  to  stay  fltegen,  to  fly,  see  p.  209. 

ba&onluufen,  to  run  away  flieljen,  to  flee 

1  Compare  the  Latin  ilur  (it  is  gone)  meaning  they  go, 

2  Those  preceded  by  B  are  regular. 

3  This  verb  sometimes  takes  Ijaben,] 
«Xbese  verbs  take  fein  or  $«&«», 


240  VERBS  WITH  few. 

fliepen1,  to  flow  nfrfjettern1,  to  be  wrecked 


B  folgen l,  to  follow 

gebeifyeu,  to  prosper,  to  thrive 

gefyen,  to  go 

9eli«f''  [  to  succeed 
geratgen,  ) 

genefen,  to  recover 

geratfyen  ( hi  or  unter  GtroaS),  to 


d)letd)ett,  to  sneak 

djmeljen,  to  melt 

djuninmen,  to  swim,  see  p.  181. 

mfen,  to  sink 

'pojteren  geljen,  to  go  walking 

pringen  \  to  leap 

'tefjen,  to  stand,  see  p.  375. 


get  into  (e.g.,  a  predicament)  ftetgen,  to  mount 

gefd)el)en,  to  happen  fterben,  to  die 

fjinaufgefycu  or  =ftetgcn,  to  go  up  BJtiirjcn,  to  fall,  to  rush 

Ijmimtei-gefycn,  )  to  descend  uberemfommen,  to  agree 

Ijhmbftetgen,     j  to  get  down  itm'fommen,  to  perish 

Bflettcru,  to  climb  Btierborren,  )  .    wither 

fommen,  to  come  B  bertoetfen,  j 

B  tonben  \  to  land,  go  on  shore  toerfdjtwnben,  to  disappear 

laufen,  to  run  toorbeu  or  Doriiberge^en,  to  pass 

B  ntarf  rf)tren  *,  to  march  rta^fcn,  to  grow 

reitcn,  to  ride  Bhjanbern,  to  wander 

B  retfen  l,  to  travel  toetcfyen,  to  yield 

B  rennen,  to  run  toerben,  to  become,  to  get 

Broften  lt  to  rust  BgitrUcffeljren,  to  return. 

Also  most  of  the  simple  verbs  in  the  list  above  when 
compounded  with  other  prefixes  than  be,4 

4   The  following  intransitive  verbs  are  among  those 
conjugated  with 


atfymen,  to  breathe  tocfjen,  to  laugh 

beKen,  to  bark  fdjtoetgen,  to  be  silent 

bliifyen,  to  bloom  raud)en,  to  smoke 

bluten,  to  bleed  f  Alajen,  to  sleep 

bauern,  to  last  fdjreten,  to  cry  out 

fedjten,  to  fight  tattjen,  to  dance 

glanjen,  to  shine  toetnen,  to  weep 

^ordjen,  to  listen  gogern,  to  hesitate 

fdntpfen,  to  fight  toofynen,  to  reside,  to  dwell.  • 
3d)  b/abe  geat^met,  id)  ^abc  geblutet,  id)  b,abc  gclad)t  :c. 


1  See  foot-note  4,  p.  239. 

2  The  prefix  be  gives  a  iransitive  sense  to  the  verb,  as  has  been  already  stated,  pago 
33.    Ex.;  ftctjeu,  intr.,  to  mount;  beflcigen,  trant.,  to  ascend. 


VERBS  WITH  fetn. 


241 


5.  A  great  many  verbs  modify  the  vowel  of  the  infini- 
tive to  form  causatives.  Thus  from  fallen,  to  fatt,  eomes 
fallen,  to  cause,  to  fall,  to  fell,  (e.g.,  a  tree).  Sometimes  the 
vowel  of  the  imperfect  is  chosen,  as  in  the  case  of  fafyren, 
below.  Instead  of  a,  e  is  often  printed,  see  fpringen 
below.  Examples : 


emfd)(afen,  to  fall  asleep 
ertrinfen   (imp.  ertrcmf),  to  be 

drowned 

:of)ren  (fuljr),  to  go,  etc. 
-alien,  to  fall 
lichen  (ftofj),  to  flow 
fyangen,  to  hang 
lauten,  to  sound 
Itegen  (lag),  to  lie 
fdjttrimmen  (fdjnwmm),  to  swim 


Men  (fan!),  to  sink 

tfccn  (fa®,  to  sit 

pringen   (fprang),  to  leap,    to 

jump,  to  burst,  to  crack 
fteigen,  to  mount 
trinfen  (tranf),  to  drink 

berfcfytomben     (»erfd)tt>anb),     to 

vanish 
hnegen   (»og),  to  weigh  (e.g., 

ten  pounds) 


B  emfdjtafern,  to  put  asleep 
B  ertrcinf  en,  to  drown,  tr. 

Bfiiljren,  to  lead 

B  fatten,  to  fell 

Bflojjen,  to  float,  tr.  (e.g.,  a  raft) 

Blja'ngen,  to  hang  up,  tr. 

B  tauten,  to  ring  (the  bell) 

B  legen,  to  lay,  to  put 

B  fcfyttemmen,  float,  tr.  (by  means 

of     a    current     of     water), 

wash  (e.g.,  horses  in  a  pond) 

"enfen,  to  (make)  sink 

e£en,  to  place,  to  set 

prengen,  to    break    open,  to 

blow  up 
B  ftetgern,  to  raise  (a  price) 
Btranfen,     to     water    (e.g.,    a 

horse) 
B  Derfdjtoenben,  to  squander 

Btoagen,  to  weigh  (e.g.,  a  bag 
of  flour). 


It  will  be  noticed  that  the  vowel  of  the  imperfect  is  chosen  when  that  of 
the  infinitive  is  incapable  of  modification,  and  that  several  causatives  are 
formed  somewhat  irregularly. 


WORDS. 


bie  <£d)tlbtoad)e,  the  sentinel, 

sentry 

ber  $naft,  the  report,  crack 
bie  ^djtung,  esteem 


} 


•—•""* 

ber  33oben,  the  ground,  bottom 
bie  ©efafyr,  the  danger 


VERBS    WITH    fettt. 

ba§  Unterneljmen,  the  under-  ber  %tl\tn,  the  rock 

taking  gu  SBett  gefyen,  to  go  to  bed 

ber  2ftttbitrger,  fellow-citizen  ergtefyen,  to  educate,  bring  up 

bet  £)o(3f)auer,  the  wood-cutter  jjerbet'eilen,  to  hasten  hither 

bte  $itfte,  the  coast,  shore  fiirdjterltd),  dreadful 

bte  tabling,  the  cargo  fcorftdjttg,  cautious 

ber  @raben,  the  ditch  Ijoflanbifd),  Dutch 

bte  ganttUe,  the  family  friilj,  early;  miibe,  tired. 

READrNTO-  EXERCISE  82. 

£)aS  33ud)  tiegt  auf  bent  Xtfdje.  -3d)  fdjltef  unter  etnem  23aume. 
£>ie  @d)Ubn>ad)e  Ijat  am  £b,ore  geftanben.  2)te  2ftabdjen  ftnb  in  ben 
©artcn  gcgangen,  urn  (in  order  to)  nac^  i^ren  ^ofen  gu  fe^en.  2Btr 
ftnb  geftern  bom  Sanbe  gurucfgefe^rt,  too  njtr  bret  2Boc^en  gebtteben 
toaren.  2JJetn  3*eunb  I)!  (was)  in  (Engtanb  geboren1;  aber  er  t|l  in 
^ranfreid)  ergogen  worben.  3luf  (upon)  bte  9Jacf)rtd)t  toon  ber  ^ranf- 
Ijett  fetneg  (Sob,ne«  tft  ber  33ater  ^erbetgeetlt  3)er  ^rteg  gn)tfd)en  bte* 
fen  3«et  53olfern  ^at  nod)  ntd)t  begonnen.  2Btr  ftnb  2lSe  iiber  btefen 
fnrdjterlidjen  ^natt  erfdjroden.  SSa^  ifl  t^m  gefd)eb,en?  2)a8  gro§e 


Unterne^men  be§  §errn  turner  tft  ntdjt  getungen.  !Dtefer  2ftann  tfl 
in  ber  ?ld)tung  fetner  9)Jttbiirger  feb,r  gefunfen.  3)er  (Sotbat  tft  an  (of) 
fetnen  2Bunben  geftorben.  !Der  @d)nee  tft  gefdjmoljen.  3)tefeS  ^letfd) 
tft  ntdjt  genug  gebraten  (roasted).  2)er  ^ot^auer  Ijat  bte  Gtdje  ge* 
foUt.  Sin  9Jabennefl  t^  ^eruntergefat(en.  ^tele  5lrten  (kinds)  toon 
Sl^ieren,  toetdje  in  friiljeren  3euen  auf  ^er  ®roe  Qtkbt  b,aben,  ftnb 
bation  t>erfd)ttmnben.  (Sin  ^ottanbtfd)e«  @d)tff  tft  an  ber  $itfie  5lfrifa'^ 
gefdjettert  ;  bte  gange  ?abung  tfl  imtergegangen.  3)er  gro§te  X^ett  ber 
Sftannfrfjaft  (crew)  tjl  (have)  itntgefommen  ;  nur  etnige  QJiatrofen, 
toetdje  an'3  £anb  gefdjraommen  ftnb,  b,aben  ftd)  gerettet 

9(uf8atJC  83. 

1.  I  travelled  in  Spain.  Our  uncle  (is)  arrived  yesterday. 
The  child  has  fallen  into  a  deep  ditch.  We  sat  round  (urn)  the 
table.  The  candlestick  stands  on  (auf,  dot.)  the  table.  The 
little  boy  sits  on  the  chair;  his  mother  placed  (fe£te)  him  on 
it  (baraitf).  Many  English  families  reside  in  Germany  and 
Italy.  The  books  lie  on  the  table  ;  I  laid  them  on  it.  ,  How 
did  you  (Ijaben  @te)  sleep  last  night?  I  slept  pretty  (}temltd)) 
well  ;  I  was  tired  when  I  went  to  bed  ;  I  had  worked  very 

i  See  page  140,  5  and  132,  ». 


VERBS    WITH    fettt. 


243 


hard  (ftarf).  At  what  hour  did  you  (ftnb  (Ste)  fall  asleep?  I 
fell  asleep  at  half  past  eleven.  The  slave  has  hardly  (faum) 
escaped. 

2.  The  purse  has  fallen  to  (auf)  the  ground.  The  regiment 
has  marched  nine  hours  a  (ben)  day.  The  peasants  have  gone 
to  (in  bie)  town.  The  servant  has  jumped  out  of  the  window 
of  the  third  story  (3tocf).  Nothing  of  importance  (2Bid)tige$) 
has  happened.  These  plants  have  not  thriven  in  our  garden. 
The  glass  is  cracked.  They  (man)  have  broken  open  the  door. 
The  dog  has  crossed  (swum  over)  the  river.  Did  you  water 
the  horses?  How  many  pounds  does  the  trunk  weigh? 
"Weigh  it,  if  you  please  (gefafligft).  We  have  not  yet  weighed 
it ;  I  think  it  weighs  sixty  pounds.  A  man  has  been  (ifl) 
drowned. 


tft  gefcf)efc,en? 
Urn  nneutel  llfyr  ftnb  <£ie  Don 

granffurt  abgereift  ? 
SBann  finb  <£ie  fyter  ongefom^ 

men? 
SBcmn  fteljen  <Sie  be3  9#orgen$ 

auf  (get  up)  ? 
SBarum  ftnb  ©ie  fo  erfdjroden? 

<£inb  (Sic  attetn  na^  33riiffel  ge* 

rctft? 
SSollen  <Stc  cm  rtentg  (a  bit,  a 

while)    nut    un3    fpojteren 


grennb 


(S$  ift  etttaS  2Bid)ttge8  gefdjeljen. 
2Bir  ftnb  tint  b,atb  fed)3  abgereift. 
©egen 


SBann  tft 
fet)rt? 


SBte  fomntt  e§,  ba§  btefer  33aum 

itntgefatten  tft  ? 
2Barum  tft  biefe  ^amtlte  fo  arm 

genjorben  ? 
2Bo  ^aben  ©te  btefe  ^arte  ge* 

funben  ? 
2Ber  Ijat  fte  baf)tn  genjorfen  ? 


urn  6  Uljr  ;  abet  Ijettte 
bin  id)  tint  7  llfyr  aitfgeftanben. 
ben    einen    fitrd)terlid)en 
ge^ort. 

in,  ntein  SBruber  ift  mitgegan* 
gen. 

banlen  Oljnen,  rt)ir  ftnb  biefen 
SRorgen  fd)on  gegangen. 


SScr  btet  SBpdjen  (  —  ago);  abet  er 
tfl  nidjt  b,ier  gebtieben,  er  ift  toie* 
ber  abgereift. 


^ol^auer  ^at  ib,n  gefattt. 
ber    SJater    nid)t    arbeiten 


at    man    bie 
(watered)  ? 


getvanft 


<Sie  b,at  auf  bent  33oben  gelegen. 
5d]  fann  e3  nidjt  fag  en  ;  toieKetdyt 

ift  fte  b,inuntergefaUen. 
Oa,  ber  @t«Uhted)t  (hostler)  ^at 

fte  ebcu  get  vault. 


244 


IMPERSONAL  YEBBfl. 


THIRTY-THIRD    LESSON. 


IMPERSONAL  VERBS. 

I  UiiperjonUrtje  Stirtoortrr.) 
EXAMPLES. 


1NFLNIT1VK. 


regnen,  to  rain 

fdjneien,  to  snow 

ijageln,  to  hail 

bonnern,  to  thunder 

bitten,  to  lighten 

friereu,  to  freeze 

reifen,  (to  have  hoar-frost) 

tbcmen,  to  thaw 

togen,  to  dawn 

fleben,  (to  have) 


PRESENT. 

eg  regnet,  it  rains 

eg  fcfjneit,  it  snows 

eg  Ijagelt,  it  hails 

eg  bonnert,  it  thunders 

eg  blifct,  it  lightens 

eg  frtert,  eg  gefriert,  it  freezes 

eg  reift,  there  is  hoar-frost 

e8  tfyaut,  it  thaws 

e5  tagt,  day  is  breaking 

eg  giebt,  there  is,  there  are. 


These  are  all  regular,  except  c3  friert  (see  p.  201,  No.  117)  and  e3 
and  they  are  all  conjugated  with  Ijafcen,  as  : 

CS  Ijat  fleregnet,  e^  ^at  gcbonnert,  e8  Ijat  flebtifet,  jc. 

1.  ©c^ncien,  to  snow. 

INDICATIVE. 

Present.  eg  frfjnett,  it  snowa 

Imperfect.  eg  fdjnette,  it  snowed. 

First  Put.  eg  ttnrb  fc^neien,  it  will  snow. 

First  Cond.  eg  tourbe  fdjneten,  it  would  snow. 

Perfect.  eg  l)at  gef^neit,  it  has  snowed. 

Pluperf.  eg  ^atte  gefc^neit,  it  had  snowed. 

Sec.  Fut.  eg  ttirb  gefcijneit  ^aben,  it  will  have  snowed. 

Sec.  Cond.  eg  toiirbe  qefcfmeit  baben  1  -4. ,  „  i  ^ 
or  eg  batte  gefdjneit,   \  li  would 

SUBJUNCTIVE. 

Present.  eg  frfjnete. 

Imperfect,  eg  fc^netete. 

First  Fut.  eg  roerbe  f^neien. 

Perfect.  eg  Ijabe  gefd^nett. 

Pluperf.  eg  b,otte  gefrfjnett. 

Sec.  Fut.  eg  toerbe  gef^neit  b/aben. 

Imperative,  eg  fcb,neie. 


IMPERSONAL     7ERBS.  245 

Tnfin.  Pres.     fdjneten,  Perf.     gefdjneit  Ijabett. 

Partic.  Pres.  fcfjnetenb,  Past,     gefcfjneit. 

2.  (£3  gtebt  (or  gibt),  there  is,  there  are. 

Present.         e8  gtebt  or  gtbt,  there  is,  there  are. 

Imperf.          e8  gab,  there  was,  there  were. 

First  Fut.      e8  tmrb  geben,  there  will  be. 

First  Gond.   e§  nwrbe  geben  (e3  gcibe),  there  would  be. 

Perfect.         e§  fjat  gegeben,  there  has  (have)  been. 

Pluperfect.     e$  fyatte  gegeben,  there  had  been. 

Sec.  Fut.        e$  tirirb  gegeben  fyaben,  there  will  have  been. 

Sec.  Gond.     e§  loiirbe  gegeben  fyabcn,  there  would  have  been, 

etc.,  etc.,  through  the  subjunctive,  imperative, 

infinitive,  and  participles. 

OBSERVATIONS. 

1.  There  are  two  ways  of  translating  there  is,  there  are, 
into  German,  eS  gtbt,  which  takes  an  accusative  after  it, 
and  c£  ifl  (or  e$  ftnt>),  which  takes  a  nominative.  (£0  gtbt  is 
perhaps  oftener  used  than  e3  ift,  and  seems  to  be  chosen 
for  sweeping,  comprehensive  assertions,  especially  neg- 
ative ones,  and  for  questions.1 

1.  @3  gtbt  tooljl  gitte  unb  fd)Ied)te  23iicfjer.    Of  course  there  arc 

good  books  and  bad  ones. 

2.  G3  gtbt  Seute,  ftetdje  bte  <Sd)5nljeit  ber  Xugenb  borjteljen.    There 

are  people  who  prefer  beauty  to  virtue. 

3.  (23  gtbt  33ogetnefter,  tteldje  efjbar  ftnb.    There  are  birds'  nests 

which  are  edible. 

4.  2Ba§  gtbt  e3  9?eue3?  What  is  (there  new)  the  news? 

5.  (53  gtbt  ntrfjtS  @d)6nere3  al3  ba3.    There  is  nothing  handsomer 

than  that. 

i  63  tfl,  eS  ftnb,  have  also,  as  we  have  seen  page  87,  the  sense  of  it  is  and  they  are.  e.g., 
08  ijl  ein  grofjet  §unb,  It  is  a  big  dog;  6S  ftnb  ©otbaten,  It  is  or  they  are  soldiers.  Often 
the  same  German  sentence  may  be  translated  into  English  in  either  way.  See  ex- 
amples 6,  7,  and  8. 

If  we  translated  the  examples  above  in  such  a  way  as  to  bring  out  distinctly  tho 
difference  between  e3  gtbt  and  e3  Ijl,  we  should  render  e3  gibt  in  1,  2  and  3,  There  i* 
such  a  thing  as;  4  would  become  What  is  there  in  the  way  of  news, — it  there  any- 
thing ?  (while  2Ba-3  ift  e§  iJ2eue3  ?  would  have  meant  What  is  the  news, — for  1  know  there 
is  some  ?)  On  the  other  hand,  we  should  render  6,  What  is  on  the  table  is  a  novel  of 
Dickens',— 7,  What  is  in  the  cage  is  a  canary  bird.— 8,  What  is  on  tfcat  tree  is  two 
birds, 


246  IMPERSONAL     VERBS. 

6.  (2s  iff  cm  9ioman  t»on  £)trfen8  aitf  bem  £tfcf).    There  is  a  novel 

of  Dickens'  on  the  table. 
1.  (53  ift  em  (£anartentiogel  in  bem  $a'ftg.    There  is  a  canary-bird 

in  the  cage. 
8.  gS  ftnb  gum  $ogel  aitf  jenem  Itetnen  33aume.    There  are  two 

birds  on  that  little  tree. 

NOTE.  —  When  c£  iji  would  be  used  in  a  question  or  in  the  question  order 
as  in  the  second  example,  the  e3  is  dropped.    Ex.  : 


3JI  2Bcm  in  biejer 

Is  there  any  wine  in  this  bottle? 

?n  biefet  glafcfye  ift  2Betn, 
here  is  wine  in  this  bottle. 

2.  To  indicate  weather  or  time,  impersonal  sentences 
are  formed  with  c£  tft,  as  in  English  : 

eS  tfl  fait,  it  is  cold  e8  tft  fpat,  it  is  late 

e8  ift  hwrm,  it  is  warm  e8  tfl  3lbenb,  it  is  evening 

e«  ift  bunfet,  it  is  dark  e§  tfl  ^aib  fe^«  U^r,  it  is  half 

past  five,  etc. 

3.  Some  personal  verbs  are  occasionally  used  imper- 
sonally, thus  : 

e8  fdjetnt,  it  seems  e§  bcwert,  it  is  (e.g.,  long  or  not 

e8  betrtfft,  it  concerns  long) 

eg  folgt,  it  follows  e8  er^ettt,  it  appears 

e$  fe^It  (an,  with  the  dot.),  it  is  e8  nttfct  nt^t§,  it  is  of  no  use 

wanting  e$  bebarf,  it  requires 

e§  gefd)tei)t,  it  happens  e8  fangt  an,  it  begins 

e8  geniigt,  it  suffices  e8  fommt  barauf  an,  it  depends 

eS  lautet,  the  bell  rings  e8  tfi  fetn  ^nwfd'  there  is  no 
e8  fcfjtagt  ge^n  ll^r,  it  strikes        doubt. 

ten  o'clock 

4.  The  following  are,   many  of  them,   translated  by 
English  verbs  which  are  not  impersonal. 

With  the  accusative.  With  the  dative. 

e8  freitt  mid)  *,  (it  rejoices  me)    eg  tfl  mtr  letb,      )  T 
I  am  glad  eg  tlmt  mtr  tetb,  j  A 

i  Some  of  these  are  used  also  personally,  viz.:  3<6  freue  micfe,  t*  Sin  Bun^ng  or  ic^  §abe 
te^  bin  burfiig  or  ic^  ^abe  Durfl  ;  i$  ftiere,  id)  raunbere  nit*,  i$  fcbaubere. 


IMPERSONAL     VERBS.  247 

eg  rcitt  mid),  (it  rues  me)  I  re-  eg  gefaftt  mir,  (it  pleases  me)  I 

pent  am  pleased 

eg  fdjmerst  midj,  (it  pains  me)  eg  nii^t  mir  nid)tg,  it  is  of  no  use 

I  grieve  to  me 

eg  friert  midj 1, 1  am  cold  eg  fdjroinbelt  mir,  I  am  giddy 

eg  fd)aubert  mid),  I  shudder  eg  begcgnet  mir,  it  happens  to  me 

eg  jammert  mid),  I  pity  eg  gelingt  mir,  I  succeed 

eg  biinlt  mid),  it  appears  to  me  eg  liegt  mir  bid  baran,  it  is  im- 
eg  Humbert  mid),  I  wonder  portant  for  me 

eg  toerbriefet  mid),  it  vexes  me  eg  fommt  mir  Dor,  it  seems  to  me 

eg  Ijungert  mid),  I  am  hungry  eg  fciHt  mir  ein,  it  occurs  to  me 

eg  burftet  mid),  I  am  thirsty  eg  ift  mir  tooljt,  I  feel  well 

eg  fd)icft  fid),  it  is  proper  eg  ift  mir  ttmrm3, 1  am  warm 

eg  Derftefyt  fid),  of  course,  it  is  roag  fefytt  -3f)tten  ?    what  is  the 

a  matter  of  course  matter  with  you  ? 

eg  frcigt  fid),  it  is  doubtful  (whether) 

5.  We  can  often  in  English  begin  a  sentence  with  there 
and  put  the  subject  of  the  verb  after  it,  e.g.,  There  lived 
once  a  powerful  king.     There  in  such  a  sentence  is  trans- 
lated e$. 

@g  fam  ein  2Banberer  bie  (Strafce  enttang. 

There  came  a  wanderer  along  the  road. 

C?g  gingett  bret  3ager  auf  bie  3agb. 

Three  sportsmen  went  hunting. 

(£g  ftclen  £>agelforner  fo  gro§  roic  Xaubeneter. 

There  fell  hail-stones  as  large  as  pigeon's  eggs. 

6.  We  have  already  seen,  page  239,  that  intransitive 
verbs  can  be  used  in  the  passive  with  e£  for  a  subject. 
Transitive  verbs  are  used  in  the  passive  with  co  in  a 
similar  way.      In  English   we  use  they  and  the  active 
voice. 

(§g  ftirb  in  £)cutfd)Ianb  biel  gefungen  unb  getanjt, 
or:  2ftan  fingt  unb  tanjt  toiel  in  2)eutfd)Ianb. 

They  sing  and  dance  a  great  deal  in  Germany. 

i  See  foot-note  1,  p.  246. 

s  We  cannot  say :  id)  bin  »ann.    Neither  do  we  say:  t<$  bin  lott,  but :  «8  l{l  mtt  foU 
W  W)  feint. 


248  IMPERSONAL  VERBS. 

Sg  rtwrbe  m'el  gegeffen,  abet  mefyr  getrunfen. 
Much  was  eaten,  but  more  drunk. 
(£g  rotrb  wet  t»om  $rieg  gerebet. 
There  is  a  good  deal  of  talk  about  war. 

WORDS. 

ber  33etruger,  the  cheat  bie  2Bolfen,  the  clouds 

bte  23eb,arrlid)fett,  perseverance  bag  jDtntenfafc,  the  inkstand 

bte  <Sd)imertgfeit,  the  difficulty  ber  ^Ijifofopb/,  the  philosopher 

cine  33  rifle,  a  pair  of  spectacles  bte  $teiber,  pi.  clothes 

ber  £>afen,  the  port,  harbor  bte  ®efeflfd)aft,  the  company 

bag  <S>d)aufptel,  the  spectacle  tyeftig,  violent 

ber  2Bortwed)fel,  the  dispute  bod),  yet 

iibertmn'ben,  to  overcome  ettrig,  eternal,  everlasting 

fyefl,  clear  gtauben,  to  believe 

offen,  open  ijanbeln,  to  act 

baitent,  to  last  folgtid),  consequently. 

READIiro   EXERCISE   84. 

1.  (Sdmeit  e§?  ^etn,  eg  frfjnett  ntd^t,  e§  regnet.  (S3  nrirb  batb 
tjageln.  @«  ware  gut,  toenn  e8  fc^netete.  (Sg  rourbe  fc^neien,  rtenn 
eS  nt^t  fo  fatt  ware.  (Sten  (just  now)  fyat  e«  gebonnert.  (g«  hnrb 
no^  me^r  bonnern.  3)te  fttitte  tft  Dorbet  (over),  e§  tljaut.  -3(^ 
gtaube,  ba§  e«  morgen  t^auen  tuirb.  @«  reitt  mid),  baft  id)  geftern 
ntc^t  nod)  SDtannfyetm  gegangen  bin.  S3  imrb  @te  reuen,  luenn  (Sic 
ba«  ^ferb  nid)t  taufen.  Ste  gefattt  e§  O^nen  in  ^art^?  (S3  gefaflt 
niir  feb,r.  Sg  nmnbert  mic^,  ba§  @ie  noc^  ^ier  ftnb.  @g  berbrte^t 
mtc^,  baft  id)  ni^t  ba  gemefen  bin.  $ommt  eg  3b,nen  nid)t  bor, 
at«  ob  (as  if)  (ginigeg  uon  btefem  §otg  gefto^len  toorben  tuSre  ?  Sg 
fangt  an,  Ijett  gu  werben. 


2.  (5g  nU^t  ^b,nen  nid^tg,  fo  mete  Stidjer  ju  faufen,  hjenn  (Sic  ftc 
nt(^t  tefen.  @g  erfyeflt  aug  3^rer  ©r^ab/tnng  (from  your  report), 
baft  ber  $aufmann  etn  33etriiger  ifl.  Sg  feb,ten  b,eute  brei  (Sdjuter. 
6g  rent  mid),  meine  U§r  Derfauft  311  Ijaben.  @g  gtebt  ein  eroigeg 
£eben.  2Benn  eg  fein  ert)igeg  Seben  gabe,  fo  warcn  bie  2ftenfd)etf  itn* 
gtiidEK^cr  alg  bte  Sljiere.  SD'Jtt  (by)  33eb,arrttd)fett  gelingt  eg  ting,  afle 
©^rotertgfeiten  ju  tibernnnben.  Sg  ^efiel  mir  feb,r  loofyl  in  ber(55efett* 
fd)aft  ber  jungen  Seittc.  ©g  giebt  33rtt(en  fitr  atte  2titgen,  fotgttc^  n>trb 
eg  aitd)  cine  fur  bte  3b,rtgen  geben.  Sg  ftanb  ein  2Bagen  bor  bem 
(Jg  war  (ein)  fdjrecfttdjeg  Better,  atg  ttur  ben  ^afen  t>er* 


JMPEKSONAL    VERBS.  249 

lichen  ;  bod)  bauerte  eg  md)t  lange,  big  bte  ©onne  burd)  bte  SBolfen 
brang  (pierced). 

Sfitfanbc  85. 

1.  It  rains;  yesterday2  it  'snowed.     Last  (Sefcten)   winter 
'  it  l  snowed  much.     It  will  soon  haiL     It  has  rained  all  night 
(bte  gauge  sJJad)t),  and  this  morning  2it  feezes.     It  thunders  ; 
do  you  hear  it?     How  many  times  (mal)  has  it  thundered? 
It  has  just  (ebeit)  lightened.     I  did  not  think  that  it  would 
lighten.     Is  there  [any]  ink  (3)tnte)  in  your  inkstand?    There 
wOl  be  a  great  many  (fefyr  feiele)  walnuts  this  year.     There  are 
streets  in  London  which  are   two   miles  long.     There   are 
people  who  believe  nothing.      There  have  been  philosophers 
at  (311)  all  times.    Is  there  [a]  fire  in  my  room?  No  Sir,*  there 
is  no  fire  in  your  room  ;  but  I  will  make  [one]  directly  (gteid)). 

2.  The  boy  is  hungry  and  thirsty.      It  is  very  important  to 
me  to  know  what  they  do.   I  shudder  when  I  think  how  many 
[of  the]  poor  3  have  l  no  2  clothes,  although  (obfdjon)  it  3  freezes 
aso  2hard  (ftarf).     We  wonder  that  he  is  silent  (fdjluetgt).     It 
does  not  seem  to  me  that  you  will  succeed.     Mr.  Dean  had 
company  last  night  (geftern  2lbenb);  they  played  and  danced  a 
good  deal  (tne().     It  occurs  to  me  that  I  have  left  my  door 
open.     It  appears  that  he  has  not  attended  (fid)  abgegeben  b/at) 
to  (mtt)  that  business.     It  is  proper  to  act  so.     There  were  al- 
ready a  great  many  people  in  the  ball-room  (tm  33attfaal)  when 
I  arrived;    There  was  no  play  yesterday.    "Was  there  a  violent 
dispute  ?    I  do  not  think  there  can  be  a  more  beautiful  old 
castle  in  the  world  than  that  of  Heidelberg.     Is  there  any 
news  (anything  new)  ?    There  is  no  news  to-day. 


£>omterte8?  3d)  Ijabe  mdjtS  geljort. 

Saben  (5te  ben  53ftlj  gefeljen?  -3a,  eg  fyat  feljr  ftarf  gebttfct. 

tauben  (5ie,  baft  e8  ijeute  9?ad)t  3d)  glaube  md)t,  ba§   eg  frieten 
frieren  hnrb  ?  tmrb;  aber  eg  totrb  fdjneien. 

2Bie  gefattt  e§  3b,nen  in  Bonbon?  (§3  gefattt  mtr  fe^r. 

§at  eg  -Oiljrem  Sruber  in  tymt*  (58  fdjetnt,  ba§  eg  i^m  fefyr  gut  gfr« 

rifa  gefaflen?  fatten  !jat. 

5ft  eg  fait?  j»em,  eg  ift  ni(f)t  met)t  fatt. 


Germaiis  omit  3Kein  £err,  Sir,  except  in  indignant  or  ceremonious  address. 


250  IMPERSONAL   TEEBS. 


gel)ft  GtiMS  an  bicfcm  ®e(be?      3a,  eS  fefjten  brei  Sfjafer. 
GHanben  3te,  bag  baS  Setter    (Ss  fdjeintmir  fo;  toenigftenS  fangt 

fid)  dnbcrn  (change)  roirb  ?  eg  an,  roarm  gu  roerben. 

25  a$  Uegt  Oljnen  baran?  (Ss  liegt  mir  fefyr  met  baran. 

2i"trb  e$  biefeg  3af)r  guten  2Bein    !£>ie9Jebleute  (vine-growers)  fagen, 

gebcn?  ba^  e^  fe^r  melSBein  gebeu  roirb. 

C^cniigt  c^,  mcmcn  Seamen  git    ^ein,  <®tc  miiffeu  auc^  bag  3)atum 

unterfdjreiben  ?  beifiigen  (add  the  date). 

28a«  fc()tt  i^in  ?  ©S  feb,ten  ib,m  ^teibcr  unb  ®etb. 

2Ba8  lierbrte^t  <2ie?  (S«  oerbrte^t  mid),  bafj  id)  gu  ^>au[c 

bteiben  mu^. 

SSaS  ift  3^ncn  gcidjefjen  ?  ©5  fd)toinbett  mtr. 

25  arum  finb  Sic  traurig  ?  (£3  fdjmer^t  mid),  ba§  id)  metnen 

trpiten  3)iener  Dcrtorcn  ^abc. 
3ft  nod)  ^ta^  fitr  mid)  auf  biefcr    2Bir  toerben  3b,nen  (for  you)  ^(afc 

iBanf  (bench)  ?  madjcn. 

©ibt  e§  etnjag  9£eiie8  ?  3d)  hjeip  nid)t«,  al8  (except)  bag 

^err  S.  geftern  geftorben  ift. 

READINra  LESSON. 

$te  Stenc  unb  bic  2au6e.    The  Bee  and  the  Dove. 

Sin  23icnd)en  ftet  in  eincn  Sad).1 

3)ie3  fab,  oon  oben2  eine  £aube; 

©ie  brad)  cin  23la'ttd)en  Don  ber  Saube  * 

Unb  umrf'8  ib,r  ju.    2)a§  33iend)cn  fdjnjamm  bantad)/ 

Unb  Ijatf  fid)  gliidlid)  au«  bem  33ad).  — 

fuller  ,3"t  biefetbe  Staubc 

tt)tebcr  friebtid)  s  auf  ber  £aube. 
3)a  e  fdjtid)  cin  3ager  lei«  '  Ijeran 
Unb  Icgtc  fd)on  bie  gttnte  an.* 
(Sdjon  b,attc  er  ben  §ab,n  gcfpannt:' 
9JZein  5Bicnd)en  fam  unb  ftad)  ib,n  in  bie  §anb; 
^Juff  !10  ging  ber  <3d)u§  baneben  (one  side). 
2)ie  Xaube  flog  babon.  —  25em  banfte  "  fte  tb,r  ?eben? 

i  brook.  -•  from  above.  £  arbor.  4  after  it.  '•  peaceably,  e  then,  i  softly.  «  bU 
Rtinte  antegen,  to  aim  at,  (<it.,  was  placing  the  gun  to  [his  shoulder]).  »ben  $a$n  fpannen, 
to  cook  the  gun.  10  bang  I  u  Uutcn  instead  of  oerbontetw  to  owe. 


REFLEXIVE    VERBS. 


THIRTY-FOURTH  LESSON. 

REFLEXIVE  VERBS. 

(Shtrf  jicitnhc  ,-{ritUiurtrr.) 

1.  When  the  action  of  a  verb  returns  upon  the  subject, 
the  verb  is  called  reflexive.  Such  verbs  are  conjugated 
with  two  pronouns  of  the  same  person,  one  the  subject 
and  the  other  the  object.  They  take  fyaben  to  form  the  per- 
fect, see  page  171,  8. 

Many  German  reflexive  verbs  are  translated  in  English 
by  intransitives,  e.g.,  ftd)  freucn  (lit.,  to  rejoice  oneself)  by 
to  rejoice. 

CONJUGATION  OF  A  REFLEXIVE  VERB. 

©id)  freuen,  to  rejoice. 

INDICATIVE  MOOD. 

IMPERFECT. 

icf)  freute  mid),  I  rejoiced 

bit  freuteft  bid), 

er  freute  fid), 

fie  freute  fid), 

tmr  freuten  un$, 

tfjr  freutet  eitrf), 

@te  freuten  fid), 

fie  freuten  fid). 

CONDITIONAL. 

id)  toiirbe  mid)  freuen,  I  should,  etc. 
bu  toitrbeft  bid)  freuen, 
er  roitrbe  fid)  freuen,  :c. 

PLUPERFECT. 

id)  fyatte  mid)  gefreut 
bu  Ijatteft  bid)  gefreut 
er  fyatte  fid)  gefreut  JC, 


PRESENT. 

id)  freue  mid),  I  rejoice 

bu  freuft  bid), 

er  freut  fid), 

fie  freut  fid), 

toir  freuen  un$, 

t()r  freut  cud), 

<2>te  freuen  fid), 

fte  freuen  fid). 

FHIST  FUTURE. 

id)  lucrbe  mid)  freuen,  I  shall,  etc. 
bu  nn'rft  bid)  freuen, 
er  urirb  ftd)  freuen.  K. 

PERFECT. 

td)  ^abe  mid)  gefreut 
bu  Ijaft  bid)  gefreut 
er  Ijat  fid)  gefreut  jc. 


SECOND  FUTURE. 

id)  nierbe  mid)  gefreut  fyaben 
feu  lutrft  bid)  gefreut  Ijaben  :c. 


252  REFLEXIVE   VERBS. 

SUBJUNCTIVE. 
PRESENT.  IMPERFECT. 

id)  frcitc  mid)  id)  freucte  midj 

bu  freueft  bid)  jc.  bu  freueteft  bid)  :c. 

PERFECT.  PLUPERFECT. 

id)  fyabe  mid)  gefreut  id)  fycitte  mid)  gefreut 

bu  fyabcft  bid)  gcfreut  K.  bu  fjdttefl  bi^  gefreut  jc. 

IMPERATIVE. 
SINGULAR.  PLURAL. 

freue  bid),         }      •  •  freuen  fair  unS,  let  us  rejoice 

freuen  <3ie  ftd),  j      ^  freut  eud),  freuen  (Sic  fid),  rejoice. 

And  so  on  in  the  other  tenses  of  the  subjunctive,  in  the  infinitive  (ftdj 
freuen,  fid)  gefreut  Ija&enJ,  and  in  the  participles  (ficfy  freuenb). 

INTERROGATIVE   FORM. 
PRESENT.  IMPERFECT. 

freue  id)  mid)  ?  do  I  rejoice         freute  id)  mid)  ?  did  I  rejoice  ? 
freufl  bu  bid)  ?  :c.  freuteft  b«  bid)  ?  jc. 

NEGATIVE   FORM. 

Present,     id)  freue  mid)  nid)t,  I  do  not  rejoice,  etc. 
Imperf.     freute  id)  mid)  nid)t?  did  I  not  rejoice?  etc. 
Perfect,      fyabe  id)  mid)  nidjt  gefreut?  have  I  not  rejoiced?  etc. 

2.  Of  course  almost  any  transitive  verb  may  be  used 
flexivelv : 


reflexively : 


-3d)  fleibe  baS  ^inb  on.  3d)  fteibe  mid)  an. 

I  dress  the  child.  I  dress  myself. 

(5r  oerrtmnbete  ben  ®naben.  @r  berwunbete  ftd). 

He  wounded  the  boy.  He  wounded  himself. 

3.  There  are,  however,  a  great  many  reflexive  verbs, 
properly  so  called,  verbs,  that  is,  always  employed  with  the 
reflexive  pronoun,  and  having  no  meaning  without  it,  whilst 
others  have  a  different  sense  when  the  reflexive  pronoun 
is  omitted.  We  subjoin  in  alphabetic  order  those  most 
in  use.  In  the  following  list  fid)  is  in  the  accusative. 


BEFLEXIVE  VERBS. 


253 


fid)  cmfrf)icfen  (gu),  to  prepare 
fid)  cwffyalten,  to  stay 
fid)  bebonten  (fitr),  to  thank 
fid)  beeilen,  to  hasten 
fid)  befinben,  to  be  (in  a  cer- 
tain place)   or  to  be   (in 
good  or  bad  health) 
ftd)  befleiftigen,  to  apply  one's 

self 

fid)  begeben,  to  go  (to  a  place) 
fid)  beijelfen,  to  make  shift 
fid)  beHagen  (iiber),  to  complain 

of 

lid)  befiimmern  Cunt),  to  care 
rid)  belaufen  (cmf),  to  amount 
|td)   bemad)tigen,  to  seize,   to 

take  possession  of 
fid)  ergeben  (dot.),  to  surrender 
fid)  erfjolen  (turn),  to  recover 

from  illness 

fid)  erinnern  (gen.),1  to  recol- 
lect 

fid)  erfcitten,  to  catch  cold 
fid)  erhmbigen,  to  inquire 
fid)  fu'rdjten  (Dor),  to  be  afraid 
fid)  gebutben,  to  have  patience 
fid)  gercofynen  (an,  with  the  ace.), 

to  accustom  one's  self  to 
fid)  graiuen,  to  grieve 
fid)  irren,  to  be  mistaken 
fid)  fiimmern  (urn),  to  see  to 
fid)  niifycrn  (dot.),  to  approach 
fid)  nafjren  (»on),  to  live  on 
fief)  fdjamen  (gen.,  or  iiber,  with 
ace.),  to  be  ashamed  of 


fidj   bemiiljen,  to    endeavor,   to 

take  the  trouble 
fid,  tollmen,  >  t    b  h 
fid)  betrogen,   > 
fid)  befinncn  (iiba),  to  reflect 
fid)  beroerben  (nm;,  to  apply  (for) 
fid)  biirfen,  to  stoop 
fid)  einlaffen  (in),  to  enter  into 
fid)  entfyalten  (gen.),  to  abstain 
fid)    entfdjUeJsen,  to    resolve,  to 

make  up  one's  mind 
fid)    erbarmen    (gen.),    to    have 

mercy  on 

fid)  ereignen,  to  happen 
fid)  erfreuen  (gen.),  to  enjoy  (e.g., 

good  health) 

fid)  fefynen  (nad)),  to  long  for 
fid)  feljen,  to  sit  down 
fid)  ftellcn  (al§  ob),  to  feign 
fid)  unterftefy'en,  to  dare,  venture 
fid)   untertjol'ten  (iiber),  to  con- 
verse 

fid)  berirren,  to  go  astray 
fid)  berlaffen  (auf,  with  the  ace.), 

to  rely  (depend)  on 
fid)  berfiinbigcn,  to  sin 
fid)  berfeljen,  to  make  a  mistake 
fid)  toerfpciten,  to  be  (too)  late 
fid)  berftetten,  to  dissemble 
fid)  toorbereiten,  to  prepare 
fid)  lueigcrn,  to  refuse 
fid)  U)iberfe^en  (dot.),  to  oppose 
fid)  iDiinbeni  (iiber),  to  be  sur- 
prised at 
fi^  gutragen,  to  happen. 


NOTE. — A  verb  is  sometimes  used  reflexively  instead  of  being  put  in, 
the  passive,  e.g. : 
SDer  (Sdjluffcl  ^at  ftt^  gefunbcn,  The  key  has  been  found  (lit.,  found  itself). 


i  @i<$  (rinnern  takes  also  the  proposition  an  with  the  accusative,  as :  3$  mnntrf 

BlU  aJergHUjjcn  an  joucu  Xag,  (or  j 


254  REFLEXIVE  VEBRS. 

4.  Iii  the  following  list  jtcty  is  in  the  dative. 

fid)  anmaftcn,  to  presume,  be  ftd)  fdjmeidjeln,  to  flatter  one's  8elf 

presumptuous  (or  ace.)  ftd)  fcerfdjaffen,  to  procure 

fid)  ausbitten,  to  request  fid)  ttorneb/men,  to  take  the  resolu- 

fid)  einbilben,  to  imagine,  fancy  tion,  make  up  one's  mind 

fid)  Me  ^retfyett  nefymen,  to  take  fid)  toorfteflen,  to  imagine 

the  liberty  fid)  toclje  tljun,  to  hurt  one's  sel£ 
fid)  getrauen,  to  dare  (or  ace.) 

EXAMPLES. 

Sing,  id)  fd)meid)te  mtr  PL  hrir  fdjmeirfjetn  nn8 

bit  fd)meid)elft  bit  <Sie  fdjmeidjefa  fid) 

et  fdjmetdjelt  ftd).  fte  fdjmetdjetn  ftd). 

5.  Some  phrases  with  reflexive  verbs : 

SSemiiljen  <3te  ftd)  ntdjt,  Do  not  take  the  trouble. 

@eben  ©te  ftd)  9)?iif)e,  Take  pains. 

(Sr  erfjolt  ftd)  icmgfam,  He  recovers  slowly. 

3d)  erinnere  mid)  feine$  9?amen§,  I  recollect  his  name. 

<£ie  trren  fid),  rneut  $err,  You  are  mistaken,  Sir. 

(Sr  ^at  fid)  fefyr  oerdnbert,  He  is  quite  altered. 

2)a3  2Setter  anbert  ftd),  The  weather  is  changing. 

3)cc  SBtnb  le.qt  ftd),  The  wind  is  going  down. 

3d)  begcbe  mid)  nad)  ^ranffurt,  I  am  going  to  Frankfort 

(Sr  beritft  ftd)  auf  mid),  He  refers  to  me. 

3d)  entljalte  mid)  be8  SSeineS,  I  abstain  from  wine. 

(§S  ereignete  ftd),  It  happened. 

2Btr  fii^ten  un8  gliidlid),  We  feel  happy. 

3)te  Sljiire  offnctc  fid),  The  door  opened. 

•fteljmen  Sic  fid)  in  2ld)t,  Take  care. 

Oe^ctt  <Sic  fid),  Sit  down  (take  a  seat). 

$)ie  3ad)e  Der^att  fid)  fo,  The  matter  is  as  follows. 

@ic  jerftreuten  fid),  They  dispersed. 

SKenben  2te  fid)  an  ben  $onig. 

Address  yourself  (apply)  to  the  king. 

3d)  argere  mid)  liber  biefen  3Sorfafl. 

I  am  vexed  with  this  occurrence. 

<2ie  radjten  ftd)  an  i^ren  ftdnben. 

They  avenged  themselves  on  their  enemies. 


BEFLEXIVE   VERBS.  255 

WORDS. 

ber  2ftutij,  courage  tyauftg,  frequently 

.      1t    ,  .f     j  the  sentence  unfdjulbtg,  innocent 

ICU/    {  the  judgment  fcertljeibigen,  to  defend 

bag  ^ortjaben,  the  project,  the  bcroeifen,  to  prove 

purpose  itbei^eu'gen,  to  convince 

bte  ^ufrtebenfyett,  the  satisfac-  aufgebeu,  to  give  up 

tion  ur'tfyeilen,  to  judge 

bte  Sftedjnung,  the  account,  bill  betreffen,  angefyen,  to  concern 

ber  ^Sorgefeljte,  the  superior  Dermetben,  to  avoid 

foaS  23etragen,  the  behavior  tciie^en,  to  hurt. 

READING  EXERCISE    86. 

<3te  trren  fid),  mein  £>err ;  id)  bin  nid)t  ber  (the  one),  ben  <3te 
fudjen.  SBergeifjen  €ne,  id)  fycibe  mid)  nnrf(id)  (really)  geirrt.  9J£ik 
tiabeg  ^at  fid)  in  ber  (5d)(ad)t  bei  aSarat^on,  X()emiftof(eS  in  ber 
Sd)(ad)t  bei  ©atami^  augge^eidjnet.  (^eroo()nen  @ie  fid),  friib,  auf* 
jitfteb,en.  ®er  2Sotf  nab.erte  fid)  nttr  auf  (as  near  as)  je^n  <Sd)rittc 
(pace).  SD'iitb/ribateS  toertfyeibigte  fid)  mit  gro§em  sJJ^ut^e  gegen  bic 
Corner.  SBenn  bu  bid)  iiber  bag  ©Iu(f  S2lnberer  freitft,  fp  benieift  bieg, 
ba§  bu  ein  guteS  ^erj  ^aft.  2Bir  b,aben  un§  bemiit)t,  i()n  toon  feinem 
Unredjt  (of "his  being  wrong)  gu  iibergeugen ;  aber  er  Ipnnte  fid) 
ntd)t  entfd)Iie^en,  fein  ^Borb/aben  aufjugeben.  S)er  ^onig  meigerte  fid), 
ba§  Urtf)eit  311  unterfdjreiben.  (Ste  ttwrben  fid)  beffer  befinben,  twenn 
@ie  fid)  geit)i3b,nten,  I)aufiger  in  ber  fvifdjen  8uft  fpajteren  311  gefyen. 
Od)  fe^ne  mid)  nad)  9Jub,e.  Od)  njerbe  mid)  bemiib,en,  ^KtteS  ju  3;^rer 
^ufrieben^eit  311  tooUbringen.  3d)  wiirbc  mid)  fdjamen,  fo  etiua3 
(such  a  thing)  311  tfyim.  3)er  funge  3Kann  b,at  fid)  inuner  gut  be* 
tragen. 

SlufgoBc  87. 

1.  We  rejoice  greatly  (fefyr)  to  see  you.  I  am  mistaken. 
You  have  also  been  mistaken.  Charles  has  wounded  himself 
with  his  penknife.  All  nations  long  for  liberty.  The  enemy 
have  (has)  surrendered  (themselves).  If  they  had  not  sur- 
rendered (themselves),  Hhey  Vould  have  all  been  killed.  Dear 
Sir,  have  mercy  on  me  (meiner)-  Nobody  must  imagine  him- 
self (to  be) 1  without  faults.  That  man  was  a  bad  father  ;  he 
did  not  care  for  his  children.  I  recollect  to  have  seen  that 
lady,  but  I  cannot  remember  her  name.  As  (une)  I  see,  2you 
1  enjoy  (a)  good  health.  . 

iBemem'ber  that  words  enclosed  in  a  parenthesis  (....)  are  to  be  translated,  and 
irords  in  brackets  [....]  are  to  be  left  out. 


256 


REFLEXIVE  VERBS 


2.  My  tailor's  bill  amounted  to  a  hundred  and  fifty  florina 
I  hastened  to  pay  it,  as  soon  as  (fobalb  aU)  I  5got  (befam) 
1  money.  Young  people  must  not  take  the  liberty  to  judge 
of  (iiber,  ace.)  things  which  do  not  concern  them.  A  good 
Christian  does  not  avenge  himself  on  his  enemy.  "We  were 
mistaken  in  the  name  of  the  street.  Do  not  feign  [to  be ) 1  so 
innocent ;  be  ashamed  of  (gen. )  your  behavior,  and  resolve  to 
avoid  -such  'a  3 fault  4for  the  future  (fitnftig).  He  who  is 
conscious  of  having  (to  have)  done  his  duty,  may  quietly 
await  (entgegenfefyen)  the  judgment  (dot.)  of  his  superiors. 

Spreiplwng. 


3d)  freue  mid),  <5te  311  fefjen, 

mein  £>err.   SJBie  befinben  @te 

ftd,? 
$Me  beftnbet  ftdj  3ljr  33ruber, 

ber  (£>err)  £om'tan? 
£>aben  Ste  (id)  entf  d)loff  en,  bie 

9ieif  e  311  unterneljmen  ? 

Sluf  roen  Derlaffen  (rely)  <2tc 


tier* 


ftd)  ? 


SBerben  <3ie  3f)r  £>au8  berfau* 

fen? 
©lonben  <2ie,  ba§ 

foaten  njerbe  ? 
S3or  mem  fiird)ten 
S3ilben  (Sic  ftd)  cut,  aUetn  njetfe 

$n  fein? 
S;djamt  fii^  btefet  Oungltng  ntci^t 

itber  fein  Sctragen? 
£>aben  <Sie  ?uft  (a  mind)  mtt 

mtr  in'«  Sweater  ^u  gefyen  ? 
^>aben  @te  ftc^  toerlefct  (toel^e  ge* 

tb,an)  ? 
SBte  ^odj  belief  ft*;  bte  9?ed)nung 

3^re8  2Birt^e8  (landlord)? 
SBomtt  fcefdjafttgen  <2ie  ftc^  ge* 

gentuartig  (at  present)  ? 
SStrb  O^re  2ttuttcr  balb 

lommen? 


banfe  Sfnten,  ic^  beflnbe  mid), 
®ott    (dot.)    fei    ®anf!    feb,t 


befinbet  fti^  ntd^t  rooljt,  er  b,at 

fid)  erfaltet 
•3d)  ^abe  mtc^  nod)  ntdb,t  entfd)Iof* 

fen;  aber  i^  h)erbe  mid)   balb 

entfdjliefjen. 
3^  bertaffe  mid)  auf  bte  ©iite  be« 

prften. 
(2te  irren  ft^,  t^  toerbc  c«  ntc^t 

Derfaufen. 
SBenn  <2te  fc^nett  geb,en,  toerben 

<Ste  ftd)  ntd)t  berf  paten. 
3^  fitrdjte  mid)  tor  biefem  ^unbe. 
OJetn,  aber  id)  gtaube,  bte  <Sad)t 

beffer  gu  berfte^en  at^  ^tnbere. 
£od)  !  e^  fdjetnt,  ba§  er  fid)  fdjtimt; 

er  fommt  ntd)t  me^r  311  itn§. 
O  ia,  luenn  Sic  marten  roolten,  bid 

id)  mid)  angefleibet  b/abe. 
3a,  meine  §anb  blntet;  id^  I)abe 

mid)  an  ctncnt  9?aget  toerlefct. 
belief  fid)   auf  breumbad^ig 


3d)  lefe  <£d)itter'3  ,,£ieb  toon  ber 
©lode"  (Song  of  the  BeU). 

3d)  tueife  nid)t,  wann  fie  fommt; 
aber  id)  feb,ne  mic^  feb,r  na^  iljr. 


Uee  foot-note  1.  p.  255. 


ADVERBS.  257 

28<mmt  ftnb  Sic  nidjt   fritter 

gefommen?  2Btr  Ijaben  unS  tm  SBalbe  bertrrt. 

SBerben  (Sic  fid)  urn  cine  ©tette  3d)  fyabe  mid)  fdjon  urn  mefyrere 

betoerben?  betoorben;  aber  big  jetJt  (as  yet) 

fyabe  id)  feine  erfyatten. 

(Soft  ber  Shrift  fid)  an  feinem  S^ein,  S^riftug  Ijat    gete^rt,    bag 

^einbe  radjen?  man  feine  f^einbe  lieben  fott. 

©etrauen   (Sic    fid)    Uber    ben  3d)  toitt    tierfudjen  (try),   eg  jn 

9J^ein  ^u  fd)rt)immen?  t^un. 

Ueber  wag  (tooriiber)  beftagt  ftd)  @ie  beHagt  ftrf)  «6er  bag  33etrage« 

-3^re  Gutter? 


THIRTY-FIFTH  LESSON. 

ADVERBS. 

(Son  ben  Umftaiiajtudrtcrn.) 

1.  The  shortest  form  of  an  adjective  in  the  positive  or 
comparative  degree  may  be  used  in  German  as  an  adverb, 
e.g.: 

£>er  ©tener  nmrbe  retdj  beto^nt. 
The  servant  was  richly  rewarded. 
3)iefer  Srief  ift  fdjon  gefd)rieben. 
This  letter  is  beautifully  written. 
SDfein  S3rief  ift  fdjoner  gefdjrieben  atg  3^rcr. 
My  letter  is  better  written  than  yours. 

2.  There  are  only  a  very  few  adjectives,  however,  whose 
superlatives  can  be  used  adverbially ;  thus  we  could  not 
use  retdfyft  to  mean  tJie  most  richly  nor  fcfyonft  to  mean  tlie 
most  beautifully.     The  superlative  of  these   adverbs    is 
am    vetcfyften,    am    fcfyonften.      Other    adjectives   used    as 
adverbs  form  their  superlatives  in  the  same  way,  e.g. : 

gut,  beffcr,  am  beften,  well,  better,  best. 

faut,  fauler,  am  faulften,  lazily,  more  lazily,  most  lazily. 


•258 


ADVESfifl. 


3.  This  information  concerning  adverbs  has  already 
been  given  on  page  113.  To  what  was  said  there  about 
such  forms  as  ouf  '3  fdjbnjh  (not  the  most  beautifully,  but  most, 
Le.,  very  beautifully)  we  may  add  that  a  few  adjectives  in 
the  superlative  form  adverbs  in  en$,  e.g.t  fpatefienS,  at  the 
latest;  tyb'cfyftenS,  at  the  highest  estimate. 

1.  Adverbs  of  Place. 


toe,  where  ? 

toofyin,  whither? 

ttioljer,  whence? 

flier,  here 

t  baljtn,     )  thither 

t  bortfyin,  )  that  way 

barm,  therein,  within 

au^en,      I  outside 

braufjen,  )  out  of  doors 

toon  auften,  from  outside 

auS'toenbig,  on  the  outside 

<™en'     [within 
brmnen,  ) 

toon  innen,  from  within 
in'ttoenbta,  on  the  inside 
oben,     \  up  stairs 
broben,  )  above 
t  fytnauf  l,  up,  up  stairs 
unten,      )  down  stairs 
brunttn,  j  below 


one 


Ijterljer,  hither,  this  way 
|ierau8,  hence 

h^?'l  there 
bafelbft,  ) 

ft  feit'wdrt^,  sideways,  on 

side 
ttredjtS,  on  the  right,  to  the 

right 

ft  ItnfS,  on  the  left,  to  the  left 
ft  bieffettS,  on  or  to  this  side 
tt  jenfettS,  on  or  to  that  side 
baneben,  close  by  the  side  of  it 
gegenii'ber,  opposite 


ntrgenbS,  nowhere 


born,  before,  in  front 


ttng^um,  all  around 
tt  runb  Ijerum,  round  about 
behind 


i  The  adverbs  fyinetn,  ^eretn,  $tnau8,  ^ctauS  :c.  are  frequently  preceded  by  a  substan- 
tive with  the  preposition  ju,  as :  Sr  (am  jur  (ju  ber)  I^ure  tyerein,  He  came  in  at  the  door; 
£>er  93ogel  (log  jutn  genjler  ^tnauS,  The  bird  flew  out  through  the  window,  etc.  Concerning 
the  difference  between  l)er:  and  lnn=,  see  page  230. 

t  Adverbs  thus  marked  are  used  to  denote  direction  with  verbs  of  motion.  (Com* 
pare  Ijier,  here,  with  ftytertyer,  hither.) 

ft  Adverbs  thus  marked  may  be  used  to  denote  direction  with  verbs  cf  motion,  e.g., 
Cr  fprang  feitroirtS,  He  uprang  one  side.  But  also  to  denote  situations,  t.g..  CDa8  $au8  fieJH 
fcitioirtS  con  bem  SBege,  The  house  stands  off  one  side  of  the  road. 


ADVEEBS. 


259 


t  aufwdrtS,  upwards 
t  abunirtg,  downwards 

backwards 
j 

t  tjor'toarts,  forwards 
311  £>aufe,  at  home 
tnarf)  |Jaufe,  home 


together 
betfantmen,    ) 

ft  au$etnanber,  asunder 

ttjeit,  fern,  far,  far  off 

,  abroad,  outwards 
',  on  the  way. 


2.  Adverbs  of  Time. 


toantt,  when? 

eben,  just 

eben  jetjt,  just  now 

je^t,  nun,  now 

jemalS  or  je,  ever 

mentals  or  nte,  never 

ttietftenS,  mostly 

gegennjartig,  at  present 

fonft,  efjebem,         )  formerlv 

etjemate,  toormafe,  jf1       ^rly 

frii^er,  efjer,  sooner,  earHer 

manrfjmat, 

guiueien,    >-  sometimes 


fpater,  later 
etnft,  emftntafS,  once 
etntnal,  once,  one  day 
tteultd),  the  other  day 

not  long  ago 


anrfjmat, 
uiueijen,    >- 
tgnjetlen,  ) 


bann  unb  h)ann,  now  and  then 
oft,  oftmate,  often 
^ciufig,  frequently 
felten,  seldom 

bon  nun  an,  from  this  time  forth 
ton  ie£t  an,  henceforth 
fettbem,  since  then 
gteid),      |  directly 
fogleirf),  j  immediately 
balb,  soon 
SlnfangS,  at  first 
guletjt,  at  last 
bt$b,er,  hitherto,  tOl  now 
bi§  fe^t,  as  yet,  till  now 
hneber,  again 
erft,  only,  not  —  till 
r,  afterwards 


iinlangft,      )  a  little  while  ago 

toor  ^urgent, )  not  long  ago 

fcinfttg,  in  j^ufunft,  in  future 

fdjon,  bereitS,  already 

nod),  still,  yet 

trod)  einmal,  once  again,  once 
more 

nod)  nid)t,  not  yet 

nod)  nte,  never  before,  never  yet 

Ijeute,  to-day 

geftern,  yesterday 

toorgeftern,  the  day  before  yester- 

ntorgen,  to-morrow  '  [day 

morgen  friib,,  to-morrow  morn- 
ing 

iibennorgen,  the  day  after  to- 
morrow 

tonge,  lange  tyit,  long  (time) 

fiiinbiid),  hourly 

ttigUd),  daily 

ja^rlid),  yearly 

attmtiltg,          )  by  degrees 

nad)  unb  nad), )  gradually 

enbltd),  at  last,  at  length 
^  then,  at  that  time 


260 


ADVERBS. 


tinnier,  attqeit,  always 
ouf  or  fitr  tntmer,  for  ever 
etnftroeiten,  meanwhile 
getoofjnlid),  usually 


),  suddenly 
gtetd)  nadjfyer,  immediately  after- 
augenbttrf(td),  instantly      [wards 
fpornftretd)3,  at  full  speed. 


3.  Adverbial  Phrases  of  Time. 


tin  3af)r,  in  the  year 
tin  ©ommer,  in  summer 
am  3)tenftag,  on  Tuesday 
am  Sftorgen,  be3  SJf  orgenS l  or 

2ftorgen3,  in  the  morning 
2fttttag3  or  urn  Sfttttag,  at  noon 
SBormittagS,  in  the  forenoon 
•ftarfjmtttagS,  in  the  afternoon 
am    3lbenb,    be3     3lbenbS,    or 

$lbenb3,  in  the  evening 
gur  red)ten  £e'it, }  in  time, 
bet  ,3etten,          )  betimes 
biefen 2  2ftorgen,  this  morning 
etneg  SageS,1  one  day 
etneS  SttbenbS,  one  evening 
fjeutgutage,  now-a-days 
niidjfter  Sage,  one  of  these  days 
um  Oftern,  about  Easter 
gegen  1 1  Ufyr,  about  11  o'clock 
em  loentg  »or  10  U6r,  a  little 

before  ten  o'clock 
bi§  10  Ufjr,  by  ten  o'clock 
bei  8onnenaufgang,  at  sunrise 
bet  SageSanbritcf),  at  day-break 
»or  8  Jagen,  a  week  ago 
tor  14  £agen,  a  fortnight  ago 
gum  lefctenmal,  for    the    last 

time 

big  jefct  nod)  ntdjt,  not  as  yet 
crfl  morgen,  not  till  to-morrow 
bret  Sage  tang,  for  three  days 
feit  bret  Sag  en,  these  three  days 


am  Sag  or  bet  Sag,  by  day 
bet  9?acf)t,  be«  9tadjt3,  by  night 
(Sonntagg,  on  Sunday 
gum  erften  Sftale,  )   for  the  first 
gum  erflenmale,     j        time 
ba§  narfjfte  2)tal,  i^e  next  time 
gur  3eit,  in  the  time 
um  1  (em)  Ub,r,  at  one  o'clock 
tm  5lnfang,  in  the  beginning 
am  (Snbe,  at  the  end 
am  lOten  3ttat,  )  on  the  10th  of 
ben  lOten  3)Jat,  [          May 
groetmal  be«  Sage^,  twice  a  day 
etnen  Sag  um  ben       )     every 
anbern,  atte  2  Sage,  j  other  day 


'         everyday 
jeben   Sag,  ) 

ben  gan^en  Sag,  all  day 

^eute  itber  8  Sage,  this  day  week 

b,eute  iiber  14  Sage,  this  day  fort- 

night 

Sag  fur  Sag,  day  by  day 
auf  etntge  £eit,  for  a  while 
cine  ,3«tlaitg,  for  a  time 
Don  ,3ett  gu  3e'^  from  time  to 

time 

Dor  ,3eiten>  ***  °ld.  times 
an  etnem  fc^onen  9)Jorgcn,  on  a 

fine  morning 
in  enter  fatten  9?ad)t,  on  a  cold 

night. 


1  The  genitive  of  nouns  is  used  to  express  indefinite  time,  just  as  in  English  we  say 
of  a  fine  summer's  day,  (though  we  could  not  say  of  the  29<A  of  July). 

2  The  accutative  used  to  express  definite  time. 


ADVERBS.  261 

WORDS. 

ber  $anfnrnn,  the  merchant  ber  £>ienft,  the  service 

ber  ^tingling,  the  youth  libel  gelaunt,  ill-disposed,  cross 

bic  5lr,$net,  the  medicine  grojjmutf)tg,  magnanimous,  gen- 

ber  3euge,  *ne  witness  erous 

bie  Jpanblung,  the  action  totflfomnten,  welcome 

ba^  Sager,  the  camp  gefattigft,  if  you  please 

ba$  (Sprtdpoort,  the  proverb  eintwUigcn,  to  consent 

bte  (£de,  the  corner  belaftigen,  to  trouble 

ber  ©eiftltdje,  the  clergyman  unauffjorlid),  incessantly. 

READING   EXERCISE   88. 

1.  2Bofjer  fommen  (Sic?  3d)  fomme  toon  2Bien.  3)er  Sftann, 
toetdjen  <Sie  fudjien,  topfynt  ntdjt  fyier  ;  cr  toofynt  toeit  bon  fyier.  !£>er 
$nabe  ftel  rucftingg  in  ben  $(u$.  -3d)  fa§  ait^ttjenbig  bet  bent  ^ut=» 
fdjer;  bie  3)amen  fafjen  inttienbig  tin  OmnibuS.  ^inggum  marcn 
geinbe.  3Kan  fie^t  bie  gum  Oitnglmge  immer  bei[ammen.  9Kein 
^au«  fte^t  rcd)tl,  ba§  3t)rige  UnfS.  2)er  ^err  tft  nid)t  git  ^aitfe  ; 
fudjen  (Sic  tfyn  anber^iup.  3)a^  5Dorf  liegt  feitroarts.  -3ft  3t)rc 
Sautter  unten  ?  9|Mn,  (ie  ift  oben.  <Sofl  id)  ^inaufge^en  unb  e§  ifyr 
fagen  ?  2Benn  (Sic  fo  gut  fein  tuoHen.  3d)  begegnete  bent  ^aufmann 
unternjeg§. 


2.  3)er  ^ranfe  mn§  ftunbtid)  etnen  £offet  bofl  3lr^net  ne^men. 
?lnfang8  foottte  er  nid)t,  aber  jutetjt  miUigte  er  ein.  33on  jeljt  on  toerbe 
id)  flei^iger  fctn  ;  biSfjer  fjabe  id)  nid)t  Diet  gearbeitet  ^icmatg  rtjerbc 
id)  jene  Stunbe  toergcffen.  9Kein  2)iener  erfyatt  monatlid)  ^eljn  ©ufben, 
atfo  jafyrltd)  jufammen  ^unbert  unb  ^an^ig  ©ntben.  ^eulid)  mar  id) 
3euge  enter  groJ3tnutl)tgen  ^anbtung.  ^ormittagS  arbeite  id),  ^ad)* 
mtttag^  ge^e  id)  fpa^teren.  tlnfcr  Str^t  ift  ntand)mal  iibet  gelaunt.  (Sic 
mtiffen  gletd)  nadjfyer  bie  (Stabt  berlaffen.  2)er  SDfftjier  ritt  fporns 
ftretd)^  in'§  JBager  ber  ^einbe. 

Stufgaie  89. 

1.  Where  is  my  stick  ?  You  will  find  it  there  in  the  corner. 
T  beg  your  pardon  (id)  bitte  urn  gfetgefymg),  it  is  not  here  ;  it 
must  be  elsewhere.  You  are  welcome  everywhere.  Where 
(whence)  does  the  letter  come  from  ?  It  comes  from  America. 
Come  down,  if  you  please.  I  could  find  him  nowhere.  Where 
is  my  dog  ?  He  is  out  of  doors.  The  clergyman's  house  ia 
very  far  off.  I  was  not  at  home.  You  may  go  home.  I  have 


262  ADVERBS. 

heard  it  somewhere.  Have  you  searched  everywhere  ?  The 
one  went  hither,  the  other  iMther.  I  could  open  the  door 
neither  from  within,  nor  from  without  Do  just  as  if  (al8 
toenn)  you  were  at  home. 

2.  Did  you  know  him  formerly  ?  Yes,  I  have  known  him 
long.  I  shall  be  2at  ($u)  your  service  'presently.  He  was 
not  often  happy,  because  he  was  idle.  He  is  more  frequently 
at  the  coffee-house  than  at  home.  She  has  arrived  sooner 
than  I.  She  is  2better  'to-day1  than  she  was  yesterday.  Go 
2away  'instantly.  My  uncle  will  always  be  satisfied.  Could 
you  not  come  earlier?  The  next  time  2I  'shall  be  2here 
'betimes.2  I  am  seldom  alone.  Have  you  seen  our  friend 
lately  ?  Yes,  I  saw  him  the  other  day ;  and  I  hope  I  shall 
see  him  again  very  soon.  At  present  Ve  'are  incessantly 
troubled  by  beggars.  I  am  in  the  habit  (id)  pflege)  of  seeing 
him  (to  see  him)  now  and  then. 

4.  Adverbs  of  Quantity  and  Comparison. 

tote,  how?  beinafye,  fajl,  almost 

toternd,  hrie  fdjr,  how  much?        nitr,  blog,  afletn,  only 

bid,  much  meifteng,  mostly 

ntefjr,  more  fjod)fteng,  at  the  highest,  at  moat 

nod),  still  toenigftenS,  at  least 

nod)  meljr,  still  more  fyateftenS,  at  the  latest 

nod)  groet,  two  more  onberg,  otherwise 

i  The  order  to-day  better  and  not  better  to-day  is  in  accordance  with  an  Important  rule 
concerning  the  arrangement  of  the  BEST  of  the  clause.  This  rule  requires  that  the 
sense  shall  be  suspended,  that  is,  as  it  were,  that  we  shall  know  all  about  a  thing, 
before  we  hear  the  thing  itself.  In  the  English  sentence  "  He  went  to-day  in  the  rain 
without  an  umbrella  to  Boston,"  the  sense  is  suspended,  we  hear  all  about  his  going  to 
Boston  before  we  hear  that  he  went  to  Boston.  In  clauses  in  which  the  sense  is 
suspended,  there  is  no  possibility  of  inserting  a  period  before  the  end  ;  thus  neither 
lie  went  to-day,  nor  He  went  to-day  in  tlie  rain,  nor  He  went  in-day  in  the  rain  without  an 
umbrella  could  have  a  period  after  it, — the  sense  is  not  complete.  This  is  an  easy  way 
of  distinguishing  clauses  in  which  the  sense  is  suspended  from  others  in  which  it  is 
not.  On  the  other  hand  in  the  sentence,  "  He  went  to  Boston  to-day  in  the  rain  with- 
out an  umbrella,"  there  are  no  less  than  three  places  before  the  end,  where  the  inser- 
tion of  a  period  would  leave  perfect  sense  before  it.  The  latter  is  not  the  German  way, 
— the  German  sentence  must  be  constructed  on  such  a  plan  that  a  period  can  not  be 
inserted  before  the  end  is  reached,  e.g.,  we  must  have  She  w  to-day  better  and  not  She  is 
better  period  possible)  to-day. 

t  Observe  that  when  an  adverb  or  adifrbial  expression  (see  p.  260)  begins  the  sentence, 
the  \XBSprecedei  the  subject  (see  p.  83,  4). 


ADVERBS. 


am  metflen,  most 

fcfyr,  rcd)t,  very  or  much 

jit,  311  fefyr,  too  or  too  much 

git  met,  too  much 

ntd)t3,  nothing 

gar  nidjtS,  nothing  at  all 

!etn  —  ntcljr,  no  more  — 

ctu)a8,        1  somewhat 

cm  ttentg,  j  a  little 

fyhtla'ngUd),  sufficiently 

gcmtg,  enough 

fa urn,  scarcely 

etmgermafecn,   |  somewhat 

gcttn|fenna|$en,  j 

gtcmUd),  tolerably,  pretty 

itm  tneteg,    |  by  far 

bet  toettem,  j  by  a  great  deal 

itm  bte  §cilfte,  by  half 

nod)  einmal  fo  — ,  twice  as,  as 

—  again 

ungeftifyr,  etroa,  about 
gerabe,  precisely,  exactly 


fonft,  else 

fottft  nid)t§,  nothing  else 
fo,  ebenfo,  so,  as 
eben  fo  fefyr,  as  much 
ebenfo  hjenig  —  al3,  just  as  little 
—  as 


,  Hkewise 
gtetdjfara,  as  it  were 
win  fo  meljr,  the  more 
nm  fo  tuemger,  the  less 
fogar',  felbft,  even 
tttdjt  etnmat,  not  even 
ganj,  quite 

gan^Iidj,  wholly,  entirely 
toottenbS,  completely,  quite 
gan^  nnb  gar,  thoroughly 
tb/ettoetfe,  partly 
befonberg,      )  especially 
tn^befonbere,  j  particularly 
fyauptfa'djUd),  chiefly 
uber^aitpt,          )  generally 
im  Slttgemetnen,  )  in  general 


5.  Adverbs  of  Affirmation,  Doubt  and  Negation, 


fa,  ja  bod),  bod),1  yes 
fa  nio()l,  yes,  certainly 
aflerbingg,  by  ah1  means 
jebenfattS,  at  all  events 
gcttnfj,  surely,  certainly 
fid)erltd),  certainly 
fietttd),  to  be  sure 
fitr»)ab/r',  toafyrltd),  truly 
JytrfUd),  really 
tit  ber  Xfyat,  in  fact 
gern  or  gcrtte,  willingly 
ungcrn,  unwillingly 
netn,  no 
!etnegn)eg8,  by  no  means 


nwljrfdjetnttd), 
toermuttjltd), 
h)al)d)afttg,  truly 
gufattig,  by  chance 
tnettetdjt,  etnw,  perhaps 
fd)tuerltd),  scarcely 
flljne  Ametfel,  no  doubt 
toergebitd),  )  j 

bergeben^,  umfonft, ) 
burd)ait§,  absolutely,  quite 
and)  ntd)t,  not  —  either 
ntd)t  etnmat,  not  even 
ntematS,  never 
ntd)t  nteljr,  no  more 


is  used  to  contradict  a  denial,  e.g.,  A  says  :  ©ie  gtng  geflern  nii^t  au8  (She  did  not 
go  out  yesterday) ;  B  replies :  25od;  (Yes,  she  did). 


264  ADVERBS. 

nid)t,  not  mmmernteljr,  never  more,  by  no 

gar  nirfjt,         )  not  at  all  means 

bitrdjaitS  nid)t,  j  by  no  means      tm  ®egentf)et(,  on  the  contrary 

melmeijr,  rather. 

6.  Interrogative  Adverbs. 

toamt,  when  ?  hne  met  nod),  how  much  more  ? 

toarum,  why  hue  mete  nod),  how  many  more  ? 

»ePal,b''      I  wherefore?  *«  Ia"9e'  h0ow  lon^? 

tue^iDe  gen,  )  too,  where  ? 

tone,  how?  too^tn,  whither,  where? 

tote  fo,  how  so  ?  tooljer,  whence  ? 

tote  t)tel(e),  how  much  (many)     toobur^,  by  what  means?  etc. 


7.  Adverbs  of  Order. 

erftenS,  fur'S  erfle,  first  gtoetmal,  twice 

gtoettenS,  secondly  bretmat,  three  times 

brttten^,  thirdly  totermal,  four  times  [more 

DtertenS,  fourthly  nodh   etnmat,   once  again,  once 

ferner,  further  noq  gtoehnal,  twice  more 

^enta^,  hereafter  guerfl',  at  first 

bann,  fobattn,  then  gule^f,  at  last 

ctnmal,  once 

8.  Adverbs  ending  in  roeife, 

Some  of  these  are  formed  from  nouns  and  others  from 
adjectives  (the  latter  in  the  genitive  singular  feminine). 
The  termination  tuetfc  (English  wise  in  likewise,  etc.),  is 
by  origin  the  noun  SBeife,  manner. 


e,  partly1  Ijeerbentoeife,  in  flocks 

ftutfroetfe,  piece-meal  gtitcflidjerroetfe,  fortunately 

Ijaufentoetfe,  by  heaps,  in  crowds  ung(urf(td)erraetfe,  unfortunately 

majfentoetfe,  in  masses  etufdlttgerroetfe,  in  a  silly  manner 

ftronttoetfe,  in  streams  tropfenroeife,  by  drops,  etc. 

i  The  Latin  partim,frustatim,  gregalim,  etc. 


ADVERBS.  265 

9.  Other  Adverbs  of  Frequent  Occurrence. 

nlfo,  so,  thus,  therefore  bage'gen,  )  on  the  contrary, 

and),  also,  too  (aud)  ntd)t,  not —  Ijingcgen,  )  on  the  other  hand 

either2)  bafjer',  beftttegen,  )  therefore,  on 

aujjerbem,  besides,  moreover  ba'rum,  beftfyalb,  )  that  account 

balb  —  balb,  now — now;  some-  nid)t  nur    } re       C  not  only 

times  —  sometimes  nid)t  attetn  >•      1    S      4    —  but 

bemnad),  accordingly  ntd)t  bloS   )  ^'     (    also 

bennod),  and  yet,  still  mdjtSbeftotoemger,  nevertheless 

beffenun'geadjtet,  nevertheless  nod),  nor 

befjgtetdjen,  likewise  jefct,  nun,  now 

befto,    )  the — (with  a  following  fo,  so,  thus 

urn  fo, )      comparative)  fonfl,  else,  or  else,  otherwise 

bod),  iebod), )  yet,  still  t^etlS  —  t^ct(§,  partly  —  partly 

gtetdjttjo^l,   )  however  iiberbteft,  besides,  moreover 

fenter,  further  iibrtgeng,  as  for  the  rest,  however 

folgltd),  |  consequently  btelme^r,    rather,   on  the  con- 
ntit^in,  j  accordingly  trary 

inbejfen,  unterbeffen,  meanwhile  toeber  —  nod),  neither  —  nor 

fcmm,  scarcely  fioWr  indeed,  it  is  true. 
bcmn,  ba,  then 

DEGREES  OF  COMPAEISON. 

Besides  adjectives  used  as  adverbs,  the  following  are 
also  compared : 

COMPARATIVE.      SUPERLATIVE. 

tool)l,  well  beffer,  better          am  beften,  the  best 

Bassoon         {gj* 

gcrn  \  willingly  Itcber,  rather  am  Itebften,  best 

oft,  often  ofter,  oftener  am  b/auftgften,  the  oftenest 

fefyr,  very  ^o'djft,  a'u^erft,  extremely 

iibel,  badly,  ill  argcr,  worse  am  orgften,  the  worst 

bid,  much  mdjr,  more  am  metften,  most 

IB:-} 

2  Thus,  3jo6  aollen  »ir  aud)  nirfjt,  We  don't  want  that  either. 

i  ©em,  KeBet,  am  Itebften  are  used  to  translate  the  English,  I  like,  I  like  better,  I  like 
best,  as :  3$  faiele  gern,  1  like  to  play  ;  id;  tanje  lieber,  I  like  dancing  better ;  3^  f'n8* 
am  Ucfcftcn,  I  like  to  sing  best, 


266  ADVERBS. 

WORDS. 

bcr  9?ebd,  the  mist  tb,orid)t,  stupid,  foolish 

bag  3uf  ammentreffen,  the  meet-  gefd)icft,  skilful 

ing  toon  9£euem,  anew 

bag  $cfid)t,  the  face,   coun-  angreifen,  to  attack 

tenance  ftitten,  to  quiet 

bag  SBerfpredjen,1  the  promise  fid)  t>er»flid)ten,  to  engage 

bag  SJhtrren,1   the  murmurs,  treulid),  faithfully 

grumbling  bertuerfen,  to  reject 

bcr  23or'fd)(ag,  the  proposal  ridjtig,  correctly 

berberben,  to  spoil  ougfeljen,  to  look  (e.g.,  well,  ill). 

READING  EXERCISE  90. 


1.  2Bie  Ijaben  <Sie  gefdjtafen,  mem  $err?     <Sdjr  gut,  id)  banle 
•3f)nen.    2Bie  met  ®db  fjaben  @te?    3d)  Ijabe  nid)t  m'el,  id)  ^abc 
fc^r  iuentg.     (Sin  beutfrfjcS  (Spridjmort  fagt:  ,,3u  ttjenig  unb  gu  bid 
Dcrbirbt  aileg  <2pid."    2Seife  ber  ^nabe  genug?    Sr  wet^  gar^iidjtg. 
3)erjentge  icirb  ben  ^jjreig  er^alten,  h)eld)er  am  beften  lefen  unb  am 
fdjonften  frfjreiben  fann.    2)er  9^ebd  ift  nad)  unb  nad)  tierfdjrtunben. 
2J?an  fyat  mir  nidjt  einmat  geantwortet.    $"ein  9JJenfd|  fann  immer 
gludltd)  fein.    SBcrben  @ie  morgen  mit  ung  ^u  SJiittag  fpeifen? 
SJiorgen  fann  id)  nidjt,  aber  iibermorgen  hjerbe  id)  fommen. 

2.  ©eb^en  <5ie  redjtg,  id)  merbe  linfg  geljen.     3)er  ftuge  9Kann  irrt 
ftd)  (is  mistaken)  fdten  ;  ber  unDorftd)tige  irrt  fid)  am  fyaufigften. 
Ser  ©efdjidtefte  tt»irb  am  meiften  getobt  toerben.    Sir  f)aben  lange 
gemartet.    (2ie  fatten  (ought  to  have)  nod)  langer  warten  foUen. 
SSenn  ber  ^ud)g  bie  toilben  Sienen  angreift,  fo  werfen  fie  fid)  f)aufen* 
loeije  auf  ifjn.    2)?e^r  alg  einmal  gdang  eg  (bem)  $otumbug,  bag 
9J?urren  fciner  @d)iffgmannfd)aft  (crew)  gu  fliflen  ;  abcr  batb  nad)b,er 
Oegannen  fie  Don  9Zeuem  gu  murren  ;  enblid)  berpflidjteten  fie  fid),  nod) 
brei  Sage  ju  geb/ordjen.    5tm  britten  Sage  fa^en  fie  nnrfUd)  Sanb. 

9tufflobc  91. 

1.  When  shall  you  set  out  ?  To-morrow  or  the  day  after 
to-morrow.  He  has  been  *  three  *  times  6  here  Jat  2  least.  He 
is  improving  (mad)t  ^ort|d)ritte),  especially  in  German.  That  is 
beautiful  indeed.  We  were  attacked  unawares  (unoerfdjeng), 
and  have  scarcely  escaped.  We  went  there  by  turns  (ab-- 

i  These  arc  Infinitives  used  aa  nouus,  (literally,  the  to  promise). 


ADVERBS. 


267 


toedjfefnb).  He  will  (e$  nnrb  tfjm)  by  no  means  succeed.  Our 
meeting  was  quite  by  chance.  I  am  not  at  all  surprised  at 
your  saying  so  (baft  <2te  :c.).  How  much  do  you  charge 
(forbern)  for  it  ?  It  will  cost  you  twenty  florins  at  most  (at  the 
highest).  It  is  about  thirty  miles  off  (roett). 

2.  It  is  not  otherwise.  At  present 2 1  'want  nothing  else. 
At  first  2 1  1  thought  I  knew  his  face.  If  we  have  given  a 
promise,  let  us  faithfully  keep  (fyalten)  it;  else  Ve  'shall  cer- 
tainly lose  our  good  name.  "We  dine  precisely  (piinftltd))  at 
four  o'clock.  I  think  he  will  not  willingly  do  it.  Perhaps 
*you  'would  do  better  not  to  reject  his  proposal.  He  writes 
less  correctly  than  his  cousin.  Miss  Mary  is  less  happy  than 
you  think.  It  is  quite  in  vain  to  talk  to  (mit)  this  man;  he  will 
never  listen  to  you  (auf  @te  fyoren). 


SBoljer     fommen     <Ste,     metn 

greimb? 
£aben  (£te  btefe  Sfteife  311  (on) 

§uft  ober  gu  SBagen  gemadjt? 
-3ft  3fjre  (Sdjroefter  gu  £>aufe  ? 


SSann  fommt  er  nad)  ^>aufe  ? 
•3d)  [pbe  Ste  tange  ntdjt  gefeljen; 

n?o  rooren  (£te  ? 

3Bie  biele  SBorter  foU  id)  ternen? 
S^arum  tft  btefcr  SDfaun  immcr 

franf? 
2Bte  finben1  (like)  <Sie  ba§  $ait§ 

beg  §errn  33.? 
2Boflen  ®te  auf   mid)    toarten 

(wait  for  me)  ? 
2)tefer  33rtef  tft  ntd)t  fdjim  gc- 

fd)riebcn.     28te  fommt  eg? 
©prtdjt  bicfci  9J?ann  (Sngtifd)  ? 
SBann     muarten    <Ste    -3f)ren 


fomnte  tion  $6tn  (Cologne). 

un,  311  (by)  2Baffer;   id)  retfc 

Ueber  311  SBaffer  al§  311  Sanb. 

etn,  fie  tft  auSgegangen. 
(gr  tft  fyeute  tt)af)rfd)etn(id)  in  vm' 

ferm  ©arten. 

(Sr  tutrb  gegen  ad)t  Uf)r  fomjnen. 
Od)  tvar  metften^  $it  §aufe;  id)  roat 

ittdjt  gan$  tuo^I. 

jroet  ©eiten  (pages). 


m'e(. 

tft  tnioenbtg  fcb.r  fd)5n  ;   abet 
ouSroenbtg  fte^t  e8  att  ait§. 

Sin  hjentg,  aber  ntd)t  langc. 

3d)  ^abe  tljn  gu  fdjnett  gefdjrteben. 
@r  fprtdjt  fe()t  gut. 

3d)  ertuartc  iljn  btcfcn  ^adjmittag. 


i  J4terallj- :  How  do  you  find,  etc.,  (i.e..  What  do  you  think  of,  etc.) 


268  ADVERBS. 

28irb  cr  afletn  fontmen?  (5r  roirb  totefletdjt  fetnen  <3oljn  mit* 

brtngen. 

©cfyt  ber  $nabe  gern  (does  he     £)e8  2)torgen8  gefyt  er  gern  tit  bte 
like)  in  bie  Sd)ute  ?  ©djule ;  aber  9tad)mtttagS  fptelt 

er  lieber. 
(5f|en  (Ste  gerne  ©du'nfen  (ham)?    3a,  abet    tcb    effe   Iteber  SBraten 

(roast  meat). 

READING  LESSON. 
$er  bttttftorc  fiottie.    The  Grateful  Lion. 

(Sin  ormer  ©flabe,  ber  au§  bent  ^jattfe  fetne^  ^errn  entfto^en  ftar, 
iourbe  gum  Jobe  tierurt^etlt  (condemned).  2)£an  fiib,rte  i^n  ouf 
einen  gropcn  ^la^,1  njet^er  mtt  2ftcmern  untgeben  tear,  itnb  Ite^  ctnen 
furdjtbaren  lOonjen  onf  tb/n  log  (loose).  £attfenbe  »on  2JZett[d)en 
toaren  3eu9en  btefeg  @c^aufptel§. 

'  ®er  ^btoe  fprang  grtntmtg2  auf  ben  artnen  3)Jenf^en;  adetn  $\o& 
lid)  btteb  er  ftefjen,  luebette s  mtt  bem  ©c^hjetfe,  b^itpfte  *  toott  greube  urn 
t^n  fyerunt  itnb  letfte  tb,nt  freunbttc^  bte  ^>anbe.  -Sebermann  tjerhjunbertc 
fi(^ B  itnb  fragte  ben  <S!I(U)en,  rote  ba8  fomme.* 

2)er  <2f(aDe  erjafjlte  §olgenbe« :  n^llg  tc^  metnem  ^>emt  entlattfen 
tear,  oerbarg  id)  mi^  in  einer  ^ol)te 7  mitten  in  ber  2Biifte.8  £)ann 
lam  auf  einmal  btefer  Joroe  ^eretn,  minfette 9  unb  ^etgte  mtr  feme  ^a^e,1* 
in  ber  etn  grower  !Dorn  ftaf.  3d)  gog  th^m11  ben  3)orn  tjerauS,  unb  toon 
ber  3^it  an  berjorgte12  mtci^  ber  lOoroe  mtt  2Btlbpret13  unb  tutr  lebten  in 
ber  £>ol)le  frteblt^  gufammen.  S3et  ber  lebten  3agb  tourben  nut 
gefangcn  unb  toon  etnanber  getrennt.14  Stun  freut  ft(^  bag  gute  £ljter, 
mid)  iuieber  gcfunben  gu  b^aben." 

Sltleg  53olf  roar  itber  (at)  bie  3)anlbarfeit  btefeg  rottben  Jb^iereg  cnt- 
gitdt,15  unb  bat  lout  urn  @nabe16  fiir  ben  ©flatten  unb  ben  ?6roen. 
£)er  Sftaue  rourbe  fret  getaffen  unb  reid)lid)  befdjenft.  2)er  ?jjroe 
folgte  tb,m  roie  ein  treuer  §unb,  unb  blieb  intmer  bet  iljnt,  ob^ne  Oentanb 
ein  ?etb  (harm)  gu  tb^un." 

i  square.  -  fiercely,  furiously.  3  to  wag  (with)  his  tail.  •<  to  jump,  s  to  be  astonished. 
6  to  come  to  pass.  '  cavern.  8  desert.  $  to  whine,  lopaw.  n  for  him.  i  -  to  supply. 
13  game,  i  •  to  separate,  r  enraptured,  ic  pardon.  1 7  see  the  44th  lesson. 


CONJUNCTIONS.  269 

THIRTY-SIXTH   LESSON. 

CONJUNCTIONS. 

(Son  ben  SHudcUiortrrn.) 

1.   COPULATIVE  AND  DISJUNCTIVE  CONJUNCTIONa 

The  following  conjunctions  have,  as  has  been  already 
stated,  no  effect  on  the  order  of  the  parts  of  a  German 
clause : 

unb,  and  aber  or  afletn,  but  [trary 

ober,  or  fonbern,  but  (i.e.,  but  on  the  con- 

benn,  for,  since  fotooljl  —  a(3,  both —  and. 

EXAMPLES. 

3d)  muJ3  ju  £>aufe  btetben,  benn  id)  bin  franf. 
I  must  stay  at  home,  for  I  am  ill 
£>er  (Straujj  fyat  $lu.}cl,  aber  er  fcmu  ntd)t  fltegen. 
The  ostrich  has  wings,  but  he  cannot  fly. 

The  student  will  notice  that  the  order  of  the  words  in  the  German 
translation  of  for  lam  sick,  etc.,  is  the  same  as  in  the  German  translation 
of  /  am  sick. 

NOTE  1. — 9t6cr  is  sometimes  placed  elsewhere  than  at  the  beginning  of 
the  clause, — like  however  in  English. 

©er  SSatcr  aBer  fprad),  But  the  father  said  or  The  father  however  said. 
©cr  (Straujj  fyat  $tuget,  et  fann  aber  nidjt  fttegcn. 

IToTE  2. — Examples  of  the  use  of  afcer  and  fonbern. 

I  am  sorry,  we  have  no  apples  but  we  can  give  you  pears. 

(S3  tljut  mix  Ictb,  »ir  fyo&en  fcine  Stc^fct,  aficr  »tr  fonnen  3^ncn  93irnen 

flefccn. 

You  are  mistaken,  they  are  not  apples  but  (on  the  contraryj  pears. 
Ste  irren  jtdj,  e3  (inb  nid)t  Slcpfel  fontoern  SSitnen. 
He  loves  her,  but  not  so  very  much. 
Sr  lie&t  (ie,  aber  nirfjt  fo  fc^r. 

He  does  not  love  her,  but  (on  the  contrary)  hates  her. 
Sr  liebt  (ie  ntdjt,  fonbern  cr  C)a§t  fie. 

Sib"  er  and  afletn  (but)  may  be  used  after  an  affirmative  clause  or  after 
a  negative  clause ;  fonbern  (but  on  the  contrary)  only  after  a  negative 
clause. 


270  CONJUNCTIONS. 

WORDS. 

bie  ©djtodgerin,  the  sister-in-  bie  9Zaljrung,  the  food 

law  ber  ©qjfel,  the  top,  summit 

fdjaben  (dot-.),  to  injure  na§,  wet 

ba3  $oh,r,  the  reed  toerfcb>enben,  to  waste 

fief)  btcgen,  to  bend  ber  3ftitfd)uler,  the  school-feUow 

rufyig,  quietly  bie  SRegel,  the  rule 

ermafynen  (ace.),  to  speak  to  fortfatjrcn,  to  continue 

(i.e.,  admonish)  boS  gemetne  23olf,  the  populace 

ber  SSorrourf,  the  reproach  jufammentrejfen  mit  ^emanb,  to 

meet  with. 


READING   EXERCISE   92. 

3>dj  !jabe  ben  SBrief  gefd)rieben,  unb  metn  Sruber  fjat  if)n  abgefdjrie* 
ben.  <2ie  miiffen  mir  ba§  23ud)  ^urucfgeben,  ober  ic^  rterbe  e^  bent 
£eljrer  fagen.  2)ie  ^tnber  fonnten  bie  $irfd)en  n'tdjt  effen,  benn  fie 
nmren  ntrfjt  retf.  (5ie  fbnnen  jefct  auggel^en ;  aber  £>te  miiffen  um  tier 
llfjr  roieber  guriic!  fein.  3f)re  (SdjtDogerin  tjat  mir  »erfprorf)en,  mid)  in 
bonbon  ju  befucf)en  ;  aber  fie  fyat  nic^t  SSort  geb,a(ten ;  aurf)  b^at  fte  mir 
gar  ntcfjt  gefcfjrieben ;  be^roegen  (bemnad))  tDerbe  id)  auf  fie  ntd)t  meb^r 
twarten.  ^ntioeber  miiffen  @ie  Pei^ig  arbeiten,  ober  bie  (5d)it(e  frei= 
niiflig  t)erlaffe«t,  fonj't  roerbcn  @ie  fortgefdjtcft  toerben.  2Beber  fein 
Ofyetm  nod)  fein^  2onte  toerben  biefeS  ertauben.  (Sowob^t  ber  23ater 
al^  bie  DJiutter  b,aben  ben  @ofm  gefuc^t.  Der  gere^te  2)tann  f^abet 
Weber  bem  9Jeidjen  noci)  bent  Airmen.  2)er  Oc^fe  bient  itnS  nid)t  nur 
jur  -Kafyrung,  fonbern  aucq  gur  Arbeit  (labor). 


Slufeobc  93. 

1.  You  and  I.  He  or  she.  "We  have  written  a  long  exer- 
cise, but  we  have  not  learnt  it  (The)  gold  and  (the)  silver 
are  metals.  You  must  go  home  directly,  or  you  will  get  wet ; 
for  it  will  soon  rain.  The  reed  bends,  but  (it)  does  not  break. 
We  shall  defend  our  country  with  courage,  and  we  shall 
quietly  await  the  enemy.  You  ought  to  speak  to  your  chil- 
dren, for  they  are  very  naughty.  I  do  not  know  liirn  by  sight 
(oon  ($eftd)t),  but  I  know  him  by  reputation  (bem  9Jamcn  nad)). 
I  expected  reproaches  from  my  mother,  but  she  did  not  say 
anything.  Did  you  see  Mr.  Long  to-day?  Yes,  but  I  could 
not  speak  to  him  (mtt  ifym  fpredjen).  I  must  stay  at  home,  for 


CONJUNCTIONS.  271 

1  am  not  quite  well  Do  not  waste  your  time,  for  life  is  made 
of  it  (bamu$).  Some  of  my  schoolfellows  are  ill  ;  consequently1 
they  cannot  come  to  (in  bte)  school 

2.  Some  one  has  done  it,  either  you  or  your  brother.  I  do 
not  know  the  man,  for  I  have  never  seen  him.  This  horse 
may  be  very  strong,  nevertheless1  2  it  l  does  not  please  me.  I 
have  shown  him  the  rule,  yet  1  he  has  not  understood  it.  He 
was  very  tired,  nevertheless  he  continued  working  (to  work). 
Scarcely  had  he  pronounced  these  words,  J  when  (ba,  literally 
then)  the  4  populace  2  threw  3  themselves  on  him.  He  has  not 
only  promised  him  something,  but  also  given  it.  I  know 
neither  him  nor  his  wife.  I  did  not  expect  to  see  you  here  ; 
the  (befto)  greater  is  my  pleasure  to  meet  you.  I  can  neither 
read  nor  write.  Not  only  the  king  was  expected,  but  also  the 
queen  and  the  princess. 

SUBORDINATING  CONJUNCTIONS. 

All  conjunctions,  except  and,  lx>th,  but,  either,  for,  and  or 
are  subordinating  conjunctions.  They  are  so  called 
because  they  introduce  clauses  in  which  no  assertion  is 
expressly  made,  clauses  that  is  of  subordinate  importance. 

a)  Simple  Subordinative  Conjunctions. 

afe,  when  obgletrf)',  obfdjon',  )  fl,ouffj. 

cbtooljt',  hnetool)!',  ) 


bebor',  efye,  before 

bt^,  until  fett,  fettbem',  since  (time) 

bo,  since  (reason)  \\o  oft  al3,  whenever 


baf?,  that 


obalb,  as  soon  as 


bamit',  that,  in  order  that  fotange,  as  long  as 

falls,  in  case  that  un'gead)tet,  notwithstanding 

inbem',  while  toa'f'renb,2  while 

|e  — ,  the  —  (with  the  comp.)  hjenn,  when,  if 

nodjbem',  after  mil,  because 

ob,  whether  tote,  how,  as 

toofern',  if,  provided. 

1  An  adverb,  not  a  conjunction.    Use  the  question  order. 

2  Instead  of  roiljrenb,  while,  we  sometimes  use  inbeflen,  as  a  subordinating  conjunction, 
as :  iiSir  gingen  im  (fatten  tyajieren,  intejjen  ct  ju  SRittag  {petfie. 


272  CONJUNCTIONS. 

EXAMPLES. 

(58  tsar  bier  ttfjr,  ats  bic  <2onne  aufgtng. 

It  was  four  o'clock  when  the  sun  rose. 

2Barten  <2ne,  bis  id)  mctnen  23rief  toflenbet  Ijabe. 

Wait  till  I  have  finished  my  letter. 

©predjcn  oie  taut,  bamit'  irf)  ®ie  tocrftefye. 

Speak  aloud  that  I  may  understand  you. 

9?arf)bem  nnr  miteiuanber  (together)  gcfriU)ftitcft  fatten,  gingctt 

totr  (not  tmr  gingen)  fpagtercn. 
2Bafyrenb  wir  Garten  fptelten,  lafen  unfere  5"unbe  (not  itnferc 

greunbe  lafen)  bie 


Subordinating  conjunctions  require  the  VERB  (see  4,  page 
82,)  to  be  put  at  the  very  end  of  the  clause.  When  a 
subordinate  clause,  otherwise  called  a  dependent  clause, 
comes  first  in  the  sentence,  the  principal  clause  takes  the 
inverted  order,  as  in  the  last  two  examples. 

OBSERVATIONS    ON   SOME    OP   THE    CONJUNCTIONS. 


,  when,  as,  than. 

1.    When  may  be  translated  alS,  provided  a  single  occa- 
sion in  the  past  is  referred  to. 


51(3  ber  Heine  ^rinj  bie  £fjiir  berfcfjtoffen  fanb,  hwrb'  er  bofe. 
When  the  little  prince  found  the  door  locked,  he  got 

angry. 

dafar  fd)idft  £abienu3,  a(3  er  biefeS  erftiljrt. 
Caesar  sends  Labienus,  when  he  learns  this. 

2.  In  other  cases,  when  may  be  translated  ttjenn. 


2Benn  ber  fteine  ^rinj  bie  Jfjiir  tterfdjtpffen  fanb,  toitrb'  er  bofe. 
When  (whenever,   if)   the  little  prince  found  the  door 
locked,  he  got  (used  to  get)  angry. 

3.  9113  is  translated  than  after  comparatives,  e.g.,  fritter 
S  ttrir,  grojjer  al 


CONJUNCTIONS.  273 

4  3(13  is  translated  as  after  fo,  e.g.,  fo  friify  al3  ttrir,  fo 
groj?  a(3  .£>etnrid),  and  in  such  phrases  as  the  following: 

(£r  fungirt  at$  ©tettoertrcter,  He  acts  as  substitute. 

5.  5113  is  translated  but  after  nicfytS,  nirgent>3,  etc.,  e.g.  : 

ate  Safyrljett,  Nothing  but  trutL 
ate  Ijter,  Nowhere  but  here. 


$U,  as,  since. 

1.  2)a  means  since,  and  introduces  a  reason.  <So  occurs 
more  frequently  than  not  at  the  beginning  of  the  principal 
clause  of  sentences  in  which  ta  introduces  the  subordinate 
clause,  provided  the  subordinate  clause  begins  the  sen- 
tence. <5o  may  be  either  omitted  in  translating  or  trans- 
lated why. 

3)a  ber  $nabe  fo  fleifjig  tft,  (fo)  mu§  man  i^n  beto^nen. 
Since  the  boy  is  so  industrious,  he  is  to  be  rewarded. 
5Da  tcf)  ifyn  nt^t  fenne,  fo  tann  id)  i^m  nidjt  trauett. 
Since  (or  as)  I  do  not  know  him,  (why)  I  cannot  trust 


2.  (Settbent  means  since,  and  introduces  a  clause  stating 
when  something  mentioned  in  the  principal  clause  began. 

(Sr  fdjttmgt,1  feitbem  id)  f)ter  bin. 

He  has  been  silent  since  I  have  been  here. 

Sn&em',  while. 

3nbetn'  means  ivhile,  but  instead  of  a  clause  beginning 
with  ivliile  we  often  use  in  English  the  present  par- 
ticiple. 

•Snbcm  id)  in  ba§  3^mmer  trat,  rief  id)  .... 

As  I  entered  the  room  or  entering  the  room,  I  cried  ---- 

QIC  fagte  ju  mir,  tnbcm  er  mir  bie  ^>anb  briitftc  jc. 

Shaking  hands  with  me,  he  said,  etc. 

Snbem  er  fcinen  5lrm  ouSftrerfte,  Stretching  out  his  arm. 


i  See  foot-note  to  Exercise  96. 


274  CONJUNCTIONS. 


),  obirfjon,  obuiuljl,  though. 

1.  :Db  is  sometimes  separated  by  a  word  or  two  from 
the  second  syllable  in  these  conjunctions,  —  just  as  if  we 
should  say  in  English  to  home  wards  instead  of  towards 
home.    Thus  we  may  say  either  Obgleicfy  Sari  nicfyt  franf  tjt, 
get)t  er  (bocfy)  nicfyt  in  ben  ©arten,  or  £)b  Sari  gleid)  u.  |.  n>.' 
Although  Charles  is  not  sick,  (nevertheless)  he  does  not  go  into 
the  garden. 

2.  £)oct)  stands  in  the  same  relation  to  obgleidj,  etc.,  as  fo 
does  to  ba.    See  the  last  example.     But  bod)  need  not 
come  first  in  the  principal  clause,  as  fo  always  does. 

@0  and  bod)  may  both  of  them  be  used  at  the  same 
time.     They  are  translated  by  a  single  nevertheless,  e.g., 
Sari  nicfyt  franf  ijt,  fo  ge^t  cr  boc|  nicl)t  in  ben  ©arten. 


Sftann,  teenn,  nI3. 

The  English  conjunction  when  is  translated  sometimes  : 
tt>ann,  sometimes  toenn,  and  sometimes  al^.  For  al$  see 
page  272. 

a) 

1.  SSann  is  interrogative. 


rterbcn  (Sic  fommen?  "When  will  you  come? 
(Saaen  <Ste  mtr,  iuann  (Sic  fommen  rooflen. 
Tell  me  when  you  will  come. 

2.  SSann  answers  to  the  English  whenever  ,  as: 

iann  (Sic  h) 
a  (whene^v 

b)  wenn. 


@ie  fonnen  e$  fd^icfen,  toann  (Sic 

You  may  send  it  when  (whenever;  you  like. 


1.  See  2,  on  page  272. 


i  u.  f.  a.  stands  for  unb  fo  wetter  and  means  and  to  forth. 


CONJtJtfCTlONS.  275 

2.  SBenn  must  often  be  translated  if,  e.g.,  SBenn  eg  fcfyneit, 
(fo)  ttnrb  er  ftcl)  gerotp  erfalten,  jf/"  it  snows,  (why)  he  certainly 
witt  catch  cold. 

(So  is  inserted  or  omitted  with  n?cnn  just  as  with  ba,  see 
page  273. 

When  the  condition  introduced  by  toenn  is  more  likely 
than  not,  not  to  be  realised,  the  verb  of  the  condition  is 
put  in  the  subjunctive,  e.g.,  <Sie  wtrben  jtc^  fefyr  frcuen,  roenu 
er  fame,  You  would  be  very  glad  if  he  should  (were  to) 
come,  (but  it  seems  as  if  he  were  not  coming),  on  the  other 
hand,  (Sie  luerben  u.  f.  w.,  roenn  er  fommt,  You  will,  etc.,  if 
he  comes  (and  it  seems  as  likely  as  not  he  may). 

WORDS. 

ba$  ©efangnifj,  the  prison  auSlofdjen,  to  put  out 

ba3  ©emitter,  thunderstorm  ftoren,  to  disturb 

ber  ^auf,  the  bargain  toSbredjen,  to  break  loose 

bte  ^fli^t,  the  duty  ^lunbern,  to  plunder 

piinftttrf),  punctual  ^ogern,  to  hesitate 

bienen,  to  serve  benac^rt^ttgen,  to  inform 

fjeran'nafyen,  to  approach  e^rgei^tg,  ambitious 

ougiDcidjcn,  to  avoid  berbeffern,  to  mend 

bunfel,  dark  erftaunt,  astonished 

itberfal'Ien,  to  overtake,  attack  gegemnarttg,  present 

READING  EXERCISE  94. 

1.  5lte  id)  na^  £>aufe  fant,  ging  id^  gu  Sett.  3$  fdjtief  nocfj,  al8 
mein  Sebieuter  in'^  Dimmer  trat  ®obatb  (at^)  tc^  ben  Srief 
empfangen  ^atte,  rei|te  icf)  ab.  3)ie  ©otbaten  pliinberten  bte  Stabt, 
bis  ber  ©euerat  i^nen  ein  ,3ie(  (end)  fe(3te  (stopped  them).  SBarten 
(Sie,  bi^  id)  angeftetbet  bin.  X»a  ber  s^rbeiter  fcljr  fleiftig  war,  (fo) 
Jcurbe  er  gut  bejafjtt.  2)te  3)iebe  merben  in  bie  ©efangniffe  gebrad)t, 
bamit  fte  nic^t  me|r  fte^ten.  (Sh,e  (or  beoor)  man  ein  neue^  ^(eib  an^ 
gie^t,  mu§  man  bie  ^pa'nbe  rein  luafdjen.  <3o  lange  bie  9J?en(d)en 
gefunb  (inb,  benfen  fie  felten  [baran],  bag  fie  aud)  !ranf  toerben 
fonnen. 


276  CONJUNCTIONS. 


2.  2ftan  toeift  nid)t,  ob  bte  <3terne  bettofjnt  fmb  ober  nidjt. 
fprad)  nut  tfynt,  obgletd)  (or  obfdjon)  id)  iljn  nid)t  fannte. 
fatten  n>ir  ben  ©ipfct  be3  23erge3  beftiegen,  al$  ba3  ©etuttter  toSbrad). 
(58  ift  etn  Icidjter  $auf,  ttenn  Jreunbe  burd)  ©iite  geroonnen  hjerbcn. 
2)te  gegemuavtige  3ett  ift  bte  befte,  toeil  fte  itnfere  eigcnc  (own)  ift 
3)ie  nnlben  (9anfe  ftnb  fdpucr  311  fdjtejjen,  mii  fte  fdjneU  unb  fefyr  ^oc^ 
fltegen.  2Benn  man  bte  ©efafjr  ^eranna^en  fteb/t,  fo  fann  man  ib,r  au^* 
loetdjen;  abev  tuenn  fte  un«  fc^tafenb  iiberftittt,  fo  wtrb  fte  unS  ftd)erlid) 
berberben. 


95. 

"When  I  arrived  here,  "it  Jwas  quite  dark.  As  (since)  he 
does  not  work,  I  shall  give  him  nothing.  Put  out  the  candle, 
before  you  go  to  bed.  I  wish  you  (id)  bttte  <2ie)  to  wait  till  I 
have  done  my  exercise.  Since  (ba  or  feitbem,  according  to  the 
sense)  I  have  lost  my  friend,  I  am  quite  alone.  He  told  me 
that  the  child  was  dead.  I  see  that  you  have  not  yet  finished 
your  business.  She  has  been1  very  well,  since  she  has  been1 
in  (anf)  the  country.  I  am  astonished,  that  you  have  not  yet 
departed.  Since  (ba)  you  are  my  friend,  you  will  not  hesitate 
to  tell  me  the  truth.  Is  it  possible  that  he  has  arrived  already 
(fdjon)  ?  After  I  had  breakfasted,  I  took  a  walk,  although  it 
rained  a  little.  The  city  [of]  Paris  has  become  much  more 
beautiful  since  (feit)  you  saw  (have  seen)  it.  As  soon  as  thtf 
general  arrives,  you  will  inform  us  of  it  Has  he  not  asked 
you,  if2  you  had  [a]  mind  (£tifi)  to  take  a  walk  with  him? 

96. 

I  was  scarcely  ten  years  old  when  I  lost  my  father.  The 
more  I  study  German,  the  more  a  I  l  like  this  language.  "When 
you  are  ready,  we  will  take  a  walk  (fpa^ieren  gefyen).  There  will 
always  be  wars  among  men  (nnter  ben  Sftenfdjen)  as  long  as  they 
are  ambitious.  I  do  not  know  whether  he  is  rich  or  poor. 
Pardon  your  enemies  (dot.),  since  God  pardons  you  also.  Ask 
him,  if2  he  will  sell  his  horse.  Why  did  you  sleep  so  long? 
I  slept  so  long  because  I  was  very  tired.  I  will  pardon  you, 
if  you  promise  me  (dot.)  to  be  more  punctual  in  future. 
Though  we  did  not  make  the  world,  we  may  help  [to]  mend 

i  German  nses  the  present  (not  the  perfect)  to  express  what  "  has  been  and  still  is  " 
(Whitney).  The  sentence  above  means,  She  has  been  and  still  is,  etc.  So  rjflo  the  im- 
perfect and  not  the  pluperfect  for  what  had  been  and  still  was. 

*  When  if  means  whether,  it  must  bo  translated  06. 


CONJUNCTIONS. 


277 


it.  If  you  are  poor,  do  not  wish  to  seem  rich.  The  master 
will  not  pardon  him,  until  he  improves  ((id)  bcffert).  He  will 
never  learn,  since  he  is  idle.  While  I  was  there,  tranquility 
prevailed  (ijerrfdjte)  in  the  country.  I  do  not  know  how  he 
will  get  rid  of  it  (eg  log  toerben  nnrb). 

b)  Combinations  of  two  Subordinative  Conjunctions. 


alg  big,  until 
alg  ob,      |  as  if    (takes 
alg  ftenn, }      subj.) 
alg  baft,  but  that,  but 
cmftatt  bag,  instead  of 
aiif  baft,  in  order  that 
big  (baft),  till,  until 
t  banttt  —  ntd)t,  lest l 
tm  gall  (baft),  in  case 
je  -  -  befto,  the  —  the 

the  comp.) 
je  nadjbem,  according  as 
gletd)  tutc,  fo  trie,  just  as 
ofnie  baft,  without,  but2 
felbft  toenn,  even  if 


the 


.fo  baft,  so  that 

ttne  —  aud),     )  however    (with 
fo  —  aud),        >    an  adj.  or  adv. 
fo  fefyr  —  aud),  )    between) 
t>orauggefet3t  baft,  supposing,  pro- 
vided that 


ttoofern 


(with 


nid)t,    ) 
—  ntdjt,  j 


•,     , 
u 


. 

t  toenn  —  nur,  provided 

t  trenn  —  aud)  nod)  fo,  though  (or 

if)  ever  so 
urn  311  (with  the  inf.),  in  order  to. 


OBSERVATIONS. 

1.  Those  of  the  above  combinations  marked  t  require 
the  second  component  to  be  placed  after  the  subject,  and 
if  there  are  personal  pronouns,  also  after  these,  as : 

©cl)cn  Sic  fd)nett,  batnit  @te  ntdjt1  iiberrafdjt  tterben. 

Go  quick,  lest  you  be  surprised. 

SSenn  er  mid)  nid)t  begafylt  jc.,  Unless  he  pays  me,  etc. 

SBenn  er  aud)  nod)  fo  mete  33ud)er  fya'tte  :c. 

Though  he  had  ever  so  many  books,  etc. 


i  Lest  in  the  sense:  for  fear  of,  after  a  negative  clause,  is  sometimes  translated  au8 
Surest  (fca&)-  After  the  verb  to  fear,  furd^ten,  it  cannot  be  translated  bamtt  —  nidjt,  but 
must  be  rendered  simply  by  baft.  Ex.: 

I  did  not  go  there,  lest  I  should  disturb  him  (au8  gurctyt  i§n  ju  floren}. 
I  feared  lest  he  should  die,  id)  furd)tete  baj)  er  jlerben  mcc^te. 
»  The  French  sans  que. 

3  Unless,  is  sometimes  e§  fei  benn,  ba|,  but  this  is  rather  antiquated;  it  occurs  often  la 
Luther's  translation  of  the  Bible. 


278  CONJUNCTIONS. 

2.  Not  to  know  but  has  to  be  translated  by  a  periphra- 
sis.    Ex.  : 

I  don't  know  but  (that)  he  is  alive  stilL 
3d)  tDCtfc  nid)t,  meUetdjt  (perhaps)  lebt  et  nod). 


3.  2ll£  bap  is  further  used  to  translate   the  English 
infinitive  after  too  .  .  .for  .  .  .  Ex.  : 

• 

This  news  is  too  good  for  me  to  believe  it. 

£)iefe  9?ad)rid)t  tft  gu  gut,  ate  baft  id)  fte  glauben  fonntc. 

4  £)l)ne  ta§  corresponds  to  the  English  but  in  such 
phrases  as  the  following  : 

Not  an  hour  passes,  but  I  see  him. 

(£3  bergeljt  feme  ©tunbe,  ofyne  ba§  id)  Ujn  felje. 

5.  3e  and  bejlo  are  used  as  follows.    Notice  the  order. 

3e  meljr  (3tc  f)cute  lernen,  bejlo  me^r  rttffen  <3ie  morgett 

The  more  you  learn  to-day,  the  more  you  know  to-morrow. 

6.  The  dash  between  fo  fefyr  —  aud)  in  the  list  above  in- 
dicates the  place  for  the  personal  pronouns.  If  the  subject 
is  a  noun,  fo  fefyr  aud)  need  not  be  separated  : 

(So  feljr  id)  ifjn  aud)  gebeten  Ija&e. 
Much  as  I  have  begged  him. 
(So  fet)r  audj  mein  35atet  iljn  gebeten  l^at. 
Much  as  my  father  has  begged  him. 

7.  2Bic  —  aud),  fo  —  aud),  take  the  adjective  or  adverb 
between  them,  as  : 

2Bie  reid)  aud)  (or  fo  reid)  aud))  3%  33ater  fein  mag. 
However  rich  your  father  may  be. 
(So  fd)5n  c8  aud)  fcin  mag,  fo  fann  e§  mir  bod)  nid)t3  nii^en. 
However  handsome  it  may  be,  it  cannot  be  of  any  use 
to  me. 


CONJUNCTIONS.  279 

8.  Examples  of  the  use  of  fonrie  and  gleidjttrie: 

(So  tote  bte  <Sonne  tfyre  ©trafyten  aitf  bte  Srbe  fenbet. 
As  the  sun  darts  his  beams  upon  the  earth,  etc. 
3)er  9?etb,  gletd)  tote  jcbe  anberc  i'ctbenfdjaft  :c. 
Envy  as  well  as  every  other  passion,  etc. 

c)  Interrogative  Adverbs. 

Interrogative  adverbs  may  be  used  as  conjunctions  to 
introduce  indirect  questions. 

toann,  when  tote  lange,  how  long  toortn,  wherein 

toaritnt,  why  too,  where  tooran,  whereat 

toeftfyalb,     (  where-  tooljer,  whence  toobet,  whereby 

toefctoeqen,  j    fore  toofytn,  whither  tooDon,  whereof 

tote,  how  toobttrcf),  whereby1  tooraitf,  whereupon 

totemet,  how  much  toomtt,  wherewith1  toorunter,  among 

which,  etc. 

EXAMPLES. 

^ragen  (Ste  t^n,  toann  tdj  tf)n  ju  ^attfe  ftnben  toerbe.s 
3d)  toet^  ntdjt,  toarum  er  metnen  Srtef  ntrf)t  er^alten  ^at 
©agen  @te  mtr,  tote  lange  <Ste  ba  geblteben  finb. 
<Ste  fonnen  btetben,  too  <Stc  fmb. 
SBtffen  @te,  too^er  er  fommt  ? 

tft  ba^  §ait8,  toobon  <Ste  geftern  gefprodjen  ^aben. 


NOTE.  —  Observe  that  it  is  often  better  to  finish  the  principal  clause 
before  the  subordinate  clause  is  begun.    It  would  be  clumsy  to  say: 
id),  ttnemel  @te  Bejaljlt  Ijafcen,  ftagen  ? 

I  have  not  been  told  where  he  has  gone. 

3Kan  Ijat  mit  nidjt  gefagt,  ivo^tn  cr  gegangen  ifl. 
not  :  3Kan  ^at  mtr  ntdjt,  i»o^m  er  gegangen  ifl,  gefagt. 

WORDS. 

bte  S^at,  the  act,  deed  tafterfyaft,  vicious 

bte  <2td)erl)ett,  security  fid)  jurii^teb.en  (refl.\  to  retire 

bte  Unru^e,  uneasiness  fdjoben,  to  injure,  to  hurt 

bte  33eletbtgung,  the  insult  befreten,  to  hberate 

bag  Sofegelb,  the  ransom  ertangen,  to  obtain 

lOr,  by  what,  with  what,  etc.,  etc. 

?  Tie  direct  <juestion  would  be  :  SBann  roerbe  l^  i^n  ju  J^aufe  fmbeij? 


280  CONJUNCTIONS. 

itngefdjirft,  awkward  fyerrfdjenb,  dominant 

berouuberngtuurbtg,  admirable  broken,  to  threaten 

bte  Scibenfdjaft,  the  passion  ftreben,  to  strive 

bcr  SBeiftonb,  the  assistance  bertrauen,  to  trust 

l)etrptf)en,  to  marry  bifligen,  to  approve  (of) 

ft,  doubtful,  dubious  gufdjreiben,  to  attribute. 


HEADING  EXERCISE   97. 

1.  (5$  fdjehtt  mir,  at$  ob  (or  alg  luenn)  id)  biefen  §errn  fdjon 
gefefyen  fya'tte.  £>iefe  23eleibigung  ift  gu  gro§,  alS  bafj  id)  ©tiflfrfjttmgen 
beobadjten  fonnte.     3d)  tteife  nid)t  anberS,  ate  bafj  feme  ®efd)afte  gut 
gefyen.    9Jiein  getnb  I)at  mid)  311  jefyr  beleibtgt,  al«  bafe  id)  ib^m  ber= 
get^en  fonnte.    Karl  fptclt,  anftatt  ba§  er  feine  ^lufgabe  lernt.   Sartcn 
(Ste,  big  ba§  id)  fcrtig  bin.     -fteljmen  @ie  einen  ^egenfdjtrm,  bamit 
(Sic  nid)t  na^  luerben.    3d)  toerbe  ib^m  bie  (Srlaiibntg  nid)t  geben, 
tocnn  er  oud)  nod)  fo  feljr  btttet    Oe  laftertjafter  bie  SRenfdjen  finb/ 
befto  mefyr  Unrub^e  b^aben  fie. 

2.  3e  falter  bie  ?uft  ift,  beflo  meb^r  toiegt  fie;  |e  toarmer  fte  ifl,  bcfto 
leidjter  ift  fte.    3)u  toirft  betob^nt  werbcn,  |e  nad)bem  bit  fleifeiq  bift, 
S)icfer  junge  JDZenfd)  ift  feljr  ungefdjidt  ;  er  nimmt  nie  (StroaS  in  ^ie 
^anb,  otjne  ba§  er  e§  ^erbridjt.     2Bir  !onnen  biefe  5lufgabe  nid)t 
madjen,  loenn  ©ie  nn§  nid)t  fyetfen.     3e  me^r  @ie  mir  broken,  befto 
ioeniger  tuerbe  id)  Sfynen  ge^ordjen.     !J)er  ©efangene  n?irb  feine  $ret* 
^eit  nid)t  ertangen,  toenn  er  nid)t  ein  b^ob.eg  £bfegelb  be^ab^tt.    SSie 
gro§  aud)  ber  9tub,m  btefeg  gurften  fein  mag,  ber  feineS  Waters  war 
nod)  grower. 


It  seems  to  me  as  if  I  had  seen  you  somewhere.  Give  me 
your  letter  that  (in  order  that)  I  [may]  send  it  to  the  (aitf  bie) 
post-office.  He  says  he  will  not  marry  until  he  has  a  pro- 
fession (einen  SBeruf).  In  case  you  want  my  assistance,  call  me. 
Head  it  twice,  lest  you  forget  it.  The  lady  must  be  careful, 
lest  she  fall  (pres.  subj.).  The  merchant  will  sell  much  or 
little  according  as  the  price  is  high  or  low.  The  longer  you 
(man)  sleep,  the  lazier  you  become.  The  more  frequently  you 
practise  what  you  had  in  your  music  lesson,  the  better  2  you 
1will  play  it  He  cannot  play  but  (transl.  without  that)  he 
hurts  himself  (fid)).  Get  in  without  his  seeing  you  (transl. 
without  that  he  sees  you).  The  plebeians  (bie  ^lebejer)  in- 
tended to  leave  Rome,  in  case  the  patricians  (bie  ipati^ier)  did 


CONJUNCTIONS.  281 

not  keep  their  word.  "We  will  not  go  unless  she  invites  us. 
Ronr.ilus  disappeared  without  any  one's  knowing  in  (auf,  ace.) 
what  manner  he  had  perished. 

99. 

1.  We  shall  not  go  into  the  (auf  bo§)  country  unless  he  con- 
sents to  come  with  us.    The  night  came,  so  that  I  was  obliged 
to  retire.     Though  he  is  very  learned,  nevertheless  he  is  not 
vain.     Nobody  can  trust  you  (dot.),  unless  you  bring  good 
security.      My  friend   said  he   would  lend  me  a  hundred 
pounds,  provided  I  would  give  them  back  to  him  within  (in) 
three  months.     However  admirable  the  act  of  William  TelJ 
may  have  been  by  (bttrd))  which  he  liberated  his  country  from 
a  cruel  tyrant,  its  morality  (ifyr  fittltd)er  SBertl))  is  dubious.    I 
cannot  do  it  unless  you  help  me.     Provided  you  know  the 
dominant  passion  of    any  one,  you  are  sure  to  please  him- 

2.  Unless  the  Lord  build  the  house,  they  labor  (fo  arbeiten 
btejentgen)  in  vain  who  build  it.     Though  you  [should]  have 
the  best  master  in  England,  if  you  do  not  learn  your  grammar 
well  you  will  never  speak  good  German.      Tell  me,  if  you 
please  (qefafligft),  where  I  [may]  find  your  umbrella.     I  do  not 
know  why  he  has  not  yet  written  to  me.     Ask  him  when  he 
will  come.     Although  Antiochus  approved  [of]  Hannibal's  ad- 
vice, syet  ahe  Vould  not  act  according  to  it  (barnarf)),  lest  the 
victory  should  (mod)te)  be  attributed  to  Hannibal,  and  not 

to  him. 


$onnett  (3tc  btefe  5lrbett  tljun?  9ftd)t  oljtte  ba§  @tc  mtr  Ijetfen. 
SSirb  ber  Strbeitcr  belofynt  tter* 

ben  ?  3a,  toenn  er  ftet^tg  tft. 

^ennen  <3te  mid)  ?  ^etn,  abcr  e3  fdjetnt  mtr,  atS  ob  tdj 

<Sie  fcfyon  gefefyen  Ijatte. 

2Burbc  ber  ®efangene  freigelaf*  -3o,  nadjbem  ec  ein  fyofyeS  S5fegelb 

fen?  be^It^atte. 

2Ber  ^at  btefen  ^naben  getobt?  (Soroofyt  ber  Skater  al3  bte  SJiutter. 
©tnb  @ie  geftern  fpagteren  ge* 

gangen?  Oa,  obfd^on  e§  geregnet  l)at. 

•3ft  Sorb  2JJ.  ein  geleljrter  3Wann  ?  @r  ift  fefjr  gele^rt;  beffenungeoditct 

tft  er  nicqt  ftol^. 
2Barum  pll  id)  biefe  Slufgabc 

nod)  etnmat  fdjretben  ?  2)antit  bit  fte  beffer  Icrneji. 


282  PREPOSITIONS. 

28a3   fatten  (think)  (2>ie  toon  3d)  gtaube,  baft  er  ein  redjtfdjaffe* 

£>errn  SBeife  ?  ner  2ftann  ift. 

3ft    e3    gefimb    (wholesome),  9Mn,  je  longer  man  fdjlaft,  befio 

lange  311  f  djlafen  ?  trager  unrb  man. 

SStrb  ber  Sefyrer  tfjm  tier3eib/en?  -Kid)!  eb,er,  ate  big  er  fid)  beffert. 

^>aben  (2ie  mid)  fjier  erroartet?  ^etnegroegg  ;  befto  mefyr  freue  i^ 

mic^,  (Sie  ^ier  3u  finben. 

S5?irb  ber  ftiirft  ^ter  bleiben?  3d)  3tt>eifle,  ob  er  b,ier  bleiben  hnrb. 

Soil  id)  3t)nen  3b,r  S3itc^  3urucf*  3e  e^er  @ie  eS  t^un,  befto  ange* 

fdjtrfen?  ne^mer  njirb  e8  mir  fcin. 

3ft  bcr  $ranfe  aufgeflanben  ?  3a,  obgteic^  ber  2lr3t  eg  i^m  t)er« 

botcn  f)at. 
Stiffen    @ie,  niarum    er   nic^t 

lommt?  (Sr  ^at  eg  mir  md)t  gefagt 


THIRTY-SEVEfTTH  LESSON. 

PREPOSITIONS. 

(Bon  ben  SJormorttrn.) 

1.  Prepositions  with  the  Accusative. 

big,  till  oljne,  without,  but  for 

burd),  through,  by  fonber,  without  (rare) 

fiir,  for  um,  about,  round,  at 

gegen,1  towards,  against,  to  toiber,  against 

The  adverbs : 
entlang,  along  ^inbnrd^,  through 

M'   UP  S-"ab;      [down. 

^mauf,  j    *  ^inuntcr,  ) 

and  other  compounds  of  tyer  and  tym  are  used  with  the 
accusative,  but  follow  it 

EXAMPLES. 

35itrdj  bog  Xb,or,  Through  the  gate. 

3)urd)  n)eld)e  SKittet?  By  what  means? 

ftiir  3^re  ©cfittjeficr,  For  your  sister. 

©egen  mid),  Against  me. 


i  There  is  an  old  expression :  gen  Qimmel,  up  to  heaven,  for  gegen  ben  $immc(. 


PREPOSITIONS.  283 

©egen  ba§  ©ebtrge,  Towards  the  mountains. 

£>f)ne  etnen  pfennig,  Without  a,penny. 

Urn  bie  <2tabt,  About  the  town. 

Urn  ben  £tfd),  About  the  table. 

SBiber  feincn  SBttten,  Against  his  will. 

!£>te  <3tiege  In'nauf  —  fytnimter,  Up  stairs,  down  stairs. 

2)en  gfof  enticing,  Along  the  river. 

2.  Prepositions  with  the  Dative. 

,  out  of,  from  na'djjt,  junadjft,  next 

r,  except,  besides  nebft,  fammt,  together  with 

bet,  near,  with  by,  at  fett,  since,  for 

btnnen,  within  ( of  time)  toon,  from,  of,  by 

nut,  with  bon  —  on,  from,  since 

nad),  after,  according  to  gu,  to,  at 

ob,  on  account  of  (obsolete)  big  311,  till,  as  far  as. 

Further : 

cntgegen,  against  jufofge/  according  to 

gegenuber,  opposite  to  mhnber      -i in  °PP°sition 
gemci^,  according  to  '      |  contrary  to. 

which   are   placed  after  their  substantives.     When  ttddj 
means  according  to,  it  also  may  follow  its  noun. 

EXAMPLES. 

bem  £mufe  ((Garten),  Out  of  the  house,  from  the  garden. 
er  etnetn  Coffer,  Besides  a  portmanteau. 
33et  ntetnem  ^reunbe,  At  my  friend's  (with  my  friend). 
33  ei  unferer  21'nfitnft,  On  our  arrival 
SBtnnen  tuentgen  SKtnitten,  Within  a  few  minutea 
311  bem  nacfjften  !Dorfc,  As  far  as  the  next  village. 

ber  <Srf)tad)t,  After  the  battle. 

btefer  9?eget,  According  to  this  rule. 

inetner  9)?einung,  In  my  opinion. 
j£>em  fitter  narf),  According  to  age. 
^a'djft  (5unacf)(t)  bem  §itge(,  Next  the  hill. 
9?ebft  (fammt)  meinen  ^tnbern,  Together  with  my  children. 


is  generally  employed  with  the  genitive  case,  but  when  placed  after  th« 
substantive,  it  governs  the  dative.     Ex..  ^ufolge  3tyre3  SJitfttaaeS  (SBefe§l8),  OP 
e,  according  to  your  order. 


284  PREPOSITIONS. 


Sett  jener  3e^,  Since  (from)  that  time. 

mditeit  (Sltent,  By  (from)  my  parents. 

iliubl)eit  an,  From  childhood. 
Sr  fam  jit  mtr,  He  came  to  me  (to  my  house). 
•Diehtcn  $cfef)(en  entgegen,  Against  my  orders. 
£)em  sJJatf)b,aufe  gegeniiber,  Opposite  the  town-halL 
Ofyrem  ^Bimfcfje  gemcifj,  According  to  your  wish. 
S)cm  Sefeljle  beg  $omgg  gwmber,  Contrary  to  the  order  of 

the  king. 

WORDS. 

ber  ^ugbogel,  ^e  bird  of  pas-  ber  Strom,  the  stream 

sage  fpc^teren  gefyen,  to  walk 

ber  ^fau,  the  peacock  ber  ^piigel,  the  hill. 
bie  SBrilcfe,  the  bridge 

READING  EXERCISE  100. 

(Sin  ®anarien&oget  flog  burcf)  ba3  ^enfter  unb  fe^tc  fid)  auf  etnctt 
S3aum.  3)er  ^nabe  f)at  gegen  ben  Saum  gefc^offen.  ®et  ^bflt^ 
gegen  3ebermann.  3)er  §unb  lief  eintge  SJiate  um  ba^  §au§  ((jerunt) 
unb  fud^te  feinen  §errn.  3>r  ^irfd)  rul)tc  tm  ©fatten  enter  (Stdje. 
3)te  3u9^oget  berlaffen  un$  tm  §erbft  (autumn)  unb  fefyren  tm 
ling  gu  un3  juriirf.  3fofep^  tfl  lod^renb  etntger  £t'\t  Sftatte  bet 
pb,ar  geh>efen.  jDie  ^amtlte  beg  Sorb  33.  woijnt  auf  bem  £anbe. 
^fau  tft  ber  fdjonfte  unter  ben  ^Sogetn. 

»uf9a6c  101. 

1.  I  went  through  the  forest.  This  book  is  for  your  brother. 
Go  round  the  garden.     I  got  this  package  (^cfdjen)  by  a  mes- 
senger, it  is  for  you.    Let  us  walk  through  the  town.   Nobody 
can  swim  against  the  stream.     The  ball  rolled  down  the  hill. 

2.  Somebody  has  taken  my  purse  out  of  my  pocket.     Lord 
E.  wishes  to  go  to  France.     He  will  depart  within  the  next 
week.    I  shall  go  out  after  (the)  dinner.     Where  does  that 
gentleman  live?     He  lives  near  the  bridge,  opposite  the 
church. 

3.  Prepositions  with  the  Genitive  case. 

anftatt  or  ftatt,  instead  of  um  —  totflen,  for  the  sake  of 

aujjerljalb,  without,  outside        unbefdjabet,  without  prejudice  ta 


PREPOSITIONS.  285 

bieffettS,  on  this  side  of  trofc,1  in  spite  of 

Ijalber  or  Ijalben,  for  the  sake  of  ungead)tet,''!  notwithstanding 

jenfeitci,  on  the  other  side  of       umoett  (unfern),  not  far  from 

innerljalb,  within  (place)  toennpge,  by  means  of 

fraft,  by  virtue  of  toermittelft  (mtttelft),  by  means  of 

IcingS,  along  ttmljrenb,  during 

tout,  according  to  toegen,2  on  account  of 

oberfyalb,  above  jufolge,  in  accordance  with. 

unterfyalb,  below 

EXAMPLES. 

Sfnftatt  etne§  SrtefeS,  Instead  of  a  letter. 
5lu§erl)alb  ber  ©tabt,  Without  (outside)  the  town. 
2)ieffeitS  be3  $luffe3,  On  this  side  of  the  river. 
•3enfeitS  beg  2fteere3,  Beyond  the  sea. 
•Snnerfyalb  ber  Sftauer,  Within  the  wall 
£)berb,atb  ber  ^Briicfe,  Above  the  bridge. 
Unterfyalb  beg  3)orfe8,  Below  the  village,  etc. 

4.  Prepositions  with  the  Dative  and  Accusative. 

There  are  nine  prepositions  which  govern  sometimes 
the  dative  and  sometimes  the  accusative.  They  are  all 
prepositions  of  place,  though  many  of  them  are  used  also 
to  express  relations  of  time,  etc. 

They  take  the  dative  when  there  is  no  question  at  all 
of  motion,  e.g.,  His  hands  are  in  his  pockets,  There  was 
no  traitor  among  you, — and  also  when  the  motion  is 
spoken  of  as  taking  place  (i.e.,  not  ending  merely)  at, 
upon,  behind,  etc.,  something,  e.g.,  They  run  about  at  home, 
He  was  walking  behind  the  walL 

They  take  the  accusative  when  the  object  of  the  pre- 
position is  spoken  of  as  the  end  or  goal  of  the  motion, 

1  fiingS,  trofc  and  juf ctge  are  sometimes  used  with  the  dative,  as :  tro(}  meinem  83efe$I,  in 
spite  of  my  order.    See  foot-note  p.  283. 

2  ttnflead)tet  and  roegen  may  be  placed  after  their  nouns,  as :  reegen  meiner  S^re  or  ntetnei 
Ctrc  iccgen,  on  account  of  my  honor.    §alber  or  fatten  (rather  rare)  always  follows  iU 
noun. 


286  PKEPOSITIONS. 

e.g.,  He  sprang  among  the  combatants,  They  went  behind 

the  screen. 

Ueber,  however,  takes  the  accusative  in  such  phrases  as 
across  t/ie  river  (although  the  river  is  not  the  place  where 
the  motion  ends)  and  indeed  in  every  other  sense  except 
that  of  rest  upon  or  above. 

These  nine  prepositions  are : 

an,  at,  on  iiber,   over,   above;    (with  the 
ouf,  upon,  on  ace.),  across 

fyinter,  behind  imter,  under,  among 

in,  in;  (with  the  ace.),  into  Dor,  before,  ago1 

neben,  beside,  by  the  side  of  gtmfcfjen,  between. 

EXAMPLES. 

2Btr  ftefjen  an  bent  ^u^e  (dot.)  beg  33erge£. 

We  stand  at  the  foot  of  the  mountain. 

SStr  fteflten  ung  an  bag  (ace.)  Xfyor. 

We  placed  ourselves  at  the  gate. 

(Sr  fyatte  einen  £mt  aitf  bent  $opfe  (dot.). 

He  had  a  hat  on  his  head. 

(Sejje  bid)  auf  biefen  (gtufyl  (ace.). 

Sit  down  (place  yourself)  on  this  chair. 

3)ie  gifrfje  leben  in  bent  (im)  SBaffer. 

The  fish  live  in  the  water. 

S)o«  $inb  ift  in  bag  (in'S)  2Baffer  gefaflen. 

The  child  has  fallen  into  the  water. 

$)er  ^of  ift  neben  bent  ^aufe. 

The  yard  is  near  (by)  the  house. 

•3d)  legte  bag  33urf)  neben  mid^. 

I  laid  the  book  beside  me. 

2Btr  fefcten  iiber  ben  gtu§. 

We  crossed  the  river. 

2)er  £mnb  Uegt  unter  bent  Sif^c. 

The  dog  lies  under  the  table. 

3)te  $ofee  froc^  unter  bag  SBett. 

The  cat  crept  under  the  bed. 

i  Sot*  used  of  time,  always  takes  the  dative 


PREPOSITIONS.  287 

3dj  ftanb  uor  bem  Slufgana.1  ber  Sonne  auf. 
I  got  up  before  sunrise. 
j£)te  Xriuipen  riicften  toor  bte  ©tabt. 
The  troops  marched  to  the  town. 
Rrotfcfjen  bem  £wgel  imb  bem  SBadje. 
Between  the  hill  and  the  brook. 
|)ange  baS  SBUb  jtmfdjen  bte  gluei  ^enfter. 
Hang  the  picture  between  the  two  windows. 

NOTE. — To  fix  a  limit,  these  prepositions  may  be  preceded  by  615, 
answering  to  the  English  as  far  as  or  to,  as:  big  nacf)  9tom,  as  far  as 
Home;  big  an  bte  or  big  jur  ©renje,  to  the  frontier;  big  auf  ben  33erg,  to  the 
top  of  the  mountain. 

OBSERVATIONS. 

It  is  difficult  for  an  Englishman  or  American  to  use  the 
prepositions  in  German  correctly,  or  even  having  dis- 
covered the  right  preposition  to  be  sure  what  case  to  put 
after  it.  Thus  we  say  to  bdieve  in  and  to  doubt  of,  the  Ger- 
man to  believe  on  (an)  and  to  doubt  on ;  we  say,  That 
belongs  in  the  corner,  the  German,  That  belongs  into 
(in  with  the  ace.)  the  corner.  The  student  should, 
in  the  first  place,  cultivate,  from  the  beginning,  a 
habit  of  grammatical  observation  while  reading  German 
or  listening  to  spoken  German,  and,  in  the  second,  con- 
sider whether  the  English  usage  is  the  logical  one.  It  is 
evident  for  instance  that  He  put  his  hand  in  his  pocket 
really  means  He  put  his  hand  into  his  pocket,  and  that 
the  German  in  must  in  this  instance  be  followed  by  the 
accusative. 

At. 

a)  Before  the  name  of  a  town,  in,  e.g.,  at  Prenzlau,  in 
^renjlau.  (We  say  in  in  English  also,  provided  the  town 
is  a  large  one,  e.g.,  in  Boston.) 

6)  At  the  castle,  auf  bem  <5rf)lof$. 
At  market,  auf  bem  2Jiarfte. 

i  See  the  foot-note  p.  286. 


288  PREPOSITIONS. 

At  the  post-office,  auf  ber  ^oft. 
At  the  ball,  auf  bem  33afl. 

The  accusative  after  auf,  e.fj.,  auf  t>en  2ftarft.  of  course 
means  to  market,  etc. 

c)  At  -with  the  time  of  the  day  or  night  is  itm,  e.g^  at 
three  o'clock,  urn  brei  U^r. 

d)  At  is  in  in 

3m  3lnfcmg,  at  the  beginning  (but  am  (Snbe,  at  the  end). 
3m  Sllter  Don  fedjjtg  3af)ten,  at  the  age  of  sixty  years. 

e)  At  is  jit  in  at  home,  ju  £aufe. 

By. 

f)  By  followed  by  the  name  of  the  agent,  with  the 
passive  voice,  is  »0tt,  e.g.,  I  am  loved  by  my  father,  3$ 
roerbe  »on  meinem  SSoter  gelicbt. 

gr)  5y  denoting  neighborhood,  is  bet,  e.g.,  By  the  house 
stands  a  tree,  33ei  bem  ^)aufe  fte^t  ein  S3aum. 


h)  By  in  the  sense  of  by  means  of,  is  bitrcfy,  e.gr.,  By 
practice,  turd)  Ucbung. 

t)  ^y  Zawc?  is  JU  ?ant>,  and  6y  ivater,  Jit  SBajfer. 

In  and  Into. 

j)  As  has  been  said  already,  in  is  Tery  frequently 
translated  in  with  the  dative,  and  into  in  with  the  accusa- 
tive. 

&)  In  German  is  auf  Deutjfy  and  in  the  country,  auf  t>eftl 


On. 


Z)  On  the  table,  auf  bem  S;if^. 
On  the  floor,  auf  bem 


PBETOSIT10NS.  289 

On  the  tree,  auf  bem  23aum. 

Frankfort  on  the  Main,  granffurt  am  2ftam. 

On  Tuesday,  am  Stcnftag  (or  simply  SDtenftag). 

On  the  first  of  May,  am  erften  2Jiai  (or  simply  ben  erften 

Slit). 

On  my  arrival,  bet  meiner  Slnfunft. 
On  this  occasion,  bet  btefer  ©elegenfjeit. 
On  horseback,  gu  ^Jferbe. 
On  that  condition,  unter  biefer  33ebtngtutg. 

To. 

m)  To  followed  by  a  proper  noun  which  is  the  name  of 
a  place,  is  nad),  e.g.,  to  Germany,  nad)  £)eittfd)lanb;  to 
Berlin,  nad)  ^Berlin.  So  also  home  (meaning  to  one's  home) 
is  nad)  $aitfe. 

n)  To  a  person  or  a  person's  is  JU,  e.g.,  Come  to  me, 
$ommen  (Sne  Jit  mir  ;  I  am  going  to  my  uncle's  for  vaca- 
tion, 3$  gefye  ju  meinem  OnFel  fur  bie  gerien. 

o)  To  followed  by  the  name  of  a  place  not  a  proper 
noun,  is  an  with  the  accusative  (but  see  b  at  the  end  and 
m  at  the  end,  also  p),  e.g.,  To  the  railway,  an  bie  @ifen* 
bafyn  ;  to  the  bridge,  an  bie  33ru'cf  e. 

p)  To  followed  by  the  name  of  a  building  which  one 
enters,  is  in  with  the  accusative,  e.g.,  To  church,  in 


With. 

q)  With  denoting  companionship,  is  ttttt,  e.g.,  John  with 
his  wife  and  children,  3o^nn  mit  feiner  grau  unb  ftinberru 

r)  With  meaning  at  tfie  hoitse  of,  is  bet,  e.g.,  He  lives  with 
me,  (£r  roofynt  bei  mir. 

s)  With  meaning  in  the  case  of,  among,  is  bet,  e.g.,  With 
the  Prussians  it  is  otherwise,  33ei  ben  ^>reu£en  iji  e$  anbera: 
S3ei  un^  nrirb  man  nid^t  franf, 


290  PREPOSITIONS. 

Further  information  concerning  the  prepositions  ia 
given  in  the  49th  Lesson. 

WORDS. 

bte  tt>ei$e  9fttbe,  the  turnip  Dottfommen,  perfect 

ber33efef)l,the  order,  command  bte  geftung,  the  fortress 

ber  odjrtftfteUer,  the  writer  bte  $opelle,  the  chapel 

bte  $orftellung,  the  remonstrance  ber  SJerluft,  the  loss 

ba$  £anbgut,  the  estate  ber  ^ittjpfab,  the  foot-path 

f ett  racmn,  how  long  ?  betradjten,  to    look    at,    con- 

bte  ^etratt),  the  marriage  sider 

ftettern,  to  cHmb  betracfytltcf),  considerable 

aitStaufen,  to  set  sail  erfafyren,    to    learn,  to    hear 

ftd)  tJerfatnmeln,  to  assemble  (news). 

READING  EXERCISE  lOlb. 

2)te  $orf)tn  l)at  gelbe  SRiiben  (carrots)  gefocfjt  anfktt  toetfjet 
9?iiben.  3)te  3)amen  flnb  Idng§  be«  §Iuffe§  fpagteren  gegangen. 
S3or  fec^«  U^r  toerbe  t^  nt^t  noc^  §aufe  fommen  ;  warten  <Sie  Iteber 
(you  had  better  wait)  bt8  morgen.  SBegen  beiS  rotbrtgen  (contrary) 
SBtnbeS  fonnte  ba^  <Sd)iff  ntd^t  auSlaufen.  @ett  tnann  wo^nen  <3ie 
in  biefem  ^>aufe  ?  @ett  gtoet  SKonaten.  33et  JageSanbm^  gingen 
$olumbii8  unb  feme  ©efa^rten  an'«  £anb  unb  na^men  Seft^  (pos- 
session) oon  ber  Onfel  tm  "iftamen  be§  ^ijntgg  »on  (Spanien.  SBafj* 
renb  biefer  Seremonten  toerfammetten  ft<f)  bte  3fnbianer  ^aitfenroctfe  itm 
bte  ©pantet  unb  betrac^teten  batb  bte  fremben  n)et§en  Scanner,  batb 
bte  fcfjnrimmenben  ^ditfer,  auf  welc^en  jte  tiber  ba0  9Keer  gefommen 
toaren. 

9dtfgaBe  102. 

1.  I  shall  take  my  umbrella  instead  of  my  stick.  May  I 
send  my  daughter  instead  of  my  wife  ?  Why  did  you  go  to 
Baden  ?  I  went  there  on  account  of  my  health.  There  are  a 
great  many  (fefyr  toiele)  foreigners  at  Baden  during  the  summer; 
during  winter  there  are  fewer.  The  Royal  Garden  is  without 
the  town.  Mr.  B.  lives  on  the  other  side  of  the  river.  Ac- 
cording to  an  order  of  the  Emperor  Napoleon,  "several  French 
writers  Vere  'obliged  (mttfeten)  to  leave  France,  notwithstand- 
ing their  remonstrancea  We  obtained  the  permit  ((Srtaubntfe) 
by  means  of  your  aunt's  influence.  Mr.  P.  got  a  fine  estate 
by  (means  of)  his  marriage.  Richmond  lies  12  miles  above, 


291 


ftnd  Greenwich  5  miles  below  London  bridge  (ber  £onboner 
S3rit(fe).  Nothing  is  perfect  on  this  side  the  grave.  Not  far 
from  the  hill  stands  the  chapel.  He  takes  a  walk  notwith- 
standing the  bad  weather.  The  garden  is  situated  (liegt)  out- 
side the  town.  He  is  a  rich  man  in  spite  of  this  considerable 
loss. 

2.  "Who  knocks  at  the  door  ?  Put  the  flower-pot  before  my 
window.  To  (an)  whom  (ace.)  did  you  write  a  letter?  1 
wrote  to  the  duke  of  Wellington.  I  found  this  ring  before 
the  sofa.  Who  laid  this  book  on  my  table?  The  servant 
stood  at  (an)  the  door  of  the  house  and  looked  after  the  birds. 
This  old  man  is  above  (itber)  ninety  years  old.  The  enemy 
lay  six  months  before  the  fortress  which  was  built  on  the 
mountain.  Men  do  much  for  the  sake  of  (beg)  money.  The 
prisoner  looked  up  to  heaven.  According  to  the  king's  com- 
mand the  troops  must  march.  The  castle  of  the  duke  is  on 
the  other  side  of  the  river.  Along  the  river  there  is  a  foot- 
path ( 


2Bo  tooljnen  (live)  <Ste? 
2Belrf)e3  tft  ber  fdjonfte  itnter  ben 

SBogeln? 

2Bo  leben  bte  $(ffen? 
2Bol)ttt  flog  ber  $anartenr>ogel? 
2Bo  fa§  er  narfjfyer? 
SBann    berlaffen  bte  3u 

Suropa? 

gefyen  fte  ? 


nirfjt 


at  bte  ^ocfjtn  geforfjt? 
(Sic  metnen  § 
gefe^en? 
2Bo  finb  (£te  btefen  9)iorgen  ge* 

toefen? 
SSaritm  finb  (Sic  fo  trattrtg  ? 

S&o  finb  <Ste  bent  §errn  9^.  be* 

gegnet  (met)? 
&ft  ber  2)iann  ertrunfat  (drown- 

ed) ? 


3d)  toofjne  bet  bent  (Sdjtoffe. 

2)er  ''Pfau  gilt  (passes)   fiir  ben 

fd)onften  itnter  ben  SBogeln. 
3n  fyctfjcn  £iinbcrn. 
(Sr  flog  auf  euten  33aum. 
(5r  faft  anf  bent  2)adje. 
Ont  |>erbft,  t>or  bent  5lnfang  be§ 

2Bmterg. 
On    fitbltrf)e   (southern)    £a'nber, 

metftcnS  narf)  3lfrtfa. 
®elbe  9tuben  ftatt  ^artoffeln. 
2)od),  er  tft  eben  urn  ba3  §au§  ge= 

laufen. 
3rf)  ^abe  etnen  ©pajtergang  langS 

beg  5f"ff^  gentad)t. 
2Begen  etneg  gro|en5?erlufte§  (loss) 

ber  nttrf)  betroffen  ^at. 
2lu§erf)alb    ber  (Stabt,    gegeniibet 

bemSal)nl)ofe(railway-station). 

Oa,  et  nebft  wd  ^ 


292  PREPOSITIONS. 


SBoljin  gefyt  bet  &orf)  ?  (§r  gel)t  auf  ben  2Karft. 

SKoljin  retft  ber  ®rof  ?  (Sr  reift  aitf  bag  ?onb. 

2Bo  lebt  3fjre  £ante  ?  <£ie    tebt    im  Sommcr  auf    bem 

£anbe,  im  SBintcr  in  bev  <5tabt. 

HEADING   LESSON. 

2>a8  5erbro(f)cnr  gufeifen.    The  Broken  Horse-shoe. 
(Sin  33auer  ging  nut  feinem  ©oljne,  bem  fletnen  £ljotna8,  in  bic 


©tabt.  f,@ie^',"  fagte  er  unterwegS  ^u  i^m,  ,,ba  Uegt  etn  ©tiitf  toon 
cinem  ^ufeifen  auf  ber  (grbe/  Ijebe2  eg  auf  unb  ftecfe  e$  in  betne 
Slafrfje."  —  ,,211)  !"  terfefete3  S^omaS,  r,e«  ifl  nid)t  ber  SJKu^c  JDcrtV 
ba^  man  ftc^  bafiir  biicft.6"  £>er  53ater  erh)ibertes  ni^t§,  natjm  bag 
(gifen  unb  ftedte  e8  in  feine  £afd)e.  5m  nadjften  £)orfe  berfaufte  er 
e§  bem  (Scfomtebe6  fiir  brei  feller'  unb  faufte  $irfcfcen  bafiir. 

^>ierauf  fe^ten  fte  ifjren  2Seg  fort.  !iDie  £>itje8  mar  fe^r  gro§.  SKan 
fafy  toeit  unb  breif  toeber  £>au§,  noc^  SKalb,  no^  Ouette.10  £Ijoma« 
Derging11  beina^e  bor  2)urft  unb  fonnte  feinem  53ater  nur  mit 
folgen. 

2)ann  Iie§  biefer,  mie  bur^  3ufaK/s  eine  $irfcfie  fatten. 
^ob2  fie  fo  gierig14  auf,  at«  hienn  eg  ®olb  toare,  unb  fterfte  fie  fcfjnett 
in  ben  93?unb.     (Sinige  ©d^ritte15  roeiter  Iie§  ber  33ater  eine 
^irfd^e  fatten,  nielcfje  SfyomaS  mit  berfelben  ©ierigfeit16  ergriff. 
bauerte  fort,"  big  er  fie  atte  aufge^oben  ^atte. 

Sltg  er  bie  lefcte  gegeffen  ^atte,  roanbte  ber  53ater  ft^  ju  iljm  f)in  unb 
fagte  :  ,,@ie^,  roenn  bu  bid^  ein  einjigeg  9}?al  ptteft  biicfen  njotten, 
um  bag  §ufeifen  auf^u^eben,  fo  nmrbeft  bu  nic^t  not^ig18  ge^abt 
fyaben,  bic^  ^unbert  2J?a(  fUr  bie  $irfd)en  3u  biicfen." 


i  ground.  2  auffieben,  to  pick  up.  s  replied.  <  worth  the  trouble,  e  to  stoop.  «  the 
smith.  7  farthing.  8  the  heat.  »  tax  and  wide.  10  spring,  ncerge^en,  to  die.  12  diffi- 
culty. is  by  chance.  H  greedily,  eagerly.  15  steps.  ie  greediness,  i"  lasted,  con- 
tinued. is  (would  BO  t  have  bad  necessary^  would  not  have  needed. 


INTERJECTIONS. 


293 


INTERJECTIONS. 


olj!  ad)!  et!  ah!  oh! 

ad) !  ah !  alas !  oh  dear ! 

Ijc!  tjc  ba!  ho!  I  say! 

ait!  oh! 

ot) !  fyo !  oh !  ho ! 

o  toefye !  oh  dear !  alas ! 

tfff!  paff!  bang! 

pfui!  fie!  pish! 

bolt!  halt!  stop! 

jJoUa!  holla!  hoUo! 

fad)te!  gently! 

toeg  ba !  out  of  the  way ! 

fort !  be  gone !  be  off ! 

po£  taufenb !  what  the  deuce ! 

ft!  ftttt!  hush!  hist! 

teiber!  alas!  unhappily! 


Ijetfa!  huzza!  hurrah! 

judjlje!  hurrah! 

Ijm!  humph!  hum! 

fo!  indeed! 

aiif!  up! 

9ldjtung!  take  care!    attention! 

fiettl  hail! 

SBelje!  woe! 

Better!  fire! 

®  otttob !  God  be  praised ! 

red)t  fo !  'tis  well !  all  right ! 

gut!  good! 

toorttmrtS!  forwards! 

311  £ilf e !  help ! 

2Ber  ba!  who's  there  I 


PKOMISCUOUS  EXERCISES  FOE  TRANSLATION  AND 
CONVERSATON.1 


1. 

Have  you  a  pail*  [of]  gloves  ?  Yes  Sir,  I  have  two  pair.  — 
What  has  the  merchant  ?  He  has  different  (or  many)  kinds1 
[of]  wares  (SBaaren).  —  Have  you  any  friends?  I  have  some 
friends.  —  How  many  friends  have  you?  I  have  six  faithful2 
friends. —  Have  your  friends  [any]  wine  or  beer  ?  They  have 
some  wine. —  Has  the  shoemaker  good  shoes  ?  He  has  always 
good  shoes  and  good  boots.  —  What  have  the  Englishmen  ? 
They  have  fine  horses.  —  Has  the  captain  any  good  sailors  ? 
He  has  some  good  and  some  bad  ones.3  —  Have  you  much 
bread  and  cheese  ?  I  have  a  good  deal  (Diet).  —  Have  you 
enough  ?  I  have  quite4  enough.  —  What  day  of  the  month  is 
its?  It  is  the  twelfth. — Is  it  not  the  thirteenth  ?  No,  Sir,  it 

i  These  Exercises  may  be  translated  and  written  with  the  other  Exercises  as  soon 
as  the  pupil  has  gone  through  the  25th  Lesson,  or  even  sooner. 
1.  i  oielerlei.    2  treu.    3  see  p.  120,  Obs.  2.    •'  gatij.    i  see  p.  124,  Obs.  2. 


294  EXERCISES. 

is  the  eleventh  or  twelfth.  —  What  horses  have  you?  We  have 
our  own6  horses. 

2. 

Have  you  much  salt?  I  have  only  a  little,  but  I  have 
enough.  —  Has  the  woman  much  silk  V  She  has  not  much, 
she  has  not  enough.  —  Have  you  any  more1  wine  ?  I  have 
some  more  wine.  —  Have  you  any  more  money  ?  I  have  no 
more2  money  (fctn  ®elb  mefyr).  —  Which  volume8  of  my  work 
have  you  ?  I  have  the  second.  —  Have  you  as  much4  gold  as 
silver?  I  have  neither  gold  nor  silver.  —  Have  you  as  many 
stockings  as  shoes?  I  have  more  stockings  than  shoes.  —  Has 
this  soldier  as  much  courage  as  I  have?  He  has  quite  as 
much.  —  Has  the  foreigner  [a]  mind5  to  buy  this  house  ?  He 
has  a  mind  to  buy  it.  —  Has  your  cousin  a  mind  to  sell  his 
horse?  No,  he  has  not  a  (fetne)  mind  to  sell  it,  he  will 
keep8  it. 

3. 

Am  I  (Ijabe  tdj)  right  to  take1  a  walk  ?    You  are  quite  right. 

—  Is  he  wrong  to  spend2  his  money  ?     He  is  wrong  to  spend 
too  much  money.  —  To  (  311)  whom  do  you  wish  to  go  ?    I  wish 
to  go  to  my  uncle's.  —  Is  your  brother  at  home  ?     He  is  not 
yet  at  home,  but  he  will  soon  come  home.  —  Do  you  wish  to 
speak  to  (mit)  some  one  ?    Yes,  I  wish  to  speak  to  some  one. 

—  To  whom  do  you  wish  to  speak  ?     I  wish  to  speak  to  your 
aunt.  —  Do  you  wish  to  drink  some  red  wine  ?    I  prefer  (jtelje 
Dor)  some  white  wine.  —  What   does  the  little  girl  wish  to 
drink  ?     She  wishes  to  drink  some  TniVk.  —  Are  you  going 
home  ?     Not  yet,  but  in  an  hour.  —  Do  your  boys  like*  to  go 
to   school?     They  prefer4  to  have  private  lessons   (^rttiat* 
ftunbcn).  —  Who  wishes  to  write   a  letter?      My    daughter 
wishes  to  write  several  letters.  —  To  (an)  whom  (ace.)  will  she 
write  ?     She  will  write  to  her  [female]  friends.  —  Who  shall 
take5  these  letters  to  the  (aitf  bie,  ace.)  post-office  ?    The  ser- 
vant may  take  them  there.* 


3.    2  see  p.  343  14.    ibcrSanb.    ifbfnToBtet.    sfinfl,  f.    «  btfyilfen. 
sauSjugeben.    «  ge^cn  .  .  .  gem.    *  cotjte^en,  »ep.  verb,    sttagen.    «ba$ 


1.  6<igen. 

2.  i  see  p.  343,  13. 

3.  ijuma^en.    sauSjugeben.    «  ge^cn  .  .  .  gem.    *  cotjte^en,  »ep.  verb,    sttagen.    «ba$ta. 


EXERCISES.  295 

4. 

"What  have  you  to  do  (tljun)  ?  I  have  to  write  a  French 
exercise.1  —  What  has  your  brother  to  do  ?  He  has  to  do2  his 
German  exercise  for  to-morrow.  —  What  did  the  Englishman 
answer  you(dat.)  ?  He  answered  nothing.  —  Did  he  not  say 
he  would  come  to  (ju)  me  ?  No,  Sir,  he  said  nothing  at  all8 — 
Where  is  the  child  of  my  neighbor  ?  He  is  in  your  garden. — 
Have  you  many  flowers  in  your  garden  ?  We  have  flowers  of 
all  kinds.4  —  Are  you  in  want  of  (brcwd)en)  my  knife  ?  I  am 
not  in  want  of  it,  but  I  want  a  penknife. —  What  o'clock  is  it  ? 
It  is  four  or  half  past.  —  Did  your  friend  not  say  it  was  (e8 
to  tire5)  a  quarter  past  four?  No,  Sir,  he  said  it  was  a  quarter 
to  five.  —  At  ( um)  what  o'clock  do  you  go  out  ?  I  go  out  at 
six  o'clock  this  evening. 

5. 

Will  you  stay  here  ?  I  cannot  stay  here,  I  am  engaged.1  — • 
Is  it  late  ?  It  is  not  late,  it  is  but  (erft)  eight  o'clock.  —  Can 
you  lend  me  a  pen  or  two  ?  There,  Sir,  there  are  four  excel- 
lent [ones].  —  What  have  you  to  say  [to]  me  ?  I  have  a  word 
to  say  to  you.  About  (liber)  what?  It  concerns  (betrifft)  your 
manservant. — Do  you  love  your  uncle  ?  Yes,  I  do  love  him. — 
Does  your  sister  love  you  ?  She  does  love  me.  —  Do  the 
Americans  like  (the)  tobacco  ?  They  like  it  very  much.  —  Do 
you  know  my  cousin  (f.)  ?  I  know  her  very  well.  —  Does  she 
know  your  grandfather  ?  She  does  not  know  him. — Did  your 
uncle  send  you  any  money  ?  He  sent  me  seventy  florins.8  — 
What  do  you  buy  at  (cmf,  dot.)  market?  I  buy  potatoes. — 
Are  you  afraid3  to  go  out  in  the  night  ?  I  am  not  afraid  at  all. 
—  Does  the  father  work  as  much  as  the  son  ?  The  son  works 
much  more,  because  he  is  young  and  strong. 

6. 

Do  you  find  what  you  are  looking1  [for]?  I  have  found 
what  I  was  looking  for.  —  Who  was  looking  for  me  ?  Your 

4.  i  ?lufga6e,  f.  s  ju  ma^en.  3  gat  mcf>t8.  <  see  p.  1. 1.  8.  6  When  bafi  (that)  is  left  out 
at  the  beginning  of  a  dependent  clause,  the  verb  of  the  dependent  clause  is  generally 
put  in  the  subjunctive,  and  is  never  put  at  the  end. 

6.  i  certymtert  or  befaiftigt.    2®ulten.    s  giw^ten  ©U  ft$  ? 

6.  i  to  look  for  —  jucijen. 


296  EXERCISES. 

master  looked  for  you. —  Can  the  cook  find  what  he  looks  for? 
He  cannot  find  it.  —  What  is  he  doing?  He  is  killing  a 
chicken.2  —  Are  you  going  for3  anything  ?  Yes,  I  am  going 
for  something. —  Tell  me  what  you  are  going  for?  I  am  going 
for  some  meat.  —  "Whom  does  your  mother  send*  *for?  She 
sends  for  the  cook  (/.).  — Do  you  learn  German?  I  do  learn 
it. — How  long  have  you  been  learning6  it?  I  began  it  two 
months  ago.  —  Do  you  speak  French  ?  No,  Sir,  not  yet,  but  I 
am  learning  it.  —  How  many  lessons  have  you  a  (in  ber)  week? 
I  have  a  lesson  every  other  day.  —  Are  these  men  English  ?' 
No,  they  are  Scotch." — Do  they  study  German?  I  do  not 
know,  but  I  believe  [they  do]. — What  does  your  pupil  want? 
He  wants  a  new  book.  —  Does  he  want  anything  else  ?T  Yes, 
he  wants  a  new  coat  and  a  pair  of  boots. 


7. 

Does  the  foreigner  intend1  to  stay  here  ?  No,  he  intends  to 
depart.  —  When  do  you  intend  to  sell  your  house  ?  I  intend 
to  sell  it  to-day.  — Whose  cloak  is  this?3  It  is  mine. — Whose 
hats  are  these  ?*  They  belong*  to  the  Englishmen.  —  What 
book  are  you  reading  ?  I  am  reading  a  novel4  by  Sir  Walter 
Scott.  —  Do  you  know  that  man?  I  do  not  know  him. — 
Have  you  seen  him  already  ?  I  have  seen  him  somewhere.  — 
Where  have  you  been  ?  I  have  been  (in)  at  (the)  church. — Where 
has  your  wife5  been  ?  She  has  been  2at  church  ^o.  —  Has 
your  sister  ever  (fdjon)  been  in  France  ?  She  has  never  been 
there.  —  Does  she  intend  to  go  there?  She  intends  to  go 
there  next  year.  — Were  you  at  the  ball  last  night?6  I  was 
not  there.  —  Will  there  be  a  ball  this  evening  ?  It  will  not 
take  place.7 —  When  have  you  been  at  (in)  the  theatre  ?  I  was 
there  yesterday. 

8. 

Can  you  swim  as  well  (gut)  as  a  sailor?1  I  cannot  swim  as 
well  as  a  sailor.  —  Can  this  boy  swim  better  than  I  ?  He  can 

6.  srin  §ufm.     >to  go  for,  fcolen.     *  to  send  for  some  one,  na$  3emanb  f&irfen;  to 
•end  for  something,  ttmaS  Ijotcn  laften.     <•  Bee  p.  846,  3.    stubst.  not  adj.    "  fonjl  GhcaS. 

7.  i  to  intend,  gebenlen,  molten,  eortyafcen,  gefonnen  fttn.     J  see  p.  72,  Note  1.      sgefyoren 
(dot.),    t  btr  SRoraan.    &  gtau.    « geflern  a&enb,    :  jlattfmben. 

8. 


EXERCISES.  297 

rwim  better  than  you. — At  what  o'clock  did  Mr.  Green  break- 
fast ?  He  breakfasted  at  nine  o'clock.  —  Did  he  dine  before 
(c()c)  he  left?2  No,  Sir,  he  left  before  (the)  dinner.  —  Have 
you  told  2me  Jit?  I  told  2you  (dot.)  lit  the  day  before  yester- 
day. —  What  words  have  you  written?  I  have  written  these 
three  words.  —  "Which  books  have  you  read?  I  have  read  the 
book  you  lent  me. —  Have  you  had  your  shoes  mended3  (flicfcn 
laffen)  ?  I  have  not  yet  had  them  mended.  —  Have  you  had 
your  handkerchiefs  or  your  stockings  washed?3  I  have 
neither  had  the  one  (bte  einen,  pi.}  nor  the  other  washed.  — • 
Why  do  you  not  eat  ?  I  do  not  eat  because  I  am  not  hungry. 
-Why  are  you  not  hungry?  Because  I  have  eaten  some 
bread  and  ham.4  —  Are  you  thirsty  ?  I  am  not  thirsty,  I  have 
drunk  some  beer. 

9. 

Is  your  servant  a  good  one  ?  He  is  a  good  one.  —  Is  he  as 
good  as  mine  ?  I  think  he  is  better  than  yours.  —  Are  you 
satisfied  with  him.  Quite  satisfied.  —  Do  you  like1  fish  ?  I 
like  fowl2  better.  —  Does  your  aunt  like  mutton  ?  She  likes 
roast  mutton  and  roast  veal.  —  Do  the  scholars  like  to  learn 
by  heart?3  They  do  not  like  learning  by  heart,  they  like 
writing  better.*  —  To  (an,  ace.)  whom  do  you  address5  your 
letters  ?  I  address  them  to  a  friend.  —  Do  you  admire  this 
work  ?  I  do  admire  it.  —  How  do  you  amuse  the  ladies  ?  I 
play  [on  the]  piano.  —  Have  you  helped  your  sister  (dot.)  ?  I 
could  not  help  her.  —  Have  you  asked6  for  wine  ?  No,  I  have 
ordered7  tea. — Have  you  bought  this  map?8  I  have  bor- 
rowed9 it.  —  Have  you  satisfied  your  relations  ?10  They  ask6 
nothing. —  Has  the  boy  fed11  his  birds  ?  He  feeds  them  every 
morning.  —  Did  you  guess  (fyaben  @tc . . .  erratljen)  the  riddle  ?n 
I  could  not  guess  it.  —  Have  you  sold  your  field  ?  I  do  not 
intend  to  sell  it. 

10. 

Have  you  lost  (the)  hope  ?  I  never  lose  hope.  —  Has  the 
gardener  planted  some  trees  ?  He  has  planted  many  trees. — 

8.  2  to  leave,  afcreifen.    s  see  p.  327,  a       4  @d)lnfen. 

9.  i  (Sffen  @ie  gern  ?    2  ©epgcL    3  augroenbtg.     <  fie  f$rel6en  IleBet.    G  abrefjtren.    s  to  ask 
for,  Berlcmgen  (ace.},     i  fcejleHen.    « fianbfarte,  f.     » entte^nen.     10  gjerwanbten.    u  to  feed, 
fttttent. 


298  EXERCISES. 

Has  the  soldier  cleaned1  his  gun  ?*  He  is  just  cleaning  it.  — 
Why  has  the  tailor  not  cleaned  the  coat?  Because  it  was  not 
sent  [to]  him.  —  Has  the  cook  roasted  the  hare  V  He  will 
roast  it  to-niorrow.  —  Has  the  maid  had3  her  gloves  washed  ? 
She  has  had  them  washed.  —  -  Who  has  had  these  boots 
mended?  The  servant  took  (trug)  them  to  (ju)  the  shoe- 
maker. —  Why  does  she  open  the  window  ?  She  likes  fresh 
air.  —  Why  does  she  shut  the  door  ?  She  did  not4  wish  to 
(rooflte)  have  a  draught.5  —  Has  (ift)  the  man  risen  early?  He 
has  risen  late  because  he  is  ill.  — Will  he  not  put  out6  the 
fire  ?  No,  he  wants  it  still  (nodj).  —  What  does  he  boil  ?  He 
boils  potatoes  and  carrots. —  Did  you  empty7  the  bottles?  All 
the  bottles  are  emptied.  —  Are  they  clean?  They  are  very 
clean;  you  may  put*  in  them  what  you  like. 


11. 

Is  the  boy  dressed  ?  He  is  dressed.  —  Did  he  dress  him- 
self? Yes,  he  dressed  himself.  —  Were  his  shoes  cleaned? 
The  servant  cleaned  them.  —  Did  he  wash  his  hands?  He 
washed  his  face  and  his  hands. —  When  did  the  ship  set1  sail  ? 
The  ship  set  sail  the  day  before  yesterday.  —  Do  they  travel 
by  ($u)  land  or  by  sea?  They  travel  by  land.  —  For  (auf) 
whom  (ace.)  do  you  wait?  I  wait  for  my  coachman.  —  Have 
you  spoken  about  the  matter?2  We  had  no  time  to  speak 
about  it.  —  Have  you  learnt  (ba3  and  inf.)  reading  of  him?  I 
learnt  it  of  his  brother.  —  Do  you  know  your  lesson  ?  I  think 
I  know  it;  I  have  taken8  pains.  —  Does  the  pupil  read  well 
(gut)?  He  reads  pretty  (jiemlid))  well.  —  How  many  pages 
does  he  write  every  day?  He  writes  only  one  page,  and  that 
is  enough.  —  Have  the  boys  done  their  exercise  ?  They  are 
doing  it  still.  —  What  verb4  have  they  learned  ?  They  have 
learned  an  irregular8  verb.  —  Have  they  written  it?  They 
must  not  write  it 


10.  i  reinigcn.      2  ba3  ©eweljr.      *  laffen.      <  not  a,  teinen.      &  3U9»  m-     *  au8I6f$«n. 
'  leeren.    « $itmnt$iin. 

11.  i  to  set  sail,  afciegeln.     >bie@a$e.     »to  take  pains,  jl$  (dot.)  2Rfl$e   gefon.     «ba« 

3« itroort. 


EXEKCISES.  299 

12. 

Which  is  the  best  place  ?  The  first  place  is  the  best.  —  At 
what  hour  do  we  dine  ?  "We  dine  at  one  o'clock.  —  What 
kind  of  meat  is  that?  This  is  mutton. — How  much  do  you 
charge1  for  (the)  dinner  ?  One  shilling.  —  Is  dinner  ready  ? 
Yes. —  Where  is  my  dog  ?  He  is  before  the  door. —  To  whom 
does  that  house  belong  ?  It  belongs  to  Mr.  Lyon.  —  Is  that 
true  ?  That  is  quite  true.  —  Did  you  understand  me  ?  Yes, 
Sir,  [I  did].  — Is  the  carriage  come?  The  carriage  is  not  yet 
come,  but  the  horses  are  come.  — -  What  (rote)  do  you  call  this 
country  ?  It  is  Bavaria.2  — •  Will  you  come  with  me  ?  I  have 
no  time.  —  Have  you  been  to  the  post-office?  I  shall 
go  there  directly  (g(etd)). — Are  there  [any]  letters  for  me? 
Not  to-day.  —  What  do  you  think  of  this  letter  ?  I  cannot 
understand  it. — When  shall  we  set  off?  In  a  few  days.  — 
Will  you  take  a  walk3  in  the  garden?  With  great  pleasure,  if 
you  will  go  with  me, 

13. 

Did1  you  tell  him  to  come  (baft  cr  foramen  fott)  ?  Yes,  Sir, 
[I  did].  —  Did  she  get  up  early?  She  got  up  very  late. — Why 
has  this  boy  no  handkerchief?  He  has  lost  it.  —  What  is  the 
price  of  that  cloth?2  This  cloth  is  very  cheap  (roofylfetl). — Can 
you  not  take  less?  I  cannot  let  you  have  (geben)  it  cheaper. — • 
Have  you  no  better?3  I  have  [some]  better,  but  it  is  dearer. 
—  How  is  the  weather  to-day  ?  It  is  very  fine.  —  Shall  we 
have  fine  weather  to-morrow  ?  I  am  afraid  it  will  rain.  —  Is 
(the)  dinner  served  ?*  The  servant  is  serving  it. —  Shall  I  give 
you  some  soup  ?  Yes,  Madam,  if  you  please.  —  Do  you  like 
fruit?*  I  like  it  very  much.  — Will  you  have  some  potatoes? 
If  you  please.6 — Do  you  breakfast  before  you  take  a  walk? 
No,  I  take  a  walk  before  I  breakfast.  —  How  long  were  you 
ill?  I  was  ill  [for]  a  fortnight  (14  £age).  —  Were  you  at  (the) 
market?  I  have  not  been  there.  —  Has  your  aunt  been  in 
(auf)  the  country?  She  has  not  been  there  yet,  but  she  will 
go  soon.  —  Has  she  been  anywhere  ?  She  has  been  with  (bet) 
her  cousin. 

12.  i  forbtrn,  certangen.    22?anern.    sttnen  ©pojietgong  madjen. 

13.  i  Translate :  have  you  told.     2  Stu$,  n.    » letn  beflereS  ?     4  aufgetrojro.     » 

(i.e.,  t$  bine,  I  ask  [.you  for  itj). 


300  EXERCISES. 

14. 

"Who  has  burnt1  my  letters?  The  servant  has  burnt  them.— « 
Has  Charles  torn  his  coat  ?  His  brother  tore  it.  —  Has  the 
boy  broken  a  chair  ?  He  has  broken  a  table  and  a  chair. —  Is 
your  neighbor  as  poor  as  he  says  ?  He  is  not  so  poor. — Does 
your  tailor  make  good  coats  ?  He  makes  good  (ones)  and  bad 
(ones).  —  Have  you  consulted2  your  friends?  They  were  not 
at  home  when  I  called3  on  them.  —  Have  you  paid  [for]  the 
wine  ?  I  have  paid  [for]  the  dinner  but  not  for  the  wine.  — 
Did  the  servant  light4  the  professor  downstairs  ?  She  had  no 
candle.  —  Had  they  warmed  the  bed  ?  They  had  warmed  it 
—  Where  were  (fmb)5  you  born  ?  I  was  born  in  Italy.  —  In 
which  of  these  streets  does  he  live  ?  He  lives  in  Frederick(-) 
Street.  —  How  shall  you  spend6  this  evening  ?  I  "hardly 
aknow  myself. — Will  you  go  to  the  play  (inS  Sweater)  with  me  ? 
(I)  thank  you;  I  will  be  ready  at  seven  o'clock.  — Is  (the)  tea 
ready  ?  It  will  be  ready  in  a  moment.  —  When  may  I  send 
you  this  letter?  Whenever7  you  please. — Where  shall  I  send 
it  to  V  I  will  give  you  my  address.8 


15. 

When  shall  you  set  out  for  (nacf))  Paris?  The  day  after  to- 
morrow. —  Might  I  trouble1  you  with  a  letter  ?  I  shall  take  it 
with  great  pleasure. —  Will  you  take  tea*  with  me  ?  (I)  thank 
you,  I  am  engaged;  it  is  impossible  for  me.  — When  shall  I 
see  you  again  ?  I  will  call  on  you  this  evening  after  supper. 
—  Will  you  play  [at]  cards  ?  I  play  very  indifferently.*  —  Do 
you  like  to  play  [at]  whist  (2Bf)tft)  ?  Yes,  I  like  to'  (fpiele  c|crn). 
-  -  How  high  do  you  play  ?  As  high  as  you  please.  — How 
many  points*  have  you  ?  I  have  only  ten  points.  —  Any  news 
(ettt)a£  9?eue$)  of  your  brother?  I  have  not  heard  from  him 
[for]  a  long  time.  —  Were  many  spectators  there  ?  There  were 
a  great  many.  —  Will  you  soon  go  into  (auf)  the  country  ?  '  I 
intend  setting  out  in  a  week. 

14.  ivtrtrenncn.     afcefwrgen.     3  to  call  on,  6efu<$en.     4  b,lnuntert«u$ten  (dot.),     sge* 
p.  140,  5.    r.  jubringt  n.    7  irann  e«  3fmen  gef&Ot.    e  bie  Hbreffe. 

15,  i  bcllftiflen,  bemttben.    :  ju  Slbcnb  et)«B-    » qlei^gulttg.    <  b«  ©ti<$,  ber  $«ntt. 


EXEECISES.  301 

16. 

"Will  you  help  me  [to]  work  ?  I  am  sorry,  I  have  no  time. — 
Will  you  have  the  goodness  to  pass1  that  plate  to  me  ?  With 
much  pleasure. —  When  shall  we  go  to  bathe  ?  This  evening, 
if  you  like.  —  How  is  your  grandmother  ?  She  is  not  quite 
well,  she  has  caught2  a  cold. —  How  does  Mr.  Gray  look  ?3  He 
looks  very  well;  he  is  in  very  good  health. — Why  did  he  send 
for  the  physician  ?  His  daughter  is  ill.  —  Of  (an)  what  illness 
did  your  neighbor  die  ?  He  died  of  apoplexy.4  —  Why  does 
this  little  girl  cry  ?  What  has  happened  to  her  ?  She  cries 
because  her  mother  died  yesterday.  —  Why  do  you  laugh  at 
(Uber)  this  man  ?  I  do  not  laugh  at  him,  I  laugh  at  his  dress.5 
— Have  you  known6  this  professor  long  ?  I  have  known  him 
about  a  year.  —  Is  that  bread  sufficient  for  you  ?  It  is  quite 
sufficient  for  me;  but  not  for  the  children. 


17. 

Will  you  ask  your  nephew  whether  he  is  satisfied  with  the 
cloth  I  have  sent  him  ?  When  I  see  him,  I  will  ask  him.  — 
May  I  ask  you  for1  a  little  water  to  wash2  my  hands  ?  I  will 
go  for  it  directly.  —  Have  they  served  up3  the  soup  ?  It  was 
served  up  some  minutes  ago.  —  Do  the  windows  look4  into  the 
street  ?  No,  they  look  on  the  yard.  —  Which  is  the  shortest 
way  to  the  library  ?6  Go  down  this  street,  and  when  you  come 
to  the  foot  (cm'£  (tnbe)  turn  to  the  right,  and  you  will  see  it  in 
(cmf)  the  large  square. —  Did  you  forget  your  books  when  you 
went  to  school  ?  We  never  forgot  anything.  —  How  many 
times  have  you  been  in  Paris?  Only  three  times. — How 
many  birds  has  the  hunter  shot  ?  He  has  killed  about  thirty. 
—  Does  this  merchant  sell  on  credit  ?6  He  does  not  sell  on 
credit.  —  Have  you  seen  the  fine  rifle7 1  have  won  ?  I  should 
like  to  see  it.  —  Has  the  prince  bought  the  beautiful  carriage 
of  which  I  spoke  to  you?  No,  Sir,  the  man  asked  a  great 
deal  (met)  too  much.  —  Whom  did  you  see  at  the  ball  ?  A 
great  many  fine  ladies  and  gentlemen. 

16.  i  rdcfcen.     2  to  catch  a  cold,  fic§  erfilten.    s  auSfc^en.    *  am  ©djlagfluf . 
c  see  p.  346,  3 

17.  i  to  ask  for,  um  GhuaS  bitten.    2  see  p.  336, 1.        3  aufeetragen.    *  ge$(n  auf. 
JBtbltot&et.    eauf  firebtt'. 


Part  II. 


SYNTAX 


THIRTY-EIGHTH  LESSON. 

THE  DEFINITE  ARTICLE. 

1.  There  are  more  phrases  in  which  the  definite  article 
is  inserted  in  German,  and  omitted  in  the  English  trans- 
lation, than  there  are  phrases  in  which  it  is  omitted  in 
German,  and  inserted  in  the  English  translation ;  that  is 
to  say,  it  is  more  used  in  Ger  an  than  in  English  (and  we 
may  add,  less  used  in  German  than  in  French). 

2.  The  cases  in  German  in  which  it  may  be  inserted 
or  not,  as  the  writer  or  speaker  chooses,  are  numerous. 
So,  too,  poets  insert  it  in  cases  where  we  should  expect 
it  to  be  omitted,  just  because  they  need  an  extra  syllable 
to  fill  out  a  line;  and  they  omit  it  in  cases  where  we 
should  expect  it  would  be  inserted,  in  order  to  get  rid  of 
an  inconvenient  extra  syllable. 

3.  In  as  much  as  the  definite  article  is  declined,  it  might 
be  used,  if  prefixed  to  a  noun  which  had  several  cases 
alike,  to  inform  the  reader  or  listener  what  case  was  really 
meant.     Thus,  ^etnrici)  may  be  nominative,  dative,  or  ac- 
cusative, while  ber  $einric|  can  be  nominative  only,  bent 
^etnricf)  dative  only,  and  ben  |)einrid)  accusative  only.    As 
a  matter  of  fact,  the  definite  article  is  inserted  in  German 
where  it  might  be  omitted,  for  this  very  purpose  of  avoid- 
ing ambiguity.     3)iefelbe  liebte  -£)einricl)  tnnig,  may  mean 
either:    a)  This  same  woman  loved  Henry  tenderly,  or 
b)  Henry  loved  this  same  woman  tenderly;  but,  £>icfelbe 


306  DEFINITE  ABTICLE. 


liebte  ben  $einrid)  inntg,  can  only  mean  a),  and,  £)iefelbe 
liebte  ber  £etnrtd)  inntg,  can  only  mean  6). 

The  genitive  plural  of  all  nouns  is  like  the  nominative 
and  accusative  plural,  and  always,  or  almost  always,  takes 
the  definite  article,  to  distinguish  it  at  once  from  the  lat- 
ter, e.g.,  £)ie  greunfcftyaft  ter  SBeiber  (not  bie  ^reunfcfcfyaft 
SReiber)  ifi  nicfyt  tote  unfere,  Women  s  friendship  is  not  like 
ours.  Of  course,  the  article  is  not  needed  when  there  is 
an  adjective  agreeing  with  the  genitive  plural. 

4.  South  Germans  are,  perhaps,  more  prone  than  North 
Germans  to  insert  the  definite  article  in  cases  where  usage 
allows  either  its  insertion  or  omission,  e.g.t  to  say  ber 
®bu)e  instead  of  ©Stye. 

Special  cases  follow. 

5.  a)  It  is  more  usual,  but  it  is  not  obligatory,  to  in- 
sert the  definite  article  before  abstract  nouns,  in  those 
cases  in  which  it  is  in  English  omitted,  e.g.,  to  say  : 

ber  ^letfj,  industry   (not  the  bte  ©tite,  goodness,  kindness 

industry)  bte  23efd)afttgung,  employment 

bte  Xragfyett,  idleness  bte  ©ebttlb,  patience 

bte  33Ubung,  learning  bte  Ungebulb,  impatience 

bte  Stebe,  love  bte  ^ufnebenljett,  contentment 

ber  $afj,  hatred  bte  ©djonfjett,  beauty 

bte  ftreimbfdjaft,  friendship  bte  Ougenb,  youth 

bte  getnbfdjaft,  enmity  bag  SUter,  old  age 

bte  llnbanfbarfett,  ingratitude  bte  ©efrfjtcfjte,  history 

ber  s#be(,  nobility  baS  (Stinjtentfjuin,  Christianity 

bte  ^egterung,  government  ba8  Subentfjiun,  Judaism. 
bte  2ftonard)te,  monarchy 

ancient  history,  bte  atte  ©efd)trf)te. 
Gen.  of  industry,  be3  ^ktfceS  ;  of  youth,  ber  Ougenb  zc. 


but  also:  (Scfyonfyett  »erge^t,  Beauty  is  perishable,  etc. 

So  also  with  adjectives,  e.g.,  (bte)  umjoUfommene  <3c^on^eil 
gefdllt  mir  auc^,  Imperfect  beauty  pleases  me  too. 


DEFINITE  ABTlCLE.  30? 

Proverbs,  since  brevity  is  the  soul  of  wit,  tend  to  omit 
the  definite  article,  e.g.,  .£>od)murt)  (not  ber  $ocfymu$)  fommt 
i>or  bent  §fllle/  Pride  comes  before  a  foil. 

b)  In  those  cases  where  we,  in  English,  must  have  the 
definite  article  before  an  abstract  noun,  German  must 
have  it  too,  e.g.,  The  goodness  of  his  heart,  bie  ©lite  (not 
©iite  simply)  fetne£  |)erjen3  ;  The  beauty  of  her  style,  bie 
©cfyonfyeit  (not  @ct)5iu}eit  simply)  ifyreg  <5tpl$. 

c)  When  an  abstract  noun  is  used  instead  of  the  plural 
of  a  concrete  noun,  e.g.,  nobility  for  nobles,  or  Christianity 
for  Christians,  it  must  have  the  article  in  German.  Thus  : 
3)er  Slbel  emporte  ftc!),  The  nobility  revolted;  £)a$  G$rifient$um 

ifylt,  Christendom  mourned  him. 


6.  a)  When  a  common  noun  in  the  singular  is  used  in 
the  sense  of  the  plural  preceded  by  all,  e.g.,  man  to  mean 
all  men,  and  the  fox  to  mean  all  foxes,  the  noun  must  in 
German  be  preceded  by  the  definite  article,  e.g.,  ^)at  ber 
guc^g  fetn  ©eimffen?  Has  the  fox  no  conscience?  £)er  2ftenf$ 
if}  fterblicf),  Man  is  mortal 

5)  The  same  assertions  might  be  made  using  $ucf)S  and 
•Jftenfd)  in  the  plural.  In  that  case,  these  nouns  might  or 
might  not  be  preceded  by  the  definite  article,  e.g.,  £abett 
(bie)  gucfyfe  fein  ©enriffen  ?  (Die)  SWenfc^en  ftnb  fterbltd). 

7.  a)  Titles  (t.e.t  the  German  equivalents  of  Mr.,  Count, 
Queen,  Captain,  etc.),  when  followed  by  the  name  of  a 
person,  take  in  the  nominative  more  usually  no  article, 
e.g.,  ©rof  SStSmarcf  is  more  usual  than  ber  ©raf  33i3marcf, 
The  same  is  true  of  the  genitive  when  it  precedes  the 
noun;  e.g.,  ©raf  33tgmarcf  g  Sfebe,  Count  Bismarck's  speech^ 
is  more  usual  than  be$  ©rafen  53t3marcf 


308  DEFINITE  ABTICUB. 

b)  The  other  cases,  including  the  genitive  following  its 
noun,  —  except  the  nominative  used  in  address,  i.e.,  the 
vocative,  —  take  the  article  perhaps  rather  more  frequent- 
ly than  they  omit  it,  e.g.,  bie  SRebe  beS  ©rafen  SBtgmarrf 
seems  to  be  as  common,  or  commoner,  than  bte  Stebe  ©raf 


c)  The  nominative  used  in  addressing  a  person  cannot 
take  the  article,  e.g.,  -fxrr  53raun  !  (not  ber  |>err  33raun)  id) 
bitte  v£te,  Mr.  Brown!  I  bey  of  you. 

d)  Any  case  preceded  by  an  adjective  must  take  the 
article,  e.g.,  bte  gutc  ^tonigin  Suife  (not  gute  simply)  folgte, 
Good  Queen  Louisa  followed.     Except  in  addressing  a  per- 
son, e.g.,  ?ieber  (not  ber  Itebe)  ©eneral  ©tgel,  [age  nur  ja, 
Dear  General  Slgel,  do  say  yes. 

8.  Names  of  substances  and  materials,  e.g.,  gold,  wood, 
yrassy  lime,   wool,  meat,  etc.,  etc.,  when  used  to  mean  a 
quantity  of  gold,  wood,  etc.,  but  without  saying  what  par- 
ticular gold,  wood,  etc.,  do  not  take  the  article,  e.g.,  ©ib 
mir  ©olb,  Give  me  gold,  3$  tyolte  frifc$e3  Staffer,  I  got  some 
fresh  water.1 

In  other  cases  they  must  take  the  article,  if  the  article 
would  be  inserted  in  English,  e.g.,  ($Hb  mir  ba$  ©olb,  tooyon 
t»U  fprucfyft,  Give  me  the  gold  of  which  you  spoke.  Even 
where  the  article  would  not  be  inserted  in  English,  it  is 
more  i^ual  to  insert  it  in  German,  e.g.,  £)a$  ©olb  tfl  fcfytoer, 
Gold  is  heavy;  £)a$  ftittffy  ift  jie^t  t^eiter,  Meat  is  dear  note. 

9.  The  plurals  of  concrete  substantives  are  used  in  the 
same  way,  e.g.,  (£r  fyatte  gebern  in  bcr  $anb,  He  had  pens  in 
his  hand;  3$  miJcfyte  (Sier,  I  want  some  eggs* 

So  further,  where  the  article  would  be  used  in  English, 

i  We  may  also  say:  etrcaS  Suit,  etoaS  Sal}  ic.,  ft  little  (or  some)  gold,  salt,  etc. 
i  We  may  also  say:  eintge  gebern,  einige  liter  x.,  a  few  (or  acme)  pens,  eggs,  etc. 


DEFINITE  ARTICLE.  309 

!Dre  gebern,  bie  ©tKott  maci)t,  The  pens  Gillott  makes.  And. 
finally,  !Dte  (£tal)lfefcern  ftnb  jeljt  bidig  itnt>  gilt,  Sted  pens  are 
now  cheap  and  good,  which  is  more  usual  than  ®tat)lfet>ern 
Bimply. 

10.  Names  of  the  seasons  and  months  take  the  article. 
Days  of  the  week  must  take  it  when  they  are  modified 
by  an  adjective  or  governed  by  the  preposition  an,  e.g., 
2)er  SBintcr  ift  fyter  immer  fait,  Winter  is  always  cold  here} 
im  SBinter,  in  uinter;  am  5re^aS/  on  Friday. 

11.  The  student  may  note  the  following  substantives  as 
used  with  the  article  where  they  would  not  be  in  English. 
A  number  of  them  come  under  rules  already  given. 

ber  9ftenfd),  man,  mankind  bag  ©IM,  fortune,  happiness 

bte  9JZenfd)en,  men  bag  Ungliicf,  adversity,  misfor- 

bte  Scute,  people  bag  @rf)icffat,  fate  [tun« 

bag  $riit)ftiic!,  breakfast  bte  ^eit,  time 

bag  SJJtttageffen,  dinner  bag  ©efe£,  law 

bag  5lbenbeffen,  supper  bie  ^atur,  nature 

ber  Xfyee,  tea  ber  .t)immel,  heaven 

ber  £)itrft,  thirst  bag  Seben,  life 

ber  ^unger,  hunger  ber  £ob,  death 

bte  ©itte,  custom  ber  $rteg,  war. 

Hence :  after  dinner,  nad)  bent  SOJittageffctu 

12.  Also  the  following  phrases : 

5)ie  meiften  SKenfrfjcn,  Most  men. 

(§r  Juo^nt  in  ber  <3tabt,  He  lives  in  town. 

S)ag  ^inb  ift  in  ber  @d)u(e,  The  child  is  at  school. 

3)er  ^nabe  ge^t  in  bte  @d)ttle,  The  boy  goes  to  school. 

3n  ber  ^irrfjc,  At  church;  in  bie  $ird)e,  To  church. 

13.  The  definite  article  is  used  where  we  say  a  in  stat- 
ing prices,  e.g.,  Three  shillings  a  pound,  HDrei  @rf)iUtna,e  t>a3 
*iPfunt>,  A  pound  costs  three  shillings,  £>a£  ^funb  foftct 


310  DEFINITE  ARTICLE. 

14.  As  we  have  seen  before,  the  definite  article  is  fre- 
quently used  where  we  use  a  possessive  adjective  before 
parts  of  the  body,e.(/.,  &arl  fyat  (ftcfy,  dot.)  bag  33ein  gebrodjen, 
Charles  has  broken  his  kg. 

REPETITION  OF  THE  ARTICLE. 

15.  When  several  substantives  come  in  succession,  and 
the  definite  or  indefinite  article  has  been  expressed  be- 
fore the  first,  it  should  be  expressed  before  all  the  rest 
also,  —  unless  the  nouns  are  in  the  plural. 


SNeffer  itnb  bie  ©abet,  ber  ?bffct  unb  ber  Setter. 
The  knife  and  fork,  the  spoon  and  plate. 
(Sin  <8d)ul)inacf)er,  em  <2rf)neiber  unb  ein  ^mtmadjer  fajjen  in 

einem  SfiStrtljSljaufe. 

A  shoemaker,  tailor,  and  hatter  were  sitting  in  a  tavern. 
£>ic  23riibcr  unb  (2cf)tt>eftcrn,  The  brothers  and  sisters. 
S)ie  Siefen  unb  (bie)  Briber,  The  meadows  and  fields. 

With  plural  nouns,  however,  of  very  dissimilar  sig- 
nification, the  article  should  be  repeated,  e.g.,  9hir  bie  £in* 
ber  unb  bie  (Scfyulben  blieben  i^m  iibrig,*0/%  the  children  and 
debts  were  left  him. 

POSITION  OF  THE  ARTICLE. 

16.  The  article  always  precedes  its  noun  and  every- 
thing that  modifies  its  noun.  Its  exceptional  position  in 
English  after  both,  half,  double,  quite,  too,  so,  as,  and  how, 
is  not  admissible  in  German.  But  see  17  and  19,  p.  312. 

Both  the  pupils,  5)te  betbcn  (Sdjiiter. 
Half  an  hour,  (gtne  fyotbe  (Stunbe. 
Double  the  sum,  ®ie  boppette  (Summe. 
So  good  a  father,  gin  fo  guter  Skater.1 
Quite  an  old  hat,  (Sin  gcm3  otter 


i  But  also :  <»o  ein  gutet  SSater,  cf.  the  English,  Such  a  good  father. 


DEFINITE  ARTICLE.  311 

The  only  exception  is  with  attt  e.g.,  Wit  bit  3ftfyte  fcineg 
Seben$,  Ml  the  years  of  his  life. 

READING  EXERCISE  103. 

3>te  Sragljett  tft  erne  bofe  (Sigenfdjaft.1  £>te  ©djorujett  unb  bte 
Sanftmutf)  finb  nid)t  immer  bemnigt.2  2ftarg  ttmt  bet  ben  3tomern 
bcr  ®ott  be^  $dege8.  ©cc  ®caf  3)erbi)  ift  berueift.3  2)te  prftert 
finb  2Jlenfdjen  unb  fonnen  nicfyt  tmnteu  ijelfen.  Qn  Station  ift  bet 
gutter  nid)t  fait;  bagegen  tft  bee  ©ommer  fe^u  ^etp.  3)tt3  silbenbeffen 
ift  berett.  S)ie  (£rbe  unb  bee  ^>immet  finb  bag  2Betf  ©otteg.  ®ie 
9Jtitur  tft  ettt^pffeneS  33nc{).  ^ommeit  3ie  nad)  bem  gculjftitcf  gu  mtr, 
obeu  menu  >^te  Ueber4  rooden,  narf)  bent  3)iittageffen.  2Bte»teI  foftei 
bte  ftfofdje?  J)te  ^lafc^e  foftet  etnen  fjalben  @n(ben.  Stettiet  !oftel 
bie  (£de  opn  btefem  Xud^e?  3%  Derlaufe  e8  311  (fitc)  fitnf  ©utben  bte 
(Sfle.  2)tefer  $nabe  ^at  ben  3lrm  gebrocfjen;  feine  (S^mefter  ^at  fid) 
ait8  Unadjtfamfeit5  in  bte  §anb  gcfdjnttten.  3d)  fyabe  einen  ©tod, 
etnen  9frgenfd)irm  unb  ein  ^afttmeffer  gefauft.  2)er  (Skitter  ^at  etne 
^atbe  ©cite  au^wenbig  (by  heart)  geternt  3d)  Ijabe  t^m  bie  boppette 
(Summe  be^a^tt. 

SlufgaBc  104. 

Time  is  precious.  Fortune  is  changeable.1  Spring  is  a  fine 
season.  Horses  are  useful  animals.  Iron  and  copper2  are 
more  useful  than  gold  and  silver.  Adversity  borrows3  its 
sharpest  sting  (>2>tad)e(,  m.)  from  our  impatience.  Ingratitude 
dries  up  (uectcodnet)  the  fountain4  of  all  goodness.  Concealed5 
hatred  is  more  dangerous  than  open  enmity.  Learning  is  an 
ornament  (3tevbc)  to  youth  (gzn.)  and  a  comfort  (Xroft,  m.)  to 
old  age.6  Employment  is  necessary  to  man.  Industry  is  the 
true  philosopher's  stone  (3tein  ber  2Bctjen),  that  turns7  all 
metals  into  gold.  The  sweetest  salve  (2atbc)  for  misery8  is 
patience,  and  the  only  (etn^ige)  medicine  for  want  (bte  9?ott))  is 
content.  Tea  is  ready.  Nature  is  contented  with  little,  but 
the  cravings  of  luxury  (bte  33ebiirfniffe  beg  ?urug)  are  boundless/ 
Those  who  wish  to  study  history,  ought  to  begin  with  ancient 
history. 

103.  i  quality.    2  united,    a  has  gone  away,  left  town.    *  like  better,    B  from  careless 
ness. 

104.  i  BerSnberlidj.    ^baSSupfer.     3  6orgen,  entle^nen.     -»bie  Ouette.     -w&orgetu    sthe 
Old  age,  bad  Sitter.    •  ipeldjer . . .  »encanbelt,    8  ba£  (Slenb. 


312  DEFINITE  ABTIOLE. 

17.  The  following  examples  illustrate  the  use  of  the 
definite  article  with  all,  all  :  21U  t>ie  23iid)er  jtnt>  angefommen, 
Att  tltose  books  have  arrived,  or  with  not  quite  the  same  sig- 
nification :  2ltle  33ucf)er  ftnb  angefommen  and  Die  33itcfyer  ftnb 
alle  angefontmen,  both  of  which  mean  :  AU  the  books  have 
arrived.  In  the  same  way  in  the  singular  :  2111  t>o3  ©elt>  ifi 
in'g  Staffer  gefallen,  —  2llle$  ©elb  ifl  u.  f.  w.  and  DaS  ©efo 
ift  alleS  u.,f.  w. 

But  when  the  article  would  be  left  out  with  aU,  it  must 
be  also  with  all,  e.g.,  Slllc  SScrfammlungen  son  ^rotefhnten, 
AU  assemblages  of  Protestants;  SllleS  ^apicrgclt)  tjl  gefd^r^ 
fid),  AU  paper-money  is  dangerous. 

18.  S3eite,  both,  may  be  preceded  by  the  article,  or  the 
article  may  be  entirely  omitted.    But  see  74,  3  and  75,  6. 

3V   S  'b     1  f111^  t)er1c*)hmnfcen-  Both  have  vanished. 


19.  Examples  of  the  use  of  ntattd),  many  a: 


9Jiand)ei:  3ftann,  many  a  man. 
2ftcmd)e3  2Wanne§,  many  a  man's,  etc. 
or:  3#and)  ein  3JJann,  maud)  eine§  Cannes  ?c. 
3)a8  mondje  ®ute,  bag  bu  oon  i^m  er^a^Ift. 
The  many  good  things  (many  a  good  thing)  you  tell  of 


In  the  plural  : 


Scanner,  many  men. 
2ftand)er  Scanner,  of  many  men,  etc. 
2)tc  mandjen  banner,  btc  it.  f.  to.     The  many  men  who,  etc. 
3)er  mandjen  banner,  btc  it.  f.  to.  Of  the  many  men  who,  etc. 

20.  $ein  geringerer  means  no  less  a,  e.g.,  $ein  geringercr 
bcr  ^ifd^of,  No  less  a  man  than  the  Bishop. 


DEFINITE  ARTICLE.  313 

21.  The  article  is  generally  omitted  before  tlie  names 
of  the  cardinal  points  of  the  compass  :  -ftorben  or  •Jftitter* 
nad)t,  the  North;  ©iiten  or  SJHttag,  tJie  South;  £)fkn  01 
Bergen,  the  East;  Sfikften  or  Slbenb,  tJte  West,  and  of  the 
intermediate  points,  -ftorboft,  North-east,  etc.,  when  these 
Words  are  preceded  by  a  preposition,  as  : 


Oft  nad)  SBcfl  fasten,  To  sail  from  East  to  West. 
9£it§(anb  Uegt  gegen  Often,  Eussia  lies  towards  the  East 

But  in  with  the  dative  generally  takes  the  article,  as: 
SDie  (Sonne  gefyt  tm  Seftcn  itnter,  The  sun  sets  in  the  West. 
In  other  constructions  the  article  must  be  used,  e.g.  : 

23t8  baft  ber  Oft  mtt  ttnlben  Sftofen 
3)en  33albad)in  be§  §tmme(6  f^miicft. 
Until  the  East  with  its  wild  roses 
The  canopy  of  heaven  decks. 

22.  Such  phrases  as  :  The  river  is  a  deep  one,  are  much 
the  more  frequently  translated  as  if  they  read  :  The  river 
is  deep  (£)er  gfap  ift  tief). 

23.  A  noun  limited  by  the  genitive  of  the  relative  pro- 
noun must  not  have  the  article  expressed,  e.g.,  we  must  say 
in  German  not  the  flower  of  which  the  beauty,  but,  the  flower 
whose  beauty,  bie  SBlume,  beren 


24.  The  following  verbal  and  adverbial  phrases  omit 
the  article.     Such  phrases  generally  omit  it  in  English. 

311  £cmb,  by  land  <w8  Skrbritft,  from  vexation 

311  2Baffer,  by  water  aitg  £)afj,  from  hatred 

jju  ^pferb,  on  horseback  9?ed)t  Ijaben,  to  be  right 

311  Sag  en,  in  a  carriage  llnred)t  fyaben,  to  be  wrong 

jju  <£d)iff,  on  board  ship  ^linger  fjaben,  to  be  hungry 

tor  £mnger,  of  (with)  hunger      2)urft  ^aben,  to  be  thirsty 

bor  35urfl,  of  thirst  311  SKittag  effen  (fyetfen),  to  dine 


314  DEFINITE  AETICLE. 

Bet  £ao.,  by  day  gu  iftadjt  effen,  to  sup 

bet  9Jad)t,  by  night  SBort  fatten,  to  keep  one's  word 

mit  33ergniigen,  with  pleasure  Sttft  b,abcn,  to  have  a  mind 

9teJ)enfd)aft  abtegen,  to  render  um    ^ergeiljung    bitten,    to    beg 

account  pardon 

in  £51jnmacf)t  fallen,  to  swoon  ©lauben  bcimeffen,  to  give  credit, 
Sdjrecfen  etnjagcn,  to  terrify  believe  in 

£f)eil  ncfymen,  to  take  part  ^itlfc  teifhn,  render  assistance 

Slbfdjtcb  nefymen,  to  take  leave  gu  ^nlfe  fommen,  to  come  to  one's 
laufcn,  to  run  a  risk  assistance  or  help 


$(cf)t  fyabcn,  )  to  take       gu  Sett  geljen,  to  go  to  bed 

,  ) 


ftcf)  in  5ld)t  neljmen,  )    care  £ro£  bieten,  to  bid  defiance 

(SJcbutb  b,aben,  to  have  patience  gu  ©runbe  ge^en,  to  perish 

Sftttteib  or  SJtttlctbcn  b,aben,  to  gu  ©tonbe  lomnten,  to  succeed 

have  compassion  gu  ©tcmbe  bringen,  to  accomplish 

gu  Stjett  njerben,  to  fall  to  one's  (Srroaljnimg  t^un,  to  mention 

lot  um  ^atb,  fragen,  iio  ask  for  advice, 

OBSERVATION. 

"Words  which  occur  in  the  subsequent  exercises,  and 
have  not  been  given  in  previous  lessons,  must  be  looked 
for  in  the  Vocabulary  at  the  end  of  the  book. 

READING   EXERCISE  105. 

3d)  fyabe  Sfaifdj  uub  23rob  gegeffen.  ©efjen  @|c  auf  ben  Sftarft  unb 
taitfen  (Sic  Gutter  unb  Sier.  i?ei^en  @te  mtr  eiuige  gebern  ;  tc^  mu§ 
einige  33riefe  f^retben.  5lmerifo  liegt  gec)en  2Beften.  (gnbe  gut,  5lUe3 
gut.  ©eroatt  geb,t  toor  9terf)t.  On  metneS  ©ro^toaterS  ©arten  ftel)t 
ein  alter  9?u§baum,  beffen  (Stamm  (trunk)  gan$  {job,!1  tft  ^ier  tft 
ba§  Sud^,  beffen  iSerfaffcr  @ie  fo  feb,r  Dere^ren.  SSotten  @tc  fdjon 
Slbf^teb  ne^men  ?  Stctfcn  @ie  gu  'jpferb  ober  gu  2Bagen?  <Sie  ntiiffen 
©ebulb  fyaben.  ^aben  btefe  ^erren  2Betn  ober  33tcr  getrunfen  ?  <Stc 
^aben  ferfjS  ^^fc^en  SSein  unb  etntge  ©(afer  33ter  getrunfen.  9?etfen 
<2>ie  gu  Staffer  ober  gu  £anb?  3d)  reife  gu  Sanb.  3U  SSafjer  lauft 
man  ©efab^r  gu  ertrinfen.1  @te  ^aben  9Je^t  ^aben  ©ie  fc^on  oon 
•J^ren  ^reunben  ?lbfc^ieb  genommen  ?  9Zoc^  md)t  ;  aber  i^  toerbe  e8 
ntorgen  t()un.  ^rauletn  (SHfabet^  tfl  in  JOb/nmac^t  gefatten. 
mann  ^atte  2J2ttteiben  mit  ib.r. 

106.  i  hoQow.    2  to  be  drowned. 


DEFINITE  ARTICLE.  815 

StufguBe  106. 

1.  "We  had  some  cheese,  bread,  and  butter.     Do  you  want 
anything?     Yes,  I  want  some  sugar  and  coffee.     America  lies 
towards  the  West.     Content  is  better  than  (gefyt  iiber,  «cc.) 
wealth.     Henry's  cousin  is  very  ill     The  boy  whose  books 
were  found  under  the  table,  has  been  punished  for  his  care- 
lessness.1    Charles  has  gone  to  bed.     I  have  read  all  the  let- 
ters which  your  brother  wrote  (has  written)  to  my  sister.    My 
uncle  (has)  travelled  a  great  deal  (met)  by  water  and  by  land. 
Am  I  right  to  take  a  walk  ?     Yes,  you  are  quite  right. 

2.  Is  he  wrong  to  spend2  his  money  ?  He  is  wrong  to  spend 
too  much  money.     At  what  o'clock  do  you  dine  ?     We  dine  at 
five.     Dinner  is  ready.     Are  you  hungry  ?    I  am  hungry  and 
thirsty.     I  do  not  like  to  go  out  by  night.     This  gentleman 
has  German  lessons,3  but,  I  believe,  only  twice  a  (bie  or  in  bcr) 
week     I  must  take  leave  of  (oon)  you.     What'  a  mistake!5 
What  beautiful  peaches  !6     How  much  do  they  cost  a  piece  ? 
She  is  2so  3kind  'a  lady.     Macbeth  was  not  willing  to  commit7 
so  great  a  crime.8 

EEADEKTG  LESSON". 


SSerferetfjcn.    The  Double  Crime. 

j£>ret  (gintoofyner  bon  33att  retften  mil  einanber  ;  fie  fonben  etnett 
©djafc1  imb  tfyetlten  tf)n.  @tc  fe^ten  iljren  SBcg  fort,  inbem2  fte  fid) 
liber  ben  ©ebraud)  (use)  nnterfyietten,2  ben  fte  bon  tfyren  SfteidjtJjihnertt 
madjen  luoflten.  £te  £ebengmittet,3  toeldje  fte  nut  fid)  genommwt 
fatten,  tnaren  aufgejefjrt;4  fie  tamen  iiberetn,5  baft  (Stner  oon  tb,nen  in 
bie  (Stabt  ge^en  fottte,  urn  h)dd)e  (some)  jn  faufen,  nnb  ba§  bet 
Oihtgfte  biefen  2luftrag6  iiberne()men  foUte  ;  er  gtng  fort 

UntertoegS  fagte  er  gu  ftd)  felbft  :  9^iin  bin  id)  retd)  ;  aber  id)  tourbe 
btel  retdjer  fetn,  n)enn  i«^  adetn  gertefen  tuare,  at3  ber  <Sd)afc  gefunben 
rturbc.  .  .  .  3)tefe  groet  9)Jenfd)en  ^aben  nttr  nteine  9Jeid)rt)iimer  ent* 
riffen.  ^onnte  id)  fte  ntd)t  luieber  befommen  (get)?  2)aS  mitrbe 
mtr  leidjt  fetn:  id)  biirfte  (need)  nur  bie  ?eben«mittcl  bergtften/  bie  id) 

106.  i  SRa^llfjtgfeit,  f.     sauSgefcen.     setunben.     <»aS  far.     *g«bler,  m.     e 


i  treasure.     2  conversing  (see  p.  273,  the  oonj.  inbera).     a  provisions.     4  to  consume. 
•to  agree,    c  commission.    7  to  poison. 


31G 


DEFINITE  ARTICLE. 


fcmfen  foK;  bet  mctner  9iiicffeljr  nnirbe  id)  fagen,  bajj  id)  in  her  ©tabt 
gu  -DJittag  gcfbeijl  Ijabe;  meine  ®efab,rten  toiirben  oljne  2JHfjtrauen  bo* 
bon  effeu,  uitb  ftc  nwrben  fterben.  3d)  fyabe  jefct  nitr  ben  britten  £b,eU 
bc3  <2d)a£e3,  unb  bann  tuiirbe  id)  9lfle3  befommen  (get). 

Onbeffen  fagten  bie  beiben  anbern  SReifenben  gu  einanbcr:  SSit 
braudjen  bie  ©efeflfdjaft  biefeS  jungen  2}ienfc^en  ntc^t ;  rtnr  ^aben  ben 
*2d)a^  mit  ifym  t^eilen  miiffen;  [em  Xb/ett  ttwrbe  bie  unfrtgen  bernie^rt1 
\jabm,  unb  tuir  tociren  feb,r  reic^.  (Sr  n>irb  baib  hjieberfommen,  toir 
Ijaben  gute  2)old)e,  hjir  woflen  ib,n  tobten. 

3)cr  jiinge  3)cen[c^  font  mit  bergifteten  ?eben«mitteln  juriicf ;  feine 
@efob,rten  ennorbeten  ib,n ;  fte  afjen ;  fte  ftarben ;  unb  ber  @d)afc  ge> 
^temanb. 
o  fanben  atte  brci  t^ren  terbienten  (deserved)  goljn. 


Ser  retfle1  mit  einanber? 
2Ba«  fanben  fte  aitf  bent  SBege  ? 
2Sa«  tb/aten  fte  mit  bemfelben? 
2Bobon  fpradjen  fte  untertoegS  ? 


SII3  ib,re  2eben8mittet  oufgege^rt 
hjaren,  h)Q§  befc^toffen  (de- 
termine) fte,  gu  tb,un  ? 

2Ber  mu§te  geb,en? 

SBeld^en  s$lan  fafete  (made)  bte* 
fer  untertoegS  ? 

SSarum  hjottte  er  biefeS  tb,un  ? 


toottte  er  bei  fetner  9?itrffeb,r 
gu  feinen  ©efdb,rten  fagen  ? 
SBeldjen  (Srfolg  (result)  Ijoffte  er 
bon  biefen  2Borten  ? 


!I)rei  (Sinhjo^ner  ber  (Stabt  Salt. 

(Stnen  @^a^. 

<Ste  t^eilten  ib/n  unter  ftd). 

@ie  unterb/tetten  ft^  iiber  ben  ©e* 

braud),  ben  fte  bon  bent  ®etbc 

mac^en  hjottten. 
<Sie  famen  uberein,  ba§  etner  bon 

tb,ncn  in  bie  <Stabt  geb,en  follte, 

um  ttjel^c  gu  foufen. 
2)er  jitngfte  bon  ib.nen. 
6r  befd)(og,  bie  ^ebengmittet  gu 

bergtften. 
Um  ben  <2d)afc  fitr  ftt^   aflein  gu 

befommen. 
2)a§  er  fd)on  in  ber  Stabt  gefbetfi 

fyabe. 
(5r  b,offte,  feine  ©efab/rten  hmrben 

bann  ob,ne  2KtRtrauen   bie  ber« 

gtfteten  ©beifen  effen. 


i  to  increase. 

*  2Ber  must  have  iU  verb  in  the  singular,  unless  the  verb  is  fein,  «.  g..  23et  Ifl  bet 
rjJann  ?  SDer  finb  bie  Ceute  ?  And  even  fein,  if  ns3d  aa  an  auiilliary.  must  hava  a  sin- 
gular vsrb,  e.  g.,  iSet  ijl  angef otnmen  ?  2)ie  3Sj«. 


GENITIVE  OF  SUBSTANTIVES.  317 

2Ba8  fatten  bie  betben  inherit  (Ste  tooflten  tfjn  ermorben,  toenn  er 
tt>ci()renb    feiner    ^bioefenfyett        gnrudla'me. 
fcerabrebet  (agreed)  ? 

3u  toeldjem  ftoedt  (purpose)  ?  Urn  feinen  £&,eH  beg  ©djatseS  fur 

fid)  befyalten  311  fonnen. 

friifyrten  fie  iljren  gntfdjtufc  anS  3a,  fie  tobteten  ifyren  ^ameraben. 
(carry  out)  ? 

t^aten  fie  bann?  @ic  aften  Don  ben  ©peifen. 

tear  bie  ^olge  babon?  @ie  ftarben  an  bem  ®ifte, 

geljorte  bann  ber  @rf)at5?  (gr  gefyorte 


THIRTY-NINTH  LESSOtf. 

GENITIVE  OF  SUBSTANTIVES. 

1.  The  genitive,  as  we  know,  is  the  case  denoting  pos- 
session and  other  relations  much  like  possession,  e.g.f 
ber  $unb  beg  ©artner^  ble  flatter  beg  2lpfelbaumeg,  bag  Dad) 
beg  $aufeg,    Not  unfrequently — especially  in  the  case  of 
names  of  persons  and  places — it  precedes  the  other  noun, 
e.g.,  beg  ©artnerg   !>imb,  |>einrid)'g  Sater,  53erlin'g  Um= 
gebungen»    But  the  genitive  plural  without  the  article  is 
very  naturally  avoided,  compare  page  305,  3,  at  the  end. 

2.  In  many  cases  a  substantive  connected  with  another 
substantive  by  the  preposition  of,  is  rendered  in  German 
by  a  compound  substantive,  e.g. : 

bie  2Baf)rft,eit3Uebe,  the  love  of  truth  (lit.,  truth-love) 

bie  J)id)tfimft,  the  art  of  poetry 

ein  Stumenfranj,  a  wreath  of  flowers 

bag  @d)tad)tfe(b,  the  field  of  battle 

ein  33htt3tropfen,  a  drop  of  blood 

etn  ©efdjaftgnwnn,  a  man  of  business. 

3.  The  genitive  case  of  a  substantive  is  often  used  as 
an  adverb,  either  alone,  or  with  an  adjective.     Ex.: 


818  GENITIVE  OP  SUBSTANTIVES. 


be§  9D?orgen8  (or  am  2ftorgen),  in  the  morning 

beg  Slbenbg  (or  am  2lbenb),  in  the  evening 

breimal  be$  3af)m%  three  times  a  year 

gerabeS  (geraben)  2Beg3,  straightway 

meineg  JhMffenS,  so  far  as  I  know 

langfamen  @d)ritte3,  with  tardy  step,  at  a  slow  pace. 

NOTE  1.—  However,  when  a  single  occasion  is  referred  to,  the  accusative 
must  be  used,  as: 

35ie[en  2Kor$en,  This  morning. 

CDicfen  2lbenl>,  This  evening. 

$)en  (or  am  )  jefynten  Jjuli,  On  the  tenth  of  July. 

Sefctcn  (nadjften  K.)  ©onntag,  Last  (next,  etc.)  Sunday. 

3$  eroarte  nteinen  greunb  ieten  Slugenblti. 

I  expect  my  friend  every  moment. 

The  accusative  is  also  required  when  the  substantive  expresses  the 
length  of  time  something  lasts,  e.g.  : 

@ie  Ijat  3ttei  ©tunben  (ace.)  ge^tafen. 
She  has  slept  (for)  two  hours. 

4.  When  the  noun  before  of  is  a  general  term  for  what 
the  noun  after  of  denotes,  e.g.  in  such  phrases  as,  TJie  city 
of  London,  The  month  of  May,  German  does  not  put  the 
second  noun  in  the  genitive. 

Norn.  baS  &i$mgreuf)  (Sngfcmb 

Gen.  be8  ^ontgretdjS  (Snglanb 

Dot.  bem  $omgretrf)  (Sngtanb 

Ace.  ba§  ^ontgretd)  (Snglanb. 

So  also  with  the  day  of  the  month,  e.g.,  The  second  of 
May,  ber  jroeite  -Jftai  ;  On  the  4th  of  July,  am  4ten  Suit. 

5.  This  is  also  the  case  after  nouns  of  measure,  weight, 
number,  and  quantity.     Ex.  : 

Gin  ($Ha$  SSaffer,  A  glass  of  water. 
(Sin  ^Pfunb  Slitter,  A  pound  of  butter. 
3toei  ^funb  ^leifdj,  Two  pounds  of  meat. 
Sine  gfafcfje  SSein,  A  bottle  of  wine. 
3c^n  (gflen  Jud),  Ten  yards  of  cloth. 


GENITIVE  OF  SUBSTANTIVES.  319 

$unbert  93falter  SSai^en,  A  hundred  bushels  of  wheat. 
Sin  Regiment  (Solbaten,  A  regiment  of  soldiers. 
(Sine  £>eerbe  (Sdjafe,  A  flock  of  sheep. 

The  former  noun  even  if  denoting  more  than  one,  is 
singular,  and  indeclinable,  e.g.,  mit  jwet  *Pfunt>  gleifd),  but 
it  is  declinable  and  put  in  the  plural  if  feminine,  or  a 
foreign  word  (10.4)  or  a  noun  of  time  (1981).  The  latter  noun 
is  indeclinable  unless  the  sense  requires  it  to  be  in  the 
plural,  e.g.t  ber  jiuei  ®la£  SBaffer,  son  tret  $eerben  (B$afeiu 

When  the  latter  noun  is  preceded  by  an  article,  adjective  or  adjective 
pronoun,  it  must  be  put  in  the  genitive  or  else  in  the  dative  with  toon, 
e.g.,  ber  brei  Steflimentcr  (toon  frcmjoftfcfyen)  ©olbaten. 

READING  EXERCISE  107. 

2)eS  ®atfer8  SBtfle  mufj  gefcfjefjen  (be  done).  3)e3  $naben  ^letfc 
ift  be(of)nt  toorben.  2Bir  erttarten  jeben  Sag  einen  ®rief  t>on  §emi  ^3. 
j)er  5lrjt  riet^  mir,  be«  2Rorgen«  imb  be§  ^benb§  einen  Soffel  ftott  Don 
biefer  Slr^net  gu  neljmen.  2)Jeine§  2Biffen§  ift  bonbon  bie  gro^te 
<£tabt  in  (Suropa.  Sangfamen  (2cf)ritte§  fu^r  ber  Sagen  be8  fonig* 
U^ien  ^ringen  bitrd^  ben  ^arf.  !J)tefen  5lbenb  Ijabe  icf)  nid)t  £tit, 
tnetne  ©tunbe  (lesson)  ju  nefymen.  ®te  Unberfttat  £eibelberg  ift 
berii^mt.  2)en  3WoIften  2fyril  1852  befuc^te  i^  ba§  @d)lad)tfelb  oon 
2BaterIoo. 

ttufgofic  108a. 

This  is  my  father's  house.  The  city  of  Rome  is  very  old. 
The  city  of  St.  Petersburgh  was  built  by  Peter  the  Great. 
"When  do  you  wish  to  have  your  lessons,  in  the  evening,  or  in 
the  morning?  I  am  engaged  (befdjciftigt  or  tierfyinbert )  in  the 
morning;  it  would  be  most  convenient1  for  me  to  take  them 
in  the  afternoon  between  two  and  four.  The  kingdom  of 
Saxony  (Sacfjfen)  has  an  extent2  of  only  280  German  square 
miles.3  The  streets  of  (fcon)  Paris  are  more  beautiful  than 
those  of  London.  The  month  of  July  was  very  hot.  Bring 
me  a  glass  of  beer.4 

6.  The  sign  of  the  genitive,  of,  may,  in  most  cases,  be 
translated  son,  e.g.: 

lOSa.  i  am  angene^mflen  or  am  paffenfcjien.    -  Suctefynunc}  ucn.    =  C,uatrutmcilm. 


320  GENITIVE  OF  SUBSTANTIVES. 

a)  After  substantives  expressing  rank  or  title.     Ex. : 

£)te  $bmgin  toon  'Stoamen,  The  queen  of  Spain. 
35er  ^crgog  toon  SBettington,  The  duke  of  Wellington. 

V)  Before  cardinal  numbers : 

Sin  'fllaiin  toon  breiftig  Oafyren. 

A  man  of  thirty  years. 

3n  etner  (Sntfernung  toon  fed)8  2fteifcn. 

At  a  distance  of  six  miles. 

(Sr  ftarb  tin  fitter  toon  jtebenjig  Safyren. 

He  died  at  the  age  of  seventy  years. 

c)  Before  the  names  of  metals  and  other  materials,  if 
the  adjective  be  not  preferred.     Ex. : 

(Sin  (Sdjtff  toon  (Sifen,1  A  ship  of  iron. 

(Sin  33ed)er  toon  ©olb,  A  cup  (goblet)  of  gold. 

Sine  iBilbfaute  toon  2J£armor,  A  statue  of  marble. 

d)  After  the  demonstrative,  relative,  and  indefinite  pro- 
nouns, after  the  ordinal  numerals,  and  the  superlative 
degree,  of  is  mostly  rendered  by  5) on,  though  the  genitive 
may  also  be  used.     Ex. : 

jDcrjenige  toon  Sljren  (ScfjiUern,  toetdjer  *c.,  (That  one  of  etc.) 
2Betd)er  toon  biefen  Qftannern  ?    Which  of  these  men  ? 
(Sinige  toon  meinen  §reunben,  Some  of  my  friends. 
3)cr  get)ntc  toon  30  (Sdjulern,  Of  30  scholars  the  tenth. 
3Me  fd)6nfte  alter  ftrauen  or     )  The  handsomest  of  all 
3)te  fd^bnfte  toon  alien  ^'&uen,  I  women. 

7.  Nouns  which  in  English  may  be  followed  by  of  and 
a  present  participle  used  substantively,  are  often  followed 
in  German  by  JU  and  the  infinitive,  e.g.  : 

$)ie  $unfl  gu  tanjen,  The  art  of  dancing. 

3)a3  ©eljeimntjj  reic^  gu  toerben,  The  secret  of  becoming  rich. 

8.  Verbal  nouns"  which  take  of  after  them  in  English, 

i  Or :  etn  cifcratS  ©<$tff,  (in  golbenct  SSedjer,  cine  marmcrne  23ittfSuIe. 
3  I.e.,  aouns  which  have  about  the  same  sense  as  the  present  participle  used  sub- 
Btantively,  e.g.,  thought  (almost  the  same  as  thinking). 


6ENITIYE  OF  SUBSTANTIVES. 

when  translated  into  German  often  take  other  preposi- 
tions than  con,  e.g.  : 

2)er  ©ebanfe  an  ®ott,  The  thought  of  God. 
3)ie  untrdjt  tior  bem  £obe,  The  fear  of  death. 
35te  iHebe  gum  Seben,  Love  of  life. 

SDf  angel  an  ©elb,  From  want  of  money. 


These  prepositions  are  generally  the  same  as  the  cor- 
responding verbs  take.  Thus  we  say  :  3$  bcufe  an  ©Ott. 

READING  EXERCISE  108b. 

3)ie  $onigin  toon  (Sngtanb  tft  ftolg  auf  ifjre  Marine  (navy).  3JZan 
bant  je^t  gange  (Sdjiffe  Don  (Stfen.  3ft  bicfer  3£ing  tton  ®olb  ober 
toon  (Silber?  (£r  ift  t>on  ®olb.  SBetcfjer  Don  btefen  ^nabcn  fyat  ben 
erften  •]3ret^  er^atten?  (5^  h)at  Outiu^;  er  tuac  ber  erfte  toon  funfgtg 
(Scf)itlern.  3)ie  ^unft  gu  rtngen  ift  fefyr  alt;  fie  btii^te  am  meiflen  bei 
(with)  ben  atten  ©riecfjen.  JDa§  53er(angen  (desire)  nad)  9Mcf)tb,um 
toeranta§t  btefen  9)Jann,  fo  groftartige1  Unterne^mungen  gu  mad)en. 
3)ie  SHebe  gum  ?eben  ift  atten  2ftenfd)en  angeboren;2  bagegen  ift  bie 
gurdjt  bor  bem  Sobe  itjnen  anergogen.3 

9tnf8Qk  109. 

Two  of  my  brother's  children  have  died.  The  queen  of 
England  has  married1  Prince2  Albert.  We  saw  a  large  fire  at 
(in)  a  distance  of  about  (uitgeftifyr,  ado.)  seven  miles.  Grateful 
nations  erect3  statues  of  bronze  (@rg)  or  stone  [to]  their  great 
men.  Emily  was  the  handsomest  of  all  the  young  ladies  at 
the  ball.  Not  one  (fetner)  of  my  friends  has  written  to  me. 
On  the  tenth  of  July,  2I  ^hall  make  a  journey  of  ten  miles  to 
see  (urn  .  .  .  gu  befurfjen)  a  gentleman  of  high  rank  (9?ang),  who 
is  a  Frenchman  and  the  father  of  nine  children.  Most  of  the 
pupils  were  not  prepared  for  the  lesson.  Which  of  the  ser- 
vants is4  to  go  ?  Some  of  the  finest  houses  of  the  town  are 
burnt  down.5  My  friend  has  discovered  a  new  way6  of  catch- 
ing fish.  The  habit7  of  taking  snuff  (gu  fd)nupfen)  is  very  com- 

108b.  i  grand,  great.    2  Innate,    s  imbibed  by  education. 

109.    i  aeheiratfyet.     2  See  p.  307,  7.     3«rrid;ten.    <  foil.    5  abcjebratmt.    e  2Het{jobe,  f,    7  bit 
nljeit. 


mon  in  Germany.  The  traveller  was  obliged  to  return  for 
•want  of  money.  When  nothing  but  (al$)  the  fear  of  punish- 
ment prevents"  us  from  acting  wrong  (23ofe8  311  tfjun),  2we  'are 
guilty  in  the  eye*  of  God. 

READING  LESSON. 

ttfyljon*  bcr  tf  iutftc. 

9fltob,on8  V.,  ®b'mg  toon  5lrragomen,  genannt  berOroftmiitljige^hjar 
her  £>etb  feineg  3ab,rb,unbert3;  er  badf)te  nur  barauf  (of  making),  5ln* 
bere  gliicf  Ud()  311  madden.  2)iefer  ^nrft  ging  gern  ofyne  ($efolgc  (^suite) 
unb  gu  ^ufc  burd)  bie  @tra§en  fetner  ^auptftabt.  511^  man  U)m  eiuft 
SBorftellungen2  iiber3  bie  ©efa^r  macf)te,  welder  er  feinc  ^erfon  au8* 
fe^jte,4  fo  anttuortete  er  :  f,(Stn  S3ater,  tuetdjer  mitten  unter  feinen  ^ut* 
bem  um^erge^t,  ^at  nic^tS  ^u  fitrdjten." 

2)ian  fennt  folgenben  3"96  &on  fetner  ^retgebigfett:6  31I§  etner  t>on 
feinen  ©c^a^meiftern'  t^m  etne  ©urnme  toon  taufenb  ^Dufaten  brac^te, 
fagte  ein  Offijter,  njelc^er  eben  ivtgegen8  tear,  gang  leife9  311  3emanb: 
wSBenn  td^  nur  biefe  ©umme  ^dtte,  hJiirbe  tc^  gtudfltrf)  fein."  —  ,,3)u 
fottji  e§  (so)  fern  !"  fpracq  ber  $i>nig,  rteldqer  e§  geb,6rt  ^atte,  unb  Uefe 
ib/n  biefe  taufenb'  jDufaten  mit  ftd^  ne^men. 

5lud§  ber  folgenbe  3ug  geugt10  toon  feinem  ebetn  Giljarafter:  Sine  mit 
9ftatrefen  unb  ©olbaten  betabene  ©ateere"  ging  unter;  er  befiefylt, 
i^nen  £>ilfe  gu  letften;  man  bebenft  ftcf).12  SDann  ftoringt  Sttpljon^  felbfl 
in  cin  23oot,  inbem  er  3u  benen,  toeld^e  ftd^  toor  ber  ®efab,r  fiird^teten, 
fagte:  „$$  toifl  Ueber  ber  ©efa^rte  al«  ber  .Siifdjauer13  ib,re3  Sobe3 
fein." 


SBer  war  ^llsb/onS  V.  ?  @r  war  ^b'ntg  toon  9lrragonien. 

5Bte  ttjurbe  er  genannt?  (Sr  b/te§  ber  ©ro^mutb/igc. 

^luf  toaS  bac^te  er  nur?  5(nbere  gtiicflicf)  3u  madfjen. 

Ste  ging  er  gern  burcf)  bie  ©tabt  ?  £)b,ne  ©efotge  unb  3u  gnfe. 

109.  s  un§  terfiinbert.    otn  ben  Hugen  ©otteS. 

i  magnanimous.  2  remonstrance.  3  concerning,  t  to  expose,  strait,  instance. 
e  munificence.  '  treasurer.  *  present,  slow.  10  bears  witness  (to),  n  galley.  12  to 
hesitate,  is  the  spectator. 


MODAL  AUXILIARIES. 


323 


833eW)e  25orftetdmgen  marfjte  man 
tb,m  befefyalb  ? 
s  unttoortete  er  baraitf  ? 


brarfjte  ifjm  einmal    fetn 


cr  fetne 


SSer  rtmc  gerabc  (just  then)  gu= 

gegen  ? 
2Ba8  fagte  biefer  Officer  leife  in 

fetner  ©eg  emu  art? 
2Ba§  fagte  barauf  ber  $ontg  ? 

2Bte  betodfyrte  (showed)  er  em 

onbereS  9Jiat  fcine  ^cidjften* 

Itebe  (humanity)? 
Unb  at^  DZtemattb  b,elfen  wotlte, 

raa§  t()at  er? 
SBelcfye  ebelu  SBorte  [prac^  er  bet 

biefer 


etuer  ®efal)r 


Sin  SSater  b,at  unter  fetnen  ^inbern 
gu  fiird)ten. 


(Sine  ©uijttne  ton  taufenb  !Dufaten. 

(gin  Officer. 

Oc^  tBiirbe  gliicf(id)  fein,  rtenn  id^ 

btefe§  @etb  ^atte. 
2Benn  btefe  (Smnme  (Sic  gtiicf(id) 

ma^t,  fo  fotten  (£ie  fie  l^nben. 
5lte   etne  mit  ©otbaten    belabene 

©ateerc  unterfanf,  befall  er  fo- 

gtei(^,  ib/nen  311  |nlfe  311  fommen. 
(Sr  fprang  fetbft  in  ein  33oot  unb 

ruberte  (rowed)  itjnen  ju  £>ttfe. 
(Sr  fogte:  ,,3f^  tuttt  lieber  ber  @e* 

fab,rte  at§  ber  3u^auer  $*& 
fein." 


FORTIETH  LESSOtf. 

THE  MODAL  AUXILIARIES. 

(See  the  17th  Lesson,  p.  93.) 

verbs  mbgen,  f  ftnnen,  etc.,  are  defective ;  they  have, 
for  instance,  no  passive,  and  are  most  of  them  rare  in  the 
imperative.  The  corresponding  verbs  may,  can,  etc.,  are 
still  more  defective,  wanting  not  only  these  parts,  but  also 
the  infinitive,  the  participles,  and,  of  course,  all  compound 
tenses.  May,  ccw,etc ,  have  also  the  imperfect  indicative  just 
like  the  imperfect  subjunctive,  i.e.,  in  both  of  these  tenses 
might,  could,  etc.  (see  I,  2,  below).  For  these  and  other 
reasons,  especial  care  is  needed  in  translating  tnijgen, 
nen,  etc.,  into  English,  and  may,  can,  etc.,  into  German. 


324  MODAL  AUXILIARIES. 


1.  $5nnen,  to  be  able  (id)  Fonne,  I  can),  denotes  pos- 
sibility of  any  and  every  kind. 

a)  3nm  imb  gum  fomten  nidjt  fiinf  madjen. 

Two  and  two  cannot  make  five. 
6)  (g«  fann  nidjt  fein,  bafe  er  gelogcn  Ijat 

It  cannot  be  that  he  has  lied. 

c)  (Sin  ?af)iner  fann  nidjt  geb,en. 
A  lame  man  cannot  walk. 

d)  <2ie  fonnen  nidjt  fyerein,  nrir  fmb  befdja'ftigt 
You  cannot  come  in,  we  are  busy. 

e)  3d)  fann  eg  toirflidj  ntdjt  ertauben,  c:  iwire  cine  ©iinbc. 
I  really  cannot  allow  it,  it  would  be  a  sin. 

2.  If  could  is  equivalent  to  was  able,  it  is,  of  course,  in 
the  indicative,  and  must  be  translated  fonnte;  if  it  is  equi- 
valent to  could  or  should  be  able,  it  is,  of  course,  in  the 
subjunctive,  and  must  be  translated  fonnte.    I  trembled 
so  violently  that  I  could  not  speak  :  —  This  does  not  mean, 
I  trembled  so  violently  that  /  should  not  be  able  to  speak, 
but,  I  trembled  so  violently  that  /  was  not  able  to  speak. 
Therefore  we  translate  :  3$  jittcrte  fo  fyeftig,  bap  id)  nid)t 
fprecfyen  Fonnte.    If  I  went,  I  could  not  dance,  means:  If  I 
went,  /  should  not  be  able  to  dance,  and  the  German  is  : 
SBenn  id)  ginge,  fonnt1  id)  nid)t  tanjen. 

3.  &bnnen,  in  speaking  of  languages,  is  translated  to 
know,  to  understand. 


Do  you  understand  French  ? 

4.  When  can  is  equivalent  to  am  in  a  condition  to,  it  may 
be  translated  bin  im  <3tant>e. 

I  cannot  lend  you  any  money,  for  I  have  lost  all  my  own. 
3dj  bin  md)t  im  (Stanbe  Ofynen  ©clb  311  borgen,  benn  id)  fyabe 
afl  baS  meinigc  berloren. 


MODAL  AtTXTLIABIES.  325 

5.  I  cannot  help  or  forbear,  is,  i$  fcwtt  ntt^t  uml)tn.  Ex.: 

I  could  not  forbear  laughing. 
3d)  fonnte  ntd)t  umfyin,  gu  torfjen. 
or:  3d)  fonnte  mid)  be§  2ad)enS  ntdjt  entljalten  (keep  from). 

n.  Sftogen,  wollen,  im  23egrtff  [ein. 

1.  Sftbgett  expresses  that  the  speaker  has  no  objection 
to  another  person's  doing  anything.     Ex.: 

SDu  ntagft  ben  Storf  begotten,  You  may  keep  the  stick. 
<2ie  mogen  ben  33nef  lefen,  You  may  read  the  letter. 
NOTE.— This  is,  as  we  have  seen  I,  1,  d,  one  of  the  senses  of  fonnen,  and 
we  can  also  say:  ®u  fonnft  ben  ©tocf  beljalten,  @ie  fonnen  ben  iBrtef  lefen  jc. 

2.  It  denotes  a  possibility  granted  by  the  speaker,  i.e.t 
something  which  may  be  true,  but  about  which  he  is  not 
perfectly  certain : 

Sr  mag  ein  eljrltdjer  2Rann  fetn,  He  may  be  an  honest  man. 
@5  mag  toafyr  fetn,  It  may  be  true. 

3.  It  denotes  a  liking  or  desire.     Ex. :      • 

jDaS  £angen  mag  er  nidjt,  Dancing  he  does  not  like, 
(gr  mag  ntdjt  tanjen,  He  does  not  want  to  dance. 

4.  Observe  the  following  forms. 

May  you  get  well  very  soon !  ($enefe  redjt  batb ! 
O  that  you  might  get  well,  etc.  2ttod)teft  bn  u.  f.  to. 

5.  To  be  going  or  about  to  do  something,  is  translated 
in  various  ways,  commonly  by  eben  ttMen,  im  33egrtff  fein, 
ouf  bent  $>itnft  ftefyen  (to  be  on  the  point  of).    Ex. : 

(gr  rttfl  eben  obretfen  or  er  ftefyt  auf  bem  ^5un!te  abguretfen. 

He  is  just  going  to  set  out. 

(Sr  toofite  eben  antworten. 

He  was  about  to  reply. 

(gr  war  im  Segrtff  311  f))red)en. 

He  was  going  to  speak. 


326  MODAL  AUXILIARIES. 

READING   EXERCISE    HOa. 

$cmnfl  bit  mtr  fagen,  roarum  bein  23ruber  morgen  nid)t  $u  mtr 
fommen  fann?  Xer  $nabe  fann  ba3  SSurf)  befyalten;  id)  braudje  e3 
ntdjt  mcfjr.  iJBcnn  unfcre  Solbatcit  bie  <3tabt  befyaitpten  fimnten,  fo 
unite  bcr  ^teg1  nidjt  jroeifelfyaft.*  $b'nnen  (5ie  Xeutfd)  ?  -ftein,  idj 
fanit  e3  nod)  nic^t;  abet  id)  lerne  e^.  3^  ^dtte  bort  fcin  mogen.  5U« 
id)  im  Scgviff  roar,  ba§  ^en)ler  jit  offnen,  roar  5ltteg  ftitt.  Od)  topflte 
eben  in  ba^  ^8ab  gefyen.  3cf)  bin  im  Segriff  nad)  (Snglanb  gu  reifen. 
9Wan  roodte  ft^  eben  ju  Xifc^e  fefcen,  al§  ber  ©eneral  in'S  3^mmet 
trat. 

§lufflttfic  HOb. 

Can  you  come  to-morrow  instead  of  to-day?  No,  Sir,  I 
cannot.  You  may  stay1  where  you  are.  Have  you  learnt  your 
lesson?  I  could  not  learn  it,  I  had  no  book.  I  would  learn  it 
if  I  had  a  book.  The  man  could  not  lift  (aufljeben)  the  stone. 
Do  you  intend3  to  go  to  America  ?  I  was  just  about  correcting 
your  exercise,  when  your  father  came3  to  see  me.  I  had  [a] 
mind  (Suft)  to  call3  upon  him  (tb,n  gu  befudjen),  but  my  mother 
did  not  wish  it. 

m.  Saffen.1 

1.  Saffen  means  to  let,  i.e.  about  the  same  as  to  permit, 
e.g.,  3$  roecfte  ttyn  ntcfyt,  id)  lief  ityn  fcfylafen,  /  did  not  wake 
him,  I  let  him  sleep. 

a)  Instead  of  gefyen  ttrir  (in  the  first  person  plural  of  the 
imperative)  we  can  say  lafjt  iin3  gefyen,  let  its  go;  and  so 
•with  all  other  verbs  besides 


2.  ?affen  means  in  the  second  place  to  cause,  and  is  fol- 
lowed by  the  accusative  of  the  person  or  thing  caused  to 
do  something,  and  by  an  infinitive  showing  what  he  is 
caused  to  do.  When  used  in  this  way,  we  generally 
translate  laffen,  to  have. 

HOa.  i  the  victory.    2  dubious. 

HOb.  i  See  page  279,  Note.  2  to  intend  Is  gebenfen,  »or^a6tn,  beafifti^Haen  and  gtfonntn 
lein.  s  to  come  or  go  to  tee  and  call  upon  ion)  aptrtort  are  both  :  3'manfc  fcefudjen. 

i  Cailen  is  not  a  modal  auxiliary.  It  has,  however,  some  of  the  same  grammatical 
peculiarities  as  the  modal  auxiliaries,  and  is  conveniently  treated  in  the  same 
chapter. 


MODAL  AUXILIARIES.  327 

Qfy  Ite§  fte  311  mtr  fontmen. 

I  had  them  come  to  me. 

5Du  ttifst  gen)o()iiltd)  .^etnrtcf)  Ujn  Ijeretnrufen. 

You  generally  have  Henry  call  him  in. 

a)  The  following  sentence  is  ambiguous  :  £)it  laft  $ein* 
rid)  rufcn.  It  might  mean  :  You  have  Henry  caM,  and  it 
might  mean  :  You  have  (somebody)  call  Henry.  It  would 
be  much  more  apt,  however,  to  mean  the  latter.  Such 
sentences,  —  those  that  is,  in  which  we,  leave  it  indefinite 
who  in  particular  does  the  thing,  and  speak  only  of  its 
being  done  by  some  one  or  other,  —  often  take  another 
form  in  English,  like  this,  You  have  Henry  called,  e.g.  : 

I  am  going  to  have  my  wood  sawed. 
•3dj  null  mein  ^>otj  fdgen  laffen. 
Where  do  you  have  your  books  bound  ? 
2Bo  laffen  @ie  3l)re  SBudjer  btnben? 


And  we  can  even  translate,  I  had  myself  called  by  a 
servant,  by  :  3$  licp  mid)  »on  etnem  S3ebienten  rufen,  instead 
of  saying  :  I  had  a  servant  call  me,  3d)  liep  etiten  33et>tenten 
mid)  rufen. 

6)  The  same  construction,  i.e.,  that  with  the  subject  of 
the  verb  which  is  in  the  infinitive  omitted,  is  allowable 
with  laffen,  meaning  (not  to  cause,  but)  to  alloiv,  e.g.  : 

3d)  ttrifl  bag  ®mb  Der^tetjen  taffen,  ba  btc  2Jhttter  eg  fo  feljr 

berfanqt 
I  will  allow  the  child  to  be  spoiled,   since  the  mother 

desires  it  so  much. 
5)a8  laft  id)  nid)t  ^toetmal  gefdje^en. 
That  I  do  not  let  happen  twice. 

3.  ?affen,  to  cause,  is  sometimes  used  where  we  say  teU 
or  bid,  e.g.  : 

?affen  @te  bte  3)ame  ^eretntreten. 
Tell  (have)  the  lady  to  come  in. 


328  MODAL  AUXILIARIES. 

(Sr  licfj  ben  2?oten  braufcen  toarten. 

He  told  (had)  the  messenger  to  wait  outside. 

4  Examples  of  laffen  with  ftd)  : 

<E8  la§t  ftd)  ntd)t  begreifen,  bafe  u.  f.  tt>.  (lit.,  It  does  not  allow 

itself  to  be  conceived  that,  etc.). 
It  cannot  be  conceived  that,  etc. 
j£>ariiber  lafjt  ftd)  33tele3  fagen. 
A  good  deal  can  be  said  on  that  subject 
Sr  Uefe  ftd)  rufen. 
He  had  himself  called. 

BEADING  EXERCISE    Ilia. 

2Btr  liefcen  bie  $mber  big  adjt  Ub,r  fdjlafen.  3d)  werbc  e«  bon  bent 
Sifdjler1  ntadjen  laffen.  2Ber  b,at  biefeg  £au«  bauen  laffen  ?  SMetn 
9^a^bar  fyat  eg  fiir  fetnen  ©ob.n  bauen  laffen.  8a§  ben  ^utf^et 
anfpannen.2  S)er  9?td)ter  lie§  bte  ©efangenen  tior  ftcf)  fontmen.  9Ketn 
£err,  ©te  b,aben  un§  lange  toarten  laffen.  laffen  Ste  mtr  (for  me) 
ben  <Sd)netber  rufen.8  2Ber  ftd)  betriigen4  lafet,  cerbtent  betrogen  ^u 
rterben.  2)er  ?e^rer  Ijat  feme  @d)uler  eine  englifdje  Uebcrfefcung 
raad)en  laffen.6  Saffen  @te  un§  einen  S^agtergang  niad)en.  3)er 
SSater  lte§  ba«  ^inb  taufen6  unb  t^m  ben  ^amen  9Jhrie  geben.  £affet 
bie  ^inber  ^ereinfommen.  £>a«  td§t  ftd)  (§  4)  ntdjt  b,offen.  SDa 
(there,  under  those  circumstances)  la'jjt  ftd)  ntd)t§  tfjun. 


Let  me  do  it.  I  have  him  work  six  hours  every  day.  Let  me 
go.  Let  us  take  a  walk  Let  the  old  man  sit  down.  Her 
father  allowed  her  to  marry.  The  governor1  caused  the  mur- 
derer to  be  arrested  (2,  a).  The  admiral  caused  the  crew2  to 
disembark  (au8fd)tffen).  You  must  have  a  new  house  built. 
The  mother  had  her  child  pray3  every  morning  and  evening. 
Where  do  you  have  (get)  your  books  bound?  I  get  them 
bound  by  Mr.  Long.  Bid  the  gentleman  come  in.  Who  shall 
(foU)  pick  the  cherries?  I  will  have  them  picked  by  John. 
Have  you  had  (page  98,  3)  the  general  invited  ?  Yes,  I  have 
sent  him  an  invitation.4  This  cannot  be  proved  (4).  That 
cannot  be  helped. 

Ilia,  i  the  joiner.     2  to  harness  the  horse.    3  to  send  for.    <  to  deceive  (here  with  the 
pasgive  meaning,  to  be  decfived).    5  See  page  98,  3.    f  to  be  christened. 
lllb.  i  fcer  6to*tyotter.    2  bie  3RannT$aft.    *  betcn.    *  cine  Qinlabung. 


MODAL  AUXILIARIES.  329 

IV.  <Solien,  miiffeju 

is  often  followed  by  an  infinitive  expressing 
what  it  is  the  duty  of  its  subject  to  do.  In  this  sense, 
we  translate  it  a)  sometimes  shall,  e.g.t  in  the  Ten  Com- 
mandments : 

®u  foflft  mrf)t  fte^tcn. 
Thou  shalt  not  steal1 

5)  But,  more  frequently,  must: 

3ljr  fottt  bor  jeljn  Uljr  311  23ette  geljett. 
You  must  go  to  bed  before  ten. 

2.  The  infinitive  after  folfen  is  sometimes  to  be  taken  as 
expressing  rather  what  is  vehemently  desired  shall  be 
done,  than  as  expressing  what  it  is  one's  duty  to  do,  e.g. : 

(5ie  foflen  mid)  je^t  anfyoren  obcr  ntmmer  meljr. 
They  shall  (must)  listen  to  me  now, — or  never. 
2BaS  fofl  idj  iefet  tfmn? 
What  shall  (must)  I  do  now? 

3.  2ftitffen  can  be  used  in  almost  the  same  sense  as 
follen  1  and  2. 

4  The  imperfect  subjunctive  and  pluperfect  subjunc- 
tive of  follen  are  translated  ought  and  ought  to  have, 

@r  fottte  feme  ©djulben  be^afylen. 

He  ought  to  pay  his  debts. 

(Sr  fycitte  feme  <5d)ulben  bejo^Ien  fotten. 

He  ought  to  have  paid  his  debts  (see  p.  98,  3).* 

@te  Ijcitte'tt  Sfyre  Seftton  lernen  follen. 

You  ought  to  have  learnt  your  lesson. 

3<f)  Ijatte  ge^en  foflen. 

I  should  (ought  to)  have  gone. 

1  The  student  must  remember  that  (except  in  questions)  it  is  only  in  the  2d  and  3d 
persons  that  shall,  in  English,  corresponds  to  follen  in  German.  /  shall  love  (1st  person 
etc.,  is  the  future,  tdj  icerbe  Iie6en. 

2  Compare  in  English  the  vulgar :  He  had  ought  to  pay  his  debts. 


330  MODAL  AUXILIARIES. 

5.  If  I  should  [love,  etc.]  may  be  translated  either  bj 
the  imperfect  subjunctive  of  Iteben,  etc.;  i.e.,  ttcnn  id)  liebtc, 
or  as  follows :  n>enu  id)  lieben  follte. 

323 enn  er  fommcn  foflte,  fo  fagen  <Sie  iljm  biefeS. 

If  he  should  come,  tell  him  this. 

SSenn  e3  regnen  foflte  (or  ©oflte  e8  regnen),  fo  toerben  hrir  gu 

£mufe  bleiben. 

Should  it  rain,  we  shall  stay  at  home. 
SBenn  id)  ifyn  feljen  foflte,  fo  toerbe  id)  ifym  bie  3Saljrljeit  fagen. 
If  I  should  see  him,  I  shall  tell  him  the  truth. 

6.  ©ollen,  most  usually  in  the  present  indicative,  may 

mean  am  (art,  is,  etc.)  said,  e.g.  : 

£)a§  £eftament  fott  falfd)  fetn. 

The  will  is  said  to  be  false. 

(§r  fott  in  9lmertfa  geftorben  fein. 

He  is  said  to  have  died  in  America. 

7.  (Sollen  is  frequently  followed  by  an  infinitive  ex- 
pressing what  is  expected  of  the  subject,  e.g.  : 

(£r  fptt  fpateftenS  ntorgen  anfomtnen. 

He  is  to  arrive  to-morrow  at  the  latest. 

Sir  foflten  e8  nur  bem  S3urgermcifter  mitt^eilen. 

We  were  to  communicate  it  only  to  the  Burgomaster. 

8.  (2ollen  seems  sometimes   to  have   bebeutett,  signify, 
mean,  understood  after  it,  e.g.,  2Ba$  foil  bie3  2lUe^  ?    What 
is  all  this  (intended)  to  signify?  i.e.,  What  does  att  this 
mean? 

READING  EXERCISE  112. 

SSir  fotten  ®ott  fttrrf)ten  unb  lieben.  JDit  foHjl  ntdfjt  35b'fe«  don 
beinem  5)7(i(^ften  reben.  <Sie  fottten  ©ott  banfen,  bo§  @ie  au§  biefer 
©efa^r  gerettet1  tuorben  ftnb.  323ir  foUen  bitrd)  5lnberer  5^ler  lernen, 
unfere  eigenen  311  tierbeffem.  3)u  ^atteft  btefem  SWanne  nid^t  trauen8 
foflcn.  Saltgula  befall,  ba§  bie  Corner  iljm  gottlidfje  (S^re  ertoeifen* 
foflten.  2)ie  2Wenfd)en  foflten  ftc^  nic^t  tiber  bie  S3orfe^ung*  befiagen, 
»uenn  fte  burrf)  i^re  eigenen  gel)ler  leiben.  2)er  ^ranfe  ^atte  nod^  met 

'12,    i  tp  rescue,    » to  trust,    » render. 


MODAL  AUXILIAKIES.  331 

Strjnet  nefjmen  mitffen,"  toenn  er  nicfjt  geftorben  ttmre.  £)er  ©raf  fofl 
aiif  ber  Oagb  fcin.  Sr  foil  ftd)  in  bie  ©intft6  beS  alten  ^ihtigg  etn» 
gcfd)Urf)en7  (jaben.  SRorgen  foil  bcr  &onig  in  bic  <Stabt  fontmen. 
foil  biefe  ernftljafte  2#iene?  2Ba$  follen  atle  biefe 


Hufoabe  118. 

We  are  to  be  there  at  ten  o'clock.  Thou  shalt  not  tell1  lies. 
You  shall  not  do  what  you  like  (ttwnfdjen),  but  what  you  ought. 
Which  of  your  servants  is  to  go  ?  John  or  James  ?  James  is 
to  go.  You  should  have  invited  also  the  old  judge.  She 
ought  to  be  silent.  Should  the  weather  be  fine  to-morrow, 
you  may  expect  me  at  eight  o'clock.  If  the  merchant  should 
ask2  for  money,  tell  him  that  I  have  none.  You  ought  to  rise 
earlier.  The  boy  ought  to  have3  written  his  exercise.  He  is 
said  to  be  an  honest  man.  Their  cousin  is  said  to  have  gone 
to  America.  Mr.  Taylor  is  said  to  have  taken  poison.4  These 
ladies  are  supposed  to  be  very  rich.  You  ought  to  have  learnt 
the  whole  page  by  heart  (augfoenbig).  If  we  were  to  (should) 
call  on  you,  should  you  be  at  home  ?  I  see  you  are  crying  ; 
what  is  the  meaning  of  these  tears  ?5  (8)  What  shall  we  do 
with  this  robber  ?6 

Y.  On  2)urfen. 

1.  The  most  usual  signification  of  biirfeit  is  to  be  per- 
mitted. It  is  translated  into  English  in  various  ways, 
according  as  the  agent  which  grants  or  does  not  grant  the 
permission,  etc.,  varies,  e.g.  :  . 

a)  Supposing  the  agent  is  a  person  or  persons  : 

•Jftan  barf  ein  33iicf)  cms  ber  Sibliotljcf  gttet  2Bod)en  bdjalten. 

You  can  (may)  keep  a  book  out  of  the  library  two  weeks. 

®arf  id)  bte  (Sfyre  fjaben  :c. 

May  I  have  the  honor,  etc. 

90?  an  barf  b,ier  nitr  im  3uli  ^ifrfje  fanaen. 

You  can  (are  allowed  to)  catch  fish  here  only  in  July. 

112.  s  See  page  99,  4.     6  favor.     1  to  insinuate,      s  ceremonies,   i.e.,  bowings  and 
scrapings. 

113.  i  to  tell  lies,  tftgen.     2  to  ask  for  something,  etooS  eeriongtn  (ace.),     a  See  page 
99,4.    «<3tft.    oZ^r&ncn. 


332  MODAL  AUXILIARIES. 

<5ie  biirfen  ntcfjt  taut  fprerfjen,  '3  tfl  tterboten. 
You  mustn't  speak  loud,  it's  forbidden. 

b)  Supposing  what  permit  or  do  not  permit  are  con- 
siderations of  right  and  wrong,  e.g.  : 


ener 
The  editor  of  a  paper  ought  to  accept  no  presents. 

Or  considerations  of  any  other  kind  whatever,  e.g.  : 

2ftan  barf  ntdjt  blaue  |>anbfd)ub,e  tragen. 
A  person  should  not  (cannot,  must  not)  wear  blue  glovea 
9?un,  ®ie  biirfen  getmjj  anneljmen,  bafe  u.  f.  to. 
Well,    you  certainly  may  (can,  have  a  right  to)  assume 
that,  etc. 

2.  A  less  frequent  sense  of  burfen  is  to  need.  This  is 
found  mostly  with  nur,  only;  faum,  scarcely;  or  erft,  first, 
only,  not  titt,  e.g.  : 


Sr  barf  nur  em  etngetne^  2Bort  f 

He  need  only  speak  a  single  word. 

SBtr  burfen  e8  faum  an  bte  anberen  fc^reiben,  bte  hJtffcn  e«  fa  fc^on. 

We  scarcely  need  write  it  to  the  rest,  they  certainly  know 

it  already. 

-3d)  barf  eg  erfl  morgen  fagen. 
I  need  not  say  it  till  to-morrow. 

Of  course,  biirfen  in  all  these  sentences  is  in  danger  of 
being  taken  to  mean  to  be  permitted.  We  can  remove  all 
ambiguity  by  using  braud)en  in  the  place  of  burfen,  e.g., 
(£r  braucfyt  nur  ein  einjelneS  2Bort  ju  fpred)en. 

3.  A  third  sense  of  biirfen  is  found  only  in  the  imper- 
fect subjunctive  (burfte),  with  which  tt)0^l  is  very  often 
joined. 


@r  burfte  ftob,!  je^t  fecf)8  3ab,re  alt  fern. 
He  is  probably  now  six  years  old. 
3)a8  burfte  Ijeute  ber  ^afl  fetn. 
That  is  very  likely  the  case  to-day. 


MODAL  ATJXILIABIES.  338 

£>er  $aifer  biirfte  oor  gefyn  Saijren  fraftiger  getoefen  fein. 
The  emperor  was,  I  suppose,  stronger  ten  years  ago. 
!Da3  biirfte  woijl  in  ber  3uhtnft  n^t  me')r  evtaubt  fein. 
I  suppose  that  will  not  be  allowed  any  more  in  future. 

We  add  probably,  or  I  suppose,  or  very  likely,  or  some 
such  words  to  the  verb  after  bitrfen,  and  put  it  (the  verb 
in  English)  in  the  indicative.1 

VI.  General  Bemark  on  all  the  Modal  Auxiliaries. 


or  gefyen,  and  other  infinitives  of  nearly  the  same 
meaning  as  ttytttt  and  c;efyen,  are  frequently  omitted  after 
the  modal  auxiliaries,  e.g.  : 

(Sr  fcmn  morgen  Ijin. 

He  can  go  there  to-morrow. 

SSir  biirfen  e8  nirf)t. 

We  are  not  permitted  to  do  it. 

3d)  fytitte  Ijinauf  foflen. 

I  ought  to  have  gone  up  there. 

£af$  mid)  b,in. 

Let  me  go  there. 

READING  EXERCISE  114. 


$ranfe  £eute  biirfen  biefe  ©peife1  nicf)t  effen.  prf)  barf  !etncn 
SBein  trinfen.  (Sie  burfen  biefen  S3rtef  lefen,  tuenn  @ie  tuoHen  (Kke). 
2)er  ©efangene  burfte  fein  2Beib  unb  feme  ®inber  nic^t  me^r  fe^en, 
betior  er  auf  ba8  @rf)iff  gebrarfjt  wurbe.  3)arf  id)  @te  morgen  befudjen? 
jDiefe  9}Jabd)en  Werben  Ijeute  nid)t  auf  ben  S3att  gefjen  biirfen,  rtenn 
tb,re  Gutter  nidjt  beffer  toirb.  5D?an  barf  ifym  nur  in'§  ®efid)t  feb,en, 
fo  erfennt  man  ben  3)ieb.  £)arf  man  in  ben  fonigtidjen  ©arten  ^inein* 
ge^en?  Oebermann  barf  b^inein.  3)arf  man  fragen,  an  ttm§  @ie 
benfen  ?  @r  biirfte  biefeS  roo^t  nid)t  n>agen  (dare).  2)er  ^vanfc  b,at 
leine  Kr^nei  ne^men  tooflen;  aber  er  b,at  gemu^t2 

i  Illflrfen/  meaning  to  dare,  is  obsolete  (see,  for  instance,  Sanders'  large  German  dic- 
tionary under  biirfen),  and  students  should  avoid  this  translation  (to  dare)  which  still 
lingers  in  grammars  and  dictionaries  and  among  teachers.  Of  course,  bftrfen  ap- 
proaches the  meaning  dare  in  such  sentences,  as  :  3d)  Ijobe  mu$  ertMtet,  i<$  barf  ntdjt  au& 
gcftcn,  I  have  caught  cold,  I  ought  not  (cannot)  to  go  out. 

111.   i  food,  diah.    2  See  page  98.  3. 


334  MODAL  AUXILIARIES. 

Slufeabc  115. 

Charles  may  play.  We  have  no  right  not  to  invite 
May  I  see  what  you  are  writing  ?  The  pupils  have  not  been 
allowed  to  go  out.  May  I  ask,  why  not  ?  He  cannot  look  me 
in  the  face  (mk  in'S  ®eftd)t  fefjen).  How  could  he  undertake 
this,  without1  mentioning  it  to  his  father  ?  We  shall  probably* 
not  be  allowed  to  buy  these  books.  You  are  not  to  pay  the 
waiter.3  The  children  are  not  allowed  to  play  in  this  room. 
He  may  (3)  very  likely  have  been  mistaken  (firfj  getrrt  fjaben). 
Have  you  been  allowed  to  read  the  letter  of  your  aunt?  Yes, 
I  was  allowed  to. 

READING  LESSON. 

Tie  fedjS  SSortlein. 


<Sedj§  SBortfein  nefjmen  mid)  in  ^Inforud)1  jeben  £ag: 
3d)  foil,  id)  mitft,  id)  fann,  id)  totfl,  id)  barf,  id)  mag. 
3d)  jofl  ift  baS  ©efefc,  t>on  ®ott  in'6  §crj  gefd)rieben, 
S)a8  $ki?  nad)8  toeld^em  id)  bin  Don  ntir  felbfl  getrieben. 
3^  mu§,  ba§  ifi  bte  (S^ranf,4  m5  rocker  mt^  bic  SBcft 
53on  einer,  bic  SRatur  toon  anb'rer  ©cite  ^a'lt. 
3d)  fann,  ba§  ifl  ba«  2Kafe  ber  rair  Derlie^'nen6  ^raft, 
3)er  J^at,  bcr  gertigfeit,7  bcr  $unft  unb  2Bi{fcnfdjaft 
3^  n)itt,  bte  Ijod)fte  ^ron'  tfl  biefeS,  bie  mid)  fdjmiicft,* 
3)a§  iji  ber  ^eifyeit  <2teget,  bem  ©eifle  aufgebriicft.' 
3(^  barf,  ba§  ifl  gugteid)  bie  Onfc^rift10  bei11  bem  <2iegel, 
S3ei'm  aufget^anen  X^or  bcr  gretljett  aud)  ein  9?iegeL" 
3(^  mag,  ba8  enbttc^  ifl,  roa«  gnrifdjen  5ltten  f^njimmt, 
gin  Unbeftimmteg,"  bag  ber  Slugenbluf  beftimmt. 
3dj  fofl,  id^  mu§,  id)  fann,  id)  raid,  ic^  barf,  id)  mag, 
S)te  <5e^fe  ne^men  mt^  in  ?lnfprud)  jeben  Sag. 
S?ur  roenn  2)uw  fetbfl  mi^  le^rfl,  roeife  i^,  h)a8  jeben  Xag 
3d)  fott,  idj  mu^,  ic^  fann,  id)  h)ifl,  ic^  barf,  id)  mag. 


115.  i  cfene  e3  ...  311  fagen.    s  raa^ri^etnti^.    s  fieflner. 

i  claim  me.  2  the  goal,  stewards.  -»the  bounds,  limits.  6  •within,  cgnmted* 
»  dexterity.  8  adorns.  9  impressed.  10  inscription.  11  in  the  case  of,  tor.  12  bolt, 
la  •omething  vague,  indefinite.  H  Thou,  O  God. 


335 

FORTY-FIRST  LESSON. 

REMARKS  ON  THE  USE  OF  THE  PRONOUNS. 

(See  the  23rd,  24th,  and  26th  Lessons.) 

L  Personal  Pronouns. 

1.  When  a  relative  pronoun  in  the  nominative  relates  to 
a  personal  pronoun  of  the  first  or  second  person,  the  per- 
sonal pronoun  is  repeated  after  the  relative.    S.  p.  156,  4. 

3d),  ber  id)  iljn  fenne,  I  who  know  him. 

2)u,  ber  bit  tfyn  nid)t  fennft,  You  who  do  not  know  hira. 

2Bir,  bie  totr  jung  fmb,  "We  who  are  young. 

2.  The  most  frequent  use  of  the  genitive  of  personal 
pronouns  is  after  verbs  governing  the  genitive,  and  as  a 
partitive  genitive  preceding  numerals.     Ex.: 

(5r  fpottete  meiner,  He  mocked  me. 

3d)  eritmere  mid)  f  enter,  I  remember  him. 

Unfer  gefyn,  Ten  of  us. 

3Ijrer  gnxm^ig,  Twenty  of  them. 

NOTE. — This  genitive  is  likewise  compounded  with  the  prepositions 
toegen,  fyalfcen,  and  uriflen,  in  which  case  the  final  r  is  changed  into  t,  as: 
metnetroegen,  on  my  account;  IJfyretoegen,  on  your  account;  um  fetnetttntten, 
for  his  sake,  etc. 

3.  The  dative  and  accusative  plural  of   the  reflexive 
pronoun  ftd)  may  take  a  reciprocal  signification,  that  is, 
mean  one  another  or  to  one  another  instead  of  themselves  or 
to  themselves.    Ex. : 

!£>ie  $tt>et  (Sdjroeftern  gteidjen  fid)  (or  eincmber). 
The  two  sisters  resemble  one  another. 
S)te[e  Seute  befdjtntpfen  fid)  (or  emcmber). 
These  people  disgrace  one  another. 


336  PRONOUNS. 

IL  Possessive  Pronouns. 

1.  My,  thy,  his,  her,  our,  etc.,  are  not  generally  used 
with  parts  of  the  body  (hand,  arm,  etc.),  when  it  is  per- 
fectly clear  whose  hand,  arm,  etc.,  are  meant      The  de- 
finite article  takes  their  place,  e.g. : 

Have  you  washed  your  hands? 
£>a|t  bu  bie  £>tinbe  getoafdjen  ? 

2.  The  dative,  more  rarely  the  accusative,  of  the  person 
whose  hand,  arm,  etc.,  are  meant,  may  be  added,  e.g. : 

£>at  er  bem  f leincn  £>einrid)  ba3  £mar  gef djmtten  ? 

Has  he  cut  little  Henry's  hair  ? 

3d)  fyatte  mtr  fdjon  ^roetmat  ba3  (or  cut)  23etn  gebrodjetu 

I  had  broken  my  leg  twice  before. 

3d)  fyatte  mid)  in  ben  ginger  gefdjnitten. 

I  should  have  cut  my  finger.1 

3.  Adjectives  in  the  predicate  are,  we  know,  used  in 
their  shortest  form  (see  "page  102,  2),  e.g.,  Setter  £ut  iff 
fyapd)  (not  fyapdjer),  That  hat  is  ugly;  @ie  ijl  fefyr  QUtig 
(not  giittge),  She  is  very  kind. 

2fteitt,  betlt,  etc., — except  in  one  case  to  be  mentioned 
below, — conform,  as  would  be  expected,  to  this  rule,  e.g., 
Setter  $ut  tfi  tf)r,  That  hat  is  hers;  £)ie  £anbfd)utye  roaren 
Ultfer,  The  gloves  were  ours. 

When,  however,  e$  is  the  subject  of  the  verb,  mein,  betn, 
fein,  etc.,  in  the  predicate,  must  agree  in  gender,  number, 
and  case  with  the  noun  for  which  e£  stands,  i.e.,  if  e3 
stands  for  a  singular  noun,  we  have  metner,  meitte,  or  mei* 
ne£,  according  to  the  gender  of  that  noun,  and  if  it  stands 
for  a  plural  noun,  meine,  e.g.,  &&  (ber  £ut)  ifl  fetner,  @6  (tie 
geter)  ifl  eitre,  @g  (ba^  S3ud^)  roar  itnfereg/  @g  (a  plural  noun 

1  When  the  name  of  the  person  Is  put  in  the  accusative,  it  will  be  noticed  that  the 
part  of  the  body  takes  a  preposition. 

2  But  when  ea  stands  for  a  neuter  noun  in  the  singular,  we  can  have  also  the  short 
form  in  the  predicate,  i  e.,  here,  Q8  (_ia3  i£u$)  mar  unfer. 


PRONOUNS.  337 

of  any  gender)  warcn  beine  gewfen,  They  would  have  been 
yours.1 

4.  Observe  the  following  expressions  : 

A  horse  of  ours,  (£in3  unferer  ^pferbe. 

A  friend  of  mine,  (giner  meiner  ^reunbe  or  ein  3*euKb  *>on 

mir. 
A  relation  of  yours,  (giner  3I)rer  SBertnanbten  or  ein  33er* 

irmnbter  con  Sfynen. 

The  construction  with  son  and  the  dative  seems  hardly- 
allowable  in  the  case  of  mere  ownership,  e.g.,  in  the  first 
example. 

READING  EXERCISE   116. 

•3d),  ber  id)  Sltteg  nut  (meinen)  eigenen  5htgen  gefeljen  fyabe,  fann 
bag  befte  geugnife1  geben.  (Stiver  griebe,  ber  bu  bom  £)tmmel  fomtnft, 
erfitHe  mein  £>er$.  (grbarmen  (£ie  fid)  nteiner.  3d)  bin  urn  feinet* 
foiUen  geftroft  loorben.  S)ie  jungen  !?eute  toerjei^en  fid)  leid)t  ifjrc 
(follies).  3ft  e§  tua^r,  bafe  ^arl  ben  $lrm  gebrodjen  t)at? 
,  er  b,at  nid)t  nur  ben  5lrm,  fonbern  aud)  ba6  ^Bein  gebrodjen.  2)a8 
fiet  ouf  bie  ^niee  unb  betete.  (Siner  meiner  ^Bettern  ift  geftern 
geftorben.  £>iefer  (Stocf  ift  mein.  -3d)  ftanb  an  bem  genfter  unb 
fyatte  ein  S3ud)  in  ber  ^>anb.  -3t)r  ginger  btutet;2  tjaben  <Sie  ft^ 
gefc^nttten?  3d)  ^abt  mid)  mit  einer  9?abcl3  in  ben  finger  geftocb/en. 
(Sie  biefen  jungen  SD^ann  ?  -3a,  er  ift  ein  better  t>on  mir. 


117. 

We  who  are  old  cannot  enjoy1  these  pleasures.  He  who 
wished  to  injure  me,  has  served  me.  They  laughed  (Iad)ten) 
at  us.2  We  left  England  for  her  sake.  Do  not  these  two 
girls  love  one  another  tenderly  ?3  The  boy  had  a  cap4  on  his 
Lead.  He  has  lost  his  senses  (SBerftanb,  masc.  sing.).  The  queen 
had  a  crown6  on  her  head  and  a  scepter6  in  her  hand.  My 
heart  beats  for  (t)or)  joy.  The  prisoner  has  cut  his  throat 
(•"patS).  I  am  wounded  in  (an)  my  shoulder.7  In  firing  (beim 
£oSfd)ief3en)  the  gun  (gen.),  2I  Jhave  wounded  my  hand.  This 
hat  is  not  mine,  it  belongs  to  my  brother.  That  pencil  is 

i  This  rule,  given  by  the  grammarian  Heyse,  is  frequently  violated. 

116.  i  evidence.  ~  to  bleed  ?  needle.  —  117.  i  gentefien.  -  at  us  may  be  translated 
either  with  the  genitive  nnfet  or  with  the  preposition  fiber  with  the  accusative 
s  3&rtli$.  *  cine  ajiu^e.  '•>  ft  tone,  f.  6  £copter  or  jtjiter.  "  Sdjulter,  f. 


338 

mine,  the  other  is  his.  A  relation  of  yours  is  gone  to  America 
A  cousin  of  yours  came  yesterday  to  see  us.  The  naughty 
boy  threw  a  snow-ball1  at  (ait)  the  man's  (dot.)  head. 

ITL  Relative  Pronouns. 

In  English  a  relative  clause  sometimes  begins,  not  with 
the  relative,  but  with  a  substantive,  e.g. :  An  estate  the 
right  to  which  is  in  dispute,  A  picture  the  value  of  which  is 
unknown.  In  German  the  relative  clause  must  begin 
either  with  the  relative  or  with  a  preposition  governing 
the  relative.  Thus  we  must  change  the  examples  above 
into:  A  picture  whose  value,  An  estate  to  which  the 
right. 

I  have  some  jewels  the  price  of  which"  I  do  not  know. 

33)  fjabe  etnige  Suroeten,  bercn  ^ret^  id)  ntcfjt  fenne. 

We  went  to  a  house,  from  the  windows  of  which  (from 
whose  windows)  we  saw  it. 

2Bir  gingen  in  em  £>au8,  aug  beffen  ^enftern  hnr  e8  faljen. 

A  machine  by  means  of  which  one  can  fly. 

(Sine  Sftafcfjtne,  Dermtttelft  beren  man  fUegen  fann. 

2.  The  genitive  of  the  English  relative  pronoun  pre- 
ceded by  att  is  put  in  the  same  case  as  oJL     Ex. : 

He  had  five  children,  all  of  whom  died  in  their  infancy. 
(£r  fyatte  fiinf  $tnber,  bte  afle  in  iljrer  $inbljeit  ftarben. 

3.  This  is  also  the  case  when  aR  precedes  a  personal 
pronoun.     Ex. : 

All  of  us,  hrir  Me. 
All  of  you,  <Sie  afle. 

4  Such  as,  when  equivalent  to  those  who,  is  translated 
bteiemgen  (or  bte)  roelcfye. 

Such  as  are  poor,  bte,  toetdje  arm  ftnb. 

i  SinccbaU,  m. 

ill  of  which  be  changed  into  whose,  the  two  languages  agree:  whose  price,  tcren  (pi.) 
fruit. 


339 

NOTE.  —  @o  in  the  sense  of  toetdjer  (nominative  and  accusative  singulai 
and  plural)  is  obsolete,  as:  3Son  2lllen  fo  (.Me)  ba  famen,  Among  all  that 
came. 

®a  is  not  unfrequentiy  redundant  in  relative  clauses,  e.g.,  in  the  last 
example. 

5.  As  to  after  such,  is  translated  by  baf?  with  the  in- 
dicative or  subjunctive. 

I  placed  myself  in  such  a  position  as  to  oversee  all. 

3d)  berfetste  mid)  in  eine  folrfje  (Stettung,  baft  id]  Side  iiberfefjen 

fonnte. 

I  ask  for  such  pay  that  I  can  (may  be  able  to)  live  in  the  city. 
3d)  fcerlange  eine  foldje  Sefolbimg,  baft  id)  in  ber  @tabt  roofynen 

fb'nne. 

READING  EXERCISE    118a. 

2)er  (Sngta'nber,  beffen  @olm  bet  3lmett  roolmt,  I)at  feine  23rieftafdje 
berloren.  !Der  alte  3JJann,  mit  beffen  (So^n  id)  nad)  (Sngtanb  geretft 
bin,  ift  geftorben.  2)er  $rembe,  auf  beffen  ^edjtfdjaffen^eit1  id)  gafytte, 
I)at  mid)  betrogen.  ®iejenigen  iceldje  (such  as)  toir  bi§  je£t  (as  yet) 
gefeb,en  ^aben,  gefatten  un§  nid)t.  SBerben  ©ie  atle  23iid)er  beb.atten, 
bte  id)  Sfynen  geftern  gefdjidt  b^abe?  3d)  fann  nod)  nid)t  fagen,  ob  id) 
fie  al(e  beb,atten  raerbe;  aber  bie  beiben,  toetdje  id)  beftettt  (ordered) 
rterbe  id)  gertnft  befallen. 


Stufgofic  118b. 

That  is  the  goal1  towards  (nad))  which  he  strives.8  A  bird 
whose  wings  have  been  clipped3  cannot  fly.  It  is  an  illness 
against  (gegen)  the  progress4  of  which  one  cannot  apply5  re- 
medies6 too  quickly.  Charity,7  the  practice8  of  which  is  our 
duty,  makes  us  good  and  happy  We  call  that  heavenly 
body,9  by  the  brightness10  of  which  our  eyes  are  dazzled,11  the 
sun.  Such  as  are  good  and  industrious,  may  go  home  with 
me.  I  found  myself  in  (such)  a  position12  (as)  to  observe  all 
that  went  on  (gorging)  around  me. 

IV.  Indefinite  Pronouns. 

1.  5lllr  oil,  before  the  definite  article  and  before  the  de- 
monstrative and  possessive  pronouns  is  best  not  declined, 

118a.   i  honesty. 

118b.  iba«3iel.  ^ftrcten.  ••  6efd)nitten  or  geftufct.  -i  gfortftyritt,  m.   soniBenbcn.  e^dtratttel, 
p.    tbieStete.  sUebung,  f.    9  $tmmel3fctper,  m.  io®tait3,  m.  H  uetfclenbet.   i2©telluitfl,  t 


340  PRONOUNS. 

e.g.,  31(1  ber  ©lanj,  All  the  brilliancy  ;  2(U  feincr  <3olbaten,  Of 
all  his  soldiers  ;  33et  all  biefen  (Sfyrcn,  With  all  these  honors. 

2lUe  may  be  used  instead  of  all  in  all  cases,  numbers, 
and  genders,  although  Germans  generally  prefer  all,  e.g., 
33et  alie  biefen  (Sfjren. 

It  is  not  incorrect  to  decline  all  before  the  parts  of 
speech  mentioned  above,  e.g.,  filler  ber  ©lanj,  Siller  fciner 
Soltatcn,  33ci  alien  biefen  (Sfyren.  It  is  more  usual  to  find 
it  declined  in  the  plural  than  in  the  singular. 

2.  All  meaning  the  whole  and  agreeing  with  a  singular 
noun  is  most  frequently  translated  gan  J,  as  : 


All  the  year,  3)a^  gange  3aljr. 
All  day,  £)en  gotten  £ag. 
All  night,  bie  gan^e  9Za^t 
Notice  the  article. 

3.  ©anj,  aU,  remains  unchanged  before  neuter  names 
of  countries  and  towns  in  all  the  cages.     Ex.  : 

All  England  would  rise,  ©0113  (Snglanb  nwrbe  auffteljen. 
In  all  France,  3n  gang 
All  Paris,  ©c 


4.  5lUe^  generally  means  everything;  it  is  sometimes, 
however,  applied  to  persons.    Ex.  : 

freitt  ft<f),  Everybody  rejoices. 
flie^et,  Everybody  flees. 


5.  9llle3  toa^  is  much  more  frequent  than  alle$  ba$,  as: 
,  ttia§  id)  gefefycn  ^abe,  All  I  have  seen. 


6.  Every    may  be  translated   either  by    the   singular 
|eber  or  the  plural  alle.    Ex.  : 

Every  day,  3eben  Jag  or  afle  £age. 


PRONOUNS.  341 

Every  year,  3ebe8  Safjr  or  atte  3af)re. 

Every  twenty-four  hours,  5lfle  bier  unb  ^ttanjtg  <3tunben. 


7.  Usage  differs  as  to  the  declension  of  tttel  (mvxti, 
many)  and  tt>ent£  (little,  few,  sometimes  a  few)  used  with- 
out the  article.     The  pupil  will  be  safe  in  using  them  in 
the  singular  as  indeclinable,  and  in  declining  them  in  the 
plural. 

(£r  Ijat  inct  ®elb,  He  has  much  money. 

3dj  fyabe  loentg  3ett,  I  have  little  time. 

,£>aben  @ie  tiiele  g^eunbe?  Have  you  many  friends? 

3d)  ()abe  nur  roenige  ^reunbe,  I  have  but  few  frienda 

SBenige  (or  toentge  Scute)  ttnffen  ba8,  Few  people  know  that. 

8.  (£tn  roenig,  a  little,  is  indeclinable  : 

@eben  <2tc  mtr  em  iucntg  ©at,5,  Give  me  a  little  salt. 

ein  toentg  S3rob  unb  ^letfd^,  With  a  little  bread  anfl  meat. 


9.  33eibe,  both,  is  sometimes  used  without  a  substantive, 
as  :    53etbe  ftnb  tot>t,  Both  are  dead.     It  never  admits  a 
genitive  after  it,  compare  III,  2.    Ex.  : 

2Btr  23etbe,  Both  of  us. 

@tc  33etbe  (or  bie  33eiben),  Both  of  them. 

TO  un«  SSetben,  With  both  of  us. 

3n  btefen  betben  ^ciufern,  In  both  (of)  these  houses. 
NOTE.  —  The  English  both  —  and  are  conjunctions,  and  are  rendered  jo> 
teoljl  —  at§  (see  p.  269).    Ex.  :  Both  silver  and  gold,  Softool  @U6er  all 
©olb. 

10.  Either  has  several  different  senses  in  English,  with 
different  translations  for  each  in  German. 

a)  It  may  mean,  "I  (you,  he,  we,  etc.)  do  not  care 
which,"  e.g.,  Which  horse  will  you  take  ?  Answer,  Either. 
Wo  can  say  for  this  either  in  German,  (£3  ifl  mtr  enter  lei 
(It  is  just  the  same  to  me)  ;  or,  (g$  macfyt  mtr  9?i(|t0  auS  (It 
makes  no  difference  to  me)  ;  or,  Ste  <£>te  Wollen  (Just  as 
you  choose). 


342  PRONOUNS. 

&)  It  may  mean  both,  e.g.,  You  must  not  think  of  these 
houses,  either  is  too  dear  for  you.  Here  we  can  use  in 
German  beibe. 

c)  It  may  mean  either  the  one  or  the  other.    In  this  case 
we  translate  it  entroeber  ber  etnc  ober  ber  anbere,  e.g.,  You 
must  decide  yourself  whether  to  use  the  indicative  or  the 
subjunctive  mood,  the  passage  allows  either, ...  tie  (Stellc 
erlaubt  entroeber  ben  einen  ober  ben  onberen. 

d)  It  may  be  correlative  to  or,  e.g.,  Either  you  or  he, 
(£ntroeber  <£ie  ober  er;  Either  (the)  one  or  (the)  other,  Gntte 
roeber  ber  Sine  ober  ber  Slnbere. 

11.  Neither  (or  n'>t  either)  may  be  translated  either  by 
Weber  ber  (Sine  nod)  ber  Slnbere  (Neither  [the]  one  nor  the 
other),*or  by  Reiner  »on  33eiben  (Not  one  of  the  two),  or 
by  Reiner  simply,  e.g.  : 

I  can  praise  neither  (woman). 

•3d)  barf  toeber  bte  (Sine  nod)  bie  5lnbere  toben. 

I  think  they  will  adopt  neither  (thing). 

33)  gtaube  man  totrb  ^eing  tton  SBetben  anne^men. 

On  neither  side. 

Sluf  fetner  (Scttc. 

12.  Not  any  is  Fein ;  not  anybody,  97iemanb ;  not  anything, 
9Hd)tg.    Ex.: 

We  have  not  had  any,  2Btr  Ijaben  fetnen  (or  feme  or  fetnS  or 

rd.  feine)  ge^abt. 
Have  you  not  heard  of  anybody?  |>aben  <3ie  toon  ^iemanb 

ae^ort? 
I  did  not  buy  anything,  Oc^  f)abe  ni^tg  gefauft. 

But  not  may  be  translated  nicfyt,  when  there  is  a  very 
strong  emphasis  on  the  following  word,  e.g.,  Did  you  not 
see  one  (L e.,  not  a  single  individual)?  $aben  ®t*  nic^t 
Sinen  gefe^en?  Did  he  not  say  something?  $at  er 
gefagt? 


PRONOUNS.  £43 

13.   Other  is  translated  ember,  when  it  means  of  cnotJier 
kind,  e.g.  : 

Another  wine  would  be  wholesomer. 

(Sin  anberer  SBein  toa're  gefunber. 

This  horse  does  not  suit  me,  I  must  have  another. 

5Dte8  ^Jferb  gefattt  mir  nid)t,  id)  ntufc  ein  anbereS  fyaben. 

But  when  other   means  more  of  the  same  kind,  it  is 
translated  nod)  (adverb),  e.g.: 

Another  glass  of  wine  would  have  certainly  made  it  worse. 
9?od)  ein  ®Ia3  28ein  fjatt'  e§  getoifc  fdjltmmer  gemorfjt. 
Two  horses  are  not  enough,  I  must  have  another. 
3toei  ^ferbe  [inb  nirfjt  genug,  id)  mufc  nod)  einS  fjoben. 

In  English  we  often  say  more  instead  of  other,  e.g.,  Two 
horses  are  not  enough,  I  must  have  one  more, 
ftnb  nt$t  gemtg,  t^  mu§  nocfo  etn^ 


14.  No  more  or  no  longer  (or  not  any  more,  not  any 
longer)  is  ntcfyt  mefyr,  or  if  there  is  a  noun  with  which  fcin 
can  agree,  Fein  mefyr,  e.g.  : 

He  does  not  call  on  us  any  more. 

(£r  befudjt  un§  nid)t  me^r. 

We  have  no  longer  a  father. 

2Bir  ^aben  feinen  2$ater  me^r. 

Since  then  I  do  not  joke  with  any  more  Scotchmen. 

©eitbem  fdjer^  id)  mit  feinen  ©djotten  me^r. 

READING  EXERCISE   119  a. 

^e^men  <Ste  bag  gange  ©titd?  ^ein,  id)  brandje  nur  nienige  ©Ken. 
i^anj  ^3ari^  mar  erteudjtet.1  !Diefe  ^fton^en  finbet  man  in  ganj 
3)eutfd)(anb.  2Sir  mufcten  ben  gan^en  Jag  arbetten.  3d)  fann  Oljnen 
nid)t  S2ltteg  er^afyten,  uia§  id)  erlebt  (experienced)  b,abe.  2Sir  ftnb 
atte  reid)Ud)  befdjenft2  njorben.  2Bir  atte  tuaren  Ijungrig  unb  burfttg. 
(Sine  ^rau  Ijatte  etne  §enne,  hjeldje  atte  £age  ein  (Si  lepte.  >err 
Skitter  ift  nttt  un8  Setben  nod)  ^ariS  gereift.  @iner  Don  (Sitd) 
fterben,  |agte  ber  dauber  ju  un^.  SBotten  (5ie  nod)  einen  5(pfe( 
,  id)  banfe,  id)  effe  feinen  mefyr.  2Botten  @ie  einen  anbcren 


U8b.  i  iliuminatea.    2  rewarded. 


344  PRONOUNS. 

b>ben?    2Bic  biele  (Sdjiiter  fyaben  (Sic  nodj?    3dj  Ijabe  nodj  geljn. 
£err  21.  fyat  fetnen  23ebtenten  mefyr. 

Slufga&c  1191). 

The  travellers  have  been  robbed  of  all  their  luggage1  (gen.). 
We  worked  all  day  and  night,  but  we  could  not  finish  our 
work.  In  all  Europe  such  a  man  is  not  to  be  found  ($u  finbcn). 
I  will  tell  you  all  I  know.  All  of  you  have  been  warned 
(geroarnt)  by  the  policeman.2  I  did  not  see  anything.  They 
were  every  day  entertained3  with  songs,  the  subject  (©egen* 
ftanb)  of  which  (pi.)  was  the  happy  valley.  Take  another  cup 
of  tea.  Have  you  any  more  brothers4  and  sisters  ?  I  have  no 
more  brothers,  but  two  sisters.  My  father  has  no  more 
horses  ;  he  has  sold  them  all. 

BEADING-    LESSON. 
(fyiftct.     Epictetns. 


ar  ein  (Sfla&e  be«  (Spaph>obi'ru8,  unb  h>tte 
trie!  bon  feinem  ^errn1  ju  erbulben;  a&er  cr  Ijatte  cine  grojje  unb  ftarfe 
©ecle.  2118  ehtfl  (SpapljrobituS  i^m  etnen  ^eftigen  (Sdjlag*  auf  ba3 
S3ein  gegeben  ^attc,  fo  wanttc  Sptftct  iljn  fatt  (coolly),  ba§  cr  c«  ih^m 
nidjt  breci^en  fottte.  3)cr  ^crr  berboppette  fcute  ©trcid^e,*  fo  ba§  ct 
iljnt  ben  ^noi^en*  gerf^iug'.  j£>er  2Bctfc  antwortetc  ib^m,  ob^ne  ftdj  ju 
cntriiflen:4  ,,^atte  ic^  eS  bit  nic^t  gefagt,  ba§  bu  e8  mir  ^erf^Iagen 
toiirbcfl!" 

(Sptftct  mar  immcr  bergniigt,  felbfl  (even)  in  bcr  (SflaDereL  „$$ 
Bin,"  fagtc  er,  ,,an  ber  <3tefle,  wo  bic  Borfefjung5  njttt,  bafe  i^  fei;  mt(^ 
bartiber  311  beftagen,  ^ei§t  ftc  beleibigcn."  2)ie  jttjei  ©runbteb^ren' 
feiner  2Jiorat  toaren:  w5Biffe  ju  bulben  unb  bid)  311  entljalten."7  (Sr 
fcnb  in  fid)  felbfl  bie  nb'tfyigen  ^>ilf8mittel,8  urn  ben  erflen  biefet  ©runb* 

c*  in  2tu«iibung9  ju  bringen. 

,,2Bir  b^aben  fcb,r  Unredjt/  fagte  er  biSweilen,  ,,bie  ^rmutb^  anjutta* 
ba^  fte  un^  ungtudlid)  madje;  e«  ifl  ber  Sfyrgeij,11  eg  ftnb  unferc 


119b.  ifcaSSepirf.  -'ber  ^oUjei'ttener.  -untcr^altcn.  ^  brothers  and  sisters,  btfC^f^rcifier. 
i  master.     2  blow.     3  the  bone.     4  to  grow  angry.     :•  Providence,     c  principles.    '  to 
abatain.     s  resource,     9  to  practice,  to  carry  out.     into  accuse,     u  ambition. 


PRONOUNS.  345 

itnerfa'ttlidjen1  23egierben,  lueldje  un8  toafyrljaft  etenb  ntadjen.  SBaren 
hrir  £erren  ber  ganjen  2Belt,  fo  fonnte  unS  Ujr  SBefiJ}  nid)t  t>on  gurd)t 
unb  Summer  (trouble)  fret  madjen;  bie  SBernunft  attein2  tjat  biefe 
©eiualt." 

(Spiftct  ftarb  in  etnent  fefyr  Ijofjen  fitter  unter  ber  9?egierung  be8 
£)te  irbene  Sampe,  njomit  er  feine  pfjilo* 
erleud)tete,  n)itrbe  einige  3e^  na^)  feinem  Xobe 
fiir  3000  SDradjmen  (2700  granfen)  oerfauft. 


SBer  tnar  (Spiftet?  Sin  ^b,ilofop^'  unb  ein  (Sffabe 


9Bar  fein  £>err  giitig  gegen  i^n  ?     -ftetn,  er  luar  tjart^ergig  unb  grau* 

fain. 
21  (^  biefer  ib,m  einft  l^eftig  auf  ba6    (Sr  raarnte  ib,n,  er  fotte  ib,m  ba3 

Sein  fd)(ng,  toatS  fagte  er?  33ein  nid)t  gerbred)en. 

2Ba§  tfjat  aber  Spapljrobitug  ?        (Sr  toerboppette  feine  ©treidje  unb 

jerfdjtug  ifym  hJtrfltd)  ba§  33ein. 
SBurbe  (Spiftet  bariiber  entriiftet?    0Jetn,  er  anttoortete  gang  ru^ig,  baf, 

er  e8  ib,m  »orau8gefagt  ^abe. 

23 ef fagte  er  fid)  bariiber,  bafj  er    '^etn,  er  unterlwarf  (submitted) 
<£flat>e  war  ?  ftd)  ruljig  feinem  <Sd)icffal. 

fagte  er?  (Sr  fagte:  ,,3d)  bin  an  ber  ©tette, 

h)ob,tn  bie  S3orfe^ung  mid)  gefefct 


tcaren  feine  gtoei  @runb>  ^SSiffe  ju  bulben  unb  bid)  ju  ent* 

le^ren?  fatten." 

•3ft  eg  bie  5lrmut^,  bie  un«  un>  D^idjt  bie  2lrmut^,  fonbern  unfere 

gtitrftid)  mad)t?  Segierben. 

SSann  ftarb  Spiftet?  llnter  Marcus  ^lureliu^,  in  einem 

fe^r  ^otjen  filter. 
2Bie  tt)euer  luurbe  feine  irbene 

uerfauft?  ^ur  3000  5)rad)men. 


i  insatiable  desires.    2  reason.    3  night-watch. 


346  TENSES  OF   INDICATIVE. 

FORTY-SECOND  LESSOtf. 

THE  TENSES  OF  THE  INDICATIVE. 

The  use  of  the  tenses  in  German  differs  very  little  from 
the  use  of  the  tenses  in  English. 

L  The  Present 

1.  There  is,  in  most  cases,  only  one  form  for  each  of  the 
tenses  in  German,  e.g.,  icfy  lefe,  icf)  lag,  icfy  fyabe  gelefen,  and 
with  this  one  form  we  must  translate  every  one  of  the 
three  forms  for  the  simple  tenses  which  exist  side  by  side 
in  English,  e.g.,  I  read,  I  am  reading,  I  do  read,  and  of 
the  two  forms  we  have  for  the  compound  tenses,  e.g.,  I 
have  read,  I  have  been  reading. 

3d)  friifyftiicfe  eben,  I  am  just  breakfasting. 

(§r  fdjlaft,  He  is  sleeping. 

3d)  fyabe  ben  ganjen  £ag  getefen,  I  read  all  day. 

2.  The   Present  is   employed  for  the  Future  oftener 
than  is  the  case  in  English.     Ex. : 

3d)  reife  biefen  Slbenb  ab. 
I  leave  town  this  evening. 
3n  bret  £agen  fomme  id)  nneber. 
In  three  days  I  shall  be  back. 

3.  The  Present  is  used  in  German  especially  with  fcfyon, 
already,  or  feit,  since  (preposition),  for  the  English  Perfect, 
when  the  latter  expresses  something  that  has  been  and 
still  is.    See  the  foot-note  to  Exercise  96.    Ex.: 

2Bie  lange  ftnb  @te  fd)on  fyter? 

How  long  have  you  been  here  ?' 

2Bte  lange  lernen  (£ie  fdjon  j£>eutjdj  ? 

How  long  have  you  been  learning  German  ? 

i The  B*nae  of  Etc  tange  fmfc  Si*  fyier  gem'fcn  ?  is :  How  long  were  you  here  7 


TENSES  OF  INDICATIVE.  347 

3d)  feme  eg  feit  arfjt  Sttonaten. 

I  have  been  learning  it  these  eight  months. 

£>aben  Ste  bicfcn  33ebtenten  fdjon  lange  (not  gefyabt)  ? 

Have  you  had  this  servant  long  ? 

-3d)  fyabe  tfyn  fdjon  jtoet  Saljre  (or  feit  £toet  3al)ren). 

I  have  had  him  these  two  years. 

II.  The  Imperfect. 

1.  The  imperfect  is  used  to  express  what  occurred  fre- 
quently, e.g.,  @r  fagte,  He  used  to  say  ;  @ie  fdjliefen  geroityit* 
lid)  ad)t  ©tunbcn,  You  used  to  sleep  generally  eight  hours. 

2.  It  is  used  to  describe  the  circumstances,  i.e.,  to  say 
what  was  going  on  at  the  time  something  else  happened, 
e,g.: 

Most  of  them  were  smoking  and  playing  chess  when  you 

came  in. 
3)te  2JMften  raudjten  imb  fptelten  <Sdjarf)  al3  (Sic  ^eretngetreten 

finb. 
You  came  in  as  most  of  them  were  smoking  and  playing 

chess. 
<3te  finb  Ijeretngetreten  ate  bte  SD'letften  raudjten  unb  @rf)arf) 

ftnelten. 

3.  It  is  the  tense  used  in  the  more  dignified  kinds  of 
narration,  e.g.,  in  histories  and  speeches.     In  speaking  of 
every  day  matters,  however,  the  perfect  is  more  usual, 
unless  the  speaker  was  an  eye  witness  of  what  he  states, 
— in  this  latter  case  he  uses  the  imperfect,  e.g.,  He  died  be- 
fore I  was  born,  (£r  tft  fleftorben,  efy'  tcfy  geboren  bin;  but, 
911$  id)  aitf  ber  23riicfe  war,  ftel  etn  HetneS  ilttnb  tn'g  SSoffer, 
When  I  was  on  the  bridge,  a  little  child  fell  into  the  water. 

4.  It  is  used  to  express  what  had  been,  and  still  was, 
especially  with  fd)0tt  and  feit.     Compare  I,  3. 

2Bte  tang  tt>aren  <Ste  frfjott  ba  ? 
How  long  had  you  been  here  ? 
And  so  on  through  all  the  examples  in  I,  3. 


348  TENSES  OF  INDICATIVE. 

5.  See  HE,  1,  at  the  end. 

The  Perfect 


1.  One  use  of  the  German  perfect  has  been  already 
mentioned,  II,  3.    In  this  use,  it  translates  our  shortest 
form  of  the  imperfect,  e.g.,  (Sr  ifi  ^rettag  nacl)  9tom  ge* 
gangen,  He  went  to  Rome  Friday.     There  are  also  cases 
where  the  German  imperfect  is  best  translated  by  our 
perfect,  e.g.,  3$  ging  btefen  SBinter  nur  etnmal  auf  $  (£ig,  1 
have  been  on  the  ice  only  once  this  winter. 

2.  As  a  general  rule,  an  English  perfect  may  be  trans- 
lated either  by  a  German  perfect  (but  see  I,  4),  or  by  a 
German  imperfect,  e.g.,  I  have  seen  him,  3$  fyab'  ifyn  ge* 
fefyen  or  3$  faf)  ifyn  ;  You  have  already  heard,  gentlemen, 
that,  etc.,  (£te  erfufyren  fcfyon  (or  <5ie  fyaben  fcfyon  erfafyren), 
meinc  £>erren,  bap  it.  f.  n>. 

3.  The  auxiliary  which  forms  the  perfect  and  pluper- 
fect indicative  and  subjunctive,  is  often  omitted  in  a  de- 
pendent clause,  e.g.,  £ap  cr  fo  frity  gefommen  [ift  under- 
stood], fann  mid)  nur  fretien,  That  he  has  come  so  early,  can 
only  give  me  pleasure  ;  $einrtd)  nwpte  fd)on,  ba§  bic  ^Bnigtn 
eg  n>afyrfd)einlid)  in  Sd^erj  gefagt  [(>atte  understood],  Henry 
knew  already  that  the  queen  had  probably  said  it  in  joke. 
The  same  way  in  the  passive,  e.g.,  @ic  befyauptete,  ba§  ter 
&bntg  nicfyt  getobtet  roorben  [fei  understood],  She  maintained 
that  the  king  had  not  been  killed. 

IV.  The  Pluperfect 
1.  This  tense  is  employed  as  in  English.     Ex.  t 

2U3  (nadjbem)  id)  btc  ,8citun9  geMen  Ijatte,  ging  id)  au«. 
\\Tien  (after)  I  had  read  the  newspaper,  I  went  out 


TENSES  OP  INDICATIVE.  349 

2.  See  ITT,  3,  for  the  omission  of  the  auxiliary  forming 
the  pluperfect. 

3.  See  II,  4,  for  the  German  imperfect  translating  the 
English  pluperfect. 

READING   EXERCISE    120. 


2)ie  (Stabt  9?om  Uegt  aitf  fieben  £>ugetn.  9?ad)  bem  SSinter  fommt 
ber  grilling.  3)er  $nabe  fdjneibet  (makes)  feine  gebern  felbft.  2)ie 
Slrmutb,  toofmt  oft  neben  bem  Ueberfluffe.1  101  orgen  $lbenb  reife  id) 
nad)  ©traftburg;  ttotlen  <£ie  mid)  begleiten?  ^DiogeneS  tooljnte  in 
einem  gaffe-  3d)  fenne  (I,  4)  iljn  fett  feiner  $inbb,eit.  £)urd)  wen 
nwrbe  5lbel  getobtet?  3)ie  Suben  tooimten  guerft  im  ?anbe  ©ofen; 
Ijernad)  ^ogen2  fie  in  ba^  £cmb  Canaan.  S3or  brei  SBodjen  fyat  ber 
-Sager  einen  ^-irfd)  gefdjoffen.  2Bir  tcerben  ba^  9)feb,I  bei  einem  anbern 
Scider  faufen.  £>aben  @ie  Ob,re  3lrbeit  geenbigt?  Sir  fyaben  fie  nod) 
nidjt  geenbigt.  2ftan  b,at  otle  Offi^iere  beftvaft,  ivetdje  bie  gab.nen 
toertaffen  b,aben.  ®ie  Stjrier  fatten  burd)  iljren  (Stotj3  ben  ^fintg 
©efoftriS  gegen  fid)  aufgebradjt/  ber  in  (Sgtjpten  I)errfd)te  unb  fo  biete 
9teid)e6  erobert  b,atte.  3d)  Ijatte  meine  ®efd)afte  fdjon  beenbtgt,  ai8  id) 
3;b,ren  53rief  erb,iett.  Wtt  er  mir  bie  ®efd)id)te  er^afjtt  b,atte,  fd)lief  er 
etn.  (S3  b,at  biefeS  3ab,r  nid)t  biete  Srauben  gegeben.  (Sobalb  id) 
mein  ©etb  er^olten  b/abe,  ttjerbe  id)  biefe  (Stabt  bertaffen. 

9litf«abc  121. 

1.  "What  are  you  doing?    I  am  reading  a  very  amusing 
book;  you  must  read  it  too;  to-morrow  I  will  send  it  [to]  you. 
Napoleon  the  First  died  in  the  year  1821.     My  friend  has 
published1  a  new  English  grammar.      The  servant  has  killed 
his  master.     Were  you  ever  in  France  ?    No,  Sir,  I  intend  to 
go  there  next  year.      After  I  have  read  the  book,  you  shall 
have  it.     We  waited  [a]  long  time  for  you  (auf  <2ie).     I  have 
been  writing  letters  all  day.     When  shall  I  have  the  pleasure 
of  seeing  you  ?     I  have  always  received2  him  kindly.     These 
two  moil  will  have  done  their  work  when  you  return. 

2.  We  shall  have  our  dinner  at  six.     He  has  lived  long  in 
Switzerland.      He  lived  long  in  Switzerland.     Is  it  long  since 


i  abundance.    2  went,  moved.    3  pride,    4  irritated.    5  kingdom. 


350  TENSES  OF  INDICATIVE. 

you  breakfasted  ?  It  is  an  hour  and  a  half.  I  perceived  (II,  3) 
it  the  other  day.  I  have  perceived  it  for  (since)  several  days. 
I  wore1  that  coat  two  years.  I  have  worn  this  coat  nearly  two 
years.  How  long  did  you  wear  these  boots  ?  They  are  worn 
out  (abgetragen).  How  long  have  you  lived  in  this  house  ?  I 
have  lived  in  it  these  three  years.  Have  you  known  these 
people  long  ?  I  have  known  them  [for]  many  years. 


READING   LESSON. 

1  aug  betn  Selien  £etnrtd)8  beS  $ierten. 

£>ie  beriifjmte  <Srf)(ad)t  toon  3t>ri)  afletn  fb'nnte  ben9?anten£>etnrtdj'8 
be8  SHerten  unfterblid)  madden.  2113  ^eerfiifjver2  imb  (Solbat  getgte  er 
eben  fo  t)iel  ©efdjidltdjfeit*  at$  £apfer!ett.  23or  bem  SBegtun  be8 
£reffen$4  burdjritt  er  bte  9Mf)ens  nut  einer  l^ettern  SlZiene,  njetdje  ben 
@teg  border  berfiinbete,  unb  fagte  311  fetnen  !Jruppen  :  ,,$inber,  n)enn 
bte  Stanbar'ten  end)  fefjlen,6  fo  toerfammelt  end)  itm  nietnen  n)et§en 
^eberbnfd),'  t^r  toerbet  i^n  tmmer  auf  bem  SSege  ber  (to)  S^re  unb 
be§  9tu^meg  ftnben;  ©ott  tft  fur  un3."  —  9Zad)  etntger  ,3ett  glaubte 
man,  er  njare  tnt  ©djtadjtgetilmmel8  umgefommen.  5113  er  tmeber  gum 
33orfdjetn9  fam,  mit  bem  33Iute  ber  fit'infa  bebedt,  fo  rtwrben  feme 
©olbaten  ^elben.  ®ie  53erbiinbeten10  hiurben  in  (Stiirfe  gefjauen.  2)er 
SWarfdjafl  uon  33tron  lommanbtrte  ba§  9tefert)efor^§  unb  b,atte,  olme 
eben  in  ber  §t^e  be3  ©efedjteg  ju  fein,  etnen  grofcen  5lnt^eil:i  am 
(Siege.  ®r  tuttnfdjteu  bem  ^b'nig  mit  btefen  SSorten  ©liirf:1*  «@tre, 
(Sic  ^aben  fyeute  get^an,  tua§  33tro:f  ti/un  fottte,  unb  33tron,  ttjaS  bet 
tb,un  fottte." 

3)te  2)?Ube  be«  (Sfegerg  zdfiffle*  ilcn  9Jub,m  be3  Xriumpb,^. 
bte  grangofen,"  f  ^cic  nv  tnbetr,  cr  bte  gludjtlwge14  berfotgte. 
biefe  ^iige  maten16  ben  .qro^en  SO^att^  toeldjer  bte  ^unft  befa^,^  bte 
gehJtnnen, 


12L  itragen. 

i  trait.  2  commander,  genent.  dSkUL  <battj\  s  ranks,  stall.  1  plume.  smSlee. 
store-appear.  iothe  Leagnei'S  llghare.  is  tc  congratulate,  isto  enhance.  ufngi« 
tives.  i  :.  to  paint,  describe. 


TENSES  OF  INDICATIVE. 


351 


mu§  befonberS  bte  ©enugtljuung1  berounbern,  roeldje  cr  bent 
£errn  Don  (3d)omberg  gab.  £>iefer  (general  ber  beutfdjen  ^nlfStruppen 
Derlangte  etuige  Jage  Dor  ber  £d)(ad)t  bte  Sofynung2  feiner  £ru»»en. 
2)a8  @elb  mangelte;3  eine  33eroegung  be3  llnroiflenS4  reifet  ben  $ontg 
fu'n:  ,,9?ie,"  antroortete  er,  ,,I)at  em  2)?ann  ton  2ftutf)  am  Xage  Dot 
etner  ®rf)larf)t  ©etb  cerlangt."  SBoU  9Jeue5  iiber  bte  frdnfenbe  £ebb,af^ 
ttgfett6  ergrtff  er,  urn  fie  tm'eber  gut  gu  ma^en,1  ben  ^lugenbltcf,  too 
man  fampfen  mollte.8  »^err  oon  ©djomberg,"  fagte  er,  ,,td)  fyabe  <2te 
»or  etnigen  Jagen  beletbtgt.  5)tefer  Sag  tft  m'ettetrf)t  ber  lefcte  metne§ 
?eben^:  id)  nntt  ntd)t  bte  Sb/re  etne^  (gbelmannS  mit  mir  nef)men;  id) 
fenne  Sb,r  33erbienft  unb  ^^ren  attutb,;  id)  bitte  @ie  um  Serget^ung; 
umarmen  @te  mid)." 

(Sdjomberg  antraortete  tb,m:  „&$  ift  njab/r,  ba£  3fb,re  SD'Jajeflat  mid) 
Ie^tb,in9  Dernwnbete;  b/eute  tbbten  ©te  mid):  benn  bie  Sb,re,  bie  @ie 
mir  antfyun,  gwingt  mid),  bei  biefer  ©etegenfyeit  fitr  ®ie  311  jterben." 
U)er  bratte  J)eutfd)e  jetdjnete  fid)  aitd)  U)irf(id)  burd)  feine  Saoferfeit 
au§,  nnb  tourbe  an  ber  ©cite  be8  ^b'nigg  getobtet 


2Betd)e  <Sd)Iad)t  b,at  ben  -ftamen 
§etnrid)g  IV.  unfterblid)  ge* 
madjt? 

geigte  er  babei? 


2Betd)e  2Borte  fprad)  er  Dor  ber 
<5d)Iad)t  gu  feinen  Solbaten? 

fftr  ein   ^u^rer  (guide) 
roitrbe  biefer  ib.nen  fein? 
fommanbirte  ba 


roeldjen  23orten  roiinfdjte 
biefer  bem  ^onig    ©litd  ju 
feinem@iege? 
2Bie  roar  er  afe  (Sieger  ? 


3)ie  @d)Iad)t  bei 

(Sben   fo   toiel   ©ef^idlidjfeit 
9)?utl)  unb  Xapferfeit 

2Benn  fie  i()re  ^a^nert  Derlieren, 
fottten  fie  ftd)  um  feinen  weiften 
^eberbufd)  fdjaaren  (collect). 


gu  9?ul)m  unb  (Sfjre. 


£)er 


!Der  9«arfd)aa  33iron. 

,,<Sire,"  f»rad)  er,  ,,(2ie  b,aben  b,eute 

get^an,  roaS  Siron  b,citte  tb,un 

fotten." 
(5r  roar  feb,r  milbe. 


i  satisfaction.    2  pay.    s  was  wanting.    Danger.    5  repentance,    s  vivacity  i  explosion 
•f  feeling).     7  to  repair,  make  up  for.    *  they  were  going  to  ng  lit.    9  the  other  day. 


352 


SUBJUNCTIVE. 


233  ie  jetgte  er  biefeS  ? 

2Bte  benafjm  (behaved)  er  ftd) 
gegen  ben  (general  u.  (t>on) 
©djomberg  ? 

£>atte  er  tfyn  beteibigt  ? 


Set  roeldjem 


(occasion)  ? 


2Bann  fudjte  er  fein  Unrerfjt  ttne= 
ber  gut  ju  madjen  ? 
fagte  er  311  tfym? 


2Bar    t>on  <3d)ontberg    babitrdj 
befriebigt  ? 


(fate) 


fiir  ein  ©rfjirffat 
fyatte  er  bonn? 
2Bar  ©djomberg 


(5r  rtef  ben  ©olbaten  ju,  ba^  fte  bte 

grangofen  retten  follten. 
Sr  gab  ifym  eine  glan^enbe  ©enug= 

tljuung. 

3;a,  ber  ^ontg,  ^at  ifjm  etnen  un* 
Dcrbienten  Sortoutf  gcmadjt. 

311^  ber  (general  etntge  Jage  Dor 
ber  @d)Iad)t  bte  fcofjnimg  fitr 
feme  Xru^pen  Derlangte. 

3m  IJlugenbttd  bor  bent  33egtnn  ber 
@d)Iad)t. 

ff3d)  tt)tU  bte  (Sfyre  etne§  (SbelmannS 
ntd)t  nttt  nttr  in'«  ©rab  neb,men. 
SSer^et^en  <5te  nttr,  ©enerat." 

©ert)t^ ;  er  fagte:  btefe  ?lu^3etd)-= 
nttng  (distinction)  gttnnge  tb,tt, 
fur  fehten  $ontg  311  fterben. 

(Sr  iourbe  an  ber  (Seite  be8 
jjetbbtet. 
,  er  war  ein  3)eutfd)er. 


FORTY-THIRD    LESSON. 

THE  SUBJUNCTIVE. 

The  cases  in  which  a  writer  or  speaker  may  decide  for 
himself  whether  he  will  use  the  indicative  or  subjunctive, 
— those,  that  is,  in  which  the  rules  of  the  language  per- 
mit either  mood, — are  frequent  in  German  as  they  are  in 
English.  In  both  languages  also,  the  subjunctive  and  in- 
dicative have  often  the  same  form,  e.g.,  I  see,  3$  fefye,  may 
be  either  indicative,  or  subjunctive. 

1.  a)  2)afl,  um  ba§,  and  bamit,  all  meaning  in  order  tliat, 
and  t>a§ . . , .  nidjt,  which  last  we  may  translate  either  a)  in 
order  that ....  not,  or  6)  lest,  take,  in  books,  the  subjunc- 


SUBJUNCTIVE.  353 

tive  perhaps  more  frequently  than  they  do  the  indicative, 
and,  in  conversation,  the  indicative  perhaps  more  fre- 
quently than  the  subjunctive.  Ex.: 

£ege  baS  $mb  auf  bag  33ett  bamtt  bte  Sautter  eg  fteljt 
Lay  the  child  on  the  bed  so  its  mother  may  see  it. 
28aff)htgton  fdjnneg  um  ba§  fein  ©aft  nicf)t  gefranft  nmrbe. 
Washington  kept  silence  so  that  his  guest  might  not  be 
mortified. 

b)  Another  way  of  translating  in  order  that,  is  with  lint 
ju  and  the  infinitive,  e.g.,  Mm  fetnen  ®afi  nicfyt  ju  franfen,  In 
order  not  to  mortify  his  guest. 

2.  a)  SBenn,  meaning  if,  takes  the  subjunctive  when- 
ever it  would  be  allowable  to  use  the  subjunctive  in  En- 
glish after  if,  e.g. : 

If  he  was  (or  were)  sick,  he  would  not  be  here. 

SBenn  er  franf  ware,  nwrb'  er  nicfyt  fyter  fetn. 

But  even  if  he  was  (here  were  could  not  be  used)  sick» 

he  did  not  show  it. 

2Benn  er  and)  franf  tuar,  falj  man  eg  tt)nt  bocf)  nic^t  an. 
If  you  had  seen  him,  you  would  have  admired  him. 
2Benn  <Ste  iljn  gefe^en  fatten,  fo  tuiirben  fte  i^n  betuunbert  I)a6en. 

In  such  examples  as  this  last,  it  might  puzzle  the  stu- 
dent to  determine  whether  had  seen  was  indicative  or 
subjunctive  in  English.  For  such  cases  we  may  lay  down 
another  rule,  as  follows  : 

b)  The  subjunctive  must  be  used  after  wenn,  meaning 
if,  provided  the  speaker  assumes  the    condition  intro- 
duced by  wenn  to  be  contrary  to  the  facts  of  the  case. 
,(In  the  last  example  given,  it  is  assumed  that  you  [really] 
did  not  see  him.) 

c)  In  other  cases,  the  English  verb  which  we  are  in 
doubt  whether  to  call  indicative   or   subjunctive,   may, 
wi  hout  any  change  of  sense,  have  another  form  substi- 


354  SUBJUNCTIVE. 

tuted  for  it  which  will  leave  no  doubt  in  the  mind  of  the 
student,  e.g.,  for  If  he  came  to-morrow  and  told  you  he 
was  sorry,  we  may  substitute,  If  he  should  come,  etc.,  or, 
If  he  were  to  come,  which  are  evidently  not  indicatives. 

NOTE  1. — We  sometimes  use  if  in  English  where  we  might  use  whenever. 
2Benn  translating  this  kind  of  if,  takes  the  indicative,  e.g.,  If  he  were  sick 
(i.e.,  whenever  he  was  sick),  he  would  abstain  from  wine,  SEenn  er  front 
fcar  u.  f.  to. 

NOTE  2. — If,  meaning  whether,  i.e.,  introducing  an  indirect  question, 
must  be  translated  not  u>enn,  but  ob,  and  takes  the  indicative  or  sub- 
junctive, as  the  writer  chooses,  e.g. : 

?dj  fragte  t&n,  ofc  er  jufrteben  toare  (or  tear), 
asked  him  whether  he  was  satisfied. 
2Bir  moditen  ttnffcn,  ofe  er  fjter  i|i  (or  fet). 
We  should  like  to  know  whether  he  is  here. 

NOTE  3.  —  2({3  toenn,  tote  toenn,  and  alS  o&,  all  meaning  as  if,  fall  under 
the  rule  2,  a. 

As  if  he  was  (were)  sick. 

2113  oS  er  franf  todre. 

It  looks  as  if  it  would  get  colder. 

&8  fyat  ben  Snfdjein,  al3  toenn  e«  falter  toerben  tourbe. 

Another  way  of  translating  as  if,  is  by  al3  simply,  with  the  question 
order,  i.e.,  the  SUBJECT  immediately  following  the  VEBB  (see  page  82,  3), 
e.g. :  %{$  tear'  er  franf,  As  if  he  were  sick. 

3.  a)  Another  way  of  translating  if,  is  by  the  question 
order  and  the  indicative  or  subjunctive,  according  as  the 
one  or  the  other  would  have  been  used  if  roenn  had  been 
used.  The  other  half  of  the  sentence,  i.e.,  the  conclusion, 
if  it  comes  after  the  condition,  generally  begins  with  fe, 
which  we  can  translate  then  or  why,  or  leave  untrans- 
lated, as  we  choose.  Thus,  taking  the  examples  already 
given  under  2,  we  can  change  them  into  : 

28  dr*  cr  franf,  fo  nriirb'  er  ntdjt  l)ter  fein. 

Sar  er  aurf)  franf,  fo  faf)  man  e$  tf)m  bod)  nidjt  an. 

fatten  <5?te  tljn  gefeljen  u.  f.  to. 


SUBJUNCTIVE.  355 

1}  The  question  order  may  also  be  used  in  the  place  of 
,  meaning  wlwnever  (see  2,  Note  1),  e.g.,  SBar  er  franf, 
fo  wollt'  er  feinen  2Bein  trtnfen,  Whenever  he  was  sick,  he  was 
unwilling  to  drink  any  wine. 

c)  When  the  question  order  is  used  to  mean  if  or  wfon- 
ever,  the  YEKB  must  come  at  the  very  beginning  of  the 
clause,  —  e.g.,  Whenever  he  was  sick,  must  not  be  trans- 
lated, $ranf  war  er,  for  this  would  mean,  He  was  sick  (see 
page  82,  3),—  but,  SBar  er  franf. 


er  Better  nad)  £>aufe,  .  .  .  Better  !am  er  nad)  £>aitfe. 

If  he  caine  home  in  good  He  came  home  in  good  spirits. 

spirits,  .  .  . 

£>att'  er  e$  fritter  gefagt,  .  .  .  ^ritljer  fyfttf  er  eg  gefagt. 

If  he  had  said  so  earlier,  .  .  He  would  have  said  so  earlier. 

$omm'  id)  fritl)  an,  ...  $riU)  fomm'  id)  an. 

Whenever  I  arrive  early,  .  .  I  arrive  early. 

READING  EXERCISE   122a. 


<Sd)tcfe  ber  armen  ^rau  ben  ^tad)3,  bamtt  fte  t^n  gtetd)  tyinne. 
SBenn  er  fritter  lame,  hmrbe  er  mid)  git  ^aiife  finben.  2Senn  man  @te 
l^ier  fa'nbe,  fo  hjaren  <5te  bevloren.  2Benn  er  ftet^tg  tocire,  fo  tottrbe  id) 
i^n  toben.  3d)  foikbe  e§  t^un,  tuenn  id)  ettoaS  babet  geh)anne.  SBenn 
(Safar  nid)t  ermorbet  tworben  toare,  fo  fytitte  er,  eben  fo  rt)ob,I  al8  lit* 
guftug,  bte  Corner  an  feme  £errfdjaft  geiuo^nt.  5)er  alte  SD^ann  geljt, 
afe  ob  er  laljm  iuare.  3)er  ^nabe  Itegt  ba,  afe  rtenn  er  fd)Uefe.  (Sr 
fprad),  nite  luenn  er  toafynftmttg  njare.  §atte  id)  gettmftt,  ba^  $err 
Hitler  b,ter  tft  (in  English,  was),  fo  ttwrbe  id)  tb/n  befud)t  (called 
upon)  fjaben.  @te  burften  ntd)t  fpredjen,  and)  loenn  @te  geb^ort  fatten 
er  tion  ben  ^naben  tiertangte. 


SlufpBc  122b. 

I  take  medicine  that  I  [may]  recover.1  He  speaks  aloud  (in 
order)  that  every  one  may  hear  him.  Send  him  away  lest  he 
[should]  be  found  here.  I  should  be  happy  if  I  had  as  many 
books  as  you  [havej.  If  he  were  rich,  he  would  buy  a  car- 
riage and  horses.  The  hypocrite2  speaks  as  if  he  were  re- 

i  gen^fen.    x  i 


356  SUBJUNCTIVE. 

iigious.8  I  should  go  to  Paris  myself  if  I  had  time.  He 
spoke  as  if  he  were  commanding  it.  Many  a  man  would  live 
happier,  if  he  were  contented.  The  pupils  would  have  been 
more  advanced  (  Jortfcfjrttte  gemarf)t  fyaben),  if  you  had  adopted4 
another  method.  If  you  were  in,  you  certainly  heard  the 
music. 

4.  a)  Verbs  of  thinking,  feeling,  wishing,  and  the  like, 
and  of  saying  or  communicating  intelligence  in  any  other 
way  than  by  saying  (e.g.,  writing),  may  take  a  subjunctive 
with  ba§.  They  are,  perhaps,  even  more  likely  to  take 
the  subjunctive,  and  not  the  indicative,  when  t>ajj  is  left 
out  (in  which  case  the  normal  order  is  used),  e.g.  : 

(§r  fd)rteb,  ba§  er  311  fpat  angefommen  todre. 
He  wrote  that  he  had  arrived  too  late. 
3d)  metne  er  fct  unfdjulbig. 
I  am  of  opinion  he  is  innocent. 
3d)  n)iinfd)e,  ba§  e3  gletd)  fertig  toerbe. 
I  wish  that  it  may  be  (it  to  be)  finished  at  once. 
2Btr  roerben  iljm  fdjretben,  bafc  e3  feuten  ^itffdjub  fyaben  fonne. 
We  will  write  i-o  him  that  it  cannot  have  any  postpone- 
ment 

6)  These  very  same  verbs  may  also  have  the  indicative, 
when  what  comes  after  the  ba£  is  looked  upon  as  a  fact, 
or,  at  any  rate,  as  pretty  certain  to  be  a  fact,  e.g.  : 

3d)  metne,  er  ijl  unfdjutbtg. 

I  am  of  opinion  he  is  innocent. 

c)  The  student  will  perceive  that,  according  to  the  rule 
last  laid  down,  verbs  of  knowing,  proving,  being  con- 
vinced, seeing,  and  the  like,  will  be  much  more  apt  to 
'have  an  indicative  than  a  subjunctive  after  them,  e.y.  : 

3d)  roetf?,  ba§  er  e3  getfyan  Ijat. 
I  know  that  he  did  it. 


while,  3$  roeif  ,  fcafj  cr  e£  gettyan  fyabe,  would  hardly  occur. 

laab.   3fromm.    <annV^men. 


SUBJUNCTIVE.  357 

If  it  did  occur,  it  would  mean  something  like :  I  have 
heard  (you  need  not  tell  me  again)  that  he  did  it,  and 
would  not  imply  that  the  speaker  believed  himself  in  the 
guilt  of  the  person  spoken  of. 

5.  a)  Suppose  we  have  in  English  the  imperfect  of  one 
of  the  verbs  mentioned  in  4  a),  followed  by  that,  ex- 
pressed or  understood,  and  a  dependent  clause.  In  this 
case,  the  verb  of  the  dependent  clause  is  in  English 
always  in  the  imperfect  or  pluperfect,  and  never  in  the 
present  or  perfect,  e.g.,  The  minister  said  that  man  was 
mortal ;  He  wrote  he  intended  to  leave  town ;  We  did  not 
learn  that  they  had  finislied  it. 

b)  In  German,  on  the  other  hand,  the  verb  of  the  sec- 
ond clause  is  more  frequently  in  the  present  than  in  the 
imperfect,  and,  sometimes,  in  the  perfect  instead  of  the 
pluperfect,  e.g.,  £)er  ©eiftttdje  fagte,  bap  ber  9)?enfd)  fterbUcfy 
fet;  (£r  fcfyrteb,  cr  roc  lie  abreifen;  3Bir  erfitfyren  nidjt,  ba§ 
fte  e3  ju  Qtnbe  gebracfyt  fyaben.    These  are  the  tenses 
required  in  English,  if  we  change  the  verb  of  saying,  etc., 
into  the  present,  e.g.,  The  minister  says  that  man  is 
mortal,  etc. 

c)  There  are,  however,  some  English  sentences  in  which 
the  tense  of  the  dependent  clause  remains  the  imperfect 
or  pluperfect  even  after  changing  the  verb  of  saying,  etc., 
into  the  present.     Thus,  He  said  he  thought  his  mother 
was  sick  a  great  deal  before  her  marriage,  becomes :  He 
says  he  thinks  his  mother  was  (not  is),  etc. ;  We  called 
your  attention  to  the  fact  that  we  had  in  1860  nearly  suc- 
ceeded, becomes :  We  called  your  attantion,  etc.,  that  we 
had,  etc.     In  such  cases,  it  is  not  usual,  when  translating 
into  German,  to  make  the  change  of  tense  mentioned 
in  b. 


358  SUBJUNCTIVE. 

6.  Indirect  questions  take  in  German  sometimes  the 
indicative  and  sometimes  the   subjunctive.      They  are, 
perhaps,  more  apt  to  take  the  indicative  after  a  verb  in 
the  present  or  future,  and  the  subjunctive  after  a  verb  in 
the  imperfect,  perfect,  or  pluperfect     Thus,  2Bir  fragen, 
ob  ber  3"3  angerommen  ifi,  We  ask  wJietJier  tJie  train  has  ar- 
rived; £ie  woUtcn  wifien,  »ann  cr  gejiorben  fci  (compare 
6,6). 

7.  Yerbs  ot  commanding,  ordering  and  the  like,  may 
take  follen  in  the  present  or  imperfect  subjunctive  or  the 
present  indicative  after  them.     Thus,  3$  befal;l,  bafii  bie 
SdnUer  im  3^nter  bleiben  follten,  I  ordered  the  pupils  to  re- 
main in  the  room  (that  the  pupils  should,  etc.)  ;  2Bir  wollen 
tfym  fagen,  cr  foil  e3  »erl)inbern,  We  will  tett  him  to  prevent  it. 

8.  Verbs  of  fearing,  asking  and  wishing,  may  take  the 
imperfect  subjunctive  of  mbgen  after  them.     Thus,  2Btr 
fur  d)  ten,  baj?  er  un£  tabeln  moc^tc,  We  fear  he  may  blame  us; 
3^  bittc,  bu  moc^tefl  ju  mir  fommen,  I  beg  you  witt  come  to 
me  ;  3d)  fyattc  getmmfd)t,  er  mbt^tc  ni^t  crfdjeincn,  /  should 
have  unshed  he  would  not  appear. 

READING  EXERCISE  123a, 

SBttten  <Stc  3^rc  ©cfjtoefter,  ba^  fie  botb  ^ter^er  fomme.  (5«  toare 
gu  luiinfdien,  bo^  jencr  ^o^c  S3oimi  ^ter  ftanbe.  ^ebennann  tuiinfcfit, 
ba§  bcr  (general  btc  ©djtadjt  getwuinen  modjte  (gciuinue).  (S«  h)fire 
gu  tuiinfrfjen,  baft  ber  ©enevat  bte  (Srfjladjt  geioannc.  Sir  fitrdjten, 
ba^  ba«  CnS  berften  mod)te.  3d)  njiinfdje,  baft  er  balb  genefe.  3d) 
toiinfdjte,  ba^  meine  Sodjter  balb  fame.  3d)  befe^Ie,  ba^  er  ba& 
toerlaffe. 

12Bb. 


Do  you  think  he  mil  come?  I  am  afraid  he  will  come.  I 
will  order  him  to  retire1  (that  he  retire).  I  ordered  that  he 
should  retire.  I  fear  the  ice*  may  break.  I  fear  [lest]  he 

123b.   i  refl.  v.,  ft$  junitf  jietyen. 


IMPERATIVE.  359 

[should]  come.  I  wish  the  work1  were  done.  I  wished  that 
he  might  win  the  prize.4  I  fear  [lest]  he  should  die  of  (an)  his 
wounds.  I  feared  he  would  dislocate5  his  arm,  if  he  were  to 
lift6  that  heavy  weight.  Turn7  this  wicked  fellow  away,  said 
the  duke,  lest  he  should  pervert  these  honest  people.  It  would 
be  [a]  pity  (©rfjabe),  if  that  beautiful  fruit  were  to  spoil  (ber- 
barbe). 

9.  The  third  person  singular  of  the  imperative  may 
either  be  formed  with  foil,  e.g.,  (Er  foil  loben,  as  already 
given,  or  we  may  use  the  third  person  singular  of  the 
present  subjunctive,  as  in  the  following  examples : 

(Sin  3eber  tljue  feme  ^ftidjt,  Let  everybody  do  his  duty. 

£cwg  lebe  ber  $omg  !  Long  live  the  king ! 

@ott  fegne  @te !  God  bless  you ! 

2>te  £iebe  fet  ofyne  §alfd),  Let  love  be  without  dissimulation. 

10.  The  following  are  examples  of  the  use  of  the  sub- 
junctive in  exclamations. 

£)  ba§  metn  greunb  fame ! 

Oh  that  my  friend  would  come ! 

£)  toare  id)  bodj  retd) !  or,  £>afj  id)  bod)  reirf)  toare! 

Oh,  if  I  were  rich ! 

§atte  id)  tljtt  bod)  nic  gefefyen!  (£)afc  id)  tfyn  bod)  me  gefeljm 

Ijfttte !) 
Would  I  had  never  seen  him ! 


The  Imperative  Mood. 

1.  This  mood  presents  no  difficulty,  except  that  when 
is  the  subject,  it  must  always  be  expressed  (i.e.,  can 

never  be  understood),  e.g.,  Give  me,  is  ©eben  <2>ie  mir,  and 
never  ©eben  mir. 

2.  Note  the  following  different  ways  of  translating  the 
English  imperative,  first  person  plural : 

•  123b.  8  bte  9lr6ett.    <  b«  ^JreiS.    s  certenfen.    6  i.c.  lifted,  tubj.    ~  to  turn  away,  f ortjagen. 


360  IMPERATIVE. 


$lrbeiten  tour, 
Sir  tootten  arbetten, 
?a|  un3  arbeiten, 
1'aftt  unS  arbeiten, 
Saffen  3ie  unS  arbeiten, 


Let  us  labor! 


Sap  u.  f.  lt>.  would  be  used  to  a  single  intimate  friend; 
tapt  u.  f.  ».  to  several,  and,  Saffen  <Stc  it.  f.  tt>.  to  persons 
with  whom  one  was  not  so  well  acquainted. 

READING  EXERCISE   124. 

1.  Wlem  <Sofm  fagte  mir,  er  fjabe  ^opfroeb,.    9Jtan  fdjrieb  mir  neu* 
lid),   ba§  £>err  (£.  franf  ware,   unb  baft  fein  53ruber  nad)  $lmerifa 
gegangen  ware.     9)iau  fagt,  ber  ^ontg  b,abe  bein  ©eneral  eiue  gro^e 
Ungererfjtigfett  jugefiigt  (done).     2Ran  fagte,  ber  @raf  fet  geftorben; 
iHetn  ict)  ^abe  feitbem  erfab,ren,  bajj  btefe  9iad)rid^t  falf^  tft.    5Dian 
?raa,te  i^n,  warum  er  feine  2litfgabe  itidjt  gej^rteben  b,atte.     Sr  ant- 
roortete,  er  ijabe  feine  3^it  geb,abt.    SWcntor  ^at  mtr  oft  er^d'fytt,  wetdjcn 
?Rub,m  U(t)ffe«  unter  ben  ©rtedjen  erlangt  ^abe.    £)er  ©enerat  beb,aup* 
tete,  bafe  ber  ^nebe  gefrfjtoffen  fet. 

2.  9ftan  b.at  mtd^  oft  toerftdjert,  baft  bte  ©tucffetigfeiten1  biefer  2Be(t 
nur  bon  turner  !Dauer  feten.     S^rft,  man  wirb  3)tr  fagen,  J)u  feiefl 
attmad)tig;  man  Wtrb  3)tr  fagen,  !it)u  feieft  Don  3)einem  5Sotfe  ange* 
betet.a    |>altet  tmmer,  wa«  tb,r  berfprod^en  ^abt;  abcr  Derftorerfjci  ntcqtg 
unbeba^tfam.5    ©olbatcn!  laftt  un«  oorwdrtS  marfcfjiren;  la'jit  un8 
flegen  ober  fterben.    2Btr  tooflen  ein  wenig  fbagteren  ge^en.    (Sr  tft  ber 
^>err,  er  tb,ue,  raa§  t^m  h)ob,t  gefattt.    ®ott  fbrad):  S^  werbe  (let 
there  become  light,  i.e.,  let  light  come  into  being)  £id)t,  unb  e8 
h)arb  2trf)t.     C>  batten  bo^  5tde  wie  bu  unb  tc^!    2Barc  er  bo^ 
(O  that  he  were,  though)  oufrtdjttg  !    £)  bo§  bte  $6nigin  noc^ 
lebtet 

125. 


1.  My  brother  told  me  that  he  had  lost  his  purse.  He  main- 
tained1 that  he  was  right.  What  did  your  friend  tell  you  ? 
He  told  me  you  would  come  to  see  him2  some  day  (einmal). 
The  lawyer  declared  that  he  could  not  do  it.  I  hope  he  may 
not  be  mistaken.  She  told  me  that  the  tree  was  in  blossom.* 
They  said  we  could  not  rely4  upon  him.  People  say  that  the 

124.   i  enjoyments.    2  to  adore.    3  inconsiderately. 

126.  ibfliaupten.    2  to  come  to  see.  befu^en.    sS&IOi^t.    <  to  rely,  fl$  cerlaflen  ouf  (aoe.) 


IMPERATIVE.  361 

king  will  come  to  this  town  to-morrow.  Did  you  believe  that 
I  had  advised  him  to  do  so  (baS)  ?  I  know  (4,  c)  that  he  was 
ill.  We  thought  he  was  a  clever  physician.  We  all  hoped 
that  our  father  might  recover,  but  in  vain. 

2.  Were  but  (bod))  all  men  as  honest  as  they  ought  to  be  ! 
I  did  not  insist  that  your  brother  was  (perf.)  at  the  play8 
yesterday.  He  said  that  his  brother  had  great  influence  with 
(bet)  the  duke.  Were  you  not  afraid  that  he  might  steal  your 
money?  The  duke  ordered  that  they  should  (4)  help  the 
poor  man.  May  God  preserve6  us  from  (Dor)  war  !  Educate' 
your  mind  and  (your)  heart  while  you  are  young.  Mary  told 
her  maids  that  she  would  have  left8  them  this  dress  rather 
(Ueber)  than  the  plain  garb9  which  she  wore  (peif.  subj.)  the 
day  before,  but  that  it  was  necessary  for  her  to  appear  at  the 
ensuing  solemnity  (bet  ber  beDorfte&enben  geterlidtfeit)  in  a  decent 
habit.10 

READ  IN  G  LESSON. 

$>te  gejirufte  Srcue.    Fidelity  Tried. 


$)er  $altfe  SftuteuiefnK  fyatte  etnen  fremben  2lrjt,  9?anten§ 
toeldjen  er  tuegen  fetner  gropen  ©elefyrfantfett1  fefyr  efjrte.  (Sintge  £)of* 
leute  mad)ten  iljin  btefen  9ftcmn  toerbadjtig2  imb  fagten,  cr  fonne  fid)  auf 
feme  £rene  nidjt  roofyl  tjerlaffen  (rely),  ba  er  etu  ^u^Iiinber"  fei.  £>ei 
^atife  tourbe  itnru()tg  imb  tnottte  t^n  priifen,4  in  tme  fern  btefer  3lrg* 
h)ot)n5  begriinbet  tucire.  @r  Ue^  i^n  311  fid)  fontmen  unb  fagte:  ,,£>o* 
natn,  id)  ^abe  unter  mctncu  (Smtrn  etnen  gefal)rtid)en  ^etnb,  gegen 
iueldjen  id)  luegen  fetneg  ftarlen  ^nb/ange^6  fetne  ©etwatt7  gebraudjen 
fann.  ^ab.cr  befe^te  id)  ®tr,  ba^  !Du  ein  fetneg  (Sift  bereitcft,  ba$  an 
bcm  Jobten  feine  @)3ur  toon  fid)  jitrurftd^t.  3d)  ttntt  i!^n  morgen  311 
einem  ®aftma()I  (feast,  dinner)  etntaben  itnb  mid)  fetner  auf  btefe 
2Betfe  entlebtgen."8 

^onatn  antinortete  mnt^tg:  ,,3JMne  Stffenfdjaft  erftrerft9  fid)  nttr 
onf  5lrjiteten,  bte  ba§  Seben  erfyalten;10  anbere  fann  id)  ntd)t  beretten. 


126.  s  im  St^eater.   «  tca>at)ren.    "bitbcn.    s^interlafjen.  sfcaS  elnfacbe  ®ei»anb. 

i  learning.  2  made  this  man  suspicious  to  him,  i.e.,  made  him  suspicious  of  this 
man.  sforeigner.  <try.  Ssuspicion.  «party.  'useforce.  s  get  ri<5  of  him.  »to 
extend.  1°  preserve. 


362 


IMPERATIVE. 


3d)  b,abe  mid)  aud)  me  bemufyt,  e3  gu  lernen,  roetl  idj  glaubte,  bafe  bei 
23el)errfd)cr  ber  tuafjten  (Slaubtgen1  feine  fotdjcn  $enntnijfe  toon  mir 
forbern  roiirbe.  2Benn  id)  fyierin  llnredjt  getljan  b,abe,  fo  erlaube  mtr, 
£)einen  £>of  gu  fcerlaffen." 

Sftuteroeful  erroiberte,  bag  fet  mtr  etne  leere  (gntf djufbtgttng  ;*  roer 
bie  b,eilfamen  2J?itteI  fenne,  ber  fenne  aud)  bie  fd)abltd)en.  (Sr  bat,  er 
brofyte,  er  Derfprad)  @efd)enfe.  Umfonft;  £>onain  btteb  bei  feiner  3tnt* 
»ort.  (Snbtid)  ftettte  ftd)s  ber  $alife  ergiintt,  rtef  bie  2Bad)e  unb 
befall,  biefen  tuiberfpenftigen4  9ftann  tn'§  ©efa'ngni§  gu  fitb.ren.  3)a3 
gefdjab,;  aud)  luurbe  ein  ®nnbfd)after5  unter  bent  @d)etne  etneS  ©e* 
fangenen  gu  tb,m  gefe^t,  ber  ib,n  au«forfd)en  unb  bem  $altfen  oon 
5lflem  tua8  iponain  fagen  toiirbe,  ^adjvtdjt  geben6  foUte.  5lber  ^onatn 
terrietb,7  mit  fetnem  SBorte  feinem  SKitgefangenen,  hjarum  ber  $altfe 
auf  tb,n  gitrne.8  2lHeg,  was  er  fagte,  roar,  ba§  er  unfdjutbig  roare. 

(To  be  continued.) 

Sprcdjiibung. 

fitr  etnen  ?lrgt  b,atte  ber    (5r  ^atte  etnen  fremben 
ajiuteroeful  an  feinem        meng 


SSer  madjte  ib,n  oerbfidjttg  ? 
ttJetdjem  ©runbe? 

be^^alb  ber^alife 


uerlangte  er  Don 


Sann  fottte  bie  Skrgiftung  ftatt* 
fiuben  ? 
antnjortete 


2Bar  ber  &altfe  mit  biefer 
wort  gufrieben  ? 


^>onatn  gule^t  nad)  (yield)  ? 
tb,at  gute^t  SDhtteroeful? 


(Stntge  netbifdje  (envious)^ofleute. 

SBett  er  ein  $lu3tanber  roar. 

(Sr  befdjlofc,  tb,n  gu  pritfeu  (ib,n  auf 

bie  ^robe  gu  ftellen). 
(Sr  fottte  ein  feineS  ®tft  bereiten, 

um  einen  (Smir  gu  bergiften. 
5lm  anbern  Xage  bei  einem  ©aft* 

mafjle. 
~  er  biefeS  nid)t  berfte^e,  unb 

ba§  e8   ein  fd)Ied)ter  ©ebraud) 

feiner  SQSiffenfdjaft  fetn  roitrbe. 
er  beftanb   (insisted)    au| 

fetnem  33efel)te;  er  bat,  er  brofyte 

unb  Derfprad)  tljm  ©efd)enfe. 
97ein,  er  blieb  ftanbljaft  bet  feinet 

^tntroort. 
Sr  Itefc  tb,n  tn'«  ©efangni^  fe^en. 


2  excuse,  s  to  feign.    <  obstinate,   -spy.    G  to  inform. 


Jtoreve»L 


INFINITIVE.  363 

fixmatn  cittern  ttn  ©efang-    9?em,  ein  ^unbfdjafter  ttmrbe  jit 
nifj  ?  ifym  gefefct. 

fottte  biefer  tfywt  ?  @r  follte  bem  talifen  toon  Client 

9tod)rtd)t  geben,  wag  §onam 
fctgen  roitrbe. 

£fagte  ber  Slrjt  itber  bte  llnge*    9Jetn,  er  fagte  nur,  ba^  er  wt* 
rerfjttgfeit  beg  f  alifen  ?  fdjulbig  fet  (or  tt>are). 


FORTY-FOURTH  LESSON. 

THE   INFINITIVE. 

I.  The  Infinitive  used  as  a  Substantive. 

1.  The  Infinitive  is  sometimes  used  substantively,  either 
with  or  without  the  definite  article.  It  is  translated  in 
English  by  the  present  participle :  or  by  the  infinitive. 

3)a8  SRettett  tft  etne  cmgenefyme  33ett)egvmg. 

Riding  is  an  agreeable  exercise. 

£>a3  Cefen  ermitbet  bie  Slugen. 

Reading  fatigues  the  eyes. 

©eben  ift  (ettger  ate  nefjmen. 

It  is  more  blessed  to  give  than  to  receive. 

NOTE. — Concerning  the  participle  present  with  of  before  it,  see  p.372,2a 

II.  The  Infinitive  without  £lt. 

1.  The  Infinitive  without  Jit  is  used  after  the  auxiliaries 
of  mood  foflen,  tootten,  mitffen,  fdnnen,  mdgen,  bitrfen.    Ex. : 

Sir  fbnnen  $)eut|cf)  fpredjen,  We  can  speak  German. 

2.  Further  after  the  following  verbs:  fefyett,  prett,  fii^Ien 
(to  feel),  ternen  (to  learn),  tel)ren  (to  teach),  fyetften  (to  bid), 
fyetfen  (to  help),  marfjen,  and  taffen.     Ex. : 

bte  ^rau  Dorbetgetjen,  I  saw  the  woman  pass, 
leljrt  beten,  Poverty  teaches  to  pray. 


364 

Sttetn  <2oljn  ternt  (Sng(ifrf)  lefen. 

My  son  learns  to  read  English. 

3)ian  ()iep  ben  $naben  Ijinauggeljen. 

They  bade  the  boy  go  out. 

3d)  l)ovtc  nietnen  greunb  in  etner  ©efeUfdjaft  fhtgett. 

I  heard  my  friend  sing  at  a  party. 

(£r  liefe  ben  jPiann  Ijeretnriifen,  He  had  the  man  called  in. 

NOTE.  —  The  above  verbs,  with  the  exception  of  fu^ten,  Icfrrcn,  and  some- 
times Icrnon,  have  this  peculiarity,  that  they  form  the  perfect,  pluperfect, 
and  future  perfect  with  the  infinitive  instead  of  the  past  participle,  when 
these  tenses  are  connected  with  another  infinitive.  Ex.  : 


te  bag  23itcf)  Itegen  feljen  (instead  of  gefeljen)  ? 
2)?an  ftat  mi*  rufcn  taffen. 
3$  feabe  fie  fingen  fyoren. 
®cr  aWann  ^at  mir  arbeiten  ^elfen. 
25  tr  fyabcn  j^ramoftfi^  f^rec^en  lernen  (or  gelernt).    • 
28  o  {jafccn  Sie  i^n  fcnnen  fldernt  ? 
Where  have  you  made  his  acquaintance  ? 

3.  The  infinitive  without  JU  is  further  used  in  some 
peculiar  expressions  with  the  following  verbs  : 

Sleiben:  Itegen  bfeiben,  to  remain  lyin^,  down;  fi^,en  Hetben,  to 
remain  sitting;  ftefyen  btetben,  to  remain  standing,  etc. 

£egen:  fd)tafen  legen  (lit.,  to  lay  to  sleep),  to  put  to  bed. 

©efycn,  reitcn  and  fofjren:  fpajteren  geljen,  to  go  walking;  fpojtercn 
retten,  to  go  riding  (a-horseback)  ;  fpajteren  fab,ren,  to  go 
driving;1  fdjlafert  ge|en,  to  go  to  sleep  ;  betteln  pe^en,  to  go 
begging. 

HI.  Infinitive  with  JU. 

1.  The  infinitive  depending  on  a  substantive,  takes  JU. 
Ex.: 

^aben  (£te  l?ufl  (a  mind)  tn'S  Sweater  gu  geljen? 
dr  Ijatte  ntdjt  ben  3)?ut^  itber  ben  ^Iu§  511  fcfynnmmen. 
2Bann  merbe  id)  ba§  3Sergniigen  b,aben  (Sie  tnieber  ^u  feljen  ? 

2.  The  infinitive  depending  on  an  adjective,  takes  JU. 
Ex.: 

i  fpnjleren  means  to  take  exercise  for  pleasure,  and  fpojtmn  ge&en,  to  walk  far  pleasure, 
and  so  on  with  the  rest,  —  fpajimn  (  <=  in  order  to  take  exercise  for  pleasure)  modify 
(jig  the  following  verb. 


INFINITIVE.  365 

3)|efe3  ®ebid)t  ift  (ctd)t  gu  lernen. 

SDiefet  Srief  ift  fdjwer  gu  lefen. 

3$  bin.  becjievtg  (anxious)  gu  erfaljren,  tucr  e8  getljan  Ijat. 

3,  The  infinitive  depending  on  any  verb,  except  those 
mentioned  under  II,  takes  jit.  In  English,  the  second 
verb  is  sometimes  not  in  the  infinitive  at  all,  but  in  the 
present  participle.  Ex.  : 

gr  fing  an  gu  tadjcn,  He  began  laughing. 

•3d)  fiirdjtete  gu  fpcit  gu  fommen  (to  come  too  late). 

I  was  afraid  of  being  too  late. 

SBcmn  Uk'rben  <5te  auffjoren  gu  fcfyreiben? 

When  will  you  cease  writing? 

jDec  Sflaoe  bemiiljte  fid)  bte  @unft  fetneS  §errn  gu  ertangen. 

The  slave  endeavored  to  obtain  the  favor  of  his  master. 

3)er  $apttdn  iibercebete  bett  ^rembeu  mtt  ifym  gu  ge^en. 

The  captain  persuaded  the  stranger  to  go  with  him. 

4  When  the  auxiliaries  tyakn  and  fettt  are  followed  by 
an  infinitive,  it  takes  ju.  Ex.  : 

3d)  f)ab£9?td)t8  gu  tljun. 

^abert  @tc  mir  StroaS  gu  fagen  ? 

•Bag  ift  ba  gu  tb,un,  —  gu  gtauben,  —  gu  anttoorten? 

(g«  ift  gu  bebauern,  bafc  biefer  9)iann  geftorben  ift. 

NOTE.  —  The  infinitive  after  the  verb  to  be,  is  in  English  commonly  the 
infinitive  passive  ;  in  German  it  must  be  the  infinitive  active,  when  the 
sense  is  capable  or  worthy  of  being.  Ex.  : 

It  was  not  to  be  avoided,  @3  i»ar  ntdjt  ju  ttermetben. 

His  death  is  to  be  feared,  ©etn  Sob  ift  gu  furdjten. 

That  book  is  not  to  be  had,  ^etteS  93udj  ift  niojt 

A  change  is  much  to  be  wished  for. 

Sine  SSeranberung  tft  fefyr  ju  rt)iinf(Sen. 


EXERCISE    126a. 

1  ift  eine  fd)(e^te  ©elDpb,n^eit.  3U  b^  (to°  mucn) 
fd^tafen  ift  eben  fo  ungefunb,  ate  gu  ftiet  effcn.  3d)  ^abe  ba§  iBuc| 
nod)  nidjt  lefen  ISnnen.  ^aben  <Sie  tefen  twoflen  ?  9^einr  id)  (jabe 
fc^reiben  tootten.  ^etfen  (Sic  mir  meine  Ueberfe^ung  madden.  2Bcr 
^at  bic^  geb,en  ^et^en?  @r  b,at  mi^  tangen  geleb,rt.  3^  b,abe  ib,m 

1360.  i  taking  snuff. 


366 

arbetten  Ijelfen.  3mb  3ie  geftent  fpajieren  gegangen?  9Jetn,  id) 
bin  fpajtcren  gevitten.  3)er  $omg  ijat  mir  bte  (Srlaubnuj  gegeben 
etnen  £>egen  311  tragen.  $ennen  3ie  ein  ftdjereS  2)Httel  bie  ilNauje  311 
DertUgen?2  £a3  ftdjcrfte  2)?tttel  unfer  £eben  311  miangern,  tft  jeben 
SlugenbltdE  be3  !age3  gut  anjuroenben.  3d)  t)abe  feine  ^offnung 
meljr  ntcinen  oerloreuen  3ob,n  loieber  gu  flnben. 

^tufgabe  126b. 

Eating  and  diinking  make  one  (Sinen)  sleepy.  To  speak 
too  much  is  dangerous.  These  people's  laughing  is  very  un- 
pleasant.1 I  bade  him  do  it  I  saw  him  come.  They 
could  not  make  me  laugh.  Learn  to  do  good  (@utec<).  Have 
you  seen  the  young  girl  dance  ?  No,  but  I  have  heard  her 
sing.  When  our  friends  help  us  to  work,  we  ought  to  be 
grateful2  to  them.  Let  us  take  a  walk.  Shall  we  have  the 
pleasure  of  sseing  you  to  morrow  ?  I  have  no  mind  to  make 
the  bargain  (ben  £>anbet  etn3iigef)en)  for  fear  of  losing  by  it.  The 
slaves  had  no  desire  to  run  off  (fort),  knowing  (as  they  knew) 
what  the  consequence3  would  be.  I  am  eager4  to  learn  music. 
He  was  near  (nab,e  baran)  dying.  The  pupil  was  tired8  of  read- 
ing German,  What  have  you  to  do?  I  have  a  letter  to  write. 
A  pardon  is  not  to  be  hoped  [for]. 

5.  The  infinitive  with  JU  is  further  required  after  the 
prepositions  anflatt  aud  ofyne.  Ex. : 

Shtflatt  gu  lacfjen,  ttmttte  er. 

(5r  ging  au3,  ofyne  mid)  $u  fragen. 

SJiandje  £eute  roerben  geb,afjt  (hated),  ofjne  e3  gu  berbtenen. 

IV.  The  Infinitive  with  urn  and  JU. 

1.  This  is  required  after  substantives  and  verbs,  when 
a  design  or  purpose  is  expressed  by  the  English  infinitive. 
Ex.: 

£mben  3ie  ®elb  erfjatteit,  urn  ein  ^pferb  gu  faufen? 

3d)  braudje  papier,  urn  etnen  33rief  $11  fdjretben. 

3d)  retfe,  inn  bie  SSelt  gu  fe^en. 

136*.  2  to  destroy. 

126b.  i  imangenefyn.    sbanfbar. 


INFINITIVE.  367 

2.  It  is  also  required  after  adjectives  preceded  by  JU 
(too),  or  followed  by  gemig.  Ex.  : 

@ie  tft  gu  fung,  um  biefe  Arbeit  jit  terrid)ten  (to  do). 
£>err  31.  tft  nidjt  reid)  genug,   um   btefeS  Sanbgut  (estate)  ju 
faufen. 

Y.  The  English.  Accusative  and  Infinitive. 

1.  The  accusative  with  the  infinitive  used  in  English 
after  the  verbs  to  know,  to  desire,  to  wish,  to  mean,  etc., 
must  be  changed  in  German  into  a  subordinate  clause 
with  bap,  in  which  the  accusative  governed  by  such  a 
verb  appears  as  the  nominative.  For  instance  the  fol- 
lowing sentence  :  We  knew  him  to  be  a  bad  general,  is 
translated  into  German:  We  knew  that  he  was  a  bad 
general,  SBtr  nmpten,  bap  er  ein  fcfylecfyter  ©eneral  roar  (or 
tft)1  (indicative  present  or  imperfect).  Ex.  : 

I  knew  the  captain  to  be  a  good  rider. 

3d)  rotate,  baft  ber  §auptmqmt  ein  guter  better  roar. 

I  wish  her  to  do  the  work. 

3d)  rciinfdje,  ba£  fie  bte  Slrbett  tljite. 

We  wished  our  friends  to  come  in. 

roimfdjten,  bafj  uufere  g^eunbe  Ijereinfommen  modjtett. 


We  have  already  seen  (II,  2)  that  the  accusative  with 
the  infinitive  occurs  after  a  few  verbs  in  German. 

VI.  The  EUiptical  Infinitive. 

1.  The  infinitive  after  how,  what,  and  where  may  be 
translated  into  German  by  the  infinitive  and  follen,  ttliif* 
fen  or  fbnnen.  Ex.  : 

I  do  not  know  where  (I  am)  to  go. 

3d)  tt>et§  nid)t,  roofyin  id)  gcfyen  foil. 

Tell  hirn  how  (he  is,  must  or  can)  to  do  it. 

©ogen  @ie  il)m,  rote  er  eg  madjen  fott  (mitfe  or  farm). 

i  3jl  is  required  if  he  still  is  a  bad  general. 


368  INFINITIVE. 

It  may  also  be  translated  by  the  simple  infinitive,  e.g*t 

nid)t  n>a$  $u  tbitn. 


READING   EXERCISE    127. 

9lnftatt  311  arbetten,  ging  er  fpa^teren.  (£3  b,at  aufgefyort  $u  regncn. 
3d)  freue  mid),  311  fpren,  ba§  3b,r  @ob,n  fold)e  (Sfyrenbegetgungen1 
empfangen  h,at.  2)er  2?o[e  Ijat  9itd)t8  gu  Ijoffen.  3d)  fyatte'  9tid)t3 
mtt  biefcm  fd)led)ten  2J?enfd)en  311  fdjajfen  (do).  jDtejer  ^ranfe  b,at 
btete  Sdjmzrjen  311  erbulbeu.  3)er  ^)aui)tmann  war  311  miibe,  urn  @ie 
fo  fpat  511  befudjen.  SDci-  9^id)ter  b,at  ben  ©efangcnen  in'S  ©efangntg 
fiiljren  taffen.  3)u  btft  ntd)t  tuitrbtg,  btefc  Seto^nung  311  em^fangcn. 
SJJetn  sJJad)bar  b,atte  btc  ^bftdjt,2  fein  ^aug  ju  fterfaufen,  urn  feine 
<Sd)utben3  be^a^leu  gu  fonnen. 

Kufgafie  128. 

We  lost  our  time  without  knowing  it.  The  boy  is  con- 
tinually1 playing2  instead  of  learning  hif«  lesson.  We  cannot 
betray3  the  truth  without  being  (rendering  ourselves)  guilty. 
He  did  so  (e$),  in  order  to  frighten*  you.  My  children  must 
learn  to  draw,  in  order  to  be  able  to  draw  landscapes.5  At  last 
I  began  to  long6  for  my  native  country,1  that  I  might  {translate: 
in  order  to)  (IV)  repose  after  my  travels  and  fatigues.8  The 
early  death  of  the  hero  was  much  to  be  regretted.9  If  he  were 
not  ashamed10  of  confessing11  the  truth,  he  would  say  that  he 
did  not  begin  to  work  before  ten  o'clock.  The  stream12  is  too 
rapid1*  to  be  often  frozen  (gefrteren,  active).  She  knew  him  to 
please  (V)  everybody.  I  wish  you  to  read  the  history  of 
England  by  (oon)  Macaulay.  When  you  know  a  poor  man  to 
be  honest  and  industrious,  you  ought  to  esteem  him  more 
highly  (b,bb,er)  than  a  rich  man  who  violates"  the  duties  of 
a  Christian. 

READING   LESSON. 

$te  gqiriiftc  Sreue.    ((Sdjutfj.) 

•ftad)  ctntgen  2JJonaten  Uep  ber  $attfe  ifyn  hneber  toor  fid)  rufen. 
Sluf  emern  Stfdje  lag  em  ^paufen  ©olb,  £>tamanten  unb  foftlidje  Stoffe; 

127.   i  honors.    2  intention.    3  debts. 

138.  i  fortrcibttnb.    2  see  p.  130,  Note  1.    seertatfjen.    *  erfdjreden.    '<  Canbfdjaften.    ''>fu$ 
fetynen  tud).    "  ba8  SSaterlanb.    s  anftrenaungen.    sbebauern.    ie  to  be  ashamed,  fi$  i^licen, 
12  tcr  Strom,    "reifienb.    n 


369 


baneben  aber  ftanb  ber  Confer1  nut  einer  ©eifcel2  in  ber3  £>anb  itnb  etnent 
<£d)Uierte  unter  bent3  2lrme.  ,,2)u  fjaft  nun  geit  genug  gefyabt,"  fmg 
2Kutett)eful  on,  W2)id)  $u  bebenfen4  unb  bag  Unrest  (fault)  Pettier 
iJBiberfpeufttgfeit5  ehtjufeljen.  9^un  ttaljle:  entroeber  nimm  biefe 
9fetd)t()iuner  unb  tfyue  metnen  2Bitten,  ober  berette  £)id)  $u  ehtem  fdjtmpf* 
lid)en6  Xobe  I"  2lber  ^onatn  antioortete,  bie  (Scfjanbe  liege  nid)t  in  bet 
©trafe,  foubern  in  bem  55erbred)en.  (Sr  fonne  fterben,  o^ne  bie  (Sfyre 
feuieg  3tanbe!§7  unb  feiner  2Btffenfd)aft  3U  beftecfen.8  3)er  ^olife  fei 
ber  ^err  feine^  Seben8;  er  tfjue,9  h)a§  ii)m  gefotte. 

,,@el)t  ^inaug  !"  fagte  ber  $attfe  311  ben  llmfte^enben;  unb  al$  er 
allein  tuar,  reid)te  er  bem  getoiffenfyaften10  §onain  bie  £>anb  unb  f^rad^: 
,,§onoin,  id)  bin  mit  !Dtr  jufrteben;  3)u  bift  ntetn  ^reunb  unb  id)  ber 
2)etnige.  3)?an  I)at  mir  £)eine  Sreue  t)erbad)tig  gemad)t;  id)  mufcte 
jDeine  (g^rlid)feit  priifen,u  um  getoift  ju  ttierben,  ob  id)  mid)  tioftfommen 
ouf  2)td)  tsertaffen  fonne.  9?id)t  al§  etne  33elof)nung,  fonbern  al3  ein 
3eid)en12  meiner  ^reunbfdjaft  hjerbe  id)  !Dir  biefe  ®efd)ente  fenben,  bie 
S)eine  9?ed)tfd)affen^eit  nid)t  berfii^ren13  lonnten.", 

@o  fprad)  ber  $alife  unb  befafjt  ben  £)ienern,  ba§  ©otb,  bie  (Sbel» 
fteine  unb  bie  (Stoffe  in  ^>onain'§  ^au^  ju  tragen. 


2Bie  tange  blieb  ^onain  tm  ©e* 

fangni^  ? 
2113  9J?utetnefut  it)n  mieber  rufen 

Ite§,  )oa§  geigte  er  i^m  ? 

^atte  ber  £>en!er   in  ber 
£>aub  ? 

t»ertangte  nun  ber 
oon  feinem  5lrjte  ? 

antiuortete  ^>onain? 


feijte  er  nod)  Ijtn^u  (add)? 


(Sinige  Donate  (tang). 

2luf  ber  etnen  ©eite  einen  £ifrf)  mit 

©otb  unb  £>iamanten,   auf  ber 

anbern  etnen  §enfer. 
Sr  Ijatte  eine  ©eifjel  in  ber  ^>anb 

unb  ein  @d)R)ert  unter  bem  3lrnt. 
§onaht  fottte  tudfjlen  giuifdjen  9teid)» 

t^um  unb  Xob. 
3)ie  Sdjanbe  liege    ntd)t    in  bet 

(Strafe,  fonbern  im  53evbred)en. 
£)er  ^aifer  tf)tte,  n?a§  i^m  gefafle. 


i  the  executioner.    2  scourge,    s  see  p.  310,  14. 
ness.      c  shameful.      "  profession.       8  to  stain. 


to  consider.    5  obstinacy,  stubborn- 

. .  .  .      9  see    p.  359,  9.      10  conscientious 

honest,    n  to  prove,  put  on  trial.    12  token,    is  to  corrupt. 


B70  PRESENT  PARTICIPLE. 


(submit)  er  ftd)  enbltcf)  in    'ftein,  er  blieb  ftcmbfjaft  b«  f  eutei 
ben  Stllen  beS  $alifen  V  SBeigerung  (refusal). 

26ie  belofynte  3Huteu>eful  ib,n  ba*    (£r  [ogle,  baft  er  mit  tb,m  gufrieben 
fur  ?  fei,  unb  geftanb  ib,m,  bag  er  tfyn 

nur  b,abe  priifen  rooflen. 

2Bte  nannte  er  tb,n  ?  (§r  nonnte  tb,n  feinen  §reunb. 

Unb  rate  begeugte  (show)  cr  if>m    @r  Iie§  ba^  ©o(b,  bte  ©belftetn? 
feine  2)anfbarfeit?  unb  fojlbaren  ©toffe 

SKob.nung  bringeru 


FORTY-FIFTH  LESSON. 

THE  PRESENT  PARTICIPLE. 

1.  a]  The  present  participle  may  be  employed  in  Ger- 
man as  in  English  like  an  adjective,  e.g.  •' 

Sin  toetnenbeS  $inb,  A  weeping  child. 

(gute  Uebenbe  Gutter,  A  loving  mother. 

35ie  aufqeb,enbe  ©onne,  The  rising  sun. 

2)ie  ermunternben  2Borte,  The  encouraging  words. 

All  the  examples  just  given  are  of  the  present  parti- 
ciple immediately  preceding  and  qualifying  a  noun,  i.e., 
used  as  an  attributive  adjective,  and  it  is  used  thus  much 
oftener  than  as  a  predicate  adjective,  i.e.,  standing  alone 
after  some  part  of  fein,  to  be.  Instead  of,  £a$  &int>  war 
ttetnent,  we  must  say,  £)og  fttnb  toeinte ;  instead  of,  Xic 
Sautter  ifi  liebcnt,— Die  Gutter  ifl  Uebmll,  etc. 

b)  Nevertheless,  there  are  a  few  present  participles 
which  may  be  employed  with  the  greatest  freedom  io 
every  way  in  which  genuine  adjectives  are  employed, 
thus: 

belefyrenb,  instructive  briicfenb,  oppressive 

betriibenb,  afflicting  ermtibenb,  fatiguing 

bringenb,  pressing  fltejjenb,  fluent,  flowing 


PRESENT  PAKTtCIPLE.  371 

l)tnretJ3enb,  overpowering  toerletjcnb,  offensive 

retgenb,  charming  imterfyaltenb,  amusing,  etc. 

» 

EXAMPLES. 

<Sie  fang  reijenb,  She  sang  charmingly. 

2)a8  ift  mefyr  ermlibenb  al3  erqutcfenb  geraefen,   That  was  more 

wearisome  than  refreshing. 
3)rtngenbere  ®efd)dfte,  More  pressing  affairs. 
(Sr  bat  un8  bnngenber  a(8  ttorljer,  He  begged  us  more  press- 

ingly  than  before. 

@te  entfernten  fid)  fdjttietgenb,  They  departed  silently. 
(Sr  fagte  mtr,  ftetS  ladjenb  .  .  . ,   He  said  to  me,  laughing  all 

the  while .  .  . 
(Sr  raudjte,  (tc^  (affig  auf  bent  (Sttenbogen  ftiiljenb,    He  was 

smoking,  supporting  himself  carelessly  on  his  elbow. 

c)  In  the  last  two  examples  the  present  participle  tells 
us  what  was  going  on  at  the  same  time  with  the  action  of 
the  principal  verb, — he  was  laughing  at  the  same  time 
that  he  said  to  me,  etc.;  he  was  supporting  himself  on 
his  elbow  as  he  smoked.     It  is  more  usual  in  such  cases 
to  translate  the  English  present  participle  by  inbem  (in 
tJmt,  while)  and  the  indicative,  e.g.,  (£r  rmtcfyte,  tnbem  er  jtcf) 
Idfftg  auf  bem  (SUenbogen  ftii^te.    3nbem  is  used  also  to 
translate  the  English  present  participle  preceded  by  by, 
e.g.,  By  showing,  3nbem  er  (eg,  fte  u.f.ro.)  jetgt  (jeigte  u.f.ro.) 

d)  Sometimes  ittfcem  (while)  would  not  give  the  force  of 
the  English  participial  clause,  and  another  conjunction 
must  be  chosen,  e.g. : 

Believing  you  were  dead,  I  went  on. 
!Da  (since)  id)  glaubte  Sie  rtmren  tobt,  fo  gtng  trf)  tBctter. 
The  sun  rising,  the  stags  showed  themselves  at  our  left, 
(gobatb  (as  soon  as)  bte  (Sonne  aitfging,  getgten  ftrf)  bte  £>trfd)e 

Itnfg  oon  m\%. 
He  accepted  the  position,  knowing  all  the  while  that  she 

had  been  lying. 
(§r  nafjm  bte  ®tette  an,  obtt>ol){  (although)  er  ttwfjte  fte 

getogen. 


372  PRESENT  PARTICIPLE. 

Henry  coming  over  to  us,  we  sat  down  to  discuss  the 

matter. 
2113  (when)  §emrid)  311  un£  fyeruberfom,  ba  fefcten  n)it  unS,  inn 

bte  <£ad)e  311  befpredjen. 

e)  In  other  cases  again,  the  student  will  see  that  the 
English  present  participle  used  as  an  adjective  is  equi- 
valent to  a  relative  clause.  It  may  then  be  so  translated 
into  German,  e.g.  : 

A  man,  suddenly  springing  out  of  the  bushes,  etc. 
(Sin  3Waun,  ber  plo£lid)  cms  bent  ©eftra'ud)  fprang  :c. 
A  fellow  holding  such  opinions. 
(Sin  $ert,  ber  foldje  2ftetmmgen  |)at. 


/)  Cumbrous  constructions  like  the  following  occur 
much  more  frequently  in  books  and  newspapers  than  in 
conversation  : 


(Sin  mid),  id)  toetfc  ntd)t  ttmritm,  immer  tabetnber  ^rtttfer. 
(A  me,  I  do  not  know  why,  always  blaming  critic)  i.e., 
A  critic  (who  is)  always  blaming  me,  I  do  not  know  why. 

2.  a)  We  have  already  seen  that  the  English  present 
participle  used  as  a  noun  is  often  translated  by  the  in- 
finitive (see  page  363,  1). 

NOMINATIVE. 

Heading  (the  reading  of)  good  books  is  necessary  for 

young  people. 

$)a$  Sefen  guter  33ud)er  ift  fungen  Seuten  notfyig. 
Card-playing  and  smoking  are  expensive  habits. 
3)o§  ^avtenfptelen  unb  9tourf)en  ftnb  foftfpiettge  (Setuoljnljetten. 
Dying  is  hard,  (Sterben  ift  fdjnjer. 
Denying  his  guilt  would  be  shameful. 
(S3  ware  fdjanblid)  fcine  ©djulb  gu  fcerleugnen. 

GENITIVE. 


Of  dancing  I  am  tired,  2)&§  Xan^enS  bin  id)  mttbe. 
Instead  of  crying,  3lnftatt  be^  3Betnen«. 


PRESENT  PARTICIPLE.  373 

Bat: 

The  art  of  writing,  $)te  ®unft  311  frfjretben. 

The  pleasure  of  seeing  you,  £)a$  33ergnugen  @te  311  fe!jen. 

Compare  page  318,  4. 

With  anftatt,  the  infinitive  with  JU  is  more  usual,  e.g.> 
ilnftatt  ju  weinen. 

DATIVE. 

He  became  a  declared  enemy  of  (to)  smoking. 

!£em  9Jaud)en  ttntrbe  er  ein  erflarter  ^einb. 

I  am  not  to  blame  for  the  want  of  an  answer  so  long  (for 

the  long  being  deficient  of  an  answer). 
9ln  bem  langen  S2(u8bleiben  einer  Slntwort  bin  id)  nidjt 


ACCUSATIVE. 

I  Kke  fishing  very  much,  3d)  fyabe  bag  2lnge(n  feljr  gent. 
He  went  away  without  paying  us,    (§r  ging  fort  o^ne  un^  ^u 

bqafyten. 
He  began  speaking,  (Sr  ftng  an  gu  fpred^en. 

6)  Another  way  to  translate  the  present  participle  used 
as  a  noun,  is  by  a  clause  beginning  with  a  conjunction, 
very  frequently  bap,  e.g.  : 


junge  £eute  gnte  33itd)er  lefen,  ift  notfytg. 
Stnftntt  ba^  @iner  rtjeinte  (Instead  of  that  a  fellow  cried). 
j£>arcm  baf?  bie  ^Inttuort  fo  langc  au^btieb,  bin  id)  ntc^t  ©djulb. 
Your  fishing  I  Kke  very  well  (I  am  quite  willing  you 

should  fish). 

®afe  (£te  cmgeln,  (jab'  id)  fefyr  gent. 
I  wrote  without  my  father's  knowing  it. 
•3d)  fdjvteb,  o^ne  baf?  mein  $ater  e§  n)uf?te. 
He  wished  to  copy  the  letter  before  his  uncle's  seeing  it. 
(£r  oolite  ben  33rief  abfdjveiben,  eb/e  fein  £)nfcl  ib,n  fa'b.e. 
We  noticed  his  looking  at  her. 
2Bir  bemerften,  ba§  er  fie  anfaf). 
We  heard  of  his  becoming  a  soldier. 
2Bir  (jortcn,  baft  er  Sotbat  geiuorbcn  Juar. 

1  Although  an  adjective,  usually  printed  -with  a  capital  letter.  It  has  the  same  f'ornj 
30  the  noun  ©efyulb,  ffuilt,  and  is  not  used  attributively.' 


374  PRESENT  PARTICIPLE. 

I  spoke  of  (my)  going  to  Paris. 

3d)  fpraf)  bauon,  baft  id)  nad)  ^artS  gefyen  tooflte. 

I  have  nothing  against  your  going  there. 

3d)  fyabe  Sjjid)t3  bagegen,  bag  <3te  baln'n  gefyen. 

The  landlord  insisted  on  our  taking  horses. 

Set  Strtlj  beftanb  barauf,  baft  hnr  -Pferbe  neljmen  fotttcn. 

Besides  her  being  rich,  2Iuperbem  baft  fte  reid)  tft. 

He  saved  himself  by  jumping  through  the  window. 

Sr  rettete  ftd)  baburd),  baft  er  aug  bent  ^enfter  fprang. 

The  prisoner  was  hanged  for  .killing  a  man. 

£>er  @efaugene  rtwrbe  gefyangt,  toett  cr  emeu  SJJann  getobtet  Ijatte. 

You  must  have  perceived  it,  while  speaking  with  him. 

@te  ntuffen  e§  bemerft  ^oben,  wa^rcnb  <3te  mtt  t^m  [pradjcn. 

After  having  (I  had)    gone    over   the  bridge,   I  had  a 

splendid  view  into  the  valley. 
9?adjbem  id)  bie  SBrurfe  pafftrt  fyatte,  Ijatte  id)  etne  ^crrtid)c  2lu3* 

ftdjt  tn'«  X^aL 

After  having  received  my  money,  I  paid  my  creditors. 
9?ad)bem  id)  mem  ®e(b    erljalten    ^atte,    begaljltc    id)    metiic 

©(ciubtger. 

READINQ  EXERCISE  129a. 

§err  5J?iiffer  tuar  ein  forgfamer  2?ater  unb  etn  Itebenber  ©atte.  3)aS 
S5Ub  ftettt  (represents)  ein  ladjenbeS  ^tnb  bor.  2)te  folgenbe  5luf- 
gabe  tft  ju  itberfe^en.  Sampe'^  9iobinfon  Srufoe  tft  ein  fcljr  nnter* 
^attenbeg  unb  beteb,renbe3  Slid).  3)a§  33aben  tfl  gefunb.  U)a8 
3etd)nen  tft  etne  tngenefyme  58efd)afttgung.  3)a3  ^adjett  mandjer 
Scute  tfl  unangenef)nt.  fatten  @te  bie  Sljre  jetne  33efanntfd)aft  gn 
ntadjen  '?  5)a^  3pa3terengef)en  tft  fitr  mid)  fefjr  ermiibenb.  !0efcn  unb 
<Sd)teiben  tft  fiir  alle  Scute  notljig.  9J?etne  $mi  Itebt  baS  9Jaud)cn 
ntdjt.  3d)  fanb  etne  ^tafd)e,  nieldje  rotb/en  SSetn  entb,telt.  @te  ftng 
?ben  an  etnen  33rief  ^u  fd)retben.  3d)  war  nafje  baran,  nad)  S3lmertfa 
luSguroanbern.  (Sic  mitffen  fortfa^ren  (Snglifd)  311  lernen. 


130a. 

I  am  going  to  Paris  in  a  few  daya  I  saw  the  dying  old 
man.  You  will  find  the  word  on  the  following  page.  That 
was  a  very  fatiguing  journey.  My  friend  lives  in  a  charming 
region.1  Biding  and  dancing  are  good  physical3  exercises. 
Js  learning  necessary  for  young  people?  The  burden3  is 
oppressive.  Clouds*  are  formed  from  the  vapours  arising"  (1,  e) 

130&.  KSejenb,  f.     *torperU$.     sfcU  8a|t.     <  bie  Soften. 


PRESENT  PARTICIPLE.  376 

from  the  earth.  I  have  seen  a  book  containing  beautiful 
poems.  Alexander  asked  his  friends  standing  (1,  e)  about  his 
death-bed,6  if  (ob)  they  thought  they  could  find  a  king  like 
him.  She  was  near  dying.  He  told  me  trembling,  that  he 
had  lost  all  his  money.  Speaking  thus,  she  stabbed7  herself. 
Eliza  Veeping  'bitterly,  threw  herself  into  her  mother's  arms. 
The  father  stood  mourning8  by  the  tomb9  of  his  son.  The 
surgeon  began  dressing  (oerbmben)  the  wound.  The  rising1* 
sun  disperses11  the  fog. 

READING-  EXERCISE  130b. 

3d)  IaS  bte  3eitung,  oljnc  baft  er  eS  bemerfte.  2Btr  fpradjen  babon, 
baft  tuir  nad)  2Sten  gefyen  toottten.  £>er  <Sd)iiter  ttmrbe  geftraft,  roeii 
er  tra'ge  gewefen  tft.  (5r  war  bofe1  Uber  mid),  baft  id)  tfyn  getoecft  Ijatte. 
3d)  ittar  geftcrn  in  Sfjrem  £>aitfe,  ^nc  e3  ju  tmffen.  £>urd)  bag 
23eobad)ten2  btcfer  ^egeln  faun  man  mele  ^etjter  bermetbcn.  3d)  wcrbe 
fpajteren  gefyen,  narfjbcm  id)  meinc  ©efdjcifte  beenbtgt  f)abe.  3d)  fanb 
btefeg  ^acfdjen  btefen  SO^orgen,  a(8  (on)  id)  au§  bem  ^aitfe  gtng.  2)a 
id)  finbc,  baft  e8  mtr  unmogtid)  fetn  totrb,  ntetn  $erfpred)en  ju 
fo  ne^me3  id)  mem  2Bort 


131. 

She  noticed  my  looking  at  her.  She  cannot  endure1  his 
going  away.  I  am  sure  of  his  having  done  it.  I  am  rejoiced 
at  hearing  of  him.  The  overseer  repented2  having  been  so 
cruel  to  (gegen,  towards)  the  slaves  and  began  treating3  them 
with  more  humanity.4  Hearing  the  noise5  of  the  cannon,  we 
started6  up.  Having  seen  him,  I  went  to  his  brother.  We 
form  our  mind  by  reading  (2,  b)  good  books.  We  have  obtained 
peace  by  making  great  sacrifices.7  You  will  learn  to  speak 
French  by  writing  it.  The  setting8  sun  indicated  that  it  would 
be  useless  pursuing9  the  fugitives.10  Having  taken  leave,11  he 
departed.  Being  poor,  he  had  been  neglected.  Having  no 
money,  I  could  not  depart.  Having  told  his  ridiculous 
stories,  he  went  off  (fort)  laughing.  Mary  and  her  brother 
Henry,  perceiving  a  pretty  butterfly,"  endeavored  (fudjten)  to 
catch  it.  Conjecturing  (1,  d)  (uermutfyen)  that  I  was  rich  and 


130a.  «bo8  SEobtfcett.    7erbof(fyen.    strauem.    afcaSQrab.   i°ouf8«Ben.    n»ettrei6en. 
130b.  i  angry  with.    2  to  observe,    s  to  retract. 

131.  i«rttagen.    2  bereute  bajj.     sbeljanbetn.    <  2Henft6,tt<$f  eit.     6ber1)onn«. 
ito  make  sacrifices,  Dpfer  bringen.     8  untergetjen.     scerfotflen. 


376  PRESENT  PARTICIPLE. 

finding  that  I  was  ignorant,  he  thought  it  would  be  easy  to 
deceive  me.  The  old  man  having  spoken  thus,  the  assembly 
dispersed.1* 

READECTQ  LESSON. 

fiiefee.    Filial  Love. 


(Sin  beriifjmter  preufjtfdjer  ©eneral'  hmr  in  feiner  Sugenb  (gbetfnabe1 
an  bem  |>ofe  grtebrid)3  beS  ©rofcen.  (Sr  fyatte  fetnen  23ater  ntefyr  unb 
feme  Gutter  naljrte  fid)*  fummerlid)3  in  iljrem  SStttroenftanbe.*  5US 
em  guter  ©ofnt  nmufdjte  er,  fie  unterftitfcen5  311  fonnen,  aber  toon  feinem 
geringen  ®el)alte6  fonnte  er  9?id)tg  entbeljren.7 

$>od)  fanb  er  ein  2ftittet,  (gtroaS  fur  fie  311  erwerben.  3ebe  97ac^t 
mu§te  ndmttc^  einer  &on  ben  (SbeUnaben  in  bem  3^mmer  oor  ^cm 
©djtaffabinet  beg  $omg8  luad^en,  urn  btefem  aufgurtarten,8  wenn  er 
Stwa«  uertangte.  2)a§  2Bacf)en  tuar  3JJan^em  gu  befc^tuerUd),  unb 
fte  iibertrugen9  ba^er,  wenn  bte  ^et^e10  an  fie  fam,  tyre  SSarfjen  5lnbe* 
ten.  2)er  arme  (Sbelfnabe  futg  an,  btefe  2Badjen  fiir  5lnbere  gu  iiber* 
nefjmen;  er  fturbe  bafiir  be^a^It,  unb  ba§  ©elb,  rtel^e^  er  bafiir  erl^ielt, 
fparte  er  gufammen,11  uub  fd^tdte  e§  bann  fetner  Gutter. 

©inmal  fonnte  ber  ^ontg  beS  ^adjtS  nic^t  f^tafen  unb  moflte  ft^ 
(Sth)a«  bortefen  laffen.12  @r  ftingette,"  er  rtef;  aber  ^iemanb  fam. 
Snbltc^  ftanb  cr  felbft  auf  unb  gmg  in  baS  ^eben^immer,  urn  gu  fe^en, 
ob  letn  ^Jage  ba  rtare.  ^ter  fanb  er  ben  guten  3unglmg,  ber  bte 
SSac^e  ubernommen  Ijatte,  am  Jtfc^e  ft^enb.  S3or  tfym  lag  ein  ange* 
fangener  Srtef  an  feme  SQiutter;  aUein  er  war  uber  bem  ©djreibcn 
etngefd)lafen.  3)er  ^ontg  f^tt^  ^erbet  (stole  near)  unb  lag  ben 
Slnfang  be8  S3rtefe8,  h)elcf)er  fo  lautete  (ran)  :  ,,9fteme  befte,  gettcbte 
Gutter!  !Dtefe«  ift  fd^on  bie  brttte  9^ac^t,  ba§  id)  fur  @elb  wadje. 
Setna^e  fann  id)  eg  ntdjt  me^r  aug^alten.1*  Snbeffen  freue  id)  mid), 
ba^  id)  nun  toteber  ge^n  2:t;aler  fiir  @te  berbtent  ^abe,1'  weldje  id) 
Olmen  ^ierbei  fd)ide.M 

131.  13  aiiScinanber  gefien. 

i  a  page.  2  support.  3  with  difficulty.  •*  widowhood.  ••  succor.  6  salary.  1  spar-\ 
K  to  wait  upon.  *  handed  over.  10  turn,  u  to  collect,  to  save.  12  see  p.  326.  is  to  ring 
tho  bell.  "  to  stand,  to  endure,  i;  to  earn- 


PRESENT  PARTICIPLE. 


377 


©eritfjrt  iiber  ba8  gute  §er^  beg  3imgling3  Ia§t  ber  $omg  ifjn 
fdjlafen,  geljt  in  fein  gimmti:,  fyolt  $wei  Gotten  mit  SDufaten,  ftecft  tym 
eine  in  jebe  £afdje  imb  tegt  fid)  wieber  fdjfafen. 

1(3  ber  (Sbetfnabe  erwadjte  unb  ba3  ©elb  in  fetnen  £afdjen  fanb, 
fouittc  cr  wol)(  benfcn,  tooljer  c3  gcfommen  fei.  Sc  freute  ftrf)  3^ac 
fefjr  baruber,  loctt  er  nun  feine  Gutter  nod)  beffer  unterftufeen  fonntc; 
bo^  erfdjra!  er  andj  ^ugteid),  aiett  ber  $imig  i^n  fdjtafenb  gefunben 
Ijatte.  2lm  SKorgcn,  fobalb  er  ^urn  ^onig  lam,  bat  er  bemutljtg1  urn 
S3ergebung  tuegen  feine^  2)tenftfel)(er32  unb  ban!te  Ujnt  fiir  baS  gnabtge 
S)cr  gute  $onig  lobte  feine  finblirfje  ?iebe,  ernannte3  i^n 
jum*  Offtjier  unb  fdjenfte  i^m  nod^  (besides)  eine  (Summe 
©elb,  urn  ftc^  2ltfe3  anfdjaffen5  ^u  fonnen,  n)a3  er  $n  feiner  neuen 
0tettc  &rancf)te. 

3)er  trefftidje  (So^n  ftieg  Jjernacf)  tmmer  ^o^er'  unb  btentc  imtet 
me^reren  preu§ifc^en  ^onigen  atS  etn  tapferer  general  bil  ra  feiu 
oe0  filter. 


war  em  preu§ifd)er  ©enerat 

in  feiner  3ugenb?  ^ 
§atte  et  bamatS    feine  (SItern 

nod)? 

3Ba8  war  btefe  alfo? 
^onnteberSoIjnjieunterflit^en? 


(gr  war  (Sbetfttabe  an  bent 


SDZtttet  fanb  er,  (SttoaS 
fiir  fie  ju  erwerben  (earn)  ? 

2ln  weffen  ©tette  wacfjte  er? 
SSarunt  wadjten  fte  nirf)t  felbft? 
mad)te  er  mit  bent  ©etbe, 

baS  er  auf  biefe  2Beife  erwarb  ? 

(3  ber  $6nig  einmat  nid)t  fd)(a* 

fen  fonnte,  wa3  tl)at  er  ? 

13  9Jiemanb  fant,  wa8  t§at  er? 


@ein  33ater  tebte  nid)t  me^r;  abec 

feine  Sautter. 
(Sie  war  eine  2Bitttoe. 
S3on  fetnem  ©exalte  !onnte  er  e8 

nirf)t  t§un. 
(Sr  Wad)te  fur  ®etb  in  bent  SJor* 

Dimmer    bor  bent  @rf)Iaffabinet 


2ln  ber  Stette  anberer  Sbetfnaben. 
(S3  war  ifynen  gu  befd)wer(id). 
@r  fdjicfte  e§  feiner  Gutter,  um  fte 
ju  unterftii^en. 

G?r  ftingette  unb  rtef. 
Sr  ftanb  auf,  nm  gu  feljen,  ob  fern 
tm  ^or^immer  wftre. 


1  humbly.    9  fault  in  service,    s  to  name,  to  appoint. 
to  boy.    e  high  and  higher. 


4  gee  p.  389,  3.     s  to  procura. 


373 


PAST  PARTICIPLE. 


fnfj  cr  Ijter? 


tjatte  er  tior  fidj  tiegen  ? 
2tu  iuen  rear  biefer  $3rief  geridjtet  ? 
2Bte  tautete  ber 


2BtetneI  fyatte  er  fdjon  ertuorbcn? 
2£ccfte  ber  $onig  ih,n  auf  ? 
28a8  tfjat  er  UberbieS? 


51(3  ber  (Sbelfnabe  ettuadjte, 

empfanb  er? 
SBarum  war  er  erfc^rodeu? 


t(jat  er  am  2J?orgen? 


2Bie  behjte^  tf)in  ber 
2Bof)ItuoUen  (favor)  ? 
hwrbe  fpater  au8  (of)  i 


fein 


2)er  gute  Oflngttng  fag  fc^tafenb 

am  Stfd^e. 

(Sinen  angefangenen  Srtef. 
5ln  feine  Gutter. 
W3)icfe«  ift  fdjon  bte  brttie  ^ac^t, 

ba§  trf)  fur  ®etb  ttjac^e." 
3e^n  Skater, 
^ein,  er  Iie§  i^n  fcfjlafen. 
(§r  ^olte  a^et  gotten  £>itfaten  unD 

ftecfte  t^m  in  jebe  Xafttje  etne. 
@r  war  2lnfang3  erfdjroden,  freute 

ficl^  aber  bod)  itber  ba«  ©olb. 
SBett  er  etnen  jDienftfebler  began* 

gen  (committed)  fjatte. 
(Sr  bat  ben  $"b'mg  um  Sergebung 

unb  banfte  tljm  fiir  bag  ©efrfjenf. 
@r  madjte  ib.n  gum  Officer  unb 

fdjenfte  t^m  nod]  ©etb  bagu. 
Sr  ftieg  nad)  unb  nad)  immei 

unb  wurbe  ^ute|jt  ©enerat. 


FORTY-SIXTH  LESSON. 

THE  PAST  PAKTICIPLE. 

1.  The  past  participle  is  used  very  frequently  in  every 
way  in  which  a  genuine  adjective  could  be  used,  e.g. : 

£>er  geftebte  $oter,  The  beloved  father. 
(Sin  gefegneteS  Sanb,  A  fertile  (blessed)  country. 
(Sin  gebriirftereS  53otf,  A  people  more  oppressed. 
£)er  geeb/rtefte  ^rofeffor,  The  most  honored  professor. 
%n  gelefjrteften  gefd)rieben,  The  most  learnedly  written. 
<5ie  finb  gefiirdjtet,  You  are  feared. 

2.  We  call  attention  to  the  following  words  which  are 
in  form  past  participles,  but  used  more  frequently  as  ad- 
jectives than  to  form  compound  tenses.     Each  has  a  de- 
rivative beginning  with  UlU 


PAST  PAETICIPLE.  379 

befcnmt,  known  unbefannt,  unknown 

bemtttclt,  well  off  unbemittelt,  without  means 

beriifymt,  renowned  unberiifymt,  unrenowned 

gelefyrt,  learned  ungeleljrt,  unlearned 

gefcfjicft,  clever,  skilful  ungefdjicft,  awkward 

geroofynt,  accustomed  ungetoofyut,  unaccustomed. 

3.  The  past  participle  of  neuter  verbs  of    motion  is 
used  with  fommen  and  gefyen,  instead  of  the  present  par- 
ticiple, as  :  £)er  &nabe  fain  gelaufen,  gefprungen,  geritten,  ge* 
fafjren,  The  boy  came  running,  riding,  etc.  ;  thus  also,  gc^ 
flogen,  gefc^mommen,  gefrodjen  u.  f.  n>.  fommen.     Somewhat 
similiar  is  serloren  ge^en,  to  be  (get)  lost.    Ex.  : 

Sine  23vteftafd)e  ift  tertoren  gegangen  (has  been  lost). 

4.  The  following  past  participles  may  be  used  much 
like  conjunctions  : 

gefe^t  (lit.  set),  suppose 
angenommen,  (assumed),  assuming 
auggenommcn  (excepted),  except 
abgefefyen  (looked  off),  let  alone 
abgeredjnet  (deducted),  not  counting 
gugegeben  (granted),  granting. 

Thus: 


e§  ft)  are  fo,  Suppose  it  were  so. 

^Ibgeeb/en  babon,  ba^  er  aud^  gu  arm  ifi,  Let  alone  that  he  is 
too  poor  besides. 

5.  The  past  participle  is  often  employed  instead  of  the 
imperative.  In  English,  the  present  participle  is  some- 
times used  with  a  negative  in  a  similar  manner.  Ex.  : 

umgefefjrt  !  (turned  about)  about  face  ! 
aufgefdjaut  !  look  up  ! 
auSgetrunfen  !  empty  your  glass! 
ntd)t  nteljr  geiueint!  no  more  cryingl 
ntd)t  geplaubert  !  no  talking  ! 


380  FUTURE  PASSIVE  PAKTICIPLE. 

The  Future  Passive  Participle. 

There  is  in  German  a  future  passive  participle,  answer- 
ing to  the  Latin  participle  in  —dus  (e.g.,  laudandus,  a,  um). 
It  is  formed  from  the  present  participle  (e.g.,  lobcnb)  by 
placing  ju  before  it.  Ex. : 

3)a3  311  lobenbe  $inb,  The  child  to  be  praised. 
3)te  git  fyotfenbc  Srnte,  The  harvest  to  be  hoped  for. 
3)a3  $u  fiirdjtenbe  Unglitcf,  The  misfortune  to  be  feared. 

In  the  predicate,  JU  lobett  is  used,  e.g.,  2)a3  $int>  ift  JU 
foben,  The  child  is  (worthy)  to  be  praised. 

READING  EXERCISE  132. 

Sftetne  geliebte  £ante  ift  geflorben.  Unfer  Dereljrter  ^Jrofeffor  tfl 
franf.  ^eter  ber  @ro§e  roar  ber  gebilbetfte  9Jiamt  in  Sftufclanb.  S'Jero 
war  ber  gefiirdjtetfte  romifc^e  ^atfer.  !Der  Ijeute  gefattenc  <Scf)nee  ifl 
gnjet  $itfj  ^od^.  2)cmoft^eneS  tear  ber  beritljmtefle  grie^tfc^c  ^iebner. 
2)er  @ret«  ging  gebitcft  (stooping)  an  einem  Stabe  unb  betteltc.  2)te 
gu  crfitttcnbe  ipftic^t  roar  fc^njer.  <2t^itfen  @te  mtr  ben  ju  fdrbenben1 
|>ut.  5lbgefe^ena  Don  bem  (Srfolge/  mufc  man  btefe  Untente^mung 
bttttgen.  3)te  jit  gebenbe  Dper  ift  Don  (by)  Sfcoffini.  @r  tfi  etn 
iDtrftic^  ju  empje^tenber  SOtann.  £>te  311  erniartenbe  5tnfunft  unferer 
getiebten  ^ontgin  erfiittt  atte  §erjen  mtt  greube.  §err  ^a^bar,  ge» 
trunfen !  3)te  langgena^rte*  ^>offnung  ift  enblirf)  erfiittt  morbcn.  (Sin 
ftarfeg  ©emitter  mit  ^agel5  ^at  bie  fe^nttc^ft  ge^offte  (Srnte  ucrnidjtet.* 
2)a8  geprefetc  ^erj  fit^tte  ft^  erletcf)tert  am  t^eitne^menben  53ufen  eineS 
getiebten  2rreunbe8.  ®erit^rt  Don  ben  2Borten  beg  atten  2J2anne^, 
offnete  er  bie  £f)ttre  unb  Uep  tf)n  etntreten.  2)er  arme  ©tubent,  afl 
feineS  ®etbeS  beraubt,  fe^te  betriibt  feinen  2Beg  fort,  bi§  er,  in  einem 
2)orfe  angefommen,  ganj  ermiibet  ftc^  aitf  eine  San!  fe^te. 

7tufgabc  133. 

1.  Mr.  A.  is  a  renowned  painter.  If  you  study  much,  you 
will  become  a  learned  man.  He  stood  there  quite  puzzled.1 
This  man  died  unknown  and  unrenowned.  The  knight2  re- 
turned discouraged3  and  dejected.4  The  most  honored  man  is 

132.  ito  dye.    2 without  regard  to.    3 result,     t i.e.,  lange  genS^rte,  long-cherished, 
bt.  nourished,    s  hail,    s  destroy.    '  touched,  moved. 
U3.  ictrUjjen,  eerwtnt.     afcersRUUr.     sentmut^tgen,  reg.  v.    <  niebetgeft^lagen. 


FUTURE  PASSIVE  PAETICIPLE.  381 

not  always  the  best  man.  The  most  learned  people  often 
write  the  worst.  Arrived  at  (in  ivith  dat.)  the  village,  he  pro- 
ceeded (gtng  cv  in)  to  the  inn  where  nobody  recognised6  him  ; 
he  was  so  changed  and  sunburnt.6  The  life  of  eveiy  man  ia 
a  continuous1  chain  of  accidents.8  The  problem9  to  be  solved1' 
has  been  communicated  [to]  all  the  students. 

2.  Beloved  and  esteemed  by  every  one,  *the  'old  man  died 
'  at  the  age  of  ninety  years.  It  is  a  fact11  not  to  be  denied,1* 
that  no  man  has  any  claim13  to  perfection.  My  neighbor  came 
running  to  inform  me  that  the  queen  had  arrived.  The  prince 
came  driving  in  a  coach  with  six  horses.  The  danger  to  be 
avoided14  is  not  yet  over  (novuber).  Do  you  understand  the 
sentence15  to  be  learned?  Where  is  the  boy  [who  is]  to  be 
punished?  Protected  by  an  almighty  God,  2we  xmay  go 
through  this  life  without  fear,  if  we  do  not  deviate16  from  the 
right  path.  Well  begun,  half  done,  is  a  German  proverb. 


BEADING   LESSON. 

SJtotm  mit  ber  eifmten  9Hal(c.    The  Iron  Mask. 

(Stntge  Sftonate  nadj  bent  Xobe  be8  $arbtnat3  2ft  a  3  a  r  t  n  eretgnete 
fid)  in  ^ranlreid)  etne  SBegebenljett,1  ttetdje  ntd)t  U)re3gleidjen2  Ijat.  (Sin 
tmbefannter  ©efangener,  ber  grower  al3  getoofmlid),  jnng  unb  Don  ber 
fdjonften  unb  ebetften  ®eftalt3  war,  tourbe  mit  bent  groftten  @eljetnmt§* 
fat  ba$  (3d)to§  ber  (St.  2ftargaretf)en*3nfet  tm  ^rofcenc 
gefdjuft.  ®tefer  ©efangene  tmg  unteriuegS  eine  2)?a3fe,  beren 
ftuc!6  ©taljlfcbern7  tjatte,  tuelc^e  tt)w  bie  gretljeit  tte^en,  mit  ber 
anf  fetnem  ©cfic^te  ju  effen.  (53  tear  23efel)l  gegeben  tuorben,  if;n  ju 
tobten,  luenn  er  fid)  entbetfte.  Sr  btieb  anf  ber  3ttfel,  bt§  etn  .Officer, 
9?omcn«  <5auit=aKor«,  tm  ^a^re  1690  Dberauffefjer"  ber  Saflttti 

133.  serfennen.     efonnoerbrannt.     "fortfcfeen,  to  continue.     Use  the  past  part.     s»ci 
92lufga6e.    i«I6fen.    nj^atfa^e.  i^Ieugnen.  isSlnfpru^  auf.  n»crraeiben.    isfca 


i  event,  occurrence.  2  its  equal.  SKcineSgletdjcn,  beineSgteic^en,  etc.,  are  indeclinable, 
i.e..  the  same  form  answers  for  any  gender,  or  case,  and  either  number.  There  is  a 
similar  word  from  the  demonstrative  bcr,  namely,  beScjIetdjen  ('  the  like  of  that  ').  Poi 
t>e8g!eu§en,  bevgletcfyen  may  be  used.  3  figure,  stature.  <  secrecy,  sbay.  e  chin-piece 
7  spring.  8  overseer,  governor. 


382  FUTURE  PASSIVE  PARTICIPLE. 

hmrbe.  2)iefcr  fyoltc  iljn  toon  ber  @t.  2ftargorctljen*3nfet  ab,  unb 
fiifyrte  ifjn,  immer  ucrtarbt,1  in  bie  SaftiUe.  $urj  toor  feiner  23er* 
fefcung2  befudjte  iljn  ber  SftarquiS  toon  SoutxnS  auf  biefer  3nfel  imb 
fprad)  nut  iijin  ftefyenb  unb  mit  einer  S2ld)tung,3  bte  an  (Sljrfurdjt  grengte 
(came  near  to  veneration). 

£>iefer  Unbefanntc  iourbe  in  bie  Saftitte  gefii^rt,  n>o  er  eine  fo  gutc 
SBo^nung  tine  in  einem  (£d)Io|fe  er()ielt.  SDZan  toerfagte4  i^m  ni^tS 
toon  bem,  h)a§  er  Derlangte;  er  fanb  fein  gro^te^  33ergniigen  an  feljr 
fetnem  2Sei§3eug6  unb  an  <5pi£en;6  er  fpielte  auf  ber  ©uitarre.  2J?an 
^telt  il)m  etnen  feljr  guten  Jifc^  unb  ber  £)berauffef)cr  fc^te  fidf)  felten 
cor  t^m.  (Sin  atter  5lr^t  au§  ber  33afttfle,  ber  oft  biefen  2JJann  in 
(einen  ^ranf^eiten  be^anbett1  Ijatte,  fagte,  ba§  er  nie  fein  ©eftdjt 
gefe^en  ^abe,  obfc^on  er  oft  feine  3un9e  uno  oen  9^eft  feineg  ^orperS 
unterfuc^t  fyatte.  (Sr  h)ar  au§erft  fd)on  geu>ad)fen  (made),  fagte  biefer 
^trgt;  feine  £>aut  War  ein  njenig  gebraunt;  er  erregte8  ^ntereffe  burd) 
ben  blofien9  Xon  feiner  ©timme;  nie  beflagte  er  ftd)  uber  feinen  3"* 
ftanb,  unb  Ue§  9fiemanb  merfen,10  n?er  er  fein  fb'nnte. 

(To  be  continued.) 

QUESTIONS. 

K.B.    The  pupil  is  requested  to  seek  the  answers  to  the  following  questions  in  the 
Beading  Exercise  above. 


begab  ftdj  batb  nad)  bem  £obe  beg  ®arbmat«  SKagarin  ? 

h)urbe  auf  baS  @d)to^  ber  @t.  2Jiargaretljen*3nfel  gefdjirft? 
2Bo  tiegt  biefe  3nfel? 
SBa§  trug  ber  ©efangene  beflanbig  ? 
2Bie  lange  blieb  er  auf  ber  3nfel? 
SSo^in  fufyrte  i^n  @aiut=2)?ar«  ? 
2Ber  ^atte  il)n  oor  feiner  SSerfe^ung  befudjt? 
2Bie  ^atte  er  fid)  gegen  if)n  benommen  (behaved)  ? 
355a§  erljielt  ber  Unbefannte  in  ber  Saftifle  ? 
SQln  ma8  fanb  er  fein  gro|teS  53ergnUgen  ? 
2Ber  be^anbette  i^n  in  feinen  $ran!ljeiten? 
2Ba§  fagte  biefer  S2trgt  oft? 
SSoburd)  erregte  er  Sntereffe? 

i  masked,      2  removal.     3  respect.    4  to  deny,  to  refuse.    &  linen.    6  lace,    i  to  attend. 
c  to  excite,  to  cause.    »  mere.    10  to  perceive. 


ADJECTIVES.  383 

FORTY-SEVENTH   LESSON. 

ADJECTIVES. 

Adjectives  in  German  almost  always  follow  the  nouns 
or  pronouns  qualifying  them,  e.g.,  2)ret  ^u§  btett,  Three 
feet  broad;  93?tt  einer  tym  eigenen  Unpartfyeiltcfyfeit,  With  an 
impartiality  peculiar  to  him;  £>e3  £eben£  ffltt,  Weary  of  life; 
3n  feinc  -ftacfybarin  serliebt,  In  love  with  his  neighbor. 

L  Adjectives  which  take  the  Accusative  after  them. 

1.  Adjectives  of  weight,  measure,  age,  or  value,  require 
the  accusative.  Such  are : 

fdjluer,  heavy,  weighing  Ijodj,  high 

long,  long  ttef,  deep 

breit,  broad,  wide  grofc,  great,  large,  tall 

alt,  old  toerti),  worth. 

EXAMPLES. 

3)er  (Stein  toar  geljn  ^funb  fd^mer. 

The  stone  weighed  ten  pounds. 

£>te  Waiter  ift  jttmn^tg  ^u§  tang. 

The  wall  is  twenty  feet  long. 

3)te  grau  tear  fec^^ig  3a^re  aft. 

The  woman  was  sixty  years  old. 

£>ier  ift  em  geljn  ^funb  fd^ttjerer  (Stem. 

Here  is  a  stone  weighing  ten  pounds. 

(Sie  bauten  etne  ^njei^unbert  $atfj  fange  SWauer. 

They  built  a  wall  two  hundred  feet  long. 

IL  Adjectives1  which  take  the  Dative  after  thena. 

abgenetgt,  disinclined  anftofctg,  oflEensive 

fi^n(td),  like  befannt,  known 

angeboren,  innate  begretflicf),  conceivable 

angemeffen,  appropriate  bequem,  convenient 

,  agreeable  befjagttd),  comfoi-table 


i  This  list  contains  also  some  past  participles  which  are  frequently  used  as  acU 
jectives. 


384  ADJECTIVES. 

befcfyuenid),  troublesome  Ueb,     )  -, 

banfbar,  grateful  tfjeuer, ) 

btenlid),  serviceable  tnoglid),  possible 

ei9eu'  !•  neculiar  nad)th,eilig,  )  prejudicial,  detri- 

eigentl)iimud), )  *  fdjdblid),     j     mental,  hurtful 

fremb,  strange  nafye,  near 

gefyorfam,  obedient  niigucf),  useful 

geiuogen,  favorably  inclined        treu,     (  foy.uf.ji 

giinftig,  favorable  getreu,  [ 

geneigt,  kindly  disposed  iiberlegen,  superior 

getoadjfen,  equal  to  unmbgUd),  impossible 

gleid),  like,  equal  \ivtf)a$t,  odious 

gndbig,  gi-acious,  kind  t)ortb,eHb,aft,  advantageous 

|ei(fam,  salutary  roillfommen,  welcome 

laftig,  troublesome  ^utraglid),  conducive,  beneficial 

EXAMPLES. 

£>er  (So^n  tfi  (or  fiefyt)  fetnem  5Sater  ab.ntt^. 

The  son  is  like  (resembles)  his  father. 

3)ie  gtebe  ^ur  Oreifyett  ift  bem  2Ken[d)en  angeboren. 

The  love  of  liberty  is  innate  in  man. 

3)ie  Arbeit  tear  ben  (Solbaten  laftig. 

The  labor  was  disagreeable  to 'the  soldiers. 

5)a8  Saben  ift  ber  ©efunbb/eit  feljr  gutrdgUd^. 

Bathing  is  very  conducive  to  health. 

(£g  toar  mtr  unmoglid)  ju  fommen. 

It  was  impossible  for  me  to  come. 

HEADING  EXERCISE    134a. 

5)tefe  ^ugel  ifl  me^r  ot§  ^e^n  ^funb  fitter.  2Bte  tang  tfl  bteje 
•Strafe?  @ie  ijl  ^ttjei^unbert  unb  gnxntjtg  5u§  (ang.  3)te  ^einbc 
gruben  emen  gtuotf  ^u§  bretten  ®raben.  5luf  bem  ^(a^e1  fteft  etne 
ungefd^r  bieqtg  ^u§  ^o^e  (Saute.'  2)tefe  @efd)id)te  tjl  affen  gran^o* 
fen  roo{)t  befannt.  3u  trie!  effen  ifl  ber  ®efunb^eit  nad)tb,eiUg.  !Det 
^ontg  n>ar  btefem  ^ofmanne3  feb,r  geiuogen.  @eib  euern  2Boijltfc,atern 
ftet^4  banfbar.  (Setb  nte  gefuljttoS  gegen  bte  ?etben  enter  Sfthmenfdjen. 
J>te  tange  9?etfe  h)ar  bem  often  2ftanne  feb,r  befcf)n)crttd);  er  fonnte  fie 
nid)t  toeiter  fortfefcen.  S)ie  geinbe  maren  un§  an  gafy  weit  iibertegen; 
beflo  (the)  fioljer  n>aren  tuir  anf  (see  IV)  unfern  @ieg,  nid^renb  b« 
feinblid)e  ©enerat  Uber  feine  9?ieberlage  befd)dmt  n>ar. 

184*.  i  square.    3  column,  pillar,    s  courtier.    J  always. 


ADJECTIVES.  386 


134b. 

My  room  is  twenty  feet  long  and  fifteen  wide.  The  boy 
climbed  over  xa  5wall  ^en  3feet  4high.  In  the  room  we  found 
Ja  6man  "about  'sixty-five  4years  "old.  London-bridge  is  nine 
hundred  and  twenty  feet  long,  fifty-five  high,  and  fifty-six 
wide.  The  monument  of  London  is  a  round  pillar,  two 
hundred  feet  high  ;  it  stands  on  a  pedestal1  twenty  feet  high. 
Travelling  is  conducive  to  health.  Your  horse  is  much  superior 
to  mine.  Smoking  is  not  conducive  to  health,  at  least  for 
those  who  have  feeble  lungs.2 

IIL  Adjectives1  which  take  the  Genitive  after  them. 

bebitrftig,  )  in  want  of,  to$,  rid  of 

benotljtgt,  j  in  need  of  mad)ttg,  master  of 

betouftt,  conscious  mtibe,  )  tired  of, 

eingebenf,  mindful  fatt,    j  weary 

fafyig,  capable  fcfjutbtg,  guilty 

frob,,  glad  tb/ttyafttg,  partaking 

getocirtig,  in  expectation  of  ttberbriiffig,  tired  of,  weary 

geltnJ3,  certain  toerbcidjtig,  suspected 

fjabfyaft,  getting  possession  of  toerhiftig,  having  forfeited. 

Also, 

t,  unconscious,  uneingebenf,  unmindful,  etc. 


EXAMPLES. 

3)te  ^Innen  ftnb  be8  ©etbe§  bebitrfttg  (benotf)tgt). 

The  poor  are  in  want  of  money. 

3)ev  &ote  luar  be§  2Bege3  ntdjt  fitnbtg  (or  unfunbtg). 

The  messenger  was  unacquainted  with  the  waj. 

S)er  ©eneral  tear  beg  $erratl)3  tjerbad^tig. 

The  general  was  suspected  of  treason. 

3d)  bin  be§  3lrbettenS  miibe. 

I  am  tired  of  working. 

IV.  Adjectives1  which  take  Prepositions  after  them. 

ndjtfam  auf  (ace.),  attentive  to    bcmge  toor,  afraid  of 

beforgt  fiir,  anxious  about  befc^cimt  ttber  (ace.),  ashamed  of 

134b.    i  gu&gefJeH.    2  etne  ^ica^e  Sunge  (sing.~). 

i  Thisjist  contains  also  some  past  participles  which  are  frequently  used  as  adjectives. 


886 

begtertg  uadj,  desirous  of  gterig  nad),  covetous  of 

befrett  or  fret  tion,  rid  of  gletdjgUtig  gegen,  indifferent  to 

efyi-getjtg  narf),  ambitious  of  gefiifyuoS  gegen,  insensible  of 

empfiing(id)  fiir,  susceptible  of  nadjlajjtg  in  (dot.),  careless  of 

empftnbUd)  iiber  (occ.),  sensi-  retd)  an  (dot.},  rich  in 

tive  about  flotj  auf  (ace.),  proud  of 

etferftidjttg  auf  or  gegen  (ace.),  toerliebt  in  (ace.),  in  love  with 

jealous  of  (a  rival)1  iiberjeugt  tion,  convinced,  sure  of 

ettel  auf  (ace.),  vain  of  unnuffenb  in  (dot.),  ignorant  of 

ermiibet  Don,  tired  by  or  with  toerfdjroenbertfd)  nut,  prodigal  of 

:a'f)tg  $u,  able,  capable  of  jttmfelljaft  iiber  (ace.),  dubious  of 

;rolj  iiber  (ace.),  glad  of  gufrteben  mtt,  satisfied  with 

rucfjtbar  an  (dot.),  productive  of  un$ufrieben  mit,  dissatisfied  with. 

EXAMPLES. 

(Sgtypten  tfi  fru^tbar  an  SBaumroofle. 
Egypt  is  productive  of  cotton. 
S)er  ^iingltng  tear  begterig  na^  ^enntniffe*. 
The  youth  was  desirous  of  knowledge. 

V.  Adjectives  modified  by  an  Adverb  or  an  Adverbial 

Phrase. 

In  English,  the  adverb  or  adverbial  phrase  (usually) 
follows  the  adjective  ;  in  German,  it  precedes  it. 

(Sin  met  gelefeneS  23ucf),  A  much  read  book. 

$>er  burcq  9?ub,e  geftdrfte  $i>rper,  The  body  strengthened  by 

repose. 

(gin  nacf)  ®enntntffen  begteriger  Bungling. 
3)ie  bem  2J2enfc^en  angeborene  Siebe  gur  ft 


EXERCISE    135a. 

3dj  bin  mtr  fetner  (Sc^ulb  berou§t.  2)te  5lu§rt)anberer  btteben  ib,re« 
S5atertanbe§  ftetS  eingebenf  unb  waren  niematg  gletdjgiitttg  (indifferent) 
gegen  ba8  @d)tcffa(  beffelben.  3eber  9Kenf^  mu§  ftet§  be8  lobe^ 
getticirttg  fetn,  benn  ber  Job  Derfcfjont  S^iemanb.  3)te  "Dame  erfdjraf 
fo  feb,r,  ba§  fte  ber  ©pradje  nid^t  meb,r  mtirfjttg  roar.  3)fan  b,tett  tb,n 
enter  foldjen  fd)tt)ar5en  Sb,at  ntrf)t  fa'fytg.  3dj  bin  be^  ?eben^  nnb  be3 


i  See  the  foot-note  on  the  next  page. 


ADJECTIVES.  387 

£)errfd)en3  mitbe,  fo  fprad)  ber  giirft  gu  fctncn  (Soljnen.  2)er  <3d)iUet 
war  gleidjgiltig  gegen  alle  (Snnatjnimgen  feine3  £et)rer3.  (*3  tft  nidjt 
ber  Sttiifye  iwertt)  (worth  the  trouble),  biefen  33rief  nod)  einmai  ab^n* 
[dpiben.  2)ie  -Jrauen  fatten  nid)t  etferfitdjtig  fern  iiber1  ifyre  2)£amter. 
(Sin  mit  feinem  <3d)id"fale  gufriebener  2#enfd)  ift  immer  glitdUd). 


135b. 

We  are  always  mindful  of  our  duty.  They  were  not  quite 
Bure  of  their  advantage.1  O  tell  us,  how  did  you  become 
master  (moid)tig)  of  the  castle?  I  am  tired  of  reading.  The 
young  man  was  not  capable  of  such  a  deed.  He  who  kills  a 
man,  is  guilty  of  a  great  crime.  I  am  not  satisfied2  with  your 
behavior.  I  am  quite  convinced  of  his  innocence.  England 
is  rich  in  coal.3  The  foreigner  was  ignorant  of  the  language 
of  the  country;  he  was  (i.e.,  became,  ttmrbe),  therefore,  soon 
tired  of  his  stay.4 

136. 

Young  people  should  be  civil  to  everybody.  I  am  satisfied 
with  my  pupils.  The  boy  is  fatigued  with  running.  Human 
life  is  never  free  from  troubles.1  Many  men  are  dissatisfied 
with  their  condition.2  Those  who  commit  suicide3  must  be 
very  tired  of  their  lives  (sing.}.  Let  us  never  do  anything  in 
secret,4  of  which  we  should  be  ashamed  if  it  became  known. 
At  last  I  feel  myself  rid  of  that  tedious5  disease.  It  is  my 
duty  to  tell  you  that  you  are  totally  ignorant  of  (in)  the  most 
important6  facts'  of  history.  I  do  not  like  persons  who  are 
cruel  to  (gegen)  animals.  The  tailor  showed  me  a  letter  (V) 
written  by  his  son.  A  man  well  instructed  (unterrid)tet)  in 
history  judges8  (the)  events  with  impartiality.9  He  who  is  un- 
mindful of  his  domestic10  duties,  and  not  careful  of  his  chil- 
dren, is  an  enemy  to  (gen.)  his  family  and  his  country  ;  he  is 
guilty  of  great  sins,  the  consequence11  of  which  (pl.)u  he  can- 
not foresee.18 


135a.  i  Gifcrfft^ttg  takes  ilfcer  before  the  name  of  the  person  in  whose  affection  one 
Wants  no  rival,  but  gegen  or  auf  before  the  name  of  the  rival. 

135b.  i  SBort^etl,  m.    2  jufrieben.    3  ftofjlen  (pZ.).    4  Stufentljalt. 

136.  1 2Ha§e,  aSeWrcerbe,  f.   2  tie  Sage  («'nfir).»eelbflmorb  begetyen.   4{m  ®el)etmen.    sfana* 
aettig.     enjtdjttg.     i  £f>atia<$eu.     8  beurtl;etlen.      s  Unpartb,eitt<$fett. 
\pl.).    12  Bee  p.  338, 1. 


388  ADJECTIVES. 

BEADING  LESSON. 

$rr  Miami  mit  tier  ctjmtcn  iUiasfc. 

2)iefer  Unbefannte  ftarb  im  3aljre  1103  unb  nwrbe  bet  -iftadjt  im 
$ird)f)of  ber  ^oufe^farret2  begraben.  $Sa3  bag  (Srftaunen  toerbop- 
pelt,  ift,  baft  3U  ber  £dtf  al3  man  ifyn  nad)  ber  <5t.  2)iargaret^eu-3ajel 
fdjicfte,  in  (Suropa  letn  angefefyener3  2ftann  t>erfd)tt)anb.  Unb  bod)  mar 
:  biefer  ©efangene  ofyne  3loeife^  em  folder:  benn  ^olgeubeS  Mte  ftdj 
in  ber  erften  £tit,  ate  er  auf  ber  3nfet  war,  3ugetragen.4  3)er  £>ber« 
auffe^er  fteUte  felbft  bie  @d)ttffeln  auf  ben  Stifc^,  unb  narfjbem  er  i^n 
eingef^loffen  Ijatte,  ging  er  weg.  (Sinft  fdjrieb  ber  ©efangene 
auf  einen  filbernen  Setter  nnb  rtarf  ben  Setter  ^um  genfter 
gegen  etn  <Sc^iff,  tt)el^e«  am  Ufer  lag,  faft  am 
3)er  5if^crf  ^nt  btefeS  ©c^iff  ge^orte,  fanb  ben  Setter,  Ijob  i^n  auf  unb 
brad)te  i^n  bem  Oberauffe^er  guriid.  (Srftaunt  fragte  biefer  ben  ^tfc^er: 
w£aben  @ie  getefen,  h)a0  auf  biefem  Setter  gefc^rteben  ftet)t,  unb  fjat 
Oemanb  i^n  in  -3^ren  £>a'nben  gefe^en?"  —  S)iefer  2Hann  hwrbe  feft< 
ge^atten,6  bi«  ber  9luffef)er  ftc^  mo^I  tierfic^ert  ^atte,  bafe  er  nirf)t  lefen 
lonnte,  unb  baft  ber  Setter  toon  ^iemanb  gefeljen  hiorben  itiar.  r,@et)en 
@ie,"  fagte  er,  w@ie  fmb  fe^r  gtuctlirf),  ba§  <Sie  nic^t  lefen  fonnen." 

^err  t»on  d^amtttart  nmr  ber  lefete  SKtntfler,  n>etcf)er  biefeS  fonberbare 
©e^eimnt§  tuu§te.  3)er  2ftarfrf)att  80  geuittabe,  fein  (Sdjujiegerfo^n,' 
bat  iljn  bei  fetnem  Sobe  auf  ben  $nteen,  i^nt  angugeigen,  toer  ber  2Hann 
niare,  ben  man  nie  anberS  !annte,  at«  unter  bem  9?amen:  W3)er  5Kann 
mit  ber  eifernen  3)?a«fe."  (J^amtttart  antwortete  i^m,  ba§  e«  eiu 
<StaatSgel)eimmf$  fei,  unb  ba§  er  einen  (gib  geleiftet7  ^abe,  e§  nie  311 
entbeden. 

QUESTIONS. 
9Bann  flarb  btefer  Uubefannte? 
SBo  tt)urbe  er  begraben? 

trug  ftc^  einft  auf  ber  Snfet  ju? 

fagte  ber  Oberauffetjer  gn  bem  gifcfjer? 

gef^a^  bann  biefem  Sftanne  ? 


i  churchyard.     2  Parish  of  St.  PauL     s  distinguished.      4  happened,     s  detained. 
•  son-in-law,    l  taken  an  oath. 


CASES  GOVERNED  BY  VERBS.  389 

2Bte  lange  ttwrbe  er  feftgeljalten  ? 

it  tt>eld)en  SBorten  rourbe  er  entlaffen  (dismissed)? 
roar  ber  £efcte,  ber  biefeS  ®el)etmm|  roufjte  ? 
gab  S^amittart  bem 


FORTY-EIGBTB  LESSON. 

THE  CASES  WHICH  DIFFERENT  VERBS 
GOVERN. 

L  Yerbs  which  in  German  are  followed  by  the  Nominative. 

1.  The  nominative  case  is  required  by  the  following 
verbs  : 

fetn,  to  be  fdjeinen,  to  appear,  to  seem 

toerben,  to  become,  to  get   ijetfsen,  to  be  called,  to  bear  a 
bleiben,  to  remain  name. 

EXAMPLES. 

^apoteott  foar  em  grower  ^efbljerr  (general). 
3)er  junge  SD'Jenfcf)  ift  @otbat  getoorben. 
fc^etnt  em  guter  ^tan  (gu  fetn). 


2.  By  the  passive  of  the  following  verbs,  which,  in  the 
active,  govern  two  accusatives  (e.g.,  !Dic  3&ger  ncnnen  Me 
SDfyren  be^  ^afen  Soffel,  Hunters  call  the  hare's  ears  spoons], 
as: 

nennen,  }  ,    CQ^  f^elten,  to  abuse  for,  scold  as 

fyetpen,  j    '  fc^impfen,  to  insult  as 

e.g.,  @r  TOitrbe  ©raf  genannt. 

3.  The  verbs  :  to  appoint,  erncnnen  ;  to  choose,  ertt)5I)(en  ; 
to  make,  macfyen,  which  require  in  English  a  nominative 
after  them  in  the  passive,  require  in  German  the  prepo- 
sition ju  with  the  article  (jum).    Ex.  : 

31.  ift  gum  £>auptmann  ernannt  toorben. 
r.  A.  was  appointed  captain. 


CASES  GOVERNED  BY  VERBS. 


(£r  tft  gum  3)oftor  gemacfyt  toorben. 
He  was  made  a  doctor. 

3um  stands  here,  and  in  some  other  cases,  for  jtt  cincm, 
and  not  for  ju  t>em. 

NOTE.— The  verb  crfldren/  to  declare,  requires  the  preposition  fur.    Ex.: 
He  was  declared  a  thief,  (Sir  Wurbe  fiir  etnctt  3)ieb  erfldrt. 
Palmer  was  found  guilty,  Calmer  aurbe  fiir  fcfyulbig  erfldrt. 

So  also  does  (jalten,  to  hold,  consider,  e.g.,  %d)  ^alte  btejen  Sag  fiir  »er« 
U>ren,  I  consider  this  day  as  lost. 

ZL  Verbs  which  in  German  govern  the  Dative. 

1.  The  following  verbs,  most  of  which  govern  in  En- 
glish the  accusative  of  the  person,  take  in  German  the 
dative  of  the  person:1 

etnteurfjten,  to  be  evident 


,  to  dissuade 
antttjorten,  to  answer 
onljangen,  to  adhere 
anfteljen,  to  fit  (of  clothes); 

also,  to  suit,  please 
Befefylen,  to  command,  order 
tftulfteidjen,2  to  evade 
tbegegnen,  to  meet,  to  occur, 

to  happen 
beljagen,  to  please 
tbefommen,  to  agree  with  a 

person 
tbet>orftel)en  (also  Ija&en),  to 

impend 

beiftimmen, )  to  agree  with 
beipfltrfjteiT,  j      some  one 
betftefyen,  to  assist 
banfen,  to  thank 
bienen,  to  serve 
broken,  to  threaten 
teinfaffen,  to  occur,  suggest 

itself 


tentlaufen,  to  abscond 
entfpreiijen,  to  answer,  to  cor- 
respond with,  to  accord  with 
erfaiiben,  to  allow,  permit 

f^Iett'r    1  to  be  wanting 
ntangeln, ) 

fluc^en,  to  curse 

tfolgen,  to  follow 

frofjnen,  to  indulge  in 

gebiiljren,  to  be  due 

gef alien,  to  please 

|ejfen,  to  help 

mi§fatten,  to  displease 

gefyorrfjen,  to  obey 

ge^oren,  to  belong 

f  gelmgen,  to  succeed 

geniigen,  to  suffice 

geretrfjen,  to  redound,  conduce 

gegtemen  or  Clemen,  to  befit 


1  Examples  of  these  verbs  followed  by  two  objects :  3$  antroortete  tym  bie8  ;  3$  rUt| 
tbm  bit  grofcte  SBorfii^t,  I  counseled  him  the  greatest  prudence. 

2  Thoee  marked  with  t  are  conjugated  with  fetn,  to  ba. 


CASES   GOVEBNED  BY  VERBS.  391 

gtcidjen,  to  be  like  fid)  untetfoerfen,  to  submit 

fief)  iwfyeni,  to  approach  fttorcmgefyen,  to  precede 

jjulbtgen,  to  do  homage  toorbeugen,  to  obviate 

nii^en,  to  be  useful  toefyren,  to  prevent,  ward  off 

ratfyen,  to  advise  floeidjcn,  to  give  way,  to  yield 

fdjabeu,  to  injure  fttnberfteb,en,     |  ,         .  , 

tocfje  tfjun,  to  hurt  (id)  nuberfefeen,  f  * 

"djeinen,  to  seem  toiberfpredjen,  to  contradict 

'djmetdjeht,  to  flatter  totttfafyren,  to  comply  with,   to 

'teuern,  to  check  indulge 

troljcn,  to  bid  defiance  toofyltDoHen,    to  favor,    to  wish 

trcuten,  to  trust  well 

mt§trauen,  to  mistrust  guljoren,  to  listen 

tunterliegen,  to  succumb  fjufommen,  to  fall  to  one's  share 

and  many  verbs  compounded  with  bet,  cntgegen,  nacfy,  »or, 
ttriber  and  ju, 

EXAMPLES. 


SDtefeg  $Ieib  fte^t  mtr  md)t  an. 

This  dress  is  not  becoming  to  me. 

•3d}  bin  ifym  biefen  SKorgen  begegnet  (met). 

-3d)  ftttnme  bem  ^Rebner  Dottfommen  bet. 

I  entirely  agree  with  the  speaker. 

2)er  $rieg  bro^t  biefem  £anbe,  War  threatens  this  country. 

SBoflen  @ie  mtr  b.elfen?  Will  you  help  me? 

OBSERVATION'S. 

As  these  verbs  do  not  govern  the  accusative  of  the 
person,  they  cannot  be  used  in  the  passive  with  a  per- 
sonal subject.  The  English  passive  with  a  personal  sub- 
ject must  be  translated  by  the  active,  or  else  the  passive 
with  e3  used,  as  explained  p.  141,  7. 

He  was  readily  obeyed,  2ftcm  geb,ord)te  tfjm  bereitrotfltg,  ot 

(S8  tourbe  tfjm  beretnmfltg  gefjorrfjt. 

We  were  displeased  with  their  society,  3fjre  <$efeflfd)aft 
un8. 


A  good  many  verbs  do  not  easily  admit  of  the  imper- 
sonal use  in  the  passive  with  e$. 


392  CASES  GOVERNED  BY  VERBS. 

2.  The  following  verbs  which  take  two  objects,  a  per- 
son and  a  thing,  require  the  person,  in  the  dative,  and  the 
thing  in  the  accusative. 

ab[d)tagen,  to  refuse  neljmen,  to  take  from  a  person 


anbieten,  to  offer 
auSfefcen,  to  expose 
bringen,  to  bring 
entpfeljlen,  to  recommend 


'agen,  to  teU 

tfjenfen,  to  present  with,  give 

cfytden,  to  send 

djulben,  fcfjulbig  fein,  to  owe 


leifyen,  to  lend  ftefylen,  to  steal  "from 

entretjjen,  to  snatch  away  toerbanfen,  to  owe 

ergafylen,  to  relate,  to  teU  toer^eiljen,  to  pardon 

geroafcren,  to  grant  berfdjaffen,  to  procure 

geben,  to  give  toorlefen,  to  read  to  a  person 

erfparen,  to  save  (trouble)  toibnten,  to  devote,  dedicate 

leiften,  to  perform  ^eigen,  to  show 

liefern,  to  furnish,  provide  gufdjretben,  to  ascribe,  impute. 

EXAMPLES. 

(Seben  <3ie  bem  $naben  ba3  33ud). 

3d)  entri^  (snatched  away  from)  bent  ©olboten  bag  ®etoeljr. 

(Sagen  <Sie  mir  bie  2Bal)rf)eit  (truth). 

6r  fd^enfte  bent  $naben  etnen  ©ulben. 

If  both  objects  are  nouns,  the  dative  generally  precedes 
the  accusative  (see  the  preceding  examples)  ;  if  both  are 
personal  pronouns,  the  accusative  generally  precedes  the 
dative  ;  if  one  is  a  pronoun  and  the  other  a  noun,  the 
pronoun  conies  first,  e.g.,  ©agen  <3ic  eg  mir,  ?eif)en  @tc  fte 
i^m,  SBerjetljen  <5ie  mir  meinc  ©c^ult),  SSerjeifyen  ®ic  eg  bem 
armen  $inbe. 

EXERCISE  137. 


1.  2ttem  SBebtenter  tjl  e  in  e^rlt^er  9ftann.  (Sin  ^arr  bteibt  tntmcr 
ein  SRarr.  2)a«  fdjeint  etn  gUti!ltd)er  ©ebanfc.1  9Kein  9?cffc  tft 
Officer  gcrtjorben.  2)er  ^centbc  h)nrbe  fiir  etnen  SBetriiger*  erftart. 
3d)  fyabe  meinem  fjrcunbc  abgeratb^en,  biefe«  2Berf  ^eraugjugeben.1 
S33oS  ^at  man  3ljnen  geantrtortet  ?  SKan  ^at  mir  gar  9Jid)t3  geant* 
toortet.  SDiefe  SKo^nung  fte^t  mir  ni^t  an;  fte  ift  $u  ftetn  fiir  mid). 


,   J87.  i  thought.    i»  cheat,    stopubliab. 


CASES  GOVERNED  BY  VERBS.  393 

5U$  ber  9icbner  geenbigt  Ijatte,  fttmmte  (pfltdjtete)  tijm  bte  ganje  S5er* 
fammlung  bei.  £)er  gmft  afynte  ba3  Ungliid:  nid)t,  loefrfyeS  Umt  bebor* 
ftonb.  £rtnfen  (Ste  gent  33ter  ?  3d)  trinfe  e3  gent;  aber  e3  befommt 
mtr  ntd)t  gut;  e3  fdjabet  metner  ©efunbb,eit. 

2.  £>te  $mber,  toetdje  tlji-en  (Sttent  nidjt  geljordjen,  mtfsfaflen  ©ott 
®tefer  ^ammerbiener  btente  bem  ©rafen  »on  ^]3.  breipig  Oa^re  lang 
mtt  ber  gro§ten  £reue  unb  ^In^anglidjfeit.4  2)iefc  ©tette  tft  bem 
gele^rten  s^rofeffor  entgangen,  fonft  loiirbe  er  gewtR  eine  lange  5tb^anb- 
lung6  bariiber  gefc^rteben  Ijaben.  2)er  !Dteb  tft  bem  ©efangutgioarter6 
entlaufen.  3d)  begegnete  ^eute  etnem  metner  otten  greuube,  loelrfjet 
gefonneu  tft,  in  etniger  ty'it  nad)  Otalten  gu  retfen.  5d)  rietl)  i^m  fe^r, 
feine  9tetfe  ntdjt  lange  gu  tierfc^teben.  (Sr  getgtc  fetnem  ^eunbe  bte 


Slufgofic  138. 

1.  Henry  is  a  little  boy.     John  has  become   [a]  soldier. 
Aristides  was  called  the  just.     My  neighbor  was  abused  [as]  a 
cheat  (Setriiger).     Is  it  true  that  your  cousin  has  been  ap- 
pointed a  judge?    I  will  make  him  my  (jit  metnem)  friend. 
What  has  happened  to  you?     What  did  you  answer  your 
master?    The  captain  threatened  the  soldiers.     Nobody  has 
ordered  the  man  to  open  the  gate.1    It  was  impossible  for  me 
to  resist  his  entreaties.2    This  circumstance  must  displease  the 
merchant.     We  should  always  assist  our  neighbors  when  they 
are  in  want  of3  assistance.      To  whom  does  this  hat  belong? 
It  belongs  to  the  hatter  ;  he  brought  it  to  me  that  I  might 
buy  it.     Why  do  you  not  answer  your  master  when  he  ques- 
tions4 you?    He  always  bids  defiance  to  his  enemies. 

2.  To  avoid  death  he  seized  a  plank.5     Let  us  follow  this 
example.     I  met  him  at  the  town-gate.6    Why  did  you  not 
thank  your  master  ?     I  have  not  met  him  these  (fettj  several 
weeks.     The  beggar  approached  me  in  a  suspicious  manner 
(auf  cine  t»evba'd)ttge  2Betfe).      Children  must  obey  their  parents. 
The  slave  hardly  escaped  his  pursuers.7     How  is  your  uncle 
pleased*  with  Frankfort  ?    He  is  very  well  pleased.     If  you 
will  listen  to  me,  I  will  read  you  a  chapter  (etn  $ojritelj  of 
Macaulay's  History  of  England.      Show  me  your  paintings,9 
and  I  wj'l  show  you  my  dra  wings.     Could  you  lend  me  a  dol- 

137.  4  attachment.    r->  treatise,  essay,    e  jailer. 

138,  i  ba3  3^or.     2  bte  SBttte.     s  to  be  in  want,  fcraudjen  (ace.).     *  fragen.     s  e\n  93rett,  n. 
«  ba8  Stabttfyor.    •  bet  SSerfoIger.   s  Translate  :  How  does  Frankfort  please,  etc.    sbie  3HaI» 
rei,  ba£  ScmaU  c, 


394  CASES  GOVERNED  BY  VERBS. 

lar  or  two  ?     I  will  lend  you  them,  if  you  will  give  me  them 
back  to-morrow.    Show  the  stranger  the  way.    Do  not  believe 

this  liar.10 

III.  Verbs  which  in  German  govern  the  Genitive. 

1.  The  following  verbs  take  their  object  in  the  genitive; 
some  of  them  may  take  a  preposition : 

bebiirfen,1  to  need  Barren,  to  wait  patiently  for 

ermcmgeht,  to  be  without  lad)en,J  to  laugh  at,  to  deride 

gebenfen,  remember,  mention     fdjonen,1  to  spare 
fpottett,2  to  mock. 

2.  The  following  require  the  person  in  the  accusative, 
and  the  thing  in  the  genitive : 

(uiftagen,        )  to  accuse  of  entfefcen,  to  dismiss  from 

befdjulbtgen,  )  to  charge  with  itbcrfjeben,  to  relieve  of  or  from 

berattben,  to  rob  of,  bereave  of  iiberfiiljren,  to  convict  of 

entbinben,  to  release  from,  to  fcerfidjern,  to  assure  of 

absolve  from  toitrbigen,  to  favor  with. 
entfleiben,  to  deprive  of 

3.  The  following  reflexive  verbs  govern  a  second  object 
in  the  genitive : 

ftdj  cmneljmen,  to  interest  one's  fid)  entftnnen, )  to  recollect 

self  in  fid)  eminent,  j  to  remember 

ftd)  bebienen,  to  make  use  of  fid)   enttooljnen,  to  disaccustom 

ftd)  befletfctgen  or  befletfjett,  to  one's  self  to,  to  break  off  the 

apply  one's  self  to  habit  of 


ftd)   bemad)ttgen,  to  seize,  to 

take  possession  of 
fid)  entfyatten,  to  abstain  from, 

to  forbear 
ftd)  entlebtgen,  to  get  rid  of 


Id)  erbormen,  to  have  mercy  on 
iid)  enocfyren,  to  keep  off 
id)  erfreiten,  to  enjoy 
id)  riifjmen,  to  boast  of 
Id)  fdjftmen/  to  be  ashamed 


fid)  entfdjlagen,  to  part  with        ftd)  tierfefyen,  to  expect  from  (a 
ftd)  toerfid)ern,  to  make  sure  of        person) 


.138. 

1  93efcurfen  takes  sometimes,  and  fdjcnen  generally  the  accusative. 

2  fia$cn,  fpotten,  and  fid;  jcbamen  prefer  the  preposition  fiber  with  the  accusative.    $at» 
ren  may  take  auf  with  the  accusative. 


CASES  GOVERNED  BY  VERBS.  395 

4.  Observe  also  the  following  uses  of  the  genitive  : 


fterben,  To  die  of  hunger. 
ptb'fclidjen  JobeS  ftcrben,  To  die  a  sudden  death. 
<3eine$  SBegeS  gefyen,  To  go  one's  way. 
@ie  flnb  be$  £obe8,  You  are  a  dead  man. 
®ute3  SJiutfyeS  fern,  To  be  of  good  cheer. 
3)er  £>offnung  leben,  To  hve  in  hopes. 
3)er  9£utje  pflegen,  To  take  one's  ease  —  to  rest. 
3)er  2#einung  or  ber  5lnfid)t  fetn,  To  be  of  the  opinion. 
2Btflen3  fern,  To  purpose,  to  intend. 
,3iele8  toerfefyfen,  To  miss  one's  aim. 


(Sinen  be3  SanbeS  berttmfen,  To  exile  some  one. 

S2lmte3  marten,  To  attend  to  one's  office  or  business. 

READING  EXERCISE   130. 


1.  3d)  bebarf  3b,reS  23eiftanbe3  je^t  nidjt  me^r.     2Btr  h)offen  beS 
empfangeucn  SBofen  nid)t  gebenfen.      2Bir  Barren  immer  nod)  ber  (2nt* 
fcfjeibung.1    2BaS  fiir  eineS  53erbred)enS  ift  biefer  SOfamt  angeftagt? 
2Kan  ftagt  i^n  eineS  2)iorbeg2  an.     2Bilb,eIm  ift  einer  Unwa^r^eit 
iiberfitfjrt  njorben.     -3d)  ging  an  iljr  borbet  unb  ttmrbigte  fie  feineS 
33ticfeS.    3)ie  ^rait  b,at  fid)  be§  arnuen  $inbe3  angenonimen  unb  iljm 
etnige  $(eibung3ftitrfe  gegeben  (gefdjenft).     SSarum  bebient  fid)  biefer 
9ftann  einer  ^riide?3     SBeil  er  einen  lawmen  ^u^  Ijat.     !Die  Dauber 
bemadjtigten  ftdj  meineS  Coffers.     3)ieine  ®ro|mutter  erfreut  fid)  in 
tfjrem  t)ob,en  Stlter  nod)  einer  guten  (^efunbb.eit.    (Sntb.attet  end)  be$ 
Sranntroeing,4  benn  er  gerftort  eitere  ©efunb^eit.     2)ie  ^otijet  fyat  fid) 
ber  3)tebe  oerftdjert. 

2.  3d)  gfaube  <Ste  git  fennen,  mem  ^err;  aber  td)  fann  mtdj  Ob,rer 
ntd)t  erinnern.     (Sntfd)(agen  <3tc  fid)  biefer  triiben  ®ebanfen;  <Sie 
roerben  3()r  Ungtiirf  nur  bergro^ern.     (Srbarmet  end)  ber  Airmen  unb 
UngtiidUd)en.    ©eb,en  (Sic  rub,ig  ^fjreS  2BegeS.    garret  beS  ^errn 
(or  auf  ben  ^errn),  er  nnrb  end)  nid)t  tierlaffen.5    (§3  tierlob,nt  ftd)  ber 
9Jiii()e,  biefc  3?etfe  ju  unterneb,men.     3d)  bin  ntd)t  biefer  5lnftd)t;  idj 
gtaube  Dielme^r,  man  fotttc  fid)   atter  weiteren  @d)ritte6   entb.atten. 
^adjbem  id)  mefyrere  S^adite  geroad)t  b,atte,  fonnte  idj  raid)  beS  ©d)IafeS 
nid)t  rae^r  erwe^ren.     9D^ein  .^au^^err7  ift  fyeute  eineS  b(o^Ud)en  XobeS 

.  ---  __  -  ___  -  ^ 

J39.  i  decision.    2  murder,    s  crutch.    4  brandy.    '•<  forsake.    G  steps.    7  landlord. 


396  CASES  GOVERNED  BY  YEBES. 

geftorben;  gcftern  ttmr  er  nod)  gcm$  gefimb  urM  mimter.     2)er  $ranfe 
mujj  beu  iftulje  pflegen,  fonft  fann  et  nidjt  genefen. 

Shtfoabc  140. 

1.  I  need  a  sharp  knife  to  cut1  this  meat.     She  derided  my 
threats.2     "Never  'mock  the  unfortunate.      Are  you  still  in 
want  of  my  assistance  ?     The  prisoner  has  been  accused  of  a 
murder.     They  accused  me  of  a  falsehood,3  because  they  did 
not  understand  what  I  said.     The  trees  are  bereft  of  their 
leaves.     The  soldiers  were  absolved  from  their  oath.4    The 
prince  assured  them  of  his  favor.     The  captain  released  him 
from  his  promise.     Belisarius  was  deprived  ot  all  his  digni- 
ties6 and  cast  into  prison.     Why  have  you  abstained  from 
smoking?    Because  it  did  not  agree6  with  me. 

2.  The  old  man  remembered  the  days  of  his  youth.  Having 
no  scissors  at  hand  (bet  ber  £>cmb),  we  made  use  of  a  knife.  The 
Jews  abstain  from  pork7  according  to  the  law  of  Moses.     We 
were  not  expecting  such  an  answer.     Did  anybody  make  sure 
of  his  pocket-book  ?     This  lady  has  disaccustomed  herself  to 
coffee.     Remember  always  your  benefactors.  *     The  king  had 
mercy  on  the  poor  prisoner  and  set  him  free.9    Be  ashamed 
of  your  behavior.    Are  you  obliged  to  make  use  of  spectacles 
(einer  33rifle)  ?    I  have  made10  use  of  them  from  (since)  my 
sixteenth  year.     Do  you  remember  your  absent  friends  ?    I 
'always  Remember  'them. 


BEADING   LESSON". 

$reunbfdjafi  be§  Aiotfcr*  ftarft  V. 

SttS  $art  V.,  ber  foster  beutfdjer  $atfer  ttmrbe,  nadj  bem  £cbe 
fcineS  ©rofetoaterS,  beg  $otug8  fterbtncmb,  nad)  9ftabrtb  retfte,  urn  toon 
bem  $omgretd)  ©panten  SBefifc  311  nefjmen,  fyatte  er  etnen  fraujoftfdjen 
(Srafen,  be  23offit,  in  fetnem  ©cfotge.  £)te  ungett)6b,nltcf)e  ©rb'fce1  bte* 
feS  nmgen  9JJanne8,  feme  forperltdfje  ©enjanbtb/eit,  toetdje  ib,n  gum 
trefftt^en  better  madjte,  feme  jituorfommenbe2  jDienftbefU[)enb,eit3  imb 


UO.  i  See  p.  366,  IV.    zCDto^unj.     sbieCOge.     4  ber  Gib.     sbieSBfttbe.     eSeep.  390.  I. 
*«  ©(^tDetnefleif^.    s  ber  2Bo§It$ater.    »  to  set  free,  bie  grei^elt  f^cnfen.    10  See  p.  394,  3. 
-  tallnese,  size.    1  obliging.    3  attention  to  his  duties. 


CASES  GOVERNED  BY  VERBS.  397 

feme  itbrtgen  (other)  Itebcngnntrbtgen  (Sigenfdjaften  fatten  tljn  bem 
$aifer  fo  Ueb  gentadjt,  baft  er  intmer  bet  ifym  bletben  muftte. 

(Shift  fyatte  $arl  cine  grofte  Stagb1  beranftaltet2  unb  fe£te3  etnem  (Sber 
(boar)  tief  in  ben  SBalb  fytnetn  ntit  fo(d)er  £>i£e  nad),  baft  cr  ben  2Beg 
toerfeljlte  (lost),  unb  -ftientanb  iljrn  $u  fotgen  toagte  alg4  be  Soffit. 
Slber  biefer  fyatte  ba§  Ungliicf,  fid)  an  etnem  fcergifteten  3)otd)e  gu  t>er=> 
hjunben,  U)eld)en  er  nad)  bamatiger5  ©eh)ol)n^eit  ber  fpanifd)en  3ager 
bet  fid)  trug.  ©obalb  $art  bag  Slut  bemerfte,  lt)etd)e§  fein  SHebttng6 
(lost),  fragte  er  iljn  erfdjroden,  ob  ber  (£ber  tf)n  bernjunbei 
S)er  ©raf  er^ab/Ite,  n)a§  t^m  begegnet  toa're  unb  fitgte  bet,  ba§ 
er  ^ieinanb  ate1  fid)  felbft  $ornmrfe  ju  mad)en7  ^abe.  j 

£>er  ^ontg  fannte  feb,r  rto^t  bte  tobtlid)e  2Btrfung8  be§  ®tfte«,  fo» 
6alb  e§  tn'g  Slut  itbergegangen  tt)are.  Um  fetnen  Stebling  ^u  retten, 
gebad)te  er  ntdjt  ber  etgenen  Sebenggefa^r;  er  f^rang  bom  ^ferbe,  be* 
fat)I  aud)  bem  @rafen  abjufteigen9  unb  fid)  gang  fetnem  SBtflen  ^u 
unterwerfen.  3)er  ©raf  mad)te  jniar  @tnh)enbungen;10  aber  ber  $ontg 
be^arrte11  auf  bem  ebetn  (Sntfd)Iuffe,  fetnem  ^reunbe  ba3  ^ebcn  gu  ret> 
ten,  ober  mtt  t^m  311  fterben.  (£r  rt§  bte  ^(etbung  bon  ber  2Bunbe 
n)eg,  fog  bag  Slut  gu  mieberfioltenmalen12  aug  unb  fbte  eg  toeg.  3)iefe 
entfdjtoffene  unb  fjodjljergtge  ^anblung  belo^nte  ben  tontgttdjcn  ^reunb 
mtt  ber  ^reube,  fetnem  $reunbe  bag  Seben  gerettet  gu  ^aben,  ol^ne  nad)* 
f^eittge  fotgen  fiir  bag  fetntge. 

2Ber  fottte  nid)t  btefe  ibab.re,  aufobfernbe13  ^reunbfdjaft  etneg  ber 
miid)tigften  §errfdjer  ber  (Srbe  benjunbem  ! 


QUESTIONS. 

Sllg  ber  ^ontg  ^erbtnanb  toon  <3toanten  ftarb,  iuer  erbte  (in- 

herited) bag  $8mgretd)  ? 
SBarum  reifte  ^art  nad)  SDteWb? 
2Ber  uwr  in  bem  ©cfotge  ^'artg  beg  $iinften? 
2BeId)e  (Stgenfdjaften  geid)neten  ben  ©rafen  be  Soffit  aug  ? 
2Bag  gefd)a^  einmat  bei  einer  groften  -3agb  ? 
2Bag  fUr  ein  Unglud  Ijatte  be  Soffu? 

ia  hunt.     2  to  get  up.    ^nai^fefeen,  to  pursue.    4  but.    oof  that  time  (adj.).     c  favor. 
lie.      i  to  reproach,      s  effect.     »  to  alight.    10  objections,    u  to  insist,     ^repeatedly. 


e.          o  reproac 
IB  self  sacrificing. 


398 


CASES  GOVERNED  BY  VERBS. 


2tt3  bcr  $onig  ba3  33Iut  bemerfte,  toaS  fragtc  ct? 

3U8  $ar(  evfufyr,  nwS  bem  ©rafen  begegnet  tear,  h>a8  befdjlojj  er 

311  tfjun? 

2Ba3  tljat  er  alsbamt? 
2Ba3  befafyt  er  bem  ©rafen  311  tljun? 
2BoUte  be  Soffit  e$  biilben? 
9luf  wa^  be^arrtc  (or  beftanb)  ber  ^5nig? 
2luf  weldje  2Bet[e  rettete  ^arl  bem  Orafert  ba«  Sebeu? 

mit|  man  in  biefent  ^atte  bewunbetn? 


IV.  Verbs  followed  by  Certain  Prepositions. 
1.  The  preposition  an  is  required  by  the  following  ^erbs : 


abrefftren  (an)  (ace.),  direct  to 

benfen  (ace.),  think  of 

ftcf)  geroofynen  (ace.),  accustom 

oneself  to 

fid)  toenben  (ace.),  apply  to 
itbertreffen  (dot.),  excel  in 
fterben  (dot.),  die  of 
trf}  antefmen,  j  ,      v    lean 
,     j  v     'h 


fid)  leljnen, 


against 


gtauben  (ace.),  believe  in 
fdjreiben  (an)  (ace.),  write  to 
tfyettneljmen  (dot.),  sympathize  in 
gttwfeln  (dot.),  doubt  of 
berjtoetfetn  (dot.),  despair  of 
ertnnern  (occ.),  remind  of 
fid)  ertnnern  (oec.),  recollect 
^tnbern  (dot.),  hinder  from 
ftdj  radjen  (dot.),  revenge  on. 


2.  The  preposition  flitf  is  required  by: 


adjtgeben  (auf)  (ace.),  pay  atten- 
tion to 

fld)  Dertaffen  (ace.),  rely  on 
antroorten  (ace.),  answer 
(ace.),  trust  in 


toarten  (ace.),  wait  for 
ftdj  betaitfen  (ace.),  amount  to 
goljlen  (occ.),  count  "upon 
befi^arren  (dot.),  \  ,    .    . 
befie^en  (dot),  j  to  msist 


3.  8(uS  is  required  by: 


trtnfen  (au8),  drink  out  of 
toerb««,  become  of 


ftberfefcen,  translate  from 
befteb,en,  consist  ol 


4  Set  is  required  by: 


fcefd)tt)6ren  (bet),  entreat  (a  per- 
son) by 
bet  2>eite  legeu,  lay  aside 


tt)ob,nen,  live  near  (a  town)  or 

at  (a  person's) 
bletben  bet,  stay  with. 


CASES  GOVERNED  Bt  YERBS. 


399 


5.  iJiit  is  required  by: 


fciirgen  (fur),  |  go  bail,  answer 
gut  fteljen,      )      for  warrant 
bonfen,  thank  for 


forgen,  take  care  of 
beftrafen,  punish  for 
fatten,  consider. 


6.  $tt  is  required  by: 


ftdj  mtfdjen  (in)  (ace.),  meddle 
with 


beftefjen  (dot.),  consist  in 
euuoUltgen  (ace.),  consent  to. 


7.  SKit  is  required  by: 


anfangen  (nut),  begin  with 

ftd)  abgeben,  attend  to 

fid)  befdjafttgen,  be  occupied  with 

bebeden,  cover  with 

betaben,  load  with 

tereintgen,  join  with 


fpredjen,  speak  with 
fcergletdjen,  compare  with 
berfeljen,  provide  with 
bcefjren,  honor  with 
2ftttleib  ^aben,  have  pity  on 
beloljnen,  reward  with. 


8.  $(lllj  is  required  by : 


abretfen  (nad)),  set  out  for 
geljen,  go  to 
fid)  begeben,  repair  to 
^ielett,  aim  at 


ffreben,  aspire  to 
fragen,  ask  after 
fid)  feljnen,  long  for 
fdjtden,  send  for. 


9.  lUbet  (ace.}  is  required  by : 


urtljetten  (iiber),  judge  of 

!Iagen,  fid)  beftagen,  complain  of 

errot^en,  blush  at 

fadjen,  Laugh  at 

fpotten,  mock  at 

berfugen,  dispose  of 

fid)  erfunbtgen,  inquire  about 

jjerfaflen,  pounce  upon 


ftd)  JDitnbern,  wonder  at 

ftd)  freuen,  rejoice  at 

itarfjbenfen,  reflect  on 

ftd)  imterljalten,  converse  about 

^crrfdjen,  reign  over 

fid)  fdjamen,  be  ashamed  of 

fid)  argcrn,  be  vexed  at. 


10.  Uw  is  required  by: 


ftrieten  (urn),  play  for 
fid)  (be)fiimmern,  care  for 
bitten,  ask  for 


ftd)  ftretten,  contend  with  one 

another  for 
fidj  beroerben,  apply  for. 


400  PREPOSITIONS. 


11.  Son  is  required  byi 


fpredjen  (won),  speak  of 
ijerfommen,  come  from 
kben,  live  on 


befreien,  Liberate  from 
abroeidjen,  deviate  from 
fid)  nafyren,  feed  on. 


12.  $or  (dot.)  is  required  by : 

ftd)  fiirdjten  (ttor),  be  afraid  of        ftcfj  Ijiiten,  beware  of 
gtttern,  tremble  at  (i.e.,  fear)          toarnen,  caution  against. 

13.  3u  is  required  by: 
geljen/  go  to  (a  person)  I  madjen,  make  (see  page  389) 


FORTY-NINTH  LESSON. 

PREPOSITIONS. 

L  Kemarks  on  some  German  Prepositions. 
2Ctt,  at 

EXAMPLE. 

3emanb  flopft  an  bte  J^ure,  Somebody  knocks  at  the  dooi 
n  translated  otherwise  than  at: 


(£r  ftarb  an  bcr  d^olera,  He  died  of  the  cholera. 
©id)  anteljnen  an  (ace.),  To  lean  against. 
2Ctr  gtauben  an  ©ott  (ace.),  We  believe  in  God. 
5ln  Oentanb  (ace.)  ben!en,  To  think  of  some  one. 
3wetfc(n  an  (dot.),  to  doubt  (of). 
©id)  radjen  an  (dot.),  To  take  revenge  on. 
(g§  tft  an  mtr  ju  fptelen,  It  is  my  turn  to  play. 
(Sin  23rtef  an  mid)  (or  fiir  mid)),  A  letter  for  me. 
5ln  ben  Ufern  beg  9Hein3,  On  the  banks  of  the  Ehine. 
•3d)  ^abe  an  U)n  gefd^rieben,  I  have  written  to  him. 
granffitrt  am  (an  bem)  9)?ain,  Frankfort  on  the  Main. 
Stfjcil  an  einer  <3adje  nefjmen,  To  take  part  in  something  <w 
sympathize  with  a  person  in  it 


PREPOSITIONS.  401 

9WangeI  an  ©elb  (dot.),  For  want  of  money. 
an  $erftanb  (dot.),  Rich  in  wit  (sense). 
5ln  bent  S2lrnt  ergreifen,  To  seize  by  the  arm. 
2in  ber  £>anb  tterrounben,  To  wound  in  the  hand. 

8(uf,  on  or  upon. 

EXAMPLES. 

£)ag  33ud)  Itegt  auf  bent  £tfdj,  The  book  lies  on  the  tabld. 
5luf  translated  otherwise  than  on  or  upon: 

5luf  bag  Sanb  geljen,  To  go  into  the  country. 

2luf  bie  ^oft  gefjen,  To  go  to  the  post-office. 

5luf  ber  3agb  fetn,  To  be  out  hunting. 

5luf  meine  Soften,  At  my  expense  or  cost 

(§3  fommt  auf  (Ste  an,  It  depends  upon  you. 

2litf  ber  Strafe,  In  the  street. 

2luf9Mfen,  Abroad. 

@tcf)  auf  ben  2Beg  mac^en,  To  set  out. 

?luf  (Sttua§  (ace.)  3tc^t  geben,  To  pay  attention  to  something. 


Slu 


f  morgen,  For  to-morrow. 


Sluf  furje  3eft>  For  a  short  time. 

2luf  bent  £anbe,  In  the  country. 

Sluf  Sefeljt  (dot.)  beg  ®omgg,  By  the  king's  command. 

3luf  btefe  2Betfe,  In  this  manner. 

5luf  rote  lange?  For  how  long? 

3luf  tmmer,  auf  erotg,  For  ever. 

Sluf  ber  SBett,  In  the  world. 

5luf  ber  ^tetfe,  Travelling. 

Sag  fjcipt  auf  3)eutfc^  (ace.) . . .  That  is  in  German . .  . 

Sg  tft  bret  ^Biertel  auf  fecfjg  U^rx  It  is  a  quarter  to  six. 

5Cu8,  out  of  or  from. 

EXAMPLES. 

Slug  bent  3twmer,  Out  of  the  room. 

5lug  (Sdjrotidje,  From  weakness. 

2Bag  roirb  autf  ntir  werben?  What  will  become  of  me? 

Slug  §urdjt  fterben/  To  die  from  or  of  fear. 


402  PREPOSITIONS. 


(Srfaljrung,  From  experience. 
SBerfefyen,  By  mistake,  through  inadvertence. 
bcr  SJfobe,  Out  of  fashion. 
bem  jDeutfcfyen  tn'8  ^in^ofifc^e  itberfefcen. 
To  translate  from  German  into  French. 


t,  at,  near,  by. 

EXAMPLES. 

Set  btefett  SBorten,  At  these  words. 

Set  metner  $nhmft,  On  my  arrival 

Set  9tod}t,  By  night. 

Set  3eit,  In  (good)  time,  betimes. 

Sletben  @te  bei  mtr,  Stay  with  me. 

Set  §ofe  fetn,  To  be  at  court. 

3n  ber  ©c^tac^t  bet  2Jiarengo,  At  the  battle  of  (near)  Marengo. 

S3et  guter  ©efunb^eit  fern,  To  be  in  good  health. 

33  et  £ageg'3lnbru<f),  At  day-break. 

Set  fyettem  Xage,  In  broad  day-light. 

SBet  Jag  unb  bet  9Jarf)t,  By  day  and  by  night 

33et  ?t(^t  arbetten,  To  work  by  candle-light. 

S3et  ber  ^anb  fii^ren,  To  lead  by  the  hand. 

S3etm  ©piet,  At  play. 

3d)  rtef  tljn  bet  fetnem  9?amen,  I  called  him  by  his  name. 

2)tefe3  fteb,t  bet  3b,nen,  That  depends  upon  you. 

3<J)  b,abe  fein  ©etb  bet  mtr,  I  have  no  money  about  me. 

Set  Sifrfje  fetn,  To  be  at  table. 

Set  rat«,  With  us. 

Set  ben  foment,  With  or  among  the  Eomans. 

Set  fotc^en  Unterne^mungen,  In  the  case  of  such  enterprises. 


j,  through. 

EXAMPLES* 

9dj  Bin  bttrc!)  ben  SSotb  gegangetu 

I  went  through  the  forest. 

jDttrd)  em  Srett,  Through  a  plank. 

3)urd)  hjet^eS  2Kittet?  By  what  means? 

3d)  hmrbe  burcf)  etnen  ^Sfett  nernjtmbet. 

I  was  wounded  by  an  arrow. 

$>te  ganje  £dt  m'nbur^,  All  the  time. 


403 

,  for. 

EXAMPLES. 

<£tn  2fttttel  fUr  (or  gegen)  bag  3a§ntoe^ 

A  remedy  for  the  tooth-ache. 

(Stiirf  fiir  (Stiicf,  Piece  by  piece. 

2Bort  fur  Sort,  Word  for  word. 

33iirgen  fitr  (StnmS,  To  answer  for,  be  security  for  something. 

@ie  forgt  fiir  2lfle$,  She  sees  to  everything. 


t,  against,  towards. 
EXAMPLES. 

©egen  bte  Sftauer,  Against  the  wall 

©eg  en  fecf)$  Uljr,  By  (or  toward)  six  o'clock. 

Sftilbtljattg  gegen  bte  Airmen,  Charitable  to  the  poor. 

Unempftnbttcf)  gegen,  Insensible  to. 

©egen  baare  ^Be^a^Iung,  For  cash. 

(§3  finb  gegen  ^toet  ©tunben,  It  is  about  (but  not  more  than) 

two  hours, 

£aub  gegen  afle  S3itten,  Deaf  to  all  entreaties. 
3%  Uebel  tft  ^i^t§  gegen  ba§  fetntge  (or  femes). 
Your  illness  is  nothing  compared  with  his. 

$n,  in  or  into. 

EXAMPLES. 

5n  granfretdj,  In  France. 

3n  $ari8,  In  Paris. 

•3m  ^rit^ting,  In  spring. 

•3n  etnem  Son,  With  (or  in)  a  tone. 

•3n  ber  (Sdjnle  fetn,  To  be  at  school 

3m  (grnft,  Seriously,  in  earnest.     - 

-3n  SBer^toetfhmg  fetn,  To  be  in  despair. 

(Strf)  in  ben  finger  fdjnetben,  To  cut  one's  finger. 

5m  Segrtff  fetn  or  ftefjen,  To  be  on  the  point. 

Qn  bie  §htd)t  jag  en  or  fdjtagen,  To  put  to  flight 


j,  after. 

EXAMPLES. 

^aufe  geljen,  To  go  home. 
2)er  2Beq  nac^  ber  <2tabt,  The  way  to  the  town. 


404  PREPOSITIONS. 

•3d)  gelje  nad)  2Bten,  I  am  going  to  Vienna. 

•ftad)  23elieben,  As  you  like. 

•ftad)  metnen  SBefefylen,  According  to  my  orders. 

•ftad)  SBerlauf  Don  $md  2)Jonaten,  At  the  end  of  two  months. 

9?ad)  (or  in)  alpfjabettfdjer  Drbnung,  In  alphabetical  order. 

Oemanb  fragt  nad)  Sfyten,  Somebody  asks  after  you, 

9fad)  ifym  laufen,  To  run  after  him. 

llcbcr,  over. 

EXAMPLES. 

tlcber  ton  Ijoljen  SBergen,  Over  the  high  mountains. 

Ueber  ben  ffinfc  fefcen,  To  cross  the  river. 

SJerfiigen  (£te  iiber  metnen  23eute(,  Dispose  of  my  purse. 

(£3  ift  iiber  em  ^atbeS  3ab,r,  It  is  above  six  months. 

^eute  iiber  ad^t  Xage,  This  day  week. 

2)en  ©ommer  iiber,  During  the  summer. 

<2>td)  iiber  (StttwS  (t)er)n)unbern,  To  be  astonished  at  something. 

<5id)  freuen  iiber,  To  rejoice  at 

Sarfjen  iiber,  To  laugh  at 

geb,t  iiber  metne  ^rafte,    That  is  above  (beyond)  my 
strength. 

35orf  Uegt  uber  bent  ^luffe,  The  village  lies  over  the  river. 

tint,  round  or  about 

EXAMPLES. 

Um'8  jjeuer  ^emm,  About  the  fire-place. 

04  toM  tijn  urn  Statb,  fragen,  I  will  consult  him  (ask  him  for 

advice). 

3d)  bitte  @te  um  SJer^ei^ung,  I  beg  your  pardon, 
llm  ©elb  fptelen,  To  play  for  money. 
Um  ttnemet  Uljr  ?    At  what  o'clock? 
Um  etn  Ub,r,  At  one  o'clock. 
(S^  ift  um  tfyn  gef^efjen,  It  is  all  over  with  him. 
SBefiimmern  <5te  ftrf)  nid^t  um  mtcf),  Don't  care  for  me. 
Gr  b,at  ftc^  feb,r  um  mid)  berbtent  gemo^t. 
(He  has  made  himself  very  deserving  by  what  he  has  done 

for  me.)     He  has  put  me  under  great  obligations. 
35iefer  2Beg  ijl  um  gtoet  <2>tunben  (9)?etlen)  turner. 
This  road  is  shorter  by  two  leagues  (miles). 


PREPOSITIONS.  405 

Hitter,  under. 

EXAMPLES. 

Unter  ber  Sfogieritng  $arl$  beS  ©roften. 

In  the  reign  of  Charlemagne. 

Unter  gnjolf  Saljren,  Under  twelve  years. 

2Ba8  fitr  em  Unterfdjieb  unter  (gtwfcfjen)  .  .  . 

What  difference  between  .  .  .  (See  page  73,  2). 

Unter  btefer  23ebingung,  On  that  condition. 

Unter  (Seget  gefjen,  To  set  sail. 

Unter  btefen  9JMnnern,  Among  these  men. 

<2te  befommen  eS  nicfyt  unter  gefjn  £l)alern. 

You  will  not  get  it  for  less  than  ten  dollars. 

Unter  bem  £tjd)  fyerbor,  From  under  the  table. 

$01t,  of,  from. 

EXAMPLES. 

^erfommen  Don  Sinem,  To  come  from  some  one. 

t$om  erften  ^ebruar  an,  Beginning  with  the  1st  of  February 

(from  the  1st  of  February  on). 
S3on  3emanb  (or  don  (Setten  SemanbeS),  From  any  one. 
$on  gan^em  ^er^en,  With  all  my  heart. 
3)teje3  33uc^  tft  bon  ©ot^e  gefd^rieben  hjorben. 
This  book  was  written  by  Goethe. 
S3om  9#orgen  bi§  gum  2lbenb,  From  morning  till  evening. 
23on  ^arig  big  Bonbon,  From  Paris  to  London. 


Sot,  before. 

EXAMPLES. 

S3or  geljn  U^r,  Before  ten  o'clock. 
SB  or  brei  Xagen,  Three  days  ago. 
<£icf)  fiir^ten  bor,  To  be  afraid  of. 
<5d)ritt  bor  ©d^ritt,  Step  by  step, 

bor  etwa6  Bitten,  To  beware  of. 

ber  <5tabt  njob/nen,  To  live  outside  the  town. 

^reube  ioeinen,  To  weep  with  (or  for)  joy. 

2lnfer  Itegen,  To  lie  at  anchor. 

8«,  to. 

EXAMPLES. 

,3u  iener  ^tlt,  At  that  time. 

$)te  Siebe  gum  9tuljni,  The  love  of  glory. 


406  PREPOSITIONS. 


be8  9luguflu$,  At  the  time  of  Augustua 
3u  £>aufe  fetn,  To  be  at  home. 
3d)  begab  nticf)  311  tfym,  I  went  to  him. 
3u  33ette  gefyen,  To  go  to  bed. 
,Hu  SBagcn,  In  a  caniage. 
3u  ^ferb,  On  horseback. 
,3u  gup,  On  foot 

$11  gletdjer  ,3ett,  At  the  same  time. 
,>$u  (Sfyren  bcr  $omgin,  In  honor  of  the  queen. 
3u  £<wb  unb  311  SBaffer,  By  land  and  by  water. 
,3um  @IM,  Fortunately. 
^unt1  23etfptel,  For  example. 
,3u  biefem  3^°^  -^or  ^s  purpose. 
unt1  (gefangenen  madjen,  To  take  prisoner. 

311  einem  ^letbe  ne^men,  To  take  one's  measure. 

READING  EXERCISE  141. 


3rf)  benfe  oft  on  <2ie.  3d)  fonnte  metne  9?et[e  ntdjt  fortfefccn  au§ 
SRanget  an  ©etb.  2)ie  <2d)tffe  finb  berettg  oiif  fyoljer  (See.  3)ie 
S3dgel,  meld)e  unS  im  ^erbfte  Derlaffen,  feljren  tin  griifyling  guriirf.  @« 
loar  tin  ®ommer  Don  1840.  3ft  ber  £>err  gu  ^aufe  '?  ^etn,  er  tft 
an^gegaugen.  @r  fpetft  Ijcitte  in  ber  (§tabt.  3d)  bin  aitf  offener 
©trafee  befdjtmpft1  roprben.  2)te  ftetne  ©djaar  ntad)te  ftd)  ^aijn* 
burd)  bte  geinbe.  2ftetn  <£d)mager  hjtrb  fpateftenS  in  bret  Jagen  an* 
fontmen.  2Ba^renb  btefeS  gangen  50tonat^  ^at  eg  ntdjt  etn  etn^tge^ 
2)Jat  geregnet.  $)er  ^>unb  fprang  unter  bem  £tfd)  b/eroor.  33om 
(Srften  bt«  junt  lOe^ten.  ©ett  tuann  tft  3ulte  etne  Satfe?  <Ste  tft  e« 
fett  tl)rer  ^tnb^ett.  3(nfangS  fatten  bte  9tbnter  feme  geftnngen;3  fte 
fefcten  tl)r  ganged  ^Bertrauen  auf  tljre  ^)eere,4  loetdje  fte  la'ngS  ber  gtuffe 
legten,  n)o  fte  toon  (Sntfernung  gu  ©ntfernung  Jfjiirnte  erridjteten,5  uw 
bte  (Solbaten  bartn  unterjubrtngen.6 

142. 

^lleranber  ber  @rofce  ftarb  in  ber  33Iutb,e  beS  ?eben§.  ^[efop  blii^te 
gur  3eit  <2oton'8.  33or  bret  Jagen  fyaben  h)ir  einen  SBoIf  ertegt.1 
3d)  toerbe  bor  ad)t  Sagen  nid)t  att8geb,en;  ber  3lrjt  b,at  e8  ntir  ber* 
boten.  3d)  nierbe  @te  nad)  ben  SRarftbretfcn  be3ab/Ien.  granj  bet 
Srfte  n)itrbe  in  3talien  gefangen  unb  nad)  (Spanten  abgefii^rt.  ©egeo 
Slbenb  fab,  man  am  £>immel  eine  feurige  ^ugel.8  SDiein  ^J3ater  ift  nro 


i  See  page  389,  3. 

141.  i  to  insult.    2  way.    3  fortress.    <  army.    5  te  erect.    6  to  shelter. 

142.  i  killed.    sbalL 


PREPOSITIONS.  407 

jhjet  Itljr  abgereift.  Set  feiner  5lbretfe  toar  bte  gan^e  ^amtlie  toerfam» 
mett.  (£r  imrb  in  ^arig  toon  feinem  33ruber  mit  offenen  Airmen  em* 
pfangen  roerben.  <3inb  @ie  gu  £anb  Ijierljer  gctommen?  3a,  id)  bin 
nut  ber  (Sifenbafyn  gefommen.  9Jian  mujj  nidjt  au^  ©igennujj1  ba8 
©ute  t^un.  9teifen  (Sic  311  IJSferb  ober  git  2Bagen  ?  $eine^  toon  beu 
ben;  icf)  reife  311  @^iffe.  3c^  banb  etn  Saf^entu^  um  feinen  $lrtn. 
^inb  tt)einte  bor  ^reuben.  ^eibelberg  Uegt  an  ben  Ufern  be^ 


IL    Remarks  on  some  English  Prepositions. 

Above. 

Above,  followed  by  an  expression  of  time  or  number, 
and  signifying  more  than  or  longer  than,  is  rendered  in 
German  by  liber  with  the  accusative,  or  mefyr  dl$.  Ex.  : 

The  fight  lasted  above  four  hours. 

3)er  $ampf  bauerte  ttber  (or  mef)r  at3)  mer  <2>timben. 

It  is  above  twenty  miles  from  here. 

0*3  ift  tiber  (mefyr  ate)  ^toan^ig  2)?eUen  Don  fjter. 


About. 

About  1,  meaning  around,  is  um  ;  2,  in  the  signification 
concerning,  it  is  liber  with  the  accusative  ;  3,  in  speaking 
of  things  which  people  carry  about  them,  it  is  bei,  Ex.: 

1.  All  thronged  about  the  prince. 
Sltte  brdngten  fid)  unt  ben  ^itrften. 

2.  I  will  speak  to  him  about  this  affair. 

3$  rt)erbe  tiber  biefe  9Ingetegenljeit  mit  iljm  fpre^cn. 
We  shall  consider  about  this  matter. 
2Bir  toerben  tiber  biefe  (Sad)e  nadjbenfen. 

3.  I  have  no  money  about  me. 
3d)  b,abe  tein  ®etb  bet  mtr. 

At. 

At  1,  denoting  position,  is  frequently  translated  an  with 
the  dative  ;  2,  meaning  occupied  with,  it  is  bet  ;  3,  after 
words  of  emotion,  e.g.,  derision,  anger,  surprise,  joy,  sor- 

U2.    'selfishness. 


408  PREPOSITIONS. 

row,  etc.,  it  is  uber  with  the  accusative  ;  4,  followed  by  a 
person's  name  in  the  possessive  case,  it  is  bei«    Ex.  ; 

1.  At  the  door,  2ln  ber  Xtjite. 

2.  We  were  at  dinner. 

2Btr  nmren  beim  2#ittageffen  (bet  £tfdj). 
He  is  quarrelsome  at  cards. 
(gr  ift  jtinfifd)  beim  @m'el. 

3.  She  laughed  at  him,  @tc  (ad)te  uber  tljtt. 
I  am  surprised  at  what  you  say. 

3d)  bin  erftaunt  uber  baS,  tt)o«  @ie  fagen. 

4.  "We  were  at  your  aunt's,  2Btr  toaren  bei  3tyrer  £ante. 

By. 

1  .  by  followed  by  the  agent  after  the  passive  voice,  is 
translated  son.    Ex.: 

Mr.  Bell  is  respected  by  everybody. 
©err  S3ett  tmrb  Don  Sebermann  gead)tet 
Troy  was  destroyed  by  the  Greeks. 
nwrbe  tion  ben  ©rtec^en  jerfiort. 


2.  In  oaths  and  asseverations  by  is  translated  Bcf  : 
He  swears  by  his  honor,  (gr  fdjrtort  bet  fetner  (Sfyre. 

3.  By,  after  such  verbs  as  to  sell,  to  buy,  to  work,  and 
preceding  a  noun  of  weight,  measure,  or  time,  is  translated 
Jtflcfy  (either  after  or  before  its  noun),  or  by  adding  roetfe  to 
the  noun,  e.g.,  pfuntweife,  tagroeife,  roodjenroetfe  :c.    Ex.: 

I  sell  the  tea  by  the  pound. 

3d)  Derfaufe  ben  £ljee  nad)  bent  ''Pfimb/  or  bent  ^Pfunbe  nadj,  or 

pfnnbnmfe. 

We  work  by  the  hour  or  by  the  day. 
2Btr  arbetten  nod^  ber  ©tunbe  ober  nad^  bent  Xage. 

4.  When  preceding  a  numeral  immediately  followed  by 
an  adjective  of  dimension,  by  is  translated  by  Uttt>»    Ex.: 

This  room  is  fifteen  feet  long  by  ten  wide. 
2>tefe«  gimmer  tjl  fitnfje^n  ^ufj  tang  unb  ge^n  brett 


PREPOSITIONS.  409 

5.  By,  meaning  by  means  of,  e.g.t  after  to  kill,  to  wound, 
etc.,  is  translated  burdj.     Ex.: 

The  officer  was  wounded  by  a  bullet.  . 
3)er  Officer  nwrbe  burd)  etue  $ugel  bernwnbet. 
Achilles  was  killed  at  the  siege  of  Troy  by  an  arrow. 
2id)ttle3  tmtrbe  bet  ber  33elagerung  Don  Stroja  burd)  einen  ^pfeU 
getobtet. 

From. 

1.  From  —  to,  with  the  common  noun  of  place  repeated, 
is  »on  —  jit.    Ex.: 

He  went  from  street  to  street,  from  town  to  town,  etc. 
Sr  gtng  bon  (Strode  311  (Strode,  toon  (Stabt  ju  <5tabt,  jc. 

2.  But  when  the   nouns   denoting   place   are   proper 
names  of  towns,  villages,  countries,  etc.,  to  is  nacfy,  e.g.: 

From  Paris  to  Rouen.  33on  ^artS  nadj  Sftouen. 

3.  "When  the  nouns  are  nouns  of  time,  from  —  to  is 
—  MS,  e.g.  : 

From  Easter  to  Christmas.  SSon  Ofiern  HS  SSet^nadjt. 

4.  So  also  when  extent  of  space  is  indicated,  e*g.s 

It  rained  violently  from  Strasburg  to  Berh'n. 
(S^  regnete  ^eftig  toon  @tra§bitrg  bis  ^Berlin. 
It  would  be  too  far  from  here  to  Paris. 
(£8  toare  311  tuett  bon  fjier  bt§ 


5.  JVom  under  is  unter  —  ^er»or.    Ex.: 
From  under  the  table,  llnter  bem  j£t{d) 


In. 

1.  A  pain  (in)  is  translated  by  a  compound  word,  such 
as  :  $opfwe$,  ^atewc^,  Bafwwef)  ic.    Ex.: 

I  have  constantly  a  pain  in  my  head, 
3id)  fjabe  immcr    ' 


410  PREPOSITIONS. 

2.  In  after  words  denoting  hurting,  wounding,  etc.,  and 
preceding  a  possessive  adjective  with  any  part  of  the 
body,  is  to  be  rendered  by  an  with  the  definite  article  : 

The  child  fell  down  and  was  injured  in  the  shoulder. 
2)a3  $mb  fid  unb  berttwnbete  fief)  an  ber  @d)itlter. 
3.  In  the  morning,  >>lm  SUZorgen  or  (be$)  2ftorgenS. 
In  the  evening,  tfoi  5lbenb  or  (beS)  Slbenbg. 
In  the  morning  (i.e.,  to-morrow  morning),  2ftorgen  frii^. 
In  the  evening  (i.e.,  this  evening),  £>eute 


Oil  or  upon. 

1.  On  or  upon  is  most  generally  auf.    Ex.: 

He  climbed  upon  the  tree,  (gt  ttetterte  auf  ben  33aum. 

2.  After  the  verb  to  live,  on  or  upon  is  rendered  by 
Don,  and  after  to  play,  on  is  not  translated  at  alL     Ex.: 

The  prisoner  lives  on  bread  and  water. 
3)er  ©efangene  lebt  tion  33rob  unb  SBaffer. 
You  play  on  the  violin,  and  I  play  on  the  flute. 
<Sic  fpieten  SBtoIine  unb  tcf)  fpiele 


3.  The  preposition  on  before  the  days  of  the  week  and 
with  dates,  is  either  translated  am,  or  by  the  accusative 
without  a  preposition.  Ex.: 

Come  on  Sunday,  $ommen  <2>te  (am)  (Sonntag. 
On  the  twelfth  of  May,  Urn  (or  ben)  $h»6lften 


Over. 

This  preposition  is  commonly  translated  fiber. 
The  adverb  over  meaning  past,  may  be  translated 
fiber.    Ex.: 

As  soon  as  the  rain  is  over,  (Sobatb  ber  9?egen  boriiber  tfi 
Is  dinner  over?    3|t  ba8  2fttttageffen  bomber? 


PREPOSITIONS.  411 

With. 

L  With  is  rendered  by  ttor  after  verbs  of  dying,  perish- 
ing, etc.  Ex.: 

He  died  with  cold,  (gr  ftarb  bor  $a'Ite. 
NOTE. — To  die  of  is  translated  fterbm  an.    Ex. : 

He  died  of  his  wounds,  @t  [tarb  an  feinen  SBunben. 

2.  With  must  not  be  translated  after  the  following 
verbs :  to  meet  with,  begegnen  (dat.);  to  trust  with,  atwr* 
trouen  (dat  of  person,  and  ace.);  to  reproach  with,  sower* 
fen  (dat.  of  person,  and  ace.).  These  German  verbs  gov- 
ern the  accusative  without  a  preposition.  Ex.: 

He  trusted  me  with  (i.e.,  entrusted  to  me)  his  son. 

(£r  ticrtraute  mir  feinen  @ol)n  an. 

I  reproached  him  with  his  ingratitude. 

•3d)  toarf  ifym  feme  Unbanfbarfeit  Dor. 

OBSERVATION. 

Prepositions  are  placed  in  German  before  the  inter- 
rogative and  relative  pronouns  which  they  govern;  in 
English  they  are  sometimes  placed  after : 

"Whom  do  you  speak  to  ?    Sftit  toem  fpredjen  <Ste  ? 
What's  that  for?     £u  hwS  tft  baS  ? 
The  man  you  are  interested  in. 
3)er  2ftcmn,  filr  ben  (Sie  fid)  tnterefftren. 

»ufgok  143. 

1.  Where  are  you  going?  I  am  going  into  the  country. 
Goethe  died  at  Weimar  in  the  year  (tm  3al)re)  1833.  My 
friend  arrived  in  the  early  part  (in  the1  beginning)  of  the 
summer.  Is  this  book  to  (nad))  your  taste  ?2  No,  I  do  not 
like  it  (It  does  not  please  me).  I  met  that  gentleman  on  my 
journey  in  Italy.  The  poor  man  had  to  choose  between 
slavery*  and  death.  Why  has  she  been  so  unjust  towards  her 
parents?  Did  you  arrive  before  or  after  four  o'clock?  Before 
the  church  there  are  three  high  poplars.4  I  found  this  letter 

143.  iam. 


412  PREPOSITIONS. 

among  my  papers.  Brandy5  is  the  source  of  great  evils  (among) 
that  nation.  They  (man)  told  me  amongst  other  things  that 
the  ship  had  been  taken  by  the  enemy. 

2.  He  has  sold  all  his  horses  except  one  or  two.  I  went 
from  Hamburgh  to  Altona.  Now  we  turn  to  (towards)  the 
south.  Among  the  German  merchants  in  London  there  are 
many  charitable6  men.  He  lives  with  his  brother.  The  tailor 
will  come  to  your  house  to-morrow.  Where  do  you  come 
from  ?  I  come  from  my  aunt'a  The  wooden  horse  was  out- 
side the  walls  of  Troy.7  The  patient  is  at  present  out  of 
danger.  Nobody  besides  myself  was  present.8  Out  of  (t>on) 
sixty  soldiers  who  made  the  attack,9  twenty-five  fell  into  the 
hands  of  the  enemy.  The  dog  sprang  [out]  from  under  the 
table. 

144. 

1.  My  father  was  not  above  twenty-two  years  old  when  he 
was  married.1     My  uncle's  country-house2  is  very  handsome, 
but  it  cost  him  above  eighty  thousand  florins.     It  is  above  a 
year  since  my  friend  set  off  for3  America.    Home  was  built  by 
Romulus.     The  poor  man  was  driven4  out  of  his  house  by  his 
creditors.5    I  will  get  up  to-morrow  at  six  o'clock.     Were  you 
at  Mrs.  D.'s  ball  last  night  ?  I  will  pay  you  at  the  end  of  this 
month.     I  rejoice  greatly  at  your  [good]  luck.6     She  always 
smiles7  at  every  thing  which  is  said.     Where  was  your  sister 
this  morning  ?    She  was  at  her  aunt's.     My  chest8  is  one  foot 
and  a  half  deep  by  two  wide  and  four  long.    Harold  was 
wounded  by  an  arrow.9 

2.  William  the  Second  was  killed  by  an  arrow  in  the  New- 
forest.     Charles  was  wounded  in  the  arm  and  not  in  the  leg. 
I  have  very  often  a  pain  in  my  teeth.     Upon  what  instrument 
does  your  sister  play  ?  She  plays  on  the  piano.    That  happened 
on  the  12th  [of]  March.     I  am  in  the  habit10  of  taking  a  cup 
of  coffee  as  soon  as  (the)  dinner  is  over.     When  you  meet  a 
poor  man,  never  reproach  him  [with]  his  poverty.     France 
extended  from  the  Rhine  to  the  Atlantic  Ocean.     What  does 
he  complain11  of? 

143.  sber  SBronntwetn.    6»o§tt$aH9.    7$n>ia.    8  aegenmfttttg.    sSlngrtff,  m. 

144.  ito  be  married,  ft$  w^etrotyen.     *Sanb§au8.     sna<$.     <trei&en.     6®tsu6iger. 
e  GHurf.     '  tidjeln.     E  tie  tf ifte.     » fcer  $f eiL     10  to  be  in  the  habit,  pjlcgen  or  aenofru  f  eia. 
n  ftagcn  after. 


413 

BEADING  LESSON. 


$ranadf)  tear  nidjt  nut  ber  grb'ftte  SDtater  feiner  £e\t,  fonbern 
aud)  ein  2ftann  Don  eblem  §erjen  unb  grojjem  SBerftanb.  <Sd)on  in 
feiner  Ougenb  tuenbete  er  feine  3eit  fefjr  gut  an,  imb  bafyer  fam  eg,  bafj 
cr  foeit  friiljer  ein  nu^Udjer  2ftenfd)  uwrbe  alS  2lnbere.  3m  nemije^nten 
-Saljre  feineS  filters  lernte1  ifyn2  ber  $urfiirft  (Elector)  Don  <£ad)fen, 
-Sofyann  griebrid),  al3  einen  gefd^idten  Bungling  fennen,1  unb  nafym 
i^n  auf  feiner  9?eife  in'^  ©elobte  ^?anb3  ntit  fid).  9?ad)  ber  ^iicffe^r 
in'S  33aterlanb  bertef  er  i§n  an  feinen  £>of  nad^  3Bittenberg  unb  madjte 
i^n  bafelbft  3um  Siirgermeifter.4  (Sin  cingiger  3U9  (trait)  feiner 
fd)imen  (Seele  ift  ^inreidjenb,5  feinen  (£l)arafter  311  fdjitbern.  5lt8  fein 
§err,  ber  imglitdlic^e  ^urfiirft  Oo^ann  ^ri^rid)'  bci  SJZii^tberg  in 
(Sac^fen  in  bie  ©efangenfdjaft6  ^aifer  ^arte  V.  geratfyen7  h)ar,  erinnerte 
fic§  ber  $aifer,  ba§  ^ranac^  i^n  al§  ^nabe  gemalt  ^atte,  unb  liejj  biefen 
eblen  9)iater  in  fein  £ager  fommen. 

wSie  alt  toar  td^  bamate,  ate  bn  mid)  malteft  ?"  fragte  ber  $aifer.  — 
,,(Sure  SWaieftat,"  antmortete  $ranad),  ,fn>ar  ad)t  ^a^re  alt.  (§3  getang 
tnir  nid)t  etjer,8  (Sure  2ftajeftcit  gum  (Stittft^en  gu  bringen,  a(6  bi§8  5^r 
^ofmetfter9  toerfdjiebene  Saffen  an  bie  3Sanb  fytingen  Iie§.  SSd^renb 
(Sie  biefe  friegerifdjen  ^nftrumente  mit  unDeriuanbten  (fixed,  staring) 
Slugen  betrjid^teten,  ^atte  ic^  3eit,  3b^r  Sitb  ju  enttoerfen."10  —  ,,$8itte 
(ask)  bir  cine  @nabe  toon  mir  aufi,  Staler  !"  fagte  ber  ^aifer. 

jDemiit^ig  ftel  iljm2  ^ranadj  ju  5u§e«  un&  ^at/  wilt  X^rancn  tn  ben 
5litgen,  nid^t  um  cine  <2hmtme  @elb  ober  urn  einen  Sitel,  fonbern  unt 
bie  grei^eit  feineS  ^urfurften.  S)er  2JJonard^  geriet^7  in  bie  grofcte 
53erlegen^eit;  fein  ^perj  U)ar  burd)  biefen  gered^ten  SOBunfdf)  erne1?  treuen 
Untert^anen11  fe^tt  getroffen,  unb  bod)  gtaubte  er,  ben  redjtfd)affenen 
^ranad^  fiir'§  erfie12  abnmfen"  ?n  mitffen.  B5Du  Bift  ein  bratier  3Kann," 
fagte  cr  311  ifym;  ,,ab"cr  e§  Ware  mir  lieber  getoefen,  tnenn  bu  um  ettuaS 
2lnbere3  gebeten  ^citteft."  2113  nac^  einigcr  3eit  ber  ffitrfiirft  feine 

i  Itnnen  lernen,  to  become  acquainted  with.  2  See  p.  420.  13.  s  Holy  Laud.  <  mayor. 
see  p.  389,  3.  5  sufficient.  «  captivity.  •  to  get,  to  fall,  s  niefct  e^er  aI8  bi8,  (not  earlier 
than  until),  not  before,  a  governor,  tutor,  10  to  sketch,  draw,  n  subject.  12  for  the 
first,  i.e.,  for  a  time,  u  to  refuse. 


414  ARRANGEMENT  OF  WORDS. 

$reil)ett  erlangte,  lief}  er  biefcn  feinen  treuen  3)tencr  me  Don  fetner 
<2eite;  er  nutate  in  fetnem  ©djloffe  tuofynen  unb  felbft  bei  eljrenDotlen1 
©elegenfyeiten  neben  ifym  im  SBagen  ftfcen. 

QUESTIONS. 

SBer  toar  £uca§  $ranad)  ? 

2Bte  fam  e£,  bap  er  fritter  al«  5lnbere  ein  nu^Itd^er 

tourbe? 

SSann  lenite  i^n  ber  ^urfurfl  toon  <2>ad)fen  fennen? 
SBie  Jieg  ber  tfurfiirft? 
SB5o^in  na^m  er  t^n  mtt  ftcf)  ? 
2Ba§  t^at  er  narf)  fetner  ^kudEfe^r? 
SOSeldjer  fcfjb'ne  S^arafterjug  tutrb  toon  t^m  ergafyft? 
SBel^e  grage  rtdjtete  ber  $atfer  an  ben  9)taler? 
2Sa§  antttjortete  t^m  ^ranad^  ? 
SBetdje  ©nabe  bat  ftd)  ber  Skater  tion  bem  ^aifer 
©etna^rte  ib,m  ber  ^atfer  feine  33itte  ? 
SBaS  fagt'  er  311  i^m  ? 
Sie  eb,rte  ber  $urfiirft  ben  Staler,  na^bem  er  feine 

toieber  erlangt 


FIFTIETH  LESSON. 

THE  ARRANGEMENT  OF  WORDS. 

(9Bortfolge.) 

The  general  rules  which  govern  the  arrangement  of  the 
•words  in  a  German  sentence  have  already  been  given  on 
page  80  and  the  following  pages.  We  shall  recapitulate 
here  what  was  said  there,  and  give  besides  some  further 
rules. 

1.  Sentences  are  either  a)  declaratory,  or  6)  inter- 
rogative, or  c)  optative.  Declaratory  sentences  state 
facts ;  interrogative  sentences  ask  questions,  and  optative 
sentences  express  wishes  or  commands,  the  latter  employ- 
ing for  this  purpose  the  imperative  or  subjunctive.  Ex- 

i  ceremonial. 


ARRANGEMENT  OP  WORDS.  415 

amples  of  optative  sentences  are :  Come  here.  Would  I 
had  never  seen  them  1  May  you  look  at  this  as  I  do  I1 
See  6,  c.  '. 

2.  Sentences  frequently  contain  two  or  more  clauses. 
One  of  these, — or  sometimes  more  than  one, — states  the 
fact,  asks  the  question,  or  expresses  the  wish,  and  this 
we  shall  call  the  principal  clause.      In  the  following  ex- 
amples the  principal  clauses  are  in  italics,  and  others,  i.e., 
dependent  clauses,  in  ordinary  type :  /  hope  that  you  will 
be  punctual.     They  galloped  their  horses  and  arrived  so 
early  that  they  saw  him.     If  we  are  cautious,  and  do  not 
say  what  we  have  seen,  we  shall  not  be  molested.     Let  me 
know  when  you  arrive.      When  does  he  think  it  "best  to  let 
them  know  that  there  is  no  hope?     Of  course,  a  great 
many  sentences  contain  only  principal  clauses,  but  no 
sentence  can  contain  only  a  dependent  clause  or  depend- 
ent clauses. 

3.  Somewhat  the  more  usual  way  in  German  to  arrange 
the  parts  of  the  principal  clause  of  a  declaratory  sen- 
tence, is  to  put  the  SUBJECT  first,  then  the  "VERB,  and  then 
all  the  REST. 

a)  By  the  SUBJECT  we  mean  the  grammatical  subject 
and  its  modifiers ;  by  the  VERB,  however,  we  mean  only  a 
single  word,  that  word,  namely,  which  changes  to  denote  a 
difference  of  person  or  number.  For  examples  see  page  81. 

b)  The  order  laid  down  in  3,  called  the  Normal  Order, 
is  the  same  as  that  of  the  same  kind  of  clauses  in  En- 
glish, e.g.,  <£ie  liekn  einanber,  They  love  eachothcr.    If  we 

i  Of  course,  not  declaratory  sentences  alone  but  also  interrogative  and  optative 
sentences  may  justly  be  held  to  state  facts.  Thus,  Has  Henry  arrived?  states  the  fact 
that  the  speaker  is  curious  to  know  whether,  etc.,  and  Come  here  states  the  fact  that 
the  speaker  desires  some  one  to  approach.  However,  the  defects  in  the  definitions 
given  in  1  do  not  seem  likely  to  mislead  the  student  and  cause  him  to  assign  any  given 
sentence  to  a  wrong  class. 


416  ARRANGEMENT  OF  WORDS. 

represent  the  subject  by  S,  the  verb  by  V,  and  all  the 
rest  of  the  clause  by  R,  its  formula  is  SVR.  When  R 
consists  of  several  words,  their  arrangement  (for  which 
rules  will  be  given  further  on)  may  differ  from  that  re- 
quired in  English,  e.g.,  Sic  |  tyaben  |  einanber  gefefyen, 
They  |  have  \  SEEN  EACHOTHER.  The  vertical  lines  in  this 
and  other  examples  divide  the  three  component  parts 
of  the  clause  from  one  another. 

4.  The  only  other  way  to  arrange  the  parts  of  the  prin- 
cipal clause  of  a  declaratory  sentence,  is  to  begin  with 
any  fraction  of  the  REST  of  the  clause,1  and  then  let  fol- 
low first  the  VERB,  then  the  SUBJECT,  and  then  the  other 
fractions  of  the  REST  of  the  clause.      This  order  may  be 
called  the  Question  Order,  inasmuch  as  in  questions  too 
the  subject  follows  the  verb.     The  formula  for  it,  if  we 
represent  the  different  fractions  of  the  REST,  by  r,  r',  r", 
r'",  etc.,  is  rVSr'rV",  etc.    Examples :  ®efhrn  |  Ijab'  |  id)  | 
@te  auf  ter  ©traf  c  gefefyen,  Yesterday  I  saw  you  in  the  street. 
<5ie  |  faf)  |  id)  |  gefhrn  auf  t>er  ©trafje,  You  I  saw  yesterday 
in  the  street.    2luf  t>er  ©trapc  |  fal)  |  id)  |  <5ie  gejkrn,  In  the 
street  I  saw  you  yesterday. 

a)  It  is  hardly  allowable  to  put  two  (or  more)  fractions 
of  the  REST  at  the  beginning,  and  say  for  instance,  @ie 
gcflern  U.  f.  n>. ;  but  we  may  put  the  whole  of  the  REST  at 
the  beginning,  provided  it  is  indivisible  into  fractions. 
We  then  have  EYS,  e.g.,  £)en  |  Ueb'  j  id),  That  man  I  love; 
©cflcrn  |  ftarb  |  er,  Yesterday  he  died. 

For  exceptions  see  10  a,  13,  and  15  6. 

5.  The  formula  for  a  question,  i.e.,  for  the  principal 
clause  of  an  interrogative  sentence,  both  in  English  and 

i  The  REST  of  the  clause  is  all  that  is  left  after  taking  away  the  SUBJBCT.  the 
and, — if  there  should  be  a  conjunction  or  relative, — these  latter  also. 


ARRANGEMENT  Of  WOfcDS.  417 

German,  is  YSE,  e.g.,  <£inb  |  <£ie  |  franf  ?  Are  \  you  \  sick? 
$aben  |  roir  j  ba$  33ucl)  gefauft?   Did  [  we  \  buy  the  bo»k? 

6.  This  is  also  the  formula  for  the  principal  clause  of  an 
optative  sentence,  e.g.,  SBdre  |  er  J  mtr  fyier!  Were  \  he  \  only 
here  I  But : 

a)  The  subject  of  the  verb  in  the  imperative  is  gener- 
ally omitted  if   of   the  second  person,  e.g.,  &omm   fyer ! 
Come  (sing.)  hither  1    @agt  mir,  Tett  (pi.)  me!1 

b)  The   subject  of  the  third   person   singular  of  the 
present  subjunctive,  when  this  latter  is  used  like  an  im- 
perative, is  oftener  put  before  the  verb  than  after  it,  e.g., 
(£r  fomme  is  more  frequent  than  5tomm'  er. 

c)  Exclamatory  sentences  beginning  with  That  or  0 
tJiat  (2)a{j  or  £)  bap)  must  be  classed  as  dependent  clauses, 
something  like  /  wish  (3d)  mocfyte)  being  understood  at 
the  beginning, — and  not  as  optative  sentences.     They  do 
not  take  the  Question  but  the  Dependent  Order  (8),  e.g., 
£>  bap  ic()  ifw  nte  gefefyen  fyatte,  0  that  I  had  never  seen  him! 
Without  ba§  the  order  is,  £)  l;att'  tc^  u.  f.  W.— Sfiie  takes 
either  order,  e.g.  2Bic  er  mt^  liebt !  or  2Bie  Hcbt  er  mi(^ ! 

7.  Dependent  clauses  have  been  denned  page  82,  4, 
and  page  415,  2.  Should  this  definition  still  leave  it  dif- 
ficult for  the  student  to  recognize  one  when  met  with,  it 
may  be  well  to  remember  that  such  clauses  are  always 
used  as  nouns,  or  as  adjectives,  or  as  adverbs. 

a)  A  substantive  dependent  clause,  like  a  substantive, 
may  be  a)  the  subject  of  a  verb,  or  b)  its  object,  or  c)  in 
apposition,  etc.,  e.g: 

a)  That,  I  confessed,  is  true. 

6)  You  claim  that  I  confessed. 

c)  The  fact  that  he  confessed  is  admitted. 

i  This  rule  applies  to  tu  and  i$r,  not  to  ©ie;  e.g.,  jtcmmen  ©it  $«. 


418  AK&AtfGEttENT  OF  WOKD8. 

b)  An  adjective  dependent   clause,  like   an  adjective^ 
qualifies  a  noun  or  pronoun,  e.g. : 

The  men  ivho  are  persecuting  its . . . . 
You  whom  I  have  seen  before .... 
The  place  where  they  disappeared .... 

c)  An  adverbial  dependent  clause,  like  an  adverb,  quali- 
fies a)  an  adjective,  b)  verb,  c)  adverb  or  d)  preposition. 

a)  Calmest  when  he  was  in  the  greatest  danger  .... 
6)  I  hear  as  well  as  I  ever  did. 
I  will  refuse  if  you  like. 

c)  He  acted  unwisely  in  that  he  disclosed  his  plan  of  defence 

too  early. 

d)  He  is  as  much  above  us  as  the  rest  are  below. 

d)  So  that  any  clause  which  is  the  subject  or  object  of 
a  verb,  qualifies  a  noun,  or  an  adjective,  etc.,  etc.,  must 
be  a  dependent  clause. 

8.  Dependent  clauses  take  the  VERB  at  the  very  end, 
their  formula  being  SKV.1    For  examples  see  page  82,  4. 

a)  Exception  1.  They  take  the  Normal  Order,  however, 
when  there  is  no  connecting  word  (i.e.,  conjunction  or 
relative)  expressed,  i.e.,  when  the  dependent  clause  comes 
close  to  the  principal  clause  without  the  intervention  of 
a  singfe  word.  Thus,  @r  fcfyrieb,  bap  cr  morgen  anfommen 
ttntrbe  must  be  changed,  if  we  leave  out  bap,  into  (£r  fcfyrieb, 
cr  nnirbe  morgen  anfommen. 

For  other  exceptions  see  11  and  12. 

9.  When  bap  is  expressed,  and  then  unt>  brings  in  an- 
other clause  depending  on  bap  understood,  either  the  De- 
pendent Order  or  the  Normal  Order  may  be  used.    Thus, 
I  am  convinced  that  you  have  acted  wisely  up  to  the 
present  time,  and  [that  you  understood}  will  act  just  as 

i  Sometimes  a  clause  contains  only  the  SUBJECT  and  the  VKBB,  and  no  BEST,  e.g.,  the 
second  clause  of  the  following  sentence,  3$  $offe,  tap  er  lebt. 


ARRANGEMENT  Off  tfORDH.  419 

wisely  in  future  too,  —  may  be  translated  either,  3d)  bin 
tiberjeugt,  baf  @ie  bis  jefct  f(ug  gefyanbelt  fyaben  unb  [bap  ©it 
understood]  aud)  in  ber  3ufunft  ebcnfo  Flug  tyanbeln  werben  or 
»  .  .  .  unb  roerben  and)  u.  f.  n>. 

10.  For  convenience  of  comparison,  we  consider  here 
ft  similar  case  in  which  not  the  Dependent  but  the  Ques- 
tion Order  is  involved.  What  order  shall  be  used  when 
unb  comes  after  the  Question  Order,  and  when  the  frac- 
tion of  the  REST  of  the  sentence  which  caused  the 
Question  Order  to  be  used  in  the  first  clause  (compare  4), 
is  understood  again  after  unb  ?  Suppose,  for  instance,  we 
have  the  following  sentence  to  translate  into  German: 
He  was  convinced  by  these  considerations,  and  I  was  only 
Irritated  (in  which,  of  course,  by  these  considerations  is 
understood  in  the  second  clause),  and  we  choose  to  begin 
in  German  with  £>urd)  btefe  33etrad)tungen. 

a)  In  this  case,  it  is  much  better  to  use  the  Normal 
Order  in  the  second  clause,  e.  g.,  2)urcfy  btefe  33etraci)tungen 
'  er  iiberjeugt  unb  id)  nwrbe  nur  gereijt. 


11.  The  order  used  in  questions  (5)  may  be  used  to  ex- 
press a  condition,  the  conditional  conjunction  (e.g.,  tt>emt, 
if;  gefefct,  provided;  falls,  supposing,  etc.)  being  left  out. 
Thus  we  may  say  either,  2Benn  er  morgen  fommt  (8)  or 
$ommt  er  morgen  (VSE),—  gfalla  id)  bie  grait  fetye  or  <Sety'  id) 
bie  grau. 

a)  2ftorgen  fommt  er  ntd)t  cannot  be  used  to  mean  If  he 
does  not  come  to-morrow,  —  the  sense  would  be  He  does  not 
come  to-morrow.  That  is  to  say,  to  express  a  condition, 
the  VERB  must  come  first,  and  not  any  fraction  of  the  REST 
of  the  sentence,  —  the  order  must  be  VSR,  and  not 
rVSr'rV". 


420  ARRANGEMENT  OP  WORDS. 

12.  This  same  order  must  be  used  after  al£,  meaning 
as  if,  e.g.,  2113  roar'  er  aitper  ftcfy,  As  if  he  were  beside  himself, 
for  which  we  could  say,  using  alg  ob,  211$  ob  er  aujjer  ft$ 
ware. 

13.  We  shall  hear,  when  the  arrangement  of  the  words 
of  the  REST  of  the  clause  among  themselves  comes  to  be 
treated  of,  that  the  oblique  cases  of  personal  pronouns 
generally  come  first.     Their  tendency  to  take  an  early 
place  is  so  great,  that  in  the  Question  and  Dependent 
Orders  they  frequently  precede   even  the  subject,  e.g., 
©efhrn  tyat  tfyn  mein  23ruber  auf  ber  <3rra£  e  gefefyen,  instead 
of  ©eftern  tyat  mein  Sruber  tfyn  u.  f.  ro.    2Bir  gtauben,  bap  ifm 
mein  33ruber  geftern  ouf  ber  <8trape  gefefjen  fyat,  instead  of 
2Bir  glauben,  bap  mein  SBruber  t^n  u.  f.  n>. 

a)  The  same  thing  frequently  takes  place  in  questions 
and  optative  clauses,  e.g.,  2Bie  I)at  2$nen  bie  SSorlefung  ge* 
fallen?  instead  of  2Cie  fyat  bie  SSorlefung  u.  f.  w.  How  did 
the  lecture  please  you?    @et  mtr  etnja^  3^t  gegbnnt!  instead 
of  @et  etwa^  $tit  u.  f.  W.,  Let  some  time  be  granted  me  ! 

b)  But  in  none  of  the  cases  mentioned  in  the  last  two 
paragraphs,  can  the  oblique  case  of  a  personal  pronoun 
precede  the  subject,  when  that  subject  itself  is  a  personal 
pronoun.     The  following  sentences,  for  instance,  are  bad 
German  :  ©efrern  f)ab'  i^n  id)  auf  ber  ©trape  gefetyen  ;  2Bir 
glaitben,  bap  tyn  er  .  .  .  ,  fyat  ;  2Bte  fyat  3f>nen  @ie  gefallen  ; 

gegonnt! 


14.  A  fraction  of  the  REST  of  the  clause  sometimes  be- 
gins a  question,  e.g.,  2ftorgen  will  er  abretfen  ?  To-morrow 
is  he  going  away  ?  i.e.,  Is  it  to-morrow  he  is  going  away  ? 
In  this  case,  a  considerable  emphasis  is  laid  in  speaking 
on  the  word  or  words  beginning  the  question. 


ARRANGEMENT  OF  WORDS.  421 

15.  It  has  been  remarked  (see  4),  that  when  a  fraction 
of  the  REST  begins  a  principal  clause,  the  VERB  must  be 
brought  in  immediately  after  this  fraction.    A  dependent 
clause  beginning  the  sentence  has  just  the  same  effect, 
i.e.,  requires  the  order  rVSr'r'V",  in  which  r  represents 
the  dependent  clause.     Thus  we  may  say  either,  3d)  reife 
morgen  ab,  wenn  er  eg  oerlangt,  I  have  town  to-morrow,  if  he 
demands  it,  or,  with  the  dependent  clause  first,  SBenn  er  eg 
serlangt,  reif  id)  morgen  ab.    In  the  same  way  either,  3d) 
fmb'  eg  ganj  red)t,  baj?  er  bie  @tetle  md)t  annimmt,  I  consider 
it  quite  right  that  Jie  does  not  accept  the  position,  or,  2)ap  er 
bie  ©tetfe  nid)t  annimmt,  ftnb1  id)  ganj  red)t. 

a)  When  a  sentence  begins  with  a  condition,  as  in  the 
first  example  just  given,  the  principal  clause  (the  con- 
clusion) generally  begins  with  fo  (then),  e.g.,  a  more  usual 
form  for  the  first  example  would  be  ....  fo  reif  id)  mor* 
gen  ab. 

b)  When  this  fo  is  not  inserted,  the  conclusion  very 
frequently — contrary  to  the  rule  in  15 — takes  the  normal 
order,  e.g.,  2Benn  er  eg  tterlcmgt,  id)  reife  morgen  ab,  or — 
see  11 — SBerlangt  er  e$,  id)  reife  morgen  ab. 

16.  Three  adverbs,  bod),  inbeffen  and  jebod),  all  meaning 
hoivever,  do  not  require  the  Question  Order,  when  they 
begin  a  principal    clause,  —  they   sometimes   take    the 
Question,  and  sometimes  the  Normal  Order.     The  sense 
is  the  same  with  the  one  order  as  with  the  other.     Thus, 
£)od)  (inbeffen,  jebod))  id)  rootlf  eg  md)t  glauben,  However,  1 
was  unwilling  to  believe  it,  or,  £)od)  (inbeffen,  jebod))  wollt1  idj 
eg  md)t  glauben. 

a)  The  words  just  enumerated  can  be  placed  even  be- 
tween the  subject  and  the  verb,  e.g.,  2Btr  bod)  WOllen  eg  md)t 
glauben,  We  though  are  not  going  to  believe  it. 


422  ARRANGEMENT  OF  WORDS. 

17.  2lber,  alfo,  inbeffen,  jebod),  namlicfy  sometimes  occuf 
between  the  SUBJECT  and  the  VERB,  and  this  not  in  the 
Dependent  Order  alone  (the  only  order  in  which  the  SUB- 
JECP  is  regularly  and  usually  separated  from  the  VERB), 
but  also  in  the  Normal  and  in  the  Question  Order.  Thus, 
(£r  aber  roollt'  e3  md)t  erlauben,  He,  however,  would  not  allow 
it.     They  are  thrown  in,  as  it  were,  parenthetically,  with 
a  pause  before  and  after  them. 

18.  The  only  words — except,  of  course,  the  SUBJECT — 
which  can  begin  the  principal  clause  of  a  declaratory 
sentence,  and  not  require  the  Question  Order,  are  a)  those 
mentioned  in  16 ;  b)  unt>,  aber,  allein,  fonbern,  benn,  entweber, 
and  ober ;  c)  any  adverbs  which,  if  placed  elsewhere  than 
close  to  the  subject,  might  be  misunderstood.    Examples 
under  c  are :  Only  I  (and  no  one  else)  wanted  to  dance, 
•ftitr  id)  roollte  tanjen.     3$  roollte  nur  tanjcn  would  mean,  / 
wanted  only  to  dance  (and  do  nothing  else).     So  also :  2ludj 
flrir  roaren  babet,  We,  too,  were  present;  33efonber3  bte  2)eute 
fc|en  rourbett  emport,  The  Germans  especially  got  (were)  en- 
raged.1 

19.  The  order  VSR  sometimes  occurs,  not  in  a  ques- 
tion, but  in  a  declaratory  clause  to  make  an  emphatic  as- 
sertion.   Usually,  but  not  always,  in  such  casss  bod)  or  ja 
is  inserted  somewhere  after  the  VERB.     Thus,  3ft  w  bodj 
nicfyt  ber  cinjige,  He,  certainly,  is  not  the  only  one  (He  isnt 
the  only  one  though}.    3ft  i<*  femer,  ber  mir  nid)t  9led)t  gabe, 
Why,  there  is  no  one  who  would  not  say  I  am  right. 

20.  It  need  hardly  be  noted  that  an  interrogative  or 
relative  pronoun  or  adverb  must  come  at  the  beginning 

i  92ut  id),  audj  mir,  b«fonb«8  bte  Deutfaen,  etc.,  In  reality  foil  under  the  definition  of  the 
SUBJECT,  as  given  page  415,  3  a.  Such  phrases  might,  however,  have  caused  the  student 
trouble,  and,  for  this  reason,  they  have  received  especial  and  separate  mention. 


ARRANGEMENT  OF  WORDS.  423 

of  its  clause, — any  formula  laid  down  to  the  contrary  not- 
withstanding. Thus,  2ln  wen  fdjreiben  <5ie  ?  £)er  Sftann,  an 
ben  id)  fdjrieb;  not,  <£d)reiben  <5ie  an  wen?  etc. 

21.  When  in  the  Dependent  Order  the  perfect  or  plu- 
perfect indicative  or  subjunctive  is  used,  the  VERB  (i.e.,  in 
this  case  the  auxiliary  fyaben  or  fein  in  the  present  or  im- 
perfect indicative  or  subjunctive)  is  often  omitted.    Thus, 
@r  betyauptete,  bap  er  nur  wegen  ber  SDfaetye  gefommen  (ware 
understood),  He  maintained  that  he  had  only  come  on  ac- 
count of  the  rent;  3d)  ajaube  nid)t,  bap  felbft  2)tcfen$  etwag 
23effereg  fyer»0rcjebrad)t  (fyat  understood),  I  do  not  believe  that 
even  Dickens  has  pi'oduced  anything  better. 

22.  The  modal  auxiliaries  and  a  few  other  verbs  often 
form  their  perfect  and  pluperfect  with  their  infinitives 
instead  of  their  past  participles  (compare  page  98,  3). 
When  these  peculiarly  formed  tenses  occur  in  a  depend- 
ent clause,  the  VERB  is  placed  not  last  of  all,  but  just  be- 
fore the  infinitives.    Thus  we  do  not  have,  (£r  fd)rieb,  bap 
er  eg  nid)t  $un  fbnnen  tyabe;  nor,  2Btr  glauben  nicf)t,  bap  erbtc 
@telle  annefymen  wollen  fyat,  We  do  not  believe  that  lie  wanted 
to  accept  the  position, — but . » , .  nicfyt  fyabe  tl)im  fbnnen,  and 
....  bte  ©telte  ^at  anne^men  wollen. 

a)  Even  in  dependent  clauses  without  these  peculiarly 
formed  tenses,  and  without  a  modal  auxiliary,  the  VERB 
may  be  placed  immediately  before,  instead  of  immediately 
after,  a  participle  and  an  infinitive,  two  or  more  infinitives, 
or  two  participles.  Thus,  3d)  fyoffe,  bap  bit  mid)  wirfi  tanjen 
fefyen  fbnnen.  But  it  is  more  usual  to  place  the  VERB  at 
the  end. 

23.  In  the  Dependent  Order  a  compromise  is  some- 
times made,  and  the  VERB  placed,  not  after  all,  but  after 


424  ARRANGEMENT  OF  WORDS* 

only  a  part  of  the  REST.  This  is,  of  course,  most  fre- 
quently the  case  when  the  REST  is  very  long.  Thus,  in 
translating,  "  He  said  that  his  wife  never  went  to  church, 
even  in  fine  weather,  without  an  umbrella,  a  water-proof, 
and  overshoes,"  we  need  not  put  the  German  for  went  at 
the  very  end.  We  can  insert  it  after  to  church  in  fine 
weather,  and  say :  (£r  fagte,  baj?  feine  $rau  aitcfy  bet  fctycncm 
SBettcr  nic  in  tie  ftircfye  ging  ofyne  ^cgenfc^irm,  Stegenmantel 
unt>  ©ummifdfyufye. 

a)  Germans  always  avail  themselves  of  this  privilege 
of  bringing  in  the  verb  before  the  very  end  of  the  de- 
pendent clause,  when  they  have  to  do  with  a  dependent 
clause  itself  containing  two  or  three  shorter  dependent 
clauses.  Let  us  take  the  English  sentence,  We  hope  (at) 
that  you  will  not,  (0)  if  you  can  conscientiously  do  other- 
wise, object  to  a  candidate  (y)  who  served  so  gloriously 
in  the  campaign  (f>)  which  we  had  just  finished  (e) 
when  you  arrived  among  us.  Here  "  that  you  will  not 
object  to  a  candidate  "  is  the  main  dependent  clause.  It 
would  be  extremely  awkward,  however,  to  put  werben,  wiff, 
just  before  the  full  stop  and  after  the  four  minor  depend- 
ent clauses.  The  order  in  German  might  be  as  follows, 
using  English  words  so  that  the  student  may  concentrate 
his  attention  on  the  arrangement  exclusively :  We  hope 
that  you,  if  you  conscientiously  otherwise  do  can,  to  a 
candidate  not  object  will,  who  so  gloriously  in  the  cam- 
paign served,  which  we  just  finished  had,  when  you 
among  us  arrived. 

24.  That  certain  tenses  of  separable  verbs  have  a  dif- 
ferent form  when  used  in  dependent  clauses,  has  already 
been  stated  page  228,  4 


AKRANGEMENT  OF  WORDS.  425 

25.  As  for  the  arrangement  of  the  different  parts  of  the 
REST  among  themselves,  an  important  general  rule  has 
already  been  given  in  the  foot-note  on  page  262.     Com- 
pare also  page  81,  2.     The  student  will  notice  that  this 
rule,  or  an  extension  of  it,  requires  the  different  fractions 
of  the  REST  to  be  arranged  in  a  series  proceeding  from 
the  least  to  the  most  important,  from  that  one,  often  the 
oblique  case  of  a  personal  pronoun,  which  receives  the 
least  emphasis   in  speaking  the  sentence,   to  that  one 
which  receives  the  most  emphasis.1 

26.  When  the  present  or  imperfect  indicative  or  sub- 
junctive, or  the  imperative  of  a  separable  verb  is  used  in 
the  Normal  or  the  Question  Order,  the  prefix  generally 
comes  last,  e.g.,  3d)  fcfyreib'  3f>nen,  roenn  @ie  e$  serlctngen, 
SlUeg  in  einer  Socfye  recfyt  fcfyon  ob,  I  will  copy  everything  for 
you  nicely  in  a  week,  if  you  require  it. 

a)  But  when  the  REST  is  long, —  and  in  conversation 
even  when  it  is  not, — the  separable  prefix  may  be  brought 
in  after  only  a  single  word,  or  only  a  word  or  two,  of  the 
REST.  Compare  23.  Thus,  3$  fcfyreib'  3Jwen  2We$  rec|t 
fcfyon  ab  in  einer  SBocfye,  roenn  @ie  eg  serlangen. 

27.  Just  before  the  separable  prefix,  if  there  is  one, 
otherwise  at  the  very  end,  come  the  infinitives  and  par- 
ticiples, and  in  the  reverse  of  the  English  order,  e.g.,  @r 
ttrirb  geliebt  roorben  fein,  He  witt  have  been  loved;  (£r  f>at  mid) 
nicfyt  fpredjen  fyoren  fbmten,  He  was  not  able  to  hear  me  speak; 
<£r  fet  »erleitmbet  worben,  Let  him  have  been  slandered. 

a)  But  when  ju  precedes  the  infinitives,  these  follow 
one  another  in  the  English  order  after  the  participle  on 

i  Considerations  of  euphony  and  of  perspicuity,  i.e.,  considerations  quite  outside  of 
the  rules  of  grammar,  often  determine  the  arrangement  of  the  BEST. 


426  ARRANGEMENT  OF  WORDS. 

which  they  depend,  e.g.,  (£r  fyot  mir  neulid)  gerattyen,  roenig* 
fteng  jit  serfucfyen,  ifyn  ju  lieben,  He  advised  me  lately  at  least 
to  attempt  to  love  him.  Compare,  as  to  the  position  of  gc* 
ratten  here,  23. 

6)  Negative  adverbs,  e.g.t  nicfyt,  me,  ntrgenbg,  are  apt  to 
be  placed  just  before  the  infinitives  and  participles.  97id)t 
always  follows  nod),  and  generally  follows  other  adverbs 
and  adverbial  phrases  of  time,  such  as  ^eutc,  geftent,  tn 
»ielen 


28.  When  a  verb  takes  two  objects,  one  a  person,  and 
the  other  a  thing,  the  thing  generally  comes  later  in  the 
clause  than  the  person,  e.g.,  <£r  befd)ulbtgte  bte  grew  beg 
£)iebftof)lg,  He  accused  the  woman  of  theft  ;  2Bir  tyoben  geftern 
ben  ^inbern  ein  33uc^  gefc^enft,  We  presented  a  book  to  the 
children  yesterday. 

a)  But  the  oblique  case  of  a  personal  pronoun,  whether 
referring  to  a  person  or  a  thing,  comes  at  the  very  begin- 
ning of  the  REST,  e.g.,  2Btr  fyaben  eg  neitHcfy  feinem  5Sater  in 
$tt>ei  53rtefen  »oUj^anbtg  mitgetfyetlt,  We  lately,  in  two  letters, 
communicated  it  in  full  to  his  father.  See  c. 

5)  "We  have  seen  already  (compare  13)  that  a  personal 
pronoun  in  the  genitive,  dative  or  accusative  comes  in 
some  cases  between  the  VERB  and  the  SUBJECT  away  from 
the  other  fractions  of  the  REST. 

c)  When  there  is  one  personal  pronoun  in  the  dative 
and  another  in  the  accusative,  the  accusative  generally 
precedes  the  dative,  e.g.,  2)etn  33ater  gob  bid)  mir  ;  2)er  Dn* 
fel  gob  eud)  tljnen,  fte  eu<$,  un£  3fynen. 

d)  But  mtr'S  (i.e.,  mir  eg)  and  bir'S  (Le.t  bir  c$)  are  just  as 
usual  as  eg  mir  and  eg  bir. 


427 


OBSERVATIONS  OP  SPECIAL  IMPORTANCE  IN  TRANS- 
LATING  FROM    GERMAN   INTO    ENGLISH. 

29.  There  are  a  number  of  words  in  German  which 
are  sometimes  relatives  and  sometimes  demonstratives. 


Demonstratives. 

ber,  bie,  bag,  that  (man,  woman, 
thing) 

ba,  there,  then 

banttt,  with  that,  with  it 

inbem,  at  this  moment 

inbeffen,   meanwhile,  notwith- 
standing 

fo  fd)6n,  fo  gut,  fo  oft  u.  f.  h).,  so 
beautiful,  so  good,  so  often, 
etc. 


Relatives, 
ber,  bie,  ba8,  who,  which 

bo,  where,  when,  since 
bam  it,  in  order  that 
inbem,  in  that,  as,  while 
inbeffen,  while 

fo  fdjb'n  it.  f.  to.,  beautiful  as, 
good  as. 


One  of  the  most  frequent  of  all  the  mistakes  made  by 
beginners,  is  to  translate  this  class  of  words  wrongly,  i.e., 
as  demonstratives  when  they  are  relatives,  and  vice  versa. 
There  need,  however,  be  no  hesitation  from  which  column 
to  choose,  if  the  order  of  the  German  clause  is  noted.  If 
these  words  begin  the  clause,  and  the  verb  comes  at  fche 
end,  they  are  relatives,  otherwise  they  are  demonstratives. 

Demonstratives.  Relatives. 

£)er  gefottt  mir,  (Sin  Sftann,  bcr  mir  gefafft, 

That  man  pleases  me.  A  man  who  pleases  me. 

3)ie  mod)t'  id)  (or  id)  mod)te  bie)     (Sine  grou,  bie  id)  fefyen  modjte, 
fefyen,  tteldje  u.  f.  tt). 

I   should  like    to    see    the 
woman  who  etc. 

(Sr  fommt  bo, 

He  comes  there. 

2)a  fommt  er, 

There  he  cornea 

3)  omit  fann  er  (or  er  fann  bamit) 
atteS  erfafjren. 

"With  that  he  can  learn  every- 
thing. 


A  woman  (whom)  I  should  like 

to  see. 

3)a  er  fommt  u.  f.  to. 
Since  he  comes,  etc. 


2)amtt  er  afleS  erfafjren  fann, 

In  order  that  he  may  be  able  to 
learn  everything. 


428  ARRANGEMENT  OP  WORDS. 

Demonstratives.  Relatives, 

(£8  ift  jo  fdjon  greitnbe  |u  fyaben,    <2o  fdjon  c3  tft  ^reiinbc  ju  Ijaben, 

mbd)te  id)  bod)  lieber  feme  b  e  i 

9lrt  Ijaben. 
It  is  so  nice  to  have  friends.      Fine  as  it  is  to  have  friends,  I 

should  rather  not  have  any 

of  thai  kind. 

30.  If  in  any  clause  of  a  German  sentence  the  verb  im- 
mediately precedes  the  subject,  it  must  be  either  because, 

a)  The  writer  has  chosen  to  begin  with  some  other 
word  than  the  subject  (compare  4) ; 

b)  The  clause  is  conditional  (compare  11),  in  which  case 
we  shall  have  a  conclusion  expressed  or  understood; 

c)  The  clause  is  interrogative  (compare  5),  when  it  will 
be  followed  by  a  mark  of  interrogation  (?) ; 

d)  The  clause  is  optative  (compare  6),  when  it  will  be 
followed  by  a  mark  of  exclamation  (!) ; 

Or  finally  e)  because  an  emphatic  assertion  is  intended 
(compare  19). 

EXAMPLES. 

L 

1.  3dj  beljaupte,  ba§  btefer  ^elbljerr,  loetdjen  $tfe  bettntnbern,  fetn 
SBaterlanb  Ijatte  (22)  rettctt  fonnen,  toenn  ntrfjt1  bte  9JJenge  bcr  ^etnbc 
jeben  2Btberftanb  unmoglid)  gemadjt  Ijatte. 

2.  Behind)  bcr  Some  nwrbe  in  bte  3ld)t  erflart  (declared  an  out- 
law), toett  er  fetnen  $atfer  bertaffert  Ijatte,  at3  btefer  nttt  ben  £om* 
barbifdjen  ©tSbten  fampfte,  ttjeldje  ftd)  ber  !atferttd)en  Oberfyerrfdjaft 
]u  ent^te^en  (withdraw)  ftrebten. 

3.  (Sine  9J?at(anbtfd)e  ©efanbtfdjaft  Don  fedjjeljn  abeltgen  502annern, 
on  beren  <Sptfce  (head)  bte  (ionfutn  ber  ©tabt  ftanben,  begab  ftd)  nad) 
&>bt,  um  mtt  bem  ^atfer  itber  bte  Untertucrfung  gu  untertjanbetn. 

i  W<$t  might  have  come  after  getnbe.  No  rale  has  been  given  for  its  position  before 
the  subject,  bat  menn  ni<$t  may  be  regarded  as  a  compound  conjunction,  like  unlett  in 
English,  or  nui  in  Latin. 


ARRANGEMENT  OF  WORDS.  429 

4.  2Ba§  mtr  gu  unffen  frommt  (profits)  ;  tooran  id]  oljne  ©efaljt 
meiner  (Seete  ntdjt  ^tueifetn  barf;  ba3  tft  mit  leferlidjer  (legible)  @d)rift 
in  mein  ©enriffen  eingegraben. 

5.  !Dte  $(uft  (cleft)  gtm'fdjen  ©ott  unb  bem  9ftenfd)en  ifl  fo  grofc, 
bafe  ber  2#enfd)  jroeifefa  miifcte,  je  311  bem  ^nfdjauen  beS  ^flrfjften  311 
§elangen,  tuenn  (13)  iljm  ©ott  nidjt  felbft  entgcgen  fame. 

n. 

1.  jDteienigen,    roelc^e  ftc^  um  etn  5lmt  beluarben  (solicited), 
fannte  (30,  a)  tyil\W  ber  3me^e'  auc*)  e^e  fte  f^  C^>  &)  Dorftetten 
lie^en,  fo  gut  nrie  oon  ^erfon. 

2.  @g  gtebt  ©egenben  ber  (Srbe,  fo  lute  ,3dten  in  ber  ©efc^t^te  be8 
eingelnen  9J?enfdjen  unb  ganger  Golfer,  in  benen  bie  5u^e  ber  £eben§* 
frafte  glcid)fam  (as  it  were)  iiber  i^re  2)amme  getreten  tft,  unb  wo  mit 
jeber  Sljat  ba§  iBermogen  ^um  Sljun,  mit  bem  ©enu^  ba§  ©efynen 
(desire)  fi^  fteigert. 

3.  ^{ato  erjd^It,  ba§  <So!rate8  auf  einem  ^elbjuge,  ben  er  mit  2Uct* 
6iabe§  gemeinfrfjaftlid)  mad^te,  tton  bem  atljentenftfdjen  ^eere  gefe^en 
toorben  fei,  roie  er  etnft  einen  ganjen  Xag  unb  etne  9Jac^t  long  bi§  an 
ben  anbredjenben  Sftorgen  unberoeglic^  auf  etner  ^telle  ftanb  (23),  mit 
einem  Slide  (23),  fteldjer  anjeigte,  ba§  er  feb,r  angeftrengt  iiber  einen 
©egenftaub  uad)barf)te. 

4.  SBenn  aurf)1  (though)  einige  Xb.iere  an  ©eftatt  bem  2Jienfd)en 
fi^nlirf)  finb;  wenn  s^tnbere  iljn  an  ^orperfraft,  an  ©djarfe  eingetner 
(Sinne  iibertreff en  (excel) ;  luenn  nod)  sjlnbere  meilraiirbige  Seineif e  con 
$Utgb,eit  geben  (15  and  15,  a) :  [fo]  bteibt  bod)  (16,  a)  jmifdjen  ib/nen 
unb  bem  SRenfdjeu  eine  uniiberfteiglidje  ^(uft,  itber  loetdje  bie  Sb,iere 
ftd)  auf  feine  SBeife  anjuna^ern  tiermogen,  toeil  ib,nen  bie  ^Sernnnft  unb 
beren  (its)  2fo$brurf,  bie  ©pradje,  feb.lt. 

«ufgoBe  145. 

London  is  a  very  large  town.  I  have  bought  a  beautiful 
garden  for  my  children.  We  have  had  clear  days  but  dark 
nights.  We  cannot  see  all  the  numberless  (^afyftoS)  stars. 
Henry  was  to-day  more  industrious  than  yesterday ;  he  will 
be  most  industrious  to-morrow.  They  went  away  from  here 
at  four  o'clock.  He  often  visited  us  formerly.  They  entered 
(into)  the  wood  and  soon  perceived  the  habitations*  of  men. 
I  do  not  know  the  man  whom  you  are  speaking  of.  The  first 

i  fte*  foot-not*  page  428.    2 


480  AKfcANGEMENT  Of  WORDS. 

battle  (which)  they  fought  was  with  the  Saracens.1  I  did  not 
know  who  it  was.  To  be  sure  (gettnfc),  I  have  told  him  (da!.)  it. 
I  am  infinitely  obliged2  [to]  you.  I  was  wandering  through 
the  street  with  a  heavy  heart.  Finally  (enblirf))  we  discovered 
the  truth.  I  hav«  not  been  anywhere.  —  Prosperity3  gains 
friends,  and  adversity  tries  (pritft)  them.  Without  a  friend  the 
world  is  but  (uur)  a  wilderness.4  —  What  does  this  man  teach 
your  children?  He  teaches  them  to  read  and  write.  The 
tempest  increasing,5  "the  3ships  ^ost  sight  of  each  other 
(toertoren  —  au3  bem  ©eftcfyt). 


BEADING    LESSON. 

$et  cble  Officer. 

•3n  bem  le^ten  ®rtege,  ben  ^rcmfretrf)  gegen  (Seamen  fiiljrte,  fatten 
bte  beutfdjen  ^ntfstruppen  ein  Stabtdjen  an  ben  Ufern  be£  fpantfdjen 
^luffeS  Sajo  befefct,  aber  nur  etne  fdjroadje  Sefafcung  (garrison)  boa 
22  2ftaun  bartn  gelaffen.  $)tefe  nwrben  auf  ,3ureben6  fpantfc^er  (2ol« 
baten  bon  ben  Stnioo^nern  ermorbet.  9?itr  einer  entfam,'  unb  brac^te 
bte  97arfirid)t  toon  ber  btutigen  £fyat  fat  ba§  frangbftfc^e  Sagev.  £>tet 
forberte  man,  beS  33etfpiel3  hjegen,  bluttge  9?ad^e.8  ©ogletd^  er^iett  ber 
babtfdje  ^auptmann  §.  ben  SSefeljI,  mtt  einer  5lbtb,ettung9  feiner  Snip* 
pen  bte  @tabt  ^u  umrtngen,  nteberjubrennen  unb  in  etnen  ©tetnljaufen 
gn  Dertuanbeln;10  bte  33enio^ner  foflten  etngefc^toffen  (shut  in)  bletben 
unb  tnuntljattgerSkrjtoetflung11  t^re  §abeu  toon  ben  gfammen  bergeljren 
(passive  in  English,  compare  p.  327,  a)  feljen.  25on  btefer 
reget  ertoartete  ber  fran^oftf^e  ©enerat  ben  beften  grfotg. 
iDeutf  ^e  ^aren  attSgef  rfjttf  t,  ben  f  d)tnal)ttd)ften  Zob  Ujver  Sriiber  gn  radjen, 
unb  ti)i  5lnfit^rer  luar  tm  ganjen  ^>eer  at«  einer  ber  tapfevften,  entfc^Iof* 
fenflen13  unb  mutfjtgflen  Offtgtere  befannt. 

er  ttmr  noc^  me^r  at«  ba§.    @em  ebte§,  meufrf)enfreunblt^e« 
ttjurbe  mtt  ©raufen14  erfuHt,  at?  er  ben  Sluftrag15  t>erna^m. 
fonnte  unb  tooflte  er  t^n  ntd)t  ablelmen.18    3)a«  na^e  fdjrerf  lic^e 
fo  bteter  ungtiidtt^er  SJJenf^en,  bte  an  bem  2ftorbe  gro§tent^et(§  un< 

zeerfeunben.    3ba8®Wcf.    <2Bufle,  f.    f-  june^men  (see  page  371,  d).    «p«r> 
to  escape.     »  vengeance.     »  company.     10  to  turn.     11  despair, 
ubozxor.    is  order.    i«  to  decline,  to  reftuw. 


ARRANGEMENT  OF  WORDS.  431 

fdjutbtg  nwren,  ergretft  feme  eble  ©eele.  (Scfyon  fteljt  er  tm  ©etfte  bie 
©tabt  auflobern,1  fyb'rt  bag  $lagegefd)rei  ber  3=rauen,  bag  Sammer^ 
gcfdjrei2  ber  $inber  unb  ($reife,  bag  ^b'djeln3  ber  Sierbcnben;  unb 
entroorfen4  ift  fdjon  fein  ^lan,  feft  fetn  Sntfdjluft.  5)iod)5  in  fpater 
9?arf)t  giebt  er  feinen  £euten  (men,  soldiers)  ben  ^efefjl  ^um  s#ufbrud).8 
£>er  2Beg  fii^rte7  an  einem  ^tofter  uorubcr,  bag  untDett  ber  bebrob,ten 
©tabt  lag.  £)ag  fluge  itnb  menfdjenfreimbltc^e  Seneb.men  beg  23or* 
ftetjerg8  unb  ader  Setooljner  beffetben  gegen  ^reun^  uu^>  ^cinb  Ijatte 
ib,nen  ben  ©c^ntj  unb  bte  Stebe  beiber  Xb,et(e  erroorben,  unb  btefeg  n>ab,re 
^ottegfiaug  jur  5reif^tte9  fiir  j;eben  ^lit^tigen  gemadjt.  2)er  ^aupt* 
mann  §.  berlangt  (Sinla§  unb  etne  Unterrebung10  mit  bem  ^Jrior. 
33eibeg  icurbe  tfym  geioci^rt  (granted).  ®er  ^ertrautefte11  fetner  Seutc 
kgleitete  ib,n. 

9Ja^  etner  b,atben  (Stunbe  le^rte  er  gu  ben  ©etntgen  jurucf,  aber 
cittern;  —  fetn  iBegletter  ift  unbemerft  unb  Dermuntmt12  burc^  cine  anbere 
£b,ur  b.tnauggefc^Iupft  unb  l^at  balb  auf  einem  ntifyern  SBege  bie  gum 
33erberben  beftimmte13  (Stabt  erreicfyt,  hjelc^er  (dot.)  er  mit  etnent 
(Sc^retbcit  beg  ^Jriorg  atg  ein  ^tmmelgbote  erfd)eint.  3)te  SSeiber  unb 
$inber,  franfen  banner  unb  ©retfe  fmb  etngclaben,  ftc^  unb  iljre 
auf  bem  nadjften  2Beg  nac^  bem  ^lofter  gu  flitdjten.  3)er 
bcginnt,  burc^  ben  "DJtonbfrfjein  begiinftigt.  9Kutter,  ii>re  ©augtinge1* 
an  ber  33ruft  ober  auf  bem  ^itcfen,  eroffnen  ben  3"9>  banfborc  ©ii^ne 
tvagen  bie  9)Jutter.  So  getangen  (reach)  fte  an  bag  Softer,  too  ber 
^rior  fte  mit  feinen  9)ioncf)en  gaftfreunbticf)  aufnimmt.  SBa^renb  beffen 
Ijat  ber  uwrfere  ^)au))tmann  fetne  Seute  auf  einem  anbern  23ege  gegen 
bie  <3tabt  gefitb,rt.  (Sr  la'Rt16  fte  umrtngen,  boc^  fo,  ba§  jener  2Beg 
^lofter  off  en  blieb;  er  befteljlt  ben  juriicfgebtiebenen  2fttinnern, 
unb  §otj  auf^utljurmen.17  (§g  gef^ie^t,18  unb  balb  lobern1  toon  alien 
(Seiten  tjelle,  b,ol)e  ^lammen  in  ber  9J?orgenrotl)e  auf;  aber  l)inter  bem 
^euer  m^en  fidjer  bie  werfc^onten  (spared)  ^aufer  unb  £>iitten,  unb  — 
an  iplitnberung  roirb  nidjt  gebadjt. 


ito  blaze  up.  2  lamentation,  sthe  groans  of  the  dying.  •*  thrown  off,  made. 
seven,  i.e.,  even  beforo  day-break,  r.  to  set  out.  "  oorubevf  ft^ren,  to  pass.  «  prior. 
9  asylum.  10  interview,  i:  trusty,  confident.  12  disguised,  is  see  page  386,  V.  npxo 
oesaiou,  march,  i-baby.  ic  see  page  337,  a  n  to  heap  up.  i*  they  do  so. 


432  AKRANGEMENT  OF  WOBDS. 

QUESTIONS. 

2Ber  Ijatte  tm  lefcten  fyamfdjen  $riege  etn  ©tabtdjen  befefct? 

2Ba$  ereignete  fid)  bamalS  ? 

2luf  roeffen  3ure^en  9ef^a§  &k  butttge  Xljat? 

2Bitrben  5lUe  getobtet? 

Ste  erfufyr  man  bie  Sftadjridjt  tm  frangoftfdjen  £ager? 

2Ba3  berlangte  man  Ijter  ? 

2BeI(^en  Scfe^t  ertjiett  ber  babtfdje  §au|itmann  ^>.? 

SBarum  beyfpradj  fid)  bcr  fran3ofifdjc  ©enerat  ben  beften  (Srfolg  ? 

fiir  cm  SDiann  hjar  fener  §ait^tmann  ? 

faQ  er  frfjoit  tm  ©etfte  ? 

ijorte  er  im  ©etfte? 
tn  fiifyrte  t()n  fetn  2Beg? 

fatten  ftc^  ber  ^Borfte^er  unb  bte  33etooljner  jeneS 
tmmer  benommen? 

bege^rte  bafelbft  ber  babtfdje  ^aitptmann? 

er  aEein  ? 

2Ba§  njurbe  an§  fetnem  Segtetter? 
SGBeldje  Stnlabung  ent^tett  ba§  <2>rf)retben  be§ 
2Bte  niar  ber  3«9  ber  ^liid)tlinge  befdjaffen  ? 
2Bte  lie^  ber  §an})tmann  bte  bebro^te  ©tabt  ttmringen? 
2$on  ftia«  Ia§t  er  ein  ^eiter  anmad)en? 
SBrannten  bte  $aufer? 
^n  loa§  totrb  nid)t  gebadjt? 

Shifgafic  146. 

This  being  resolved,1  my  wife  undertook  to  manage*  the 
business  herself.  The  horse  was  unfit3  for  the  road,  as  he 
wants  an  eye.  Leaving  my  cloak  behind  me,  I  set  out  to  view* 
the  town  a  little.  As  I  was  going  across  one  of  the  principal 
squares,6 1  was  followed  by6  a  little  boy,  who  insisted  on  clean- 
ing' my  boots.  He  was  provided8  with  a  footstool9  and  with 
brushes ;  and  I  do  not  doubt  [but]  that  he  would  have 
polished10  my  boots  admirably.  However,  I  had  neither  time 
nor  inclination,  and  as  this  was  the  case,  declined11  the  honor. 
The  boy  followed  me  through  several  streets,  and  I  never 
stopped  but  (ofyne  ba§)  he  put  down  his  stool  and  wanted 
(toottte)  to  begin.  When  he  had  exhausted12  his  powers  of 

146.  i  fcefdjloffen.    2 auSftitjren  (carry  out),    suntauglid).     -i&etracbten.    s$(a$.    etransl.. 
»  little  boy  folio  wed  me  (dot.),  and....  'pufeea.    «»orfe$en.    »@$eme(,m. 


AKRANGEMENT  OF  WOBDS.  433 

persuasion13  and  found  me  deaf  to  entreaty,14  he  departed  in 
search  of15  a  less  obstinate  subject.16 

147. 

They  who  have  employed  the  study  of  history,  for  (ju)  their 
instruction,1  for  the  regulation2  of  their  private  matters,8  and 
for  the  management4  of  public  affairs,  must  agree  with  me, 
that  it  is  the  most  pleasant  school  of  wisdom.  It  is  a  familiar- 
ity5 with  past  ages,6  and  an  acquaintance  with  all  the  heroes  of 
them.1  It  is,  if  you  will  pardon  the  similitude,8  a  perspective- 
glass9  carrying10  your  soul  to  (in)  a  vast  distance  and  taking  in 
the  farthest  objects  of  antiquity.  It  informs11  the  understand- 
ing by  the  memory  ;13  it  helps  us  to  judge  of  what  will  happen,13 
by  showing14  us  the  like15  revolutions  of  former  times.  For 
mankind  being16  the  same  in  all  ages,  agitated17  by  the  same 
passions  and  moved18  to  action  by  the  same  interests,19  Nothing 
'can  come  to  pass,20  but  (oljne  baft)  some  precedent21  of  the  like 
nature  ($lrt)  has  already  been  produced  ;  and  having  the 
causes  before  our  eyes,  we  cannot  easily  be  deceived  in  the 
effects,22  if  we  have  judgment23  enough  to  draw  the  parallel*4 

(Dryden.) 

READING   LESSON. 

eblc  Officer. 


jtnetftunbtgem  23ranbe  imrb  cm  (Silbote1  an  ben  general 
gefdnrft,  um  9?ad)taft2  ju  erbttten.  liefer  feljrt  nut  bem  Sefefjle  juriicf, 
baft  bie  ©tabt  bis  Mtag  brennen  ntiiffe.3  ©ogtetd)  ttrirb  ber  iibrtge 
SBorratf)  toon  §olj  unb  <5trof)  jut  tluterljaltung  be§  geuerS  fyerbeU 
gefdjafft  unb  ba$  ©eball  4  etntger  offentltd)en  ^aufer,  bie  man,  um  bod) 
SnuaS  ju  gerftoren,  niebergertffen  I)atte,  roirb  ju  gteid)em  gtotdt  ber* 
braudjt.  gnbltd)  fd)lagt  bie  gw5lftc  ©tunbe  unb  gibt  bag  3eul)en 


146.  is  Ue6metung«funfl.    u  SSitte.    15  um  —  ju  fu^en.    ie  2Renf$. 

147.  i  SBele^rung.    2  afZtc^tf^nur.    a  ipricat^ngelejen^etten.     <  SBenoaltung.    s  SSettraut^elt. 
«  bo8  3eitaUer,  use  the  sing.     T  see  page  147,  7.     »  bag  ®Ieic^ntf  .     »«tn  Sp«rfpe!H»'.     "see 
page  372,  le.    11  bete^ren.    isbae  ©cba<$tntjj.    is  what  will  happen,  bag  ^ufunftige.    "see 
page  371,  Ic.   isa^ultc^.  ie  see  page  371,  1  d.  neneflt.  is  angetrieben  ju  ^anfceln.   "bog  3ns 
tereffe.     20  to  come  to  pass,  gejc^e^en,  ftc^  ereignen.     21  ein  frfl^eter  gaU.     22  bie  SBirfunj. 
as  Urt^etlgftaft.    24  ben  SBetglei^  ju  jiefcen. 

i  courier.    2  pardon.    *  see  page  356,  4  a,  and  page  367,  5,  a,  6.    «  timbers. 


434  ASBAtfaEMEtfT  OF  WORDS. 


e,  ber  ehtem  umfyrcn  £rtuntpl)3uge  gteid)t:  benn  unter  ben 
feitben  tft  ntd)t  (Suter,  ber  nid)t  greubentfyriinen  nieint.  23egteitet  toon 
bet:  ntannUd)cn  33ettol)nern  bet  ©tabt,  toeldje  ben  (Sotbaten  bie  ©eroefyre 
uub  Sormfter1  tragen,  fie  mil  iljren  2)anffagungen  unb  <2>egenltmtnfd)en 
^berfdjittten,2  getangt  ber  bunte3  £aufe  jum  Softer.  3Me  toon  bent 
fernen  fteuer  erfdjrecften  ®reife,  SSetber  nnb  $inber  ftitrjen  ben  ^om* 
menben  mit  angftUdjen  5ca9cn  entgegen.  2lber  batb  nnrb  ber  fitrc^ter* 
Ucb,e  3loe'fet  3^  [ro^Itc^en  ©enjt^eit,  at^  fie  bernefymen,4  ba§  ber  eble 
$>auptmann  nidjt  nur  i^r  Seben,  [onbern  aud)  ib,re  ^aufer  unb  ©liter 
gerettet  fyabe.  @ie  ftiir^en  tior  iljm  nteber,  jte  liiffen  itjin  bte  §anbe;  er 
!ann  fi^  ber  lebfyafteften  5leu§erungen5  be§  3)anfe3  fautn  ertoe^ren.8 

!j)ann  trttt7  ber  ^rtor,  ein  e^rraiirbtger  ©rei§  in  ©Uberljaaren,  mtt 
X^ranen  in  ben  $ugen  ib,m  entgegen/  nnb  ^tte  tueidjen  eb.rfurc^tstiofl 
guriicf.  r,Sbter  Bungling,"  fpridjt  er,  inbem  er  ib,n  mit  ^ttternbem  ?lrm 
on  fetn  §erj  briiiit,  ,,fur  jDeine  S^at  tft  jeber  So^n  ju  flein;  nur  in 
Reiner  Sruft  ftnbeft  2>ii  ben  h)itrbigen.  3luc^  finb  ttrir  arm  unb 
beft^en  WufytS,  roaS  wir  !Dtr  anbteten  fonnten.  3d)  felbft  b,abe  nia 
nod)  btefeS  ^reuj  mit  (Sbelfteinen,  ba^  tdj  afe  3e^en  wetner  SKurbe!1 
trage;  nimm  el;  Ia§  mic^  e8  5)tr  um^angen,  nid^t  all  ein  (Sefdjent, 
fonbern  all  ein  Slnbenfen  an  bie  tjergangene  S'la^t.  3tt)ar  3^ren  fdjon 
anbere  (Sijrenjeidjen9  2)etne  33ruft;  bod^  fet  bal  britte,  bal  bit 
3>tr  iueitjt,10  S)ir  ntd^t  minbir  n>ert^  !  SSe^e  bem  Xa^fern, 
ber  nidjt  menf^Ii^  ift;  aber  <3egen  itber  j;eben  ^rieger,  ber  fo  fortftifyrt, 
fein  !  3)arum  fegnen  2)id)  bie  ©eretteten,  barunt  fegne  td| 
barum  fegnc"  3)t^@ott!—  " 

3)er  §auptmann  ri§  ftc^  tief  erfd^itttert12  tol  unb  fefjrte  mit  fetner 
Ibraoen  <2c^aar  in  bal  ?ager  ^urittf.  5lber  n)te  nwrb  ib,m  ju  9)?ut()e/3 
all  er  am  anbern  9)iorgen  toon  etnem  feiner  ^reunbe  erfu^r,  ba^  ber 
fransoftfdje  ©enerat  Don  bem  SSorfatt  unterridjtet  fet  !  Sltte  Offt^icre 
ttiaren  Don  biefem  gur  £afct  cmgelaben,  ber  ^auptmann  burfte  md)t 
fe^ten.  9Ktt  mannttdjer  5affun9u  un&  geftdrft  toon  bem  33erou§tfetn 
feiner  Ijodjljerstgen  S^at,  gtng  er  einer,  toietteic^t  ente^renben16  (Strafe 

i  knapsack.  2  load,  s  the  mingled  troop.  4  learn.  5  manifestations  6  to  keep  off. 
:  came  to  meet.  8  dignity.  9  decoration,  badge  of  an  order.  ioto  dedicate,  to  devote. 
11  see  page  420,  13  a.  12  moved,  u  how  did  he  feel  1  1  1  compos  are.  i-  diahouoring, 
infamous. 


ARRANGEMENT  OF  WORDS.  435 

entgegen,  roeil  er  ben  23efef)(  feineS  SSorgefeJjten  nidjt  befotgt  Ijatte. 
!Der  ©eneral  empfing  iljn  mit  fyofyem  Srnfte  unb  nnnfte  ifym  in  em 
^ebengimmer.  Sftit  ftopfenbem  Bergen  fotgt  ber  £>auptmann.  (Sic 
fmb  aUein.  -3e^t  ergreift  ber  ©eneral  feine  £>anb,  blicft  ifyn  mit  feudjtem 
5luge  etne  SSeite  an,  reiftt  i^n  an  ftc^,  umarmt  ifyn  mit  §eftigfeit  unb 
(fpric^t:  ff@tc  berfte^en  mic^  !"  2)ann  fe^rt  er  mit  i^m  pr  @efeflfrf)aft 
gurucf. 

2Ber  mo^te1  nic^t  fo  gefeljtt,  toer  moc^te  ntc^t  fo  geftraft  ^aben! 
3)er  §auptmann  fc^icfte  ba§  ^reuj  feinen  ^Semanbten  unb  fcfjrieb 
babei:  ,f!Dag  ift  bie  einjige  Seute,3  bie  ic^  in  ©panien  gemacb,t  ^abe 
unb  madjen  ttierbe.  llngern  trenne  ic^  mid)  bation.  S3erfauft  e3  unb 
be^afjtt  bation  meine  ©djutben,  bie  id)  Ijinterlaffen  ^abe."  —  S)te  23er* 
njanbten  fatten  aber  fdjon  la'ngft  bie  ©djulben  bega^It,  unb 
nun  ats  einen  5<*tttiltenfd)at$.3 


QUESTIONS. 

gefdjieb/t  nad)  ^rteiftiinbigem  Sranbe? 
SBetdje  Slntwort  brad)te  ber  Sitbote  ? 
SD3a§  gefd)ieb,t  nun  ferner  ? 
2Sem  gleidjt  ber  5lbjug  ber  Jruppen? 
W.8  bie  (Sotbaten  ab^ogen,  n)a8  tb,aten  bie  banner? 
2Sa§  tljaten  bie  ©rei[e  unb  ^rauen,  alg  man  beim  ^(ofier  at»» 

langte  ? 

2Ba8  ^atte  ib,nen  ber  cble  ^auptmann  gerettet? 
2Bie  rebete  ber  -)3rior  ben  oanptmami  an  (address)  ? 
SBetdjeS  5tnbenlen  (token)  gab  er  ib,m? 
2Ba§  gefdja^  am  anbcrn  SCRorgen  tin  ?ager? 
2Bie  ging  ber  ^aitptmann  gu  feinem  ©enerat? 

b,atte  er  gu  furdjten? 

em))fing  i()n  ber  ©encrat? 
niaren  feine  2Borte? 

fdjrieb  ber  .^auptmann  an  feine  SBertoanbten,  at3  er  ba« 
nad)  Oaufe  fdjirfte  ? 

fatten  bie  35erroanbten  fdjon  borfjer  getb,an  ? 

ift  au3  betn  ^reuje  geworben  ? 


1  would  not  like.    2  booty.    3  hair-loom. 


436  EXERCISES. 

PBOMISCUOUS   EXEKCISES  IN   TRANSLATION   AND 
CONVERSATION. 

(Continued  from  page  301.) 

18. 

Are  you  acquainted  with  M.,  the  French  captain  ?  Yes,  Sir, 
I  made  his  acquaintance  last  year  at  Baden.  —  Has  the  servant 
cleaned  my  spurs?1  He  is  still  cleaning  them.  —  Has  the 
butcher  bought  fat  oxen  ?  He  has  bought  fat  oxen  and  cows, 
but  no  calves  nor2  sheep.  —  Is  this  the  coach-office  ?*  Yes, 
Madam,  here  it  is.  —  When  does  the  stagecoach4  start  ?  There 
is  one  in  the  morning  at  seven  o'clock,  and  one  in  the  evening 
at  six.  —  How  many  places  have  you  remaining  in  the  evening 
coach  ?  There  are  only  two  left.  —  I  want  three,  can  I  have 
them  for  to-morrow  ?  Yes,  you  can  have  them.  —  How  much 
do  you  charge  for  a  place  ?  Three  florins  and  a  half.  —  Do 
children  pay  full6  price  ?  No,  children  pay  only  (the)  half-price. 

—  "When  must  I  send  the  luggage?8  An  hour  before  the  coach 
starts.7  —  At  what  o'clock  shall  we  arrive  at  B.  ?  Between  three 
and  four  in  the  afternoon.  —  Do  we  pass8  through  S.  ?  No,  you 
leave  the  town  on  your  left 

19. 

"What  is  his  manner  of  life?1  He  leads  a  very  retired  life 
(lives  very  retired).2  —  What  services  does  he  render8  his  fellow- 
citizens?4  None,  that  (fotriel)  I  know  [of].  —  Is  he  resolved  to 
sell  his  estate  ?6  He  will  sell  it,  if  he  finds  a  purchaser.6  —  How 
much  does  he  ask  for  it?  He  asks  five  thousand  pounds.  — 
How  long  have  you  been  in  Germany  ?  I  have  been  here  these 
three  months.  —  How  much  do  you  pay  a  month7  for  your 
lodgings?8  I  pay  a  hundred  florins  a  month.  —  How  many 
rooms  have  you  ?  I  have  five  rooms,  a  parlor  (33efudJ3immer),  a 
dining-room,  and  three  bed-rooms.  —  What  curtains'  have 
you  ?  I  have  white  and  red  curtains.  —  Have  you  your  own 
furniture  (2)?obet,  pi-)  ?  No,  I  have  hired  it.  —  How  much  do 
you  pay  for  it  ?  A  hundred  and  twenty  florins  for  six  months. 

—  How  many  English  miles10  make  one  German  mile  ?  Five 


18.  i  ©pornen.    "-  unb  feine.    s  bit  ga^rppjl.    •»  btt  littoacjen.    «  ben  flatten  $«13.    G  ba3 
®f  plcf.    i  abgcfien.    *  lommcn,  paftlren. 

19.  i  Die  2cfcenSre«i)(.     >  juriicf  gejojen.     *  If  men.     -'  ter  SftUfrurger.    t  bs«  ®ui  or  Content 
«ftfef«c.    TmoMtiut.    «  SBofcnuttj,  ting.    »  SBor&ang,  m.    lo 


EXERCISES.  487 

English  miles  and  a  half  are  equal11  to  one  German  mile.  — 
How  far  is  it  from  Heidelberg  to  Frankfort  ?  It  is  ten  German 
miles  or  fifty-five  English  miles.  —  Were  your  parents  in 
Switzerland  last  year  ?  They  were  not  there  last  year,  but  they 
intend  going  there  this  year. 

20. 

To  whom  have  you  presented1  your  flowers?  To  the  lady 
who  came  to  see  my  sister.  —  What  wine  is  that  ?  Good  old 
rhine-wine.  —  Where  can  I  buy  good  ink?  The  stationer2  in 
William-street  sells  very  good  ink.  —  Which  do  you  prefer, 
veal  or  mutton  ?  I  like  both,  but  I  prefer  ham.  —  What  have 
you  bought  in  this  shop  ?  I  bought  steel-pens  and  pencils.  — 
Where  have  you  seen  the  finest  horses?  In  England.  —  Is 
there  an  English  physician  in  this  town  ?  Yes,  there  are  two 
English  physicians  and  a  French  one.  —  Is  [there]  good  wine 
to  be  had3  here  ?  Yes,  but  bad  beer.  —  How  much  richer  are 
you  than  your  neighbor?  I  need  not  tell  you.  — Which  flow- 
ers are  finer  than  mine  ?  The  flowers  of  my  (female)  neighbor 
are  much  prettier. — Which  edifice4  is  the  highest  in  the  town? 
The  church  is  the  highest.  —  Why  do  you  not  let  him  alone 
(geljett)  ?  I  want  to  speak  to  him. 


21. 

Did  the  coachman  put  the  horses  to1  [the  coach]  ?  Nobody 
has  ordered  it.  —  Have  you  sent  for  the  music-master  ?  Yes,  I 
have,  but  he  is  not  at  home.  —  Is  it  allowed  to  speak  to  the 
prisoners  ?  That  cannot  be  allowed.  —  May  the  tailor  come  ? 
He  may  come  if  he  likes.  —  Does,  this  young  man  smoke 
cigars?  Yes,  he  smokes  every  day  five  or  six. — Have  you 
spoken  to  the  lawyer  ?2  I  spoke  to  him,  but  he  would  not  hear 
me.  —  Who  can  judge3  a  person*  without  knowing  him  ? 
Nobody  should  do  so.  — Are  you  not  allowed  to  play  in  this 
room  ?  No,  we  must  play  in  the  yard.  —  Did  the  lady  let  the 
children  play  in  her  room.  —  Yes,  she  did,  but  only  for  an 
hour.  —  What  shall  I  say  of  such  behavior?5  You  must  blame 
it.  —  What  am  I  to  do?  You  are  to  work  instead  of  playing.  — 

19.  n  gtet$  (dat.). 

20.  i  ttfcerreidjen  or  fcfyenfen.    2  ber  @$ret6materiaflen=§&nbter.     3  ju  fw&en.    <  Oebiube,  n. 

21.  i  anfeannen.     2  ber  9lb»o!at'.     » fceurt&eilen.     <  einen  2Henf(§en.     » ba8  SJettagen  ei 


438  EXERCISES. 

Ought  I  to  have  gone  to  Baden  ?   Either  to  Baden  or  to  Ems. 

—  Are  these  men  really  so  selfish  ?6   They  are  the  most  selfish 
men  I  ever  knew. — Is  anybody  knocking?   Yes,  some  one 
knocked  at  the  door.  —  Who  is  there?  It  is  I,  your  friend  B. 

—  How  do  you  do?  I  thank  you,  I  am  quite  well. 


22. 

Why  did  you  not  thank  your  master?  I  have  not  seen 
since  last  week.  —  What  is  the  matter  with  you  (fefylt  3f)tten)  ? 
I  am  not  quite  welL  —  The  father  would  not  believe  his  son 
any  more  (no  more  believe),  because  he  had  told  a  falsehood.  — 
Do  not  wish  him  anything  bad.  —  This  cloak  does  not  belong 
to  you,  it  belongs  to  the  doctor.  —  What  did  the  baron  present 
(|"d)enfen)  to  his  niece?  He  presented  her  [with]  a  new  bonnet. 
—  I  wish  you  a  good  morning.  —  To  what  physician  did  you 
send  your  card  ?  I  sent  it  to  Mr.  Murray.  —  Have  you  anything 
to  tell  me  ?  Yes,  I  have  a  word  to  say  to  you.  —  What  is  it  ?  I 
must  speak  to  you  alone.  —  Do  you  understand  what  I  say  ?  I 
understand  you  well.  —  Why  don't  you  answer  me  ?  I  don't 
know  what  I  am  to  answer  you.  —  What  do  you  mean  by  that 
(bamit)  ?  Nothing  that  (roaS)  concerns1  you.  —  What  is  your  age 
(How  old  are  you)  ?  I  am  fifteen  years  old.  —  How  old  is  your 
brother?  He  is  almost2  eighteen.  —  I  thought  he  was3  older. 

23.    ON   MEETING  A   PERSON. 

Good  morning,  sir.  —  I  (have  the  honor  to)  wish  you  (a) 
good  day.  —  How  do  you  do1  to-day  ?  I  hope  you  are  in  good 
health.  —  I  am  very  well  —  How  does  your  father  do  ?  He  is 
not  quite  well  —  How  does  all  the  family  do  ?  (How  do  they 
all  do  at  home  ?)  I  thank  you,  they  are  all  in  good  health.  — 
How  is  Mrs.  B.,  your  aunt?  She  is  a  good  deal  better.  She  is 
tolerably  well  —  She  is  rather2  unwell.  —  She  is  very  ill  — 
What  ails  (fefjlt  if)r)  her?  (What  ia  the  matter  with  her?)  She 
has  a  cold  (fjat  fief)  ertci(tet).  I  am  very  sorry  to  hear  it.  —  How 
long  has  she  been  ill  (unwell)  ?  I  did  not  'know  that  she  was 
ill  —  What  is  her  illness  ?  She  has  a  fever.3  —  Does  she  take 
anything  for  it?  The  doctor  comes  every  day.  —  He  says  that 


21. 

32.  i  fctrtfftn.    »  fceinafic.    s  Bee  p.  367.  8  a,  fc. 
».  ifafctfinbeu.    sjUmfafc.    =  tag  guiec. 


EXERCISES.  439 

It  will  not  be  of  any  consequence  (turn  SBebeittung).  So  much 
the  (befto)  better.  I  am  very  glad  of  it.  I  am  very  happy  to 
hear  it, 

24.    NEWS. 

Is  there  any  news1  to-day?  Do  you  know  anything  new? 
"What  news  can  you  tell  us?  I  know  nothing  new.  There  is 
no  news.  I  have  not  heard  of  anything.  —  Have  you  read  the 
news-papers  ?  What  do  the  papers  say  ?  I  have  read  no  paper 
bo-day.  Did  you  see  that  in  any  paper  ?  It  is  only  mentioned3 
in  a  private  (^rtoat-)  letter.  —  This  news  wants  confirmation.1 
I  have  that  news  on  (from  a)  good  authority.4  I  have  it  (from 
the)  first  hand.  —  Has  that  news  been  confirmed  ?  That  report 
has  proved  (fid)  ge^eigt  al3)  false.  —  Is  war  still  spoken  of  (do 
people  still  talk  of  war)  ?  No,  people  speak  of  it  no  longer.  — 
Have  you  heard  anything  of  (non)  your  brother  ?  I  have  not 
heard  from  him  these5  two  months.  He  has  not  written  for 
(fett)  three  months.  I  expect  a  letter  from  him  every  day. 

25.    BREAKFAST   AND   DINNER. 

Have  you  breakfasted  ?  Not  yet.  You  come  just  in  time 
(gerabe  rerfjt) ;  you  must  breakfast  with  us.  —  Breakfast  is  ready. 

—  Do  you  drink  tea  or  coffee  ?  I  prefer  coffee.  —  What  shall  I 
offer  you?   Here  are  rolls1  and  toast.2  —  Which  do  you  like 
best  ?  I  shall  take  (of)  both.  —  How  do  you  like  (fmben  (£ie) 
the  coffee  ?  Is  it  strong  enough  ?   It  is  excellent.  —  Is  it  sweet 
enough  ?   Make  yourself  (Do  as  if  you  were)  at  home.  —  At 
what  time  do  we  dine  to-day  ?  Do  we  dine  at  five  o'clock  ?  No, 
we  shall  not  dine  before  six  o'clock.  —  Shall  we  have  anybody 
at  dinner  to-day  ?  We  expect  Mr.  Black  and  Miss  White.  — 
What  have  we  [got]  for  our  dinner?    Shall  we  have  any  fish? 
There  was  not  a  fish  in  the  market.  —  What  shall  I  help3  you 
to  ?3  Will  you  have  some  soup  ?  I  thank  you,  I  will  trouble  you 
for  (bitten  lint,  pre*.  indie.)  a  little  beef.     It  looks  so  very  nice. 

—  Which  way  (lute)  shall  I  cut  it?  Any  way  (2Btc  <£te  tooflen). — 
Will  you  have  it  weE  done  (ttiel)  or  undergone  ?4    Eather  well 
done,  if  you  please.     I  do  not  like  it  underdone.     I  hope  this 
piece  is  to  your  liking.5    It  is  excellent     Now  I  am  going  to 

24.  i  etroaS  9?eue8.    2  erro&§n«n.    s  fccbarf  b«  93efl&Hgung.    *  dtt«H«.    s  frit. 

25.  i  93r5b$en.   «  gcrcftcte  iBrotjdjnttun. 


440  EXERCISES. 

send  you  a  piece  of  this  pie.'  I  had  rather  take  a  little  piece 
of  that  pudding.1  Try8  both.  —  Shall  I  send  you  a  slice9  of 
this  leg  of  mutton  (^pammettffeule)  ?  Give  me  but  very  little  of 
it.  You  eat  nothing.  I  beg  your  pardon,  I  am  eating  very 
heartily  (mit  giitem 


26.    TRAVELLING   BY   RAIL-ROAD   (mit  bet  ©tfatBaljn). 

I  intend  to  set  off  to-morrow  for  Paris.  At  what  o'clock 
does  the  first  train1  start?*  Here  is  the  time-table3  for  the 
summer  with  the  fares  (^rcifcn).  —  The  first  is  a  mixed  train 
and  goes  very  slowly.  —  Does  it  stop  often  ?  It  stops  at  every 
way-station  (3tt>tfd)enftatton),  and  is  liable*  to  all  sorts  of  delays.6 
—  The  next  train  goes  much  faster.  —  Where  is  the  railway- 
station?6  Near  the  gate  on  the  right  hand.  — "Where  do  you 
take  the  tickets  (23tttete)  ?  The  first  opening7  on  the  left  hand 
is  for  the  second  and  third  classes,  and  the  next  for  the  first. — 
How  are  tho  second  class  carriages  made  ?  They  are  covered 
(gebecft)  and  have  windows  or  slides8  on  the  sides.  —  Are  the 
seats  stuffed  ?9  No,  you  find  stuffed  seats  only  in  the  first  class 
carriages.  —  What  have  I  to  pay  ?  Fifty  francs  for  yourself 
and  some  francs  for  your  luggage.10  —  Where  is  my  luggage  ? 
The  porter  is  just  taking  it  from  the  scales11  and  bringing  it 
out.  —  Will  he  place  it  on  the  top  of  (oben  auf)  the  carriage  in 
which  I  have  taken  my  seat  ?  No,  Sir,  all  the  luggage  is  put 
into  the  luggage-van."  Now,  good  bye. 


ANECDOTES  FOR  TRANSLATION  INTO  GERMAN. 

1. 

A  sick  man  being  asked,1  why  he  did  not  send  for  (nad))  a 
physician,  answered  :  "It  is  because  I  have  no  mind  (£uft)  to 
die  yet"  (fdjon). 

95.  «  5pajlet«,  f.    '  bet  Cubbing,  StloS.    s  »trfu*en.    9  eine  Sdjnttte. 

M.  i  b«r  3U3-  *  a&gefcn.  s  bet  Jatyrtcnjjlan.  4  unterwotfen.  &  SSerjogerunj.  «  33af>n» 
bof,  m.  1 6$altet,  m.  s  @$iebfenflcr.  9  gepoljtat,  10  ®epicf,  n.  n  bit  SBage.  sing,  n  btf 
9<p&(tmagen. 

1.  i  vil*  ein  —  gtftajt  reutbe 


EXERCISES.  441 

2. 

Milton  being  asked  by  (toon)  a  friend  whether  (ob)  he  would 
instruct1  his  daughters  in  the  different  languages,  replied  :  No, 
Sir,  one  tongue2  is  sufficient  for  a  woman." 

3. 

An  Irishman  meeting1  another  (dot.)  asked  him,  what  had 
(ttmre)  become  of  (au8)  their  old  acquaintance2  John.  "  Alas 
(ad))  !  my  dear,"  replied  the  other,  "  poor  John3  was  condemn- 
ed4 to  be  hanged,  but  he  saved  his  life  by  dying6  in  prison." 

4. 

Socrates  being  asked  by  one  of  his  friends,  what  was1  the 
way  to  gain2  a  good  reputation,  replied  :  "  You  will  gain  it,  if 
you  endeavor3  to  be  what  you  desire  to  appear." 


5. 

An  Alderman1  of  London  once  requested  an  author  to  write 
a  speech  for  him  to  speak2  at  Guildhall.  "I  must  first  dine 
with  you,"  replied  he,  "  and  see  how  you  open  your  mouth, 
that  I  may  know  what  sort  of  words  [will]  fit  it."8 

6. 

An  old  philosopher  observing  a  young  man  who  had  too 
great  a  (a  too  great)  volubility1  of  tongue,2  spoke  thus  to  him  : 
"  Take  notice,3  my  friend,  that  nature2  has  given  us  two  ears, 
and  but  (nitr)  one  mouth,  that  we4  [may]  listen  much  and 
speak  little." 

7. 

A  certain  professor,  lecturing1  a  young  man  on  (toegen)  his 
irregular  conduct,  added  with  great  pathos  :2  "  The  report8  of 


2.  i  unterri^ten. 

3.  i  3113  —  fcegegneie.    2  ber  SSefannte.    3  put  the  definite  article.   4  »«urt!jeitt.   6  batmr<$ 
ba|)  et  3c.  (see  p.  373,  2  &.). 

4.  i  see  p.  358,  6.    2  ju  erroerfcen.    s  fu§  fcemfltyen. 

6.  1  5K,itI)3ljerr.    2  roelcfye  et  in  ®.  fatten  rooHte.    s  fflr  lljn  paffetu 

6.  i  (Seldufigfeit.    2  put  the  article.    3  fcefcenfen  <£te.    -i  bamlf 

7.  i  au8f$eUen.    2  sjJatfcoS,  m.,  ©al&ung.    s  bte  9Ja$ric$t  eon. 


442  EXERCISES. 

your  vices  will  bring  your  father's  grey  hairs  -with  sorrow  to 
(in)  the  grave."  —  "I  beg  your  pardon,  Sir,"  replied  the  pupil, 
"  my  father  wears  a  wig."4 

8. 

A  nobleman  of  N.  standing  at  a  window,  and  seeing  an  ass- 
driver  beat  his  ass  unmercifully,1  cried  to  him  :2  "Have  done,8 
have  done,  rascal,  else  I  shall  have  you  whipped."4  The  ass- 
driver  answered  :  "  Pardon,  good  Sir,  I  did  not  know,  my  ass 
had  friends  at  court  (bet  £>ofe)." 

9. 

"When  Cortez  returned  to  Spain,  he  was  coolly1  received  by 
the  emperor  Charles  V.  One  day  he  suddenly  presented  him- 
self to  the  monarch.2  "Who  are  you?"  said  the  emperor 
haughtily.3  "  The  man,"  said  Cortez,  just  as4  haughtily,  "  who 
has  given  you  more  provinces  than  your  ancestors  left6  you 
cities." 

10. 

A  traveller  coming  into  the  kitchen  of  an  inn1  on  (in)  a  very 
cold  night,  stood  so  close  to2  the  fire,  that  he  burnt3  his  boots. 
A  man  who  sat  in  the  chimney-corner,4  cried  to  him  :  "  Sir, 
you'll  burn  your  spurs  presently."6  —  "My  boots  "you  'mean,  I 
suppose  (ttermittfjlid))  ?  "  said  the  gentleman.  "No,  Sir,"  replied 
the  other,  "  they  are  burnt  already." 

11. 

A  village-blacksmith1  murdered  a  man,  and  was  condemned 
to  be  hanged.  The  chief  peasants2  of  the  place  joined  together3 
and  begged  the  judge  that  the  blacksmith  might  not  suffer/ 
because  he  was5  necessary  to  the  place,  which  could  not  do 
without6  a  blacksmith,  to  shoe7  horses,  mend8  wheels,  etc.  But 
the  judge  said  :  "How  'then  ^an  2I  execute  the  judgment?" 
A  laborer  said  :  "  Sir,  there  are  two  weavers  in  the  village,  and 
for  so  small  a  place  "one9  *is  enough,  hang  the  other." 


7. 

8.  i  unbarmljerjig.    2  rief  et  u)m  ju.    '  §6ren  @te  auf.    <  pettfc6,en  laffett. 

9.  i  fait.    2  bcr  9Bonardj',  flonig.    s  ffolj.    •<  ebenfo.    «  tyinterlaffen  6,aben. 

10.  i  ein  2Dtrtfi86.  au§.    2  na$e  Bet  (dot.),    s  anbrennen.    *  bit  ftaminM&fe.    6  Saft. 

11.  i  ©djtnteb.    *  tie  Bornetyntften  S3auern.    s  ttaten  jufatnmen.    <  ben  Sob  leiben.    *  Sub- 
junctive.   The  subjunctive  is  used  when  Oiey  taid,  hetaid,  I  said,  etc.,  m*y  be  sup- 
plied.    6  to  do  without,  entbefyren  (ace.).     ?  mn  —  jit  bef^Iagen.     8  auSbeffern.    9  see 
p.  119,  1. 


EXERCISES.  443 

12. 

A  Persian  philosopher  being  asked  -by1  what  method  he  had 
acquired  so  much  knowledge,2  answered,  "By  not  being8 
ashamed  to  ask4  questions  when  I  was  ignorant." 

13. 

A  gentleman  who  had  lent  a  guinea  for  two  or  three  days  to 
a  man  whose1  promises  he  had  not  much  faith  in,1  was  very 
much  surprised  to  find  that  he  very  punctually  kept  his  word 
[with]  him.  The  same  man  being  some  time  after  desirous3 
of  borrowing3  a  larger  sum,  "  4No,"  'said  "the  3other,  "  you  have 
deceived4  me  once,  and  I  am  resolved5  you  shall  not  do  it  a 
second  time  (mat)." 

14. 

A  young  fellow  having  been  very  extravagant,1  wrote  to  his 
father  for  (urn)  more  money,  using  every  argument ;  but. 
nothing  would  prevail  (fyctfen).  At  length  he  very  ingeniously2 
wrote  to  his  father  that  he  was  dead,  and  desired  (bat)  him  to 
send  money  to  pay  [for]  his  burial.3 

15. 

A  poor  man  finding  one  night1  thieves  in  his  house,  said  to 
them,  without  being  frightened  :2  "  I  do  not  know  what  you 
are  looking  [for]  in  my  house  by  night ;  as  for  me,8  I  cannot 
find  anything  in  it  in  broad  day-light."* 

16. 

A  rich  farmer'  in  Devonshire  made  a  will2  in  which  the  fol- 
lowing article3  was  found  (ftanb) :  "  I  bequeathe4  to  John  Wilkes, 
late*  member  of  Parliament  for  Aylesbury,  five  thousand  pounds 
sterling,  as  (ate)  a  grateful  return6  for  the  courage  with  which 
he  defended  the  liberty  of  his  country,  and  opposed7  the  (dot.) 
dangerous  progress  of  arbitrary  power."8 

12.  i  auf  weldje  SBeife.     2  ScnntnifK,  pi.     2  see  p.  373,  26.     •<  to  ask  questions,  fragen  or 
gtogen  jletlen. 

13.  i  fcefjen  33erfpre$ungen  cr  m$t  traute.     2 1  am  desirous  of,  i<$  tcftnfae.    s  ju  letyen, 
entlef)nen.    *  getSufdit.    s  enti'Atoffen. 

14.  i  B«fdjroenfcerif$.    2  [tnnretdj.    "  33egrlSntfc,  n. 

15.  i  einmal  9Zadjt8.    2  ofine  baruber  511  erf*«cfen.    3  maS  tnidj  Bctrifft.    •»  Bel  Ijeflem  Xage. 

16.  i  >J51^tet.    2  JCeftament',  n.    s  arttfet,  m.    <  »erma$en.    s  cotmoligem  SKiiglteb.    s  SB«« 
Settling,    i  ft$  roiterjefete.    »  SBiUfilit^errf^aft,  f. 


444:  EXERCISES. 

17. 

The  Emperors  Theodosius,  Arcadius  and  Honoring  wrote 
'to  'Bufinus  *the  "Praetor  :  "  If  any  body  speaks  ill  (33ofe3)  ol 
ourselves  or  our  administration,1  "we  'will  not  have*  him  pun- 
ished. If  he  spoke  through  levity,3  he  is  to  be  despised  :  if  it 
was4  through  madness,  he  is  to  be  pitied  :6  if  it  was  an  insult,* 
he  is  to  be  forgiven."' 

18. 

A  countryman  who  was  passing1  over  the  Pont-au-Change* 
in  Paris,  perceived  no  wares3  in  several  of  the  shops.  Prompt- 
ed4 by  curiosity,  2he  'went  into  a  broker's  shop  :5  "  Sir,"  asked 
he,  with  a  simple  look,  "  tell  me  what  goods3  you  sell."  The 
merchant,  wishing  to  amuse  himself  at  the  man's  expense," 
answered  :  "I  sell  asses'  heads"  :' —  "Faith  (njafjrUdjy  replied 
the  countryman,  "  you  must  have  a  great  demand8  for  them  ; 
for  I  see  but  one  left  (itbrig)  in  your  shop." 

19. 

Some  courtiers  reproached  (madjten  —  33ortourfe)  the  emperor 
Sigismund,  because,'  instead  of  having2  his  vanquished  enemies 
put  to  death  (tobten),  he1  loaded3  them  with  favors,4  and  put 
them  in  a  position  to  injure6  him :  "Do  I  not  destroy  my 
enemies,"  said  he,  "  by6  making  them  my  friends  ? '" 

20. 

Malec,  vizir  (SBejter)  of  the  Caliph1  Mostadi,  had  just  obtained* 
a  victory  over  the  Greeks,  and  had  taken3  their  emperor  in  a 
battle.  Having*  had  this  prince  brought4  into  his  tent,  he 
asked  him,  what  treatment5  he  expected  from  the  conqueror. 
"  If  you  make  war6  like  a  king,"  answered  the  emperor,  "  send 
me  back  again  :  if  you  wage6  it  like  a  merchant,  sell  me  :  if 
you  make6  it  like  a  butcher,  slaughter  me."  The  Turkish 
general  sent  him  back  without  a  ransom.7 

17.  i  SRegierung.    2  see  p.  326,  2.    3  a<<3  8ei<§tfmn.    «  roenn  eg  au8  2Ba$nfmn  g«f$a§.    s  be= 
bauern.    B  S3eleibigung.    '  see  p.  141,  7  and  p.  380. 

18.  i  gtng.    2  tie  £ban3«=23rurfc.    3  ZBaaren.    4  angetrie&tn.    s  2tobl«lab<n.    «  auf  ftoflen 
b««  SKanneS.    7  QfelSKpft.    e  5Ko*frage  batna*. 

19.  i  »ei(  er.    *  (ajfen  (see  p.  327,  a).    3  ubcrfyiufen.    *  ®unfi6q(igungen.    •••  f(^aben  (dot.). 
«  Bee  p.  373,  26.    ">  see  p.  389,  3. 

20.  i  bet  ftaltfe,  2nd  decl.    2  erringen,  genlnnen.    3  gefangen  gcnomraen.    <  see  p.  423,  22. 
« 93e&anblun j.    6  ftrieg  fO^ien.    •  Ccjegclb,  n. 


EXEBCISES.  445 


21. 


Some  Frenchmen,  who  had  landed  on  the  coast  of  Guinea, 
found  a  negro-prince  seated1  under  a  tree,  on  a  block2  of  wood 
for3  his  throne  ;  three  or  four  negroes,  armed  with  wooden 
pikes,4  served  for  his  guards.  His  sable  majesty  "anxiously5 
'enquired  :  "  Do  they  talk  much  of  me  in  France  ?  " 


23, 

The  Duke  of  Ossona,  Viceroy1  of  Naples,  had  gone  on  board* 
the  galleys  of  the  King  of  Spain,  on  a  great  holiday,  to  indulge* 
himself  in  a  right  he  had  to  set  a  slave  at  (in)  liberty.  He 
questioned  several  of  them,  who  all  endeavored  to  excuse 
themselves,  and  convince  him  of  their  innocence.  One  alone 
singenuously4  'confessed  his  crimes,  saying  that  he  was  deserv- 
ing^ [of]  a  still  greater  punishment.  "Turn6  this  wicked 
fellow  away,"  said  the  Duke,  "  lest  he  (batnit  er  nid)t)  pervert' 
these  honest  people." 

23. 

An  apothecary  having  refused1  to  resign9  his  seat  at  the 
theatre  to  an  officer's  lady,  the  officer  felt  himself  insulted  and 
sent  him  a  challenge.3  The  apothecary  was  punctual  at  the 
meeting  (3ufammenfunft),  but  he  observed,  that  not  being  ac- 
customed to  fire,4  he  had  to  propose  a  way5  of  settling6  the 
dispute.  He  2then.'drew  from  (au§)  his  pocket  a  pill-box,'  and 
taking  from  it  two  pills,  thus  addressed8  his  antagonist  :  "  As 
(ol$)  a  man  of  honor,  Sir,  you  certainly  would  not  wish  to  fight 
me9  except  on  (auf)  equal  terms  ;  here  are  two  pills,  one  com- 
posed of  the  most  deadly  poison,  the  other  perfectly  harm- 
less :10  we  are  therefore  on  equal  ground,11  if  we  each  swallow 
one.  You  shall  take  your  choice  (bie  28aI)I  fyafccn),  and  I  pro- 
mise faithfully,  to  take  that  which  you  leave.12  —  It  is  needless 
to  add  that  the  affair  was  settled  by  a  hearty  laugh. 


21.  i  ftfcenb.    2  ^cIjfcTorf.    s  ftatt  eineg  (instead  of  a).    *  Satije,  f.    &  neugierig. 

22.  i  SSicefetrig  ucn  SReapet.    2  auf  bie  ®ateeren.     ••'  urn  etn  JKetfyt  augjuu&en,  wetdjeS.     *  freU 
mutbui.    s  serbienen.    6  3agen  @te  —  fort.    "  eerberBe. 

23.  i  to  refuse,  fidjttdgern.    sabjutreten.    s  §erau§forberung.    •»  ju  f^tejjen.    &  ein  SRtttel,  n. 
«  ben  ©treit  &  eijulegen.    "  eine  5piUenfcfya*teI.     s  anreben.     9  nidjt  anberS  initmii-jufe$ten  al$ 
10  unf$ibtt$.    11  auf  ^let^era  SSoben.    12  ubrig  lafjen. 


446  EXEBCISE8. 

24. 

A  mendicant  soliciting  alms  (um  em  Sltmofen)  of  Dr.  Smollet, 
the  latter  gave  him,  through  inadvertence,1  a  guinea  instead  of 
a  shilling.  The  poor  fellow,  who  was  lame,  hobbled2  after  him, 
and  explained8  the  mistake.*  "  My  God,"  remarked  Smollet  to 
a  friend,  "what  a  wretched  lodging  has  honesty  taken  [up 
with] ! "  Saying  this6  and  adding6  another  to  it,  he  returned7 
the  guinea  to  the  overjoyed  (tibergfticf  Itdjen)  and  grateful  beggar. 


25. 

Dr.  Kadcliffe  'once  'refused1  to  take  a  fee8  for  attending  a 
friend  during  a  dangerous  illness.  Upon  (nad))  his  recovery, 
however,  the  patient  presented  him  the  proper3  amount  in  a 
purse,  saying  :  "  Sir,  in  this  purse  I  have  put  every  day's  fee4 
and  your  goodness  must  not  get5  the  better  of  my  gratitude." 
The  doctor  eyed6  the  purse,  counted  the  number  of  days,  and 
holding  out  his  hand,  replied  :  "  Well,  I  can  hold  out  no 
longer ;  singly7 1  could  have  refused  them  for8  a  twelvemonth  ;* 
but  altogether  they  are  irresistible." 


The  late1  General  Schott,  so  celebrated  for  his  success*  in 
gaming,  was  one  evening  playing  very  high  with  the  Count 
d'Artois  and  the  Duke  de  Chartres,  at  Paris,  when  a  petition* 
was  brought  up  from  the  widow  of  a  French  officer,  stating4 
her  various  misfortunes,5  and  praying  relief.6  A  plate  was 
handed  round,7  and  each  put  in  (fytnein)  one,  two,  or  three 
louisd'or  ;  but  when  it  was  held8  to  the  general,  who  was  going9 
to  throw  for  a  stake  (<3at3,  m.)  of  five  hundred  louisd'or,  he 
said  :  "  Stop  a  moment,  if  you  please,  Sir,  here  goes10  for  the 
widow!"  The  throw11  was  successful;  and  he  instantly  swept 
(fdjob)  the  whole  into  the  plate,  and  sent  it  down  to  her. 


94.  i  in8  SSerfe^en.  *  finite  t$m  na<$.  s  erfllrte.  *  ben  3rrt§um.  s  tnbem  jc.  «  unb  no$ 
e*ne  bajtt  fftgte.  i  jurfofgefcen. 

26.  i  to  refuse,  jtcfy  imjern.  2ein§onor«.  s  entfpredjenb  (corresponding).  4ba8$onorat 
fur  jeben  Stag.  &  to  get  the  better  of.  uberftetflen,  gvcjjer  fern  aU.  o  betta^tete.  '  etnjfln. 
«  eta  ganjeS  3a§r  lang. 

23.  i  oerftorben.  2  megen  feineS  ©Ift««  tm  ©v»<L  s  etne  93ittf*ttft.  •<  to  state  (In  which 
she,  etc.)  boriegen.  s  UnglttdSfMU.  «  um  UntertKlfeuna.  '  teturaaeteUjt.  «  eorgt^allen. 
>  see  p.  826,  &  w  6UJt*  jlU  (datj. 


EXERCISES.  447 

27. 

A  little  girl,  five  years  old,  was  equally  fond  of  her  mother 
nnd  grandmother.  On  the  birthday  of  the  latter,  her  mother 
said  to  her :  "  My  dear,  you  must  pray2  God  to  bless3  your 
grandmamma  and  let  her  live'  to  be  very  old."  The  child 
looked  with  some  surprise  at  her  mother,  who  perceiving  it, 
said :  "  Well,  will  you  not  pray  God  to  bless  your  grand- 
mamma and  let  her  live  to  be  very  old  ?  "  —  "  Ah,  mamma !  " 
said  the  child,  "  she  is  very  old  already,  I  had  (mod)te)  rather 
pray  for  her  to  (that  she  may)  become  young." 

28. 

Sir  Isaac  Newton's  temper1  is  said  (foft)  to  have  been  so 
equable2  and  mild  that  no  accident  could  disturb3  it.  A  re- 
markable instance4  of  this  (bation)  is  related  as  (tme )  follows  : 
Sir  Isaac  had  a  favorite5  little  dog  which  he  called  Diamond. 
Being  one  evening  called  out  of  his  study6  into  the  next  room, 
Diamond  was  left  behind  (blieb  guriirf).  When  Sir  Isaac  re- 
turned, having7  been  absent  but  a  few  minutes,  ^he  'had  the 
mortification8  to  find  that  Diamond  had  overturned9  a  lighted19 
candle  among  some  papers,  which  were  the  nearly  finished11 
labor  of  many  years.  The  papers  soon  were  (ftanben)  in  flames, 
and  (were)  almost  consumed12  to  ashes.  This  loss,13  2from14 
Newton's  advanced  age,  Vas  irreparable  ;15but,  without  punish- 
ing the  dog,  2he  Exclaimed  :  "  O,  Diamond !  Diamond !  you 
don't  know  the  mischief16  you  have  done ! " 

29. 

The  prince  of  Conti  being1  highly  pleased  with1  the  intrepid 
behavior  of  a  grenadier  at  the  siege  of  Philipsburg,  in  1734, 
threw  him  a  purse,  excusing2  the  smallness  of  the  sum  it  con- 
tained,3 as  [being]4  ^oo  3poor  la  reward  for  such  courage, 
Next  morning,  the  grenadier  came  to  the  prince,  with  two  dia-« 
rnond  rings  and  other  jewels5  of  considerable6  value.  "  Sir,n 

27.  i  iiebte  glet(f>  fefir.    2  to  pray  God,  either  ©ott  bitten  or  ju  ©ott  beten.   »  bafi  et  —  fegne. 
*  {efyr  alt  luerlen. 

28.  i  bag  ©emfltfi, .    2  gleldjmatfc,  tg.   a  pren.   *  Seifpkt.  '•>  em  5iebling8b,ilnbdjen.   «  Stubltn 
jtramer,  n.     '  nadjbera  «  nur.     s  ben  SBerbrufj.     » itmgeroorfen.     i»  brennenb.     n  tctfenbet 
12  ju  Hfcfje  wbrannt.    is  ber  SSerlujl.    n  me^en  —  Ijofyen  atteiS     i-->itnerfe&Hdj.    i6fca8Unl)ett. 

29.  i  n>elc^«m  ba§  uncrjArccfcnc  93cne^men fe6t  geftet.    2  tnbem  erfw^  roegen  bet  gctingcs 

6umme  entf^ulbigte.    s  bie  er  enttyiett.    *  see  p.  371.  Id.    s  3uwelen.    e  betra^tli*,  bebeutenb« 


448  EXEKCISE8. 

said  lie, "  the  gold  I  found  in  your  purse,  I  suppose7  you  intend- 
ed7 for  me  ;  but  these  2I  ^ring  back  to  you,  having8  no  claim 
to  them  (^Iniprud)  bavauf)." —  "You  have  doubly  deserved 
them,  by  your  braveiy  and  by  your  honesty,"  said  the  prince, 
"  therefore  you  may  keep  them." 

30. 

Casimir  31,  King  of  Poland,1  received  a  blow  from  a  Polish 
gentleman,  named2  Konarski,  who  had  lost  all3  he  possessed, 
while  playing4  with  the  prince.  Scarcely  was  the  blow  given, 
when  sensible5  of  the  enormity  of  his  crime,  he  betook  himself 
to  flight ;  but  he  was  soon  apprehended  by  the  king's  guards, 
and  condemned  to  lose  his  head.  Casimir,  who  was  waiting 
for  (ouf,  ace.)  him  in  silence  amid  his  courtiers,  as  soon  as  he 
saw  him  appear,  said  :  "  I  am  not  surprised  at  (itbcr)  the  con- 
duct7 of  this  gentleman.  Not  being  able8  to  revenge  himself 
on  (on  bent)  fortune,  it  is  not  to  be  wondered9  [at]  that  he  has 
ill-treated10  his  friend.  I  am  the  only  one  to  blame  in  thin 
affair,11  for  I  ought  not,  by  my  example,  to  encourage12  a  per- 
nicious practice,13  which  may  be  the  ruin  of  my  nobility.*' 
Then  turning  to  the  criminal,  he  said  :  "  I  perceive,  you  are* 
sorry  for  your  fault14 — that  is  sufficient;  take  your  money 
again,  and  let  us  renounce  gaming  for  ever." 

31. 

It  is  told1  of  Moliere  that,  on  (on)  the  morning  of  the  day  on 
•which  he  died,  his  wife  and  his  friends,  seeing  how  weak  he 
was,  tried  to  prevent  his*  playing  that  night  —  but  in  vain. 
"  A  man,"  he  said,  "  suffers  long  ere  (efye)  he  dies  :  I  feel  that, 
with  me,3  the  end  is  at  hand  ;*  but  there  are  fifty  poor  work- 
men who  have  only  their  day's  wages4  to  live  on,  —  and  who 
is  to  give  them  bread  to  night,  if  I  do  not  play  ?  "  So  he  went, 
and  played  the  Halade  Imaginaire?  —  then  went  home  to  bed, 
and  died. 

29.  t  befUmmten  ©te  cermutylicb. .    s  see  p.  371, 1  d, 

30.  i  $olen.   sSRomenS.   saDeSwoS.   4seep.371,<f.   5hnSB«rufctfetnber<Src|«.. 
kit  glu* t  bf gab.    i  ba8  93etragen.    «baer  ji$-.nt*t..fonnte.    »  see  p.  868,  4.  Note. 
$anbrtn.    n  Sadie.    »  ermutyigen.    »  eta*  »erfcerblid)e  <3enw$n$ett.    " 

|etb.    is  auf  ba8  Spiel  »etjtd>tta, 

31.  i  2ttan  etjiblt  ten  W.    ?  see  p.  373. 36.    « ta| ef  mtt  mil  |0  Cube  y$L    •*  Tfljrf-'frn.  m 


/  EXERCISES.  449 

32. 

It  happened  at  Athens,  during  the  public  representation1  of 
a  play  exhibited2  in  honor  of  the  commonwealth,2  that  an  old 
gentleman  came  too  late  to  get3  a  place  suitable4  to  his  age 
and  quality."  Several  of  the  young  gentlemen  who  observed 
the  difficulty  and  confusion6  he  was  in,  made  signs  to  him  that 
they  would  make  room  for  him,7  if  he  would  come  (bafytn  fame) 
where  they  sat.  The  good  man  bustled8  "through  the  crowd 
Accordingly  (batyer);  but  when  he  came  to  the  seats9  to  which  he 
was  invited,  they  sat  close10  and  exposed  him,  as  he  stood  out 
of  countenance,11  to  the  whole  audience.12  The  joke13  went 
round  (burd))  all  the  Athenian  benches.  But  on  (bet)  those 
occasions  [there]  were  also  particular  places  assigned14  for 
foreigners :  when  the  good  man  skulked15  towards  the  seats 
appointed14  for  the  Lacedaemonians,  these  honest  people  rose 
up  all  to  a  man,16  and  with  the  greatest  respect  received  him 
among  them.  The  Athenians  being  suddenly  touched17  with 
a  sense  of  the  Spartan  virtue  and  their  own  degeneracy18 
applauded  loudly  (gave  a  thundering  applause) ;  and  the  old 
man  cried  out :  "  The  Athenians  understand  what  is  good,  but 
the  Lacedaemonians  practice  it." 


DIOWYSITTS,    PYTHIAS,    AND  DAMONS 

(A   DIALOGUE.) 

Dionysius.  Amazing  !2  what  do  I  see  ?  Pythias  is  arrived — • 
it  is  indeed  Pythias.  I  did  not  think3  it  possible.  He  is  come 
to4  die,  and  to  redeem  (ertofen)  his  friend ! 

Pythias.  Yes,  it  is  Pythias.  I  had  left  the  place  of  my  con- 
finement5 with  no  other  view6  than  to  pay  to  Heaven  the  vowa 
I  had  made  ;  to  settle  my  family  concerns7  according  (narf))  to 

32.  i  Slup^rung.  2  toet^eS  ju  G^ten  ber  9ZepuBIi!  or  be«  gtetjlaatcS  gegefcen  tourbe.  3  See 
page  367, 2.  *  paffenb.  s  ©tanb.  « SSerlegenljeit.  7  i$m  pafe  tna^en.  sbtingtef'^-  9juben 
VBaufen.  10  gebr&ngt.  n  aujjer  ftaifimg.  i-  bent  ©ellrfjter  be$  gaiijcn  ^ublifumS.  is 
©$«}.  w  fcefltmmt.  u  f$Ii$.  is  2ltte  6t§  jum  lefcten.  n  etgriffen.  i«  (Sntartung. 

i  This  and  the  following  piece  may  be  translated  more  freely. 

z©eltforal    s  t$  Ijtelt  e«  ni(^t  f Or  racglidf.    <  See  page  366,  IV,  1.     B  fflefangenf^aft. 


450  EXEBC1SES. 

the  rules  of  justice  ;  and  to  bid  adieu1  to  my  children,  that  1 
might  die  tranquil  and  satisfied. 

Dionysius.  But  why  dost  thou  return  ?  Hast  thou  no  fear  of 
(Dor  bem)  death  ?  is  it  2not  3mad,  'then,  to  seek  it  ? 

Pythias.  I  return  to  suffer,2  though  I  do  not  deserve  death. 
Honor  forbids  me  to  let  my  friend  die  for  me. 

Dionysius.     Dost  thou,  then,  love  him  better  than  thyself? 

Pythias.  No,  I  love  him  as  myself ;  but  I  know  I  ought  to 
suffer  death  rattier  than  my  friend,  since  (ba)  it  was  I  whom 
thou  hadst  decreed  to  die  (gum  Job  oerurtljetlt).  It  were  not 
just  that  Damon  should  suffer,  to3  free  me  from  that  death 
which  was  not  for  him,  but  for  me  only. 

Dionysius.  But  thou  sayest  that  it  is  as  unjust  to  inflict* 
death  [upon]  thee  as  [upon]  thy  friend. 

Pythias.  Very  true,  we  are  both  innocent,  and  it  is  equally5 
unjust  to  make  (laffen)  either  of  us  suffer. 

Dionysius.  Why  dost  thou,  then,  say  that  it  were  wrong  to 
put6  him  to  death  instead  of  thee  ? 

Pythias.  It  is  equally  unjust  to  inflict  death  either  on  Damon 
or  on  myself ;  but  I  should  be  highly  culpable  to  let  Damon 
suffer  that  death  which  the  tyrant  had  prepared  for  me. 

Dionysius.  Dost  thou  return  hither  to-day  with  no  other 
view  than  to  save  the  life  of  thy  friend,  by  losing  thy  own  ? 

Pythias.  I  return  in  regard  to1  thee,  to  suffer  a  death  which 
it  is  common8  for  tyrants  to  inflict;  and  with  respect  to1 
Damon,  to  perform  my  duty  by  freeing  him  from  the  danger 
which  he  incurred9  by  his  kindness  to  (gegen)  me. 

Dionysius.  And  now,  Damon,  let  me  speak  to  thee.  Didst 
thou  not  really  fear  that  Pythias  would  never  return,  and  that 
thou  wouldst  be  put  to  death  for  him  ? 

Damon.  I  was  but  (nur)  too  well  assured  that  Pythias  would 
return ;  and  that  he  would  be  more  anxious10  to  keep  his 
promise  than  to  save  his  life.  Would  to  heaven  (SBoflte  ©ott) 
that  his  relations  and  friends  had  detained11  him  by  force ! 
He  would  then  have  lived  for  the  comfort12  and  benefit''2  of 
good  men  ;  and  I  should  then  have  had  the  satisfaction  of 
dying  for  him. 

i  Ce6erceJ)t  ju  fagen.  2  to  suffer,  ben  SEob  erletben.  s  See  page  366,  IV,  1.  *  bit  ben  Zob 
ctufjuerlegen  or  b«§  $tnjuri$ten.  s  ebenfo.  «  to  put  somebody  to  death,  etnen  (ace.)  fyin= 
rid'tcn.  ~  in  SScjuj  auf  bi*.  s  which  tyrants  commonly  inflict  (auferlegen).  9  in  rcelcte  cr 
10  baji  i§m  me$r  baran  gelegen  wire,  n  jurutfijalten.  w  junt  Xrojl  unb  jura 


EXERCISES. 

Dionysius.  What  !  art  thou  not  fond  of  (Itebft  bit  —  ntdit) 
life? 

Damon.  No,  I  am  not,  when  I  see  and  feel  the  power  of  a 
tyrant. 

Dionysius.  It  is  well!  Thou  shalt  see  him  no  more  :  I  will 
order  thee  to  be  put1  to  death  (fytnricfjtefi). 

Pythias.  Pardon  the  feelings  of  Damon,  of  a  man  who  feels 
for  his  dying  friend  ;  but  remember  that  it  was  I  who  was  de- 
voted (getoeifyt)  by  thee  to  death  (dot.).  I  come  to  submit  to 
it  (mid)  ifjm  311  unterwerfen),  that  I  may  (um  —  gu)  redeem  my 
friend.  Do  not  refuse  me  this  comfort  in  my  last  hour. 

Dionysius.  I  cannot  endure  ((etben)  men  who  despise  death 
and  defy2  my  power. 

Damon.     Thou  canst  not  endure  virtue. 

Dionysius.  No,  I  cannot  endure  that  proud,  disdainful  (Ijorf}* 
miitfjtge)  virtue,  which  contemns  life,  which  dreads  not  pain> 
and  which  feels  not  the  charms  of  riches3  and  pleasure. 

Damon.  Thou  seest,  however,  that  it  is  a  virtue  which  feels 
the  dictates  (@ebote)  of  honor,  justice,  and  friendship. 

Dionysius.  Guards,  take  (fiifyret)  Pythias  to  execution.4  We 
shall  see  whether  Damon  will  still  despise  my  authority. 

Damon.  Pythias,  by  returning  to  submit  himself  to  thy 
pleasure5  has  merited  his  life,  and  [deserved]  thy  favor,  but  I 
have  excited  thy  indignation6  by  placing  myself  in  thy  power, 
in  order  to  save  him.  Be  2satisfied,  ^en,  with  this  sacrifice, 
and  put  me  to  death. 

Pythias.  Hold,  Dionysius  ;  remember,  it  was  I  alone  that 
offended  thee  ;  Damon  could  not. 

Dionysius.  Alas,  what  do  I  see  and  hear?  —  Where  am  I? 
How  miserable,  and  how  worthy  to  be  so  !  I  have  hitherto 
known  nothing  of  true  virtue.  I  have  spent  my  life  in  dark- 
ness and  error.7  Not  all  my  power  and  honors  are  sufficient 
to  produce  love.  I  cannot  boast8  of  having9  gained  a  single 
friend  in  the  course  of  a  reign  of  thirty  years,  and  yet  these 
two  persons,  in  private  life,10  love  one  another  tenderly,  "fully 
Confide11  in  each  other,  are  mutually  happy,  and  ready  to  die 
for  each  other. 

Pythias.  How  couldst  thou,  who  hast  never  loved  any  per- 
son, expect  to  have  friends  ?  If  thou  hadst  loved  and  respected 


i  See  page  367.  V,  1.    2  trofcen  (dot.),   a  8Jeid)tl)ura.   *  jum  2obe.   sgBUIfatyr,  f.,  SBtllen,  m. 
e  Unretflen,  m.    7  3rrtyum,  ra.     »  to  boast,  ftcfc  rfi^mtn,  rqfl.  v.     »  See  page  372,  2  a.    10  in 
n  certrauen  (dot.}. 


452  EXEBCISES. 

men,  thou  wouldst  have  secured1  their  love  and  respect.  Thou 
hast  feared  and  oppressed  mankind  (bte  9ftenfd)en),  and  they 
[both]  fear  and  detest2  thee. 

Dionysius.  Damon !  Pythias !  Condescend3  to  admit  me  as 
a  third  friend  in  a  'connexion4  'so  perfect.  I  give  (fdjenfe)  you 
your  lives  (sing.),  and  I  will  load5  you  with  riches. 

Damon.  We  have  no  desire  to  be  enriched  by  thee  ;  and  as 
to8  thy  friendship,  we  cannot  accept  or  enjoy  it,  till  thou  be- 
comest  good  and  just.  Without  these  qualities  ^hou  'canst  be 
connected  with  none  but  (nut  9?temanb  al$  nut)  trembling  slaves 
and  base  flatterers.  To  be  loved  and  esteemed  by  men7  of 
free  and  generous  minds,'  thou  must  be  virtuous,  kind,  just ; 
and  know8  [how]  to  live  on  a  sort  of  equality  (auf  gteidjem  ^JJ6) 
with  those  who  share  and  deserve  thy  friendship. 


THE   DINNER-PARTY. 

I.    THE   INVITATION. 

Mr.  Alway  (reads).  "  Mr.  and  Mrs.  Smith  present  their  com- 
pliments (empfefylen  fief))  to  Mr,  and  Mrs.  Alway,  and  request 
the  honor  of  their  company  to  dinner  on  Thursday  next  at  six 
o'clock.  An  answer  will  oblige."  (Um  51.  tmrb  gebcten.) 

Mrs.  Alway.  An  invitation  from  the  Smiths.  Had  we  better 
(fotten  ttur)  go,  do  you  think  ? 

Mr.  A.  I'm  not  very  anxious,9  but  we  cannot  decline  with 
decency  (S2lnftanb). 

Mrs.  A.  Thursday,  too,  is  such  an  awkward  day  !  the  things 
come  home  from  the  wash  on  Wednesday  ;  and  we  have  enough 
to  do  the  day  after  to  arrange  them.  Yet  I  fear  it  can't  be 
helped  (roir  fbnnen  md)t  auStteidjen). 

Mr.  A.     How  long  have  we  known10  these  people  ? 

Mrs.  A.  Three  or  four  months  now  ;  but  how  they  came  to 
force"  themselves  upon  us11  2I  "scarcely  Recollect. 

Mr.  A.  In  the  City,  people  shake  their  heads  when  they 
speak  of  Smith  and  his  railway  speculations.12 

i  ft$erli<§  erwotben.     2  eerabfdjeuen.     s  feib  fo  gut  or  geroityrt  mtr  bie  S3ttte.     *  ber  SBunb. 
*  ftberb.  iufen.     «  as  to,  wo«  —  betrifft.     '  eon  freiftnmaen  unb  ebelmutb.  igen  SKlnnern.     s  »et» 


*  %$  Sabe  kin  gto&eS  aietlangen.    10  See  page  346,  3.    11  fldj  un£  aufjubr&ngen.    12  @petula< 
RMMt 


EXERCISES.  453 

Mrs.  A.  We  must  go,  however,  but  if  possible  we  will  not 
ask1  them  back,  and  thus  gradually  drop2  the  acquaintance. 
Will  you  dictate  me  an  answer  ? 

Mr.  A.  (dictates).  "  Mr.  and  Mrs.  Alway  return  their  best 
thanks  to  Mr.  and  Mrs.  Smith,  and  have  much  pleasure  in  ac- 
cepting their  polite  invitation." 

IL    THE    ABBXVAL. 

Mr.  A.  There  seem  to  be  many  people  ;  for  there  are  hats 
and  cloaks  enough  in  the  hall.3 

Mrs.  Smith.  We  are  delighted  to  see  you  ;  allow  me  to  in- 
troduce4 you  to  the  company. 

Mrs.  A.  (aside).  Tell  me,  Mr.  Alway,  did  you  ever  see  such 
an  extraordinary  set  ?5  Where  could  Ihey  have  picked*  them  up? 

Mr.  A.  (aside).  Heaven  knows !  but  I  sincerely  wish  we  had 
not  come. 

Mr.  Smith.  Permit  me,  Mrs.  Alway,  to  conduct  you  to  (in) 
the  dining-room. 

Mrs.  S.  Mr.  Alway,  will  you  take  my  right  hand,1  and  assist 
me  now  and  then  with  your  advice  in  the  carving  department 
(tm  2litffrf)netben)  ? 

Mr.  A.  If  you  like,  I  will  take  the  trouble  off  (cw$)  your 
hands. 

Mrs.  S.  I  will  not  trespass  (fiinbtgen)  on  your  goodness. 
Mr.  Smith  will  carve  the  principal  things,  and  I  have  only  the 
tongue  and  such  trifles  to  look  after.8 

Mr.  S.  My  dear,  I  have  no  napkin  (@ert)tette,  f.),  and  two 
spoons  are  wanting  (fe^tcn). 

Mrs.  S.  How  neglectful  of  John,  not  to  see9  to  these  things. 
Take  the  covers  off  the  soup-tureens  ((Suppenfdjuffeln). 

m.    DUfNEK. 

Mr.  S.    John,  soup  for  Mr.  Alway. 

Mrs.  S.  Good  Heavens,  he  has  spilt1'  all  the  hot  soup  over 
Mr.  Brown's  feet.  How  could  you  be  so  awkward ! 

Mr.  B.  There  is  no  harm  done  ;  it  has  only  splashed11  me 
a  little.  The  carpet  has  suffered  most. 

i  to  ask  back,  rrieter  etnlaben.    2  aufgefcen,  fatten  laffcn.    3  bet  Corribor.     *  vorfteOen  (dot.] 
5  (BtfeHfaaft,  ©typfaaft.     «  ouflefen.     i  fl$  ju  melner  Metytn  fefctn.     8  ju  fceforgen. 
fto.    10  »erf<$(lttet.    n  befpri|t. 


454  EXERCISES. 

Mrs.  S.  That's  of  no  importance  (baS  fjat  IftidjtS  ju  fagen). 
May  I  give  you  some  of  this  turbot  ((gteinbutte,  f.)  ? 

Mrs.  A.  Not  for  me,  thank  you.  I  seldom  eat  fish  ;  I'm 
always  afraid  of  the  bones  (©rciten). 

Mr.  S.  May  I  have  the  pleasure  of  taking  a  glass  of  wine 
with  you  ? 

Mrs.  A.    I  shall  be  most  (feljr)  happy. 

Mr.  S.    "Which  will  you  take,  Sherry  or  Madeira? 

Mrs.  A.     Sherry,  if  you  please,  but  very  little. 

Mrs.  S.     Shall  I  carve  the  poultry1  Mr.  Smith,  or  will  you? 

Mr.  S.    I  think  you  are  more  clever  at  such  things,  my  dear. 

Mr.  A.    Here  comes  the  Christmas-pudding,  how  fine  it  is  ! 

Mr.  S.     Shall  I  give  you  some  dessert  ? 

Mrs.  A.    You  are  very  kind  ;  I  will  take  a  few  grapes. 

Mrs.  S.  Ladies,  if  agreeable,  we  will  now  leave  the  gentle- 
men to  their  meditations.*  •  &  ( 

IV.    THE    GENTLEMEN. 

Mr.  A.    Will  you  allow  me  to  propose  a  toast  ? 

Mr.  S.    I  shall  be  delighted.     Gentlemen,  fill  your  glasses. 

Mr.  A.    I  give3  you  the  ladies.    Bumpers,4  gentlemen. 

Mr.  B.  I  hear  the  Queen  intends  going  Ao  France  again. 
Is  it  true  ? 

Mr.  S.  I  can't  vouch  (btirgen)  for  it  ;  but  I  think  my  friend 
Palmerston  would  have  made  me  acquainted  with  the  fact," 

Mr.  B.  You  are  making  some  very  good  speculations  in 
Spanish  stock,  I  believe.  It  appears  to  me  very  precarious." 

Mr.  S.  Things  are  looking  up1  in  that  quarter  (£anb).  Be- 
tween ourselves8  1  have  made  no  bad  thing9  of  it  lately.  The 
bottle  stands  with  (bet)  you,  Mr.  Alway. 

Mr.  A.  I  am  a  poor  (fdjtuadjer)  drinker,  and  should  prefer 
joining  (gu  gefyen)  the  ladies. 

Mr.  S.  No,  we  can't  stand10  that.  Take  one  more  glass  of 
this  claret11  and  then,  I  hope,  coffee  will  be  ready. 

Mr.  A.     Only  one  more  then  (olfo). 

Mr.  S.  What  a  loud  knock12  at  the  street-door!  Whoever  it 
may  be,  one  would  imagine  he  was  going  to  knock  the  house 
down.18 


i  bo«  ©tflftgd.    2  93etra$tungen.    s  ouf  bit  ®efunb$ett.    <  »olfe  ®I4fer. 
fad>e.    «  unft$«r,  gercagt.    i  fceffern  ft$.    «  unter  unS  gt  fagt.    s  teine  ftbtycn  ©ej^afte. 
gefcen.    n  S3orbeau$*2B«in.    w  boS  fllopfen.    i»  etnfalagen. 


EXERCISES.  455 

Servant.     Two  gentlemen  wish  to  see  you  immediately,  Sir. 

Mr.  S.     Say,  I  am  engaged  (tierljinbert). 

Serv.  They  will  take  no  denial  (fie  laffen  ftcf)  ntd)t  abroetfen), 
Sir,  and  insist  on  seeing  you  at  once  (fogleid)). 

Mr.  S.  How  very  extraordinary.  Gentlemen,  may  I  claim1 
your  indulgence  for  a  few  moments  ? 


V.    THE   LADIES. 

Mrs.  S.  What  a  bad  fire  the  servant  has  kept  up.'  I  must 
ring  the  bell  and  have  it  looked  to.3  The  sofas  and  ottomans 
can  also  be  drawn  (geriicft)  nearer  to  the  fire-place. 

Mrs.  A.    It  is  not  very  cold,  I  think. 

Mrs.  S.  Perhaps  not ;  but  a  bright  (Ijette)  flame  makes  the 
room  cheerful* 

Mrs.  A.  What  a  pretty  canary-bird  you  have !  How  tame 
it  is! 

Mrs.  S.  Yes,  I  often  let  it  fly  about  the  room  and  it  knows 
me  quite  well  At  tea  it  always  comes  to  be  fed,  and  hops 
about  the  table,6  to  pick  up  the  crumbs. 

Mrs.   d.    Does  it  also  sing  well  ? 

Mrs.  S.  Beautifully.  See,  how  it  flies  about.  Good  heav- 
ens, it  has  flown  into  the  fire  and  win  be  burnt  [to  death]. 

Mrs.  A.  The  poor  thing  can't  get  out6  again.  Hark,  how 
it  crackles7  in  the  fire !  How  [very]  shocking  (fdjrecfltcf)) ! 

Serv.  If  you  please  ((Srlauben  <Ste),  Ma'am,  master's  gone* 
away  in  a  coach  with  two  strange-looking  gentlemen. 

Mrs.  S.     Gone  away  in  a  coach ! 

Serv.  Yes,  Ma'am  ;  and  he  says  you  are  not  to  be  alarmed* 
if  he  stays  out  all  night.  (Mrs.  8.  faints.)" 


VI.    THE   DISCOVERY. 

Mrs.  A.  Tell  me  what  has  happened.  Why  did  Mrs.  Smith 
faint?  why  did  her  husband  go  away  in  a  coach?  and  why 
were  we  sent  home  so  early  ? 

Mr.  A.  The  matter  is  evident  enough.  The  man,  as  I  sus- 
pected, is  a  mere  adventurer.11 


i  bitten  urn.  s  untet^alten.  s  nacfyfeljen  laffen.  •»  freunbltdj.  s  auf  bcm  £if$e  $ernm, 
•  $erau8fommen.  '  fricfyeln.  «  to  go  away  in  a  coach,  wegfa^ren.  9  to  be  alarmed,  tit 
fgiccfen.  10  tn  £)$nma$t  fallen,  o^nm&^tig  roerben.  u  etn  Hbenteurer,  (SUtcfdrittet. 


456  CONVEBSATION. 

Mrs.  A.  But  what  has  he  done  ?  Is  he  a  thief,  or  has  he 
committed  forgery?1 

Mr.  A.     Not  that  exactly. 

Mrs.  A.  Then  is  he  a  coiner2  perhaps  ?  I  had  a  bad  half- 
crown  offered  me  (2#an  bot  mir  .  .  . )  yesterday  ;  but  I  was  not 
going  to  take  it !  You  (man)  must  get  up  very  early  indeed,  if 
you  think  to  take  me  in.3 

Mr.  A.  It  seems  he  had  been  speculating  too  extensively, 
and  was  unable  to  take  up4  bills  which  he  had  accepted  for  a 
large  amount. 

Mrs.  A.    But  what  have  they  done  with  him  ? 

Mr.  A.  The  two  gentlemen  were  sheriff-officers,5  who  came 
to  convey  him  to  a  sponging-house  (©d)ulbf)ait$),  from  which 
he  will  in  all  probability  be  sent  to  the  Queen's  Bench.6 

Mrs.  A.  A  nice  set  of  people  we  had  got  hold  of.1  I  never 
liked  the  fellow's  eye  :  and  no  doubt  his  vulgar  wife  was  as  bad 
as  he. 

Mr.  A.  Not  unlikely.  However  it  will  serve  as  a  good 
lesson,8  and  teach  us  to  be  more  cautious  in  future  in  accept- 
ing dinner-invitations  from  people  we  know  so  little  about 


MATERIALS  FOR  GERMAN  CONVERSATION, 

i. 

2Bo8  Ijabett  @tc  ba?'  What  have  you  there? 

2Ba8  ttoflen  <Ste  foufen?  "What  do  you  want  to  buy? 

£>aben  <5te  ettoaS  gefaitft?  Did  you  buy  anything? 

SBtebtet  (wa8)  loftet  ba§  "ipfunb?  How  much  a  pound  ? 

'•(Jfunb  foflet  jroet  (Sitlben.  Two  florins  a  pound. 

ftnbe  baS  feljr  tljeuer.  I  consider  that  very  dear. 

tft  feb,r  toofylfett  (or  bttttg).  This  is  very  cheap. 

taben  @ic  Sljr  ^fcrb  bertauft  ?  Have  you  sold  your  horse  ? 

cf)  fyabe  e$  nocf)  ntdjt  berfauft.  I  have  not  sold  it  yet. 

2Boflen  @ic  e8  ntrfjt  uerfaufen?  Will  you  not  sell  it? 

3a,  tcf)  hntt  e«  berfaufen.  Yes,  I  will  sell  it. 

SSarum  tooflen  <Sie  eg  berfaufen?  Why  do  you  want  sell  it? 

3cf)  braud^e  ©etb.  I  need  money. 


'  tint  ftilfcfiung.    2  (in  galf^manjer.    3  anfflbren,  ^intergefjen.   *  (inlofen.   &  g5cllj«i'coraraff» 
(to,    «  S^ultfltrt^tS^of,  m.    i  in  We  m\x  get  oi$en  »»en.    »  8t§«,  Stftica,  f. 


CONVERSATION. 


457 


S3rmgen  <Sfe  mtr  33rob  ttnb  Sutler. 

3d)  Ijabe  genttg  gegeffen  (bin  fatt). 
£>aben  (Ste  em  ©tag  SBetn  ge* 

trunfen  ? 

£ter  tft  frifdjeg  SSaffer. 
Xragen  (Ste  btefen  SBrtef  auf  bte 

2Bag  fagen  (Sic? 
3d)  fage  Sfttdjtg  (gar 
9JJit  loem  fpredjen  (Sic  ? 
33erfteljen  (Ste  toag  id)  fagc? 
3d)  terfte^e  ntdjt  ~ 


Bring  me   some  bread  and 

butter. 
I  have  eaten  enough. 

Did  you  drink  a  glass  of  wine  ? 
Here  is  some  fresh  water. 
Take  this  letter  to  the  post- 
office. 

What  do  you  say  ? 
I  say  nothing  (at  all). 
With  whom  are  you  talking? 
Do  you  understand  what  I  say? 
I  do  not  understand  all 


toerlangen  <Stc? 
SB  08  tt)im[d)en  <3ie  ? 
3d)  tterlange  9?td)t3. 
^»aben  (Sic  bte  ©iltc. 
<Sie  roiirben  mid)  fe^r  tocrbfatben. 
(Sic  finb  [e^r  giitig. 
5Ba§  fudjen  @ie  ba? 
3d)  fudje  mctnc  Ub,r. 
Bag  rotten  @ie  t|mt? 
5Ba§  ntadjen  or  t^un  (Ste  ba? 
3d)  Icntc  metnc  2Iufgabe. 
3d)  iuerbe  c§  mtt  $ergniigen  t^un. 
Stffen  @te,  ob  er  fommen  totrb? 

3dj  ttjetfi  e§  ntdjt 
3d)  inct|  md)t8  batton. 
^ennen  Ste  btefen  SJJann? 
3d)  tenne  Ujn  feb,r  gut. 
3d)  fenne  tfjn  t)on  ©eftdjt 
3d)  fenne  ib,n  ntdjt. 


2. 

What  do  you  want? 

What  do  you  wish  ? 

1  require  nothing. 

Have  the  goodness.  Be  so  kind. 

You  would  oblige  me  very  much. 

You  are  very  kind. 

What  are  you  looking  for? 

I  am  looking  for  my  watch. 

What  are  you  going  to  do  ? 

What  are  you  doing  there  ? 

I  am  learning  my  lesson. 

I  will  do  it  with  pleasure. 

Do  you  know,  whether  he  wiB 

come? 

T  do  not  know. 
I  know  nothing  about  it. 
Do  you  know  this  man  ? 
I  know  him  very  welL 
I  know  him  by  sight. 
I  do  not  know  him. 


©lauben  (Ste  bag  ? 
©taitben  (Ste  bag  (bod))  ntdjt. 
3d)  ojtaube  eg  ntdjU 


3. 

Do  you  believe  that  ? 
Do  not  believe  that. 
I  do  not  believe  it. 


458 


CONVERSATION. 


if*  toafjr.  S)a«  ift  aBafjrljett. 


(£ie  fpafcen,  @te  fdjerjejt. 
<5inb  @te  nut  ifynt  gufrieben  ? 
<3inb  <Sie  befriebigt? 
2Btr  finb  bamit  befriebigt. 
3rf>  bin  3b,r  £)iener. 
ift  attertiebft 
$ergnugen! 


That  is  true.     That  is  truth. 

I  am  of  your  opinion. 

You  are  joking. 

Are  you  satisfied  with  him  ? 

Are  you  satisfied  ? 

We  are  satisfied  (with  it). 

I  am  your  servant. 

That  is  charming. 

What  pleasure  1 

What  joy  1 


2Ber  tfl  ba? 

(£6  ift  mein  Sruber  flarL 
2Bpl)tn'  gefjen  ©ie? 
2Bir  ge^en  tn'8  Sweater. 


@ie  ge^t  auf  ben  2Warft. 
2Bot)er'  fommen  @ie  ?  or 
S3o  fommen  (Sic  ^er? 
5^  fomme  ait«  ber  ©d)u(e. 
SBir  fommen  au§  bent  Concert'. 
@ie  fommt  pon  bent  33ofl. 
©e^en  @ie  je^t  nadj  ^»aitfe? 
©e^en  ©ie  ni^t  fo  frfjned. 
9tu^en  @ie  ein  hjenig  au§. 
fommen  @ie  batb  nrieber. 
©e^en  @ie  ^inaitf  —  Ijimmter. 
®eb]e  fort  !  ©e^en  <5te  fort  ! 


©uten  SCRorgen  (Xog),  mein 
©uten  ^[benb,  mein  £>err. 
©ie  ft^. 


ut,  tcf)  banfe 
Unb  6ie  (felbft)  ? 
2Bie  ge^t  e8  3lmen? 
r  gut 
gut 


Who  is  there? 

It  is  my  brother  Charles. 

Where  are  you  going  ? 

We  are  going  to  the  theatre. 

Where  is  the  cook  going  ? 

She  is  going  to  market 

Whence  do  you  come  ? 

Where  do  you  come  from? 

I  come  from  school 

We  come  from  the  concert. 

She  comes  from  the  ball 

Are  you  going  home  now  ? 

Do  not  go  so  fast. 

Best  a  little. 

Come  back  soon. 

Go  up  (stairs),  go  down  (stairs) 

Go  away!   Be  off!  (leave). 

5. 

Good  morning,  Sir. 

Good  evening,  Sir. 

Sit  down,  be  seated. 

Take  a  seat 

How  do  you  do  ? 

Very  well,  I  thank  you. 

And  you  (yourself)  ? 

How  are  you  ? 

Not  very  well 

Tolerably  well  (pretty  well). 


CONVERSATION. 


459 


3eigen  <Stc  mtr  gefclfligft. 

3d)  bttte  <5te  or  bttte,  fogen  @te 

mtr. 

®eben  @ie  mtr.  Seifjen  <2>ie  ifynt. 
9ftad)en  @ie  mtr  bag  $ergnugen. 
3d)  bitte  @ie  borttm. 
banfe  3b,nen. 

toerbunoen. 

err  9?.  ju  £aufe? 
3a,  er  ift  $u  §aitfe. 
<5inb  <2>te  ein  3)eutfd)er? 
•3rfj  bin  ein  (Snglanber. 
2)tefe  25ame  tft  eine  (Snglfinbertn. 


(S«  tft  fpat,  e«  ift  neun  U^r. 
2Bann  fterben  <Sie  au^ge^en? 
•3d)  raerbe  ttm  10  llfir  avtSgefjen. 
Urn  fjalb  od)t  U^r. 
Um^rei  $iertel  auf  fteben  or 

ein  33tertel  ftor  fiebcn. 
tint  ein  33iertel  auf  fed)8  or 
Urn  ein  SBiertel  nad)  funf. 
^unft  7  Uf)r. 

Urn  3J?tttag.    Urn  jtDoIf  U^r. 
tint  9«itternad)t. 
©eftern  SJtorgen. 
©eftent  3lbenb. 
SSorgeftern. 
§eute.    Sftorgen. 
9Worgen  frub,. 
Uebermorgen. 
S3  or  ad)t,  bier^e^n  Jag  en. 
3n  fed)«  SSodjen. 
3n  einigen  Sagen. 

einent  Stag  gum  anbem. 


2Ba«  fur  Setter  tflljeute? 

@«  ift  fd)6ne8  (fd)Ied)te§)  Better. 


Show  me,  if  you  please. 

Please  tell  me. 

Give  me.     Lend  him. 

Do  me  the  pleasure. 

I  beg  you. 

I  thank  you. 

Very  much  obliged  to  you. 

Is  Mr.  N.  at  home  ? 

Yes,  Sir,  he  is  at  home. 

Are  you  a  German? 

I  am  an  Englishman. 

This  lady  is  an  Englishwoman. 

6. 

What  o'clock  is  it? 
It  is  late,  it  is  nine  o'clock. 
At  what  o'clock  do  you  go  out  ? 
I  shall  go  out  at  ten  o'clock. 
At  half  past  seven. 

J-  At  a  quarter  to  seven. 

I-  At  a  quarter  past  five. 

At  seven  precisely. 

At  noon.     At  twelve. 

At  midnight. 

Yesterday  morning. 

Yesterday  evening,  last  night 

The  day  before  yesterday. 

To-day.    To-morrow. 

To-morrow  morning. 

The  day  after  to-morrow. 

A  week  ago,  a  fortnight  ago. 

In  six  weeks. 

In  a  few  days. 

From  one  day  to  another. 

7. 

How  is  the  weather  to-day  ? 
It  is  fine  (bad)  weather. 


4GO 


CONVERSATION. 


2BaS  fte  $errft*e«  SBetter! 

(§3  ift  fef)r  fjeife  (tuarm)  —  (fait). 

(58  regnet. 

(58  ift  nur  em  ©goiter. 

(58  ift  feljr  toinbig. 

3ft  31jnen  nmrm? 

ftrieren  @ie?  3ft  3ljnen  fait? 

SBir  werben  etn  (SJetm'tter  befom* 

men. 

(58  bonnert.    (58  blifct. 
£>aben  @ie  ben  Conner  geljort? 
Setrf)'  ein  fdjimer  ^Regenbogen. 
(£«  gefjt  ein  falter  2Binb. 
3)er  2B  inter  fommt  ^eran. 
(5§  gefriert. 

(58  ijat  biefe  9?ac^t  gefroren. 
(58  f(^neit  (e8  fattt  (Sconce). 
IDte  @onne  fd^emt 
-3m  (5onnenfcf)ein. 
35ie  <Sonne  gel^t  untcr. 
3m  2ftonbfrf)ein. 
3)ie  ©onne  ge^t  pra^tig  aitf. 


g8  ift  bunfet 

(£«  ifl  ^eller,  ttc^ter  Sag. 


What  beautiful  weather ! 

It  is  very  hot  (warm)  —  (cold). 

It  rains,  it  is  raining. 

It  is  but  a  shower. 

It  is  very  windy. 

Are  you  warm  ? 

Are  you  cold  ? 

We  shall  have  a  thunder-storm. 

It  thunders.     It  lightens. 

Did  you  hear  the  thunder? 

What  a  beautiful  rainbow! 

It  is  a  cold  wind. 

Winter  draws  near. 

It  freezes. 

It  froze  last  night. 

It  snows. 

The  sun  shines. 

In  sunshine. 

The  sun  sets. 

In  the  moonlight. 

The  sun  is  rising  beautifully 

clear. 

It  is  dark  (night). 
It  is  bright  day-light. 


IDIOMATIC   EXPRESSIONS. 


SBerljat  e«  3^nen  gefagt? 

Sag  fott  ba«  ^eifeen? 

#Bie  neimt  man  (nne  fyetfjt)  btefeS  ? 

if*  311  tljun? 

fatten  @ie  bation? 

freut  mid)  feljr. 
(58  tljut  mir  feljr  letb. 
3cf)  fjabe  ?angenjeile. 
$%  bin  e8.    Bit  finb  e«. 


1. 

Who  (has)  told  you? 

What  does  that  mean? 

What  do  you  call  this  ? 

What  is  to  be  done  ? 

What  do  you  think  about  it  ? 

I  am  very  glad  (of  it). 

I  am  very  sorry. 

I  am  bored. 

It  is  I.    It  is  we  (us). 


CONVEBSATION. 


461 


Odj  gefje  memem 

gegen. 
®eb,en  <Si 
geljt 

eb,(t 
b,abe 


cnt* 


an. 


3d)  fyabe  eiuen  bofen  finger. 
£8  feljlt  ntir  9ftfd)t8. 
$aben@ie@elbbeif!d)? 
@ie  feljen  gut  au8. 
SBotten  (Sic  mtr  ®efeflfd)aft 

letften? 
(£8  ift  3cit  gum  gffcru 


geberft? 

(Sffen  ift  aufgetragcu. 
Jragen  (becten)  (3tc  ob. 


3m  5lnfang. 

Sajfcn  <Sie  mtc^  gc^ett. 

Soffcn  (5ie  meine  Siic^er  Itegen. 

3)icfc  SRufter  ftnb  ntc^t  iibet. 

SWtr  ift  2We3  einertei. 

(Sinb  <Sie  ferttg  ? 

•3d)    bin  mit  meiner   Slufgabe 

ferti^. 

®a§  tettb  3f)nen  tuo^I  befommen. 
SDaS  Sier  bcfommt  mir  nic^t  gut. 
•3c^  b,abe  mtr  ba8  33ein  gebrocfjen. 
3rf)  bin  (totire)  betna^e  gefatten. 

Sr  toerbient  fctn  33rob. 
2Bie  gefattt  c8  Of^nen  ^icr? 
2Bie  gefattt  Oljnen  biefc  ©tobt? 

(58  gefdflt  mtr  fefjr  niob/t  b,ier. 

2So  flnb  njtr  fle^en  gcblieben? 
Sr  fpielt  gernc. 


I  am  going  to  meet  my  friend. 

Go  your  way. 

That  does  not  concern  you. 
( What  ails  you? 
\  What  is  the  matter  with  you  ? 

I  have  a  head-ache. 

I  have  a  sore  finger.. 

Nothing  is  the  matter  with  me. 

Have  you  any  money  about  you  ? 

You  look  well 

Will  you  keep  me  company  ? 
It  is  time  for  dinner  (breakfast 

or  supper). 
Is  the  cloth  laid? 
Dinner  is  served  up. 
Take  away  the  things. 

2. 

At  the  beginning. 

Let  me  alone. 

Let  my  books  alone. 

These  patterns  are  not  bad. 

It's  all  the  same  to  me. 

Have  you  done  (are  you  ready)  ? 
j  I  have  done  my  exercise. 
{ I  am  through  with  my  task. 

That  will  agree  with  you. 

Beer  does  not  agree  with  me. 

I  have  broken  my  leg. 

I  had  nearly  fallen,  came  near 
falling. 

He  gets  his  living. 

>•  How  do  you  like  it  here  ? 

il  am  very  much  pleased  with 
this  town. 
I  like  it  very  much. 
Where  did  we  stop? 
He  likes  play,  to  gamble. 


COKVEKSATION. 


iftadjrtdjten  toon  ifjm? 
3d)  fjabe  lange  9?td)tg  fcon  ilnn 

gefyort. 
3d)  luetp  nid)t,  roag  idj  babon 

fatten  (or  benfen)  foIL 


(gg  fragt  3emanb  nadj  31jnen. 
2Ber  fyat  nad)  mir  gefragt? 
2Ber  ttjartet  auf  mid)? 
SBarten  ®ie  ein  nienig  auf  mid). 
2Ber  ^at  auS  btefem  @(a^  ge- 

trunf  en  ? 
^aben  (Ste  31jre  5lnfld)t  gednbert? 


Have  you  any  news  of  him  ? 
I  have  not  heard  of  him  for  a 

long  time. 
I  do  not  know  what  to  think  of 

it 

3. 

Somebody  is  asking  for  you. 
Who  asked  for  me  ? 
Who  is  waiting  for  me  ? 
Wait  a  moment  for  me. 
Who  has  drunk   out  of  this 


©te  nod)  (SttoaS  gu  fagcn? 
J^un  @te,  rtiag  @ie  tuotlen. 
Sluf  jeben  gatt. 
SBaS  ben  Srtef  3f)re«  <So^ne« 

betrifft  — 

2)em  fei,  hne  i^m  inottc. 
(Sr  ntad)t  ftd)  ©ebanfen  barttber. 
3)a8  tft  feme  Shmft 
S'Je^men  ©te  (id)  in  5ld)t. 
3d)  njttt  eg  barauf  anfommen  taffen. 
@r  ift  ber  beutfd)en  ©pradjc 

madj  tig. 

-3d)  fann  ifym  bie  (Stint  bieten. 
3d)  rtjerbe  (Sic  nad)  §aufe  fiifyren. 


Have    you    changed    your 

opinion  ? 

Have  you  any  more  to  say  ? 
Do  anything  (or  as)  you  please 
At  any  rate,  at  all  events. 

As  to  the  letter  of  your  son  — 

Be  that  as  it  may. 

He  troubles  his  head  about  it. 

Any  one  can  do  it. 

Look  about  you.     Take  care. 

I  will  take  my  chance  of  that. 

He  is  master  of  the  German 

language. 
I  can  face  him. 
I  will  see  you  home. 


3d)  fann  mid)  nidjt  toon  ifjm  (08* 

marfjen. 

2Metben  <Sie  nid)t  ^u  lange  au8. 
3f)nen  attein  fann  eg  gettngen. 
2luf  metner  llljr  ift  eg  bier  Ufyr. 
(Sr  nafjm  eg  mit  ©enmtt. 
5r  ift  Don  ©eburt  ein  ^Ton^ofe. 
<Sie  ift  met  fyttbfdjer  alg  ifyre 


(Sic  mfigen  attein  gefjen. 


I  cannot  get  away  from 

Do  not  stay  beyond  your  time. 

None  but  you  can  succeed. 

It  is  four  o'clock  by  my  watch. 

He  took  it  by  force. 

He  is  a  Frenchman  by  birth. 

She  is  prettier  by  far  than  her 

sister. 
You  may  go  by  yourself. 


CONVERSATION. 


463 


gefyt  ncirfjfteg  3al)r  auf  9?eifen. 

c  roar  im  Segriff,  toeggugeljen. 
:  often  3)ingen  oergeffen  (Sic 

bag  nidjt. 
(£ie  ift  iiber  gwan^ig. 
©egen  Sinbrudj  ber  9<iad)t. 
2Bir  raoHen  einen  ©ang  burdj  bie 

(Stabt  madjen. 

@ott  id)  ifyn  bacon  benad)rid)tigen? 
3d)  fonnte  mid)  beg  gadjeng  nidjt 

entb.alten. 

3d)  tuitrbe  9?id)tg  babei  geniinnen. 
toirb  redjt  or  gut  fein. 


He  goes  abroad  next  year. 
I  was  about  to  go  away. 

Above  all,  don't  forget  that. 
She  is  above  twenty. 
Towards  nightfall 
Let  us  take  a  turn  about  the 

town. 
Shall  I  send  him  word  about  it  ? 

I  could  not  keep  from  laughing. 
I  should  gain  nothing  by  it. 
That  will  do. 


3d)  bin  nidjt  reid)  genitg,  urn  etne 

foldje  2luSgabe  gu  madjen. 
2BaS  fjaben  @te  am  3luge? 
(§S  fefjlt  ifjr  trnnter  (Stn>a«. 

gaffen  @ie  fidj  tion  mir  ratten. 
@ie  ttwrben  nidjt  iibel  baran  t^un, 

baljtn  311  geljcn. 

25tefe«  ift  fd)rt)er  ju  ertangen. 

2«tt  leidjter  2Mb,e. 

9^ad)  meter  SKu^e. 

(Sr  iDctjj  fid)  in  SltteS  ju  finben. 

@o  Diet  id)  luei^. 

<So  Diet  id)  mid)  erinnere. 

-3d)  rterbe  fo  frei  fein,  <£ie  gu  be* 

fudjen. 

^eute  iiber  ein  3al)r. 
23ann  njerben  @ie  niieber  juritd* 

fommen? 

(S8  ift  mir  um  fo  lieber. 
-3d)  fann  ib,n  nidjt  augfte^en. 
2Benn  id)  ib,m  je  begegnen  foflte. 
2Bag  Uegt  mir  baran? 
(Slauben  Sic,  fo  Ieid)t  bauoti  ju 

fommen  ? 


5. 

I  cannot  afford  to  spend  so 

much. 

"What  ails  your  eye  ? 
She  always  has  something  the 

matter  with  her. 
Be  advised  by  me. 
It  would  not  be  amiss  for  you 

to  go  there  (you  had  bettei 

go)- 

That  is  hard  to  come  at 
With  no  great  ado. 
After  much  ado  (or  trouble). 
Nothing  comes  amiss  to  him, 
As  far  as  I  know. 
To  the  best  of  my  remembrance 
I  shall  take  the  liberty  to  cal) 

on  you. 

By  this  time  twelve  months. 
How  long  will  it  be  before  you 

come  back  ? 
I  like  it  all  the  better. 
I  can't  abide  (bear)  him. 
If  I  ever  chance  to  meet  him, 
What  care  I? 

Do  you  think  to  come  off  so? 


464 


CONYEKSATION. 


<5te  tttitffen  eS  tfjun,  <3ie  mSgen 

tooflen  ober  nidjt. 
3d)  bin  ba^u  genetgt. 
3d)  frage  ntd)ts  barnad). 
$ef)ren  @ic  fid)  nid)t  baran. 
<Sofl  id)  ifjn  b,olen  loffen  ? 
Oft  ba8  3f)r  (graft? 
SBenn  e8  31jnen  gefaflt,  fo  neljmen 


be- 


tfl. 


9?un,  was  fott  btefeS 

beuten? 

S^  mocfjte  loiffen,  tua§  b 
5Da  flecft  (SttoaS  ba^tnter. 
0^  Ijalte  (ne^me)  <Ste  betm  3Sort. 

3$  tout  97t(^t3  bafttr. 

fonn  nt^t  ba^inter  fommen. 
neljme  e§  nid^t  fo  genau  nut 


rtjofftc  tc^  bodj  fagen? 
•3d)  ^abe  9it^t«  baran  au^ufefcen. 
2Bir  miiffen  un3  beljelfen. 
3)tc  ©ai^c  ^at  ntd^t  met  auf  fidj. 
mtt  re^ten  j£)in» 


fagen. 


gefdjteljt  t^m  re^t. 
fann  mtr  ^temanb  Derbenfen. 
(Stcf)  ben  $opf  gerbre^en. 
@te  roerben  au3gelad)t  werben. 
(Sr  Ijat  fic^  auS  bent  ©taube  ge» 
mad)t. 


e. 

Willing  or  unwilling,  you  must 

do  it 

I  am  inclined  that  way. 
I  do  not  care. 
Never  mind  that 
Shall  I  send  for  him  ? 
Are  you  serious  ? 

If  you  like  it,  take  it 

Well  and  what  of  all  this? 

I  wonder  what  this  is. 

There  is  some  mystery  about  it 

I  take  you  at  your  word. 

That  is  not  my  fault 

I  cannot  help  it. 

You  cannot  get  at  it. 

I  am  not  so  strict  with  him. 

What  was  I  going  to  say  ? 

I  find  no  fault  with  it. 

We  must  make  shift. 

It  is  of  no  great  consequence. 

It  is  not  at  all  right  about  it 

That  does  not  signify. 

No  matter  for  that. 

It  serves  him  right 

No  one  can  blame  me  for  that 

To  cudgel  one's  brains. 

You  will  be  laughed  at. 

He  has  taken  himself  of£ 


SOME    GERMAN  PROVERBS. 

1. 

$>er  9ftenfdj  benf t'8,  ®ott  lenft'S.    Man  proposes,  and  God  dis- 

posea 
2>uirdj  3djoben  toirb  man  fliig.      Experience  makes  a  man  wise. 


CONVERSATION. 


465 


(Sljrltd)  ttjSfjrt  am  liingften. 
SllleS  |«t  feine  3ett. 
(Site  mit  Belle. 

?lufgefd)oben  tfl  ntcfjt  aufgeljoben. 
Sftufctggang  tft  afler  Softer  s<Jln* 

fang. 

53tele  £>anb'  macfyen  balb  em  (Snb. 
3)a3  Serf  fobt  ben  2#etfter. 

^rifrf)  getoagt  tft  fjatb  getljan. 
^rifdf)  begomten,  fyatb  gettonnen. 
9lrmutl)  tft  feme  <Sd)anbe. 
2Bte  getoonnen,  fo  gerronnen. 
SSte  bte  Slrbeit,  fo  ber  ?o^n. 
2Bte  ber  £>err,  fo  ber  2)tener. 
Wofy  fennt  fein  ©ebot. 
Sine  ©c^walbc  madjt  fetnen 

©ommer. 
(5tn  Ungtiitf  fommt  Hte  altetn. 

tft  itngefunb. 
gebrannteS  ^tnb  fd^eiit  baS 


Honesty  is  the  best  policy. 

All  in  good  time. 

The    more    haste,    the    worse 

speed. 

Delaying  is  not  breaking  off 
Idleness  is  the  beginning  of  all 

the  vices. 

Many  hands  make  quick  work. 
The  work  recommends  the 

master. 

Well  begun  is  half  done. 

Poverty  is  no  disgrace. 
Lightly  come,  lightly  gone. 
As  the  labor,  so  the  reward. 
Like  master,  like  man. 
Necessity  knows  no  law. 
One  swallow  does  not  make  a 

summer. 

Misfortunes  never  come  singly. 
Too  much  of  a  good  thing. 

A  burnt  child  dreads  the  fire. 


Seber  toetfj  am  beften,  too  ber 
<3cf)ul)  tb,n  briidt. 

©tetd)  unb  gtetcf)  gefettt  ft<f)  gent. 
SBo&on  ba8  §erj  bott  ift,  gefyt  ber 

9)htnb  itber. 

(£>er)  £)wtger  tfl  ber  befte 
brtngt  9^ofen. 


Ser  tttgt,  ber  ftte^tt. 

SBer  juerft  fommt,  maljtt 
!Den  ©ele^rten  tft  gut  prebigen. 
3eber  tft  ftrf)  felbft  ber  ^arf)fte. 
S3effer  gtroaS,  at§  ^trf)tg. 
etne  Xopfe  (aufen  batb  uber. 
9?egen  folgt  ©onnenf^etn. 


None  knows  so  well  where  the 

shoe    pinches,    as   he    that 

wears  it. 

Birds  of  a  feather  flock  together. 
Out  of  the  fullness  of  the  heart 

the  mouth  speaketh. 
Hunger  is  the  best  sauce. 
Time  and  straw  make  medlars 

ripe. 
Show  me  a  liar,  and  111  show 

thee  a  thief. 

First  come,  first  served. 
A  word  to  the  wise. 
Charity  begins  at  home. 
Better  aught  than  naught. 
A  little  pot  is  soon  hot. 
After  the  storm  comes  a  calm 


466 


CONVERSATION. 


2ftorgenftunb  l)at  ©olb  t 


6«  ift  ntdjt  2lfle«  ©oft,  hm8  glttnjt. 
Uebung  modjt  ben  Sfteifter. 
Unred)t  ©ut  gebeifyt  md)t. 
Untrattt  berbtrbt  md)t. 
•fteue  SBefen  feljren  gut. 
Cnbe  gut,  2ltteS  gut. 


Early  to  bed  and  early  to  rise 
makes  a  man  healthy,  wealthy 
and  wise. 

All  is  not  gold  that  glitters. 

Practice  makes  perfect. 

HI  gotten  wealth  never  prospers. 

Ill  weeds  grow  apace. 

A  new  broom  sweeps  clean. 

All's  well  that  ends  well 


EASY    CONVERSATION. 


2Ber  Hotft  an  Me  £fjure? 

SKertftba? 

2ftad)en  <5te  auf. 

3)cr  ©djttffd  fterft. 

<5tnb  (Sic  nod^  tm  Sett? 

<Ste()en  <£te  auf. 

(gg  ifl  ,3eit  aufgufte^en. 

(S«  ift  Better  Sag.^ 

SB  arum  fteljen  @ie  fo  f|)at  auf? 

3tf)  bin  borige  S'ia^t  iange  auf* 

geblteben. 
Od)  bin  fefyr  fpat  tn'«  Sett  gegan* 

gen  unb  ^abe  fd^Iec^t  gef^Iafen. 
323  aim  ftefyen  @ie  gehjo^nlidf}  auf  ? 

llm  fteben  U^r. 

Unb  urn  hneoiet  U^r  finb  <Ste 

Ijeitte  aufgeftanben  ? 
3d)  ftanb  mit  ©onnenaufgang  auf. 
•3d)  fd^Iafe  ntd^t  gern  tange. 


?ernen  (Ste  !Deutfdj  ? 

3a,  me  in  ^err,  ti^  lerne  eg. 

fagt,  <Sie  tyredjen  fe^r  gut 


lefen  ? 


3d)  toerftefye  e§  beffer, 

fpre^en  fann. 
83erfte^en  @ie, 


1. 

Who  knocks  at  the  door? 

Who  is  there? 

Open  the  door. 

The  key  is  in  the  door. 

Are  you  in  bed  still  ? 

Get  up  (rise). 

It  is  time  to  get  up. 

It  is  broad  day-light 

Why  do  you  get  up  so  late  ? 

I  sat  up  late  last  night. 

I  went  to  bed  very  late,  and 

slept  badly. 
What  time  do  you  generally 

get  up  ? 

At  seven  o'clock. 
And  what  o'clock  did  you  get 

up  this  morning  ? 
I  got  up  at  sun-rise. 
I  don't  like  to  sleep  long. 

2. 

Are  you  learning  German? 
Yes,  Sir,  I  am  learning  it  (I  do). 
They  say  you  speak  German 

very  well. 
I  understand  it  better  than  I 

speak  it. 
Do  you  understand  what  you 

read? 


CONVERSATION. 


467 


Qdf  raeitt  £>err,  idj  toerflelje  atte 

beutfdjen  Sitter, 
©agen  ©te  mir  einmal,  toie  nen* 

nen  ©ie  btefeS  auf  Sngltfdj  ? 
3d)  gtaube,  man  nennt  e8 . . . 
©pred)e  id)  gut  au$  ? 

§iemltd)  gut 
te  bebiirfen  nur  nodj  cut  toentg 
Uebung. 
SRtdjtS  iwrb  oljne  2ftitlje  ertangt 


Yes,  Sir,  I  understand  all  Ger- 
man booka 

Tell  me,  what  do  you  call  this 
in  English? 

I  believe  they  call  it ... 

Do  I  pronounce  well  ? 

Pretty  well 

You  only  want  a  little  more 
practice. 

There  is  nothing  to  be  got 
without  pains. 


SRetn  $err,  finb  ©ie  cut  SnglSu- 

ber? 

3a,  metn  £err,  3f)nen  ju  bienen. 
©prec^en  @ie  2)eutf  d^  ? 
3dj  fpred^e  e8  era  njenig. 
2Ste  lange  fmb  ©te  f^on  ui 


donate. 
©te  fpred^en  gtemtt^  gut  £)eiitfdj 

fiir  btefe  furge  ^tt 
3c^    §abe   feine    5e^9f"t  te 

©prerfjen. 

SDtefe  wti'b  ratt  ber  £e\t  fomnten. 
©agt  3^nen  31jr  Secret  ntc^t,  ba§ 

©te  imtuer  2)eutf(^  fpred^ea 

miiffen? 
S«/  tttetn  $err,  er  fagt  e§  tntr 

fe^r  oftf  aber  t^  niage  e§  ntc^t 
©eten  ©te  fuljii  unb  fpredjen  ©te, 

o^ne  $u  beforgen,  ob  Ote  etntgc 

^eljler  madden  ober  ntd^t. 
SBenn  id)  fo  fpred^e,  fo  iuirb  mtdj 

•Sebermann  auStac^en. 

^  b,at  Sfrcfjt^  ju  fagen;  akr 

c  gtaube  e«  ntc^t. 

tffea  ©te  ntd)t,  ba§,  um  gut 

fpred^eu  311  lernen,  mau  an* 
u  jpvcJjeu? 


Sir,  are  you  an  Englishman? 

Yes,  Sir,  at  your  service. 

Do  you  speak  German? 

I  speak  a  little. 

How  long  have  you  been  in 

Germany/ 
Ten  months. 
You  speak  German  pretty  weH 

for  such  a  short  time. 

I  have  no  fluency  in  speaking. 

This  will  come  with  time. 

Does  not  your  master  tell  you 
that  you  must  always  speak 
German  ? 

Yes,  Sir,  he  tells  me  so  very 
often ;  but  I  do  not  dare  to. 

Be  confident,  and  speak  with- 
out minding  whether  you 
make  a  few  mistakes  or  not. 

If  I  speak  so,  everybody  will 
laugh  at  me. 

No  matter  for  that,  but  I  do 
not  think  so. 

Do  you  not  know  that,  to  learn 
to  speak  well,  you  begin  by 
speaking  badly? 


APPENDIX. 


f  flbeln  imb  <£r$ljhmcietu 


fwljndjen  unb  bet  2>iamattt 


(Sin  toerljungert  £mljnd)en  fanb 

(Sinen  feinen  35iamant 

Unb  t>erfd)arrt'  iljn  in  ben  <Sanb. 


boc^,  mtc^  gu  erfreu'n," 
§,  biefer  fdjone  ©tein 
ein  2Bet3enfornd^en  fern. 


!Du  33a^tetn,  fltber^elt  nnb  War, 
3)u  etlfl  ftoriiber  tmmerbar, 
5lm  Ufer  fte^'  id^f  finn'  unb  ftnn'  : 
2Bo  fommjl  bu  l)er?  So  ge^ft  bu  Ijin? 


fomm'  au«  bunfter  ^etfen 
gauf  ge^t  ttber  ^tum'  unb 
metnem  (Spiegel  fd^niebt  fo  milb 
blauen  §immet«  freunbltd^  33tlb. 


jD'rutn  ^ab'  i^  frozen  ^inberfmn; 
(53  treibt  mid^  fort,  toei^  nid)t  rto^in, 
35er  mi(^  gerufen  au8  bent  (Stein, 
3)er,  benf  id),  hrirb  mein  ^tt^rer  fein." 

471 


472  APPKNDEL 

$er  Crfjfc  unb  ber  (vjcl. 


unb  (gfel  gonften  ftd) 
33etm  ©pajiergang  um  bie  2Bette, 
Set  am  ntetften  2Bei«l)ett  Ijatte; 
Reiner  ftegte,  fetner  twd). 

(Snbltd)  fam  man  uberein: 
2)afc  ber  £on)e,  lucnn  er  roottte, 
2)iefen  ©treit  entf^eiben  fottte,  — 

Unb  toa8  fonnte  ftiiger  fein?  — 

Scibc  tretcn,  ticfgebiidtt, 
SSor  be«  jt^tcrbe^errfc^erg  ST^rone, 
2)cr  mit  cinem  ebten  ^o^ne 

Sluf  bie8  'JJaar  ^ernteberbltrft 


forirfjt  bic 

3«  bent    fel  unb  bcm 
B3|r  feib  afle  betbc  barren!"  — 
3eber  gofft  i^n  an  nnb 


-Unobc  unb  bie  tattcht. 


(Stn  ^nabc  a^,  njte  titelc 

jDtc  3)atteln  fiir  fein  £eben  gern, 

Unb  um  be8  ©uten  biet  ju  ^aben, 
@o  pftangt  er  einen  jDattetfern 

3n  fetne^  33ater«  SBIumengarten.  — 
3)er  S3ater  fa^  t|m  ta^etnb  ju 
Unb  fragte:  ^IDatteln  pflan^eft  bu?  — 

O  ^inb,  ba  mufet  bu  lange  ttiarten  ; 
3)enn  luiffe,  biefer  eble  S3  aunt 
Stragt  oft  nac^  jnian^tg  3at>ren  faum 

®te  erften  fetner  ftifeen  grttdjte."  — 
^arl,  ber  fid)  beffen  ntrfjt  toerfa^, 
(Stanb  aufangS  gan^  betroffen  ba  ; 

balb  nut  frofytidjem  ©eftrfjte 
9?uft  er  :  ,,$)a8  fofl  mid)  ntd)t  Derbriejjen  ; 

Selo^nt  bie  j^eit  nur  meinen  ^tet^, 

©o  fann  id)  |a  beretnft  at«  ©retS, 

je^t  bsr  ^nabe  pflanjt,  gente^en." 


APPENDIX. 

Xcr  JViftfjcr. 

ein  fttfdjer  an  bent  Sad),  rooflte  ^ifd)lein  fangen ; 

eg  blieb  ben  gangen  Jag  leer  bie  2lnget  Ijangen. 
@nblid)  gu(ft  eg,  unb  er  fab,  $ifd)lein  gappetnb  fdjroeben. 
(SMbenrotb/lid)  tying  eg  ba,  fletyt  ityn  unt  fein  Seben. 


473 


£ieber  ftifdjer,  Ia§  mt^  to$,"  fpradf)'«  nut  gtatten  2Borten, 
2a   mic^  in  ber  25etten  (£<i)oofc,  big  ic^  gro§  gertorben." 

in,  bag  lann  ni^t  gefc^e^'n,  fyier  ^itft  fetn  Seflagen. 
id)  je^t  bid^  n)ieber  gelj'n,  mbd)t'  311  Diet  id^  rtagen." 


,,3)enfe  boc^,  tt)ie  !Iein  ic^  bin  ;  fjaft  ja  faum  brei  33ifftm. 
?a§  mic^  in  bie  glutl)  ba^in  ;  toirft  mid)  nid)t  bermiffen.* 
w2BeiI  bu  gar  fp  nieblid)  bift  unb  fo  jung  am  ?eben, 
@ei  bir  eine  fleine  ^nft  noc^  Don  mir  gegeben. 

2Birft  bu  aber  grower  fetn,  benf  an  beine  2Borte, 
©tefle  bid^  gum  ffange  ein,  b,ier  an  biefem  £)rte." 
^r6b,tic^  f  prang  bag  gifdjlein  ^in  in  bie  2Beflen!ii^Ic, 
Xrieb  mit  Iieiter'm,  frozen  8inn  feine  luft'gen  ©pietc. 

?llg  ein  3ab,r  tooriiber  roar,  bac^t'  eg  feiner  SBorte, 
©tellte  fid)  bent  ^ifdjer  bar  an  bemfetben  Orte. 
j£>od)  ber  fprac^  :  ,,2BeiI  bu  fo  treu  an  bent  SSort 
?a§  ic^  bid^  auf  immer  frei,  roitt  bic^  niemalg  fangen." 


(gg  gingen  brei  Oager  roo^I  auf  bie 
@ie  rooflten  erjagen  ben  roei^en  §ire. 

@ie  tegten  ftd^  unter  ben  £annenbaum, 
3)a  fatten  bie  brei  einen  fettfamen  2;raum. 

S)cr  (Srftc. 

2ftir  ^at  getraumt,  idq  flopft'  auf  ben  33ufdj, 
2)a  raufd)te  ber  £>irfd)  b,eraug,  ^ufc^,  ^ufc^  ! 

3)er  3n)eite- 

Unb  alg  er  fprang  mit  ber  §unbe  ©eflaff, 
2)a  brannt'  tc^  i^n  auf  bag  gett,  piff,  paff  ! 


474 


APPENDIX. 

2)er  2)rttte. 

Unb  alS  id)  ben  £)irfd)  an  ber  (grbe  fab,, 
2)  a  ftiefc  id)  luftig  in'S  £orn,  trara ! 

<3o  lagen  fte  ba  unb  fpradjen,  bte  brei, 
2)a  rannte  ber  meifje  $trfd^  borbeL 

Unb  eb/  bie  brei  Oa'ger  ib,n  red)t  gefeb,'n, 
@o  h)ar  er  batoon  iiber  Siefen  unb  §6b,'n. 

8.  ttylanb. 


3lefop  gtng  etnjl  nod)  etnem  ©tabtc^en  ^in. 
Sin  SBanb'rer  fam  unb  grii§te  ib,n, 
Unb  fragf  :  f,2Bie  lange,  ftreunb,  ^ab'  t^  ^u  ae^'n, 
gu  bent  ^leden  bort,  ben  nnr  toon  toeitem  feb,'n  ? 
!"  fprid)t  $lefop.  —  Unb  er  :  B$a8  wet^  i 
roenn  tc^  luetter  fommen  fott, 

Qfy  geljen  mu§;  attetn  bu  fottfi  mtr  fagcn  : 
3n  Ruemel  ©tuuben?"  —  ^un,  fo  aey!"  —  W3^  feb^e  h)ob,t," 
S3nnnmt  b,ier  ber  ^rembe,  nber  ^erl  tft  tott; 

Od)  ttjerbe  ntdjtg  t>on  tb/m  erfragen;" 
Unb  breb,t  ftd)  meg  unb  ge^t.  —  ,,Qt"  ruft  Stefop,  ffeb  SBort  ! 
3tt)ei  <Stunben  bringen  bi^  an  ben  beflimmten  Ort." 

35er  Sanb'rer  btetbt  betroffen  fletien. 
„&."  ruft  er,  *unb  n)te  tt)et§t  bu'8  nun  ?" 
,,Unb  ttJte/  Derfe^t  5le|op,  ,,!onnt'  t^  ben  2lu8fp 

S3et)or  id^  betnen  ®ang  gefe^en?"  — 


Xcr  3tf)atjflrabcr. 

2Bmjer,  ber  am  Sobe  lag, 

f  etne  ^tnber  an  unb  fprad)  : 
n$n  unfer'm  2Bemberg  liegt  ein 
@rabt  nur  barnad)  !"  —  Ws2ln  roetdjem 
(Sc^rte  5ltte§  taut  ben  33ater  an.  — 
ff@rabt  nur!"  —  O  toeb,',  ba  ftarb  ber  SD^ann. 
^aum  nmr  ber  ^llte  beigefd^afft, 
<So  grub  man  nad)  au§  ?eibe«fraft. 


APPENDIX.  475 


£>acfe,  $arft  uub  (Spaten  hmrb 
j£)er  ^Bctnberg  um  imb  um  gefdjarrt; 
3)a  luar  fetn  ®Iofj,  bet  rufytg  blteb, 
"Uftan  uiarf  bte  (Srbc  gar  burdj'8  <Steb 
Unb  ^og  bte  £)arfen  freug  unb  qurc 
9?ad)  jebem  (Steindjen  l)tn  unb  fjer. 
?lttein  ba  hiarb  fetn  ©djafc  berfpitrt, 
Unb  3eber  ^tett  fief)  angefitfyrt. 
jDocf),  faum  erfdjten  ba3  nad)fte  ^afjr, 
(So  nafjm  man  mit  (Srftaunen  tt)af)r, 
3)a^  jebe  ^Rcbe  bretfad)  trug. 
S)a  hmrben  erft  bte  ©ofjne  f(ng, 
Unb  gruben  nun,  3;af)r  ein, 
tmmer  mefjr 


Slinbc  unb  bet  8a!jme. 


S3on  ungefafjr  mitf?  etnen  33ttnben 
(gin  Saunter  auf  ber  ©trafje  finben, 
Unb  3ener  f)offt  fd)on  freubenoott, 
ifnt  ber  Slnb're  leiten  [ott. 


ber  ^afjme,  ,rbetguftef)en  ? 
-3d)  armer  9)lann  fann  felbft  ntd)t  gefjen. 
3)od)  fd)etnt'$,  ba§  bu  ju  einer  Soft 
fefjr  gefunbe  ©djuttern  fjaft. 


(gntfd)Iie§e  bid),  mid)  fortjutragen, 
@o  hjitt  id)  bir  bie  ©tege  fagen; 
(So  rtirb  betn  ftarfer  ^u^  mein 
2)Zein  IjetteS  5luge  beine§  fein." 


S)er  £af)me  fjangt  mit  fetnen 
(Sid)  auf  be8  S3Iinben  breiten  SRiicfen. 
SSereint  mtrft  alfo  biefeS  ^aar, 
ein^efn  ^einem  mb'glidj  toar. 


3)u  fjaft  nid)t  ba§,  tt)a8  3lnb're  fjaben, 
Unb  anbern  mangeln  beine  ©aben. 
SluS  biefer  Unbottfommenfjeit 
(Sntfpringet  bie  ^efettigleit. 


476.  APPENDIX. 

X rr  iHri jntDr. 

(Sin  Sanb'rer  bat  ben  ®ott  ber  ©otter, 
25en  ,3eu§,  kei  ungeftitmem  2Better, 

Urn  ftttte  Suft  itnb  (Sonnenfrfjein. 
Umfonft !  3eug  Ififct  m  rod)*  betoegen. 
3)er  £>immel  ftitrmt  mit  SBinb  unb  SRegen; 

2)enn  ftiirmifc^  fottt'  c8  ^eutc  fetn. 

3)er  2Sonb'rer  fc^t,  mit  bitfrer  tlage, 
S)a^  3cug  m^  ^fetfe  bic  3Wenfc^en  plage, 

jfiic  fau're  9teife  mU^fam  fort. 
@o  oft  ein  neiter  ©tunnttjinb  toiit^et 
Unb  fdjnett  i^m  ftitt^ufteb.'n  gebietet, 

(So  oft  ertont  ein  ^dfternjort 

(gin  nafjer  293atb  fott  i^n  befrfjirmen. 
(Sr  eilt,  bem  9f  egen  unb  ben  ©turnten 

3n  biefem  £>ol^e  gu  entge^'n; 
3)o^,  eb,'  bet  2BaIb  tb,n  aufgenommen, 
©ieb/t  fern  er  einen  SRauber  fommen 

Unb  bleibt  bor  ^urd^t  hn  SKegen  fteb,'n. 

®er  dauber  greift  narf)  feinem  S3ogen, 
SDen  fc^on  bie  9idffe  fc^Iaff  gejogen; 

(Sr  giett  unb  fa^t  ben  ^Uger  rooljt; 
2)o^  SBinb  unb  S^egen  ftnb  gurtnber; 
®er  ^3feil  fciflt  matt  Dor  bem  bamieber, 

3)em  er  bag  ^>erg  burd^bo^ren  fott. 

„€>  ^or,"  Ia§t  3eu^  f^  ^orntg  ^oren,  — 
«2Birb  bid)  ber  matte  ^feil  nun  le^ren, 

Ob  id)  bent  @turm'  ^u  wet  erlaubt?— • 
^>att'  id)  bir  ©onnenfdjein  gegeben, 
(So  b,Stte  bir  ber  ^feil  bag  ?eben, 

2)aS  bir  ber  (Sturm  erfjielt,  geraubt." 

(NM; 

SBtntermor^cn. 

!l5ie  (Srbe  fdjldft !  mit  wetter  ^iitte 

tat  fie  ber  SBinter  ^ugeberft; 
ie  tft  nid)t  tobt,  fie  fdjtdft  nur  ftttte, 
23t8  bag  ber  Senj  fte  toieber  toedtt 


APPENDIX.  .47? 


llnb  tote  ba$  $mbtein  ofyne  ©orgen 
(Sid)  an  ben  2ftutterbufen  fdjtniegt, 
<So  rufy'n,  an  ifyrer  23ruft  geborgen, 
!£ie  SBlumenfinber  etngetoiegt. 

HDa  traumen  fte  toon  mitben  Siiften, 
$om  <Sonnenfd)ein,  born  flaren  Jb,au; 
Unb  fe^'n,  beraiifcfyt  toon  fii§en  jDtiften, 
2)en  griinen  2Batb,  bie  bunte  5lu'. 

<3te  (aufc^en,  toa§  bte  SBoget  fingen, 
llnb  toa«  bte  2BeUe  fagt  im  33ad^; 
(Ste  fofen  nut  ben  Odjmetterltngen, 
2)te  Stenen  fitmmen:  guten 


2)te  33  lumen  ftrecfen  ftd)  nacfj  oben, 
2)ie  ^Jra^t  jn  fd^auen  fern  unb  na^; 
3)a  ift  ber  fcfyb'ne  Sraitm  gerftoben, 
Unb  fte^  —  ber  £en$  ift  h)irf(idf)  ba. 

Grfetaann. 


f  teber,  Cflegien  etc. 

©efunben. 

0^  gtng  tm  2BaIbe  fo  fitr  mtc^  ^tn, 

Uub  ntcqtS  gu  fttc^en,  ba8  toar  ntetn  ©tun. 

-9m  ©djatten  fa1^  tcf)  etn  33titmd)en  fie^n, 
2Bie  (Sterne  leudjtenb,  toie  2leuglein  f^on. 

3d)  tootlt'  eS  bre^en,  ba  fagt'  eS  fetn: 
gum  Selfen  gebro^en  fein?" 


3c^  grub's  mit  alien  ben  2BiirgIetn  au3, 
3um  ©arten  trug  id)'8  am  Ijitbfdjen 

Unb  bftangt'  eS  toteber  am  ftttlen  £5rt; 
jtoeigt  e«  intmer  unb  bliiljt  fo  fort. 


479  APPENDIX. 

£crbftlict>. 


Sotb  fattt  bon  falben 

3>a«  lefcte  23latt  Ijerab; 
2)ie  23iifrf)'  unb  3Batber  fd)tt)eigen, 

3>te  2Bett  ift  we  ein  ®rab. 
2Bo  fmb  fte  nun  geblieben 
2)ie  $6g'lein  all',  bte  Ueben? 

51^  !  fie  fangen  erft  fo-  fd^Sn  !  — 
2)er  9?eif  ^at  fte  toerfrieben 

2Beg  nber  J^at  unb  £6lj'n. 

Unb  bange  njtrb'S  unb  banger 

Unb  fib'  in  ftelS  unb  £>ag; 
2)te  ^acfjte  tuerben  longer 

Unb  hirjer  wirb  ber  Xag. 
3)ie  ©anger  finb  toerfcfjttmnben 
Sn  biefen  triiben  (Stunben, 

@ud)en  ^rii^Iing  anber^nio; 
Unb  wo  fie  ben  gefunben, 

3)a  finb  fte  ttneber  fro^. 

Unb  toenn  Don  fatben  ^ttietgen 

3)a6  Iet?te  33Iatt  nod)  fattt, 
SKenn  33iifrf)'  unb  SSatber  fdjiuetgen, 

3H«  trauerte  bte  2Belt,  - 
3)ein  gni^ing  fann  ntrf)t 
S3au'  t^n  in  ^erjen^grunben  ! 

(Sei  bu  fetber  bir  bein  ©liict  ! 
<So  fannft  bu  ^ni^ing  finben 

On  jebem  Hugenblidf. 

^cffraonn  v. 


etn,  ntciu 


en,  ntetn     erg,  n 
3)en  muben  5lugentiben 
!Der  SMumen  i)at  gebrarf)t 
(Srquicfung^t^au  bie 


@d)Iaf  ein,  ntetn  §erg,  in  ftrieben  I 
2)a§  ?eben  frfjltift  |ienieben, 
2)er  2J?onb  in  (titter  ^rarfjt, 
Sin  ?luge  ©otte^  roarfjt. 


APPENDIX. 


<Sd)Iaf  cin,  ntctn  £>erj,  in  ^ricben  ! 
$on  $urd)t  unb  ©ram  gefdjieben; 
£>er  SBelten  fyat  bebadjt, 
9?immt  and)  em  £>er<5  in 


(Sdjlaf  em,  metn  ^erj,  in  ^rteben! 
23on  bofem  £raum  gemieben, 
©eftfirft  toon  (SlaubenSmadjt, 
^offnung  ongelac^t. 


(Scfjtaf  ein,  metn  ^er^,  in  ^rieben  ! 
Unb  n)enn  bir  ift  befcfyieben 
3)er  Xob  Ijier  in  ber 
@o  bift  bu  bort  errt)acf)t. 

gt. 


29Bo«f)tcrnif. 

n)a«  i^  eu^  rtnft  fagen  ! 
l)at  3ef)n  gefc^Iagen. 
betet  unb  bann  ge^t  311  Sett; 
£>od)  lofc^t  ba«  Sic^t  au§,  eh/  i^r  ge^t; 
©d^Iaft  fanft  unb  toof)!  !  3m  ^>immel 
Sin  flared  ^Cug'  bie  ganje 


JP>gref,  h)a§  id)  eurf)  rt)itt  fagen  ! 
SDie  ©locf  ^at  (Stf  gefrfjla^en. 
Unb  toer  noc^  bei  ber  5lrbeit  fdjrtnfct, 
Unb  t»er  beim  ^artenf^iel  nod)  fi£t, 
fag'  i^'g  tout  unb  beutlirf)  nun: 


)  eit(^  itjitt  fagen! 
©lot!'  ^at  3wi>If  gcfd)tagen. 
2Bo  nod)  in  ftitter  2Witternad)t 
(Sin  franfeS  §er^  ttott  Summer  h>ad)t, 
@ott  geb'  ifim  £roft,  toerlei^  i^m 
Unb  fiib,r'8  bent  fanften  <2d)tummer 


^  euc^  n)itt  fagen  ! 
'  (jat  (SinS  gefd)tagen. 
Unb  too  burc^  <2atanS  Sift  unb 
Sin  3)ieb  ^infdjteic^t  auf  bunf  lent 


480  APPENDIX. 

3d)  nritt'«  nidjt  fyoffen,  boc^  gefd)tef)t'S; 
@o  gel)'  er  fyeun,  fetn  9<Jtd)ter  fiefjt'S. 


£>ijret,  tuaS  id)  eud)  nnfl  fagen  ! 
3)ie  ©locf  Ijat  gmi  gefd)lagen. 
llnb  toem  bte  <Sorg',  fdjon  e^'  c§  tagt, 
<5d)tt>er  an  bem  madjen  ^>er^en  nagt: 
2)er  onne  Sropf,  fetn  <Sd)laf  tft  fort; 
©ott  forgt,  tierlafj  bt^  auf  fetn  2Bort  ! 


^  eud^  hnfl  fagen  ! 

t  3)rei  gefc^Iagen. 
2)te  SD^orgenftunb  am  £>tmmel 
2Ber  friebeboH  ben  Xag  erlebt, 
35er  banfe  ®ott  ttnb  faffe  2Kttt^ 
®e^'  an'«  ©efc^aft  ttnb  §olf  ftc^  gut. 


Drifter. 


SBer  me  fern  33rob  mtt  X^ranen  a§, 
2Ber  nte  bte  fummertioflen  9?dd)te 
3luf  fetnem  Sette  rtetnenb  fa§, 
3)er  fennt  eud)  nt^t,  t^r  ^tmmltf^en 


•Sljr  fu^rt  tn§  ?eben  itnS  ^tnetn, 
O^r  la^t  ben  Airmen  fdjutbtg  toerben, 
3)ann  Uberla§t  iljr  t^n  ber  $etn;  — 
2)enn  atte  ©djulb  ra'^t  fic^  anf  Srben. 

(Soef^r. 


hn  gritnen 

bte  alien  9£itftent 
SBanbelt  letf  am  fdjonften 
SBunberfameS 


i  Hebcl  wrote  this  poem  in  one  of  the  many  peasant-dialects  spoken  in  Germany. 
which,  though  not  differing  widely  from  the  literary  language,  would  nevertheless 
have  been  incomprehensible  to  the  learner. 


APPENDIX. 

gaublein  f  prid)t:  ®ott 
u  bem  Saub  baueben, 
HOeS  atfymet  tief  unb  fiijj 
griebenSleben. 


Unb  trie  Slut'  unb  SBIatt  am  ©traudj 
(Stifl  fid)  nriegt  im  (SHcmge, 
SBiegt  ft^  ntetne  <SeeI'  im  £>audj, 
3)er  bur^ftromt  ba§  ©ange. 

C.  ©flbtf. 

60  ifl  bas  Wliirf  ein  fliidjtig  Xing. 


6«  ifl  bo«  ©turf  ein 
Unb  njart  gu  alien  £agen; 
Unb  jagteft  bu  um  ber  @rbe 
!J)u  mbrfjteft  e«  ni^t  erjagen 


?eg'  bid)  Ueber  in«  ©ra«  bott  £>uft, 
Unb  ftnge  beine  Sieber; 

Dtetlei^t  aug  blauer  Suft 

auf  bt^  ^ernieber. 


Slber  bann  parf'  eg  unb  Ijalt'  e«  fefl 
Unb  plaubrc  nidjt  tiiel  bagnjifc^en; 
SBenn  bu  fo  lang'  e8  ttjarten  td^t*, 
bir  roieber  enttt)ifc^en. 

3.  Oeitrf. 


Toe  tjcrlaffcnc 


,  rtjann  bie  §a^ 

bie  (Sternlein  toerf^toinbcn, 

id)  am  £>erbe  ft 

^euer  junben. 


on  ift  ber  § 
fpringen  bie 
fc^aue  fo  brein, 
!2eib  Derjunfen. 


482  APPENDIX. 


bo  lommt  e8  mir, 
Sreutofer  $nabe, 
35afc  icf)  bie  9?acf)t  Don  btr 
©etra'umet  fyabe. 

Sfyrane  auf  Sfyra'ne  bann 
©turret  fyernieber; 
@o  fommt  ber  Sag  Ijeran  — 
£>  ging'  er  wieber  ! 


3d)ii 


ift  bcr  Sag  be§  §errn! 
bin  attein  auf  toetter  fflw 
Sine  2ttorgengto<!e  nnr, 
(Stitte  nat)  unb  fern. 

^[nbetenb  fnte'  icf)  fyier. 
£)  fii^e^  ®rau'n  !  geljetmeS 
Site  fnieten  53iete  ungefe^n 
Unb  beteten  mtt  mir. 

3)cr  ^immet  na^  unb  fern, 
<5r  ijl  fo  flar  unb  feieritrf), 
@o  gan^  afe  wottt'  er  5ffnen 
S)a0  ift  ber  Sag  be3  £errn! 


'  oft  im  ^reife  ber  Sieben 
3n  bufttgem  ®rafe  geru^t, 
Unb  mir  ein  £teblein  gefungen, 
Unb  aUeS  n>ar  ^ubjc^  unb  gut. 

£ab'  einfam  and)  mic^  ge^armet 
-3n  bangem,  biifterem  2)?ut^ 

Unb  Ijabe  roieber  gefungen, 
Unb  atteS  toar  mteber  gut. 

Unb  mand)e«,  toa8  id)  erfa^ren, 
Serfo^r*  icf)  in  flitter  2ButIj, 

Unb  lam  icf)  hneber  ju  ftngen, 
SCBar  afleS  auc^  ftieber  gut 


APPENDIX.  483 

©oflft  nidjt  un8  lange  ftagen, 

2Ba8  atteS  btr  toefje  tljut, 
IKur  frtfrf),  nur  frifd]  gefungen  ! 

Unb  afleS  roirb  ttneber  gut. 


Xcr  Irfjihtftc  Hitgcnblirf  . 

<3df)<m  ift'3,  wenn  jtoci  ©terne 
ftrf)  fte^n  am  firmament/ 
n,  njenn  gtoeter  Sftofen 
e  ineinanber  brennt. 


in  2Baf)rl)ett  immer 
am  fcfjdnften  angufe^n, 
23Bte  3h)et,  fo  fid)  lieben, 
@elig  beieinanber  fte^n. 

X.  ffcme*. 


3;t^  trat  in  einen  ^eitig  biiflern 
(Stcfjiualb,  ba  ^ort'  i^  tcif  unb  Unb 
(Sin  33ad)letn  unter  SBtiimen  fliiftern, 
2Bie  ba8  ®ebet  &on  einem 


Unb  mid^  ergriff  ein  fii§e8  ©raucn: 
(S^  raitfrfjt  ber  2Batb  ge^etmni^ott, 
31(8  mocfjt  er  mtr  raa§  anbertrauen, 
noc^  metn  §ecj  nic^t  toiffen  foff; 


moc^t'  er  Ijeim(td)  mtr  entbetfen, 
©ottrt  Sie&e  fmnt  unb  njid; 
fdjten  er  ptoljtic^  ju  erfc^recfen 
33or  @otte8  W  —  unb  ttwrbe  flUL 


HScffc  OTofc. 

-9n  etnem  33ud)e  btatternb,  fanb 
5c^  erne  9Jofe,  ttcH,  ^erbritrft, 
Unb  rt>et^  auc^  nid^t  mefyr,  toeffen 
@ie  einft  fiir  mid^  gepflucft 


APPENDIX. 

$ld)  mefjr  unb  meljr  im  2lbenM)aud(j 
33ertt>eft  Srinn'rung  ;  balb  gerfttebt 
Sftetn  (SrbenlooS,  bann  toeijj  id)  aud) 
•ifttd)t  ntefyr,  roer  mid)  getiebt  ! 

SR.  Sawu. 


SBenn  bie  £age  longer  rterben, 
Sa^ft  ba«  £0:3  aii(^  in  ber 
£etcf)ter  totrb  e«  bann  auf  (Srben, 
at^met 


atljmet  Sujl  unb  ©e^nen; 

nur  im  jungcn  Oa^t 
2)cnft  ein  firmer  nod^  mtt 
S)ajj  ein  SSinter  war  ! 

$.  Sinng. 

Sonctte. 

nt^t  afe  ^immel  an  bic  2Botfenfd)i^te, 
(Srprobe  felbjl  bein  jugenWic^  ©efleber, 
SSirf  muttg  in  bie  f^tuanfen  @d)alen  nieber 
beine  eigenen  ©etmrfjte  ! 


'  ben  ®eifl  am  felbflgef^affnen 
Unb  forfdje  b,euf  unb  forf^e  morgen  nneber, 
@enf  nie  gufrieben  beine  5lugenliber, 
beinen  ©tauben  tagtic^  gu  ©erid^te  ! 


bu  hunter  toageft,  o  befdjontg'S 
•ftie  »or  ben  SD'Jenfc^en  burd^  ein  gaglja 
S3elenn'  e«  mit  bent  ftuimutf)  eine« 


£)b  fte  bit  flantntenb  audf)  ben 
5Diit  ^tantmen  tauft  ber  gmige  ben 
3)er  ftotj  fott  iiber  t§re  SSaffer  ftetgen. 


iltcbnt. 


SQSie  iSnnt'  idj  bein  bergeffen  ! 
3d^  toeifj,  t»a«  bu  mir  bifi, 


APPENDIX.  485 

SBetm  aud)  bie  2Belt  iljr  StebfteS 
Unb  SefteS  balb  fcergifct. 
3d)  fing'  eS  IjeU  unb  ruf  eg  taut: 
SOtein  23aterlanb  ift  meine  SBraut! 
3d)  toeijj,  toaS  bit  mir  &tjt 

SKtc  fonnt'  td^  betn  bergeffen  ! 
3)etn  benf  i^  afle^ctt; 
3ify  bin  mit  btr  oer&unbett, 
9J?it  btr  in  ^reub'  unb  Seib. 
-3(^  toitt  fiir  bid)  im  ^am^fc  jle^tt, 
Unb  fott  e«  fein,  mit  bir  toergeljtu 
3Bie  !6nnt'  ic^  bein  tiergeffen  ! 
S)ein  benf  i^  afle^eit. 

SBte  Knnt'  i^  bein  bergeffen  ! 
3tf]  toei^,  tpag  bit  tnir  bift, 
©o  lang'  etn  §auc^  »on  Siebe 
Unb  8eben  in  mtr  ift. 
3(^  fudje  nid)t«  al«  bici^  aflettt, 
2lfe  beiner  Siebe  ttjertb,  ^u  fetn. 
SBie  lonnt'  i^  bein  bergeffen  ! 
3$  n)ei§,  roa8  bu  mir  bift. 

Hoffmann  ». 

9luf  bet  SBanberung. 

^ranfretd)  unb  bem 
3)a  toacljfen  unfre  9?eben. 

'  mein  £ieb  am  gritnen  S'J^et 

'  mir  meinen  fitljlen  SBein! 
S'Jur  in  jDeutfc^tanb, 
5Da  toitt  tc^  enng  leben. 

tm  fremben  Sanbe  tear  t^  a 
SBalb  bin  id)  fjeimpegangen. 

guft  unb  2)urft  babet, 
ual  unb  (Sorgen  manc^ertet  — 
d^  2>eutfd)lanb 
mein  §erj  bertangen. 


i  Itlt  IB  poetical  for  tfiat,  and  tfiai  cerlangen  itself  poetical  for  utrtangtc. 


APPENDIX. 


3ft  em  ganb,  e§  f)ei§t 

33liilm  £)rangen  unb  Sttronciu 
(Singe,  fprad)  bie  9£omerin, 
Unb  id)  fang  $um  9iorben  fn'n: 

9?ur  in  j£>eutfd)fanb, 

3)a  mufc  mein  ©djafclein  wolmett. 


2113  id)  fa^  bie  ^llpen  h)ieber  gliiljtt 
^eH  in  ber  SKorgenfonne: 

©riife'  mein  giebc^cn,  gotbner 

©riif  '  mir  meinen  griinen 
•ftur  in  3)eutf(^tanb, 
S)a  tooljnet  f^reub'  unb  SBonne  ! 

goffmann  ». 


inb  fdjlaf  t. 


5Die  5Dhttter  InDt  ben 
SJJit  fii^en  giebern  ein; 
@r  ttjitt'g  ni(^t  anberS 
<Sie  mu^  am  Sette  fein. 


SBie  fann'S  ber  (S^etnt  nnr  hnffett, 
Ob  fie  am  33ette  ft^t, 
S)er  faum  au«  feinem 
^albem  ?luge  blifct? 


Unb  h)te  er  o^ne  Summer 
^rif  t^  at^menb,  roftg  liegt  ! 
$Da8  ifl  ein  fu§er  <Sd)tummer, 
SKorein  bie  ?ieb'  un§  toiegt  ! 

Gbuarb  oon  Banmtfelk. 

£>ie  (vinf  c^r. 

S3et  eutem  SBtrt^e,  toimberraitb, 
SDa  war  id^  jitngfl  git  ®afte; 
(gin  ^olb'ner  Slpfel  war  fein  @d)Ub 
Sin  etnem  langen  Slfte, 


AJTENDEX, 


ber  gute  2lpfetbaunt, 
33et  bcm  id)  etngefefyret; 
Sfttt  filler  $oft  iinb  frifdjem  (Sdjawn 
er  mid)  luofyl  genafyret; 


GS  famen  in  fein  grime§ 
SBiel  tetdjt  befdjnringte  ©afte; 
©te  fprangen  fret  unb  fytelten 
Unb  fangen  auf  ba§  53eftc. 

-3^  fanb  em  33ett  jit  fu§er 
Sluf  meic^en,  gritnen  3Jiatten; 
SDer  SBirtI),  er  becfte  fetbft  mti^  311 
fetnem  fii^Ien  ©fatten. 


fragf  i^  nad)  ber  (Sd)ulbtg!ctt; 
SDa  fcfjuttelt  er  ben  SBtyfet; 
@e[egnet  fet  er  atte  £tit 
Son  ber  SSunet  bi«  aunt  ®tj>feU 

BffHfc 


^ejler  <®ntnb  fet  betnent  3(^: 
S^te  betn  SBort  ^u  bredjen; 
SDrum  Dor  attent  ^Ute  btrf)f 
©ro§e«  $u  berfpredjen. 

Slber,  oitf  bid)  fetbft  gefteflt, 

Sanble  gro§  im  Seben, 
teid)  al«  ptteft  bu  ber  2Bett 
SDrauf  bein  2Bort  gegeben. 

3.  $antra» 


G«  toar,  al«  b^ott'  ber  ^>tmmel 
SDie  (Srbe  ftttt  gefu|t, 
SDa^  fte  im  SBIittenfdjimmer 
5Son  i^m  nun  traumen  mit^t'. 

!l)te  ?uft  gtng  burd)  bie  ^elber, 
2)ie  ^lef)ren  njogten  fadjt, 
68  raufd)ten  leif  bie  2Botber, 
@o  fternftar  n>ar  bie  9iad)t, 


APPENDIX. 

Unb  nteine  ©eete  fponnte 
Seit  tyre  fttuget  0118, 
ftlog  bnrd)  bie  ftiflen  ganbe, 
^[18  floge  fte  nad)  §au8. 

3.  *.  Qi^tnborfp. 


fteDer, 


?ctfc  $te6t  burc^  mem 
?tebtic^c«  (Selautc; 

Ketne«  grU^t 

«  2Bette  ! 


t8  an   a« 

2Bo  bte  SBtumen  fpriefeen, 
2Bcnn  bit  etnc  9tofc  frfjaufl, 
id)  taff'  fte  grii^enl 


3)u  toft  n?ie  erne  SBIumc 
@o  Ijolb  unb  fdjon  itnb  rein; 
3d)  fdjou'  bid)  an  unb  2Bel)mirt$ 
@d()Ieid)t  mir  in«  ^erj  Ijinein. 


ifl,  ate  ob  idj  bte 

aupt  bit  tegen  fottf  , 
SBetenb,  bag  ®ott  bid)  erratic 
rein  unb  frfjon  unb 


Snt  hjunberfdjonen 
9118  afle  $no«pen  fprangen, 
3)a  ijl  in  nteinem  ^er^en 
SDie  Siebe  aufgegangen. 


3m  h)nnberfd)6nen 
Sll«  afle  3?i5g,et  fangen, 
3)a  ^afc'  id)  tin*  geftanben 
SKein  ©e^nen  unb  $erlangen 


489 


(Sin  ^icfytenbaum  fteljt  einfam 
3m  <Worben  aitf  falser  |>olj'. 
3lnt  fdjla'fert;  mit  roeifter  2)ecfe 
Umljuflen  ifyn  (£ig  itnb  <3d)nee. 


(gr  traumt  toon  etner 
2)ie,  fern  im  9J?orpenlanb, 
©infant  nnb  fdjiuetgenb  troucrt 
^u  brennenber  ^ 


Sorclct. 

nidjt,  h)a§  fot(  c3  Bebeutett, 
fo  traurtg  bin; 

(gin  9#ar<i)en  au^  atten  £dttn, 
fommt  mir  ntdt  au§  bent 


S5te  guft  ift  fitf)l  unb  eg  bunfett, 
Unb  rul)ig  flie^t  ber  9^^ein; 
2)er  ®ipfel  be^  Series  funfelt 
Om  2ibenbfomtenfd)ein. 

5Dte  fc^onfte  Oungfrau  jtfcet 
!SDort  oben  njunberbar, 
-3^r  gotbneS  ©ef^meibe 
<Sie  fcimmt  iljr 


<Sie  fcimmt  eg  mit  golb'nem 
Unb  ftngt  ein  Sieb  babei; 
Ijat  eine  njunberfame, 
2JieIobei. 


3)en  ©Differ  im  fieinen 
(Srgreift  e§  mit  wilbem 
(Sr  fd^aut  ni^t  bie  ^etfenriffe, 
(£r  frfjaut  nur  ^inauf  in  bie 

3d)  gtoube,  bie  Setten 
3lm  gnbe  ©djtffer  unb 
Unb  bag  Ijat  mit  iljrem 
2)ie  Soretet  get^an. 


490  APPENDIX. 

Tic  At  nltcn. 


£>erje  me  in  Siebe  gliiljte, 
$uge  nie  im  ,3orn  geflammt, 
3)em  ift  erftorben  tm  ©cmiit^e 
®ute,  ba«  toon  oben  ftommt 


£)er  tft  tm  ttefften  £>ergen8grunbe, 
35er  ift  in  tieffter  (Beele  f  rf)  I  e  d)  t, 
2)et  ift  bis  in  bic  lefcte  ©tunbe, 
in  ben  2ob,  ber  <Setbflfucf)t 

6 


$etn  ?iiftd)en  regt  ftd^  in  ben  ,3toetgett, 
3)ie  33figtein  ftnb  in  @<i)tof  oerfunfen, 
2)te  tb,aubef^rt)erten  SBtumen  neigen 
ST)ie  buft'gen  §auptec  fdjlummertrunfen. 


S3iet  taufenb  gotbne  ©terntein  geljett 
Sim  §tmmet  ft^wctgenb  auf  unb  nieber, 
Unb  leife  gie^t  auS  ftiflen  ^fi^en 
S)er  2Konb  fein  golbneS  ^ic|t  ^ernieber. 

Unb  ift  mtr  9tub,e  norfi  befc^ieben, 
<2o  mu§  fie  b,ier  ber  ©eete  fommen, 
933o  mid^  in  iljren  ^ett'gen  ^neben 
9Zatur  ^at  liebenb  aufgenommen. 

3.  ©ham. 


»latt  tin 


3d)  ^ab'  eine  atte 
SDie  ein  atteS  Silc^Iein  b,at; 
6«  tiegt  in  bem  atten 
6in  alteS,  burreS  SBIatt 


burr  ftnb  loob,!  aud)  bie 
einft  im  £en^  ib,r'8  gepflitrft. 
mag  bocf)  bte  9Ute  b,aben  ? 
toeint,  fo  oft  fie'S  erblicft. 

«.  ©rita. 


APPENDIX.  491 

Stammer  «rfjmrr$,  (antes  dHutf. 

JD  tm  (Sdjmerge  mufj  id)  fdpeigen, 
<2>d)Uefe'  tip  tief  ing  £>erg  fyinein. 
(Sr  aflein  tft  gang  mein  eigen, 
33in  mit  ifjnt  unb  ®ott  attein; 
Unb  ob  mir  bag  ^>er^  aud)  brid^tf 
£)  tm  ©c^merge  fing'  tc^  nic^t  ! 


metn  ©liirf,  bag  moc^t'  tc^  fagen, 
Sftufen  e«  in  |cbe§  £)f)r, 
6§  Don  §cr^  gu  Bergen  ttagcn, 
JO  bag  meine  brangt'g 
Oebe  ?nft  rt)irb  ein 
£)  mein  ©liuf  ticrf( 

Want  Sorfltt.  . 

^m  3ammcr. 


enge  ®ajyeti 
Sangfam  gte^'  tc^  wot  etn^er, 
2Benn  bte  5te^ren  att'  erblaffen 
SBon  tterborg'nem  <Segen  fcf)h)er; 
Unb  fo  Jranbt'  td^  ^in  unb  finne 
Unb  mei§  ntd^t,  tuag  id)  beginne. 


Unb  ber  btaue  |nntmel  njebet 
@id^  ^erunter  Itdjt  unb  rt)arm, 
Unb  bte  gange  (Srbe  fc^iuebet 
S3raittltd)  ftitt  in  feinent  5lrnt; 
,  inbriinftig  fufecg  9Mgen, 
n,  glii^enb 


nenni  tni^  ftol  ) 


5^r  nennt  mtd^  flolg  !  2Ber  Ijat  mtc^  fo  gemac^t? 
3^r  fetbft,  bte  mic^  betrogen  unb  Derratljen  ! 
SDte  9?egung,  bte  tljr  fdjma^t,  ift  erft  ermac^t, 
Hlg  ic^  mein  Xb/un  bergttc^  mit  euern  2;b,aten  I 


492  APPENDIX. 


ncnnt  mid)  jbfy  !  O  h)tt§tet  tljr,  toie  gcrii 
Unb  freubenDofl  ber  ftarre  ©tot^  t)erfd)«anbe 
33or  einem  2ftenfd)en,  ber,  em  lifter  <5tem, 
$od)  iibcr  mir  unb  mctueni  SBefen  ftiiubc  ! 


£ egenDen,  ilomaweu  imfi 


!Dcr  ttltt  SBarbarofj'a,  ber  $atfer 

•3m  unterirb'f^en  ©d^Ioffe  Ijtilt  er  Derjaubert 

@r  tfl  ntematg  geflorben,  er  lebt  barm  nod)  fe 
@r  ^at  im  <S^to§  »erborgen  gum  (S^taf  ftd) 


(Sr  ^at  ^tnabgenommen  be8  9^et^e§  ^errttdjfeit 
Unb  wirb  etnfl  mteberfommen  mtt  i^r,  311  fetner 


SDer  ©tit^t  tfl  etfenbetnertt,  barauf  ber  ^at[er  ft^t; 
2)er  Xif^  ift  marmelftetnern,  worauf  fein  ^aupt  er 


<Setn  SBart  ifl  nt^t  Don  ^ad^fe,  er  tft  tton  ^cue 
•3ft  burd)  ben  Zi\d)  geioad^fen,  worauf  fein  $inn 

(gr  ntrft  afe  rt)te  tm  ^raume,  fein  $lng'  l^atb  offen  gtoinft; 
Unb  jc  narf)  tangent  ^laume  er  etnem  ^itaben  lutnft 


<5r  fpri^t  im  (Sdjlaf  jnm  ^naben:  ©eV  Ijm  tor's  @(^to§,  o  3wer9! 
Unb  ftelj',  ob  nod^  bie  SRaben  ^erfliegen  nm  ben 


Unb  h>enn  bie  atten  9^aben  nod)  ffiegen  tmmerbar, 

id)  and)  nod)  fd)lafen  toerjaubert  tmnbert  3a^r. 

|jft. 


APPENDIX.  493 

Siingcr. 


,,2Ba8  IjbV  id)  brau§en  bor  bent  Xljor, 
2Ba8  auf  ber  Sriide  flatten? 

$afc  ben  ©efang  bor  imferm  £>l)r 
-3m  <2>aale  nneberfjaflen  !" 

£>er  $onig  fpradj'S,  ber  ^age  lief; 

3)er  $nabe  fam,  ber  $omg  rief: 
mir  fyeretn  ben  Sllten  I" 


w©egrii§et  feib  mir,  eble  §erm, 
©egrii§t  tfyr,  fi^one  2)amen  ! 
S33eld)'  reidjer  $immel!  ©tern  bei  (Stern  1 

2Ber  lennet  tb,re  Seamen  ? 
-Sfm  @oal  tioH  ^rad^t  unb 
t  3lugen  eu^;  b,ier  tft 
ftaunenb  gn 


S)er  ©anger  brttdt  bie  5(ugen  ein, 
Unb  fd)lug  in  tiotten  £pnen; 

3)ie  fitter  fc^aitten  mut^ig  brent, 
llnb  in  ben  <Srfjoo§  bie  ©djoneit, 

3)er  ^bnig,  bent  baS  lOieb  gefiel, 

$ie§,  i^n  ^n  eb,ren  fiir  fein  @^iel, 
Sine  golb'ne  ^ette  b/olen. 

W2)ie  gotb'ne  ^ette  gib  mir  nid^t; 

£>ie  ^ette  gib  ben  bittern, 
SBor  beren  fii^nem  Slngefic^t 

2)er  ^einbe  ^an^en  f^Iittern. 
©ib  fte  bent  ^anjler,  ben  bu  ^aff, 
Unb  lajj  ib,n  noc^  bie  gotb'ne  Sajt 

3u  anbern  Saften  tragen. 

•Sc^  ftnge,  njie  ber  3$ogel  ftngt, 
2)er  in  ben  ^nmgen  mo^net; 

3)a«  ^ieb,  baS  auS  ber  ^eb,Ie  bringtr 
3ft  £ob,n,  ber  reidjticf)  lo^net. 

SDod)  barf  id)  bitten,  bitt'  id)  einS: 

8a§  mir  ben  beften  23ed)er 
©o(be  reidjen, 


494  APPENDIX. 

(5r  fefct'  iljn  on,  er  trcmf  iljn  au8: 
,,£)2ranf  »ofl  fttjjer  8abe  ! 

JO  tool)!  bem  fyodjbegliicften  £>au$, 
2Bo  baS  ift  Heine  @abe  ! 

(Srgeljt'3  eud)  wob,!,  fo  benlt  an  midj, 

Unb  banfet  ©ott  fo  ttjartn,  att  id} 
ftilr  biefen  £nwf  eud)  banfe." 


SEer  rettet  fo  fpat  burc^  9^a^t  unb  SBrnb? 
(S«  ift  ber  SBater  mit  feinem  ^inb'; 
6r  fyat  ben  ^naben  ^ob/t  in  bem  5lrm; 
(Sr  fa^t  ib,n  ftdjer,  er  fjfitt  ib,n 


birgfl  bu  fo  bang  bem 
'ft,  $ater,  bu  ben  ^rlfonig  ni^t? 
SDen  ©rtenfbntg  mit  ^ron'  unb  (Sdjtueif  ? 
@ob,n,  e«  ift  ein 


Itebe§  $inb,  fomm,  ge^'  mit  mir! 
fc^one  ©ptele  fpiel'  ic^  mit  bir: 
,'  bunte  33Iumen  fmb  an  bem  (Stranb; 
SKeine  ^flutter  ^at  man^  giitben  ®eh)anb.- 


S3ater,  mein  55ater,  unb  Ijb'refl  bu  ni 
erlenKnig  mir  leife  tjerfpnc^t  ?"  — 
w<£et  rub,ig,  bleibe  rub/ig,  mein  $inb  ! 
Sn  burren  Slattern  faufelt  ber  2Binb.rt 

r2Bittfl,  feiner  $nabe,  bu  mh  mir  ge^'n? 
Sfteine  jtb'^ter  foflen  bit^  marten  fdjb'n; 
SReine  Stouter  fub/ren  ben  nadjtttrfjen  ^Rei^ 
Unb  h)iegen  unb  tangen  unb  ftngen  bic^  ein. 


S3ater,  mein  S5ater,  unb  fieljft  bu  nid^t  bort 
erttonig'8  Xorfjter  am  buftern  Ort?"  — 
*2Rem  (Sob/n,  mein  ©ob^n,  id)  feb/  e^  genau; 
€^  fc^einen  bie  aiten  SBeiben  fo  grau." 


APPENDIX.  495 

W3dj  fiebe  btdj,  mid)  rei$t  beine  fdjone  ©eftalt; 
Unb  bift  bit  nidjt  nriflig,  fo  brand)'  id)  ©etoatt."  — 
,,2ftein  $ater,  mem  $ater,  j[etjt  fafct  er  mid)  an; 
(Srlfonig  tjat  mir  ein  £eib'3  getfyan." 

SDem  3Satec  graufet'g,  er  rettet  gefdjttnnb; 
(Sr  ^att  in  ben  Slrmcn  ba§  ac^jenbe  ^inb, 
Srreidjt  ben  £>of  mit  9J^U^e  unb  9?otlj; 
3n  feinen  Airmen  bag  $inb  war  tobt. 


retdjfie 


^^errlid^/'  fprad^  ber  $urft  Don  ©adjfen, 

,,0ft  mein  Sanb  nnb  feme 
©itber  fyegen  feine  Serge 
in  mandjem  ttefen 


mein  Sanb  in  iipp'ger 
©pra^  ber  $urfitrft  t)on  bem 
,,©olb'ne  (Saaten  in  ben  J^aiern 
2luf  ben  Sergen  eblen  SBein  lu 


©table,  reic^e 
Subtnig,  §err  311  33aiern, 
,,@d)affen,  ba§  mein  Sanb  ben  en'ren 
nid)t  fteb,t  an 


(Sbedjarb,  ber  mit  bem  Sarte, 
2Burtemberg'3  getiebter  £>err, 

<2>prad) :  ,,3ftein  £anb  b,at  fteine  (Stabte, 
Sragt  nid^t  Serge  filberf^roer; 


ein  ^(einob  b/att'^  berborgen: 
§  in  SBatbern,  noc^  (o  gro§, 
mein  ^aupt  !ann  ftib,nUd)  legen 
3febem  Untert^an  in J  @c^oo§." 

llnb  e§  rief  ber  £>err  bon  @ad)fen, 
5)er  con  33aiern,  ber  bom  ^^ein: 

,,©raf  im  Sart!  3b,r  feib  ber  reicbjte, 
(Suer  8anb  tragt  (SbelfteinV 

3.  Semn. 


i  For  tn'n,  and  this  again  for  in  ben. 


496  APPENDIX. 

Sir  £>uffmutg. 

(£$  reben  unb  traumen  bic  2ftenfd)en  Diet 
33on  beffer'n  fitnftigen  Stagen; 
SRacf)  einem  glucflirfjen  golbenen  3iet 
@tel)t  man  fte  rennen  unb  jagen. 
3)ie  SBelt  tt)trb  alt  intb  iroirb  loteber  jung, 
ber  3Jienfdf)  ^offt  immer  33erbefferung. 


2)te  ^offniing  fii^rt  i^n  in'«  £eben  ein, 
@te  umflattert  ben  frol)Ucf)en  ^naben, 
3)en  Oiingttng  begetftert  ifyr  3«uberfd)etn/ 
(Sic  rt)trb  mtt  bent  ©reiS  ntdjt  begraben; 
2)enn  befrfjltejjt  er  tm  ©rabe  ben  miiben 
am  ©rabe  pflangt  er  bie  §offnung  auf 


<5«  ijl  !ein  teerer,  f^meic^etnbet: 
(Srgeugt  im  ©e^trne  beg  Slfyoren; 
3m  Bergen  tunbet  e«  taut  ftdj  an: 
3u  wa«  Sefferm  ftnb  tpir  geboren. 
Unb  tt)a8  bie  innere  <3ttmme  fpricl^t, 
ta'ufc^t  bie  ^offenbe  @eete  nid)t. 


tfl  be«  3)eutf^en  55aterlanb  ? 

^3reu^enlanb?  3ft'«  @d)tt)aben(anb? 

h)o  am  ^^ein  bie  9tebe  blii^t? 

n)p  am  33ett  bie  2)?6»e  ^ic^t? 
£)  nein  !  o  nein  !  o  nein  ! 
@ein  SBatertanb  mufc  grower  fein. 


ifl  be«  2)eutfrf)en  53aterlanb? 
Saierlanb?  3ft'«  ©teterlanb? 
too  ber  SWarfen  s^inb  ftd)  ftrerft? 
tt>p  ber  barter  eifen  retft? 
nein  !  o  nein  !  :c.  :c. 


APPENDIX. 

ijl  beg  ©eutfdjen  Saterlanb? 
3ft'g 'ipommerlanb  ?  SBeftpfyalenlanb? 
too  ber  <3anb  ber  ©linen  toeljt? 
ft'g,  top  bie  3)onau  braufenb  gel^t? 
£)  nein !  o  nein !  ?c.  :c. 


2Bag  ift  beg  3)eutfrf)en  Saterlanb? 
@o  nenne  mir  bag  gro§e  £anb  ! 

Sanb  ber  (Scfjweiaer,  ift'8  Sljrol? 
Sanb  wtb  53olf  gefiet  mir  too^L 
2)od)  nein  !  boc^  nein  !  K.  K. 


tft  be§  3)entfcf)en  33aterlanb? 
nenne  mir  bag  grofje  ?anb  ! 

eg  ift  bag  £>efterreid^, 
Sin  (Sren  nnb  an  (Siegen  reidj. 
JO  nein  !  o  nein  !  K.  :c. 


ift  beg  3)entfrf)en  55aterlanb? 
(So  nenne  enblid)  mir  bag  Sanb  ! 
@o  toeit  bte  beittf^e  3un9e  Ktngt 
Unb  ®ott  im  £immel  Sieber  ftngt: 
fott  eg  fein!  bag  fofl  eg  fein! 
,  niacf'rer  ©eutf^er,  nenne  beinl 


3)ag  tft  bag  beutf^e  SBaterlanb, 
933o  (Sibe  fc^tobrt  ber  2)rit(f  ber 
2Bo  Sreue  l)ett  com  ?tuge  bti^t, 
Unb  Siebe  njarm  tm  §er^en  ft|t: 

£>ag  foil  eg  fein!  bag  foil  eg  fein! 

2)ag,  njacf'rer  £>eutfrf)er,  nenne  beat  I 

S)ag  gange  35eittfd)lanb  fott  eg  fein! 
O  ®ott  com  ^immel,  fte^'  barein, 
Unb  gib  ung  re^ten  beutf^en  2ftittlj; 
mir  eg  Ueben  treu  unb  gut  ! 

2)ag  fott  eg  fein  !  bag  fott  eg  fein  ! 

2)ag  gauge  £>eutfd)lanb  foil  eg  fein  ! 

IS.  W.  Jtrobt. 


498  APPENDIX. 

SdjillcrttJcilje. 


(Setft,  SBerffarter,  fteig'  ju  itn8  Ijernteber, 
@telj  !  2Btr  brtngen  bir  em  §er3  mit  £)anf  crfiittt 
3u  bent  umrb'gen  fttftt  tuetfye  unfere  £ieber, 
£>ulbigenb  erfdjetnen  ftn'r  bor  beinem  33ilb, 
Um  ben  ebelften  Don  2>entfd)lanbS  grofjen  (SiJljnen, 
Sfttt  bem  eiotg  griinen  Sorbeer^njetg  311  fronen. 


SDu  bift  tmmer  nod),  tociS  bu  beretnfl 
UnfereS  beutfrfjen  ©eifte§  erftgebor'ner 

£eitt'  erf^etnft  bu  un^  ate  em  DerftdrteS  SBefen, 
(Sd^webenb  auf  ^arnoffuS'  b,ob,ent  jDt^te 

Dimmer  totrb  be$  @^6nen  3;beat  beralten, 

SSo  bte  traitten  flange  betner  ^ra  toalten. 


bein  ©eniuS  bor  longer  £dt  gef^affen, 
2)auern  h)trb  e8  en)ig  in  ber  ^etten  ^ludjt, 
Unb  bte  f^atften  (Snfel  njevben  nt^t  erj^taffen 
@tc^  gu  laben  on  ber  fit§en,  golb'nen  gtudjt 
jDetne  SSerfe  n)erben  unbergdnglt^  fteljen, 
SDenn  bte  (Setter  fonnen  ntd)t  njte  (Staub  toerge^ett. 

3)'rum,  tooS  ©ro§e§  bu  unb  JtefeS  Ijofl  gefungen, 
2So«  bu  @^one«,  SSafyreS,  @bte8  un«  gete^rt, 

SQSeit  tft'S  iiber'3  SSoterlonb  ^tnouSgebrungen, 
-3n  ben  fernften  9J?arfen  btft  bu  b,od)geeb,rt. 

Qaf  bag  wette  SSettmeer  felbft  fe^t  feine  (Sc^ranfc, 

Unb  bein  SRuljm  njirb  ert)ig  fetn  nrie  ber  ©ebanfe. 

Unb  n)irb  ehtft  tm  t^euern  beutfdjen  53atertanbe 
@icf)  bte  n)ab,re  ^reiftett  einen  Jempel  bau'n, 

SBirb  bie  97ac^h)elt  fyod)  im  Udjtttmfloff'nen  9?anbe 
2ln  ber  (SingangSpfort'  ben  ^Ramen  ©critter  frfjau'n; 

©tra^ten  wirb  fetn  S3itb  gefcfymitcft  tm  Sorbeerfrange, 

6iner  ©onne  gteid),  im  remften  listen  ©lanje. 

gttebrief)  (Skitter's  t^eurer  9[?ame  btnbet  hneber, 
Sa«  in  9^orb  unb  <£iib  bte  ©elbftfud^t  ftreng  getgetlt 

$ente  fit^ten  3tfle  ftd)  at«  beutfdje  Sruber, 
®a  fein  ©entu^  in  unfrer  JRttte  t»eitt 

teute  ftnb  h)ir  burd)  ber  Stntrac^t  ftarfe  S3anbe 
in  geeinigt  33olf  im  etn'gen  beutfc^en  ?anbe. 

Cinil  Otto. 


APPENDIX.  499 

©efiei  uniljrcnb  bet 


SBater,  idj  rufe  bid)  ! 
SBriiflenb  unwolft  mid)  ber  $)ampf  ber  ©efd)ufce, 
(Spriiljenb  um^ucfen  mid)  raffembe  2 
Jlenfer  ber  <Sd)fod)ten,  id)  rufe  bid)  ! 

SSater  bit,  ftifjre  mid)  ! 

SBater  bit,  fitfjre  mtdj  ! 
fttiljr'  mid)  jum  (Siege,  fii^r'  mid)  ^um  Xobc; 

ferr,  id)  erfenne  beine  ©ebote; 
err,  Jtie  bit  roiflft,  fo  fii^re  mid). 
®ott,  id)  erfenne  bid)  ! 

(§5ott,  id)  erfenne  bid)  ! 
SBie  im  ^erbfttidjen  SJaufdjen  ber  flatter, 
Site  tm  <Sd)Iad)tenbonnern)etter, 
Urqnett  ber  ©nabe,  erfenne  id)  bid). 

SJater  bu,  fegne  mid)  ! 

SBater  bu,  fegne  midj  ! 
Sn  beine  ^anbe  befell'  id)  mein  £eben, 
SDu  fannft  e§  nefymen,  bu  ^aft  ea  gegeben; 
3um  !0eben,  gum  ©terben  fegne  mid). 

$ater,  id)  preife  bid)  ! 

SBater,  id)  preife  bid)  ! 
«  ift  fein  ^ampf  fitr  bie  ©liter  ber  grbe: 
SDaS  ^eiligfte  fdjit^en  U)ir  mit  bem  ©djfterte; 
3)'rum  fattenb  unb  fiegenb  ^reif  id)  bid), 

©ott,  bir  ergeb'  id)  mid)  ! 


©ott,  bir  ergeb'  id)  mid)  ! 
SBenn  mid)  bie  Conner  beg  £pbe8 
SBenn  meine  5tbern  geoffnet  flie^en; 
2)ir,  mein  ©ott,  bir  ergeb'  id)  mid)  ! 

$aterf  idj  rufe  bid)  ! 

a.  floratt. 


600  APPENDIX. 

ROB. 

2Bie  rafft'  tdj  micfj  auf  in  ber  -ftaefjt,  m  bcr 
Unb  fuljlte  rnicf)  fiirber  gejogen; 
2)ie  ©affen  berliefe  id),  bom  SBfidjter  betoadjt, 
2)urd)h}anbelte  fadjt 
On  ber  9?ad)t,  in  ber  ftad)t, 

£ljor  mit  bem  gotln'fdjen  33ogen. 


S)er  2Ku^Iba^  raufc^te  burd^  fetftgen  (Sdjadjt, 
3^  le^nte  mid^  uber  bie  23rMe; 
Sief  itnter  mtr  naljm  ic^  ber  Sogen  in  2ld)t, 
SDie  tt)attten  fo  fod^t 

ber  9?arf)t,  in  ber  9?arf)t, 
mattte  nid^t  eine 


6§  bre^te  ftc^  oben,  ungafylig  entfac^t, 
5KeIobi(c^er  Sanbel  ber  (Sterne, 
SDiit  i^nen  ber  9Konb  in  beruln'gter 
(Sie  funfelten  facfjt 
On  ber  9?ac^t,  in  ber  ftarfjt, 
taufc^enb  entlegene 


Oc^  blirfte  ^inoitf  in  ber  -iftacfyt,  in  ber 
•3d)  blitfte  ^inunter  auf«  neue. 
£)  toe^e,  h)ie  ^aft  bu  bie  Stage  berbracfjt  1 
«Kun  ftitte  bu  fat^t 
On  ber  ftarfit,  in  ber  9?orf|t, 
Out  podjcnben  Bergen  bie  "Jienc  ! 


©teure,  tnut^iger  (Segler!  @«  mag  ber  Stft  bid^ 
Unb  ber  ©Differ  am  ©teu'r  fenfen  bie  laffige 
Ommer,  immer  nad)  SBeft  !  $)ort  mu^  bie  ^iifle  fic^  geigen, 

Siegt  fte  bot^  beutlic^  unb  liegt  fdjimmernb  tior  beinem  23erftanb. 
Xraue  bem  leitenben  ®ott  unb  fotge  bem  fc^nieigenben  Settmeer  I 
2BaY  fte  noc^  nic^t,  fie  ftieg'  je^t  au8  ben  ^httfjen  empor. 
bem  ®eniu«  ftefyt  bie  9^atur  im  eroigen  Sunbe; 
ber  eine  iierfprtdjt,  leiftet  bie  anbre 


APPENDIX.  501 

foielenbe  Ainnfif. 

©ptefe,  $mb,  tn  bcr  Gutter  ©djopfj  !  5luf  ber  IjeiUgen  3nfel 
ginbet  bet  tritbe  ©rant,  finbet  bte  <2orge  bid)  nidjt. 

Siebenb  fyalten  bte  2lrme  ber  2#utter  bid)  iiber  bem  5lbgrunb, 
Unb  in  bag  flutljenbe  ©tab  larfjelft  bu  fd^ulblog  t)tnab. 

©ptete,  Uebltrfje  Unf^utb  !  9^0^  ift  3lrfabten  urn  btd^, 
Unb  bte  frete  S'Jatur  folgt  nur  bem  froljUdjen  Srieb; 
oc^  erfdjafft  ft^  bte  ityptge  ^raft  erbt^tete  ©djranfen, 
Unb  bem  tmfligen  3)iutt)  fe^It  nod)  bte  $fHd)t  unb  ber 
ptete  !  33alb  ttitrb  bte  Arbeit  fommen,  bte  ^agre,  bte  ernfte, 
Unb  ber  gebietenben  ^Pfttrf)t  mangeln  bte  Suft  unb  ber 


$00  tinb  in  ber  Siege. 

©litdltdjer  (Saugttng  !  btr  tft  em  unenbttdjer  SRaum  norf)  bte  SBtcgc, 
SBerbe  2ftann,  unb  btr  n)trb  eng  bie  unenbltrf)e  2BeIt. 


bu  ba«  ^firfjfle,  ba$  ©ro^te?  S)te  ^flan^e  fann  e$  btrf)  le^rctt 
jte  hrittentoS  tft,  fet  bu  e§  tooKenb  —  ba«  ift'8  ! 


iir  ^eben. 


Smmer  frrebe  jum  ©nn^en,  unb  fannft  bu  fetber  !etn 
SKerben,  al$  bteneubeg  ©Iteb  frf)Ite^'  an  etn  ©an^eg  bt    an. 


ftreunb  unb  ^fcinb. 

er  tfl  mtr  ber  ^reitnb,  bod)  aurf)  ben  ^etnb  fann  trf) 
3etgt  mir  ber  9»ceunb,  h>ag  id)  fann,  leljrt  mid)  bei  ^etnb,  \oa9  id)  fofl. 


502  APPENDIX. 


jit  fttmett,  toa«  man  Ijatte  tfjim  f  8 tin e it,  tft  ba«  tibetfte, 
toaS  man  tfyun  fann. 

£>er  ©tots,  cine  eblc  £eibenfdfjaft,  tft  ntdjt  blinb  gegen  eigne  fttfytv, 
aber  ber  £>oci)mutf)  ift  eg. 

(g«  gtbt  hnrfttd)  fe^r  btete  SD^enfc^en,  bte  bto§  tefen,  bamtt  fie  nid^l 
benfen  biirfen. 

SD^an  mu§  fetnem  Sftenfdfjen  trauen,  ber  Bet  feinen  SSerftdjerimgen 
bte  §anb  auf'8  ^erj  legt. 


Sm  guteS  ^itnflrtjerf  tann  imb  h)trb  ^toar  morafif^e  ffrlgen 
ober  moralifc^e  ^^ecfe  bom  $iinfMer  forbcrn,  ^ei^t  i^m  fetn 
terberben. 


©ef^etbte  tft  fd^on  gebod^t  rtorben;  man  mu{j  nur  berfud^en, 
nod)  etnmal  jit  benfen. 

3)er  Umgang  mil  ^raiien  ifl  ba3  Stement  gitter  (Sittea. 

SKer  ber  jDtc^thtnfl  (Sttmme  nic^t  bernimmt, 
3P  ein  SBarbar,  er  fet  aud^,  toer  er  feu 


©5  entfc^Iimtmett  em  (Sefc^te^t  ber  SWenfc^en  nac^  bent  anbem,  aBer 
fanmer  formt  bie  gefdjtiftige  ^aitS^atterifd^e  Sautter,  5?atur  genannt,  au« 
bent  abgelegten  ^teiberftaat  ber  cittern  ^tnber,  ©etpcinber  fitr  bie 
iimgern.  On  einem  Knberreid^en  £>aufe  tft  eS  einmqi  ntd^t  anberS. 

S.  Stern. 


APPENDIX.  503 


!£>te  tooljre  feme  &6engart,  toetdje  meljr  tljut,  alg  nut 
cine  gefaUene  ©tttcfnabei  aufljeben,  entfpringt  entweber  aug  bet  Xtefe 
beg  ©etfleg,  ober  aug  ber  gittte  beg  ^erjeng,  unb  toeber  ber  Sangmeiftet 
lefyrt  fte,  nod)  (Eljefterfielb. 

fi.SB5rne. 


(Sg  ift  teidjt,  ben  ^>a§,  fc^njer,  bie  Stebe,  am  fd^ttjerflen/  btc 
gulttgfeit  ju  berbergen. 

iBorne. 


S3  tfl  em  fo  gottttdj  (Streben  be8  9Kenf^ert,  ^u  fc^ftffctt,  h)a8  toon 
feinem  gemetnen  3ID  e(^.  un|>  9hi(jen  berfc^tungen  tt)trb,  —  was  imab* 
^angtg  Don  ber  2Se(t,  in  etgnem  ©tange  eroig  prangt,  —  toaS  toon 
leinem  ^Rabe  be$  gro§en  9?abertt)erf^  getrieben  lotrb  unb  fetneS  treibt. 
^etne  g^niwic  fa?  menfd)(icf)en  33ufen§  ftetgt  b,6b,er  unb  geraber  jum 
^immet  ouf,  atS  bie  ^unft !  ^ein  SSefen  toerbid^tet  fo  bie  ®eifie«*  unb 
JperjenSfraft  be§  SWettf^en  in  fid)  fetber  unb  madjt  i^n  fo  jum  fetbfl* 
ftdnbtgen,  menfd)Ucf)en  @ott! 

SClect. 


d^tc  ^elbenftnn  reidjt  fefl,  fii^tt,  tul^ta  ber  (Sefafyr  bie 
unb,  toetc^t  fte  bent  eifernen  jDrurfe  nid)t,  fo  umfa§t  et  fte 

ringenb,  big  einet  toon  ben  3n)eien  erliegt.    ?lber  er  roirb  nur  angeboren; 

bie  (Staube  baumt  fid)  nie  jur  @td)e. 

2Bie  rei^enbe  £fjiere  Ieid)ter  iibermannt  ttoerben  ate  3nfeftettfd)tt)arme, 
fo  ift  ber  <Sieg  —  nid)t  liber  bie  fettenen  unb  grofjen,  fonbern  uber  bie 
Keinen  unb  tagtidjen  ^Berfudjungen  beffer  unb  fdjioerer. 


2Beg  mit  ber  (grbarmtidjfeit,  bie  fid)  njtmmernb  unter  bag 
fdjmiegt,  unb,  mit  bent  <2>d)nupftud)  in  ber  §anb,  bent  (Srfjirffal  Sob- 
lieber  ftngt,  ba§  eg  nur  nid)t  Ijarter  roerbe.  S'Zur  au8  bent  2lt6Ieten,  ber 
ringenb  ben  9ttefen  beg  3ammerg  umarmt,  lowi  ber  8ttefe  tnerben,  ber 
cine  <Stirn  toon  $alte  unb  er^abeoe  53erad)tung  bem  ^oto^  beg 
entgegen  toenbet 


004  APPENDIX. 


ftob  bie  redjtett  gefer,  bte  nut  imb  ftfcer  bem  93n<!je  r!rf)ten. 
SDemt  !ein  SDidjter  gibt  etnen  ferttgen  §tmmet;  er  ftettt  nur  bie 
$immel$teiter  auf  toon  ber  fdjonen  (Srbe.  2Ber,  git  trage  unb  unlufttg, 
nicf)t  ben  3#utl)  fcerfpitrt,  bie  goftmen,  lofen  ©proffen  311  beftetgen,  bem 
bleibt  bcr  ge^ctmnt^ttotte  23ud]ftabe  ett)ig  tobt,  itnb  er  tljtite  beffer,  gu 
groben  ob«  ju  ^flugen,  al^  mtt  fo  unnu^em  Sefett  mit^ig  ju  ge^cn. 

CSi^tnborff. 


U)tc  (SHmmc  ber  3cjt  ruft  bcm 
Join  fetn  SJortuartSfdjretten,  feme  SSejfcrttng,  fetnen  grci^eni  SSertfj,  fetn 
grfi^ereS  ©tildf,  fetn  beffereS  Seben,  fern  ^ortf^retten  git  bem  3iel,  ba8 
tnner^atb  ber  ©rengen  femes  2Btffen§  itnb  ^onneng  tiegt  unb  bort 
oitfgepettt  toitrbe,  atS  bie  £tit  itnb  ber  2ftenfdj  t^ren  5lnfang  na^men. 
^apr^unberte  ber  ^inflerntfj,  ber  ©(^te^ttglett  nnb  ber  ®etpaltti)at  ftnb 
gefommen  unb  gegangen:  itnga^Uge  aWitttonen  ^aben  getttten,  getebt 
tmb  ftnb  geflorben,  um  tfyn,  ben  3Kenf^en,  t)ortt)art§  gn  toetfen.  2Ber 
t^n  gurilcfflogen  ober  in  fetnem  Saitfe  ouf^u^alten  toerfit^t,  ber  Ijemmt 
erne  mSc^ttge  ^afc^ine,  bie  ben  (Storefrteb  tobt  f^tagen  ttnrb  unb  bie 
nur  um  fo  ungejlitmer  unb  toitber  fortrottt,  toenn  fte  eine  3ei^an9  aufs 
geljalten  toorbm  ifl 


9Bte  bte  ^atur  bem  gettbten  SBefc^ouer  ut  bcr  ffemftctt  ^flange  t^re 
©rofie  unb  5«ttc  3ct9t,  fo  faun  aud^  ber  SKenfd)  e0  nidjt  bermeiben, 
felbfl  in  ber  unbebeutenbflen  ^anblung  ben  ©efjatt  unb  bie 

feineS  Onnern  bem  aufmerffamen  ^crater  gu  ent^utten, 

3.  a, 


mtt  attem  Urforungtidjen  ba«  gcmetn,  bag  e«  oljne 
SKerfmal  erfannt  tttrb.    S«  ifi  unb  geigt  ftd^;  e«  fann  gewiefen, 

abtr  ntcht  b  e  nnefcn  locrben. 


(£$  ftegt  in  ber  twa^ren  2Burbe  erne  gefunbe  Unbergagtljett,  toetcfje  ftd) 
nie  fdjeut  mtt  3lnbern  in  iSeritljntng  unb  ©emeinf^aft  gu  fomnten,  fo 


APPENDIX.  505 

geringen  (StanbeS  fte  aud)  fein  mb'gen.  5ftur  bcr  fatfrfje  ©tolj  b,al 
etiuaS  $ranffjafte8  unb  (SmpftnbltdjeS  unb  fdjrerft  t>or  ieber  33eritf)rung 
juritrf. 

3B. 


23eriid)ttid)  ifl  eine  $rau,  bic  £angert)ei(e  Ijaben  fann,  toenn  ftc 
ftinber  Ijat. 


ftnb  ©ternc,  bic  blo§  bet  ^client  ^tmmcnetten;  aber  bte 
35crnunft  tft  eine  9)?agnetnabet,  bie  ba$  (Srfjiff  noc^  feiner  ftiljrt,  h)enn 
jene  audj  uerborgen  finb,  unb  ntd^t  me^r  teu^ten. 


(Sine  ^rau  be^aitpte  gegen  if)ren  9Kann,  toa§  fte  rt)ttt,  ber  3ftamt  ifl 
btitdjau^  nid)t  im  ©tanbe,  fte  git  njibertefjen  unb  ju  beftegen.  SDenn 
wenn  er  fte  an  <3d)ht§fetten  unb  3Jebefaben  feft  ju  fatten  gtaubt,  fo  ift'S 
fo  t)ie(,  at^  wenn  er  einen  3ll)irtt8l:Muek  ber  ouf  ber  (trbe  liegt,  an 
bcffen  ^aben  in  bie  §ob,e  gu  jieljen  fud^te;  er  toirb  immer  meljr 
in  bie  §anb  befommen  unb  ber  ganje  ^nauel  nnrb  ftd)  baretn 
beln,  aber  auf  bent  Soben  bleibt  bod)  ber 


S5erjage  nid)t,  toenn  bu  einmat  feb/ttefl,  unb  beine  gan^e  9Jeue  fei  etnc 
fdpnere 


3)er  ^u^tfame  erfdjrtdt  Dor  ber  ®efa!jr,  ber  fttiQt  in  iljr,  ber 
ige  nad)  tljr. 

3ean 


5)en  ^u^m  foff  ber  2Seife  beradjten,  aber  nirf)t  bie  (Sb,re. 
fetten  ift  (£ljre,  mo  9tub,m  ift,  unb  faft  nod)  feltener  ^ub/m,  too  (gfjre  ifl. 

SfJei^t  ben  2ftenfd)en  au«  feinen  S?erb,attniffen;  unb  h>a«  er  bai»it 
tfl,  nur  ba§  ifl  er. 

••Mi 


S8  ifl  ntrf)t  eben  etwa^  @ettene§,  ba§  (giner  feine  (5b,re  fftr  ein 
(Sbrenjeidjen  berfauft. 


506  APPENDIX. 


3um  (Stftetbcn  eineS  @lud3  gefyott  ftleife  unb  ©ebulb  unb  gut 
(Stljaltung  beffelben  geljb'tt  2ftafcigung  unb  $otftd)t.  i'angfam  unb 
Sdjritt  t>ot  <3d)titt  ftetgt  man  etne  Sreppe  fyinauf.  Slber  in  einent 
^ugcnbtirf  fallt  man  Ijinab  unb  bringt  SBunben  unb  <£d)iuet$en  genng 
wit  auf  bie  (Stbe. 

3. 


©ele^rfamfett  tft  em  grower  (S^Iuffelbunb,  bet  aber  nod)  tange  nirfjt 
aide  ©rfjtoffet  auffdjUefet.  ^ut  ba«  ®ente  tft  bet  2)tettid),  bet  fiit 
atle  pa§t. 

SBoIfj. 


t  55tet  Serfjet  bott  ?eben§fteuben  ftnb  bem  2)?enfd)en  befttmmt,  bie  iljm 
bte  9Jatut  langfam  nad^  einanbet  tetd)t:  —  einet  fiit  bie  ^inbljeit,  einer 
fiit  bie  ^naben^eit,  einet  fiit  ba§  piingling^attet  unb  einet  fiit  ba§ 
?ebcn  beg  Cannes.  -3n  iebem  ift  bie  2Jiifd)ung  auf  ben  ©inn  unb  bie 
$ta'fte  bet  2Jienfrf)en  betedjnet.  9?ut  hjenn  bet  eine  tangfam  au^gcttun* 
len  ift,  fann  bet  folgenbe  oljne  9iad)t^eit  unb  mit  ©efdjmad  genoffen 
toetben. 

3o^.  Cubic.  Qicalb. 


(S3  gtbt  ^rtjetettet  5(tten  tion  8*eunbfrf)aft.  !J)ie  einc  iji  Don  <Staub 
auf  <2d)mettetling§fliigetn;  bie  2Kenfd)engeftd)tet  ftnb  gleid)fam  nut 
bamit  ge^ubett.  2)ie  anbete  ttagt  bie  ftifdje  ftatbe  einet  ^ctbftlidjen 
^tudjt,  beujeift  imuenbicje  9teife  unb  <Su§igfeit  unb  etquicft  ben 
©utftigen.  2Renfd)en,  bte  imntet  ladjetn,  aud)  hjenn  man  fie  aufwa'tts 
flteidjelt,  fpldje  9)ienfd)en  tyaben  bie  ^teunbfd)aft  nut  gepad)tet;  fte  ift 
nid)t  tb,t  @igentl)um.  2lu8  cinem  ^|3ad)tgute  gteb/t  man  fo  biel  S'Ju^en 
mb'gtid),  unb  nut  bet  (Sigentfyiimet  metnt  eS  eb,tlid)  mit  feinera 
olnte  eben  tmmet  auf  S5ott^eit  babct  gu  fe^en. 


APPENDIX.  507 


on      ,  toon 

/) 
y. 


/     / 


*y  ^wf(X,-£y*t 

j/ 

^#**&&&-#**it 

•// 
*7*'j 
/ 


a 


•  P          P>  /?      •  / 
*',      ^t/vt.?*/     ^*f 


/•     y  • 

-    *•*•»•#    -£m 

#     y 

.y      •      -y  • 

C)!     *****&     ^f****f-     '2-4'/4'#*#- 

/y 


••'/"•        $• 

'•*»'     *4/iW 

/ 


5Da«  9?ei(^  bet  ©fatten"  ((pater  ,,3)it  3beale  unb  bad  Stbtn"  u6eife^rt«'6en). 


508  APPENDIX.' 

<J  JL***- 

y     y     >//    /?   &»/?••  s 

<i£*->     ?V-     s*7<t-     srfrO       ^/**4f~*f   ^4&&f* 
/  /  </  / 

&*./,**/    ffl***-  •/*•  •//*<**    ##  ^***z/? 
/    /      **/"          / 


< 


/ 


.. 

*^  ^#*f* 


stS-Ct-jCf        s#*'*f      C/£**&-*4f1*-#s        s<fr£-O          &*4f      *****&       •^'tf' 


s~        &. 

s      &**#      ^&*» 
/ 

.y     •  /y  y 

&     ^****4&     <tL4 
# 

•        /  y?    - 

*f.     s^/t&fi/     *<** 
/ 

yy    / 

'fr?-&**tA» 

/ 

<x<x-4*w     &c 
s*xw       W/ZiiHn^HW 


APPENDIX. 


509 


&         ^**^ 

/ 

&          .    #       / 
iw&ff  s*t?  stX''fr 

y 

/  a?-    . 

-t£     f~**t*- 


$,. 

^&**t 

/'/y  /??   y 

-C-O       y&Z-tm'&» 


^O/** 


y 

•&•#• 


p^-b    s*'/£    *z»*xy-*'fiJ  .     stStt-fis    ^&*#^    ~&l**t+ 

@      7  /      7  '      /  / 


510  APPENDIX. 


(}!-&»*•&    s*'*f  s-nf*'**»#    f-v 


s*fe     ^**o-ff       ^*f**f-&      *^i**#***&.  /dw- 

/  <s  </  y 

l£tX^£Hf**^  s^Hflftf^*    ^*f    ^0*1 

0  </  0 

1 


/ 


*f     ^&/**f 

&&4£4ir&?'-&»'s      **%f-#      •£-tl***f4<£     ^&4wfei^'irf#*t 

*f      •£#*&      ^t&»* 

<7  / 


s&t>ves&&#'  ^/-cx^v^-  ^*f*'  f*f**##**f  ^»*l4£» 


APPENDIX. 


2S.  *>on 


an  $rau  toon  SSoljogen. 


a. 


•fx-»^f^- 

/ 


yy 

^W^##^ 


*A 


// 

#4<£# 

/ 


/ 

t/ll 


/ 

y& 


/*•-(  fa-Cm'         ,*>&**' 


s^W'C-'ClffV**********- 


s£&  s*m-&- 


512  APPENDIX. 


0 


**x-mf- 


s*$4X>**<f 

/?J&-*f       c^-tX^-W-V 


/ 

y  * 

^fiXs-e** 


y  y      -.//  yy-y     •  / 

&&•#-&/•(£•     sf-74-j     •£*•£*<&»'     s**f 

/       /    7     /</  </ 

/.       sy/  a       tf:       /. 

'  4*#^      t^/f#t»*f  ,      *rfS<v        &s/t^      441*^ 


/ 


APPENDIX.  513 


.//>.  y        .        /•  yf         x    . 

f'6f*f  f     ^tuy.-tlf      s>£/*»Ji/      s**t>-*4-      s* 

0  /          7 


y.  / 

sf*.f 


/? 

**fmfit#*&' 


y 

•    ^**       ^»7SM^<Mf* 

fff      <£ft-*ffrrfel!f^s       •eprtfy-IW-tffr**'    ^f<Xs&»*fs        sdc*'       '**f 


-x 

*<<i'   st&*nr    ***&& 
/ 


/ 


>    s**f&4(-***'   s***»***'     ,£Z'£-<X' 

?  // 

-c&t^& 

'*f    ?**?# 

</  /</ 


5U 

/Y/  (7?.  0.  ^          Q?          A 

^tynt*?-**'         c.^/fx'-tf         «>2«^<L)C£*'«£-*^**''        x'2'^x*         jfy-'it-tt*' 

p  &  p    ffv         &        y 

^M^*^^.  xta-*##*#y^y^ij£. 

©oetlje  an  6^iIIer. 

yy        <?y      o?  -  y        -y 

^      &^c-ep#*f     t-^-fn1*^     ^&^#*-#p4(^     s**t*v- 

//  <7  / 

a?     yy         -X      &  ^ 

A)stX^^1f^       ^rf      f^HKfO 

y      y/  yf       y^    y  y 

4*1*^  •fr&Vyi'  **&£<>  •fr»-&*1 

tx         C          ^    y^     .  .    yf^  .    >^ 

'        "I/ 

^4/tXs#^    facsfe      f-tXstflf**' 

V 

t*f1f  ^tX4f&****tS»*f ,         f-0-  'l-CX'-O  s**f  ft* 


~       y 

^e*-*t**<x^t'  :    **w- 


„     c, 


^CXsV-M<#     s*X-***f    ^&<X^      &*>***/    ^*f      ****** 

y/   *  /      y-  ^  y 

l&£     ^*****/     ^<X.#&tWt/1*&V.      ^ 
// 

**O         s^xdfcj-         *****'*      fllMf** 


APPENDIX.  515 


* 


^2-*f      / 


/ 


</ 

#     (/slnfy*t-#.       <J&/*-&#*#'     &* 


</ 


/ 

tSi* 


/ 


-  y 

ttvfr 


©oetlje  an 

't  &V****f*-&         ^-CK^O  ^#4<0s  *,&'* 


51C  APPENDIX. 


'^f******'  4*fe~**<'  ^&* 

^  /        s*V4t**t^      s*****f*KX'*f*&»&    f<X.  <£ 

•   *>       y 

*t***44j!.  .    4-acstt 
/    /     / 

ff*f-&   s***tt/  sHf-#&a--cxsfr4-»-£. 

0*        y   • 

**^     ct**f    s**&*f     s****^ 

sU-t#*fflt-***»**'  W/£t&****f  £&**>••&         fffflf 


?>• 

stffjf^ 

s&O         4td'£       stX&i»>0  *****&         ^**f*4S 

/  / 

v/     • 

->     ,**»•&****'     s**>*#     s****4f-     S&*1?*-    ^* 

y   ^ 

•?-****/. 

/ 

f*f'&     •/tX'-£&**'s    ^i/tt-£/ 


yX-  "        fl  /p      y       «y  /     fly        /*    .%* 
*******',    <*   ^**#f«  ^**f    ***-      ***p     ^* 

/y 
^y^ 


APPENDIX. 


517 


• 

*-tV<#*f 

</ 


•  / 

&*? 

0 


Q> 
t/ 


y/ 

--Cl/     ^ 

»    o,  yy     a   /? 

4^.    ,*****/     '6-*£-i>***/4i(#<) 
/ 


CD   .y 

-£4**'& 

(7 


513  APPENDIX. 

";/?</    $*"  '  S        J5?         "     P 

•^/stM*-       ;r/^22* 
7/0      '"*#    </ 


</ 


Don  C^tHcr  mt  btc  ^rtnjcfftn  Caroline 
fiouifc  Don  @ad)fcn«9Bctmor. 


0%&f*f*      sJ#**'  %ja. 
/y  "  &•  ^y      -/^  j/> 

Cd-**~e&*&'*xfe*»'     s_Jf***ife**&' 

./  j.     ^^/-^y 
/ 

•/  "          6h/2"    ft          v    ft 

s*f&#-&         **-^#*f4t*f^       i/A>fif*1l/l--t£W       *<t**44/ 

•^#*«Z***>'  J^^-  ^    ***J/***'    s****Z$  ^/ 

^L#  **v^*>v,         t**y      *+y 

y  ^    .s 

y /*  / 


t/          <£*f         ^****1/ 


vi£tt**-&'Z*t**'  ^vw      r&     s*>*#-£      Cd-vwd     ^*+*tr 


APPENDIX. 


519 


/  -  y 

.4'***&?- 


-l? 


-^^^    ^<X^£*tV 


^r^?5^- 


9 

t/ 


X^?- 

/ 


P  /?    P»//'         /&/     P 

s&'W'-O        ^£f**4'^*V-rt^        .Zfa'tt***' 

S    /       // 


c=&-*l*f*fs 


/ 

'i't^. 


&&&**'& 
U 


^  yf  y-  y 

.          s&<X'?<S         4tf£ 

/     /  </ 

-t-ffrvif      otc'****', 


•&& 


<?  / 


—  521  — 


GEBMAN-ENGLISH  YOCABULARY. 


ABBREVIATIONS. 


a.  adjective. 
ado.  adverb. 
art.  article. 
comp.  comparative. 
conj.  conjunction. 
f.  feminine  noun. 
Jam.  familiarly. 
Jig.  figurative. 
(&)  auxiliary,  ^ateti 

i<l.   itliomatical. 
imp.  impersonaL 
int.  interjection. 
intr.  intransitive. 
irr.  irregular. 
m.  masculine  noon. 
n.  neuter  noun. 
p.  participle. 
pp.  past  participle. 
pi.  pluraL 

poss.  possessive. 
prep,  preposition. 
pron.  pronoun. 
refl.  reflexive. 
reg.  regular. 
s.  substantive, 
(f)  auxiliary,  fetn. 
tr.  transitive, 
v.  verb. 

N.B.— ( )  Figures  in  parentheses  refer  to  pages. 

( )  !j  in  parentheses  indicates  that  the  verb  takes  fjafeen  as  its  auxiliary.  In 
the  same  way  f  indicates  that  it  takes  fetn. 

[  ]  Figures  in  brackets  preceding  certain  definitions  refer  to  pages  where 
the  words  appear  with  those  special  meanings. 

*  An  asterisk  after  a  compound  verb  indicates  that  the  prefix  is  separable. 

For  the  conjugation  of  compound  irregular  verbs,  see  the  simple  verbs  in 
the  list,  p.  308. 

The  termination  of  the  genitive  singular  is  given  before  that  of  the  nomi- 
native plural.  When  the  plural  is  not  given,  it  is  like  the  singular,  or  else 
does  not  occur. 

(  )  Letters  placed  in  parentheses  show  that  there  arc  two  forms  in  use. 

In  case  no  endings  are  given  under  a  compound  noun,  see  the  noun  which 
conies  last  in  the  compound. 

Only  those  meanings  are  given  which  occur  in  this  book. 

In  the  alphabetical  arrangement,  a,  2le,  etc.,  are  placed  immediately  after 
Or  etc. ,  and  ft  is  treated  as  if  it  were  ff. 


522 


GERMAN-ENGLISH  VOCABULARY. 


2lal,  m.  -e8,  -e.  eel. 

$la»,  n.  -ee,  flfet.  carrion  ; 
carcass. 

ab,  adv.  off,  down. 

abbrcd)en,*  v.  irr.  break 
oft'. 

abbrtnncn,*  v.  irr.  burn 
down. 

Slbcnt1,  in.  -s,  -e.  evening. 

-Jll'cnt'cfH1!!,  n.  -8.  supper. 

9lbcnt>rotb,  n.  evening 
red, 

aber,  conj.  (269,  Notes.) 
but. 

2(berg(anbc,  m.  -en8,  -n. 
superstition. 

abfiil)ren,*  v.  carry  off. 

abgeted)net,  pp.  except ; 
with  the  exception  of. 

fibgcfel)en,/>p.  -con,  apart 
from. 

31bgrunt>,  m.  -e8,  -unbe. 
abyss. 

abbaltcn,*  v.  irr.  keep 
off. 

2lbf)anMung,  f.t  pi.  -en. 
essay. 

abbangen,*  v.  irr.  de- 
pend. 

abt)autn,*v.  irr.  cut  off. 

ablegcn,*  v.  lay  off. 

ablebnen,*  v.  decline. 

ableiten,*  v.  lead  off. 

abmeffen,*  v.  irr.  meas- 
ure ;  survey. 

ubiicliiiiti!,-  v.  irr.  take 
off ;  grow  less. 

abratben,*  v.  irr.  dis- 
suade. 

abred>nen,*  v.  deduct. 

abreifen,*  v.  (f)  depart ; 
set  out. 

2Jbfd)icb,  m.  -(e)8,  -e.  de- 
parture ; — nebmon,  take 
leave. 

abfdjneiben,*  v.  irr.  cut 
off. 

Slbfdwitt,  m.  -(e)8,  e.  pe- 
riod ;  section. 

abfdjreiben,*  v.  copy. 

abfegeln,*  v.  (f)  (set)  sail. 

2lbfid)t,  /.,  pi.  -en.  pur- 
pose. 

abftnninicn,*  v.  (f)  de- 
scend ;  be  derived, 

abfJeigen,*  v.  irr.  (f) 
alight. 

Slbtei,/1.  pi.  -en.  abbey. 

2lbtbeilung,/.,/>Z.  -en.  di- 
visiou. 


obtragen,*  v.  irr.  carry 
(off) ;  wear  out. 

abtrcten,*  v.  irr.  resign; 
yield. 

abitu'idKii,*  v.  irr.  (f)  de- 
viate ;  differ. 

abmeifcn,*  v.  irr.  refuse. 

•ilbuH-H'ii  licit,/,  absence. 

abjicljcn,*  v.  irr.  (\) 
march  off. 

3tb^ug,  rn.  -e8,  -juge.  re- 
treat. 

2ld)fe,  see  «r«. 

2ld)f«l,/.,  jo^.-n.  shoulder. 

iu1)t,  num.  eight. 

2ld)t,/  attention;  care; 
in  tie  -  cr  flare  n,  outlaw  ; 
ge&en  @ie  -,  take  care. 

tu1n,  adj.  real ;  true. 

2ld)tel,  n.  -8.  (134/5) 
eighth. 

<id)ten,  v.  (130, 1)  esteem. 

2Id)tting,  /.  esteem ;  re- 
spect. 

iidit^chn,  num.  eighteen. 

ad)t^ig,  num.  eighty. 

cid))ett,  v.  groan. 

abelig,  a.  noble. 

««>elige,m.  (108,  c).noble- 
man, 

^ber,/.,p?.  -n.  vein. 

SIMcr,  m.  -8.  eagle. 

.  -8.  Adolphus. 
,  m.  -en,  -en.  law- 
yer. 

9lffe,  m.  -n,  -n.  ape. 

nhnct!, /'.  have  a  presenti- 
ment of. 

iilnilid),  a.  like. 

3(bming,  /.,  /)Z.  -en.  pre- 
„  sentiment. 

^ftre,/.,  pi.  -en.  ear. 

oil,  (-er,  e,  e8).  a.  (see  in- 
dex) all ;  every ;  every- 
thing ;  -e8  was,  what- 
ever. 

alletn,  a.  alone ;  adv. 
only  ;  cow;.  (269,  Note 
2)  but. 

91  IInuid)t,  /I  omnipotence. 

tillinad)tig,  a.  almighty. 

2Umofcn,  n.  -8.  alms. 

Sllpe,/.,  pi.-n.  alp ;  Alps. 

oW,  con;,  (see  index)  as ; 
such  as ;  when  ;  than  ; 
but;  -reenn,  -ob.  (354, 
Note3)asif ;  as  though. 

n  (f  i),  adv.  thus  ;  so ;  con- 
sequently ;  therefore. 

nit,  x.  old  ;  of  age. 


Wtr,  m.  (108,  <•).  old  man. 

2llter,  n.  -8.  age ;  old 
age. 

am  =  an  bem. 

2lmalie,/.  Amelia. 

^Imcritaner,  m.  -8.  Am- 
erican. 

Finnic,  /.,  pi.  -n.  wet- 
nurse. 

fflmt,  n.  -8.  aemwr.  office. 

ilnttiuaim,  m.  -8,  -leute. 
bailiff;  sheriff. 

an, prep.  (285,  4)  on ;  at; 
in  ;  near ;  to. 

aitbeten,*  v .  adore ;  wor- 
ship. 

anbieten,*  v.  irr.  offer. 

anbint'eii,*  v.  irr.  bind ; 
tie. 

anbredjen,*  v.  irr.  (f) 
break ;  begin. 

Slnbrud),  m.  -(e)8,  -U(^e. 
break. 

SlntYiifcn,  n.  remem- 
brance. 

anber,  a.  other. 

dnbcrn,  (also  reft.)  v. 
change. 

anberg,  adv.  otherwise. 

anbcrdroo,  adv.  else- 
where. 

aiiN-i-thalb,  a.  (124,  5) 
one  and  a  half. 

Sliierbictcn,  n.  -8.  offer. 

anerjogcn,  pp.  imparted 
by  *edu  cation. 

Sliifiing, )//.  -8,  -dnge.  be- 
ginning. 

aiifangcn,*  v.  irr.  begin. 

<mfang£,  adv.  at  first. 

anfiitjren,*  v.  conduct1, 
deceive. 

3Infufircr,  m.  -8.  leader. 

nngaffcn,*  v.  gape  at. 

angeben,*  v.  irr.  men- 
tion. 

angebcren,  a.  innate. 

angtl)tn,*v.  irr.  concern. 

Vngel,  /.  pi.  -n.  fish- 
hook ;  rod,  line  and 
hook. 

cmqcncbm,  «•  agreeable. 

augrfdiivullcii,  a.  swollen. 

iiiiiu'fdioii,  a.  honorable ; 
of  rank. 

angeflrengt,  adv.  in- 
tensely. 

angrcifen,*  v.  irr.  attack. 

Slngft,/,  pi.  Wengfle.  anx- 
iety ;  fright 


GERMAN-ENGLISH  VOCABULARY. 


523 


,  a.  anxious. 

anbalten,*  v,  irr.  con- 
tinue. 

ilnbang,  in.  -(()§,  -dnge. 
appendage ;  party. 

2lnbangltd)feit,/.  -en.  at- 
tachment. 

"JlMHagc,/. ,  pi.  -n.  accu- 
sation. 

anflageti,*  v.  accuse. 

ant leitcn,*  v.  dress. 

ant oinmcn,*  v .  irr.  (f)  ar- 
rive. 

anf*itifc(ig)en,*  v.  an- 
nounce. 

Sfnhmft,/.  arrival. 

anlud)cn,*  v.  smile  upon. 

anlangen,*  v.  (f)  arrive. 

^litliilf,  m.  -fjeS,  -d{fe.  oc- 
casion. 

anfcgtn,*  v.  aim. 

anmibcn,*  annafytrn,*  v. 
(also  reflex.)  approach. 

anncbmen,*  v.  irr.  take  ; 
accept;  fidj  -,  (with 
gen. )  to  take  care  of. 

mionnm,  a.  anonymous. 

anratbcn,*  v.  irr.  recom- 
mend. 

Snrcbe,  /.,  pi.  -n.  ad- 
dress. 

onrcbcn,*  v.  address. 

anrenncn,*  v.  irr.  (f)  run 
against. 

onndjten,*  v.  cause  ;  do. 

Slnruf,  m.  -(e)3,  -e.  call. 

and  =  an  baS. 

anfamntdn,*  v.  collect. 

anfd)affen,*  v.  procure  ; 
buy. 

anfd)aucn,*  v.  look  at. 

%tnfd)<namg,  /.,  pi.  -en. 
contemplation. 

?lnfd>ein,  7/i.-(c)8.  appear- 
ance ;  likelihood. 

aiifd)licfjcn,*  v.  irr.  ft$  -, 
join. 

tlufid)t,/.,p?.  -en. opinion. 

anfpanncn,*  v.  put  to; 
harness  up. 

anfpred)cn,*f .  irr.  please. 

3Infprud),  m.  -(e)8,  -ud)e. 
claim ;  in  -  ncbmcn, 
claim. 

aiiflatt,  prep.  (284,  3)  in- 
stead of ;  conj.  -  bay, 
instead  of. 

anfleben,*  v.  irr.  suit. 

anftofjen,*  v.  strike ; 
push ;  hurt. 


anflretd)cn,*  v.  irr.  paint ; 
mark. 

anftrengcn,*  v.  strain ; 
exert. 

2lnftrcngung,  pi.  -en,  ef- 
fort. 

5ltitfml,  m.  -§,  -e.  share. 

ontljun,*  t1.  irr.  put  on ; 
do. 

antreffcn,*  v.  irr.  meet 
(with). 

antreten,*  v.  begin ;  enter 
upon. 

2lntroprt,  f.,  pi.  -en.  an- 
swer. 

ianertrmm,*  v.  confide. 

ann)CH^l•n,""  v.  reg.  &  irr. 
employ. 

antigen,*  v.  inform ;  in- 
dicate. 

an\icl)tn,v.  irr.  attract; 
dress. 

2lpfd,  in.  -%,  Stepfel,  apple. 

3ipfclbaum,m.  apple-tree. 

ilpril,  in.  -8.  April. 

Slrabcr,  m.  -cS.  Arab. 

$lrbeit, /.,  pi.  -en.  work. 

arbciten,  v.  (131)  work. 

2lrbcitcr,;?i.-e6.  workman. 

•JJrrttpfhii,  tn.  -6.  euspi- 
cion. 

arm,  a.  poor. 

?lrnie,  m.  (108,  e).  poor 
man. 

5lrmfcligfcit,  /.,  pi.  -en. 
poorness. 

$lrnuitb,/.  poverty. 

•Jlrva.u'iiii-ii,  n.  Arragon. 

3lrt,  _/!,  pi.  -en.  species; 
kind. 

arttfl,  a.  polite  ;  good. 

Slrjnri,/.,  pi.  -en.  medi- 
cine. 

3lrit,  m.  -e8,  Slerste.  phy- 
sician. 

2lfd)c,/  ashes. 

2lficn, 'n.  -8.  Asia. 

21  ft,  in.  -e«,  Slefic.  branch. 
.  -eS.  breath. 

,  atbenifd),  a. 
Athenian. 

titbmen,  v.  breathe. 

llthlft,  in.  -en,  -en.  ath- 
lete. 

aud),  conj.  also ;  too ; 
even  ;  -  no<$,  still. 

•JIiic,/.,  pi.  -n.  meadow. 

ouf,  adv.  (58)  in ;  up ; 
jn-rp.  (L'S5.  4)  on  ;  -  tin- 
inal,  at  once. 


;  aufbringen,*  v.  irr.  irri- 

tate. 


setting  out;    decamp- 

ment. 

cufr  i-ucfcn,*v.  press  upon. 
,/.,^)Z.-n.  theme. 
,*^.  irr.  give  up. 
,*  v.  irr.  (f)  come 

up  ;  rise. 
aufgeflcirt,*  a.  enlighten- 

ed. 
auffjaltctt,*  v.  irr.  delay  ; 

hinder. 
aufbcbcn,*  v.  irr.  raise  ; 

lift  (up)  ;  take  up. 
anfbiJrcn,*  v.  cease  ;  leave 

off. 

auflubcrn,*  v.  (f)  blaze  up. 
aufmcrffiim,  a.  attentive. 
3lufmerffamfdt,  /.,  pi. 

-en.  attention. 
oufiiebmcii,*  v.  take  up  ; 

receive. 

aufopfcm,*  v.  sacrifice. 
aufrnfircn,*  v.   fid>  -/   get 

up  quickly. 
aufrcd)t,      a.      upright  ; 

erect. 
aufrcibcn,*   v.    irr.    de- 

stroy. 

aufrid)tig,  a.  sincere. 
outs.  =  auf  baS. 
anffd)liegen,*  v.  irr.  un- 

lock. 

2luffebcr,  m.  -8.  overseer. 
atifftcbcn,  v.  irr.  rise. 
aufftclfcn,*  v.  set  up. 
nuftbiirnien,*  v.  pile  up. 
2luftuig,  m.    -(e)8,   -oge. 

commission  ;  order. 
auft»arten,*y.  wait(upon). 
auf  'm  artd  ,adv.  upward(s). 
nufjebren,*  v.  consume. 
*21ugc,  n.  -8,  -n.  eye. 
lliuicnblicf,  tn.  moment. 
iiii.(cubiirflid),     adv.     in- 

stantly. 
3(ugcnli(e)b,  n.  -(e)8,  -e 

and  -er.  eyelid. 
aud,  adv.  out  ;  prep.  (283, 

2)  out  of  ;  through. 
auebittcn,"  v  .  irr.  (fie^  et^ 

rcaS)  request.. 
au»bleiben,*   v.    irr.    (f) 

stay  out  ;  delay. 
audbvcd)en,*  v.  irr.  break 

out. 
Sluebnirf,  m.  -(e)S,  -fiift. 

expression. 


524 


GERMAN-ENGLISH  VOCABULARY. 


v.     pump 

(flg.)- 

Slusfubr,  _/,,  pi.  -en.  ex- 
port. 

nudfiibrett,*  v.  execute; 
carry  out. 

'Mtidga'ng,  m.  -(e)8,  -ange. 
issue. 

au$iicbeii,*v.  irr.  expend; 
spend  money. 

mu  jebcn,*v.  irr.  go  out; 
give  out. 

audjjiefjcn,*  v.  irr.  pour 
(oat). 

auSbaJtcn,*  v.  irr.  hold 
(out). 

attSFIeibcn,*  v.  undress. 

"•JliiMiiuJ'er,  m.  -8.  for- 
eigner. 

audlaufcn,*  v.  irr.  put  to 
sea. 

aueili>fd)eti,*  v.  put  out. 

auSncbmeit,*  v.  except. 

Sliisruf,  m.  -(e)8,  -e.  cry. 

atidrufcn,*  v.  irr.  ex- 
claim. 

SliiiM-iir'nrni,  f.,  pi.  -en. 
exclamation.  . 

SluSrufuii.jeroort,  n.  ex- 
clamation. 

audrubctt,*  v.  repose. 

audfd)icfen,*  v.  send 
(o  it). 

miiMiltlii-pcii,*  v.  irr.  shut 
oat. 

audfebcn,*  v.  irr.  look  ; 
appear. 

aiifi.-i-balti,  adv.  on  the 
outside  ;  prep.  (284,  3) 
without ;  out  of. 

aieugere,  (a.)  n.  (108,  c). 
exterior. 

Slcugerung,  /.  -en.  mani- 
festation. 

rtiiftcrft,  a.  utmost;  adv. 
extremely. 

andfe^en,*  v.  expose. 

au8fpred)en,*  v.  irr.  pro- 
nounce. 

Sludfpmd),  m.  -e8,  -ftdjc. 
judgment;  verdict. 

Sluftralicit,  n.  -8.  Aus- 
tralia. 

4u8ftreidKn,*  v.  irr. 
strike  out. 

fludubung,  f.  practice ; 
execution. 

<ru«sn»Jil)len,*  v.  choose. 

MiMU'itttcvn,*  v.  (f)  emi- 
grate. 


4,  adv.  outward. 

<m*n>eid)ett,*  v.  irr.  (f) 
avoid,  evade. 

iiusiDcnbig,  adv.  by  heart; 
outside. 

aii*icid)iieji,*  v.  distin- 
guish. 

:  2lu$}eid)ttuna.,/.,  pi.  -en. 
distinction. 

auejicben,*  v.  irr.  un- 
dress. 

21  re,  (Jtdjfe)  /.  -n.  axle. 

-Jlrt,  f.,pl.  2Ujte;  axe. 

baar,  a.  in  cash. 

Sad),  m.  -e8, 93d$e.  brook. 

Sacblcin,  n.  -8.  little 
brook. 

bacfen,  v.  irr.  bake. 

Sacter,  m.  -8.  baker. 

93ab,  n.  -e8,  23dber.  bath ; 
watering-place. 

baben,  v.  (130,  1)  bathe. 

Snbcii,  n.  -8.  bathing. 

bubifd),  a.  belonging  to 
Baden. 

33abn, /,  pi.  -en.  way; 
road. 

•Jiii  h  lib  of,  TO.  station. 

33nicr,  TO.  -8  &  -n,  -n.  Ba- 
varian. 

33  me  rn,  n.  -8.  Bavaria. 

bate,  adv.  soon ;  shortly. 

33albe,/.  In  (bet)  -,  soon. 

33alfcn,  m.  -n8.  beam. 

Sail,  w.  -e8,  33atte.  ball. 

SSaHabc,,/".,  />Z.  -n.  ballad. 

SaHcn,  m.  -8,  bale. 

Sanb,  71.  (51, 12)  -e8,  -e. 
bond ;  tie  ;  n.  -e8,  S3ans 
ber.  ribbon ;  m.  -e8, 
83anbe.  volume. 

bangc,  a.  anxious. 
I  35anf,  /'.,  pi  23anfe. bench. 

33ar,  m.  -en,  -en.  bear. 

barmberfi;;,  a.  merciful. 

f&avmfycriitfleit,  f.  mercy. 

Sart,  TO.  -e8,  ®drte.  beard. 

Safe, ./'.,  pi.  -n.  cousin. 

bauen,  v.  build ;  depend 
upon. 

93auer,  TO.  -n,  &  -8,  -n.  pea- 
sant; TO.  &  w.  -8.  cage. 

bii  uf  a  I!  hi,  a.  out  of  repair. 

Saum,m.  (31)  -e8,  SBdume. 

'     tree. 

3Baunutoollt,f.  cotton. 

ba'unten,  fid),  v.  rrjl.  rear. 

Sntjcrn,  n.  -8.  Bavaria. 

bcbaucn,  v.  cultivate. 


,  m.  -8.  cup ;  goblet. 

iH'rfci?,  H.  -8.  basin. 

bebedVii,  v.  ('±'?2)  cover. 

bftYiifcu,  v.  irr.  consider; 
care  for ;  f«^  ->  hesitate. 

bctcuteu,  v.  signify ; 
mean. 

bebicnen,  /<.  [id)  -,  make 
Use  of. 

33et>iente,  m.  -n,  -n.  ser- 
vant. 

•JVbiniiuiti},  /.,  pi.  -en. 
condition. 

bclrohcii,  v.  threaten. 

bcbiirtcii,  v.  ($)  need ; 
want ;  require, 

Scbiirfiuft,  n.  -ffeS,  -ffe. 
need ;  want. 

beeilcn,  v.  fid),  hasten. 

33cfd)(,  m.  -(e)8,  -e.  com- 
mand ;  order. 

lu'fdilcn,  v.  irr.  com- 
mand ;  order. 

beftnben,  v.  irr.  find  ;  fidj 
-,  to  be  ;  rcie  -  ©ie  ftd)  t 
how  do  you  do? 

bcflerfcn,  v.  stain. 

bcfU-ifien,  v.  irr.  6eftei^i« 
gen,  v.  reg.  p^  -/  reft. 
apply  (one's)  self ; 
study. 

bcfUfFett,  pp.  intent. 

33efliffenl)eft,/  assiduity. 

befolgen,  v.  follow  ;  obey. 

befragen,  v.  consult. 

befreien,  v.  free;  deliver. 

bcfricbigcn,  v.  satisfy. 

bi-fiiblcH,  v.  feel  of ; 
touch. 

bcijcbcn,  ftrf),  v.  reft.  irr. 
go  ;  betake  one's  self. 

iviielu'itbeit,  /.,  pi.  -en. 
event. 

bct)C()iien,  v.  (\  &  1))  meet. 

bciji' hut,  v.  irr.  commit. 

bi-iicbi-cn,  v.  desire;  re- 
quest. 

bc^eiftcrn,  v.  inspire. 

Begfer^e,/.,  »2.-n.  desire. 

bet)ic@ctt,  v.  irr.  water. 

^H-iiiiui,  m. -e8.  beginning. 

bcginnen,  ''.  begin. 

bc^lcitctt,  v.  accompany  ; 
attend. 

SSegleiter,  m.  -8.  compan- 
ion. 

bcgliirfcn,  v.  make  happy. 

begrabcit,  w.  irr.  bury. 

.iji,   n.   -fje8,   -fj«, 
funeral, 


GERMAN-ENGLISH  VOCABULARY. 


525 


begrdu'tt,  v.  irr.  compre- 
ht.-n,!. 

33i% griff,  m.  -e3,  e.  idea ; 
im  -  jit,  about  to. 

biv,rimCcii,  i:  found. 

bcgunftigcn,  v.  favor. 

bebaltcn,  z;.  *»•/•.  retain; 
keep. 

bdmiit'cln,  /;.  treat. 

bdKitigcn,  v.  hang  (with). 

bebarren,  v.  persevere. 

bdnuTlid),  a.  persevering. 

ivluuTluiitdt,  f.  per- 
severance. 

bebtuiptcit,  v.  maintain ; 
hold  ;  assert. 

bciici  n"d>cn,  v.  govern. 

Seberrfdjuttg,./!  rule. 

!Bef)crrfd)cr,  //*.  -§.  ruler. 

bei,  prep.  (383,  2;  376) 
by  ;  near  ;  at. 

bttbe,  a.  (75,  3,  4;  312, 
IS)  pi.  -n.  both ;  the 
two. 

beifvigen,*  v.  add. 

bdgcfd)afft,  pp.  buried. 

Scil,  n.  -e3,  -e.  hatchet. 

bdlcgcit,*  a.  inclose. 

bciin  =  bet  bent. 

Skin,  11.  -e8,  -e.  leg. 

bcimibc,  adv.  nearly  ;  al- 
most. 

Seinflciber,  pi.  panta- 
loons; trousers. 

beipflid)ten,*  v.  assent. 

beifamnicn,  adv.  together. 

33dfv>td,  n.  -(e)8,  -e.  ex- 
ample. 

beifjni,  v.  irr.  bite. 

Sdftanl1,  m.  -e§.  assist- 
ance. 

bdfU'bcn,*  v.  stand  by ; 
assist ;  help. 

bdftinHncii,*y.  agree  with 
(one). 

SPcitnig,  M.  -eS,  -dije.  con- 
tribution. 

bejnlirt,  «.  ageil. 

bcfaiiiit,  a.  known ;  ac- 
qnointed. 

93cFii»tituiiaft,  f.,  pi.  -en. 
acquaintance. 

3?efcnntm8,  n.  -fieS,  {)c. 
confession. 

b«f  (agcn,  v.  lament ;  ft<^  -, 
complain. 

bcflcmnien,  v.  press  ;  op- 

plT'SS. 

befoiumen,  v .  irr.  get ;  (f) 
agree. 


bdoben,  v.  irr.  load. 

bcKi|~n:;cn,  v.  trouble. 

bclamcii,  v.  in:  walk 
over ;  amount. 

bdebrcn,  v.  instruct. 

bi-Iciiri-iif,  a.  instructive. 

bdeitugctt,  v.  oflfend. 

iV-lcitiginig,  /..  pi.  -en. 
offence ;  insult. 

Selgicn,  n.  -8.  Belgium. 

bdobtten,  v.  reward. 

^dPbnung,  /.,  pi.  -en. 
recompense. 

bciiuulmgci!,  ft(^,  v.  refl. 
seize ;  take  possession 
of. 

bemcrfen,  v.  perceive;  ob- 
serve. 

bcmitlcifcii,  v.  pity. 

bcntiiben,  v.  trouble  ;  |ic^ 
-,  take  pains ;  fi<^  -  urn, 
labor  (at). 

bcnad)i-id)tigcn,  v.  inform. 

bencbmcn,  v.  in:  fidj  -, 
rcjl.  behave ;  act. 

beiieiE'cit,  v.  envy. 

beobad)tcn,  v.  observe ; 
keep. 

bequcnt,  a.  comfortable. 

bernubcii,  v.  rob. 

beraiifciKii,  v .  intoxicate. 
i  bercd)ttcn,  v.  calculate. 

bercbcn,  v.  persuade. 

berett,  a.  eloquent. 

bcrcif,".  ready;  prepared. 

berettcn,  v.  prepare. 

bcreitd,  adv.  already. 

Scrcituug,  /.  prepara- 
tion. 

bercticn,  v .  repent. 

23erg,  m.  -eS,  -e.  moun- 
tain ;  hill. 

bcrgcn,  v.  irr.  hide. 

bergig,  a.  mountainous. 

berftcn,  v.  irr.  (f)  burst. 

35ernf,  m.  -ei,  -e.  profes- 
sion. 

beritfcn,  r.  irr.  call ;  ap- 
point. 

bcriibmt,  a.  celebrated. 

bcriibrcn,  v.  touch. 

Scriibrung,  f.,  pi.  -en. 
contact. 

33cfa$ung,/.,  pi.  -en.  gar- 
rison. 

bcfd)affcn,  a.  constituted. 

bcfd)citnen,  v.  make 
ashamed. 

bcfdjatttn,  v.  shade. 

befdjaucn,  v.  look  at. 


5?efd)auung,  /.  contem- 
plation. 

93efd)eit>,  m.  -e8,  -e.  infor- 
mation. 

bcKbdbcn,  v.  irr.  decree ; 
allot. 

befd>cibcn,  a.  modest. 

bcfd)cnfcn,  v.  present 
w.tii ;  reward. 

bcfd)it*gen,  v.  fire  upon. 

befd)impfcn,  v.  insult. 

bcfd)irmen,  v.  shelter. 

bcfd)[icficii,  v.  conclude ; 
resolve. 

befd)inu$en,  v.  soil. 

bcfd)6nigcn,  v.  palliate. 

bcfd)rctbcn,  v.  irr.  de- 
scribe. 

befd)n>crcn,  v.  load. 

bcfd)rocrlid),  a.  trouble- 
some. 

bcfdwtngt,  pp.  winged. 

befd>n>6rcn,  v.  irr.  swear 
to. 

93cfcn,  m.  -8.  broom. 

bcfcecu,  v.  garrison, 

bcfkgcn,  v.  conquer. 

bcfinncu,  fid),  v.  rejl.  irr. 
recollect ;  consider. 

93cfi$,  m.  -eS.  possession. 

bcffcen,  v.  in:  possess. 

bcfonbcrd,  adv.  separate- 
ly ;  particularly. 

beforgen,  v.  attend  to; 
take  care  of. 

33eforgnig,/>/.  -fte.  appre- 
hension. 

bcffcr,  a.  &  adv.  better. 

bcffern,  v.  mend  ;  repair ; 
ftdj  -,  become  better. 

bcftiin Nij,  a.  constant ; 
incessant;  continual. 

bcftcirfcii,  v.  strengthen. 

bcftdtigcn,  v.  conhrm. 

bcffc,  a.  best. 

bcftchcit,  v.  irr.  endure ; 
insist. 

bcftcigcn,  v.  irr.  ascend ; 
mount. 

beftcUcn,  v.  order. 

befttmmcn,  v.  determine; 
settle ;  destine. 

bcftimmt,  a.  positive. 

iV  ft  mi  lining,  /.  determi- 
nation. 

3vftiiuniuHgii>iv»ort,  n.  ar- 
ticle. 

bcftreitcn,  v.  irr.  contest : 
dispute. 

iicfudj,  >n.  -e«,  -e.  visit. 


526 


GERMAN-ENGLISH  VOCABULARY. 


befud)cn,  v.  visit ;  call 
upon. 

beten,  v.  pray. 

bi'tik'iicni,  v.  assert. 

bmaduen,  c  luok  at ;  ex- 
auiiuu. 

95etrad)tung,  /.,  pi.  -en. 
contamplation. 

bctr.ad)tlid),  a.  consider- 
able. 

betragcn,  v.  irr.  amount 
to  ;  fid)  /  behave. 

SBctragrn,  n.  -8.  behavior. 

bctreffen,  v.  irr.  concern. 

83etricger,  SBetruger,  m.  -8, 
deceiver  ;  impostor. 

bcmnfcn,  ftdj,  v.  reft.  irr. 
get  drunk. 

bttroflren,  pp.  struck ; 
perplexed. 

betntbcn,  v.  grieve. 

bctriibt,  a.  sad. 

betriigen,  v.  cheat. 

93ett,  n.  -c8,  -en.  bed. 

bf  ttclii,  v.  b3g. 

©ettlcr,  in.  -8.  beggar. 

bcurtfocilen,  fl.  judge ; 
criticise. 

33eutc,/.,  ^Z.  -n.  spoil. 

23eutcl,  m.  -8.  purse. 

&cuo(fcritng,  /.,  pi.  -tn. 
population. 

beoor,  conj.  before. 

beoorfUhcn,  v.  irr.  im- 
pend. 

bftoiibmi,  v.  keep. 

benuil)reit,  w.  prove. 

bcroegcn,  v.  irr.  move; 
induce. 

©croegung,  f.,pl.  -en.  im- 
pulse. 

©erode,  m.  -e8,  -t.  proof. 

beroctfen,  v.  irr.  prove. 

bcuu-rbcii,  ft$,  v.  reft.  irr. 
(urn)  seek. 

betooliiicii,  v.  inhabit. 

95<M»ul)iicr,  m.  -8.  inhabi- 
tant. 

benmtrtern,  v.  (131,  3)  ad- 
mire. 

bcnmnbcrndnnirbfg,  a.  ad- 
mirable. 

berouflt,  a.  conscious. 

Sttmifttfein,  n.  -8.  con- 
sciousness. 

br*iif)lcn,  v.  pay. 

$<*ab(ung,  /.,  pi.  -«n. 
payment. 

bcjciiqcn,  v.  testify. 

b«jnwtjjcn,  y.  irr.  conquer. 


I  biegen,  v.  irr.  bend. 
biegfom,  a.  pliant. 
Siene,/.,  pi.  -n.  bee. 
i^ier,  w.  -e3,  -e.  beer. 
bictcn,  t;.  irr.  offer. 
33tlb,  n.  -e8,  -et.  image  ; 

picture. 
bitten,  v.  form. 
BiQtttn.-9,-t.  note;  ticket 
bidigen,  v.  approve. 

,/:,  pi.  -n.  bandage. 
n.    conjunc- 

tion. 

binten,  v.  irr.  bind  ;  tie. 
33imbaum,  m.  pear-tree. 
95irne,/  pi.  -n.  pear. 
Sirfd),/,  pi.  -en.  hunt. 
bid,  ad?>.  t-ojy.  auf,  with- 

in ;  fci^^cr,  till  now  ;  fctg 

taf;in,  till  then  ;  fci$  tcifi, 

till  ;  until  ;  6i«  jefct,  till 

now. 
93ifd)of,  m.  -eg,  -ofe.  bish- 

op. 

Sigdjcn,  n.  -S.  a  little. 
99ifteit,  in.  -8.  morseL 
bierocilcn,     odv       some- 

times. 

5^ittc,/,p?.  -n.  request. 
bitten,  v.  irr.  ask  ;  beg  ; 

pray. 
93ittentt,  p.,  (108,  c).  beg- 

gar. 

blciKit,  v.  irr.  blow. 
b(af|,  a.  pale. 
Slatt,  n.  -e«,  SBIattet.  leaf. 
bKittern,  v.  turn  over  the 

leaves. 

blau,  a.  blue. 
SBIci,  n.  -e8.  lead. 
blcibcn,  ?•.  irr.  (f)  remain; 

stay  ;  -  b  i  (ettoaS),  per- 

sist in. 

b(eid),  a.  pale. 
Sleiflift,    m.     -(«)«,     -e. 

(lead)  pencil. 
Slid*,  TO.  -e8,  -e.  look. 
blirfen,  v.  look. 
blint,  a.  blind. 


blind  man. 
33Ii(j,  m.    -c8,   -e.   flash; 

lightning. 
b(:i;cn,  n.  lighten. 
&Ii$edfd)ne(le,  /.    quick- 

ness of  lightning. 
blofl,  a.  bare. 
bh'il)cn,?;.bloom;  flourish. 
^linndxn,    n.    -8.    little 

liowtr. 


9?(ume,/.,  pi.  -n.  flower. 

Slumcnf  rntii,  in.  garland. 

93lut,  n.  -eg.  blood. 

bliiti-ii,  v.  bleed. 

SBlutbe,  /.,  pi.  -n.  blos- 
som ;  flower. 

93Iutbenfd)immer,  m.  -8. 
splendor  of  blossom. 

blutig,  a.  bloody. 

33obcn,  TO.  -8,  U?Bten. 
ground  ;  soil ;  garret ; 
floor. 

23ogcn,  TO.  -8.  bow;  sheet 
(of  paper). 

^obnierroolt,  TO.  Bohemi- 
an forest. 

93oot,  n.  -e8,  -e  and  SB6t«. 
boat. 

936 rfe,/.,  pi.  -n.  purse. 

bofr,  a.  bad ;  evil ;  bag 
SBefe,  evil 

boebaft,  a.  wicked. 

93ote,  TO.  -n,  n.  messen- 
ger. 

35ranb,  TO.  -e8,  SBrdnbe. 
fire. 

93rannin>etn,  TO.  -e8,  -«. 
brandy. 

braten,  v.  irr.  roast. 

33ratcn,  m.  -8.  roast  meat. 

braud)ctt,  v.  use;  want; 
need. 

braun,  a.  brown. 

brduncn,  v .  brown. 

braufcn,  v.  roar. 

93raut,  /.,  pi.  S3raute, 
bride,  fiancee. 

Srdutigam,  m.  -8,  -e. 
bridegroom,  fiance'. 

brao,  a.  brave  ;  honest ; 
good. 

brcdKti,  v .  irr.  break. 

®rei,  TO.  -e8,  e.  pap. 

brcit,  a.  broad ;  large ; 
wide. 

brcmten,  v.  irr.  burn. 

33rief,  m.  -e8,  -e.  letter. 

33ricfd)en,  n.  -8.  note. 

SBrieftafdK,  /.  pocket- 
book  (for  letters,  etc.). 

33riefn>cd)fel,  TO.  corre- 
spondence. 

33rif(e,  /.,  pi  -n.  specta- 
cles. 

bringen,  v.  irr.  bring; 
take. 

©rob,  n.  -e8,  -e.  bread. 

©riirfe,/.,  pi.  -n.  bridge 

»rub«r,  tn.  -I.  »ruteii 
brother. 


GERMAN-ENGLISH  VOCABULARY. 


52? 


br:'iric!i,  v.  roar. 

bnumncn,  v.  grumble. 

33rui!iicn,  tn.  -3.  foun- 
tain ;  well. 

Sriiffel,  n.  -3.  Brussels. 

®ruft,  /'.,  pi.  2ku[te. 
breast ;  chest ;  bosom. 

Cube,  m.  -n,  -n.  boy. 

£ud),  n.  -e«,  33u$cr.  book; 
quire. 

93iid)l>inbcr,  m.  -8.  book- 
binder. 

SJudjbrurfcrfunft,  f.  art 
of  printing. 

93ud)Iidnblcr,  m.  -8.  book- 
seller. 

SPuc!)  ftabc,  m.  -n,-n .  letter. 

93ucf)t,  /'..  pi.  -en.  bay. 

bitofcM,  fid),  v.  reft,  bow ; 
stoop. 

Sitnb,  m.  -(c)3,  -e  and 
®unbe.  league ;  alliance. 

93iiiit?nig,  n.  -ffe8,  fie.  al- 
liance. 

bunt,  a.  variegated ;  gay. 

9ttT$,f.tpi  -en.  castle. 

Surfer,  m.  -9.  citizen. 

93tmjcrmeitler,  in.  mayor. 

S8tifci),  m.  -e8,  Sujdje. 
bush  ;  thick'jt. 

SSufcn,  m.  -8.  bosom. 

93utter,/.  butter. 

<£anbibat,  m.  -en  and  -8,  | 
en.  candidate. 

ffiafnr,  m.  Caesar. 

©entner,  m.  -3.  hundred- 
weight. 

©ercmonie,  /.,  pi.  -en. 
ceremony. 

(Shanifter,  m.  -8,  -ere. 
character. 

(51) or,  »i.  -e3,  (Jfyore.  cho- 
rus ;  n.  choir. 

(Shrift,  TO.  -8.  Christ;  -en, 
-en.  Christian. 

©ignrre,/.,  ^Z.  -n.  cigar. 

•itrtntc,/.,  £>Z.  -n.  lemon. 

<£6ln,  rt.  -8.  Cologne. 

Gonccrt,  ».  -(e)3,  e.  con- 
cert. 

(Sonfiil,  m.  -8,  -n.  consul. 

©OHfTnc,/,7J/.-n.  cousin. 

(Suhiir,  /.,  />£  -en.  cul- 
ture. 

©tjpern,  n.  -8.  Cyprus. 

bo,  (see  Index)  a<7t> .  there ; 
here  ;  conj.  since  ;  as  ; 
then. 


babei,  adv.  (147,  6)  there ; 
at  it. 

it.  -(9,  ®adjer.  roof. 
,    m.     -e8,     S;d^{e. 
badger. 

baburd),  adv.  (147,  6) 
thereby. 

bafu'r,  arfy.  for  that ;  in- 
stead (of  it). 

adv.  in  ex- 
change ;  conj.  on  the 
other  hand. 

bafjer,  adv.  thence  ;  conj. 
therefore. 

adv.       thither ; 
there. 

irj,  a.  of  that  time. 
,  adv.  at  that  time. 
,/.,  pi.  -n.  lady. 

bamit,  adv.  with  it  or 
them;  co/y.  (352,  1, 
a.)  that,  in  order  to  ; 
-ntd)t,  lest 

&nmm,  m.  -e8,  ®dmrae. 
dam. 

,  m.   -e8,    ©ampfe, 
Oiie ;  steam. 

$cinemarf,  n.  -8.  Den- 
mark. 

bancbcn,  adv.  near  it ; 
aside. 

bonicber,  adv.  down. 

!$anf,  m.  -e8.  thanks. 

biinfbar,  a.  gratefuL 

il>anfbar?eit,/.  thankful- 
ness ;  gratitude. 

!S)anFfagung,  /.  thanks- 
giving. 

t>anten,v.  (390, II. ) thank; 
be  indebted  to. 

bann,  adv.  then. 

baran,  at  it ;  on  it. 

barauf,  adv.  thereon ; 
upon  that,  it  or  them ; 
after  that. 

baratiS,  adv.  thence. 

biirin,  adv.  in  it ;  within. 

barnad),  adv.  after  it. 

bnriiber,  adv.  over  that. 

barunt,  adv.  therefore. 

bad,  sec  fccr. 

bafe,    (see    Index)     conj. 
that ;  but ;  -ni*t,  lest. 
7>/.  -n.  date. 

$atum,  n.  -8,  "Data  &  1)a= 
ten.  date. 

Waiter,/,  duration. 

baticrn,  v.  last. 

baoon,  adv.  thereof ;  of 
that 


baoonlaufen,  v.  run  away. 
ba»or,     adv.    before    it  ; 

that. 

baju,  a  du.  for  it  ;  to  it. 
ba)n>ii'dKii,  ado.  between. 
baiw>ifd)enlegen,*  v.  place 

between. 
December,  m.  -8.  Decem- 

ber. 

JTede,/.,  pi.  -n   cover. 
becfcn,  v.  cover. 
^egcn,  in.  -8.  sword. 
bcin,  -e,  betn,  pron.  (see 

Index)   thy,    your;   of 

thee,  of  you. 
beiner,  pron.  gen.  of  bu, 

of  you;  of  tliee. 
bcinige,  (tct,  btc,  ba8)  -n, 

-n.   pron.     (153,    33(5) 

thine;  yours. 
bcmnad),  conj.  according- 


,/.  humility. 
bentiitiiig,  n.  humble. 
benfen,  v.  irr.  tliink. 


way  of  thinking. 
benn,  conj.    for  ;    than  ; 

adv.  then. 
ber,  bie,  bad,  rel.  pron. 

(see  Index)  that  ;  who  ; 

art.  (see  Index)  the. 
bcrartig,      a.     of       that 

kind. 
bereinfl,  adv.  in  (the)  fu- 

ture ;  once. 
b«ren,  gen.  pi.   and  gen, 

sing.  fern,  of  ber,   rel. 

and    demotistr.    pron. 

(152)  of  that  person.  o| 

those  persons  ;  whose. 
berer,  gen.  pi.  of  ber,  ~de- 

monstr.  pron.  (l.r-2,  1) 

of  those  persons. 
ber-,  bie-,  ba»jcnigc,;)ron. 

(152)  -n,  -n.  he;  she; 

that. 
ber-,  bie-,  badfcfbe,  pron. 

(see  Index)  the  same; 

he  ;  she  ;  it. 
berglctdjen,     (381,     foot- 

note 2)  that  sort  of  per- 

son or  thing. 
be*,  of  the. 
bedgleidxn,  see  bergleidjcn  ; 

nih'.  likewise. 
beffen,  pron.   gen.   *ing. 

of  *cr,  (152;  156;  146, 

5)  of  that;  of  which,- 

whose. 


528 


GERMAN-ENGLISH  VOCABULARY. 


p,  adv.  (116,  10)  the  ; 

so    much-     -fcefier,    so 

much  the  better. 
bcdwegcn,  adv.  therefore. 
beutlid),  a.  distinct. 
ten  t  t\1i,  a.  German. 
Scutfcfac,  m.  &  f.  (1C8,  c) 

German. 

&eutfd)fanb,  n.  Germany. 
Xiantant,  m  -en  and  -(e)3, 

-en.  d.amond. 
biomantcn,  a.  of  diamond. 
tidi,  acms.  of  fcu,  pron. 

(144^  thee  ;  you. 
Xid)ter,  m.  -8.  poet. 
sfiducrin,  /.,    pi.   -nen. 

poetess. 

$icbtfunfl,  /.  poetry. 
birf,  a.  thick. 
35ieffopf,  m.  blockhead. 
tie,  see  ter. 
Ticb,  m.  -e3,  -e.  thief. 
fcieienigcn,/?J.^>ro».  they; 

those. 
btcm-n,  v.  serve  ;   6ei  je- 

manb  -,  to  be  in  some 

one's  service. 
$iener,  m.  -8.  servant. 
!t)icnf>,  m.  -e8,  -e.  service  ; 

duty. 
XHcnftag,  m.  -(e)8.  Tues- 

day. 
Sicnftfeblcr,    »»•   neglect 

of  duty. 
btefer,  Heft,  biefed  or  bied, 

pron.  (1<5,71,  151)  tins. 
*ing,  n.  (51,  12)  -c8,  -e. 

thing  ;  matter. 
fcingen,  v.  hire. 
tointtff,  pi.  -en.  ink. 
Xintcnfuf),  n.  -e8,  -foffer. 

ink-stand. 
bir,  dat.  of  bu,  pron.  (to) 

thee. 
tod),    odf.    (see    Index) 

yet  ;  yes  ;  however. 
Doctor,  m.  -8,   -en.  doc- 

tor. 

$o(d),  m.  -t8,  -t.  dagger. 
tonne  rn,  v.  thunder. 

rn.     -(e)8. 


Thursday. 
toppclt,  a.  double. 
ifcorf,  n.  -e«,  ®6rfer.  vil- 

lage. 
$0rn,  m.  -e«,  -en  <fe  CD6t» 

ner.  thorn. 
tort,  adv.  there. 
^rad>rae,/.,  pi.  -n.  drach- 

m(a). 


i1.  press ;  urge. 
,  ad~~.  without. 

brcbcii,  u.  (also  rejl.)  turn; 
twist. 

fcrei,  a.  three. 

Streieef,  n.  -8,  -e.  tri- 
angle. 

breterlei,  adv.  (121,  8)  of 
three  kinds. 

fcrcifad),  a.  threefold. 

brcinuil,  adv.  three  times. 

brcMcbn,  thirteen. 

breigig.  a.  thirty. 

brcfdicn,  v.  irr.  thrash. 

bringcn,  v.  irr.  (f)  pene- 
trate ;  enter ;  break. 

britte,  a.  third. 

bntt(c)halb,  a.  two  and  a 
halt 

iDrittel,  n.  -8.  third. 

brtttend,  adv.  thirdly. 

broben,  v.  threaten. 

^rurf,  m.  -e8,  -e.  oppres- 
sion. 

i^rueffebler,  m.  misprint. 

iTrucffpftcn,  pi.  expenses 
of  printing. 

briicfcn,  v.  press. 

bu,  pro>».  (144)  thou ; 
you. 

$ucaten,  m.  -8.  ducat. 

!t>uft,  m.  -e8,  3)ufte.  per- 
fume. 

buften,  v.  exhale  fra- 
grance. 

buftig,  a.  fragrant 

bnlben,  v.  (130,  1)  suffer; 
endure;  tolerate. 

i£uite,/.  down. 

buntcl,  a.  dark ;  gloomy. 

burd),  adv.  through  ; — 
prep.  (383,  1;  403) 
through;  by. 

bnrd)bobren,*  v.  stab. 

burcbbringen,*  v.  irr.  (f) 
getthrough;  penetrate. 

burehrtifen,*  v.  (f)  travel 
or  pass  through. 

burdjrdten,*  v.  irr.  (() 
ride  through. 

bnrd)fd»neiben,*  v.  irr. 
cut  through. 

burd)feben,*  v.  irr.  see 
through. 

burdtfeeen,  v.  bring 
about. 

^urd)fTd)t,  f.,pl.  -en.  re- 
vision. 

burdifiditiq,  a.  transpar- 
ent; clear. 


burcbflromen,*  v.  stream 

through  ;  traverse. 
burd)fud)cn,*  v.   search  ; 

Vlh.t. 

burd)»anbern,*     v.       (f) 

wauder  through. 
burfen,   v.    irr.    (97,  331) 

need  ;  be  at  liberty. 
burr,  a.  dry. 
$urft,  m.  -eS.  thirst. 
burflig,  a.  thirsty. 
biijier,  a.  dark;  gloomy. 
b,  n.  -6,  -e.  dozen, 


eben,  a.  even;  adv.  just 
cbcnbcrfelbc,  pron.    the 

very  same. 
ebenfp  .  .  .  roie  or  al<,  adv. 

as  ...  as  ;    -  oft,  adv. 

as  many  times  ;  -  oiel, 

adv.  as  much. 
@ber,  m.  -8.  boar. 
0?cfe,/.,  2>l-  -n.  corner. 
ebel,  a.  noble. 
(£bclf  nabe,  m.  -n,  -n.  page. 
GFbclman,  pi.    -Icute.  no- 

bleman ;  pi.  nobles. 
ebedmitbig,  a.  noble. 
@belflein,    m.     preciout 

stone. 

(Sbuflrb,  m.  Edward. 
ebe,  conj.  before. 
ebebent,  adv.  formerly. 
eber,  adr.  before. 
eheft,  ""''•.    soonest  ;    am 

-en,  soonest;  -en8.  adv. 

shortly. 

ebrbar,  a.  honest. 
@bre,  /.,  pi.  -n.  honor; 

reverence. 
chrcn,  v.  honor. 
(Sbrenbeieigung,/  (mark 

of)  honor. 

(Sbrenoofl,  a.  honorable. 
(¥brfurd)t,  /.  reverence  ; 

veneration. 
chrfurebtdooH,  a  respect- 

ful. 

i),  m.  ambition. 
,  a.  ambitious. 
ebrid),  a.  honest. 
<$brlid)(rit,  /.   honesty; 

integrity. 
ehrlod,  a.  honorless  ;  in- 

famous. 

ehrnmrbig,  a.  venerable. 
(*i,  n.  -e8,  -er.  egg. 
(Sidx,   /.,    pi.    -o.    oak 

(tree). 
eidxn,  a.  oaken, 


GERMAN-ENGLISH  VOCABULARY. 


529 


@id)t»alb,  m.  oak-forest. 
(Sit,  m.  -e8,  -e.  oath. 

<$ifer,  m.  -8.  zeal ;  ardor. 

(£ifitrfud)t,./;  jealousy. 

eiferfud)tig,  a.  jealous. 

eigcti,  a.  own. 

<$igcnnu$,  in.  -e8.  (self-) 
interest;  selfishness. 

OFigcnfcflaft,  /.,  pi.  -en. 
quality. 

@i,)cnfd)«ft$n>prr,  n.  ad- 
jective. 

@i>)cnti)um,  n.  -8,  -tpmer. 
property. 

(£igcnrl)iiincr,  m.  -8.  own- 
er. 

cigcnthumlid),  a.  peculiar. 

etgcnt(id),  a.  propur. 

Gfilbptc,  m.  -n,  -n.  courier. 

eilen,  ir.  (§  and  f)  hasten. 

ein,  num.  (119,  1)  one; 
pron.  (119, 1)  einet,  cine, 
ein(e)8,  one  ;  a  man  ; 
some  ;  art.  (18)  a ;  an. 

einanber,  adv.  (163,  2) 
one  another ;  each 
other. 

einbilben,*  fid),  v.  reft,  im- 
agine. 

(Sinbrurf,  m.  -(e)8,  -urfc. 
impression. 

(Sitter,  see  ein. 

eincrlei,  adv.  (121,  8)  of 
the  same  time. 

einfiid),  a.  simple. 

einfallcn,*  v.  irr.  fall 
down;  fid)  -  laffen, think. 

einfangen,*  v.  irr.  catch  ; 
shut  up. 

(.^iiifUifs,  m.  -e8,  -uffe.  in- 
fluence. 

einft'ihrcn,*  v.  introduce. 

@infiihrung,  f.,  pi.  -en. 
introduction. 

(Sitting,  m.  -(e)8,  -dnge. 
entrance. 

eingcbcnf,  a.  mindful. 

eittgdjen,*  v.  irr.  (j)  en- 
ter. 

eingcnommcn,  a.  prepos- 
sessed. 

eingrabctt,*  v.  irr.  en- 
grave. 

einbflltcn,*  v.  irr.  stop. 

einbcr,  adv.  along. 

citu ;,  adv.  in  concord. 

einificn,  v.  a.  (also  rcjl. ) 
unite. 

einifjcr,  -e,  -e§.  pron.  (75, 
6J  some;  any. 


',  /.  inn. 

(Sint iinfte,  pi.  revenues. 

etnfaben,*  v.  irr.  invite. 

(Sinlaft,  m.  -fje8,  -affe.  ad- 
mission. 

cinmal,  adv.  once ;  one 
time ;  auf  -,  all  at  once ; 
nidjt  -,  not  even. 

einricbten,*  v.  arrange. 

einfatn,  a.  alone  ;  lonely. 

einfd)lafen,*  v.  irr.  (f)  fall 
asleep. 

dnfd)letd)en,*t;.  irr.  (f)  or 
fid;  -,  (1))  sneak,  creep  in. 

einfd)liefcn,*  v.  irr.  shut 
in ;  lock  up. 

einfeben,*  v.  see ;  con- 
ceive. 

(£infid)t,  f.,  pi.  -en.  in- 
sight. 

einft,  adv.  once. 

einfteHen,*  leave  off;  fid) 
-,  come  to  an  appoint- 
ment. 

@intrad)t,/.  concord. 

etntrcffen,*  v.  irr.  (f)  ar- 
rive. 

eintrcten,*  v.  irr.  (f)  en- 
ter. 

©inoerfta'nbnif},  n.  -ffe8, 
-ffe.  understanding. 

einoerftcljcn,*  fid;,  v.  reft. 
irr.  or  eincerftanben  fcin 
mit,  agree  with. 

Crinroanb,  m.  -c8,  -anbe. 
objection. 

einweid)en,*  v.  soak. 

einrocnbcn,*  v.  irr.  and 
reg.  object. 

@inrocnbnng,  /.,  pi.  -en. 
objection. 

einroiegcn,*  v.  lull  to 
sleep. 

etntmlligen,*  v.  consent. 

Orinittohner,  m.  -8.  inhab- 
itant. 

(£in*af)l,  /.  singular 
(number). 

ein;dn,   adv.    singly ;    a.  ' 
(121, 10, 11)  single,  par- 
ticular. 

*v.irr.  movein.  ; 
tg,  a.  (121,  11)  only  ; 
one. 

(*id,  n.  -e8.  ice. 

(Sifen,  n.  -8.  iron. 

(Sifcnbiihn,/.  railroad. 

ctfcrn,  a.  iron. 

eitcl,  a.  vain. 

ic,f.,pl.  -n.  elegy. 


,  n.  -eS.  misery. 
;!,  a.  miserable. 

t,    m.   -en  or  -«, 
-en.  elephant. 
elf,  Mum.  eleven. 
O'-ifcnbdii,  n.  -(e)8.  ivory, 
©life,/.  Eliza. 
©He,/.,  j»Z.  -en.  yard. 
<£ltern,  pZ.  parents. 
@mpfang,  m.  -e8.  recep- 
tion. 
empfattgen,    v.    irr.    re-. 

ceive. 

©mpf anger,  m.  -  8.  receiv- 
er. 

i-iiipfcblcit,  v .  recommend; 
fid)  -,  present  one's  re-* 
spects  (to  one),  i.e., 
take  one's  leave. 
(£inpfel)Iung,  /.,  pi.  -en. 
recommendation. 

,  v .  irr.  feel. 
,  a.  sensitive. 


ness. 

entpor,  adv.  on  high  ;  up. 

emporfommen,*  v.  rise. 

empprragen,*  v.  tower. 

ctnppren,  v.  raise. 

(Smporer,  m.  -8.  rebel. 

(£mp6rung,  f.,  pi.  -en. 
insurrection ;  revolt. 

(Snbe,  n.  -8,  -n.  end ;  om 
-,  in  the  end. 

enben,  v .  end  ;  finish. 

cnbltd),  a.  finite ;  adv.  at 
,last. 

eng(e),  a.  narrow. 

(Sngel,  m.  -8.  angel. 

@ngld'nber,  m.  -8.  Eng- 
lishman. 

cnglifd),  a.  English. 

cntbcbrcn,  v.  do  without ; 
spare. 

(^ntbcbrung,  f.,  pi.  -tn. 
privation. 

entbecten,  v.  discover ;  re- 
veal. 

(Snte,/.,  pi.  -n.  duck 

entcbren,  v.  disagree. 

entcbrenb,  a.  degrading. 

entfad)t,  a.  [32]  fanned  ; 
kindled. 

entferncn,  v.  fid)  -,  depart. 

(S?ntfcrnung,  /.,  pi.  -en. 
distance. 

ctttflicbcn,  v.  irr.  (f)  flee ; 
run  (away) ;  escape. 

entgegcn,  adv.  counter ; 
to  meet. 


530 


GERMAN-ENGLISH  VOCABULARY. 


entgegengehen,*  v.   (f)  go 

to  meet. 
entiiegenfommen,*  v.    (\) 

come  to  meet  (one). 
cntgegnen,  v.  reply, 
eiitrtcbcn,   v.    irr.    (f)  es- 
cape, 
cntlialu-.i,  v.  irr.  contain  ; 

iui'  -,  abstain, 
emf  ontnten,  v.  irr.  (\)  es- 
cape. 
entlong,  adv.   and  prep. 

along. 

entlaroen,  v.  unmask, 
entlatfen,  u.  irr.  dismiss. 
(Fiitlafftntg,  /.,  pi.   -en. 

discharge, 
entdiufcn,  v.  irr.  (f)  run 

away. 
<ntlebigcn,  ft<$,  v.  reft,  get 

rid  of. 

entlegen,  a.  distant. 
entnerven,  v.  enervate. 
entrdgcn,  v.    irr.    tear ; 

extort, 
entriiftcn,  v .  irritate  ;  ftdj 

-,  get  angry, 
emfiigen,  v.  renounce, 
en  ti'dicfccn,  v.  irr.  decide ; 

settle. 
<£nrfd)crt'ung,/,  pi.  -en. 

decision, 
entfdidifcn,  v.  irr.  (f)  fall 

asleep. 
cmfd)dvnit,   ft$,   v.    reft. 

irr.  get  rid  of;  throw 

off. 
cnrfd)licften,  v.  irr.  open ; 

ftd>  -,  resolve. 
emfd)loffcn,  a.  determin- 
ed :  resolute. 
<£iufd>(i>ffenhcit,  /.  reso- 
lution, 
entfdiliuniitcrn,     v.     fall 

asleep. 
«mfd)lupfen,    v.    (f)   slip 

from ;  escape. 
<£ntfd)lufl,  in.  -ffeS,  -uffe. 

resolution. 

rntfdtulNgen,  v.  excuse. 
<£ntfd)ult>igung,    /.,    pi. 

-tn.  excuse, 
cmfeelidi,  a.  horrible, 
entfpredjen,  v.  irr.    suit, 

answer  to. 
enrfprtngen,    v.    irr.    (f) 

arise, 
en  tjtchen,  v.  irr.  (f)  arise ; 

result, 
entroeter,  conj.  either. 


enttoerfen,  a.  irr.  sketch.  | 

cntrondKii,  v.  escape. 

ciiuu-iicit,  v.  irr.  deprive 
of  ;  fidj  -,  escape. 

cnt}uefen,  v.  enchant. 

etttiiicf  r,  a.  charmed. 

t*pheu,  /».  -e3.  ivy. 

<3?pod)e,/.,  pi.  -n.  epoch, 

er,  pron.  he. 

crbiirmcn,  v.  move  to 
pity  ;  ftd>  -,  take  pity. 

erbdrntltd),  a.  miserable. 

(*rbannltd)fcit,  /.  pitia- 
bleness. 

crbaucn,  v.  build  ;  erect. 

(Srbt,  m.  -n,  -n.  heir ;  n. 
(59,  e)  -3.  inheritance. 

crbcn,  v.  inherit. 

crbttten,  v.  irr.  beg. 

crblaffcn,  v.  (f)  erbleidjen, 
v.  irr.  (i)  grow  pale; 
expire. 

erblicfen,  v.  perceive. 

{£rbbttre,f.,pl.  -n.  straw- 
berry. 

(Srl-e,  f. .  pi.  -n.  earth ; 
ground. 

($rt>en(o£,  n.  -e8,  -e.  des- 
tiny ;  fate. 

erbulbeu,  v.  suffer. 

(£reigncn,  fic^,  v.  reft. 
happen. 

erfahrcn,  v.  irr.  learn ; 
experience. 

@rfa^rung,/.,  pi.  -en.  ex- 
perience. 

erffnben,  v.  irr.  invent. 

CSrfinfcung,/.,  pi.  -en.  in- 
vention. 

@rfo(<i,  in.  (e)8,  -e.  re- 
sult ;  success. 

erfragen,  v.  find  out  by 
asking. 

crfreuen,  v.  delight ;  p(^ 
-,  rejoice. 

erfrieren,  v.  irr.  (f)  freeze. 

erfiillcn,  v.  fill ;  fulfil. 

ergeben,  past  part,  de- 
voted; humble. 

ffirgebung,/.  submission. 

ergcben,  v.  irr.  (f)  come 
out ;  happen. 

crgc^en,  see  ergofeen. 

ergtcften,  v.  irr.  pour 
(out)  ;  ji$  -,  empty. 

crgp$cn,  v.  delight. 

ergreifen,  v.  irr.  seize ; 
take. 

erfialtcn,t>.  irr.  preserve; 
obtain;  receive. 


erheben,  v.  irr.  raise ;  ele 
vitte. 

critclien,    v.    illuminate  . 
a.,  pear. 

,  v.  heighten. 

/.,    pi.    -en. 
elevation. 

crbolcn,  fi$/  »•   refl.   re- 
cover. 

erhoren,  v.  hear. 

erinnern,  v   recall ;   p$  -, 
remember. 

0?rinncrung,  /.,  pi.  -en. 
recollection ;   memory. 

ertagen,  v.  get  by  hunt- 
ing ;  kill. 

crfalten,  fid),  v.  reft,  catch 
cold. 

<£rfaltung,  /.,   pi.    -en, 
cold. 

erfennen,  v.  irr.  perceive ; 
recognize. 

<£rfetmtni£,  /,  pi.    -ffe. 
perception. 

crtlaren,  v.  explain  ;    de- 
clare. 

erflarung,/.,  pi.  -en.  ex- 
planation. 

crflingen,    v.      irr.      (f) 
sound ;  resound. 

crfunt'igeit,    fid),    v.    reft. 
inquire. 

crdingcit,   v.    attain;  ob- 
tain. 

crdiiibcn,  v.  allow  ;  per- 
mit. 

(Srlaubnift,/.  permission. 

erlrben,   v.  (live  to)  see; 
experien«e. 

erlegcn,  v.  irr.  kill. 

erleid)tcnt,  v.  relieve. 

<£rUid)terung,/.,  pi.  -en. 
relief. 

erleitditen,  v.  illuminate. 

crUn'dKn,   v.    irr.    (f)   go 
out ;  be  extinguished. 

crrmibnen,  v.  exhort ;  ad- 
monish. 

(?rntabnung,  /.,  pi.  -en. 
exhortation. 

ermangcfn,  v.  fail. 

•rauMgcfwtg/y.  default. 

crmorben,  *>.  murder. 

cnniiten,  v.  tire  ;  fatigue. 

t*nni^ung,/.  fatigue. 

crmuntern,  v.  encourage. 

erncntien,  v.  irr.  appoint. 

C*rnft,   in.    -e8.    earnf;st- 
noas ;  gravity. 

crnftbaft,  a.  stern. 


GERMAN-ENGLISH  VOCABULARY. 


531 


<$rnte,  /.,  pi.   -tn.   har- 
vest ;  crop. 

erobcrn,  v.  conquer;  take. 

eroffnen,  v.  open. 

erproben,  v.  try. 

crquicfeu,   v.   revive ;  re- 
fresh. 

erquirfci^,    a.     refresh- 
ing. 

(frqiitrfimg,  /,  pi.    -en. 
refreshment. 

eriMtljcii,  v.  irr.  guesa 

crrcgcn,  v .  raise ;  excite. 

@rregung,    /.,    pi.    -en. 
agitation. 

erreid)cn,  v.  reach. 

erretten,  v .  save ;  rescue. 

crriditett,  v.  erect. 

crringcn,  v.  i/T.  gain  ;  ob- 
tain. 

crfd>a(len,  v.  resound. 

<rfd)cinen,  v.  irr.   (f)  ap- 
pear. 

(Srfdmming,  /.,   pi.  en. 
apparition. 

erfd)ieflcn,  v.  irr.  shoot; 
kill. 

erfd)laffen,  v.  (\)  relax. 

crfd)(agen,  v.  irr.  slay. 

«rfd)recfcn,  v.   irr.  (f)  be 
frightened. 

erfdjrorfcu,   a.   frighten- 
ed. 

erfd)tittern,  v.  move. 

<£rfd)iitterung, /. ,  pi.  -en. 
emotion. 

erfr,  a.  (123)   first ;    adv. 
at  first. 

erflniincn,  v.  (f)  be  aston- 
ished ;  surprised. 

©rftauncn,  n.   -§.  aston- 
ishment. 

erfteigen,  v .  irr.  ascend. 

erften«,    adv.     (134,     4) 
firstly ;  first. 

erpcrben,  v.  irr.  (f)  die. 

erftrerfen,  v.  and  ftd>  -,  ex- 
tend. 

ertonen,  ?>.  (f)  sound. 

ertratiFcii,  v.  drown. 

crtriitfcn,   v.    irr.    (f)   be 
drowned. 

ern>nd)cn,  v.  (f)  awake. 

erroarmen,  v.  warm. 

erroarten,  v.  expect. 

Qmoartiing,  /.,  pi.   -en. 
expectation. 

errocrfen,  v.  awaken. 

erroebren,     fid?,     v.    reft. 
keep  off. 


erroeifen,  v.   irr.  render, 

tip    (e.y.,    a   person  a 

kindness.  ) 
<£rn>erb,  in.  -(e)8,  -e.  pro- 

fit. 
ern>erben,    v.    irr.   earn  ; 

gain  ;  obtain. 
erro^ern,  v.  reply. 
ern>ifd)cn,  v.  catch. 
©rj,  n.  -e§,  -e.  ore. 
cr^iililcii,  v.  tell  ;  relate. 
@ri<Jil)hing,  /.,   pi.   -en. 

tale  ;  story 

credit-it,  v.  irr.  educate. 
®tnK\)un$,  f.  education. 
erjiirnen,  v.  make  angry. 
critviitgcn,  v.  irr.  force; 

extort. 
eS,  prou.  (see  Index)  it; 

there  ;  so. 

<£fef,  m.  -g.  ass;  -donkey. 
effcn,  v.  irr.  eat. 
@ffen,  n.   -8.  meal  ;  din- 

ner ;  food  ;  eating. 
(gffig,  m.  -8.  vinegar. 
ctlirt),  pron.  some. 
etroad,    prun.      (166,  6) 

something  ;  anything  ; 

adv.  something,  some- 

what. 

tud),  pron.  to  you  ;  you. 
tuer,  pers.  pron.  (144,  2) 

of  you  ;    poss.    pron. 

(72,  III)  your  ;  yours. 
(£uropaer,  m.   -8.  Euro- 

pean. 

emig,  a.  eternal. 
<£,«  mpel,  n.  -3.  example. 


f,/,  pi.  -n.  fable. 

,  m.  -8.  thread. 
fdfjig,  a.  capable. 
-Saline,  /.,  pi.  -n.    flag; 

standard. 
faforen,  ».   irr.   (f)  run  ; 

ride  ;  drive. 
Sa&rt,/.,  pi.  -en.  passage  ; 

expedition. 
fnlb,  n.  fallow. 
ffnlfc,  m.  -n,  -n.  falcon. 
SaH,  w.    -eg,  Jade,  fall  ; 

case. 

fallen,  v.  irr.  (f)  fall. 
fallen,  v.  fell  ;  cut  down. 
fnlfd),  a.  false. 
ftatnilie,./'.,  pi.  -n.  family. 
($antilicnfreid,  m.  domes- 

tic circle. 
$antilicit6d)a$,  m.  family 

treasure. 


Wang,     m.     -e«, 
catch  ;  capture. 

fangen,  v.  irr.  catch. 

Warbe,/.,  pi.  -n.  color. 

fa'rben,  v.  dye. 

Warre,  m.  -n,  -n,  bullock. 

Waft,  //.  -ffeg,  gaffer,  tub  ; 
barrel. 

faffen,  v.  seize ;  catch ; 
take ;  conceive. 

Waffling,/,  composure. 

faft,  adv.  almost ;  nearly. 

faul,  a.  lazy. 

Wauf*,/.,  .p/.  gaufle.  fist. 

Webruar,  m.  -8,  -e.  Feb- 
ruary. 

fcd)teti,  v.  irr.  fight 

Wefcer,/.,  pi.  -n.  pen. 

Weterbufd),  m.  plume. 

Wetermeffcr,  n.  penknife. 

felHen,  v.  err;  mistake; 
be  absent  or  wanting ; 
n>a8  feljlt  3§nen?  id. 
what  ails  you  ?  what 
do  you  want  ? 

Webler,  m.  -8.  fault ;  mis- 
take. 

Weter, /.,  pL  -n.  celebra- 
tion. 

ivcicrtng,  771.  holiday. 

fetcrlid),  a.  solemn  ;  fes- 
tive. 

fein,  a.  thin ;  subtile. 

Weinb,  m.  -e3,  -e.  enemy. 

feiiiNidt,  a.  hostile. 

Wcinl>fd)aft,  /.,  pi.  -tn. 
enmity. 

Welt1,  n.  -e8,  -er.  field ; 
plain. 

WelMjerr,  m.  general ; 
captain. 

Welt^eugntetfter,  m.  mas- 
ter of  the  ordnance. 

Wefc;ug,  m.  campaign. 

Well,  n.  -eg,  -e.  skin  ; 
hide. 

Weld,  -en,  -en,  or  gelfen. 
m.  -8.  rock. 

Wenfler,  n.  -8.  window. 

i?cnftcrfd)cibe,  f.  pane. 

Wcrien,  pi.  holidays. 

fern,  a.  far  ;  distant. 

fertig,  a.  ready. 

Wmigfeft,/,  pi.  -en.  dex- 
terity. 

fcffr,  a.  firm  ;  strong. 

feflfoalten,*  v.  hold  fast; 
arrest. 


632 


GERMAN-ENGLISH  VOCABULARY. 


fcud)t,  a.  moist  ;  damp. 
9cuer,  n.  -6.  tire. 
ftcuervfcti,  /«.  furnace. 
feurig,  a.  fiery. 
9id>tt,  f.,  pi.  -n.  pine. 
fjtgur,./:,  />/.  -en.  figure. 
fiirten,  v.  in:  find  ;  think. 
Singer,  rn.  -8.  finger. 
ftnfltr,  a.  dark. 
9infterni%,f.  darkness. 
ivifdi,  >/t.  -e8,  -€.  fish. 
Stfd)fang,  m.  fishery. 
ftfdjrcid),    a.    abounding 

with  fish. 

9ifd)er,  w».  -8.  fisherman. 
ftladx,,/'.,  />?.  -n.  plain. 
d,  w.  -e§.  flax. 


. 

8?lamme,/.,  ^Z.  -n.  flame. 
flammcn,  v  .  blaze. 
*lafd)c,  /.,  pi.  -n.  bottle. 
pattern,  v.  flutter. 
fled)ten,  v.  irr.  braid. 
SU'rfcn,     MI.    -8.     spot  ; 

stain  ;  market-town. 
flcbcn,  t»  .  implore. 
tfldieti,  n.   -8.  supplica- 

tion. 

),  n.  -8.  meat. 
m.   -8.   industry  ; 

mit  -,  on  purpose. 
fkigig,    a.    diligent,   in- 

dustrious. 

flicgen,  v.  irr.  (f)  fly. 
flicbcn,  v  .    irr.    (f)    flee  ; 

run  away. 
flicfcen,  v.   irr.  (f)  flow; 

run. 

%lintt,f.,pl.  -n.  gun. 
fludnen,  v.    (f)   flee;    ($) 

rave. 
flud)tig,      a.      fugitive  ; 

hasty. 

Sliidrtigfeif,/.  flightiness. 
<£ltid)tling,  /n.    -(e)8,    -e. 

fugitive. 

itlugcl,  w*.  -8.  wing. 
Slur,  /.,  pi.   -n.   field; 

floor. 

ft,  w.  -ff«8,  gliiffe,  river. 
/(,    -8.     little 

river. 

jl,  a.  liquid. 

ni,  v.  whisper. 

lj,  /.  ,  pi.  -en.  flood  ; 

pi.  waves. 
9o(ge,  /.,  pi.  -n.  conse- 

quence. 

folgen,  w.  (f)  follow. 
folijcnt,  a.  following. 


fotglid),  adv.  consequent- 
ly ;  then. 

fortern,  v.  demand;  (cor 
(i<ertd>t)  summon. 

fprnten,  v.  form ;  make. 

ft>ifd)cn,  v.  search. 

furt,  adv.  on  ;   off;  gone. 

fortbauern,*  v.  continue. 

fortfaljren,*  v.  irr.  con- 
tin  ue 

forrfliegen,*  v.  irr.  fly 
away. 

fortgeJjeu,*  v.  irr.  go 
away. 

fimreifcen,*  v.  irr.  carry 
away. 

fortfd)iden,*  v.  send 
away. 

fartfd)rciten,*  v.  irr.  pro- 
gress. 

forttragtn,*  v.  ifr.  carry 
away. 

forttreibcn,*  v.  irr.  drive 
along. 

8rage,/.,  pi.  -n.  question. 

fragen,  v .  ask  ;  question. 

franf,  a.  frank. 

Wranfreid),  n.  France. 

9ratt)ofe,  MI.  -n.  -n. 
Frenchman. 

franjoftfd),  a.  French. 

Srau,  j'.,  pi.  -en.  Mrs.  ; 
wife ;  woman. 

$raucn;inttner,  //.  woman. 

("vrnnlciii,  n.  -8.  young 
lady  ;  (as  title)  Miss. 

frcd),  a.  impudent. 

5red)ljcit,yi,  pi.  -en.  im- 
pudence; audacity. 

frei,  a.  free ;  liberal ;  in- 
dependent. 

frcigebig,  a.  liberal. 

ftreigebigfcit,  f.  gener- 
osity. 

frcilaffcn,*  v.  irr.  (set) 
free. 

irrrimutli,  m.  candor. 

freifpredKn,  v.  irr.  ac- 
quit. 

JrciftiUtc,  /.,  pi.  -n.  re- 
fuge. 

freiroidig,  a.  voluntary. 

Sreiljeit,,/!.  pi.  -en.  free- 
dom; liberty. 

fretiid),  adv.  to  be  sure. 

Sreitog,  MI.  -8,  -<.  Friday. 

freml>,  a.  foreign ; 
strange. 

gfrcmtc,  >".  (108,  c)  stran- 
ger. 


«?reml>f,  /  foreign  coun- 

try. 
freffen,  v.   irr.   eat;  de- 

vour. 


/.,  pi.  -n.  joy  ; 

delight. 
9reuttntt)rane,  f.,  pi.  -n. 

tear  of  joy. 

t'vcutciuuiif  ,  a.  full  of  joy. 
freubig,  a.  joyful  ;  cheer- 

ful. 
freuen,  v.  make  glad  ;  e8 

freut  mi*,  I  am  glad  of 

it  ;    fi$  -;   rejoice  ;  be 

glad. 

?reuiib,  m.  -e«,  -e.  friend. 
9rauMn,f.tpl.  -r.en. 
ffcunMid),    a.    friendly  ; 

kind. 
Jrcuiitfrfwft,  /.,  pi.  -en. 

friendship. 
tvrcocl,  m.  -8.  offence. 
Sric^,  -n8,  -n.  or 

en,  111.  -8.  peace. 
fricMidi,  a.  peaceful. 
ivi-ii-trid),  »».  Frederick. 
frii^»o(I,   adv.    peaceful- 

ly- 
fricren,t>.  irr.  (t>)  be  cold; 

(Q  freeze  ;  e3  frievt  mi<$, 

intcb  friert,  I  am  cold. 
frifd),  a.  fresh  ;  new. 
Srift,  /.,  pi.  -en.  delay  ; 

time. 

frol),  n.  glad  ;  pleased. 
frofjlid),  a.  glad  ;  joyons  ; 

happy. 

fro  mm,  n.  pious. 
frommcn,  v.  profit. 
Srpfd),    m.    -e8.    grcfc^e, 

frog. 
$rud)t,  /.,    pi.    %rui)tt. 

fruit. 

frudnbor,  a.  fertile. 
friilj,   «.  early  ;  soon. 
ifriilifttirf,  n.  breakfast. 
irrubc,/.  early. 
friibcr,  adv.  formerly. 
.rriihluirt,     tn.      -8,      -e. 

spring. 

.viutd,  m.  -c8,  gudjfe.  fox. 
fitiU'ti,  v.   direct  ;    fi$    -, 

yield. 

fiiiilcn,  v.  feel. 
fiihrtii,  v.  lead  ;  conduct 
Wi'ibrer,  m.  -8.  leader. 
ijullr,/  abundance, 
fiiiilcn,  v.  till. 
fiinf,  num.  five. 
fiinftc,  ".  fifth. 


GERMAN-ENGLISH  VOCABULARY. 


533 


funftebalb?  a.  four  and  a 
half. 

ftiimtrl,  n.  -8.  fifth. 

fiimV'bn,  imm.  fifteen. 

funfitig,  num.  fifty. 

5""Fe  (gunfen)  m.  -n§, 
(-8),  -n.  spark. 

funfehi,  v.  sparkle. 

fur,  prep.  (403)  for. 

$urd)t,  /.  fear  ;  dread  ; 
awe. 

furdjtbar,  a.  fearful ; 
dreadful. 

fi'ircf)tcn,  v .  fear ;  dread  ; 
ficfy  -,  be  afraid. 

fiird)tcrlid),  a.    dreadful. 

furdjtfiim,  a.  fearful ; 
timid. 

fiirfrcr,  'idv.  further. 

fitr'd  =  fur  ba8. 

9iirfl,  m.  -en,  -en.  sov- 
ereign. 

Syiu-ftcmhum,  -(e)8,  -urnct. 
n.  principality. 

gfurftiu,/.,  pi.  -nen.  prin- 
cess. 

n.  pronoun. 
>n.  -e§,  gufje,  foot; 
ju  -e,  on  foot. 

Sriippfab,  m.  foot-path. 

gutter,  n.  -8.  food. 

©abe,/.,  pi.  -n.  gift ;  tal- 
ent. 

(Babel,/.,  pi.  -n.  fork. 

flahrcn,  v.  ferment. 

fflalecre,/.,  pi.  -n.  galley. 

Wii  tiii,  »»•  -e3,  ©ancje. 
•walk  ;  pace. 

©and,/.,  /»/.  ®anfe.  goose. 

gan;,  a.  whole  ;  entire  ; 
all ;  adv.  wholly;  quite. 

©an;e,  n.  (108,  c)  whole. 

gar,  n.  done*;  adv.  even ; 
-  nidjt,  not  at  all ;  -  oft, 
very  often. 

©a'rtdK",  n.  -9.  little 
garden. 

ffiarten,  m.  -8,  Garten, 
garden. 

©artncr,  m.  -8.  gardener. 

Wciffe,/.,  pi.  -n.  lane. 

fflaft,  m.  -e8,  ®dfte.  guest. 

Wiiftmahl,.  n.  feast. 

(*»ntte,  m.  -n,  -n.  hus- 
band. 

(Qcbiilf,  n.  -8,  -e.  timber- 
work. 

(jebarcn,  v.  bring  forth. 

n.  -«J.  building. 


w.  irr.  give ;  im- 
.  (345,  1)  be;  e8 
qibt,  there  is ;  there 
are;  geben  ©ie  8ld)t,  take 
care. 

©eberbe,  /.,  pi.  -n.  ges- 
ture. 

©ebct,  n.  -(e)8,  -e.  prayer. 

gcbietcn,  v.  irr.  bid ; 
govern. 

Qtbilbet,  a.  cultivated ; 
educated. 

©ebirgc,  n.  -8.  mountains. 

geborcn,  pp.  born. 

geborgcn,  p/J.  safe  ;  snug. 

feebot,  ii.  -e8,  -e.  com- 
mand. 

©cbraud),  m.  -(e)«,  -au$e. 
use ;  custom. 

gcbraud)en,  v.  use ;  make 
use  of.  .. 

gebrd'ud)lid),  a.  custom- 
ary. 

©eburt,/,  ^Z.  -en.  birth. 

<9cfca'd)tntfj,  n.  -fjeS,  -ffe. 
memory. 

©cbanfe  (©cbanfen),  m. 
-n8,  -(«,)  -n.  thought.; 
idea. 

get>cil)en,  v.  irr.  (f)  thrive. 

iictciif cu,  v.  irr.  think  of ; 
remember ;  intend. 

©cbid)t, n.  -(e)8,  -e.  poem; 
pi.  poetry. 

©cfculfc,/.  patience. 

©cfaljr, '/,  pi.  -en.  dan- 
ger. 

<icfaiirltd),  a.  dangerous. 

©cfal>rlid)(eit,  /.  danger- 
ousness. 

©cfiiljrtc,  m.  -n,  -n.  com- 
panion. 

iicfallcn,  v.  irr.  please. 

tjcfa'lligft,  adv.  if  you 
please ;  please. 

gcfangcit,  a.  captive ;  - 
ncfymcn,  make  prisoner. 

Wcfangcnc,  m.  -n,  -n. 
prisoner. 

fficfantjcnfcftaft,/.  captiv- 
ity. 

©cfangnif,  ».  -ffeS,  -ffe. 
prison. 

©cfangnigroarter,  m.  jail- 
er. 

Wcfcdjt,  ii.  -(e)3,  -e.  fight. 

©cfiel'er,  n.  -8.  plumage. 

fficfolgc,  n.  -3.  suite. 

gcfriercn,  v.  irr.  (f) 
freeze. 


©cfubl,  n.  -(e)8,  -e.  feel- 
ing; sentiment. 

iii-fiihllt^,  a.  unfeeling. 

(icfurd)tct,  pp.  feared. 

geo.cn,  prep.  (408)  to- 
wards ;  to ;  against ; 
about. 

<Begenl>,/.,  pi.  -en.  region. 

©cgenftanb,  m.  -(c)8, 
-ante,  object ;  subject; 
article. 

©egcntticil,  m.  contrary. 

gegcniiber,  adv.  and  prep. 
opposite. 

©egcitroart,/.  presence. 

gcgcnroartig,  a.  present; 
adv.  at  present. 

ffietjalt,  m.  -(e)8,  -e.  con- 
tents ;  salary. 

gcbctnt,  a.  secret. 

WcluMiiinift,  n.  -ffe8,  -ffe. 
secret ;  mystery. 

gebcimni^ooh,  a.  myste- 
rious. 

geben,  v.  irr.  (f)  go;  walk; 
mte  gcb,t  e8  Stynen?  how 
are  you?  how  do  you 
do? 

gebord)cn,  v.  obey. 

geborctt,  v.  belong. 

gcborfam,  a.  obedient. 

©eifcl,  ©eifjel,  m.  and  f. 
-8.  hostage  ;  /.,  pi.  -n. 
scourge. 

©eift,  m.  -e§,  -et.  spirit } 
mind ;  genius. 

gctftlid),  a.  spiritual. 

©cifHid>e,  m.  (108,  c) 
clergyman. 

geifireid),  a.  ingenious  • 
intelligent;  witty. 

Wci$,  '.n.  -e8.  avarice. 

gci)ig,  a.  covetous ;  avari  • 
cious. 

©eflaff,  n.  -e8.  baying. 

gclangcn,  v.  (f)  reach. 

gclaunt,  a.  disposed; 
tempered. 

©elaute,  n.  ringing  of 
bells. 

©clb,  n.  -e8,  -er.  money. 

©clbbcutcl,  m.  -8.  purse. 

ge(egen,  a.  convenient. 

©clegenbeit,  /.  -en.  oc- 
casion. 

©clebrfamfeit,  /.  learn- 
ing. 

dclchrt,  a.  learned. 

©elcbrte,  m.  (108,  c) 
learned  man ;  scholar. 


534 


GERMAN-ENGLISH  VOCABULARY. 


geltngcn,  v.  irr.  (f)  suc- 
ceed. 

jU'U'l>l-M,  ?'.    VOW. 

©clobtc  Slant,  Holy  Land. 

gcltcn,  v.  in:  be  worth ; 
-  fur,  pass. 

©cnnul),  n.  -(e)8,  -adjer. 
apartment. 

©cntabi,  m.  -(e)8, -e.  con- 
sort. 

©rmdlbc,  n.  -g.  painting. 

gcmein,  a.  common ;  vul- 
gar. 

genicinfarn,  a.  common  ; 
adv.  in  common. 

<*>cmcinfdum,  /.,  pi.  -en. 
intercourse. 

gemeinfd)aftlid),  a.  see  *c 
metnfam. 

©eim'ife,  n.  -g.  vegetables. 

©ciniilh,  n.  -eg,  -et.  mind ; 
soul ;  heart. 

gcnnu,  a.  accurate ;  ex- 
act. 

geneigt,  a.  inclined ;  dis- 
posed. 

gcncfen,  v.  irr.  (f)  recover. 

gcnicgcn,  v.  irr.  (131,  2) 
enjoy. 

gcitug,  adv.  enough. 

geniigen,  v.  be  enough. 

t*n-tui.uImiitKi,  f.  satis- 
faction. 

©fmifl,  m.  -Reg,  -uffe.  en- 
joyment. 

©eographic,/.  geography. 

©rorg,  m.  -8.  George. 

©cpacf,  n.  -eg,  -e.  bag- 
gage. 

geprtftt,  a.  full ;  bowed 
down. 

gtrafc(e),  a.  straight ; 
adv.  just. 

geratben,  v.  irr.  (f)  pros- 
per; get  (e.g.,  into 
trouble). 

qcrcd)t,  a.  just ;  right. 

©eredjtigfeit,/.  justice. 

©crcbe,  n.  -8."  talk. 

f|crcid>cn,  v.  conduce. 

©«rid)t,  n.  -(e)8,  -e.  court 
of  justice. 

ge  ring,  a.  little  ;  small ; 
slight. 

gtrn(«),  adv.  willingly  ; 
with  pleasure. 

©crftf,/.  barley. 

We  nidi,  m.  -e8,  -u$e.  smell. 

©cicint'te,  m.  (108,  c)  am- 
baseador. 


©efant>rfd)aft,  /,  pi.  -en. 
embassy. 

©efang,  m.  -e«,  -ange. 
singing;  song. 

©cfd)aft,  n.  -eS,  -e.  busi- 
ness. 

gefd>aftig,  a.  busy. 

gcu1)rhftt,  v.  irr.  be  done ; 
happen. 

gefd)e^,  a.  clever. 

©efdxnf, «.  -(e)«,-e.  pres- 
ent ;  gift. 

©efd)id)te,/.,  pZ.  -n.  his- 
tory ;  story. 

©efd)icflid)Fcit,  /.  clever- 
ness. 

gefd)id?t,  a.  clever. 

©efd)(ed)t,  n.  -tS,  -er. 
gender;  generation. 

©efd)lcd)tdn>t?rt,  n.  arti- 
cle. 

Wefdintarf,  ///.  -eS.  taste. 

WcHl)incite,  m.  -g.  jew- 
els. 

©efdjrci,  n.  -eg.  cry. 

©tfd)ti^,  11.  -eg,  -e.  guns. 

gcfd)roint(c),  a.  swift; 
adv.  fast. 

WcfdHoiftf  r,  pi.  brothers 
and  sisters. 

gcfd)top(len,  pp.  swollen. 

grfcdtg,  a.  sociable. 

©efcJIigfeit,/.  sociability. 

©cfeHfd>aft,  /.,  pi.  -en. 
society  ;  company  ; 
party. 

©efce,  n.  -eg,  -e.  law. 

©c»id)t,  n.  -eg,  -e.  (51, 12) 
vision  ;  pi.  -er.  face  ; 
countenance. 

gefonnen,  a.  inclined. 

©efprdd),  n.  -eg,  -e.  con- 
versation. 

©eflalt,/., />£.  -en.  figure ; 
shape. 

iicftcbcn,  v .  irr.  confess. 

geftern,  adv.  yesterday ; 
-  9lbenb,  last  night. 

gefiirnt,  n.  starry. 

grfunt1,  a.  healthy. 

©efui^heit,  /.,  pi.  -en. 
health. 

getrouen,  v.  refl.  venture. 

©ctreife,  «.  -8.  grain. 

getrunFen,  (past  part, 
sometimes  used  <is  im- 
jterative,  of  trinten) 
drink ! 

©coatter,  m.  -g,  (-n),  pi. 
@ecatter(n),  godfather. 


gcroadrfen,  pp.  made 
(for) ;  equal  (to). 

gerodhren,  v.  grant. 

©croalt,/.,  pi.  -tn.  might; 
force ;  power. 

geroaltig,  «.  powerful. 

©emalttljat,/.  violence. 

©cn>ant,  n.  -ei,  -e,  and 
-anter.  garment. 

gcroiii^i,  «.  adroit ; 
clever. 

<«c!panfthcit,  /.  adroit- 
ness. 

genxirtig,  a.  -  fein,  expect 

©crochr,  n.  -eg,  -e.  mus- 
ket; gun. 

@en>id)t,  n.  -eg,  -e. 
weight;  importance. 

gcrotnnen,  v.  irr.  win. 

gctvift,  a.  certain. 

©croificn,  n.  -B,  con- 
science. 

gctvitKttluift,  o-  conscien- 
tious. 

geroifTcrma^en,  adv.  in 
some  measure. 

©emitter,  n.  -g.  thunder- 
storm. 

gcrooqcn,  a.  attached ; 
well-disposed. 

gtropbnett,  v.  accustom. 

©croofmrjett,  f.,  pi.  -en. 
custom  ;  habit. 

gctvohnlid),  usual ;  orcli- 
n'ry. 

ffieroolf,  n.  -eg,  -t.  clouda 

©cn»irj(e),  n.  -eg,  (-8,)  -e. 
spice. 

gicbt,  see  geben. 

gierig,  a.  eager ;  greedy. 

©ierigfeit,.^  eagerness. 

nicpcii, »'.  irr.  pour. 

©ift,  n.  -eg,  -e.  poison. 

©iftbcdxr,  m.  poisoned 
cup. 

giftig,  a.  poisonous. 

©ipftl,  m.  -8.  top  ;  sum- 
mit. 

©lan$, m.  -eg.  brightness; 
splendor. 

gldnjent1,  n.  bright ;  bril- 
liant; shining. 

©las,  n.-  e8,  -afer.  glass. 

©Idedxn,  n.  -8.  little 
glasB. 

glott,  a.  smooth  ;  bland. 

<5ltiube(n),  m.  -n8,  -n. 
faitli ;  belief. 

glauben,  v.  believe ; 
think ;  suppose. 


GERMAN-ENGLISH  VOCABULARY. 


535 


gtattbig,  a.  believing. 

rjlc  id),  a.  like ;  equal ; 
parallel ;  adv.  equally  ; 
immediately ;  directly. 

g(eid>en,  v.  irr.  be  like. 

gleidifliiltirt.,  a.  indiffer- 
ent. 

©leidjgultigfett,  /.  indif- 
ference. 

ffilcidUu-i  t ,  j.  equality. 

©Icid)ni£,  n.  -fieS,  -ffe. 
comparison. 

gleid)fam,  <nlv.  as  it  were. 

gleiten,  v.  irr.  (\)  glide ; 
slide. 

©licl1,  n.  -e6,  er.  member. 

glimmcn,  v.  irr.  glimmer ; 
glow. 

©Icrfc,  /.,  pi.  -n.  bell; 
clock. 

©liirf,  n.  -eg.  luck  ;  good 
fortune ;  happiness  ; 

-  rounfdjen,    congratu- 
late. 

gltirf  lidi,  a.  lucky ;  suc- 
cessful ;  happy. 

g(iicF(id)crn>ctfc,  adv.  for- 
tunately. 

©litrffeligfeit,/.  felicity. 

gd'ilictt,  v .  glow ;  be  red- 
hot. 

©futb,  /.,  pi.  -en.  glow  ; 
heat ;  blaze. 

©nflbe,/.,  pi.  -n.  pardon. 

gna'big,  a.  gracious. 

©pit,  n.  -eg.  gold. 

gotten,  a.  gold;  golden; 

-  retljlidj,    between   red 
and  the  color  of  gold. 

gotbifd),  a.  Gothic. 
©ott,  m.  -eg,  ©otter.  God  ; 

-  Jet  3)anf,  thank  God  ! 
gimlidi,  a  divine, 
©rob,  n.  -eg,  =dber.  grave. 
graben,  v.  irr.  dig. 
©raben,    m.     -8,    -aben. 

ditch;  trench. 

©ml1,  m.  -eg,  -e.  degree. 

©rat",  >n.  -en,  -en.  count. 

©rafin,/. ,  pi.  -ncn.  count- 
ess. 

©ram,  m.  -eg.  grief. 

gramen,  v.  also  refl., 
grieve ;  fret. 

©ramma'tif,  /.,  pi.  -en. 
grammar. 

©ras,  n.  -eel,  -afcr.  grass. 

grau,  a.  gray. 

©raticn,  11.  -6.  horror. 

griiufam.  a.  cruel 


graufcn,  v.  impers.  shud- 

der. 

©raufen,  n.  -6.  horror. 
gretfcn,    v.    irr.     grasp  ; 

seize. 

©rei$,  m.  -eg,  -e.  old  man. 
©ren^e,/.,  pi.  -n.  liicit. 
grcttfcn,  v.  border. 
grcn^enlod,  a.  boundless. 
©rted)e,  nt.  -n,  -n.  Greek. 
©riedjcnlcurt,       /•.       -g. 

Greece. 

gried)ifd>,  a.  Greek. 
grimnttg,  a.  fierce. 
grofj,  a.    (114,  6)   great; 

large  ;  tall. 
grogartig,  a.  grand. 
©ri)$c,/.,pZ.  -n.  size. 
rtrofictiilu-il*,    adv.    in    a 

great  measure. 
©roftmutlj,/.  generosity. 
grafjnriitlng,  ".  magnani- 

mous ;  generous. 
©rogmutrcr,    /.     grand- 

mother. 
©rofjoater,     m.     grand- 

father. 

©ruft,/.,  pi.  -ufte.  vault. 
griin,  a.  green. 
©runb,  m.  -eg,  pi.  -unbe, 

soil  ;  reason. 
©runMage,    f.,    pi.     -n. 

foundation. 
©runMcljre,  /.,   pi.    -n. 

fundamental  doctrine. 
©runbfafc,  in.    -e§,    -a^e. 

principle. 
grii^cn,  v.  greet. 
©uitanc,/.,/)?.-n.  guitar. 
©ult'en,  rn.  -g.  florin. 
giilt'en,    (old  form,    for 

gclben)  a.  golden. 
©unft,  /.    favor  ;    kind- 

ness. 
©tinftbcfeigting,    /.,   pi. 

-en.  favor  ;  kindness. 
giinftig,  a.  favorable. 
gut,  a.  (114,  6)  good;  adv. 

well  ;  -  madjen,  make  up 

for  ;  tcieber  -  macfyen,  re- 

pair. 
©ute,/.  goodness  ;  kind- 

ness. 
giitig,  a.  good  ;  kind. 


see  £ag. 

,  n.  -e§,  -e.  hair. 
,  #abt,f.  property. 
I  haben,  v.   aux.   (77  ;  065, 
4)  have. 


,f.,  pi.  -n.  hoe. 
,  m.  -g,  ^afen.  har- 
bor; port. 

•^nfer,  m.  -g.  oats. 

m.  -eg,  -e.  hedge. 

m.  -g.  hail 
,  v.  hail. 

,  n.  -».  thun- 
der-storm with  hail. 
;  fjaager,  a.  lean. 

bager,  see  6,aager. 

^paljn,   m.,     pi.     £a§ne. 
cock ;  trigger. 

^>aInid)fH,    n.    -g.    little 
cock. 

$ain,  m.  -eg,  -e.  grove. 

Ijalb,  a.  half. 

.,  (125,  Note)  pi. 
-n.  half. 

,  m.  -eg,  £atfe.  neck. 

fatten,     v.     irr.     hold; 
keep. 

jammer,  m.  -g,  jammer, 
hammer. 

^anb,/. ,  pi.  £anbe.  hand. 

Ijanbeln,  v.  (131,  3)  act ; 
deal. 

4>anMung,/.,  pi.  -en.  ac- 
tion. 

•£»anbfdnili,  rn.  glove. 

ImiuH'tt,  v.  irr.  hang ;  be 
suspended. 

Iiatirt.ni,  /•.  hang. 

•^annd>en,/.  Jenny. 

•faring,  m.  -(c)g,  -e.  her- 
ring. 

$arb,/.,  pi.  -n.  rake. 

barmen,  fi(^,  v .  reft,  grieve. 

^armonie,/.,  pi.  -en.  har- 
mony. 

barren,  v.  wait. 

hurt,  a.  hard  ;  severe. 

bartbcrjig,  a.  hard-heart- 
ed. 

,  m.  -n,  -n.  hare. 

, /.  -nuffe.  hazel- 
nut. 

boffen,  v.  (131)  hate. 

•*>audi,  m.  -eg,  -e.  breath. 

baucn,  v.  hew  ;  cut. 

^aufc(n),  m.  -ng,  (-g,)  -n. 
heap ;     pile  ;     troop 
-nroeife,  adv.  in  crowds. 

bcitiftg,  a.  frequent. 

•V»aiipt,    n.    -eg,    ^tanpter. 
head. 

•^aitvtmann,  m.  -%,    Icute. 
captain. 

^•auptftabt,  f.  -flabtf/  cap- 
ital. 


536 


GERMAN-ENGLISH  VOCABULARY. 


l,  m.  -8,  -e.  chief 
part. 

•Oaupttoort,  n.  -8,  -aftrter. 
noun,  substantive. 

•£nu«,  n.  -e8,  pi.  §auf«, 
house  ;  ju  -e,  at  home. 

•(Kiu*d)cn,  n.  -8.  little 
house. 

),  a.  thrifty, 
r,  m.-n,-en.  land- 
lord. 

•£mi*fcbluffel,  m.  -8. 
street-door  key. 

J^aut,/.,  J9?.  ijdute.  skin. 

bcben,  v.  irr.  lift ;  raise. 

<£eer,  n.  -e8,  -e.  army. 

•pcerfiibrer,  m.  -8.  gene- 
ral 

^eerb,  ^eerbe,  see  §«b, 
Jjjerbe. 

$eft,  w.  -e8,  -t.  copy- 
book. 

bcftifl,  a.  violent. 

4?eftigfeit,/  vehemence. 

heiiett,  v.  bear  ;  cherish. 

4>eibe,  m.  (59,  e)  -n,  -n. 
heathen ;  /.,  pi.  -n. 
heath. 

beilen,  v.  heal. 

heiliii,  a.  holy. 

beiliqeit,  v.  hallow. 

hcilfam,  a.  salutary ; 
heaL'ng. 

heim,  adv.  home. 

*eiinrttb,/.  home. 

bcimlid),  a.  secret. 

•»3mtvu1t,  m.  -8.  Henry. 

$c1ratb,/.,  pi.  -en.  mar- 
riage. 

beiriithcn,  v.  marry. 

IK-IB,  a.  hot. 

beifjen,  v.  tr.  bid  ;  desire ; 
v.  intr.  be  called ; 
mean ;  toie  -  @ie  ?  what 
is  your  name  ? 

better,  a.  cheerful. 

*elb,  m.  -en,  -en.  hero. 

$elbcnmutb,  m.  -ti.  he- 
roic spirit ;  courage. 

hrlr-emniitbig,  a.  heroic. 

•iH-lfenfinn,  m.  heroic 
feeling ;  heroism. 

lu-lu-ii,  v.  irr.  help. 

befl,  a.  clear ;  bright ; 
light. 

•Seller,  m.  -8.  farthing. 

•£>etnt>,  n.  -e8,  -en.  shirt. 

hcimncn,  v.  check. 

•£enFer,  m.  -8.  execution- 
er. 


.,  pi.  -n.  hen. 
•Oenriette,  f.  Harriet, 
ber,  adv.  hither  ;  here  ; 

ago. 

bomb,  adv.  down, 
berabfallen,*  v.  irr.   fall 

down. 
btrabfinfen,*  v.   irr.    (\) 

sink  down, 
bernn,  adv.  on  ;  near, 
berannaben,*?'.  approach, 
berauf,  adv.  up. 
berauffteigen,*  v.  mount. 
berau8,  adv.  out. 
berau£geben,*  v .  irr.  pub- 
lish, 
bcraiieitebmcn,*  v.    take 

out. 
beraudfpringen,*  v.    irr. 

(?)  jump  out. 
beraud}iebcn,*     v.     irr. 

draw  out. 
bcrbei,  adv.  near ;  up  (i.e. 

towards  a  person). 
JxrbeiciUn,*  v.  (f)  hurry 

up. 

berbei'bolcn,*  v.  fetch. 
berbeifd)affen,*  v.  bring. 
4>erbfl>  m.  -e3,  -e.  autumn. 
•»3erbft!ieb,  n.  -e8,  -er.  au- 
tumnal pong. 
$erb,  m.  -e8,  -e.  hearth, 
^erbe,/,  pi.  -n.  flock 
herein,  adv.  in  ;  come  in  ! 
bereinf ommen,*  v.  irr.  (f) 

come  in. 
hereintreten,*  v.    irr.  (f) 

step  in. 

bcrn.n1),  adv.  afterwards. 
berniel'er,  adv.  down, 
•^err,  m.  -(e)n,  -en.  mas- 
ter ;  lord  ;  gentleman  ; 

(Mr.),  mein-!Sir! 
bcrrlidi,  a.  magnificent ; 

spl  ndid. 
•^errfdjaft,    /.,  pi.    -en. 

rule. 

berrfeben,  v.  reign  ;  rule, 
berftellen,*    v.    produce ; 

rcieber  -,  restore. 
beriiber,adz>.  over;  across, 
berum,  adv.  round, 
bmiiiter,  adv.  down, 
bcroor,  adv.  out ;  forth. 
^eroorbringen,*    v.    irr. 

produce. 

^cr^,  n.  -enS,  -en.  heart. 
4>rr;eitei)riinb,     m.      -e8, 

-grunbe.  bottom  of  the 

heart* 


4c>eriog,  m.  -8,  -e.  duke. 
benii,  adv.  hither. 
•beu,  n.  -e8.  hay. 
beucbeln,  v.  feign. 
beiite,  adv.  to-day. 
biemcbeii,  •"/''.   here  (be- 

low). 

bier,  adv.  here. 
bierauf,  adv.    hereupon  ; 

after  this. 
bierniis,    adv.    from,  by 

this. 
bierbei,    adv.     with,     in 

this. 

bicrber,  adv.  hither. 
bier  in,  adv.   in  here  ;   in 

this. 

biermit,  adv.  herewith. 
bieriiber,    tdv.  over  this 

place  ;  at  this. 
bierooii,   adv.    of,    from 

this. 

^ilfe,  (§ulfe,)/.  help. 
•V>ilfoniittel,  M.-8.  remedy; 

resource. 


,p2.  subsidi- 

ary troops. 

•?>imniel,  m.  -8.  heaven. 
•t>iiniiH-I«.bute,  m.  -n,  -n. 

heavenly  messenger. 
biintnlifd),  a.  heavenly. 
^in,  adv.  away. 
bincib,  adv.  down. 
binabftcijjen,*  v.  irr.  de- 

scend ;  go  down. 
bt'nauf,  adv.  up. 
binauffabren,*     v.      irr. 

drive  up. 
biiiauffteigen,*     v.     irr. 

mount. 

btnaud,  adv.  out. 
binausjoerfen,*    v.      irr. 

throw  out. 
binaudfcbliipfen,*  v.    slip 

out. 
binaudfd)tncif|en,*  v.  irr. 

throw  out  ;  fling  out. 
bincin,  '"/'•.  in. 
bineingeheii,*  v.   irr.    go 

in. 

binreidtenb,  a.  sufficient. 
binreiften,*  v.    irr.  carry 

along. 
binfcucn,*    v.    set;    lay 

down. 
binter,    a.  hind  ;    back  ; 

prep,  behind. 
himerliiffett,  v.  irr.  leave 

(  behind). 
binterfi,  a.  hindmost. 


GERMAN-ENGLISH  VOCABULARY. 


537 


binubcr,  adv.  over  ; 
across. 

tyinw,  adv.  to;  towards; 
near. 

hiniufiigcn,*  v .  add  to. 

bimukecit,*  v.  in:  add. 

$irfd),  i>i.  -t&i  -e.  stag. 

$trte,  »*.  -en,  -en.  shep- 
herd. 

#i$e,f.  heat;  ardor. 

fcod),  «.  (109,  y ;  114,  6) 
high;  tall. 

bod)beriig,  a.  magnani- 
mous. 

^od)mutb,m.-8.  haughti- 
ness. 

bod)fl,  a.  highest,  arf». 
extremely. 

j£of,  »».  -e3,  £6fe.  court- 
yard. 

ftoffcn,  v.  hope. 

$offmmg,  /.,  pi.  -en. 
hope. 

'c,  pi.  courtiers. 
),  «.  polite. 

,  in.  -(e)3,  -e.  cour- 
tier. 

4>ofm<mn,  m.  -8,  -leute. 
courtier. 

•ftoftneitfcr,  m.  -3.  tutor. 

4>oftbor,  n.  (court)-yard 
gate. 

$bt)t,f.,pl.  -n.  height. 

hob  I,  a.  hollow. 

$6l)lc,  /.,  pi-  -n.  den; 
cave. 

$oi)n,  m..  -(S.  scorn. 

I) oil1,  a.  kind  ;  sweet. 

bofen,  v.  fetch ;  draw. 

r,  m.  Dutchman. 
e,/.  hell. 

\,  n.  -eg,  §6tjer.  wood. 
.  wooden, 
r,  rn.  -8.  wood- 
cutter, 
tig,  a.  woody. 

,  m.  -e,  fl6jie.  pile 
of  wood. 

$onig,  m.  -8,  honey. 

4>pr<U,  m.  Horace. 

hir.-d)cn,  v.  listen. 

ho'rcti,  v.  hear. 

4?orn,  n.  -(e)8,  $6rne. 
horn ;  bugle ;  in'8  - 
ftofecn,  sound  the  bugle. 

$ornunq,  m.  February. 

•^ort,  »i.  -(e)8,  e.  safe 
place,  refuge. 

ht'ibfdi,  a.  handsome  ; 
pretty. 


£uf,  in.  -(e)8,  -e.  hoof. 
•»>iiKMVn,  a.  horseshoe, 
•^iirtcl,  '"••  -8.  hill. 
•»3uini,  ».  -e3,  §u^ntr.  hen. 
.*3iil)iid)cit,  n.  -8.  chicken. 
•»>ult«,/.  favor. 
l)ulbii)cn,   v.    do  homage 

to. 

•feiilfc,  K.  see  £tlfe. 
Q68t,f.,pl  -n.  cover. 
$unb,  m.  -(e)8,  -e.  dog. 
fmnbcrt,  num.  hundred. 
•Giiiibin,     f.,    pi.     -nen. 

bitch. 

Hunger,  »*.  -3.  hunger. 
tiung(c)rig,  a.  hungry. 
fjungern,  v.  be  hungry. 
Ijiipfett,  v.  leap, 
bufd),  int.  pop  !  quick  ! 
Jput,  m.  (59  e.)  -e8,  ^ute. 

hat. 
£ut,  /.    (59,  e)    guard; 

care, 
biitcn,    v.    watch ;    fic^  -, 

take  care. 
J^iittc,/.,  pi.  -n.  hut 

id),pron.  (144)  I. 

ibm,  pron.  (144)  him. 

ibn,  pron.  him. 

ibncn,  pron.  (144)  (to) 
them;  3^nen  (to)  you. 

fhr,  perspron.  (140)  ye  ; 
to  her  ;  jooss.  adj.  (73) 
her  ;  their ;  3§r,  your ; 
ber,  Me,  ba8  i^re,  or  i^rer, 
t$re,  i^te8,  pass.  pron. 
(153)  hers ;  theirs ;  ber, 
bie,  ba8  3$re,  or  36rer, 
3fyre,  3^3,  poss.  pron. 
yours. 

ihrige,  (153)  ber,  bie, 
ba8.  poss.  pron.  hers; 
theirs ;  3^rtge,  yours. 

3»abe,/  Iliad. 

im  =  in  bent. 

imnur,  adv.  always. 

immcrbar,  adv.  ever  ;  al- 
ways. 

in,  prep.  (288)  in;  at;  to. 

tnbriinfHg,  a.  fervent. 

inbcnt,  ('(/'.'.  during  that 
time  ;  ronj.  while  ;  as. 

inbcp,  iitbcffcn,  adv.  in 
the  mean  time ;  how- 
evor ;  yet. 

3nbien,  n.  -8.  India. 

3"tVmreric,  infantry. 

inner,  a.  inner ;  interior. 

3«ncre,  ?t.  -n.  interior. 


innerbulb,  adv.  andprep. 
within. 

itt«  =  in  ba8. 

3nfd)rift,  /.,  pi.  -en.  in- 
scription. 

3nfcf  t,  n.  -(e)8,  -en.  in- 
sect. 

i  Sitfel,/.,  pi.  -n.  island. 
•  jnftrumcnt,  n.   -(e)8,  -e. 
instrument. 

Sntercffe,  n.  -8,  -n.  inter- 
est. 

tnroenbig,  adv.  inside. 

irben,  a.  earthen. 
:  irgcitb,  some,  or  other, 
e.g.,  irgenb  etner,  some 
one,  or  other;  irgenbs 
wo,  somewhere  or 
other. 

3rldnber,  m.  -8.  Irish- 
man. 

irren,  v.  fti^  -,  be  mis- 
taken. 

3rrtbtiiu,  TO.  -(e)8,  -iimet. 
error. 

3^tanb,  n.  -8.  Iceland. 

3talien,  n.  -8.  Italy. 

3talicncr,  in.  -8.  Italian. 

ja,  adv.  yes  ;  yea. 

3agb,  /.,  pi.  -en.  chase; 
hunting ;  hunt. 

jagen,  v.  hunt ;  chase. 

3ager,  TO.  -8.  hunter. 

3abr,  n.  -e8,  -e.  year. 

3abrbunbcrt,  n.  century. 

jabrlid),  a.  yearly ;  an- 
nual. 

3>immer,  m.  -8.  misery. 

3ammergefd)rei,  n.  -8.  la- 
mentation; cry  of  an- 
guish. 

3<muar,  TO.  -8.  January. 
I  je,  adv.  ever ;  conj.  je  na$« 
bem,  according  as. 

tcbcr,  j(be,  tebed,  dem. 
pron.  (71)  every ; 
each ;  (ein)  -er.  every 
one ;  anybody  ;  -  mel« 
djer.  or  ber,  whoever. 

3ebermann,  pron.  every 
one ;  anybody. 

iebod),  conj.  however. 

jemoU,  adv.  ever. 

jciiiatib,  pron.  (164,  5) 
somebody :  anybody. 

jcner,  jcnt,  \tnti,  pron. 
(71)  that. 

it^tf  adv.  now ;  at  pros- 
ent. 


538 


GERMAN-ENGLISH  VOCABULAKY. 


3o<b,  n.  -e8,  -e.  yoke. 

3obann,  m.  -8.  John. 

3cbanna,  f.  Joanna ; 
Jane. 

3ute,  MI.  -n,  -n    jew. 

Sugent,./!  youth. 

iugcntlid),  a.  youthful. 

3uli,  in.  -g.  July. 

jung,  a.  young. 

3ungfer,  f.,  pi.  -n.  maid. 

Sungfrau,/.,  pi.  -en.  vir- 
gin ;  maid. 

3unggef<fl,  m.  -en,  -en. 
bachelor. 

3ungling,  M».  -8,  -e.  youth. 

3unglingdalter,  n.  youth. 

iiingft,  a.  youngest ;  adv. 
lately. 

3uni,  MI.  June. 

SarTee,  MI.  -8.  coffee. 

ft  line eli  an*,  n.  (coffee- 
house) restaurant. 

ftafiq,  m.  -(e)g,  -e.  cage. 

Fahl,  a.  bald;  bare. 

Sabn,  MI.  -eg,  #d$ne,  boat. 

Saifer,  MI.  -g.  emperor. 

Saifcrtbum,  n.  empire. 

Salb,  n.  -(e)g,  flatter, 
calf. 

SttilbSbratcn,  MI.  -g.  roast 
veal. 

Salifc,  m.  -n,  -n.  Caliph. 

fait,  a.  cold. 

faltbliitig,  a.  cold-blood- 
ed ;  ado.  coolly. 

ScUte, /'.  cold  ;  coldness. 

Sained,  n.  -e8,  -e.  camel. 

ft  ii  me  rat,  MI.  -en,  -en. 
comrade. 

Sam  if  o  I,  n.  -8,  -e,  -fole. 
jacket. 

f  (tinmen,  v.  comb. 

Summer,/,  pi.  -n.  room. 

ttaniiitcrticncr,  -8.  valet- 
de-chambre. 

Scintpf,  Mi.  -e8,  fldmpfe. 
combat 

r.inipfcii,  v.  fight. 

.Hiinancnpoqcl,  7/1;  canary 
bird. 

Sanone,  /.,  pi.  -n.  can- 
non. 

Sander,  m.  -8.  chancel- 
lor. 

Sapefle,/.,  pi.  -n.  chapel. 

Capital,  n.  -(«)8,  -ien. 
capital. 

•apitdn,  m.  -g,  -e.  cap- 
tain. 


•apian,  m.  -8,  -e.  chap- 
lain. 


,pl.  -n.  cara- 
van. 

Martina!,  MI.  -g,  -ale.  car- 
dinal. 

Farg,  a.  sparing  ;  stingy. 

Sari,  Mt.  Charles. 

Sarolint,/.  Caroline. 

Sarmt,  Mi.  -g.  cart. 

ft  a  rft,  m.  -eg,  -«.  mat- 
tock, two  pronged  (po- 
tato) hook. 

!  Sarte,  /.,  pi.  -n.   card  ; 
ticket. 

Sartcnfpid,  n.  game  of 
cards. 

Sartbago,  n.  -«.  Car- 
thage. 

Sartoffe!,/.,  pi.  -n.  pota- 
to. 

Safe,  m.  -8.  cheese. 

ft  iitbolif ,  m.  -en,  -en. 

fatholifd),  a.  Catholic. 

Sa$c,/.,  pi.  -n.  cat. 

Sauf,Mi.  -(e)8,  flaufe.  bar- 
gain. 

faufcn,  v.  buy. 

Sauftnann,  MI.  -(e)8,  -Ieu= 
te.  merchant. 

Faiiin,  adv.  scarce(ly). 

Seb!e,/,/jJ.  -n.  throat. 

fehren,  v.  turn. 

Fein,  -er,  fein,  adj.  no,  not 
any ;  flelner,  -e,  -8, 
pron.  no  one,  nothing. 

fcinc»n>cg;e)9,  adv.  by  no 
means. 

Fcinmal,  adv.  not  once. 

Seller,  m.  -8.  cellar. 

Fettnen,  v.  know ;  be  ac- 
quainted with. 

Scnner,  m.  -8.  judge. 

fJcnntmg,  /.  -ffe.  Tcnow- 
ledge. 

Serl,  MI.  -g,  -e.  fellow. 

Sent,  m.  -(e)g,  -e.  kernel; 
stone ;  grain. 

Seffel,  MI.  -g.  kettle. 

Ktttt,f.,pl.  -n.  chain. 

fiicfer,  MI.  -8.  jaw ;  /.,  pi. 
-n.  pine. 

fticfcl,  m.  -8.  flint ;  peb- 
ble. 

Sint,  n.  -eg,  -er.  child. 

ft  intciKti,  Stntlein,  //.  -e. 
l.ttle  clild. 

Sintennatcbcn,  n.  nurse. 

Sinterftnn,  MI.  child-like 
mind. 


Sinbcrfpiel,    n.     -8,     -e. 
chila's  play. 

ftintbcit,  f.  childhood. 
,  rintifei),  a.  childish. 

Futtlicb,  a.  filial;   child- 
like. 

ftinnfmcf,  M.  -«,  -e.  chin- 
piece. 

-Wirdie,  /.,  pi.  -n.  church. 

Sirrbbof,  MI.  -t&,pl.  -$6fe, 
churchyard. 

Sirfcbt,/.,  pi.  -n.  cherry. 

SifTcn,  n.  -8.  pillow. 

Stage,  /.,  pi.    -n.   com- 
plaint. 

Ffagen,  v.  complain. 

Sfaggefcbrei,  n.  -eS.  loud 
lamentations. 

F(ar,  a.  clear. 

Slaffe,y.,  pi.  -n.  class. 

Slee,  MI.  -8,  -e.  clover. 

ftlcit,  ».  -e§,  -er.  dress. 

Flciten,  >•.  dress. 

ft  letter,  pi.  clothes. 

Slcitcrburfte,  /.,  pi.   -n. 
clothes-brush. 

Skit  ting,    /.,     pi.      -n. 
clothing. 

Mlcitiingaftiicf,  n.  -8,  -e. 
clothes. 

Sleie,/  bran. 

Flein,  a.  little  ;  small. 

SkinigFcit,  /.,    pi.    -en. 
trifle. 

Sleinot,  n.  -(e)8,  -e,  and 
-ien.  treasure. 

fkttcrn,  r.  (f)  climb. 

Flingeln,  >'.  ring  the  bell. 

Flingeii,  v.    irr.    sound ; 
tingle. 

Flopfcn,  v .  beat ;  knock. 

Sloft,  m.  -e8,  fllo|e.  clod  ; 
dumpling. 

Sfoftcr,  n.  -8,  fllofler.  con- 
vent. 

Sluft, /.,  pi.  fllufte.  gap; 
cleft ;  chasm. 

Flug,  a.  wise  ;  prudent 

fthiflhcit,  /.    discretion ; 
wisdom ;  good  sense. 

Snabr,  in.  -n,  -n.  boy. 

Snnbcnalter,  n.   -8.  boy- 
hcod. 

Snalf,  )».  -eg,  -e.  report; 
ezploalon. 

,  a.  scarce ;  close. 
,•.-(,  at.  -8.  ball. 

Knt<ht,  m.  -eg,  -e.  slave. 

Fneifen,  v.  irr.  pinch. 

Fncipcn,  v.  pinch. 


GERMAN-ENGLISH  VOCABULARY. 


539 


Knit,  n.  -(e)«,  -e.  knee. 
&nod)cn,  >n.  -3.  bone. 
£nofpe,  /.,/>£.  -n.  bud. 


cook. 

Fod)cit,  v.  cook  ;  boil. 
Coffer,  m.  -8.  trunk. 
Stabler,  m.  -8.  charcoal- 

burner. 
iiulpfj,  //*.  -ff«3,  -fle.  colos- 

sus. 

Sffinct,  m.  -en,  -en.  comet. 
tommanbtrcn,  v.  a.  com- 

mand. 
Fonuimi,   v.    irr.    come  ; 

come  to  pass. 
Compliment,  n.  -(e)8,  -e. 

compliment. 
£61113,  m.  -(e)8,  e.  king. 
Ai  on  iii  in,    /,    />Z.    -nen. 

queen. 

foniglid),«.  kingly;  royal. 
£6nigreid),  n.   -(e)8,    -e. 

kingdom. 
f  ounen,  v.  (93,  324)  can  ; 

be  able. 

fionnen,  n.  -8.  capacity. 
Ifopf,  m.  -e8,  Ropfe.  head. 
,  M.  -8.  headache. 
b,  »«.  -e8,  Rorbc.  bas- 

ket. 
&prn,  w.  -e8,  Corner.  corn; 

rye. 

Korper,  HI.  -8.  body. 
fprperlid),  a.  bodily. 
fiorperFraft,  /.  physical 

strength. 

Ati'Mcf,  m.  Cossack. 
Fofeii,  v.  chat. 
Soft,/.  food. 
Foftbar,  a.   costly  ;    pre- 

cious. 
Soften,  pi.  costs  ;  expen- 

se(s). 

tofttn,  v.  cost. 
Foftlid),  a.  costly. 
Foftfpielig,  a.  expensive. 
£raft,    /,     pi.     flrafte. 

strength. 

ftraftcn,  »t.  -8.  collar. 
Fraben,  ?'.  crow. 
ftrollcv/,  »£.  -n.  claw. 
&ranid),  u'i.  -e8,  -c.  crane. 
FnniF,  ii.  sick. 
fraitFcit,  y.  offend. 
frdnfciit1,  adj.  offending. 
Franfh'ift,  '7    diseased. 
&rantt)eit,f.,  pi.  -en.  dis- 

ease ;  sickness. 
a,  m.  -tt,  -«.  circle. 


Fvcifclicii,  n.  screech. 

Ai  in:;,  M.  -e8,  -e.  cross. 

f  ricdu'it,  v.  irr.  (f  &  fy) 
creep. 

icg,  m.  -(e)8,  -e.  war. 
,  m.  -8.  warrior. 

friegerifd),  a.  warlike. 

ftric<j$)<it)laiut,  n.  -8,  am= 
ter.  army  pay-office. 

^riepdminiftcr,  m.  -8. 
Minister  of  War. 

M'rttiF,  /.,  pi.  -en.  criti- 
cism. 

v.  crown. 
,/,  pi. -en.  coro- 
nation. 

Sfriirfc,/.,  pi.  -n.  Brutch. 

SJiid)e,/.,  pi.  -n.  kitchen. 

.U;id)i-n,  m.  -8.  cake. 

(, /.,  ^>t    -n.   ball; 
bullet. 

ift,/.,  pZ.  ffiilje,  cow. 
OIc,^;  coohiess ;  cool.  ', 

Fiibn,  a.  bold. 

Ftihitiici),  adv.  boldly. 

Stuiinncr,  m.  -8.  grief. 

ttiinmcrlid),  a.  miserable. 

Stnntt,m.  -n,  -n.  (59,  E) 
customer ;  f.  know- 
ledge. 

Fittiffdjaftcit,  v.  make  in- 
quiry. 

®unl>fd)flfter,  m.  -8.  spy. 

funftig,  a.  future. 

fitinf*,/.,  pi.  Sunfle.  art.  • 

Sfiinftier,  m.  -8.  artist. 

JiunfttocvF,  n.  work  of 
art. 

.frupfcr,  n.  -8.  copper. 

Surfiirft,  m.  elector. 

fun,  a.  short. 

fiurjc,  /,  pi.  -n.  short- 
ness. 

it  it  ft  c,  /.,  pZ.  -n.  coast ; 
shore. 

Siiitfdjcr,  TO.  -8.  coach- 
man. 

(aben,  ?'.  refresh. 

CabetmttF,  in.  -(e)S,  -ante, 
refreshing  drink. 

i*abfa(,  n.  -(e)8,  -c.  re- 
freshment. 

did)c(n,  y.  smile. 

ladicii,  ?;.  laugh  ;  smile. 

t'ndjd,  m.  -e8,  -e.  salmon. 

i'nbcn,  m.  -6,  Saben,  shop  ; 
store. 

lat>tn,v.  irr.  lade;  load; 
invite. 


,  /.,  pi.  -en.  car- 


go- 

Sage,  /.,  pi.  -n   position. 
£ager,  n.  -8.  camp. 
InSim,  a.  lame. 
i'alinic,   m.  (108,  c)  lame 

man. 
i'linnu,   n.    -c8,    Cdmmer. 

lamb. 

fiampc,/.,  /??.    n.  lamp. 
Xant,  n.  -e8,  -c,  and  Sons 

bet.  land  ;  country. 
lanten,  v.  (130,  1)  (f)  land. 
£anbgut,  n.  estate. 

m.  peasant. 
./;  highway. 
lang,  a.  long  ;  tall. 
Jaiti)jal)rti3,   a.    of    many 

years. 

liiitftc,  adv.  long. 
Sange,/;,  pZ.  -n.  length. 
£angerocile,    /.     tedious- 

ness. 
Id'ngS,     prep.     (384,   3) 

along. 

(cmgfant,  a.  slow. 
fianje,/,^?.  -n.  lance. 
£arm,  m.  -(e)8.  noise. 
laffen,v.  (326,  III.)  leave; 

let. 
Saft,  /.,   pi.    -en.  load; 

burden;  weight. 
Safier,  n.  -S.  vice. 
Ca'fterer,  m.  -8.  blasphe- 

mer. 

laftcrlnift,  a.  vicious. 
laftcrn,  v.  blaspheme. 
Sdftcrroort,  n.  blasphemy. 
lau,  a.  lukewarm. 
£aub,  n.  -e8.  leaves  ;  foli- 

age. 

£aubc,.f.,  pi.  -n.  arbor. 
i'dublciu,     n.     -8.    little 

leaf. 

£ouf,  m.  -e8,  Sdufe,  course. 
laufcn,  v.  irr.  (f)  run. 
£aune,/.,  pi.  -n.  humor; 

caprice. 

£<m3,  ./,  pi.  Caufe.  louse, 
Inufdjcn,  v.  listen. 
laut,  a.  loud. 
la  n  ten,  v.  sound  ;  run. 
lebcn,  v.  (130,  1)  live. 
£eben,  n.  -8.  life  ;  fur  fein 

-  flcrn  effcn,  be  exces- 

siv^lv  fond  of. 
i'chcndnit,  /.    behavior; 

manners. 
£ebcndgcfal)r,  /.    danger 

of  life. 


540 


GERMAN-ENGLISH  VOCABULARY. 


£cbendfraft,/.  vital  pow- 
er. 

l,  pi.    provi- 


sions. 

li-bluiu,  a.  lively. 
Vfblumintvit,/.  vivacity. 
li-cf  en,  v.  lick. 
Section,/.,  pi.  -en.  lesson. 
let'em,   a.    (of)    leather  ; 

leatuern. 
leer,  a.  empty. 
Iceren,  v.  (130,  1)  empty. 
Icqeii,  v.  (130,  1)  lay;  put. 
£egenbe,  /.,  pi.  -n.  legend. 
£el>rc,  /'.  ,  pi.  -n.  doctrine. 
lebren,Y  (130,  1)  teach. 
£<l)rcr,  m.    -8.   teacher  ; 

master. 

£etb,  m.,  pi.  -er.  body. 
£eibedfraft,  /.    strength 

of  body. 
£cid>e,   /.,  j>Z.   -n.   dead 

body. 

Ieid)t,  a.  light  ;  easy. 
£eib,    ri.    -(e)8.    sorrow  ; 

grief;  einem  ein  -8  an: 

thun,  injure  one. 
Itit,  «iii'.  e3  ijl,  or,  ttyut  mir 

-,  I  am  sorry. 
(eiben,  v.  irr.  suflFer. 
fieibenfebaft,  /.,  pi.   -tn. 

passion. 
Inter,  int.  alas. 
Icihcn,  v.  irr.  lend. 
leife,  a.  low  ;  soft. 
lei  ft  CH  ,  v.  do  ;  render  ;  per- 

form ;  take  (an  oath). 
leiten,  v.  lead  ;  guide. 
£etter,     m.     (59,  E)    -. 

guide;  conductor. 
Setter,  /.,  (59,  E)pl.  -n. 

ladder. 
£c7tton,  y.,  />Z.  -en.  les- 

son. 

lenfen,  v.  guide. 
£enrer,  m.  -8.  guide. 
£enj,  m.  -e8,  -e.  spring. 
£erdje,  f.,pl.  -n.  lark. 
lernen,  t;.  (130,  1)  learn  ; 

study. 

lefen,  v   irr.  read. 
£efen,  n.  -8.  reading. 
£efer,  m.  -8,  /.  Seferin,  pi. 

-nen.  reader. 
leferlid),  a.  legible. 
U'St,  a.  last  ;  iinal. 
(extend,  '.-'//'.  last. 
leeterer,  a.  the  latter. 
Icethin,  adv.  lately. 
leud)ten,  v.  shine. 


£eud)ter,  m.  -8.  candle- 
stick. 

leugnen,  v.  (130,  1)  deny. 

X'eute, /;/.  people. 

£id)t,  n.  -(e)8,  -e,  and  -er. 
light ;  candle. 

£iduftocr,  m.  -S,  -ftode. 
candlestick. 

lieb,  a.  dear. 

£iebe,/.  love. 

lieben,  v.  (130, 1)  love. 

Iieben0nmrtig,a.  amiable. 

Vu-lu-iuMmirt'iiiFftt,  j'..  pi. 
-en.  amiability. 

Iteber,  adv.  rather  ;  soon- 
er. 

liebtofen,  v.  caress. 

lieblid),  a.  lovely. 

£icbling,  >/t.  -8,  -e.  favor- 
ite. 
i  £ieb,  n.  -(e)8,  -er.  song. 

liefern,  v.  furnish ;  give 
(battle). 

liciu'ii,  /'.  lie :  -  an,  depend 
upon ;  e8  Uegt  mit  fcaran, 
it  is  of  importance  to 
me. 

£ilie,/.,  pi.  -n.  lily. 

linb,  adj.  soothing. 

£ineal,  n.  -(e)8,  -e.  ruler. 

\mt,  a.  left. 

(tnfd,  adv.  to  the  left. 

£ippe,/.,jt>Z.  -n.  lip. 

£ift,/.,  pi.  -en.  cunning  ; 
trick. 

£ob,  n.  -e8.  praise. 

loben,  v.  praise. 

lobensroerth,  a.  praise- 
worthy. 

t'obcaerhebmifl,/.  praise. 

£oe^,  n.  -8,  Zbfyt.  nole. 

lobcrn,  r.  blaze. 

£6ffcl,  m.  -8.  spoon. 

£of)n,  m.  -(e)8,  Soljne.  re- 
ward ;  wages. 

(pl)tun, v.  reward;  edlo^nt 
ftc^  ber  3DJu^e,  it  is  worth 
while. 

i'li h  11  itmi,  /.,  pi.  -en. 
pay. 

£006,  n.  -e8,  -e.  lot ;  fate ; 
chance. 

£orbeer,m.  -8,  -en.  lau- 
rel. 

£prbecrin>eig,  m.  branch 
of  laureL 

lod,  n.  loose. 

lodbredKn,*  v.  irr.  (f) 
hreak  loose. 

I6fd)cn,  v.  extinguish. 


'  Vi'tViKit1,  .".  ransom. 

lo$laffcn,*  t;.  irr.  let 
loose ;  let  off. 

lodrt'ifjen,*  v.  irr.  {td>,  tear 
one's  self  away. 

Sotterit,f.,  pi.  -n.  lottery. 

£pn>e,  m.  -n,  -n.  lion. 

£6n>in,  /.,  pi.  -nen.  li- 
oness. 

£ucie,/.  Lucy. 

£ubn>ig,  m.  Lewis. 

£uft,  f.,pl.  Sufte,  air. 

Itigen,  v.  lie  ;  tell  a  false- 
hood. 

£uife,  /.  Louisa. 

lullcii,  v.  lull. 

£uft,/.,  pi.  Sufle.  desire  ; 
mind ;   pleasure. 
«.  gay ;  merry. 

mad)fii,  v.  (130, 1 )  make ; 
do. 

SRacbt,  /.,  pi.  OKad}te. 
might ;  power. 

mad)tig,  a.  mighty  ;  pow- 
erful ;  master  of. 

ajtabd)en,  n.  -8.  girl. 

SRagb,  /.,  pi.  2Ragbt. 
maid-servant. 

in,  n.  -8.  maiden. 
:,  m.  -(e)8,  and  -en, 
pi.  -e.  magnet. 

fPtiifltictnabel,^/.  magnetic 
needle. 

3Xnbl,  n.  -(e)8,  -e,  atid 
a»abter,  meal. 

SWai,  m.  -(e)8,  May. 

tnaildnbifd),  adj.  Milan- 
ese. 

aXnjcflat,  /,  pi.  -en.  ma- 
jesty. 

SWal,  n.  -(e)8,  -e.  time. 

malen,  v.  paint. 

Staler,  m.  -8.  painter. 

man,  pron.  (163)  one;  a 
man  ;  we ;  you  ;  they ; 
men ;  people. 

ntand),  cr,  -e,  eS.  pron. 
(105,  1;  312,  19;  103, 
Note  2)  many  a;  many; 
some. 

mandxrlet,  a.  indecl.  of 
several  sorts ;  many 
things. 

mandtmal,  adv.  some- 
times. 

watit. 

mangeln,  v.  want;  be 
wanting. 


GERMAN-ENGLISH  VOCABULARY. 


541 


,  ?».  -(e)g,  pi.  Wan? 
ncv.  (  :J,  1C)  man. 

Wcmiilcin,  n.  -g.  mani- 
kin. 

tnannlid),  «.  masculine. 

2Jiniuifci)aft,  /.,  pi.  -en. 
crew. 

SRantel,  m.  -g.pl.  aWantef. 
cloak. 

ajtargaretlje,/  Margaret. 

SWartc,/  Mary. 

SDtarine,  /.,  p/.  -n.  navy. 

SXa'rfer,  m.  -8.  Branden- 
burger. 

aXartt,  m.  -g,  2J2arfte. 
market. 

SWarftprda,  m.  market- 
price. 

ntarmclficincrn,  a.  mar- 
ble. 

tnarfd)i(e)ren,  v.  (127, 
Exc.  2)  (f  &  !>)  march. 

8Xarfen,  p£.  an  ancient 
tribe  on  the  lower 
Rhine. 

j,  m.  -eg.  March. 

.,  pi.  -n.  mask. 
$,  n.  •  e8,  -e.  measure. 
eff.,  pi.  -n.  mass. 

magig,  a.  moderate. 

ntiijjicjcn,  v.  moderate. 

SRd'gigt'ctt,  f.  temper- 
ance. 

SRaftigung,  f.  modera- 
tion. 

SWafjrcflcf,  f.  measure ; 
provision. 

SJlatrofc,  m.  -n,  -n.  sailor. 

matt,  a.  faint ;  feeble ; 
dull. 

3»attc,/,  pi.  -n.  mat 

SRattigifcit,  f.  weakness. 

SKauer,  f.,pl.  -n.  wall. 

a»aul,  «.  (-)g,  hauler, 
mouth. 

SWaurer,  m.  -8.  mason ; 
bricklayer. 

9Jtcw«i,  /.,  pi.  SKaufe. 
mouse. 

SWecr,  w.  -c8,  -e.  sea. 

SWeerbufrn,  m.  -g.  gulf. 

ystetfi,  n.  (-e)g,  -e.  flour. 

inchr,  adv  more. 

mclirer,  a.  (74,  IV)  sev- 
eral. 

yst«fyv\tfy\,  f.  plural  num- 
ber. 

nifitcn,  v.  irr.  avoid ; 
shun. 

2ReiIe,/,  pi.  -n.  mile. 


mein,pron.  (18 ;  73,  III ; 
144,  1  ;  33(5,  U)  my,  of 
me ;  fcer,  tie,  bag,  -  e. 
mine ;  tie  ajJeinen,  my 
family. 

mcttifii,  v.  think  ;  mean. 

mcini^e,  ber,  bte,  bag,  a. 
(153)  mine. 

TOeimitifl,  f.,  pi.  -en. 
opinion. 

metft,  a.  (74,  IV)  most ; 
am  -en,  adv.  most. 

ittciftend,  adv.  mostly. 

iiu-ltcii  v.  milk. 

SKelobie,/.,  pi.  -n.  melo- 
dy. 

'Wcn^c,  /.,  pi.  -n.  multi- 
tude ;  crowd. 

SDlcnfd),  m.  -en,  -en.  man; 
mankind ;  pi.  people. 

menfd)cnfrcunb(id),  a.  hu- 
mane. 

SW<nfd)l)cit,/.  humanity. 

incnfd)(ii1),  a.  human  ;  hu- 
mane. 

incrfcit,  v.  perceive ;  -Iaf= 
fen.  let  know. 

9Rcrfina(,  n.  -g,  -e.  mark. 

incrtttwrbig,  a.  remark- 
able. 

mcfKit,  v.  irr.  measure. 

SBleffer,  n.  -g.  knife. 

3ttctal(,n.  -(e)g, -e.  metal. 

SJlc^ger,  m.  -g.  butcher. 

mid),  pron.  (144,  1;  147, 
8)  me  ;  -  felbjl.  myself. 

mitnt,  f.,  pi.  -n.  look; 
countenance. 

im'rtfu'u,  v.  hire  ;  take. 

SfRild),/.  milk. 

milb(e),  a.  mild  ;  gentle. 

SWillion,  f.t  pi.  -en.  mil- 
lion. 

minbcr,  a.  less  ;   smaller. 

SBtincrat,  n.  -(e)g,  -e,  and 
-ten.  mineral. 

Wliiuitc,  /.,  pi.  -n.  min- 
ute. 

mir,  pron.  dat.  (144,  1 ; 
147,  8)  me  ;  to  me. 

mifd)cn,  v.  mix. 

a»tfd)iing,  /.,  pi.  -en. 
mixture. 

mitiuilU'ii,  v.  irr.  dis- 
please. 

iiiiriiiii.icii,  v.  irr.  (f)  fail. 

inifuraitcii,  /'.  distrust. 

•JJiifttraucn,  >/.  distrust. 

nut,  adv.  together  with ; 
prep.  (288^2)_with;  by. 


1  SWitarbdter,   m.    fellow- 
contributor. 

2Kitburg«r,m.  fellow-cit- 
izen. 

SRitgefangene,  m.  and  f. 
(108,  c)  fellow -prison- 
er. 

mitgcl)en,*  v.  go  ;  accom- 
pany. 

SWitlcib(en),  n.  -&.  com- 
passion ;  pity. 

mitUiMg,  a.  compassion- 
ate. 

SRitmcnfd),  m.  fellow- 
creature. 

imtttcJjmcn,*  v.  irr.  take 
along  with. 

SWitfd)uler,  m.  school^ 
fellow. 

aJiittag,  m.-(e)g,  -e.  noon. 

•-V.il m iH'ftVn,  n.  -g.  din- 
ner. 

,  ni.li'.  at  noon. 
,  n.  -8.  means  ;  re- 
medy. 

tnittel,  a.  middle. 

niiiu'li'i,  a.  middlemost. 

mitten,  adv.  -  in,  in  the 
midst. 

2><ttt«niad)t,/.  midnight. 

mittcrnad)t»,*  v.  at  mid- 
night. 

mittljeilen,*  v.  give;  com- 
municate. 

SDtittropd),  m.  -8,  -e.  Wed- 
nesday. 

mogcn,  v.  irr.  (96,  S25) 
be  able ;  like. 

SRoljr,  m.  -en,  -en.  negro. 

JOJuIfeii,  pi.  whey. 

tDiommii,  m.  -en,  -en. 
monarch. 

9Konat,  m.  -(e)8,  -e. 
month. 

mcnatltd),  adv.  monthly. 

3R6nd),  m.  -(e)8,  -e. 
monk. 

,  m.  -(e)8,  -e.  moon. 
,  HI.  -g.  moon- 
light. 

SWontag,  m.  -(e)8,  -e. 
Monday. 

SWooS,  n.  -e8,  -e.  moss. 

501  oral,/,  morals. 

tuoraltfd),  a.  moral 

SJforafi,  m.-e8,-dfle.  mire; 
swamp. 

SDlorb,  m.  -(e;8,  -e.  mur- 
der. 

SOterbcr,  m.  -9.  murdexer. 


542 


GERMAN-ENGLISH  VOCABULARY. 


TOurgcn,  m.  -S.  moruing. 

tnorgcn,  adv.  to-morrow. 

aRorgenglocfe,/.  morning 
bell 

SJura.cnlaiit',  n.  East. 

TOorgenrotbe,/  dawn. 

tnorfd),  a.  rotten. 

mutt,  a.  weary  ;  tired. 

aXiibc,  /,  pi.  -n.  pains  ; 
trouble. 

9Rubme,  /.,  pi.  -n.  aunt. 

mubfatn,  a.  painful. 

9Xwrt,  m.  -(e)3,  -e,  3Hun= 
be,  and  3Kunfcer.  mouth. 

iBiimffod),  >n.  head-cook 
(of  a  prince). 

munter,  a.  active. 

SWmitcrfcit,  f.  liveliness. 

tnurren,  v.  grumble. 

SRttrrcn,  7*.  -8.  grumb- 
ling. 

BtufEE,/.  music. 

SWufificbrcr,  rn.-S.  music- 
teacher. 

TOudfel,  m.,  and/.  -«,  -n. 
muscle. 

nuiffen,  v.  (95,  329)  be 
obliged ;  must. 

TOuth,  rn.  mood ;  cour- 
age ;  nne  rcarb  iljm  ju  -  e  ? 
how  did  he  feel  ? 

ntutbig,  a.  courageous. 

imtrlilo*,  a.  discouraged. 

SRutbloftgfdt,/.  want  of 
courage. 

Stutter,  /,  pi.  aflutter, 
mother. 

SWu$e,/.,  pi.  -n.  cap. 

nad),  adv.  -  unb  natty,  by 
degrees ;  -  toie  cor,  now 
as  before ;  prep.  (28o, 
2)  to ;  after. 

9fad)bar,  m.  -n,  &  -«,  pi. 
-n.  neighbor. 

9tad)barin,  /.,  pi.  -nen. 
(female)  neighbor. 

:iad)frem,  adv.  afterwards; 
con/',  after. 

nad)benr<n,*  v.  irr.  medi- 
tate. 

ttad)gebcn,*  v.  irr.  yield. 

nacbber,  adv.  afterwards. 

Wad)(afi,  m.  -e8,  -afie.  ces- 
sation. 

nad)(affen,*  w.  irr.  abate. 

nad)ldffii)>  «••  negligent ; 
careless. 

mid)lnufcn,*  v.  irr.  (f)  run 
alter. 


9tad)tntttag,  m.  after- 
noon. 

nadjitnittag*,  adv.  in  the 
afternoon. 

9tad>rid)t,  /.,  pi.  -en, 
news. 

nadjifebtn,*  v.  irr.  look 
after. 

nad)fe$en,*  put  after ; 
pursue. 

luuliff ,  a.  next ;  nearest. 

S»dd)fle,  in.  andf.  (108,  c) 
neighbor. 

•XiidwtMiiicbc,  /.  charity. 

iuid)ftcn*,  adv.  soon. 

nad)fud)cii,  v .  search. 

Vtatbtff. ,  pi.  SRa^te,  night. 

9tad)tbeil,  in.  injury. 

iiiidHlu'ilh],  a.  disadvan- 
tageous; detrimentaL 

3iad)ttnnll,  /.,  pi.  -«n. 
nightingale. 

•?fiid>n»aci)e,  /.,  pi.  -n. 
night-watch. 

9Iad)tn>ad}ter>  m.  -8. 
watchman. 

9lacfen,  m.  -9.  (back  of 
the)  neck. 

nacft,  a.  naked. 

/.,  />?.  -n.  needle. 
»M.  -  3,  Stajel.  nail 
v.  gnaw. 

nail,  italic,  (114,6)  a.  near. 

mibbei,  «(/y.  wi2A  prep. 
close. 

nahcit,  P.  (f)  approach. 

nabcrn,  v.  approach. 

nabrcii,  v.  feed;  fu§  -, 
maintain  one's  self. 

9taf>ruitg,/.,  pi.  -en.  food. 

9{amc,  m.  -n,  -n  ;  or  9ta= 
men,  m.  -3.  name ;  -8. 
by  name ;  called. 

it  a  m  lid>,  a.  (71,  I)  same ; 
adv.  namely. 

Warr,  m.  -n,  -en.  fool. 

Stofe,/.,  pi.  -n.  nose. 

naf ,  a.  wet. 

Waffe,/  wet. 

9tation,  /.,  pi.  -«n.  na- 
tion. 

ytatur,f.,pl.  -en.  nature. 

9fcape(,  n.  -S.  Naples. 

SWebel,  in.  -9.  mist 

neben,  prep,  with  dat.  or 
ace.  by  ;  close  to. 

•Kebi-itiHcnfd),  rn.  fellow- 
man. 

yttbtnuimmer,  n.  adjoin- 
ing room.  


nebH,prep.  with  dat.  to- 
gether with. 

9?cff«,  in.  -n,  -n.  nephew. 

iicbntcii,  /;.  irr.  take. 

iii-iNi'd),  i'.  envious. 

ncigcn,  v.  incline. 

HI-MI,  adv.  no. 

iicmicn,  v.  irr.  name; 
call 

9te$,  n.  -e«,  -e.  net. 

nen,  a.  new ;  eon  -em. 
anew. 

nculid),  a.  recent ;  late ; 
lately. 

iicuit,  num.  (119)  nine. 

!iciin;cli!t,  (119)  nineteen. 

neuii)ig,  num.  ninety. 

nid)t,  adv.  not. 

Wid)te,/.,  pi.  -n.  niece. 

mdito,  pron.  (162)  noth- 
ing. 

turfcii,  v.  nod. 

nie,  adv.  never. 

ttict'cr,  a.  low. 

nietcrbrennen,*  v.  irr. 
bnru  down. 


low  spirits. 

9?ie&er(age,  /.  -n.  defeat. 
niet>erreifjen,*     v.      pull 

down. 
Micfrcrroerfen,*  v.    throw 

down  ;  ft$  -,  prostrate 

one's  self. 

nicMid),  a.  neat  ;  pretty. 
menial*,  adv.  never. 
9tomai(fc,     pron.     (162) 

-(e)8.  nobody  ;  no  one. 
niiiiiitcr,  adv.  never. 
iiiniiitcrnicbr,  adv.  never 

(more). 
IIP*,  adv.  (343,  13)  still  ; 

yet  ;  —  einer,   another  ; 

—  einmal,    once    more  ; 

—  fo,   ever  so  ;  —  ni$t, 
not  yet  ;  conj.  nor. 

m.  -e8,  Jiortcti,  m. 


-8.  north. 

Jforrocjjctt,  n.  -9.  Norway. 

Wotb,  ./:,  pi.  9Z6t^e  and 

92ot6en.  necessity  ;  dis- 

tress. 

Wotbburft,      /.     urgent 

want. 

ndtbtg,  a.  necessary  ;   - 
n,  need. 

,  v.  compeL 
,/,  pi.  -en.  zero. 
nun,  adv.  now  ;  well/ 
nur,  adv.  but  ;  only. 


GERMAN-ENGLISH  VOCABULARY. 


543 


9hif|,  /.,  pi.  SRuffe.  nut. 
SHuftbaunt,  m.  -«,  -bourne. 

ni,t-tiee. 
SCiiijcii,  >n.  -8.  use  ;  bene- 

iit. 
HUI.C",    mieeii,   c.    be  of 

use  or  service. 
),  a.  useful 


ob,  eonj.  whether. 

oben,     adv.    above  ;    on 

high  ;  up  stairs. 
ober,  a.  upper  ;   ber,  tie, 

-e.  superior. 
Obcrauffcher,  m.  -8.  su- 

perintendent. 
Oberberrfd)aft,  /.  sover- 

eignty. 

oberft,  a.  uppermost. 
obgleid),    conj.     though  ; 

although. 
cbfd)on  =  ofcgleidj. 
Obft,  n.  -e8.  fruit. 
Cd»d,  »i.  -en,  -en;  or  Od>fc, 

-n,  -u.  ox  ;  steer. 
obe,   a.    empty  ;   desert  ; 

waste. 

ober,  conj.  or  ;  or  else. 
Ofen,  in.  -8,  Cefen.  stove. 
Qfenrobr,  n.  stove-pipe. 
offen,  a.  open. 
ofrcm(id),  a.  public. 
Officter,  m.  -8,  -e.  officer. 
offncn,  v.  awd  ft$,  open. 
Qeffuung,    /,    pi.    -en. 

aperture. 
oft,  ofterd,  oftmald,  adv. 

often  ;  frequently. 
ofter,  a.   frequent  ;  adv. 

oftener. 
Obcint,  in.  -(e)3,  -e.  un- 

cle 
oh  lie,    conj.    and  prep. 

without. 
Obnmad)t,  f.,    pi.    -en. 

swoon. 

Ohr,  n.  -c8,  -en.  ear. 
Obrring,  m.  ear-ring. 
©per,/.,  pi.  -n.  opera. 
Orange,  /.,   pi.    -n.  or- 

ange. 
Ort,    m.    -(e)8,    -e,    a/i<Z 

Ocrter.  place. 
Oft,  m.  -e«.  east. 
Ocftreid),    M.    -8.     Aus- 

tria. 
Oeftreid»er,  m.   -8.  Aus- 

trian. 

oftreid)ifd|,  a.  Austrian. 
inb,  m.  east-wind. 


,  «.  -(e)8,  -e.  pair ; 
couple ;  em  -,  (52,  2)  a 
lew. 

m.  andf.  -(e)8,  -e, 
a«U      gia^ten. 
lease. 
Vndjtgut,  n.  lease-hold ; 

farm. 

pad)tcn,  v.  rent. 
»4)arf,  /«.  awd  n.  -(e)8,  -e, 
a»d  ^drfe.  pack ;  n.  (no 
pi.)  rabble. 
Vactdtcti,    n.     -8.     small 

packet ;  parcel, 
parfcn,  v.  seize. 
'ViiiK,  in.  -n.  -n.  page, 
^alaft,  m.  -(e)8,   ^oldpe. 

palace. 

Van  toff  el,  m.  -8,  -n.  slip- 
per. 

n.  -(e)8,  -e.  paper. 
i.  -vS,  gSdpjie.  pope. 
n.  -e8,  -e.  para- 
dise. 

Varifer, »»..  -8.  Parisian. 
'Vaj?,  wt.  -fje8,  $af}e.  pass- 
port. 
'Vathe,  »».   and  f.  -n,  -n. 

godparent. 

Vein,/.,  /?/.  -en.  torment. 
Verle,  /. ,  pi.  -n.  pearl ; 

bead. 

Vcrfon,  /.,  pi.  -tn.  per- 
son ;  »on  -  fennen,  know 
by  sight. 

Vetfdjaft,  n.  -S,  -e.  seal. 
1,  m.  -(e)8,  -e.  path. 

,  m.    -(e)8, 
pole ;  post. 

,/.  Palatinate. 
,  w.  -(e)8, 
pledge. 
Vfanne, /. ,  pi.  -n.  pan. 
Vforrci,  /.,  pi.  -en.  par- 
ish. 
Vfau,  wt.  -e8,  -en,  p?.  -e, 

-en.  peacock, 
pfeifen,  v.  irr.  whistle. 
Weil,  in.  -(e)8,  •  e.  arrow. 
«Pferd>,  m.  -(e)8,  -e.  fold. 
Werb,  M.  -(e)8,  -e.  horse. 
Wertcften,  w.     -8.    little 

horse. 

Vftrftd),  m.  -(e)8,  -e. 
peach. 

,  f.,pl.  -n.  plant. 
,  v.  plant. 
,/.,  /?Z.  -tu  plum. 
.  care, 
pflegcn,  v.  enjoy._ 


id)t,f.,  pi.  -en.  duty. 
pfltirfen,  v.  gather  ;  pick. 
i,  y-  plough. 
n.  -(e)8,  -e.  pound. 
tn.    -en,    -en. 

philosopher. 
Vbilofopbie,  /.  -n.  philo- 

sophy. 
philou'phiiM),     a.    philo- 

sophic (al). 

pboni^ifd),  a.  Phoenician. 
pieten,  v.  pick. 
Vilatud,  in.  Pilate. 
"Vilrtcr,  m.  -8.  pilgrim. 
plagcu,  v.   plague;    tor- 

ment. 
"Vlnti,  m.  -(e)8,  -e.  plan  ; 

design. 

%Miinct,  ??i.-en,  -en.  planet. 
plan,  a.  flat. 
pfae  !  int.  crack  ! 


square;  place. 
plaubern,  v.  talk. 
ploeltd),  adv.  suddenly. 
plump,  a.  clumsy. 
piiinbcrn,  v.  plunder. 
"VluMbertnijj,  /.,  pi.  -tn. 

plundering. 

podKii,  v.  beat  ;  knock. 
Voli)ei,/.  -en.  police. 
IMm-iMener,  m.    -8.  po- 

liceman. 

polnifd),  fi.  Polish. 
portion,  /.,  pi.  -en.  por- 

tion. 
Voft,  /.,  pi.   -en.   post- 

office. 
9>rad)t,/.  splendor  ;  mag- 

nificence. 

prii'ditifl,  a.  magnificent. 
prod)too(I,    a.     magnifi- 

cent. 
prangcn,  v.    shine;   dis- 

play. 
Vrafifrcnt,    m.    -en,    -en. 

president. 

Vrebigt,/.  -en.  sermon. 
Vreid,  tn.  -e8,  -e.  prize. 
preifen,  v  .  irr.  praise. 
preffcn,  v.  press. 
'Vn-ii^c,  m.  -n,  -n.  Prus- 

sian. 
Vreufgen,  n.  -S.  Prussia. 

,  a.  Prussian. 
,  m.  -en,  -en.  prince. 
effin,  /.,  pi.   -nen. 

princess. 
Vrior,  m.  -«.  prior. 

ff.,pl.  -n.  trial 


544 


GERMAN-ENGLISH  VOCABULARY. 


Vrobucf  t,  n.  -(e)8,  -e.  pro- 
duct 

profatt,  a.  profane. 

tyromnn,f.,pl.  -en.  prov- 
ince. 

prufcti,  v.  put  to  the  trial. 

Vublifuiit,  >t.  -g.  public. 

pubern,  v.  powder. 

"ViiUn-r,  7t.  -g.  powder ; 
gunpowder. 

<VimFt,  m.  -(e)8,  -e.  point 

ptinftlicb,  a.  punctual. 

puecn,  v.  clean. 

Vtjrendcn, />/.  Pyrenees. 

final,  r' ,  pi.  -en.  distress ; 
torment ;  pang. 

fiuarj,  m.  -eg,  -e.  quartz. 

Cuelle,  /.,  pi.  -n.  well; 
fountain. 

qticr,  adv.  across. 

Cuirl,  7«.  -(e)g,  -e.  twirl- 
ing-stick. 

Rabe,  m.  -n,  -n.  raven. 

Rabenneft,  n.  raven's 
nest. 

9ta<be,f.  vengeance. 

racfocn,  v.  revenge ; 
avenge. 

Rad)eti,  7>t.  -8.  mouth. 

Rab,  n.  -(e)g,  SKater. 
wheeL 

Rdbertoerf,  n.  clockwork. 

raffen,  (aufraffen,)  v. 
snatch  up. 

Rant*,  m.  -(e)8,  SRanfcer. 
edge ;  margin. 

9taft(e)rmefFcr,  n.  razor. 

raffeln,  v.  rattle. 

Math,  m.  -(e)8.  advice. 

ratben,  v.  advise. 

9tatbfd)lag,  m.  -(e)8,  -age. 
advice. 

Watte,/.,  pi.  -n.  rat. 

rauben,  v.  rob  ;  prey. 

Waubcr,  m.  -8.  robber ; 
highwayman. 

9taubtrti,f.,  pi.  -en.  rob- 
bery. 

Raud),  m.  -eg.  smoke. 

ruiidicn,  t>.  smoke. 

9taudxn,  re.  -8.  smoking. 

rducbcrn,  v.  smoke. 

raub,  a.  rough. 

Rauin,  m.  -(e)8,  9iaume. 
room ;  space. 

9t<iupt,f.,pl.  -n.  caterpil- 
lar. 

» auf djen,  v.  rush ;  rustle. 


,  /.,  jt>?.    -n.  vine; 
vine-branch. 

vine-grow- 
?. -en.  bill ; 
account. 

redjt,  a.  right. 

3ted)t,  n.  -(e)8,  -t.  right ; 
justice;  -  tyaben,  be 
right 

rcd)tfertigen,  v.  justify. 

rcd>n  rt)affcM,  a,  just ; 
honest. 

9*ed)tfd)affenbeit,  /.  hon- 
esty. 

rcdus,  adv.  to  the  right. 

rcrf en,  v.  stretch. 

ytebt,  /.,  pi.  -n.  speech  ; 
discourse. 

Jiel'cfafrf it,  m.  thread  of 
discourse. 

rtten,  v.  (130,  1)  speak; 
talk. 

9^e^en«art,  /,  pi.  -en. 
phrase. 

n-Mid),  a.  honest. 

9te^ner, »».  -S.  orator. 

iWcfornt,  y.,  ^>t  -en.  re- 
form. 

Reformation,  /,  pL  -en. 
reformation. 

yit$t\,f.,pl.  -n.  rule. 
m.  -g.  rain. 


i.  rainbow. 

9tegenfd)irnt,  m.  -(e),  -e. 
umbrella. 

rcgimn,  v.  (127,  Ex.  2) 
govern. 

Rcgierung,  /.,  pi.  -en. 
government;  reign. 

r cii it i' ii,  v.  rain. 

9tt<}un8,f.,pl.  -en.  move- 
ment. 

9teb,  n.  -(e)8,  -e.  deer. 

rcibcn,  v.  irr.  rub. 

rtid),  a.  rich  ;  wealthy. 

Reid),  n.  -(e)8,  -e.  empire ; 
kingdom. 

fteidK,  m.  (108,  c)  rich 
man. 

rricblid),  a.  liberal. 

Reid)tbuin,/«.-(e)8;-umer. 
riches  ;  wealth. 

reif,  a.  ripe. 

Reif,  m.  -(e)8,  -e.  hoar- 
frost 

Reife,/.  maturity. 

Reib<,  /•,  pi.  -n.  rank; 
turn. 

Rciben,  in.  -4.  dance. 


9tcim,m.  -(e)«,  -t.  rhyme. 

rein,  a.  clear. 

tviiiiiu'ii,  v.  clean. 

SNci*,  tn.  -e«.  rice 

9ttiit,f.,pl.  -n.  journey; 
travel ;  voyage. 

reifen,  v.  (130;  131,  2) 
travel 

5Weifent>e,  m.  (108,  c)  trav- 
eller. 

reiften,  v.  frr.  rush  ;  pull ; 
tear ;  an  fi$  -,  seize 
upon. 

fteitpfert,  n.  saddle- 
horse. 

reitcn,  v.  irr.  ride  ;  go  on 
horseback. 

Wciter,  »n.  -8.  rider ; 
horseman. 

reiicn,  i1.  charm. 

rctinen,  v.  irr.  run, 

Wefenx,  /.,  pi.  -m.  re- 
serve. 

Weferocforp*,  n.  reserve 
corps. 

retten,  v.  (130,  1)  save; 
rescue. 

yttue,f.  repentance. 

rcuen,  v.  repent ;  regret ; 
e8  reut  mid),  I  regret. 

Revolution,  /,  pi.  -en. 
revolution. 

9tbcin,  m.  -%.  Rhine. 

ridjten,  v.  direct ;  ad- 
dress ;  judge. 

Wid)tcr,  m.  -g.  judge. 

Miditiioiid,  n.  court- 
house. 

rid)tig,  a.  right ;  duly ; 
correct 

ricdu-ii,  v .  irr.  smell. 

9ticgel,  in.  -8.  bar  ;  bolt 

Riefc,  in.  -n,  -n.  giant 

«iff,  «.  -(e)8,  -e.  reef. 

'Stint f  it.  -(e)8,  -et.  beef; 
ox. 

9ting,  m.  -(e)«,  -e.  ring. 

ringen,  v.  irr.  struggle; 
wrestle. 

ringdum,  adv.  all  around. 

rinnen,  v.  irr.  (f)  flow : 
leak. 

SWitter,  m.  -«.  knight 

rod)eln,  v.  rattle  (in  the 
throat). 

Wocf,  m.  -(e)8,  SRotfe.  coat 

rob,  a.  rough  ;  rude. 

Wobr,  7t.  -(e)8,  -e,  and 
9ictyre.  reed ;  tube. 

9tr>ttt,f.,pl.  -n.  roll. 


GERMAN-ENGLISH  VOCABULARY. 


545 


rotttn,  v.  (f)  roil ;  [i$  -, 
roll  (up)  ;  curl. 

Wo  in,  7i.  -8.  Rome. 

ttontaii,  »».  -(e)8,  -r.  no- 
vel. 

ftomonje,  /,  pi.  -n.  bal- 
lad. 

Vtomer,  m.  -8.  Roman. 

Wofe,/,  £>Z.  -n.  rose. 

rofig,  a.  rosy. 

Wt>8,  71.  -ffe8,  -ffe.  horse. 

rotl),  a.  red. 

iWptbe,/.  redness;  blush. 

ri.it  hi  idi,  a.  reddish. 

9tiibe,  f.  turnip ;  get6e  -, 
carrot ;  rotfye  -,  beet. 

9tubin,  m.  -(e)8,  -e.  ruby. 

ftutfen,  m.  -8.  back. 

9tudttl)r,f.  return. 

rurflingd,  adv.  back- 
ward(s). 

rubcrii,  v.  (131,  3)  row ; 
pull. 

Wubolf,  m.  -8.  Rudolph. 

9tuf,  m.  -(e)8,  -e.  call ; 
reputation. 

rufen,  n.  irr.  call ;  -laffen, 
send  for. 

9lut)e,f.  rest. 

rtibig,  a.  quiet ;  calm. 

iiKiibnt,  m.  -(e)8.  glory; 
fame ;  honor. 

riilmii,  v.  stir ;  touch. 

riil)  rent1,  a.  affecting. 

runt,  a.  round. 

Sftuffe,  m.  -n,  -n.  Rus- 
sian. 

9?ufl(<inb,  72.  -8.  Russia. 

SHufter,/.  elm. 

<2>aal,  m.  -(e)8,  ©die.  hall. 

2aat,/.,  pi.  -en.  seed. 

Sadie,  /.,  pi.  -n.  case ; 
matter. 

•2  a  cine,  w.  -n,  -n.  Saxon. 

Siidiu  n,  M.  -8.  Saxony. 

fad)ft'fd),  a.  Saxon. 

fudjtc,  a.  slow. 

2ocf,  »i.  -e8,  ©d<fe.  bag. 

®aft,  >/i.  -e8,  ©aftc.  sap. 

fagen,  n.  say  ;  tell. 

'2alpeter,//<.  -8.  saltpetre. 

2So[?,  «.  -e8,  -e.  salt. 

^unu'(n),  »n.  -n,  -n8,  -(3), 
joZ.  -n.  seed. 

fainmtttd),  a.  all. 

•Zamftai),  m.  Saturday. 

Saiiiuni,  m.  -(e)S,  -e.  si- 
moon. 

t,  a.  Saint. 


,  m.  -(e)8,  -e.  sand. 
2iinb|ladK,  ./'.    -n.   sand- 
])lain. 

fanft,  a.  soft. 
Zaufrlteit,  Zntiftiiuuh,  /. 
softness ;    gentleness ; 
meekness. 

vSanqcr,  MI.  -8.  singer. 

<2ara,/.  Sarah. 

®a^,  in.  -e8,   ©a^e.  sen- 
tence. 

fauer,  a.  sour. 

fcmgen,  i».  ir>-.  suck. 

faugen,  v.  suckle. 

2iniijliiii},  m.    -(e)8,    -e. 
baby.  . 

&iiiile,f.,  pi.  -n.  column. 

f.iufcln,   v.   rustle ;  mur- 
mur. 

<2>d>aar,f.,pl.  -en.  troop; 
band ;  tiock. 

fd>aaren,  />.  assemble. 

,  m.  -(e)8,  -e,  awd 
.  shaft. 

,  m.   -n8,    (-8), 
©cfyaben.  damage ;  loss. 

fd>abcn,  v.  injure. 

fd>aMid),    a.     injurious  ; 
hurtful. 

<Zd>af,  n.  -(e)8,  -e.  sheep. 

<2d)afer,  m.  -8.  shepherd. 

2 di afc rin,  /.,    pi.    -nen. 
shepherdess. 

fd)affcit,    v.   irr.    create ; 
reg.  do ;  work. 

Sdj.ile,  /.,  pi.  -n.   scale 
(of  a  balance). 

fd>a(fcn,  v.  sound. 

<2d)am,/.  shame. 

fd)aincit,  fi(^,  v.  reft,  be  or 
feel  ashamed. 

3d)4itbe,  /.  shame ;  dis- 
grace. 

fd)  in  I1  fid),  n.  infamous. 

fdjarf,  a.  sharp. 

3d)cirfc,    /.     sharpness ; 
acuteness. 

fd)arren,  v.  rake. 

3rtv.ittcti,  m.  -8.  shade. 

3d)ii(j,    m.     -e8,    ©c^oge. 
treasure. 

fd)Jieeit,  v.  (131,  2)  value; 
esteem. 

®d)ii^graber,m.  treasure- 
seeker. 

2d)a^nieiftcr,  m.  treasu- 
rer. 

fd)auen,  '•.  look. 

2.ci>auni,  m.  -(e) 
me.  froth. 


.     (e)8,    -e. 
spectacle. 

«d)iiufpicler,  m.  -8.  actor. 

Zdnwfpidmii,  /,  pi. 
-nen.  actress. 

Sdjeere,./'.,  pi.  -n.  (a  pair 
of)  scissors. 

fd)eer<n,  v.  irr.  shear. 

Zdtcibc,  f.,pl.  -n.  pane. 

fd)eibcii,  «^.  irr.  depart ; 
separate ;  divide. 

2dKin,  m.  -(e)8,  -e.  pre- 
tence. 

(M)ciiu-ii,  v.  irr.  shine ;  ap- 
peur. 

fdjcitcrn,  v.  be  wrecked. 

®d)elm/m.-(e)8, -e.  rogue. 

fd)c(tcn,  v.  irr.  scold ; 
chide. 

*d)id)t,  f.,pl.  -en.  layer. 

fdm'Fen,  v.  send. 

3d)id*fa(,  n.  -(e)8,  -e.  des- 
tiny. 

fd)ieben,  v.  irr.  push. 

3d)iegputoer,  n.  -8.  (gun-) 
powder. 

,  v.  irr.  shoot. 
,  7i.  -(e)8,  -e.  ship. 

<2d)iffeiv  m.  -8.  mariner. 

£d)iffniaii!t,  m.  (rare) 
sailor. 

2d)tff 6ntaniifd)aft,  /. ,  pi. 
-en.  crew. 

m.  -(e)8,  -e.  «7id 
-er.  shield ;  n.  (59,  #) 
sign. 

<3d)ilt>n>ad)e,  /.,  pi.  -n. 
sentinel. 

fd)il£>mi,  v.  picture. 

®d)iHing,  m.  -(e)8,  -e. 
shilling. 

•Zdiiiniiu-v,  m.  -6.  lustre. 

fd)inipfcn,  r.  abuse;  in- 
sult. 

fd)impf)id), «.  disgraceful. 

fd)tnt>rn,  v.  flay. 

3d)infcn,  m.  -8.  ham. 

3d)(«d)t,  /".,  pi.  -en.  battle. 

fd)l<id)tett,  w.  (130, 1)  kill. 

<3d)lad)tfc(t>,  n.  battle- 
field. 

2d)Lii1)ti(i'tiiiiniicf,  n.  -t. 
(lin  of  battle. 

2d)laf,  m.  -(e)8.  sleep. 

fdilafcn,  v.  irr.  sleep. 

fd)laf(e)rig,  a.  sleepy. 

fd)lafern,  v.  irnpers.  e4 
fc^lafcrt  inic^,  I  am  or 
feel  sleepy. 

fdjlaff,  a.  alack  ;  relaxed. 


GERMAN-ENGLISH  VOCABULARY. 


-a$er.  bed-room. 
fcdilaffnbinct,    n.   -8,    -e. 

bed-chamber. 
<2dtIiif;hmiuT,     n.     bed- 

room. 


g,    m.    -(e)8.     -age. 

blow. 
fcfclagen,  v.    irr.    strike; 

beat  ;  defeat. 
fdihuif,  a.  slender. 
fitikdn,  a.  bad  ;  wicked. 
2dilcd)ttgfeit,/.  badness  ; 

iniquity. 
fdilcidKii,  v.  irr.  creep  ; 

sneak. 

fdilctfcii,  v.  drag. 
fdileifeii,  v.   irr.    grind  ; 

sharpen. 

(dilic^cn,  v.  irr.  lock  (up). 
fdilingeti,  v.   irr.  twine  ; 

twist. 
<2d>loft,    n.    -fte8,     -offer. 

castle  ;  palace  ;  lock. 
fd)(ud)ien,  v.  sob. 
2d)lumincr,  //(.  -8.  slum- 

ber. 

fdilijpfcit,  v.  slide. 
2d)Ii«R,  m.  -ffe8,  -uffe.  con- 

clusion. 

<2d)luffc(,  m.  -8.  key. 
<2d)liiFfolqc,/.  reasoning; 

conclusion. 
<2d)lufjfctte,   /,   pi.    -n. 

chain  of  reasoning  ;  ar- 

gument. 

<2d)iiiad),/.  insult. 
fdiniahcn,  v.  abuse. 
fd)imiblid),  a.  ignomini- 

ous. 
<2d)iiiiiu$,  m.    -eS,  -aufe. 

banquet. 
£diiiirid)flci,  /,  pi.  -en. 

flattery. 

fdiiiKidH'lit,  v.  flatter. 
v2d)iiicidilcr,    >n.  -8.  flat- 

terer. 
fd)mcifjcit,  v.  irr.  smite  ; 

dash. 
fd)ind}cii,  v.   irr.   melt  ; 

dissolve. 
<2d>mcn,  m.  -e8,  and  -en8, 

-en.  pain. 

f  dwierien,  v.  ache  ;  grieve. 
®d)mcfterling,    m.    -(t)9. 

butterfly. 
fd)tnr  tttrn,  v.  crack;  dash; 

clang. 
ed)iniet>,     m.    -(e)8,     -e. 

wnith. 


i'd)iiiic>)cit,  v.  crouch  ;    jul) 
an  -,  cling  to. 

fdinitirfcii,  v.  adorn;  de- 
corate. 

rdintuiMi;,  a.  dirty. 

2d)iioe,  w.  -8.  snow. 

fd>nciben,  v.  irr.  cut. 

2dmertcr,  m.  -8.  tailor. 

fdincicn,  v.  snow. 

uliiicll,  a.  quick ;  swift. 

fdmupfcn,  v.  take  snuff. 

fd) on,  id//1,  already. 

fd)6n,  a.  fine ;  beautiful. 

Zdii'iilicit,    /.,    pi.    -en. 
beauty. 

3dioofi,  m.  -e8,  -e.  lap. 

2d)6pfcr.  m.  -8.  creator. 

®d)ottlanber,      m.      -8. 
Scotchman. 

Sdminf,  m.  -(e)8,  -anfe. 
cupboard. 

^dininfc,  /,  pi.  -n.  bar- 
rier. 

fdm-rfcii,  v.  frighten. 

2d)ri'cfcii,  m.  -8.  terror. 

fdm-cf  lid),  a.  terrible. 

2d)fci,  nt.   -e8,   -e.  cry ; 
scraam. 

®d)reib(md),     n.     copy- 
book. 

fdin-ibi-ii,  v.  irr.  write. 

3duvibcii,  n.  -8.  letter. 

idnvifii,  v.  irr.  cry. 

2d)fcincr,  m.  -8.  joiner. 

fdjrdtcn,  w.  irr.  (f)  stride ; 
step. 

2d)rift,  /.,  pi.  -en.  writ- 
ing ;  works. 

Sdinftftcllcr,  m.   writer; 
autlior. 

2diritt,  m.  -(e)8,  -e.  step ; 
pace. 

3d)iih,  m.  -(e)8,  -e.  shoe. 

2d)uhtiiad)cr,  ///.  -8.  shoe- 
maker. 

£d)ult>,  /.,  pi.  -en.  debt ; 
fault ;  blame  ;  guilt. 

fdmlbfod,  a.  innocent. 

fdmlfrin,    a.     indebted  ; 
owing ;  -  fetn,  owe. 

Sdmlbi^fcit,/.  debt;  ob- 
ligation. 

2d)tilc,/.,  pi.  -n.  school. 

•Zdniler,  m.  -8.   scholar ; 
pupil. 

2d>uIter,/,^>Z.  -n.  shoul- 
der. 

,   m.    -peg,    £<$ufie. 
shot. 

,.  -n,  dish. 


fdiiittt  (n,  v.  shake. 

.   e3.  protection. 
,  m.  -n,  -n.  rifle- 
man ;  shot. 

fdjroadj,  a.  weak  ;  f  eeble. 
v2d)Wii3er,   m.    -8,    -dger. 

brother-in-law. 
®direcigerin,  /.,  />Z.  -nen. 

sister-in-law. 
fd)iviiufcn,  v.    (t>   and  f; 
wave  ;  vacillate. 

,  »j.-e8,-anje.tail 
m.   -c8,   -drme 


fdjtoar;,  a.  black. 
fdnocbcii,  v.  hover  ;  float 
-2d)mebcn,  n.  -8.  Sweden. 
2d)i»cif,  in.  -(e)8,  -e.  tail 
fdiiDci^cti,  v.  in:  be  silent. 
2ii)iocii]cii,  >i.  -8.  silence. 
2d)roctn,  n.  -(e)8,  -e.  hog; 

Pig- 

®d)tt«ij,/.  Switzerland. 
3d)tt>fiicr,  m.  -8.  Swiss. 
fdttpellcn,  v.  irr.  (\)  swell. 
fdjrocr,  a.    heavy  ;    seri- 

ous ;  hard. 

fdimcrlid),  a.  scarcely. 
2d)rocrt,    n.    -(e)8,     -er. 

sword. 
2d)i»cflcr,  /.,  pi.  -n.  sis- 

ter. 
2d)iDicflcrfof)n,   m.    son- 

iti  -law. 

fdiroierifl,  a.  difficult. 
<2d)tt>icrii)tctt,  f.  -en.  dif- 

ficulty ;  objection. 
fditoiniuicn,  v.  irr.  swim. 
fdutMiiJvIn,  /'.  grow  giddy. 
fd)n>iiibcn,  v.  irr.  (f)  van- 

ish ;  die  away. 
I'dmnmicii,  v.  irr.  swing. 
fd)n>i6cn,  v.  sweat. 
fdttviircit,  v.  irr.  swear. 
Scl.mc,  m.  -n,  -n.  slave. 
®clat>erei,  /.  slavery. 
fed)*,  a.  six. 
fcdifte,  a.  sixth. 
U'di;cliit,  a.  sixteen. 

,  a.  sixty. 
,  w.  -8,  -en.  lake. 
2cc,/,  p^.  -en.  sea. 
2ccle,  /.,  pi.   -n.    soul; 

spirit. 

2c((cutc,  pi.  seamen. 
2cc!iiiinn,  m.  seaman. 
'.•  id,  n.  -8.  sail. 
K  tcin,  v.  ($  and  f)  sail. 
2cjeti,   m.    -8.  blessing; 

prosperity. 


VOCABULARY. 


547 


$<gendnmnfd),  m.  bene- 
diction. 

Segler,  ///.  -8.  sailor. 

fegncn,  v.  bless/ 

feben,  ?;.  irr.  see. 

Sebne,/.,  /»'•  -n.  sinew. 

fcbneii,  v.  reft.  fid)  -,  long. 

Sebneit,  n.  -8.  longing  ; 
desire. 

fd)n(id),  a.  longing;  ar- 
dent. 

febr,  adv.  very  ;  much  ; 
very  much. 

feiben,  a.  silken. 

Seil,  n.  -(e)8,  -e.  rope. 

2eiler,  m.  -8.  ropemaker.  i 

fein,  -e,  -tS.pron.  (18;  73,  i 
III;  144,  3  ;  336,  3)  his  ; 
its  ;  of  him ;  of  it. 

fein  v.  irr.  (see  Index)  (f)  ! 
be ;  v .  aux.  be  ;  have.  [ 

feinetroillcn,  adv.  for  his 
sake. 

feinige,  ber,  bie,  ba8,  pron. 
(153)  his ;  one's  ;  ba8  -, 
one's  (own)  property ; 
bie  ©-n,  one's  own. 

feit,  prep.  (283,  2)  since  ; 
-roann  ?  how  long  ? 

feitbem,  adv.  since  that 
time  ;  ever  since  ; 
(conj.)  since. 

®eite,  /.,  pi.  -n.  side ; 
page ;  quarter. 

feitroarts,  adv.  sideways. 

felbft,  a.  (148,  > ;    148,  9,  i 
11  ;    163,  3)   self;    irf>, 
Wit    -,  I    myself  ;    we  ; 
ourselves ;  adv.  even. 

felbftftanbig,  a.  independ- 
ent. 

@elbftfud)t,  /.  selfislmess. 

felig,  a.  happy  ;  blessed. 

Scligfeit, /.  happiness. 

feltcn,  a.  scarce ;  adv. 
rarely;  seldom. 

feltfam,  a.  strange  ;   odd. 

®emmel,/,  pi.  -n.  roll. 

fenben,  v.  irr.  &  reg.  send. 

£enf,  w.-(e)8,  -e. mustard. 

fen  fen,  v.  lower. 

9tnft,f.,pl.  -n.  scythe. 

fcBcn,  v.  set ;  put ;  place. 

fid),  pron.  (144,  4:    147, 
8)  himself ;  herself ;  it- 
self ;  themselves  ;  each  | 
other ;    to  himself,    to 
herself,  etc. ;  yourself  ;  i 
to  yourself. 
r,  a.  safe. 


Sid)erbeit,/.  security. 

ft'dierlid),  itdi<.  surely. 
Zicilien,  /<.  -9.  Sicily. 
fit,  pron.  (144,3)  she; 

her  ;    it  ;    @te,  (145,  2) 

you  ;  they  ;  them. 
Sieb,  n.  -(e)8,  -e.  sieve. 
fiebcn,  a.  seven. 
ft'ebicftn,  a.  seventeen. 
fteb;ig,  a.  seventv. 
fi'ctcn,  v.  in:  boil. 
<2ieg,  m.  -(e)8,  -e.  victory. 
,  11.  -8.  seal. 
m.  -§.  conqueror. 
n.  -(e)8,  -e.  signal. 
3iibcr,  n.  -k.  silver. 
nlbcrbdl,    a.    bright    as 

silver. 

ftngen,  v.  irr.  sing. 
finf  en,  v.  irr.  (f)  sink. 
Zitm,  m.  -(e)§,  -e.  sense; 

feeling  ;  meaning. 
fi'nnrcid),  a.  ingenious. 
finitcn,  v.  think  ;    medi- 

tate ;  reflect. 
Sitte,  /.,  pi.  -n.  custom  ; 

pi.  morals. 
ficcn,  v.  irr.  sit. 
2t(a»e,  see  Sclatc. 
fo,  adv.  ami  so,  then,  why; 

conj.     as  ;     provided  ; 

(rcl.     pron.)        who, 

which  ;  -etrcaS,  such  a 

thing.     See  Index. 
fobafr,  adv.  -aid.  as  soon 

as. 

fogar,  adv.  even. 
fogleid),  adv.  directly. 


,    m.    -(e)8 

son. 

26hiilcin,  n.  -%.  little  son. 
fold),  -er,  -e,  -eS.  pro/i. 

(72,  2)  such. 
2ulfriit,  m.  -en,  -en.  sol- 

dier. 
follcn,  v.  (95  ;  329)  shall  ; 

ought  ;  is  said  ;  is  to. 
Summer,  m.  -8.  summer. 
funberbar,  a.  singular. 
fonbern,  conj.  (209,  Xote 

2)  but. 
®onnobcnb,    m.    -8,    -e. 

Saturday. 

®omie,/.,  pi.  -n.  sun. 
Sonneufd)ein,    in.     sun- 

shine. 
&onntag,  m.  -8,  -e.  Sun- 

day. 
fonft,  adv.  else  ;   other- 

wise; formerly. 


®orge,/.,  pi.  -n.  care, 
furgcn, ».'.  take  care, 
fcrgeiib,  et.  cartful. 
forgfciltig,  a.  careful. 
HMiH'hl,  -  a!8  (au^),  con). 

as  well  as. 

ipniiicti,  n.  -8.  Spain. 
Spanicv,  »i.  -8.  Spaniaid. 
fpotincn,        v.       strain  •, 

stretch ;  bend, 
fparcn,  v.  lay  or  put  by. 
Sparre(n),    m.  -n8,    -«n. 

rafter. 

fparfam,  a.  economical 
iSparfamfeit,/.  economy, 
fpat,  a.  late. 
Spiiten, »«.  -8.  spade, 
fp liter,  adv.  afterwards; 

lat;  r. 
fpdtcftend,    adv.    at    the 

latest. 
,  fpaji(e)ren,  v.   or  -ge^en, 

take  a  walk, 
fpajiercnrdtcn,*    take    a 

ride. 

Spa^icrgang,  m.  walk. 
2pecf,  m.  -(e)8.  bacon, 
fpeien,  v.  spit. 
Speife,/.,  pi.  -n.  food, 
fpcifcn,  i'.  eat ;  dine. 
Spiegel,  m.  -8.  mirror. 
Spiel,  n.  -(e)8,  -e.  play  ; 

game. 

fpielcn,  v.  play. 
Spieler,  m.  -8.  player. 
,  Sptd*eug,  n.  plaything. 
Sptiuit,  M.  -(e)8.  spinage. 
Spiitne,  /.,  pi.  -n.   spi= 

der. 

fpinncn,  v.  irr.  spin. 
Spital,    n.    -(e)8,     -filer. 

hospital. 
Spi>e,  /.,  pi.   -n.   top; 

lit- a  1 ;  lace, 
fplittern,  v.  splinter. 
Spurn,  m.  -(e)8,  ©peren. 

spur. 

fpprnen,  v .  spur. 
fpornftreid)8,    adv.    full 

•peed 
Spradje,/.,p?.-n.  speech; 

language. 
!  (Zpriidjlejjrer,  m.  teacher 

of  languages. 
fprcdien,  r.  irr.  speak. 
Sprcdnibung,  /.  -en.  ex- 

eic'sc  in  speaking. 
Spreu,j:  chaff. 
Sprid)roort,  n.  proverb. 
j  fpriegen,  v.  irr.  (f)  sprout. 


548 


GERMAN-ENGLISH  VOCABULARY. 


fpringen,  v.  irr.  (\  and  6.) 
burst ;  spring  ;  bound  ; 
jump. 

eproffe,/.,/jZ.  -n.  round 
of  a  ladder. 

®prud),  m.  -(e)8,  -ucb.e. 
saying. 

fpriiben,  v.  emit  sparks; 
dart. 

Spule,/.,  pi.  -n.  spool 

Spur,  /.,  pi.  -en.  trace; 
track. 

2taat,m.  -(e)8, -en.  state; 
finery  ;  dress. 

Staatagebeimnifi,  n.  state 
secret. 

®tab,  m.  -(e)8,  -dbe.  staff. 

Stadu-l,  m.  -8.  sting. 

&tatt,f.,pl.  -dbte.  town; 
city. 

«tab"l,  m.  -(e)8,  -ab.le. 
steel. 

®tablfe$«r,/steel-spring. 

Stall,  m.  -(e)8,  -atte.  sta- 
ble. 

Stallftied)t,  m.  -6,  -e. 
hostler. 

Ctainm,  m.  -(e)8,  -amme. 
trunk. 

fhunnten,  c.  see  afmammen. 

9tanb,  ,u.  -ei,  -antic,  sta- 
tion. 

®tanbartc,  /.,  ^>J.  -n. 
standard. 

ftanfrbaft,  a.  firm. 

ftarr,  a.  strong  ;  heavy  ; 
hard. 

9tdttt,f.  strength. 

ftarfen,  v.  strengthen ; 
brace. 

ftarr,  a.  stiff. 

flatt,  prep.  (284,  3)  in- 
stead of. 

ftattfinben,*  take  place. 

Staub,  m.  -<«>8.  dust. 

Staube,  /.,  2>l-  -n.  shrub. 

ft<d)en,  v.  irr.  prick ; 
sting. 

Sterfnabcl,  /.,  />?.  -n. 
pin. 

ftcefcn,  v.  stick  ;  put 

Sttg,  m.  -(e)8,  -e.  (nar- 
row) foot-path. 

fie  hen,  v.  irr.  stand. 

fteblm,  v.  irr.  steal. 

flcigen,  v.  irr.  (f)  mount ; 
nse. 

ftet^ern,  v.  raise. 

$tein,  m.  -(e)3,  -e.  stone. 

fltincrn,  a,  stone. 


!  Steinhanfi-(n),  in.  heap  of 
stones. 

m-iiiiiiit,  a.  stony. 

Sicllc,  /.,  pi.  -n.  place; 
situation ;   spot. 

ftcllctt,  v.  put ;  place ;  fufc. 
-,  pretend. 

Stempcl,  m.  -8.  stamp. 

fterben,  t;.  irr.  (f)  die. 

fierblid),  a.  mortal. 

Stern,  m.  -(e)8,  -e.  star. 
;  Stcrnd)eii,    n.    -8.     little 

star. 
i  ftembell,  a.  starry. 

ftete,  adv.  always. 

Stctier,  n.  -8.  hehn. 

fti-ueni,  v.  steer. 

Sticfcrei,  /.,  pi.  -en.  em- 
broidery. 

fiicbeti,    v.     irr.    (\)    fly 
about 

Stiefel,  m.  -8,  pi.  ©tiefel 
or  -n.  boot 

ftill(c),  a.  still ;  quiet. 

StiHe,/.  stillness;  calm. 

ftitlen, V  calm;  appease. 

Stillfdm'ciftdi,  n.  -8.  si- 
lence 

ftillfiBen,*  v.  sit  stilL 

Stimmc,/,  pi.  -n.  voice. 

ftinfen,  v.  irr.  stink. 

Stint,  /,  pi.   -en,    (-n.) 
forehead. 

Stort,    w.     -(e)8,     -ocfe. 
stick;  cane;  story. 

Stod*dKn,    n.    -8.    little 
stick. 

®toff,m.  -(e)8,  -e.  matter; 
stuff. 

ftplj,  a.  proud ;  pride. 

stork. 

ftoren,  v.  disturb. 

Storcnfrieb,m.  -8,  -e.  dis- 
turber. 

S  tc$,  in.  -c8,  -6pc.  thrust ; 
shock. 

ftcfjm,  v.    irr.  (f)  push; 
thrust ;  butt. 

Strafe,/.,  pi.  -n.  punish- 
ment. 

firafen,  v .  punish. 

ftraff,  a.  tense. 

Strahl,     m.     -(e)8,     -en 
beam. 

Stranb,     m.     -(e)8,     -e. 
beach. 

Strafje,/.,  pi.  -n.  street. 

Strattd),m.-(e)8,  -r 
bush. 


Strauft,  n>:  -(e)8,  -t. 

trich. 
Straufi,    m.    pi. 

bunch  ;  nosegay, 
ftrebeu,  v.   strive;   seek; 

«.  -8.  tendency. 
ftreefeit,  v.  stretch. 
Strcid),  m.  -(e)8,  -t. 

stroke ;  lash. 
t'tmdtdn,  v.  stroke. 
ft ri-idu-n,    v.     irr.    rub ; 

stroke ;  spread. 
Streif,  m.  -(e)8,  -e  ;  or 

Streifcn,  m.  -8.  streak. 
Sti-cit,  m.  -(e)8,  -e.  quar- 
rel ;  contention, 
ftn-itcn,  v.   irr.  contend  ; 

quarrel. 

firm i;,  a.  strict ;  severe. 
Strenge,/.  severity. 
Strict,  m.  -(e)8,  -«.  cord  ; 

ropo. 

ftricfen,  v.  knit 
Strictna^l,   /,    pi.    -n. 

kuilting-needle. 
Strob,   n.  -e§.  straw. 
Strohhut,  m.  straw-hat 
Strom,     in.     -e8,     -erne. 

stream. 

flromcn,  v.  flow. 
Stitcf ,  n.  -(e}8,  -e.  piece ; 

part. 

Sttibent,  m.  -en,  -en.  stu- 
dent. 

Stt^ten,  pi.  studies. 
fh»^i(e)rcn,  v.    (127,  Ex. 

2)  study. 
Stubl,    m.     -(e)8,    -fible. 

chair. 

ftuntm,  a.  mute. 
fluntpf,  a.  blunt. 
Stunbc,  /.,  pi.  -n.  hour  ; 

lesson. 

fiunMid),  a.  every  hour. 
Sturm,  m.   -(e)8,   -urme. 

storm. 

flurmcn,  v.  storm  ;  rage, 
ftiirmifd),  a.  stormy. 
Sturmtoinb,     m.     heavy 

gale. 
fiiir^cn,     v    (\)     tumble; 

rush. 

fud)cn,  v.  seek. 
Siit,  in.  -eS.  sowth. 
fiiMid),  "   southern. 
Siibofttoinb,    ni.     south- 
cast  wind. 

SiiPitmib,  m.  south  wind 
3unime,/.,j9Z.-n.  amount 
niiiiiucn,  c.  hum ;  buzz. 


GERMAN-ENGLISH  VOCABULARY. 


549 


,/.,  pi.  -n.  sin. 

uiiiNid),  a.  .sinful. 

Cuppe,/.,  pZ.  -n.  soup. 

fi'ifj,  ".  sweet. 

3iitfii)fcit,  /.,  />£.  -en. 
bwoutness  ;  pi. ,  sweet 
things,  e.g.,  candy. 

®t)lbe,/.,  pi.  -n.  syllable. 

SabaF,  m.  -8,  -c.  tobacco. 

t'.itvlu,  v.  blame. 

SaMcr,  m.  -8.  fault-finder. 

Safe!,/,  pi.  -n.  table. 

lag,  r'n.  -e3,  -e.  day  ;  am 
antern  -e,  the  next  day ; 
6ei  -e,  by  daylight ;  e8 
nrirb  -,  the  day  breaks. 

tagen,  v.  dawn. 

td'glid),  adv.  daily. 

t.anne,f.,pl.  -n.  fir-tree. 

Samicbaum,  m.  fir-tree. 

Xante,/.,  pi.  -n.  aunt. 

San),  m.  -e8,  Idnje.  dance. 

tnn^cn,  v.  dance. 

San;ntcifter,  m.  dancing- 
master. 

tapfcr,  a.  brave. 

Sapferfcit,  /.  bravery ; 
valor. 

Safd)c,/,  pi.  -n.  pocket. 

Safd)cntud),  n.  (pocket) 
handkerchief. 

Xnffe,  /. ,  pi.  -n.  cup. 

Sa$e, /.,  p?.  -n.  paw. 

San,  n.  -e8,  -e.  rope. 

taub,  a.  deaf. 

Saubc,  /.,  j»Z.  -n.  pigeon. 

tatifcn,  v.  baptize. 

taugen,  v.  be  of  use ;  do. 

taufrt)cn,  v.  deceive  ;  dis  - 
appoint. 

taufetrt,  num.  (120,  5) 
-(e)8,  -e.  thousand. 

Seller,  m.  -8.  plate. 

Sepptd),  m.  -(e)8,  -e.  car- 
pet. 

Sf)a(,  n.  -e8,  -otcr.  valley. 

Sbaler,  m.  -8.  thaler. 

Sljat,  /. ,  pi.  -en.  deed ; 
action  ;  act. 

tbcitig,  ".  active. 

Sfoiitigfcit,/.  activity. 

Ibiiit,  w.  -e8,  -e.  dew. 

ihiiucn,  v.  eS  ttunt,  it 
thaws  ;  dew  is  falling. 

Xhciiter,  n.  -8.  theatre. 

31)cc,  «'••  -(«)8,  -e.  tea. 

Ibcetaffc,  j.  tea-cup. 

S^eiJ,  m.  and  n.  -(e)8,  -e. 
part ;  party. 


tlu-ilt'ii,  i>.  divide  ;  share. 

tlK-iliiciinicnt',  .;.    sympa- 
thizing. 

Jhciliii'linuiiig,  /.  sympa- 
thy. 

tlu-ncr,  a.  dear. 

Shier,  n.  -(e)8,  -e.  animal. 

Ilior,  w.  -en,  -en.  fool. 

-Jhur,  ?i.  -(e)8,  -e.  gate. 

2hprl)cit,/.,/>^.  -n.  folly. 

thovidjt,  a.  foolish. 

70}tant,f.,  pi.  -n.  tear. 

X^ron,     m.     -(e)8,     -e. 
throne. 

Sl>roitbcf)ciguitg,  /.    ac- 
cession to  the  throne. 

tlntn,  v.  irr.  do. 

Sl)ur(e), /.,/»/.  -n.  door. 

lininn,  m.  -(e)8,   -urme. 
tower. 

tief,  a.  deep. 

Siefe,  /.,  pi.  -n.  depth; 
abyss. 

ticfgcbiicft,  a.  bowing  low. 

Siger,  m.  -8.  tiger. 

Xinte,  f., pi.  -n.  ink. 

linti-iifaR,  //.  inkstand. 

Xifd),  »/i.  -e8,  -e.  table. 

SitcJ,  wi.  -8,  title. 

£od)ter,  /.,   j»?.   Stouter, 
daughter. 

Xpdjtcrlcin,   n.  -8.    little 
daughter. 

<5:o^,  m.  -e8,  -f.  death. 

Xp^c^fa^,  in.  death. 

totcsnmtljig,    a.    death- 
defying. 

tobt,  a.  dead. 

ti.il1  ten,  v.  kill. 

Sottciigrabcr,       m.       -8. 
grave-digger. 

tobtlid),  a.  deadly. 

tof(,  a.  mad ;  insane. 

Son,     m.     -(e)8,     Stone, 
sound. 

Sornifler,   m.   -8.  knap- 
sack. 

Srad)t,  /,  pZ.    -en.  cos- 
tume. 

tra'gc,  a.  lazy  ;  idle. 

tragcn,  v.  irr.  bear ;  car- 
ry ;  take ;  wear. 

Ird'ghcit,/.  laziness. 

Sranf,  m.   -fe)8, 
drink. 

tnniffii,   v.   give    drink; 
water. 

Sraube,  /,  pi.  -n.  bunch 
of  grapes. 

trmicn,  v .  trust. 


Srauer,/.  mourning.       *• 

trauern,  v.  mourn. 

Xrauni,  in.  -(e)8,  S£idume. 
dream. 

mumicii,  v .  dream. 

traurig,  a.  sad. 

Sraurigtctt,/.  sadness. 

traut,  a.  beloved. 

treffcn,  v.  in:  strike ;  hit ; 
touch. 

Sreffen,  n.  -8.  battle. 

trefflid),  a.  excellent ; 
capital 

trcibcn,  v.  irr.  drive; 
carry. 

mmicn,  w.,  also  reft,  sep- 
arate. 

Srennung, ,/'.  separation. 

Srcppc,  /.,  pi.  -n.  stair- 
case. 

trcten,  v.  irr.  tread. 

treu,  a.  faithful ;  true. 

Sixuc,/.  fidelity. 

treulod,  a.  faithless. 

trculid),  adv.  truly. 

Srieb,  m.  -CO3/  -«•  im- 
pulse. 

triefen,  v.  drip. 

trinfen,  v.  irr.  drink. 

Srinfen,  «.  -8.  drinking. 

Shumpt),  m.  -e3,  -e.  tri- 
umph. 

Sriump!))itg,  m.  trium- 
phal march. 

Srompcte,  /,  pi.  -n. 
trumpet. 

Sropf,  m.  -e8,  Slropft. 
simpleton. 

Sropfen,  m.  -8.  drop. 

Srofl,  m.  -e8.  consola- 
tion. 

Sro^,  m.  -e8.  defiance. 

tro?,  prep.  (284, 3)  in 
spite  of. 

troijen,  v.  defy. 

Sro^fopf,  m.  sulky  or 
obstinate  person. 

triibe,  a.  dull ;  gloomy. 

Sriibfrtl,  n.  and/.,  pi.  -e, 
and  -en.  sorrow  ;  mis- 
ery. 

Srtimmer,  pi.  ruins. 

trunfcn,  a.  drunk. 

Xruppen,  pi.  troops. 

Sud),  n.  -(e)8,  Zu^et. 
cloth. 

Xugci^,/.  -en.  virtue. 

tiigcnMuift,  a.  virtuous. 

Tiirtc,  m.  -n,  -n.  Turk, 

Surfei,/.  Turkey. 


550 


GERMAN-ENGLISH  VOCABULARY. 


tin,  m.   -en,  -en.  ty- 
rant. 
Sprier,  m.  -6.  Tyrian. 

Ucbel,  n.  -8.  evil. 

iibcl,  a.  evil ;  ill ;  sick  ; 
sickly ;  adv.  badly. 

Ikbcltluucr,  m.  -g.  evil- 
doer. 

iiber,  prep.  (2-S6,  404) 
over ;  above  ;  on  ;  at ; 
about.  Prefix,  V34. 

u'bcraH,  <id».  everywhere. 

iibcrbictcn,  v.  irr.  out- 
bid. 

iiberbringcn,  v.  irr.  bear ; 
deliver. 

iibcrfricfc,  adv.  besides. 

iibcrtriiffig,  a.  tired;  dis- 
gusted. 

ubereilt,  a.  rash. 

iibercinfommen,*  v.  irr. 
agree. 

iibereinftimmcn,*  v.  agree. 

Ucberciuftimmung,/.  har- 
mony. 

iiberfaUcn,  v.  irr.  fall 
upon  ;  surprise. 

Ucberfluf?,  m.  -ffe8.  abun- 
dance. 

iibcrfubrcn,  v.  convict. 

Ucbergung,  m.  -(e)S,  -gan= 
ge.  transition. 

fibergcben,*  v.  irr.  go 
over. 

iibcrlrtffcn,  v.  irr.  leave. 

uberlegen,  a.  superior. 

iibcrmanncn,  v.  overpow- 
er. 

ubermorgen,  adv.  day  af- 
ter to-morrow. 

iibcrtieliiiicn,  v.  irr.  un- 
dertake. 

Uebcrrocf,  m.  -(e)8,  -rode, 
greatcoat. 

iibcr'0  =  u6er  baS. 

iiberfcbreiben,  v.  irr.  in-  ' 
scribe. 

iibcnMnittcn,  ''.  load. 

ul'er|M)it>einmen,  v.  over- 
flow. 

uberfe^en,*  v.  cross. 

iibcrfcecii,  v.  translate. 

Ueberfeenng,  /.,  pi.  -en. 
translation. 

ubcrtragen,  v.  transfer. 

^bcrtrcffcn,  >:.  irr.  sur- 
pass ;  excel. 

dbertrriben,  v.  irr.  exag- 
gerate. 


ubertmnben,  v.  irr.  over- 
come. 

iiber;euijen,  v.  convince. 

iibrt'g,  u.  spare  ;  remain- 
ing ;  other. 

Ucbuitg,  /,  pi.  -en.  exer- 
cise. 

Ufer,  n.  -§.  shore ;  coast ; 
bank 

llbr,  /.,  pi.  -en.  clock  ; 
watch ;  rctcmel  tfl  bic 
U^t  ?  what  time  is  it  V 
jmet  -,  two  o'clock. 

um,  prefix  (334) ;  prep. 
(283,  1;  399,  404) 
around,  about,  by;  um 
ju,  (353,  b;  366,  IV.) 
in  order  to ;  to. 

um  unt>  urn,  adv.  over 
and  over. 

umamten,  v.  embrace. 

umbrtngen,*  v.  irr.  kill. 

iininillcn,  v.  irr.  fall 
down. 

umfhmcrtf,  v.  flutter 
around. 

Untgattg,  m.  -(e)8.  inter- 
course. 

umgcinglid^,  a.  sociable. 

umgeben,  v.  irr.  sur- 
round. 

umgurten,*  v.  a.  gird 
round. 

umbangcn,*  v.  put  on. 

umlKuieit,*  v.  irr.  cut 
down. 

umber,  adv.  around. 

umbulien,  v.  envelop. 

umfcbren,*  v.  turn  back. 

umfommen,*  v.  irr.  (f) 
perish ;  be  lost. 

umringcn,  v.  Burround. 

ttinfiiiltiigcti,  v.  irr.  em- 
brace. 

umfonft,  adv.  in  vain. 

Untftant'aivim,  //.  adverb. 

llmftebenbcn,  pi.  by- 
standers. 

umftcden,  v.  surround. 

llnttt>cn^en,*  v.  turn 
round. 

umroerfen,*  v.  irr.  over- 
turn. 

umroolfen)  v.  cloud. 

umfucten,  v.  flash  around. 

unabbcingig,  a.  indepen- 
doiit. 

uitacbtfam,  a.  careless. 

Uitiidnfainf  cit,/.  heedless- 
ness. 


unartig,  a.   naughty. 
tin  iiut'b  6  rli^,  n.  incessant. 
unaufmcrffam,    a.    inat- 

tentive. 
Uiuuifiiu-ftfiimfeit,  /.  in- 

attention. 


a.     ncon- 

siderate. 
unbcbingt,    a.    uncondi- 

tional. 
iinbcfncNiit,  a.    unsatis- 

fied. 
usibegreiflicb,    a.    incom- 

prehensible. 

unbcf  aunt,  a.  unknown. 
unbemerft,  a.  unnoticed. 
iiubffc  Jinm  t,  a.  indefinite  ; 

undecided. 
unbciocglid),    a.    immov- 

able. 

unb,  ronj.  and. 
unerfdttiid),  a.  insatiable. 
Unfall,  m.  -(e)«,  -fotte.  ac- 

cident. 
un$taA)tct,prep.  in  spite 

of. 
ungead)tet,       conj.       al- 

though. 

Ungetulb,/".  impatience. 
unget>ult>i'g,  a.  impatient. 
ungefabr,  about;  nearly; 

Bon  -,  adv.  by  chance. 
mi  -cbcticr,  a.  prodigious. 
ungercd)t,  a.  unjust. 
Ungercd)tigfdt>  /.    injus- 

tice. 
ungefdn'dft,  a.  unskilful  ; 

awkward. 

ungcfeben,  a.  unseen. 
ungefhim,     a.      stormy  ; 

tierce. 

ungefunb,  a.  unhealthy. 
ungcroobnlid),  ".  unusual. 
llngliid?,  n.  -(e)S.  misfor^ 

tune. 
unoji'icf  (uh,  a.  unhappy  ; 

unfortunate. 
Ungltid'efan,  m.  accident; 

misfortune. 
Uniiu'rfitii't,   /,   pi.   -en. 

university. 
llnf  often,  pi.  costs  ;   ex- 

penses. 

unhiftig,  a.  disinclined. 
ii  iiiHiuii(irf),  a.  unmanly. 
uiitnoiftig,  n.  excessive. 
Unntci^igfett,   /.    excess; 

immoderateness. 
itniitcinMtlid),  a.  inhuman. 
unmbglid),  a.  impossible. 


GERMAN-ENGLISH  VOCABULARY. 


551 


miimi tbii|,  a.  ill-humored. 

uitnatiirlid),  a.  unnatural. 

unnotbig,  a.  unneces- 
sary. 

mimic-,  a.  useless. 

u  it  urgent  lid),  a.  disorder- 
ly. 

llnort'miitii,  /.,  pi-  -en- 
disorder. 

unrcd)t,  a.  wrong. 

Uitrcd)t,  n.  -(e)8.  wrong  ; 
injustice ;  -  tyabcn,  be 
wrong. 

iiurc.Klinujjui,  a.  irregu- 
lar. 

imrcif,  «.  unripe. 

llnrubc,/.  uneasiness. 

Hiiruin,),  a.  uneasy. 

und,  pron.  (144,  1)  us; 
to  us ;  ourselves  ;  to 
ourselves. 

llnfd)u(t>,  /.  innocsnce. 

uufdmlN'g,  a.  innocent. 

itnfer,  pron.  (18;  144,3; 
336,  3)  our,  ours,  of 
us ;  ber,  tie,  bag  unfere, 
unf(e)rtge,  ours. 

unftd)cr,  a.  unsafe ;  un- 
certain. 

unftcrblid),  a.  immortal. 

unten,  adv.  below ;  down- 
stairs. 

unter, prefix  (234) ;  prep. 
(285,  4;  405)  under; 
among ;  a.  under ;  low- 
er. 

mucrbrcd)cn,  v.  irr.  inter- 
rupt. 

untcrbringcn,*  v.  irr. 
lodge. 

tmtcrgcbcn,*  v .  irr.  (f)  go 
down ;  sink. 

iintcrbaltcn,  v.  irr.  enter- 
tain ;  ftdj  -  mit,  amuse 
oneself,  converse  with. 

Unterbaltung,  /.,  pi.  -c.t. 
keeping  up. 

wntert)attteln,  v.  negoti- 
ate. 

untcrtrtifd),  a.  subter- 
ranean. 

untcrjodKti,  v.  subjugate. 

unterlicgcu,  v.  irr.  (i)  suc- 
cumb. 

untcrncbntcn,  v.  irr.  un- 

dcrtah  . 

Untcrncbmcn,  n.  -6.  cr 
Untirnu- initial  ii,  /.,  pi. 
-en.  undertaking;  en- 
terprise. 


Unterrebitng,  /.,  pi.  -en. 

conference. 
Unrcrrid)t,   in.    -(e)8.  in- 

struction. 
untcrrid)ten,    /•.    inform  ; 

tcfich  ;   instruct. 
untcrfd)crten,  v.  irr.  dis- 

tinguish. 
unterfdjrdben,  v.  irr.  sub- 

scribe ;  sign. 
untcrfinfen,*  v.  (f)  sink 
untcrft,  «.  lowest. 
uirtcrfldjen,*  v.  irr.  stand 

under. 
imtcntelu-ii,    ficfy,    v.    reft. 

irr.  dare  ;  venture. 
unterfircid)cn,  v  .  irr.  un- 

derline. 

iiiitcrftiiucit,  v.  support. 
Hiitcrftiieimg,/.  support. 
uittcrfudictt,  v.  examine. 
imtertban,  a.  subject. 
Uittcrtlmit,  m.  -S,  and-tn, 

-en.  subject. 

tintcrthanifl,  a.  humble. 
untertrcten,*  v.   irr.    (f) 

take  shelter. 
untcriocgd,   adv.   on    the 

way. 
unterroerfen,  v.  irr.  sub- 

mit ;  ftdj  -,  yield. 
Umerroerfung,  /.  subjec- 

tion. 

untbdtig,  a.  idle. 
itiu'ibcrftciiifid),  a.  insur- 

mountable. 
ttntibertrcfflict),  a.  unsur- 

passable. 

unocrbicnt,«.  undeserved. 
ttitocrroanbt;    a.    mit   -en 

?lugcn,  steadfastly. 
unt>cr)agt,  <<.  undaunted. 
Unvcnagt()cit,   f.    intre- 

pidity. 
uttviollFf  ittiiicit,  a.  imper- 

fect. 


-en.  imperfection. 
unoorfid)tig,     a.     incau- 

tious; careless. 
Uiunn-ftd)ttgfcit,   /.,     pi. 

-en.  imprudence. 
miwafir,  a.  untrue. 
Umimhrlicit,  /.,  pi.  -en. 

falsehood. 

unrocit,  ado.  not  far. 
UnroiHc(n),   in.  -n3,    (-%.) 

indignation. 
unroobl,  a.  unwell  ;  indis- 

posed. 


im;ahlbiir,    u 
innumerable. 

un^tifriet'en,  a.  discon- 
tented. 

iippi;!,  a.  luxuriant. 

urfpriinglid),  a.  original ; 
primitive. 

Urtiml,  «.  -(e)«,  -e.  judg- 
ment ;  sentence. 

urtl)cilcn,  v.  judge. 

SJatcr,  m.  -«,  SBater. 
father. 

ivitcrlaitt1,  n.  native 
country. 

'iV'ild)cii,  n.  -§.  violet. 

oerabreben,  v.  (also  refl.) 
agree  upon. 

t>crabfd)cuen,  i>.  abhor. 

»crad)ten,  v.  despise. 

t>era'd)t(id),  a.  contemp- 
tible. 

oernltcn,  v.  (f)  grow  old. 

uerdnbcrn,  v.  (also  refl.) 
change ;  alter. 

Serant»erung,  /.,  pi.  -en. 
change. 

orraiilaffcn,  v.  cause. 

neraiiftnftcn,  v.  prepare. 

vcrbanncn,  v.  banish. 

ocrbannt,  a.  exiled. 

35crbanntc,  m.  and  f. 
(108,  c)  exile. 

ocrbergcn, v.  irr  conceal; 
hide. 

oerbeffcrtt,  v.  improve ; 
correct. 

SStrbcffcrung,  /.,  pi.  -en. 
improvement. 

oerbicten,  v.  irr.  forbid. 

ocrbmfccn,  v.  irr.  bird  or 
tie  (up);  unite  ;  oblige. 

t>crb(cid)CH,  v.  irr.  (f)  turn 
pale. 

ocrbraud)ctt,  v.  consume ; 
use. 

35crbrcd)cn,  n.  -8.  crime. 

93erbunt>ctc,  in.  and  f. 
(108,  <•)  uily. 

t>crtad)ttfl,  a.  suspicious. 

ucrterbcii,  v.  irr.  (})  epoil. 

$crfarbcn,  n.  -S.  destruc- 
tion. 

»crbtd)tcn,  v.  condense. 

uct^iciictt,  v.  earn ;  de- 
serve. 

95erl>icnfl,  in.  -(c)8.  earn- 
ings ;  gain ;  n.  -(f)St 
-e.  merit. 

ucrboppdn,  v .  double. 


552 


GERMAN-ENGLISH  VOCABULARY. 


txrbriefjen,  v.  irr.  vex ; 
grieve. 

oerctjrnt,  v.  admire ; 
honor ;  revere. 

SJmljrer,  m.  -8.  worship- 
per. 

Ofrfinctt,  vcrdnigen,  v. 
(also  reft. )  unite ;  com- 
bine. 

93f  reinigtfii  2iantcn,  (Me) 
pi.  LI  nited  States. 

95f  rfaffer,  m.  -8.  author. 

oerlfl)lcn,  <•.  lose  ;  miss. 

of  rlolgcn,  v.  pursue ;  per- 
secute. 

of  rfiitmn,  v.  mislead ; 
tempt. 

vergangen,  a.  past ;  last. 

3krftangciil)ctt,  /•  past. 

oerflf  bcit,  v.  irr.  forgive ; 
pardon. 

ornif  bf  us,  adv.  in  vain. 

Bergebung,/.  pardon. 

vcrgcbcit,  v.  irr.  (f)  go 
away ;  pass  away ;  die; 
fid)  -,  commit  a  fault. 

Dfrgdtfn,  v.  irr.  reward. 

on  flcucit,  v.  irr.  forget. 

ttcrgtcftcn,  v.  irr.  shed. 

oergiftfn,  v.  poison. 

Ofrgldd)en,  v.  irr.  com- 
pare. 

ttrgnugen,  v.  please. 

Skrgniigen,  n.  -8.  plea- 
sure. 

ocrgnugt,  a.  pleased. 

otrgroftern,  v.  increase. 

oerbnlten,  v.  irr.  fid)  -,  to 
be;  conduct  one's  self. 

93trbfllniifj,  n.  -fic8,  -ffe. 
circumstance. 

ocrbnfit,  a.  hateful. 

or  rbdmthf  n,  v.  marry  ; 
fid>  -i  get  married. 

of  rbdfjf  n,  v.  irr.  promise. 

t*rt)6bnen,  v.  deride ; 
scorn. 

of  rbmtiicrn,  v.  (f)  starve. 

txrirren,  v.  loseone's  way. 

Skrirrung, /.,/>£.  -en.  er- 
ror. 

Dtrjiingen,  v.  restore  to 
youth. 

SSerfaiif,  m.  -(e)8,  -faufe. 
sale. 

Of  rfoufen,  v.  sell. 

SSerfebr,  m.  -(e)8.  inter- 
course. 

perfcnnen,  v.  irr.  mis- 
take. 


,  ,-.  acuse. 

ocrfloren,  v.  brighten. 

ocrflart,  a.  glonfied. 

wrflingen,  v.  irr.  die 
away. 

ocrf lulu'ii,  v.  boil  away. 

ixrfiinb(ig)en,  v.  foretell. 

txrlangett,  v.  desire  ;  ask. 

&crlangcn,  n.  -8.  longing; 
desire. 

txrloingcrn,  v.  prolong. 

vcrlarocii,  v.  mask. 

oerlaffen,  v.  irr.  leave ; 
forsake ;  ftc§  -  ouf,  rely 
upon. 

iVdciicnlKtt,  /.,  pi  -en. 
embarrassment. 

9ScrUger,w.-8.  publisher. 

iHTlcihcn,  v.  irr.  lend; 
confer  upon. 

pcrlcucij,  v.  hui't 

oerleumten,  v.  calumni- 
ate. 

oerfimn,  v.  irr.  lose. 

tu'i-lolincii  =  lofmcn. 

aSerluft,  m.  -(e)8,  -e.  loss. 

ocrmchrctt,  v.  (also  reft.) 
increase. 

ticrmcibcn,  v.  irr.  avoid. 

tHTiiiicthcii,  v.  let. 

lu-nmfdKit,  v.  mix ;  min- 
gle. 

»frmiffen,w.  miss;  regret. 

oermogen,  v.  irr.  be  able. 

&ermdgen,  n.  -8.  faculty ; 
fortune. 

oermutnmen,  v.  disguise. 

iH-rmmhlidi,  a.  probable. 

ocrtt  ndylii  f  figcn ,  v.  neglect. 

piTiiclinicn,  v.  irr.  hear. 

ocrniducti,  v.  annihilate ; 
spoil. 

aSernunft,  /.  reason ; 
sense. 

of  rpflidyfctt,  v.  fi<^,  engage; 
bind  one's  self. 

t»f rrnthen,  v.  betray. 

ajtrrdtfter,  m.  -8.  traitor. 

wrrrfifeti,  v.  (\)  go  on  a 
journey. 

oerfagcn,  v.  refuse. 

or  rf  a  mine  In,  v.  [id?,  assem- 
ble. 

SJerfatmnhing,/.,  pi.  -en. 
assembly. 

of rfdinffen,  v.  procure. 

oerfdmrren,  v.  bury. 

oerfdMebtn,  t;.  irr.  putofF. 

»f tfdiif bf it,  a.  different ; 
various. 


oc n'd)lif$cn,  v.  irr.  shut; 
close. 

of rfdtlingfn,  v.  irr  swal- 
low (up)  ;  devour. 

oerfdjontn,  v.  spare. 

ofrfd)iocigcn,  v.  irr.  keep 
secret ;  conceal. 

of  rfdjwif  iibi-ii,  v.  lavish  ; 
squander. 

t>crfd)n>inben,  v.  irr-  (f) 
disappear ;  pass  away. 

95erfd)n>immg, /,/?£.  -en. 
conspiracy. 

txrfeljen,  [t(^,  v.  reft.  irr. 
make  a  mistake ;  ex- 
pect. 

2Jfrffl)fn,  n.-S.  oversight. 

ocrffiigcn,  v.  parch. 

of  rfffecn,  v.  put ;  place  ; 
answer. 

93erfe$ung,/,.pZ.  -en.  re- 
moval. 

oerfjdiertt,  v.  assure ;  ftd?, 
seize ;  ascertain. 

9Serftd)«rung,  /.,  pi.  -en. 
assurance. 

ocrfifgeln,  v.  seal  (up). 

ocrfinfcit,  v.  irr.  (\)  sink 
(down). 

oerforgen,  v.  provide  for. 

or rfpatcn,  v.  delay  ;  fid)  -, 
be  too  late. 

otrfpiflfti,    v.     lose    (at 

play)- 

t>erfpred)en,  v.  irr.  pro- 
mise. 

Skrfprecfeett,  n.  -8.  pro- 
mise. • 

»crfpiiren,  v.  feel;  per- 
ceive. 

SBerftanb,  m.  -(e)8.  un- 
derstanding; intellect; 
judgment ;  sense. 

oerftatibifl,  a.  intelligent ; 
discreet. 

ofrftanMid),  a.  intelligi- 
ble. 

oerftefjen,  v.  irr.  under- 
stand. 

wrftogen,  v.  irr.  reject; 
cast  ofF. 

»erflr<id>en,  v.  (f)  expire. 

Skrfud),  m.  -(e)8,  -e.  ex- 
periment. 

of rfiidjfn,  v.  try. 

Vfmid)nng,  /.,  pi  -en. 
temptation. 

ocrthf ibigcn,  v .  defend. 

oertiltifit,  v.  exterminate, 

ocrtrcuien,  v.  trust 


GERMAN-ENGLISH  VOCABULARY. 


553 


Bertrauen,  n.  -8.  confi- 
dence. 

ocrtrauf,  a.  confidential. 

ocrtrdben,  v.  irr.  expel. 

ocmrfadxti,  v.  cause ;  oc-  j 
casion. 

ocrurtbcilcn,  v.  condemn; 
sentence. 

ocrn>ad)fen,  v.  (f)  grow  to 
or  together. 

t>croad)£en,  a.  deformed,  j 

of  rmabreu,  v.  keep  (safe- 
ly). 

ocrroanbdn,  v.  (also  reft. ) 
change;  turn. 

oerroanbt,  a.  related. 

Bcrroanbte,  m.  f.  (108,  c) 
relation ;  relative. 

oeroerfen,  v.  irr.  throw 
away ;  reject. 

ocrtvcfcn,  v.  (f)  die  out ; 
decay. 

ocrnwnbcn,  v.  wound. 

oerounbern,  v.  a.  aston- 
ish ;  be  astonished. 

95ernwnfd)ung,/.,  pi.  -en. 
curse. 

ocr^agen,  v.  (f)  despond. 

oerjaubern,  v.  enchant. 

vertebral,  v.  consume. 

vcr^eiben,  v.  irr.  pardon ; 
forgive ;  excuse. 

Cer^eibung,/.  pardon. 

»cr$n>dfeln,  v.  despair. 

SBenroetflung,/.  despair. 

SSetter,  m.  -8.  cousin. 

Die!,  a.  (103,  Note  2;  341, 
7;  114,  6)  much;  pi. 
many;  adv.  much. 

mdmcbr,  adv.  on  the  con- 
trary. 

oidlddjt,  adv.  perhaps. 

»ier,  num.  four. 

oicrcrlci,  adv.  (121)  of 
four  different  sorts. 

oicrtc,  «  fourth. 

oiert(e)balb,  (125,  Note) 
three  and  a  half. 

SSicrtd,  n.  (124,  5)  -8. 
quarter ;  ein  -  auf  ?ed)S, 
quarter  past  five. 

oicrtcns,  adv.  fourthly. 

vicr)cbn,  num.  fourteen. 

oicr^ig,  num.  forty. 

%pcal,  m..  -(e)8,  -e.  vowel. 

9Sogd,  m.  -8,  936gel.  bird. 

SBoif,  n.  -(c)8,  Solfcr. 
people  ;  nation ;  crowd ; 
-  ba8  gemeine,  the  popu- 
lace 


oofl,  a.  full. 

vpllbringcn,  v.  irr.  ac- 
complish ;  perform. 

ootltg,  a.  entire ;  com- 
plete. 

vpHfptnmen,  a.  perfect. 

oom  =  con  bem. 

von,  prep.  (400,  11 ;  405) 
from ;  of ;  in  ;  by. 

oor,  prep.  (285,  4)  be- 
fore ;  of ;  ago. 

oo  ran,  adv.  before. 

»prangdjcn,*  go  before. 

t>pran$fagen,*  v.  predict ; 
foretell. 

DprauSfchcn,*i>.zrr.  fore- 
see. 

oprbct,  adv.  past ;  over. 

oprbeigcbcn,*fl.  irr.  pass 

by- 

oorbctreitcn,*  v.  ride  past. 

oorbcrcitcn,*  v.  prepare. 

»orber,  a.  fore;  front. 

vorbcrfic,  a.  foremost. 

oorcntljalten,*  v.  irr. 
withhold. 

aSorfoII,  m.  -(e)8,  -fattc. 
occurrence. 

2Jorgefc$te,  m.  (108,  c) 
superior. 

»orbab«n,*0.  irr.  intend. 

Corbabcn,  n.  -8.  design ; 
intention. 

ajorliaiig,  m.  -(e) 
curtain. 

opr^er,  adv.  beforehand. 

oprljcrfeben,*  foresee. 

oorbin,  adv.  before;  just 
now. 

95prh.pf,  m.  -(e)8,  -^ofc. 
porch. 

oprtg,  a.  preceding ;  for- 
mer. 

oprfpinmcn,*  v.  irr.  ap- 
pear ;  seem. 

oprlefen,*  v.  irr.  read 
(aloud). 

aSormittag,  m.  -(e)8,  -e. 
morning. 

uprmtttagg,  adv.  in  the 
morning. 

aSormunb,  m.  -(e)8,  -mun= 
bet.  guardian. 

ajprratb,  m.  -(e)8,  -ratfye. 
stock ;  store. 

oor'e  =  we  ba8. 

ajprfa^,  m.  -e8,  -fafee.  de- 
sign. 

SJprfdjetn,  m.  jum  -  loms 
men,  appear, 


&prfd)(ag,    m.    -9,  -ige. 

proposal. 

95p  rfehung,/.  providenoa 
95prfid)t,/.  precaution. 
oprft'dmq,  a.  cautious. 
»prfid)t»magregel,  /.,  pL 

-n.  precautionary  mea- 

sure. 

SBprflcftcr,  m.  -8.  director. 
oprftcHcn,*  v.  represent  ; 

fidj  -,  imagine. 
&prfte((ung,  /.  ,   pi.    -en. 

representation  ;         re- 

monstrance. 
2kmbdl,  m.  -(e)8,  -e.  ad- 

vantage. 

oprtrcfflid),  a.  excellent 
opriiber,  adv.  past  ;  over. 
oprtvartd,  adv.  forward; 

on. 
oprroerfcn,*   v.    irr.    re- 

proach. 
Rprroprt,     n.      preposi- 

tion. 
ajprnwrf,  m.  -(e)8,  -nwrfe. 

reproach. 

,*  exhibit. 


SBaare,  f.  ,  pi.   -n.  mer- 

chandise. 
toad),  a.  awake. 
2Bad)c,/.  ,  pi.  -n.  guard. 
ttnidn-n,  v  .  watch. 
28iidia,  n.  -e8.  wax. 
road)fatn,  a.  watchful. 
tpnd)fcn,  v.  irr.  (J)  grow. 
2Bad)tcr,   m.   -8.   watch- 

man. 

Wiirfcr,  a.  brave  ;  gallant. 
SBaffe,/.,  pi.  -n.  weapon. 
roagen,  v.  venture  ;  risk  ; 

dare. 

SBagcn,  m.  carriage. 
2Baf)I,./".,  pi.  -0.  choice. 
rcablcn,  v.  choose. 

,  m.  -(e)8.  error. 
a.  insane. 
-,  a.  true. 

,  prep.   (284,   3) 

during;  conj.  while. 
roafjrftaft,  adv.  in  truth. 
SBabrhdt,    /.,    pi.    -en. 

truth. 
laahrnditncn,  v.  irr.  per- 

ceive. 
t»abrfd)citilid),    a.    prob- 

able ;  likely. 

SBSaife,  /.,  pi.  -n.  orphan. 
SBalb,  m.  -e8, 

wood;  forest, 


554 


GEiiMAN-ENGLISH  VOCABULARY. 


28 nil,  m.  -e8,  38fifle.  ram- 
part. 

SBaHfiifd),  m.  -eg,  -c. 
whale. 

2Ba(Inuft,  /.,  pi.  -nufie. 
walnut. 

!*,/.,  pi.  3Banbe.  wall, 
t,  v.  go ;  walk. 

SBanbercr,  m.  -8.  wan- 
derer ;  traveller. 

nwitfcrn,  v.  wander. 

2SntiI>mmn,  /.,  pi.  -in. 
wandering. 

SBmigc,  /",  pi.  -n.  cheek. 

nmnn,  adv.  (274)  when. 

28 op pen,  n.  -5.  arms ; 
coat  of  arms. 

roartn,  a.  warm ;  hot. 

58drntc,/  warmth. 

roarncn,  v.  warn. 

tinmen,  v.  wait. 

nnmitii,  adv.  (150;  165, 
3  ;  155,  !)  why. 

roaS,  pron.  (155,  165) 
which  ;  that ;  what ; 
-  au*,  -  immer,  -  nur, 
whatever ;  something ; 
-furetn,  (73,2;  151,  2, 
3)  what ;  what  kind  of. 

ttmfdKn,  n.  irr.  wash. 

SEBaffer,  w.  -8.  water. 

rocbcn,  v.  irr.  soar ; 
weave. 

roccfcn,  v.  wake. 

roetdn,  v .  wag. 

roel'er,  conj.  neither ;  - . . . 
nodj,  neither  . . .  nor. 

28eg,  m.  -(e)8,  -e.  way ; 
road ;  means. 

roeg,  adv.  away ;  hence. 

tvegtn,  prep.  (284,  3)  on 
account  of. 

rocgflicgcn,*  v.  irr.  to  fly 
away. 

rocgnefjmen,*  v.  irr.  take 
away. 

roegroerfcn,*  v.  irr.  throw 
away. 

roeb,  ndv.  -  t$un,  to  ache. 

58cf),  n.  -cS.  pain ;  mis- 
ery. 

n«b(e),  tn<.  wo!  woe! 

roe b en,  v.  blow. 

SBcbnmtb,  /.  grief ;  sad- 
ness. 

SBeib,  n.  -(e)8,  -er.  wo- 
man ;  wife. 

roctblid),  a.  feminine. 

tocicbcn,  v.  irr.  (f)  yield  ; 
give  way. 


SBeicbbeit,./'.  softness. 
aStafrc,  /.,   pi.  -n.    wil- 
low. 
tvcigern,    v.    ft*,  refuse ; 

decline. 
SBcigerung,    /.    refusal ; 

denial. 

2Bcibc,  /,  pi.  -n.  conse- 
cration. 

tvcibcn,  ?'.  consecrate. 
38cibnad)t(n,    m.    /.    n. 

Christmas. 
tocil,      conj.      because ; 

since. 

aScile,/.  while. 
5Bcin,  m.  -(e)8,  -e.  wine. 
25citibcrfl,  m.  vineyard, 
I'.H-incii,  v.  weep, 
nrcife,  a.  wise. 
SBeife,    m.    (108,  <•)  wise 

man. 
2Bcife,yi,  ^)?.  -n.  manner; 

way  ;  tune. 
rocifen,  v.  irr.  show. 
2Bctet)ctt,/.  wisdom, 
ircip,  «.  white. 
SBeigicug,    n.    -(e)8,    -e. 

linen. 
tweit,  a.  wide ;  large ;  far ; 

far  off;  -  iinb  brett,  adv. 

far  and  wide ;  »on  -  em, 

from  far. 

SScUen,  m.  -8.  wheat. 
3Bci)cnforn,   n.  grain  of 

corn, 
ipi-lrf),     intcrrog.    pron. 

(151,  2 ;  153,  2)  -er,  -e, 

-c8, pl.-e. what;  which; 

relat.  (156)  who ;  that ; 

which ;     who(so)ever ; 

which  (so)ever ;    what- 

(so)ever. 
inelf ni,    v.    ( f )    wither ; 

fade. 

2BeHf,/.,  pZ.  -n.  wave. 
28clt,/.,  pi.  -en.  world. 
iSdtrocifc,  m.  (108,  <?) 

philosopher, 
iticin,  dat.  of  tter. 
roen,  ace.  of  met. 
tvcuN:n,  v.  reg.  and  irr. 

turn, 
wcnig,  a.    (103,  Note  2  ; 

341,  7)  little  ;  pi  few  ; 

am   -ficn,  least;    -fien£, 

at  least. 
wcnn,  conj.  (274  ;  .353,  2, 

a,  6,  c;    354,    Note  3; 

355,  b)  when  ;  if ;  -  oud>, 

though  ;  -  nid;t,  unless. 


»«r,  pron.  (150;  316,  *) 
who ;  -  audj,  -  nut,  -  Inu 
mer,  who(so)ever. 

ntcrben,  v.  irr.  -  um,  sue 
for ;  court. 

wcrbcn,  v.  irr.  (89,  135), 
be  ;  become  ;  get : 
grow. 

rocrfen,  v.  irr.  throw; 
fling. 

SBerf,  n.  -(e)8,  -«.  work. 

roertb,  a.  worth  ;  dear. 

2Bertb,  m.  -(e)8,  -e.  value. 

ircrtbooll,  «.  valuable. 

wcffcn,  locft,  gen.  of  wet, 

2Bcft,  m.  -(e)8,  or,  SEBeflen, 
m.  -8.  West ;  Occident. 

2Bctte,  _£,  7>/.  -n.  wager; 
um  bie  -,  in  emulation 
of  (each  other). 

SBctfcr,  n.  -8.  weather. 

roicbttg,  a.  weighty;  im- 
portant ;  SS>id)tige«,  im- 
portant matters. 

tvftcrlegcn,  v.  refute. 

roiberfpcnfiig,  a.  stub- 
born. 

SBil-crfpenfHgfeit,  /.  ob- 
stinacy. 


v.  irr.  con- 
tradict. 

SBiberftanb,     m.     resist- 
ance. 

wibrtg,  a.  contrary. 

roie,  adv.  how. 

roicber,  adv.  back ;  again. 

twcberbaHcn,*  v.  re-echo. 

uneEvrlu'Ini,  v.  repeat. 

roiebcrfommcn,*  v.  irr.  (f) 
come  back ;  return. 

wieiicit,  v.  rock. 

rotegtn,  v.  irr.  weigh. 

roiebcrn,  v.  neigh. 

asicii,  n.  Vienna. 

2Bicfe,/.,^>£.  -n.  meadow. 

milt,  a.  wild. 

2Bitt>,  n.  -(e)8.  game. 

,  n.  -8.  game. 
,  m.  and/.  (108,  c) 
savage. 

"IPillu-lin,  m.  -8.  William. 

a»ille(n),  m.  -n8.  will. 

niillciili.ii>,  adv.  spontane- 
ously. 

2l>illfpiiiwcti,  n.  -8.  wel- 
come. 

loillfoniiiicn,  ".  welcome. 

9Binb,  m.  -(e)8,  -e.  wind. 
,  v.  irr.  wind, 


GERMAN-ENGLISH  VOCABULARY. 


c,  /.,    pi.    -n. 
windmill. 

nwih-it,  v.  beckon. 

roiufdn,  v.  whine. 

SSJimcr,  m.  -S.  winter. 

2.8mtcrmardKit,  n.  win- 
ter's tale. 

2Binterjdt,/.  winter  sea- 
son. 

2Bin$cr,  m.  -S.  vine-dres- 
ser. 

SBipfcl,  m.  -8.  summit. 

nrir,  pron.  (144,  1)  we. 

roirf  lid),  a.  real ;  true. 

28irfmt.i,  f.,pl.  -en.  ef- 
fect. 

2Birtb,  m.  -(e)n,  -e.  land- 
lord. 

n>ifd)cn,  v.  irr.  wipe  ;  rub. 

iDiffen,  v.  irr.  know. 

2Biffen,  n.  -8.  knowledge. 

28iffenfd)aft,  /.,  pi.  -en. 
knowledge ;  science. 

SSittroe,/,  pi.  -n.  widow. 

SBitrocnftanb,  m.  -8. 
widowhood. 

2Bi«rocr,  m.  -8.  widower. 

SBi£,  m.  -e8,  -e.  wit; 
jest. 

mo,  adv.  (157,  5,  G)  where. 

roobd,  adv.  at,  by,  near 
which;  at,  etc.,  what? 

2Bod)C,./!,  pi.  -n.  week. 

rouburd),  adv.  whereby. 

toofiir,  adv.  wherefore ; 
for  what ;  for  which  ; 
for  whom ;  why. 

roolier,  adv.  whence. 

100 IHII,  ado.  whither. 

roolil,  adv.  well ;  prob- 
ably, I  suppose. 

tvoblfcil,  a.  cheap. 

9Scb(tbat,  /. ,  pi.  -en. 
benefit. 

a£Bol)ltl)rtter,  m.  -8.  bene- 
factor. 

SBobltbiUerin,./^,/^.  -nen. 
benefactress. 

SBublroofJcii,  n.  -S.  good 
will. 

t,  v.  live ;  dwell. 

3,  /.,    pi.     -en. 
dwelling. 

SBoIf,  m.  -(e)8,  SBolfe.  ! 
wolf. 

SSolftn,  f.,  pi.  -ncn.  she- 1 
wolf. 

28olfc,  f.,  pi.  -n.  cloud. 

SBeIfenfd)id)te,/.,  pi.  -n. 
bank  of  clouds. 


,  v.  irr.  (94,  325) 
be  willing  ;  wish. 

roomit,  adv.  with  or  by 
what  or  which. 

2Bpnne,/,  pi.  -n.  bliss. 

ttjprcm,  ado.  at  which ; 
where. 

roorcmf,  adv.  on  or  at  or 
to  which  or  \vhab. 

tooraud,  adv.  out  of, 
from  or  by  which  or 
what. 

roorben  =  gercorfaen  (140, 
5,  6). 

tworin,  ado.  in  which;  in 
what. 

2Bort,  n.  (51, 12)  -(e)8,  -e, 
and  SBftrter.  word. 

9£8ortn»cd)fcl,  m.  -8.  dis- 
pute. 

n>im'ibcr,  adv.  upon,  at  or 
over  which  or  what. 

rooruntcr,  adv.  under, 
among  or  in  which  or 
what. 

tvooon,  adv.  of  or  from 
which  or  what. 

roooor,  adv.  before  or  of 
which  or  what. 

totSti,  adv.  to,  for  or  of 
which  or  what ;  why. 

2Bud)§,  m.  -c8.  growth. 

SBunbc,/. , pi.  -n.  wound. 

SBunber,  n.  -8.  miracle. 

nmnN'rlidi,  a.  odd. 

luiuitcnt,  [id;,  v.  reft,  won- 
der ;  be  astonished. 

nnmt'cvfain,  a.  wonder- 
ful. 

tt>unbcrfd)6n,  a.  wonder- 
fully fine. 

aSunfd),  m.  -e3.  SBun^e, 
wish ;  desire. 

nmnfd)cn,  v.  wish. 

n)uiifd)cnd«t)crt(),  a.  desir- 
able. 

SBiirbc,  /,  pi.  -en.  dig- 
nity. 

tcurbcoofl,  a.  grave. 

ipiirMij,  a.  worthy ;  de- 
serving. 

rotirbigcit,  v.  to  honor. 

SBurtn,  m.  -(e)§,  SJBiirmer. 
worm. 

SBurff,  /.,  pi.  SBurfte. 
sausage. 

SBurjcI,/.,  )>l.  -n.  root. 

lour^cln,  v.  take  root. 

2Biir}lcin,  n,  -8.  little 
root. 


2Bufic,/.,7>£.  -n.  desert; 

wilderness. 
2Butl),    f.     rage  ;     mad- 

ness. 
tinitlji-ii,  v.  rage. 


,  a.  fainthearted. 
,  f.,pl.  -en.  number; 

figure. 
;ahleii,  v.  count  ;  reckon  ; 

depend. 
v-'Inii,  a.  tame. 
Aaljntcn,  r.  tame. 
Saljn,    m.    -(e)8 

tooth. 
jaiifen,  v.  fid),  dispute. 
^appehi,  v.  struggle  ;  kick 

about. 

3aubcr,  m.  -8,  charm. 
3mibcrfd)dn,    m.     magic 

lustre. 
.';{  .nut,    m,    -(e)8,   3^une- 

hedge. 

s«t)tt,  num.  ten. 
}d)ncr(ei,  a.  (121,  8)  of  ten 

kinds  ;  ten  sorts  of. 
jeftnfad),  a.  tenfold. 
}ci)iiiiuil,  adv.  ten  times. 
i  jebnte,   tenth  ;  -n8.   adv. 

tenthly. 
SeJjntel,  n.    -8.   (124,  5) 

tenth. 
3cid>cn,     n.      -S.     sign  ; 

token  ;  signal. 
3ctd)tten,  v.  draw. 
3eid)mmc),./:  drawing. 
;df)cn,  v.  show. 
3ei(c,/.,  pi.  -n.  line. 
3dt,/.,  pi.  -en.  time. 
jettlcmg,      cine      3ei'Iflnfl» 

some  time. 
Scitung,/.,  pi.  -en.  newe- 

paper. 

Sdtjoort,  n.  verb. 
jcrbrcd)Cit,  v.  break. 
terbrud'cn,  r.  crush. 
jcrfallcn,  v.  irr.  (f)  fall  to 

pieces. 

',crfomicit,  w.  in-,  cut  up. 
?;.  analyze. 
a,/.  -en.  dissec- 

tion ;  dissertation. 
jerreibcn,    v.    irr.     rub; 

pulverize. 
jcrrdften,    ?;.    i?T.    tear; 

rend. 

dcrfd)lciflen,  v.  irr.  break. 
jerfprmijcti,  o.  irr.  burst. 
fcrfticbcn,  v.  irr.  (f)  scat- 

terj  vanish, 


556 


GERMAN-ENGLISH  VOCABULARY. 


jcrftorbar,  a.  destructi- 
ble. 

jerftorcn,  v.  destroy. 

Serftorung,  /.,  pi.  -«n. 
destruction. 

jerflretien,  v.  disperse. 

Seugc,  TO.  -n,  -n.  witness. 

jcugtn,  v.  witness;  tes- 
tify. 

3«ugni(|,  n.  -ffe8,  -fie.  evi- 
dence. 

Scud,  TO.  Jupiter. 

3i«ge,/.,  pi.  -n.  goat. 

jictien,  v .  irr.  draw ;  pull ; 
move. 

Sicbcn,  n.  -8.  march ;  re- 
moval. 

3(cl,  n.  -(e)8,  -«.  aim; 
end ;  object. 

gtden,  c.  aim ;  take  aim. 

jieren,  v.  adorn. 

Simmer,  n.  apartment; 
room. 

jittcrn,  v.  tremble. 

gogtrn,  v.  hesitate. 

3oB,  TO.  -(e)8,  -t.  (52,  14) 
inch. 

Soil,  TO.  -(e)8,  36He.  duty. 

jornig,  a.  angry. 

ju,  adv.  and  prefix. 
towards ;  on ;  shut ; 
prep,  to;  at;  in;  by 
(with  irtfin.,  288,  2; 
405). 

jiirfcn,  v.  draw;  stir; 
flash. 

Surfer,  TO.  -5.  sugar. 

juteefcn,*  v.  cover. 

jut'tui,  adv.  besides. 

(ucrfl,  adv.  at  first. 

Sufad,  m.  accident. 

Suftiid)!,/.  refuge. 

iiif ricten,  a.  content ; 
satisfied. 

Sufrtctenbeit,/.  satisfac- 
tion. 

jufriebenfteHen,*  v .  satis- 
fy- 

jufitflcn,*  v,  add ;  do ;  in- 
flict. 


3ug,  TO.  -(e)8,  3ftge. 
march ;  impulse ;  train ; 
trait. 

$ugegcn,  adv.  present. 

juglcid),  adv.  at  the  same 
time. 

3ugooge(,  m.  bird  of  pas- 
sage. 

Sufunft,/.  future. 

i^ufiinftig,  a.  future, 

julaffen,*  v.  irr.  admit. 

jiilc^t,  adv.  at  last ;  final- 
ly- 

sum  =-  ju  tern. 

)umad)en,  v.  shut  up. 

ftiinbcn,  v.  kindle. 

Sunge,/,  pi.  -n.  tongue. 

jnr  =  ju  ber. 

iJurcN-,  f.,pl.  -n.  persua- 
sion. 

jiirncn,  v.  be  angry. 

juriicf,  aili'.  back. 

jiiriirfblcibcii,*  v.  irr.  (f) 
remain  (behind). 

juriictbringen,*  v.  irr. 
bring  back. 

juriicfgcbtn,*  v.  irr.  give 
back. 

jurucfgefKtt,*  v.  irr.  (f) 
po  back. 

jururffcbren,*  v.  (f)  re- 
turn. 

jurucfneljtiuti,*  v.  irr. 
take  back. 

juriiefrufen,*  v.  irr.  call 
back. 

jiiriirf rocidjcn,*  v.  irr.  (f) 
re'reat. 

juriirf^ichcn,*  v.  irr.  (also 
refl.)  withdraw;  re- 
tire. 

jufagcn,*  v.  promise ; 
please. 

jufantmen,  adv.  together. 

jufamntcnCommen,  v.  irr. 
(f)  come  together. 

jufammentreffen,*  v.  irr. 
(f)  meet;  encounter. 

3ufd)aucr,  m.  -9.  specta- 
tor. 


;ufd)lifj|cn,*  v.  irr.  loci 
(up). 

jufd)rdben,*  v.  irr.  attri- 
bute. 

jufeben,*  v.  irr.  look  on. 

Suftaitt,  m.  -(e)6.  -flanbt. 
condition. 

^itniqcn,  ft($  -,  v.  reji. 
irr.  take  place. 

juoor,  adv.  before. 

iiuHn-funnncn,*  v.  irr.  (f) 
prevent. 

guporfotnntenb,  a.  oblig- 
ing. 

jumper,  adv.  contrary. 

jroantig,  num.  twenty. 

iimar,  adv.  indeed. 

Swedf,  m.  -(e)8,  -e.  ob- 
ject; purpose. 

)K>Ci,  ;iinii.  tWO. 

jrocicrlci,  a.  (121,  8)  of 
two  kinds  or  sorts. 

jrocifad),  a.  twofold. 

Srocifel,  m.  -8.  doubt. 

jrodfclbaft,  a.  doubtful. 

Aitieifeln,  v.  doubt. 

3n>rig,  TO.  -(e)8,  -t. 
branch ;  bough. 

gmcintal,  ndv.  twice. 

jmciflunbig,  a.  of  two 
honrs. 

jnieite,  a.  second. 

;ivritcne,  adv.  secondly. 

3ro<rg,  TO.  -(e)8,  -«. 
dwarf. 

Smitbtlff.,  pi.  -n.  onion. 

itvingcn,  v.  irr.  force. 

jtoinfen,  v.  twinkle. 

3n>irn,  TO.  -(e)8,  -t. 
thread. 

Srotntfatcn,  m.  thread. 

3n>irtrjfrcrn,  TO.  thread- 
bobbin. 

^ n>tfd)cn,  prep,  between  ; 
among. 

3n>ift,  TO.  -(e)8,  -t.  quar- 
rel. 

j to 6 If,  num.  twelve. 

3»6lftel,  n.  -8.  (124,  5) 
twelfth. 


ENGLISH-GERMAK  VOCABULARY. 


A,  an,  art.  tin,  tint,  tin. 
able,  a.   -ly,   adv.  f«b,ig  ; 

to  be  able,  f5nnen. 
about,  adv.   Return,  urn; 

fyer ;    fafl  ;    prep,     urn, 

fiber,     n>egen,     ungefab,r, 

am — um6,er. 
above,     adv.      baritbor ; 

prep,    obertyalb,     fiber ; 

mcSr  at3. 

absence,  .s.  91  bioefentyeit,  /. 
absent,  a.  abrcefenb. 
absolve,  v.  fretfpredjen. 
abstain,  v.  fid)  entfyalten. 
abase,  v.  fdjmafyen. 
accept,  v.  aiuu'fymen. 
accident,  .s.  ^jufall,  m.  ; 

by-,  jufaUtg. 
according,  prep,  mid)  ; 

-  to  it,  -  as,  jo  nadjbem  ; 

-ly,  adv.  bemgemafc,  fclg= 

ltd),  banad). 
account,  8.  SRerfjuunj,  ./". 

on  -,  -  of,  roegen. 
accuse,    v.   antlagen,  be: 

fdjulbigen. 

accustomed,  a.  gerooljnt. 
acquaint,      v.      botanut 

madjen. 
acquaintance,  S.    S3e= 

lanntfd)af  t, /.  ;  SBefannte, 

m.  &f. 

acquainted,  a.  befannt. 
across,  prep,  fiber. 
act,  v.  tyanbeln. 
action,  s.  §anblung,  Xluit, 

/ 

actor,  s.  ©djaufpieler,  m. 
actress,  s.  ©djaufptelerin. 

add,  v.  ^injufugen. 
address,  v.  abretftren  ;  fi(^ 

roenben  an. 
address,  s.  Hbreffe,  Slnrc= 


administration,        s. 

©taatgoermaltung,  f. 
admirable,      a.     -bly, 

adv.     ben>unbern8n>ert&,  ; 

rounberfcfyon. 

admiral,  .s.  9tbmtra(,  m. 
admire,  v.  bercunbern. 
admit,   v.    julai'it'ii,    dn 

raumen. 

adopt,  v.  anneb,men. 
advance,    v.    Borrurfen  ; 

gortfcb,rttte  macb,en. 
advantage,  MUn'tlu'tl,  m. 
adversity,  .«.  Unglucf,  n. 
advice,  s.  SRatfj,  m. 
advise,  v.  ratfyen. 
advocate,  s.  2lb»ofat. 
affair,  s.  2ltigelegenb,ett,/'. 


a.fter,adv. 

nac^  ;  -noon,  9?ai^mittag, 
m  ;  -ward(s),  natter. 

again,  adv.  tmeber  ;  ncef) 
etnmal. 

against,  prep,  gegen. 

age,  .s.  SSIter,  3eiWer,  n.; 

8e«,/. 
agitate,  v.  Bewegen,  auf: 

regen. 

agitation,  s.  Slufrccjung. 
ago,  adv.  cor. 
agree,  v.  uberetnftimmen  ; 

belommen. 
agreeable,  a.  -bly,  adv. 

angene^m. 
aim,  v.  jielen. 
aim,  s.  .-;irl,  n. 
alike,  a.  gleid}. 
all,  a.    att,  -er,  -e,  -e8  ; 

ganj  ;     not    at    -,    gar 

nicb,t. 
allow,  v.  ertauben  ;  to  be 

allowed,  burfen. 
almighty,  a. 
alms,  s.  x'lhuoKii,  n. 


alone,  a.  ntfein. 
along,  adv.  lan%8;prep 

langei,  entlang. 
aloud,  in/I-,  laut. 
Alps,  N.  Sllpen. 
already,  adv.  fe^on. 
also,  adv.  an*. 
although,  '•"/'./'.  ob)rf)on, 


a  I  \\  a  ys,  adv.  titiinov. 
ambitions,  a.  eb,rgetjtg. 
amend,  /•.  lu'iu'ru. 
American,  s.  x'lincrif  ancr. 
amiable,  a.  liebenSwur: 

big. 
among,     prep,      unter, 


amount,  v.  firfi  bclaufen. 
amount,  5.  93etrag,  m. 
an,  see  a. 
ancestor,  s.  SSorfafc,  r,  9l^n, 

m. 

ancient,  a.  alt. 
and,  conj.  unb. 
angel,  s.  (Sngel,  m. 
angry,  a.  joruig,  bofe. 
animal,  s.  X^ier,  n. 
another,  a.  ein  anberer, 

nocb,  ein  ;  one  -,  etnans 

ber. 

answer,  v.  antmorten. 
answer,  s.  2Jntiuort,  f. 
antagonist,  N.  ®egner, 

m. 
antiquity,  s.  i'tltcvtbum, 

n.  ;  3Sorjeit,  /. 
any,  a.  (trgenb)  ein  or  tie 

raaS;  (eber;  -body,  (irt 

genb)  3emanb  ;  not-,  fetn; 

not  -  one,   SRtemanb  ;  - 

thing,     (trgenb)    etrcaS  ; 

not  -  thing,    nidjtS  ;    - 

where,  trgenbrco. 
ape,  s.  i'lffo,  m. 
apiece,  adv.  bad  Stuct. 


S58 


ENGLISH-GERMAN  VOCABULARY. 


apoplexy,  x.  ©djlag,  in. 
apothecary,  s.   •.'U'cilH'; 

let,  in. 

apparent,  a.  ftcMKir. 
appear,    v.    f*eiimi,   er= 

f$etnen. 
appearance,      .s.      Gr: 

jd)einung,/. 
appetite,  s.  Jlppctit,  '///.; 

epluft,/. 
applaud,  f.   bettatfcbcn  ; 

pretfen. 

applause,  s.  23etfatt,  m. 
apple,  s.  '.'li'fi'l,  m. 
apply,  i>.  anfragen,  fi$  be= 

fletjitgen. 
appoint,    v.    fceftimmen, 

crnennen. 
appointment,  s.  SJerafc; 

retung,  /. 
apprehend,    >,'.    i<erb\if: 

ten ;  bef  urdjten. 
approach,  v.  fid)  nabcrn. 
approbation,  s.  Seifatl, 

m. 
appropriate,  v.  fi<6,  an: 

eignen. 

approve,  v.  fciUtgcn. 
arise,  v.  auffleigen. 
arm,  s.  Jlrm,  m. 
arm,  v.  rufien. 
armed,  a.  betraffnet. 
arms,  s.  pi.  aSaffen, />£. 
army,  s.  .Sjecr,  M. 
around,  adv.  runb  um  ; 

um  .  .  .  liovuin. 
arouse,  v.  aufivcrfen. 
arrange,  v.  in  SDrbnung 

brinjcn,  einvidjtcn. 
arrangement,   s.   (Sin: 

ricb,  tung,  /. 
arrest,  v.  »erb,often. 
arrival,  s.  -.'luf unit,  /. 
arrive,  v.  anfomraen  ;  ge= 

langen. 

arrow,  s.  Sffeil,  m. 
art,  s.  flunft,  f. 
as,  a<]r.  &  conj.  alS,  wit, 

fo  ;  fo  .  .  .  Wit. 
as«  cml,  v.    iiitr.   ftinaiif; 

flelgtn  ;  <r.  erfleigen. 
ash,  s.  SHfae,  /. 
ashamed,    a.    bei*amt  ; 

to  be  -,  pdj  fdjamen. 
ask, v.fotbern, bitten  (um); 

terlanjen  ;  fragen  (nac^). 
asleep,   adv.   to  fall   -, 

einf$lafen. 
•M,  «.  Cfel,  m.  ;   -driver, 

Cje[8trei6cr,  m. 


assembly,  s.    SSerfatnnu 

lung,/. 
assist,   v.    bcifiefccn,    b,e(= 

fen. 
assistance,  s.   Seiftanb, 

m.  §ilfe,/. 
assure,  v .  tcrftdjctn. 
at,  prep,  an,  ju,  bei,  auf ; 

um. 
attack,  v.  angretfen ;  s. 

Slngttff,  TTi. 
attend,  v.  aiificarten,  be: 

fctgen  ;  fid)  abgeben  mit. 
attentive,  a.  aufmerffam. 
attribute,  v.  jujdjrelben. 
August,  s.  -Jl uplift,  m. 
aunt,  s.  Xante,/. 
Austria,  s.  Ceftrei*. 
author,      s.       ^crfai'for, 

S^riftfletter,  m. 
authority,  s.  sikfefel,  m. 

SBoHma^t,  /. 
avoid,  vermeiben. 
a\vait,  v.   evtuarten,  enU 

gegenfe^en. 
a-vvare,  a.  gcrea^t. 
away,  adv,  fort. 
a  \vk-\vartl,  a.  tingefcb, icft. 
ax(e),  s.  «5t,/.  ;  SBeil,  n. 

baby,  s.  fleineS  ffinb,  n. 
bachelor,  s.    3unggcfeK, 

m. 

back,  s.  SRucfen,  m. 
back,  adv.  juturf. 
bad,  a.   -ly,  adv.  fcb,Ie$t, 

bofe. 

bake,  v.  bacten. 
baker,  .s.  i^drfer,  m. 
ball,  s.  Stall,  //*.;  -room, 

SBattfaal. 

banish,  v.  tcrbanncn. 
bank,  s.  lifer,  n. 
bargain,      s.     §anbel ; 

make  the  -,  ben  £anbel 

eingefyen. 

baron,  s.  iBaron,  m. 
base,  a.  niebrig. 
bathe,  v.  baben. 
battle,  s.  ©cfc,  la*t,  /. 
be,  v.  fein  ;  toerben  ;  he  is 

to  -,  et  ntufe,  foU. 
beam,  s.  Strait,  m. 
beast,  s.  Xtncr,  n. 
beat,  v.  f$lagen. 
beautiful,  a.  -ly,  adv. 

fd;6n  ;  prd^tig. 
because,  conj.  ipeil. 
become,  v.  locrben. 
toed,  s.  SBett,  n. 


bed-room,  s. 

met,  n. 

bee,  s.  SBtene,  /. 
beef,  s.  9Jinb,    n. ;  Minbs 

beer,  s.  33ter,  n. 
before,  adv.  uber,  sorter; 
conj.  becor,  eb.e ;  prep. 

beg,  v.  betteln  ;  bitten. 
beggar,  s.  Settler,  m. 
begin,  •».  beginnen,  an: 

fangen. 

beginning,  s.  2lnfang,m. 
behavior,  s.Setragen,  n. 
behind,  prep.  b.  inter. 
believe,  v.  glauben. 
belong,  v.  geb,eren. 
beloved,  a.  beltebt. 
belo-w,  prep,  unter,  uns 

terb.alb. 

bench,  S.  S3anf ,  /. 
bend,  /'.  biegen. 
beneath,  prep,  unter. 
benefactor,  s.  'iSob/Jtfycu 

ter,  m. 

beneficent,  a.tt>ob,ltb,dtig. 
benefit,  s.  SBobltbat,  /. 
bereave,  v.  berauben. 
beside(s),  prep,  neben  ; 

aupcr ;  uber. 
best,  a.    befte ;    adv.    am 

beften. 

betime(s),adfo.bei.3eiten. 
betray,  v.  terratb,en. 
better,  a.  bcffor. 
bid,  v.  {jeipen  ;  bitten. 
bill,  s.  Sdjein,  m.;  SBed): 

fel,  m.  ;  SRei^nung,/. 
bind,  t».   binben  ;  einbin: 

ben. 

bird,  s.  33ogel,  m. 
birth,  s.  ©eburt,/.;  -day, 

©eburtgtag,  m.  ;  -place, 

©eburt£ort,  m. 
bishop,  s.  23if$ of,  m. 
bite,  v.  bcifien. 
bitter,  a.  bitter  ;  bitterltd}. 
black,  a.  f$tr>ar). 
blame,  v.  tabeln. 
blame,  8.  'label,  m. 
blind,  a.  blinb. 
blossom,  s.  Slute,  /. 
blossom,  v.  blub,en. 
blow,  s.  6d)lag,  m. 
bloiv,  v.  irebcn  ;  blafen. 
blue,  a.  btau. 
boat,  s.  SBcot,  n. 
bodily,  a.  forperlid). 
body,  s.  ftorper.,  tn. 


ENGLISH-GERMAN  VOCABULARY. 


550 


boil,  v    focfrcn. 
bonnet,  s.  §ut,  m. 
book,  s.  a3u$,  7*. 
bookbinder,  inuftinber. 
bookseller,  S8itd)b,anbler. 
boot,  s.  ©tiefel. 
born,/>/>.  gcboren. 
borrow,  »'.   borgen,   ent: 

lebnen. 
both,    a.     bate,     tcitoo ; 

both  .  .  .  and,   fo   roob.1, 

.  .  .  ate. 

bottle,  s.  glafae,/. 
bottom,   s.    SBoben,    m.\ 

Grbe,  /. 

boundless,  a.  grcn;enlo§. 
box,.v.  ©c&.ad)tel,/.;ffaften, 

m. 

boy,  s.  JJnabe,  m. 
branch.,   s.    Sift,    3rceig, 

m. 
brandy,   s.    SBranntirein, 

m. 

brave,  a.  -ly,  brae,  tapfer. 
bread,  s.  S3rot,  •//.. 
break,    v,    broken,     jor= 

bredjen. 

breakfast,  f .  frubftucten. 
bride,     s.      23raut,     /.  ; 

-groom,  SBrautigam,  m. 
bridge,  s.  S3rud!e,  /. 
bright,  a.  -ly,  adv.  §ett ; 

liar. 

brightness,  s.  (Slanj,  m. 
bring,  v.  bringen. 
broad,  a.  breit ;  b,cU. 
bronze,  a.  SBronje,/. ;  (Srj, 

n. 

brook,  s.  23adj,  m. 
brother,  s.    SJruber,   m. 

-in-law,  ©djroager. 
brown,  a.  braun. 
brush,  s.  fflurfte,  /. 
Brussels,  SBviifjcl. 
build,  v.  baiicn. 
building,  .s.  ©cbciube,  n. 
bunch,  s.  Stvaufi,  •//«. 
burden,  s.  Soft,  /. 
burn,    v.    brennen,     we* 

brennen  ;    -  down,    abs 

brennen. 

burst,  v.  berften. 
bury,  v.  begraben. 
business,  s.  @e(d)aft,  n. 
but,  conj.  aber,  al£,  au^er ; 

adv.  mrfit,  chne  taft. 
butcher,  .s.  glctj^er,  m. 
butt,  ?;.  ftofeen. 
butter,    s.     SButter,    /. ; 

-fly,  @(§mett«rttng,  m. 


buy,  v.  faufen. 
toy,  prep,  bet,  burc^,  »cn  ; 
adv.  corbel. 

cake,  s.  Jhicfjen,  m. 

calf,  ,s.  fialb.  n. 

call,  f  .  rufen,  I;eifeen  ;  -on, 

befucb,en;  -ed,  9?amen§. 
can,  i.  fonnen. 
canary-bird,  s.    Jjana; 

rienoogel,  m. 
candle,    s.     Ste^t,      n.  ; 

-stick,  Ceuc^ter,  m. 
cannon,  s.  ftanone,  /. 
cap,  s.  2J?iifee,/.  ;  §ut,  m. 
capable,  a.  faMjj. 
capital,  s.  §auptftabt,  /. 
captain,     s.     dapttatn  ; 


card,  s.  Rarte,/. 

care,  s.  Sl^t,/.  ;  to  take-, 

fid)  in  Slcfyt  ne^men  ;  v  .  ftdj 

iummern. 
careful,  a,  forgfam  ;  be= 

forgt. 
careless,    a.     unad)tfam; 


lafi'igf  eit,  /. 
Caroline,  n.  Sardine. 
carpet,  8.  SCeppid),  m. 
carriage,  8.  SBagen,  m. 
carrot,   s.    2Kob,re,    getb« 

SRflbe. 

carry,  v.  tragen. 
cart,  s.  Sffiagen,  m. 
Carthage,  ftattbago. 
carve,  v.    fdjneiben,    BOT* 


carving,  s. 

n.  ;  ©c^nifeerei,  f. 
case,  s.  gaD,  m. 
cast,  v  .  tcerfen  ;  tetfto^tn. 
castle,  s.  gcijlcp,  n. 
cat,  s.  ffofee,/. 
catch,  f.  fangen. 
caterpillar,  s.  92aup(,/I 
Catherine,  s.  .ft  Jttiattne. 
cause,   i.    Urfadje,  /.  ;  w. 

eerurfadjen,  lafjcn. 
cautions,  a. 
celebrate,  v.  feiern. 
celebrated,  a.  teriilmtt. 
century,  s.  Sab/rb.unbett, 

n. 
certain,  a.  -ly,  adv.  ge= 

rotfe. 

chain,  s.  Jfette,/. 
chair,  s.  gtuhl,  m. 
chance,    s.    ,'jufall,    m.  ; 

by  -,  jufatty. 


change,      v. 

-  one's  dress,   ftdj  nmi 
fleifcen. 
change,  s.   a>erantcrung, 

/• 
changeable,   a,   ceran; 

ievlid). 

chapel,  s.  Kapctte,/. 
chapter,  s.  Jlapitet,  n. 
charge,  a.  belaben  ;  for* 

bern. 
charity,     s.     (tfjrtftlidje) 

Siebe,  f. ;  Sltmcfen,  n. 
Charles,  s.  Marl. 
charm,  s.  9Jeij,  m. ;  v.  be* 

jaubern. 

charming,  a.  teijenb. 
cheap,  a.  bitltg,  mo^Ifeit. 
cheat,  v.  betrugen  ;  s.  58e= 

truger,  m. 

cheese,  s.  ffafe,  m. 
cherry,  s.  Sirf<$e,  ^ 
chicken,  s.  §u^nd)en,  n. 
child,  s.  iiint,  n, 
choice,  s.  SBa^t,  /. 
choose,  v.  icab,(en. 
Christian,  .s.  Clirtft,  m. 
Christmas,  s.  23cib,nadj» 

ten,  p?. 

church,  s.  ffirc^e,  f. 
cigar,  s.  Gigarre, /. 
city,  s.  ©tabt,  /. 
Ctvil,  a.  tycflidj. 
claim,  8.  Slnfprud),  m. 
class,  s.  Glaffe,  /. 
clean,  a,  rein. 
clean,  v.  teinigen. 
Clear,  a.  f  lav. 
clergy,   s.    -man,    ©etfU 

Itcfye,  m, 

clever,  a.  gefdjitft. 
climb,  v.  tlottmt. 
uiip,  v.  befdjneiten. 
cloak,  s.  Diantcl. 
Clock,  s.  ©Icrfe,  U6,r;  what 

o'  -,  mieciel  U6,r. 
close, adv. ;  -by,  baneben. 
cloth,  s.  5tudj,  n. 
Clothes,  s.,  pi.  ffletbet. 
cloud,  s.  SZBolfe,  /. 
coach,     s.    Sutfdje,    ./". ; 

-man,  ffutfdjet. 
coach-office,    s.    fjab^r* 

port,/. 

coal,  s.  fiob,Ie,/. 
coast,  s.  fiufte,  /. 
coat,  s.  SRcrf,  m. 
cock,  s.  iiat)n. 
coffee,  fiaffee,  m.;  -house, 
n. 


560 


ENGLISH-GERMAN  VOCABULARY. 


cold,  a.  fait. 

consult,  v.  ft*  beratb,en. 

come,  v.  fommen. 

contain,  /•.  cnthaltcn. 

comet,  a.  Hornet,  m. 

contemn,  v.  cera*ten. 

comfort,    v.   troflen  ;    s. 

content,  a.  jufrieben. 

2rcfl,  m. 

content,  a.  jjiifrtebenbett. 

comfortable,  a.  bequem. 

contented,  a.  jufrieben. 

command,   v.    befeblen  ; 

continual,  a.  -ly,  adv. 

*•.  ®efeb.I,  m.;  ®ebot,  n. 

fortu>db,renb. 

commit,  v.  begeben. 

continue,   v.    fortfefeen  ; 

common,  a.  gemein  ;  ge= 

fcrtfabren. 

ircl'iilicb. 

contradict,    v.     tribers 

communicate,  t>.  iniU 

fpre*en. 

tfyetten. 

convenient,  a.  paffenb. 

communication,       s. 

convent,  a.  ^lofler,  n. 

SKittb/ilung,  /. 

convey,  v.  fu^ren. 

company,  s.  ©efeflf*aft, 

convince,  v.  ubetjengen. 

f. 

cook,  s.  So*,  m.  ;  Secbjn, 

compare,  r.  tergleicben. 

f. 

complain,  v.  flagen  ;  ft* 

copper,  a.  flupfer,  n. 

beflagen. 

copy,  v.  abf*retben. 

complete,   a.   -ly,  adv. 

cord,  a.  Strict,  m. 

tellftanbig. 

corner,  s.  Gcfe,  f. 

compose,   v.    jufatnmen> 

coronation,  a.  jtronung, 

fefcen. 

f. 

composed,  a.  rubtg. 

correct,    a.    -ly,     adv. 

comrade,  8.  ftatnerab,  m. 

ri*tig  ;  fe^lerfrel. 

conceal,  v.  eerbergen. 

correct,  v  .  cerbeffern. 

conceive,  v.  bcgreifen. 

Cossack,  a.  ffofacf,  >//. 

concern,  v  .  ongeb,en. 

cost,  v.  {often. 

concern,    s.    Slngelegens 

count,  v.  jab.Ien  ;  bere*= 

$«»,/. 

nen. 

concert,  s.  Concert,  n. 

count,  *.  3a^'»  f-  »  ®rflf» 

condemn,  v  .  rerurtb,  eilen. 

m. 

condition,    s.     Qu\iank, 

countess,  a.  ©raftn,  f. 

m.\  Sage,/.;  Cebtngung, 

country,  a.  ©egenb,  /.  ; 

f. 

fianb  ;  SBaterlanb,  n. 

conducive,  a.  fcrbernb. 

country-house,  a.  Canb: 

conduct,  s.  Kuffub.rung,/. 

ban?,  n. 

conduct,  v.  geletten. 

countryman,  a.   ?anb= 

confess,    t>.     jugefleben  ; 

mann,  m. 

beitbten. 

courage,  a.  2Kutb,,  m. 

confirm,  v.  bcfldtigcn. 

course,  a.  Sauf,  m. 

conjecture,    a.     2)Jutb,= 

court,  s.  §of,  m. 

mafmng,  f.  ;  v.  termutb,en. 

courtier,  a.  §ofmann,  m. 

connect,  v.  terbinben. 

cousin,     a.     Setter,     m. 

conqueror,  a.  Sieger,  m. 

SBafe  ;  €ouftne,  f. 

conscience,  a.  ©erciffen, 

cover,  v.  bebecten. 

•  n. 

cover,  s.  Tertel,  m. 

conscious,     a.     bercufjt, 

cow,  s.  Sub^,  f. 

be  -,  ft*  beroufit  fein. 

crane,  a.  Jfrani*,  m. 

consent,  s.   3uflimmung, 

craving,  a.  Seb,nfu*t,/; 

/.;  v.  eintriUigen. 

SBeburfnifj,  n. 

consequence,  s.    golge, 

create,    v.    f*affen,     er= 

SBebeutung,/. 

fcbaffcn. 

consequently,        adv. 

creator,  s.  £*opfer,  m. 

fotglt*. 

credit,  a.  Prcbit,  m. 

consider,  v.  f*afeen  ;  6,aU 

credit,  v.  glauben  ;  crebi= 

ten  fur. 

tir«n. 

considerable,    c,     fat 

creditor,  a.  ©Wubtger,  m. 

teutenb. 

creep,  v.  frie*en. 

crew,  s.  @*tff8coll,  n. 
crime,  s.  1'crbrcdjen,  n. 
criminal,  a.  terbrcebers 

criminal,  a.    SBerirecber, 

m. 

crop,  Cmte,  f. 
cross,  v.  uberfefcen. 
crow,  v.  frab.cn. 
crowd,  a.  lUenge,  f, 
crown,  a.  Jtronc,  f. 
crumb,  Srunie,  f. 
cry,     v.    fcbtelen,     rufen, 

treinen. 

cry,  a.  £*rei,  5Ruf,  m. 
culpable,  a.  fcbulbig. 
cultivate,  v.  bauen,  be: 

bauen. 

cup,  a.58e*er,im.;  Staffe,/. 
curiosity,. s.  SU'ugierbe,/. 
curtain,  s.  Sorb,  ang,  m. 
cut,  v.  f*neiben. 

dagger,  s.  Tol*,  m. 
dance,  v.  tanjen. 
dancing,  a.  Stanjen,  n. 
danger,  s.  ©efab.r,/. 
dangerous,  a.  gefab.  rU*. 
Danube,  a.  ®onau,/. 
dare,  v.  tragcn. 
dark,  a.  bunfel,  ftnfler. 
dark,  a.  'Xunfel,  n. 
darkness,a.<Dunfe(beit>./'. 
daughter,  a.  Sotbter,  /. 
datvn,  v.  bammcrn ;  day 

dawns,  e-S  n>irb  Stag. 
day,  a.  Stag,  m.;  (-light), 

5tage«Ii*t,  n.;  the  other 

-,  neuli*. 

dazzle,  v.  terblenben. 
dead,  a.  tctt. 
deadly,  a.  tobtli*. 
deaf,  a.  taub. 
deal,    a.    26 ell,    m. ;    a 

great  -,  ciet,  febt. 
dear,  a,  tbcuer  ;  lieb. 
dear,  a.  SEbeure,  »i.  &  f. 
death,  s.  2ob,  m. ;  -bed, 

©terbebett,  n. 
debate,  a.  £>ebatte,  /. 
debt,  a.  e*ulb,  /. 
deceive,  v.  tauf*en,   be* 

trugen. 
December,  s.   Xecember, 

m. 

decent,  a.  anfianbig. 
declare,   v.  erHaren,   be» 

baupten. 

decline,  v.  atlebnen. 
deed,  s.  2b.at,/ 


ENGLISH-GERMAN  VOCABULABY. 


561 


deep,  a.  ticf. 
deer,  *.  $trfdj,  TO. 
defend,  /'.  iH'rtlH'ibtgen. 
defiance,  s.   Xro%,   m.  ; 

to  bid  -,  SErofe  bieten. 
dejected,       a.       traurlg, 

mutljloS. 

delay,  v.  cerjBgern. 
delight,      S.     Sup,    /.  ; 

Sffionne,  /. 

delight,  v.  crfvcucu. 
delightful,  a.  erfreuttdj. 
deny,  v.  laugnen. 
depart,  v.  abretfen. 
department,  s.  gad),  n. 
depend,    «.    (ab)bangen  ; 

-  upon  it,  jafylett  ©ie  ba* 

rauf. 

deprive,  v.  beraufcen. 
deride,  v.  oerfpotten. 
deserve,  v.  »erbienen. 
desire,  «.  SBertangen,  n. 
desire,  v.  >»unfd)en. 
despair,  s.  aSerjroeiflung,./'. 
despise,  v.  »cvad)tcn. 
dessert,  s.  92a$tifdj,  m. 
destroy,  v.  jcrftoren  ;  »cr» 

nt$ten. 

detain,  v.   cmfbalten. 
deviate,  v.  abiveidjen. 
dialogue,  s. 


diamond,  x.  1)iatnon  t,  m. 
dictate,  v.  btctiten. 
dictate,  s.  SBefcb.1,  m. 
dictionary,  3.    936rters 

budj,  n. 
die,  v.   perben  ;    fid)  »«» 

Keren. 

different,  a.  oerfdpieben. 
difficult,  a.  falser,  fd)roies 

rig. 
difficulty,  s.   ©djroferigs 

feit,  /. 

dig,  v.  graben. 
dignity,  s.  SButbe,/ 
diligent,  a.  flcijiig. 
dine,  u.  ju  aKittag  effen. 
dining,   s.    ©petjcn,  n,  • 

-room,  ©pctfejtmmer,  n. 
dinner,    s.   2Rittag3effen  ; 

SWUtag3mab,t,  n. 
direct,  a.  gerabe,   unmtt= 

telbar  ;  gtetdj. 
direction,  s.  Stbrejye,  /. 
dirty,  a.   fd)mufeig. 
•disaccustoniL,  a.  entftob,: 

nen. 
disappear,  v. 

ben. 


discontented,  ".   unjiu 

frieben. 
discourage,  v.  cntmutfyU 

flen. 

discover,  v.  entbecfen. 
discoverer,  s.  (Snttccfer, 

m. 
discovery,  s.  Gntbedung, 

/. 

disease,  8.  tfronffc,  eU,  /. 
disembark,  v.  au$fci)lf: 

fen,  lanben. 

dislocate,  v.  vemnfcn. 
disperse,    w.    jerftreuen ; 

auSetnanber  gcl)cn. 
displease,  v.  iiiiiifaHcn. 
dispute,  s.  Stroit,  m. 
dispute,  v.  fttt'itcn. 
dissatisfied,  unjufrteben. 
dissatisfy,  v.  mi^fallen. 
distance,^.  Gntfcnuiug,/1. 
distress,  3Jct^,  /. 
disturn,  v.  ftovcit. 
ditch,  s.  ®raben,  m. 
do,  v.    tfjun,    mailicn;   ft$ 

beflnben. 

doctor, .s-.  ^Doctor;  Wtjt,  m. 
dog,  s.  fiiuub,  m. 
domestic,  a.  f)A 
dominant,  a. 
door,  s.  Sib,  iir/  /.  ;  out  of 

-s,  btau^en. 
double,    a.    -bly,    adv. 

boppett. 

double,  v.  verboppetn. 
doubt,    v.    jHH'ijeln,    bit 

jwetfcln. 

doubt,  s.  ^roeifel,  m. 
down,  adv.  l)cvuntov. 
draught,  s.  jjug,  m. 
draw,  v.  jletyen ;  jei^ncn. 
drawing,. v.  ^eidjnung,/'. 
dread,   s.    gurcb,t,  /. ;   v. 

fur^ten. 
dress,  v.   cerbinben  ;  an; 

fleibcn. 

dress,  s.  fftcib,  n. 
drink,  v.  trinten. 
drive,  v.  tretben,  fa^ren. 
drown,  v.  ettrinfen. 
dry,  v.  trocfnen. 
dubious,  a.  jircifclfiaft. 
duke,  s.  Jjerjog. 
j  during,  prep.  reob,renb. 
duty,  s.  qSfli^t,/ 
dying,   p.    perbenb ;    s. 

Sterben,  n. 

each,  a.  jeber,  jebe,  jebed ; 
•  other,  cinanber/  fid). 


eager,  a.  (eglerlg. 
ear,  .s.  Ob,r,  n. 
early,  a.  fru^,  balb. 
earth,  s.  Krbe,/. 
easy,  a.  leidjt. 
eat,  v.  eften,  freffen. 
ICdward,  s.  Gfcuavb. 
effect,  s.  ZBirfung,/.; 

folg,  m. 
egg,  s.  61,  n. 
eight,  a.  a$t. 
eighteen,  a. 
eighth,  a.  ad)te. 
eighty,  a.  a$tjtg. 
either,  (pron. )  etnet,  (eon 

beiben) ;  co/y.   entracber. 

See  also  841,  10. 
elegant,  a.  pva^tig. 
elephant,  s.  (ilep^ant,  m. 
eleven,  a.  elf. 
eleventh,  a.  elfte. 
Eliza,  Gttje. 
else,   conj.    nnbcrg,  foup; 

-where,  fonfttoo. 
emperor,  s.  ffaifcr,  m. 
employ,  v.  antoenben. 
employment,    s.     ^8e> 

Wdfttgung,/. 
endeavor,   &    Vnpieng* 

ung,/. 
endeavor,    v.    fid}    fees 

niufyen. 

endure,  v.  ettragen. 
enemy,  s.  geinb,  m. 
engaged,  a.  befdjdftlgt, 

verfagt. 

England,  s.  (gngtanb. 
English,  a.  englifd?. 
Englishman,     Qngtdn« 

ber. 
enjoy,  v.    geniefcen ;    fi(^ 

freuen. 

enmity,  s.  fteinbfdjaft,  /. 
enormity,  s.  I'lbfcfyeulicb,; 

fett,/. 

enough,  acfv.  genug. 
enquire,  see  inquire. 
enrich,  v.  bereid)ern. 
ensue,  v.  folgen. 
ensuing,  a.  beuorfteficnb. 
enter,   v.    tteten,    l)intin= 

ge^en. 

entertain, v.  untcrfialten. 
entire,  a.  -ly,  adv.  ganj. 
entreaty,  s.  SSttte,  /. 
equal,    a.     glctd;,    glcidjs 

gultig. 

equality,  s.  ©leic^b.ett,/. 
erect,  a.  aufricfyten,  ertid;« 

ten. 


562 


ENGLISH-GERMAN  VOCABULARY. 


escape,  v.  entfommen. 
especial,    -ly,    adv.    be= 

fonberS. 

estate,  s.  fflut,  n. 
esteem,  r.  fcbafcen  ;  adjten. 
Europe,  s.  Guropa. 
Kuropcan,  s.  Curepaer. 

ven,  adv.  fclfcft,  fogar. 
vening,  s.  -.Ubont,  m. 
vent,  s.  Sretgnij),  n. 
ver,  adv.  je,  jemalg;  fdjon. 
very,  a.  jeber,  jebe,  jebeS ; 

afle ;  -body,  -one,  3eber* 

matin  ;    -day,    atltaglldj ; 

-thing,   aUeS ;    -where, 

uberatt. 

evident,  a.  einleu$tenb. 
evil,  a.  bofe. 
evil,  s.  SBofe,  llnglutf,  n. 
exact,  a.  genau. 
examine,  v,  untcrfucfjen. 
example,  8.  S3etfpiel,  n. 
excel,  v .  ubertreffen. 
excellent,  a.  Bortrefflidj. 
except,  prep.  auSgenonu 

men,  aujjer. 
excite,  v.  erregen. 
excuse,  v.  entf$ulbigen. 
excuse,  s.Qntf<ib.ulbigung,/. 
execute,     v.      t>oUjieb,en, 

au8ri(6.ten. 
exercise,  s.  Uebung,  ?luf= 

flate,  /. 

exhaust,  a.  erfdjopfen. 
expect,  v.  ertoarten. 
expose,  v.  bfo&ftetten. 
extend,  r.  auSftrerfen. 
extensive,  a.  umfafjenb  ; 

grofiartig. 

extent,  s.  Hu«beb.nung,/. 
extinct,  a.  erlcfcben  ;  be- 
come -,  erlo?c6,en. 
extinguish,    v.     au3I6= 

faen. 
extraordinary,  a.    au= 

fjererfcentlidj ;  merftrurbig. 
eye,  *.  SJuge. 

face,  .1.  ©efi$t,  n. 
fact,*.2b.at;  £b.  atfacb,e, /. ; 

in  -,  in  bet  26.  at,  nnrftidj. 
fade,  v.  Berfdsretnben. 
fail,  v.    feb.lfcb,lagen,  tntfi= 

ratbnt. 
faint,  a.  toroacfe  ;  v.  chn= 

macb,tig  reerben. 
fainting,  s. 
faithful,   a.    -ly, 

tttu,  reblt^. 
tell,  v, 


false,  <i.  falfi^. 
falsehood,  s.  Cuge,  /. 
familiarity,  s.  9Jortrau= 

li^feit,  SBerttautb.  eit,  /. 
family,  s.  Jamitte,  /. 
famous,  a.  -ly,  adv.  bti 

rubmt. 
far,  a.  tteit;  -"as,  fo  »ett 

al«  ;  by  -,  bei   SZBeitem  ; 

not  -,  unfetn. 
fare,  v.  ficb,  tefinben. 
fare-well,  s.  fiebetcob,!,'  n. 
fast,  a.  fcbnctt. 
fat,  a.  fett. 
father,  s.  SJater,  m. 
fatigue,  s.    ajJufie ;    9tn= 

jlrengung,  /. 

fatiguing,  a.   crmubenb. 
fault,     s.      getter,     m.; 

©i^ulb,  /. 

favor,  s.  ®un{i,  f. 
favor,  v.  begunfiigen. 
fear,  s.  gui$t,  /. 
fear,  v.  furc^ten. 
February,  s.  gebruar,  m. 
feeble,  a.  f$rca$. 
feed,  v.  futtcrn. 
feel,  v.  fu^Ien. 
feeling,  s.  ©efubl,  n. 
feign,  v .  beuc^eln. 
fellow,  s.  a3utf(^«,  m. 
fellotv-ereature,        s. 

9Jebenmen{^,  m. 
ft-llow-fecling,   aRitge: 

fu^t,  «. 
fellow-traveler,  SReffes 

gefab.rte. 

fetch,  v.  b,olen. 
few,  a.  rccnicj. 
fidelity,  *.  Sreue,  /. 
field,  s.  gclb,  n. 
fifteen,  a.  funfjeb/n. 
fifth,  a.  funfte. 
fiftieth,  a.  funfjigfie. 
fifty,  a.  funfjig. 
fight,  v.  fecbten,  lampfen. 
fight,  s.  ©efet^t,  n. 
final,  a.  -ly,  adv.  enblid}. 
find,  v.  fintcK. 
fine,  a.  bubi^,  fc^on. 
fire,  s.  geuet,  n. ;  to  catch 

fire,  geuer  fangen. 
fire,  v.  Icc-ftfttefen. 
fireplace,  s.  §crb,  m. 
firing,  s.  Aoucrn,  n. 
first,  a.  erfle ;  at  -,  juerfl, 

anfang£. 

fish,  s.  Aiut.  m. 
fishing-rod,  Slnjjetrutfcc, 


five,  «.  funf. 
flame,  x.  gJamme,/. 
flatter,  v.  {$meUb.eln. 
flatterer,  8.   ©( 

m. 

flax,  s.  gla$8,  m. 
flee,  v.  flieben. 

flight,  .v.  gtuc^t,/. 

flock,  s.  J^eerbe,  /. 
florin, »'.  ©ulbcn,  m. 
flovrer,  s.  3?tume,  f. 
floiver-pot,  93(umentopf, 

m. 

fly,  v.  fftegen. 
fog,  a.  92ebel,  m. 
fold,  s.  $fer$,  m. 
follow,  v.  folgen. 
following,  a.  fctgenb. 
food,  s.  gutter,  n. ;  ©peiff, 

/.;  SKa^rung,  /. 
foot,  s.  gup,  m. 
foot-path,  gufipfab,  m. 
footstool,  2*cmet,  m. 
for,  prep,  fur,  urn ;  aI8 ; 

tcegen  ;  -  it,  bafur ;  conj. 

benn. 

forbid,  v.  oerbieten. 
force,  s.  Kraft,  ©etcalt,  /. 
force,  v.  jretngen. 
forehead,  s.  ©tirn,  f. 
foreigner,  s.  grembe,  m. 
foresee,  v,  »orb,erfeb,en. 
forest,  s.  SEalb,  m. 
forget,  v .  sergeffen. 
fork,  s.  ©abel,  /'. 
form,  s.  ©eftalt,/. 
form,  v.  bitben. 
former,  a.  friiber. 
formerly,  adv.  frub.er. 
fortnight,     s.     cierje^n 

Stage,  pi. 

fortress,  s.  geftung,  f. 
fortune,  s.  ffllucf,  n. 
forty,  a.  Bterjig. 
fountain,  s.  Cuctto,  /. 
four,  a.  tier. 
fourteen,  a.  tierjefm. 
fourteenth,  a.  Btcrjeb, nte. 
fourth,  a.  merle. 
fowl,  s.  SSogel,  m.;  £u$n; 

©eflugel,  n. 
fox,  s.  gud)8,  m. 
France,  s.  granfreic^,  n. 
Frederick,  s.  griebrii^. 
free,  a.  frei ;  nuHtg. 
free,  v.  befteien. 
freedom,  s.  gretb,eit,  f. 
freeze,  v.  fricren,  gefrieren. 
French,  a.  franjofif^. 
frequently,  adv.  £.aufig. 


ENGLISH-GERMAN  VOCABULARY. 


563 


fresh,  a.  ftifdj. 
Friday,  s.  gteitag,  m. 
friend,   s.    greunb,    m.  ; 

gteunbin,  /. 
friendship,    s.    gtcunfc; 

Waft,/. 

frighten,  r.  erfdjrecfen. 
frog,  s.  gtof$,  m. 
from,  _prep.  Bon,  au8. 
fruit,  s.  gtu$t,  /. 
fugitive,  a.  fludjtig. 
fugitive,  s.  glutting,  m. 
fulfill,  v.  Bottbtingen. 
full,  a.  Bottig. 
furnace,  s.  SCfcn,  geucts 

ofen,  m. 
future,    a.    funfttg  ;    ju= 

lunftig  ;  s.  3ufunft,  / 

gain,  s.  ©croinn,  m. 
gain,  v.  geroinnen  ;  crlan- 

gen. 

galley,  s.  ©ateete,/. 
gaming,  8.  (gpiel(en),  n. 
garb,  s.  Ctradjt,  f. 
garden,  s.  ©atten,  m. 
gardener,  s.  Gartner,  m. 
gate,  8.  Stfyot,  n. 
general,  8.  ©enetat,  m. 
gentleman,  8.  ijerr,  m. 
George,  8.  ©eorg. 
German,    a.    beutfdj  ;  8. 

3)eutfcb,e. 
Germany,     s.    CDeutfd;= 

Janb,  n. 
get,  w.  wetben,  befomtnen, 

etfi,alten. 

giant,  s.  SfJlefe,  m. 
girl,  s.  TOabdjen,  n. 
give,  n.  geben. 
glass,  8.  ®Ia3,  n. 
glimmer,  r.  fefjhnmctn. 
glove,  s.  §anbfdjuf),  m. 
go,  w.    geb,en  ;   -  abroad, 

auggefyen  ;  Bettetfen ;  -for 

(i.e.  fetch),  b,olen;  -on, 

Botgetyen  ;  -  over,  ubet= 

geb.en. 

goat,  8.  Siege,/. 
God,  s.  ©ott,  m. 
gold,  8.  ©o(b,  n. 
good,  a.  gut. 
good,  8.  ©ute,  m. 
goodness,  s.  ©ute,/. 
goose,  8.  ®an8.  /. 
govern,  v.  regieren. 
governor,  8.  Stattfialtcr, 

m. 

grace,  s.  ©nabe,  /. 
graceful,  a, 


gradual,  a.  attmottg. 
grammar,     8.     ©ptadj* 

Ieb.te,  /.  ;  ©tammatif,  /. 
grand,  a.  gtojj  ;  -father, 

©tojjoatet  ;        -mother, 


grape,  s.  Straube,  /. 
grass,  8.  ©rag,  n. 
grateful,  a.  banfbar. 
gratitude,  s. 

felt,/. 

grave,  s.  ©rab,  n. 
great,     a.     gro§  ;     the 

greater  is,  befto 


greatly,  adv.  feb,r,  uiel. 
Greek,  8.  ©riecb,e,  m. 
green,  a.  grun. 
grenadier,  8.  ©Tenabier, 

m. 

grey,  a.  grau. 
ground,  8.  ®oben,  m. 
grow,    v.    grojj    rccrben, 

n>a$fen. 

guard,  v.  beroac^en. 
guard,  s.  SBadje,  /. 
guards,  pi.  2etbn>a<$e,/. 
guess,  v.  evratlien. 
guest,  s.  ©aft,  m. 
guilty,  a.  fcr/utbia. 
guinea,  8.  ©uinee,  /. 
gun,  s.  gtinte,  /. 

habit,  s.   Jtleib,  n.;  Sins 

jug,  m.  ;  @erco6,nl)ett,  /.  ; 

to  be  in  the  -,  pflegen. 
habitation,     8.     SBob,; 

nung,  /. 
hail,  s.  §oget,  m.  ;  v.  §a= 

geln. 
half,  s.    jjalfte,/.  ;   adv. 

Ion. 

liam,  s.  ©djtnfen,  TO. 
hammer,     8.     jammer, 

m. 

hand,  s.  §anb,/. 
handkerchief,  S.    SEa- 

ft^cntutb,  n. 

handsome,  a.  ?d'6n. 
hang,  *'.  fiangen  ;  liaiigcn. 
happen,  i1.  gj^cbcn. 
happiness,  8.  ©lud,  n. 
happy,  a.  gtucfticfi. 
harbor,  s.  §afen,   m. 
hard,  a.  Iiart;  ftarf. 
hardly,  adv.  ^art;  faum. 
hark,  int.  J^ori^! 
harm,  s.  S^abe,  m. 
harm,  v.  jdjaben. 
harml«SB,  u. 


haste,    8.    Cite,    /.  ;    to 

make  -,  cUen. 
hasten,  v.  fid)  beeilen. 
hat,  8.  jgut,  m. 
hatchet,    s.    Skit,    n.  ; 

SlSt,/. 

hate,  «.  §a§,  nt. 
hate,  v.  f)affen. 
hatred,  8.  ijap,  m. 
hatter,  8.  fiiutmadier,  m. 
have,  v.  fjaben. 
hay,  s.  $eu,  n. 
he,  et  ;  bet,  berjen'ge. 
health,  8.  ©efunb^eit,/. 
hear,  v.  fc,  oren,  oetne^men. 
heart,  s.  §erj,  n.  ;  by  -, 

auSroenbtg. 

hearty  jrt.^erjti^;  gefunb. 
heat,  s.  §ifoe,/. 
heathen,  8.  §eibe,  m. 
heaven,  8.  j^immet,  m. 
heavenly,  a.  fyimmlijd). 
heavy,  a.  farcer,  ftatt. 
hedge,  s.  3aun»  m- 
Henry,  s.  §einricf). 
help,  s.  §tlfe,  /. 
help,  v.  b,elfen. 
her,  pron.  fie,  tb,r. 
herd,  s.  §erbe,  /. 
herdsman,  s.  XMrt,  m. 
here,  adv.  b,tet. 
hero,  s.  §elb,  m. 
herring,  s.  Bering,  m. 
hers,  ber  ifyrige,  bet  ib,te, 

ir)ret. 
hesitate,  v.  anfteb,en  ;  jo» 

getn. 

hidden,  pp.  tetborgen. 
hide,  u.  »etbetgen. 
high,  a.  hod). 
hill,  s.  §ugel,  m. 
him,p7-o?i.  tb,m,  ib,n;  bem, 

ben  ;  benjcnigen. 
himself,  pron.  et,  ib,m, 

ib,n,  f4  (felbft). 
hire,  s.   2Ktetb,e,  /  ;    v. 

mtetb,en. 
his,  pron.  fein  ;  bet  feini= 

ge,  bet  feine,  feinet. 
history,  s.  @efd)ic6,te,  /. 
hit,  v.  tteffen. 
hither,  adv.  b,ieb,ct  ;  -to, 

bid  jefct. 

hole,  s.  §6b,Ie,  /;  2oc^,  n. 
holiday,  8.  getettag,  m. 
holy,  a.  ^eilig. 
home,  8.  ijau§,  n.  ;  at  -, 


honest,  a.  ehrttrf). 
honesty,  s. 


564 


ENGLISH-GERMAN  VOCABULARY. 


honey,  s.  ftontg,  m. 
honor,  «.    <5bre,   /.  ;   v. 

eb,ren. 

bop,  v.  bnpfen. 
hope,  8.  a>cff  ining,  /. 
bope,  v.  beffen. 
born,  5.  §orn,  n. 
horse,  8.  Oiej;,  Spferb,  n. 
bot,  a.  fyetfc. 
boar,  8.  £tunbe,  /. 
bouse,  s.  £au8,  w.;  little 

house,  s.  £>au3lcin,  ijduS; 

eficn,  n. 

how,  adv.  n>ie. 
however,  adv.  wte  au$ 

immcr,  tcti,  rcenn  gleidj, 

aleicba-ch!. 

human,  a.  menf$tid). 
huimiuit  }-,.\. 


bnndred,  a.  $unbert  ;  s. 

fcunbert,  n. 

hungry,  a.  bungrtg. 
banter,  s.  3ager,  m. 
bart,  v.  fdpaben  ;  »erlefcen. 
hypocrite,  s.  §euc6,ler,m. 

I,  prow.  t<$. 

ice,  s.  Gi3,  n. 

Iceland,  8.  3§Ianb,  n. 

idle,  a.  faul. 

if,  con/.  06;  wenn. 

ignorant,  a.  unroiffenb. 

ill,  a.  front. 

illness,  8.  Sranf  belt,  /. 

illustrious,  a.  berubmt. 

image,  S.  33tlb,  n. 

imagination,  8.  Ginbil= 

bung,  /. 

imagine,  v.  ftd?  einbtlben. 
immediately,  adv.   fos 

ftleUft. 

impart,  v.  mittbcllcn. 
impartiality,  s.  Unpar= 


impatience,     8.     llngc; 

bulb,  /. 
impatient,  a.  ungcbul= 


importance,  8. 

feit,/. 

important,  a.  tricfctij. 
impossible,  a.unmogli$. 
improve,    v.    »«rbefietn, 

fi$  eerbeffern,  gortft^ritte 

mac^en. 

in,  prep,  in,  auf,  an,  fed. 
in,  adv.  btnetn  ;  bcinnen. 
a.  uuau|I;ur- 


incidental,  a.  jufattig. 
incident,  s.  3uffl",  m. 
inclination,  s.  9ioigung, 

/• 

increase,  v.  juneb,tnen. 
indeed,  adv.  in  ber  Sbat  ; 

ivirflicb. 

indicate,  v.  anjcigen. 
indifferent,     a.     glet<6,= 

gulttg  ;  Icibtt^. 
induce,  v.  bereegen. 
indulgence,  8. 


industrious,  a.  fleifttg. 
industry,  S.  gtcifi,  m. 
infantry,  8.    ^nfanterte, 


infinite,  a. 

influence,  8.  (iinflup,  m. 
inform,  v.  benacfcrii^tigon. 
ingenious,  a.  finnreic^. 
ingratitude,  8.  UnbanI: 

barfeit,  /. 
inhabitant,  S.  S8eroob= 

ncr,  m.  ;    Ginwobnet,  tn. 
injure,  v.  f$aben,  beleibi: 

gen,  be?c^abtgen. 
ink,  8.  Sinte,/. 
inkstand,  8. 


. 

inn,  8.  SHirtba^auS,  n. 
innocence,  8.  Unfcfculb,  J1". 
innocent,  a.  unfc^ulbtg. 
inquire,  v.  ftc^  erfunbigen  ; 

fragen. 

insect,  s.  3*tf«'t»  n. 
insist,  v.  befleben. 
instant,  8.  Wugenbtirf,  m. 
instantly,  adv.  fcglcicfe. 
instead,     adv.     anftatt  ; 

prep.  -  of,  anjlatt. 
instruct,  v.  itntcrrtcfiton. 
instruction,    s.    Untcr= 

ric^t,  m. 

insult,  8.  93eleibigung,  /. 
insult,  v.  6e(c^impfen,  be: 

letbigen. 
intend,   v.    bcabfttbtigcn, 

I'crbabon,  gebenfen. 
intention,  8.  3lbfi*t,  f. 
intercourse,  s.  SSerfcbr, 

m.\  Umgang,  m. 
interest,  v.  cinne^men  ; 

intereffiren. 

interest,  8.  Rinflu^,  m. 
into,  prep.  Mncin,  in,  ju. 
intrepid,  a.  unerfd^roifen. 
invent,  /•.  erfinben. 
invitation,    s.    liinlab; 


Irishman,  s.    3tl«nbet, 

m. 

iron,  8.  Gtfcn,  n. 
irregular,    «.    untegel? 

tnapig. 
irresistible,  a.  unatiber: 

fleblicfc. 
it,  pron.  eS,  fie,  et,  i$n  ; 

of  it,  bacon;  to  -,   bar: 

auf  ;  about  -,  baruber. 
Italy,  s.  3talien. 
its,  pron.  fetn,  beffen,  be* 

ten  ;  ber  feinige,  ber  fdne, 

Reiner. 

James,  s.  Jacob. 
January,  8.  3anuar,  m. 
Jesus,  8.  3«fu3. 
Je-w,  s.  3"be,  m. 
Jobn,  8.  3c^ann. 
Journey,  s.  SReife,  f. 
Joy,  s.  greube,  f. 
judge,  s.  fflidjter,  m. 
judge,  v.  utt^etten. 
Judgment,  8.  Urt^etl,  n. 
July,  «.  3ui*»  m- 
jump,  v.  ipringen. 
June,  8.  3uni,  m. 
just,  a.  gcrecfct. 
just,  adv.  eben,  genau. 
Justice,  8.  ©ere^ttgfett,/ 

keep,  v.  batten  ;  bebatten. 
key,  8.  e^luflel,  m. 
kill,  v.  tobten,  idfla^ten. 
kind,  8.  ©orte,  art,/. 
kind,  a.  gut,  gutig. 
kindness,       8.       ©ute, 

greunbli^feit. 
king,  8.  ftintg,  m. 
kingdom, 


kitchen,  8.  ffu$e,  /. 
knife,  8.  9Wcffer,  n. 
knight,  8.  SJitter,  m. 
knock,  v.  flopfen. 
know,  v.  (ennen,  tttffcn. 

labor,  s.  Strbeit,  /. 
laborer,  s.  ftrbeiter,  m. 
lady,  s.  Dame,/ 
lake,  8.  Sec,  m. 
lame,  a.  lab.m. 
lamp,  8.  fiampe,  /. 
land,  s.  Canb,  n. 
land,  v.  lanben. 
landscape,  s.  £anbfc6.ajt, 


language, 


8.     gpra^e, 


ENGLISH-GERMAN  VOCABULARY. 


565 


large,  a.  grog. 

last,  c.  If  pt  ;  ttortg. 

late,  a.  (pat. 

lately,  adv.  lutjlld? ;    in 

bee  Ic&ten  Seit. 
latter,  a.  lefct. 
laugh,  v.  laciu'n. 
laugh,  8.  (Master,  n, 
law,  s.  ©efefo,  n. 
lay,  v.  legen. 
lazy,  a.  faul. 
lead,  .s.  S3  let,  n. 
leader,  s.  guljrer,  m- 
leaf,  s.  93Iatt,  n. 
learn,  ?>.  terncn. 
learned,  a    gelefivt. 
learning,  .s.  ©eleb,rfam= 

fctt, /. 
least,   n.    minbeft ;   at  -, 

rcenigflenS. 
leave,  s.   Grlaubnijj,  f.  ; 

SSbJdjicb,  m. 
leave,  v .  laffen,  terlaffen  ; 

b,interlajjen  ;  -  out,  au3= 

lafien. 

left,  a.  linf. 
left,  adv.  linf 8  ;  to'  the  -, 

jur  Cinfen. 
log,  s.  33etn,  n. 
I.ripsir,  s.  Ceipjig. 
lend,  v.  leifien. 
length,  s.  Cange,/. ;  at  -, 

enbltd?. 

less,  a.  roentger  ;  geringer. 
lesson,  s.  ©tunbe,/;  91uf= 

9«6«//- 
lest,    conj.    bamit    tiidjt  ; 

ba&. 

let,  t».  laJTen. 
letter,  s.  SBtief,  m. 
Lewis,  s.  Cubroig. 
liar,  s.  Ciigner,  m. 
liberate,  v.  befreten. 
liberty,  s.  greib,eit,/. 
library,.?.  S8ibliot&,ef,/. 
lie,  s.  Cuge,  /. 
He,  v.  lugcn  ;  Itegen. 
life,  s.  Seben,  n. 
lift,  v.  auffieben,  b,eben. 
light,  s.  Vtcfit,  n. 
light,  v.  Icurfnen. 
lighten,  v.  bitten. 
like,  a.  o,U'i*,  oilmluf. 
like,  o.  gern  f)abcn,  mogcn, 

Iteben. 
likely,  a.  rea^tfe^einUc^  ; 

adv.  very  likely,  it>ob,l. 
lion,  8.  Some,  m. 
lioness,  s   I'iMtnn, /. 
lip,  s. 


I  listen,   ?•.    Screen  ;    -  to 

you,  auf  @ie  6,6ren. 
little,  a.  floin,  rcenig. 
live,  v.  leben  ;  n>ob,nen. 
!  load,  s.  Cabling;  Cafl,/ 
load,  v.  laben,  belaben. 
lock,  s.  ©djlojj,  n. 
lock,  >•.  icMU'fcen. 
lodging,  s.  SEBofjnung,  _/'. 
lonely,  a.  einfam. 
long,  a.  lang  ;  v.  uerlan= 

gen ;  fid)  fefynen. 
look,  s.  iMirf,  m. 
look,  v.  fcfyauen,  fefycn  ; 

auSfefyen;  -at,  anfe^en;  - 

aftftr,  nad)fe^en. 
looking-glass,  s.  ©pie: 

gel,  m. 

Lord,  £err,  ©ebieter,  m. 
lose,  v.  wlieren. 
\o*t,pp.  pcrloren. 
loud,  a.  laut. 
Louisa,  5.  Vuiio. 
love,  v.   lieben>  gern   ^a= 

ben. 

love,  s.  Ciebe,  /. 
lovely,  a.  KebenSwurbig, 

reijenb. 

luck,  s.  ©turf,  n. 
luggage,  s.  ©cpacf,  n. 
lung,  s.  Cunge,  f. 
luxury,  s.  811511$,  m. 

mad,  a.  toQ. 

made,  pp.,  i.e.  carved, 

gefdjnitten. 
maid,   s.    Jungfrau,    f.  ; 

make,  v.  mad)en  ;  (pens) 

fdjneibcn. 

ma  11,. \.  -JJionufv  i'iann,  m. 
manage,  v.  fiibren. 
management,  s.    2>cr= 

wtaltung,  /. 
mankind,  s.   3J?enfc^cn= 

manncr,$.  3frt;  SOZanier ; 


master,  s.  SDtetfJer,  §en  ; 

Ce^rer,  m.;  be  -,  macb,tia. 

fein. 

matter,  s.  9lngeIegen6,eH 
/.;  ©egenflanb,  m.;  ©a^e, 

may,  v.    mcgen,  tonnen, 

burfen. 

me,  pron.  mir,  mic^. 
means,/;/.  SDJittel,  n.;  by 

-  of,  cermittelft  ;  by  no  -, 


many,  a.  tietc,  Diet;  -  a, 

mandj. 

map,  ,s.  (tanb=)  Karte,  f. 
March,  s.  2Harj,  m. 
march,  s.   ©diritt  ;  3U9> 

m.;  w.  marf(J)iren. 
mark,  s.  Qeifyen,  Qie\,  n. 
marriage,    s.     woirath, 

e^e,  /. 

marry,  v.  ^eirat^en;  (fic^) 


Mary,  s.  3Rarie. 


meaning,  x.  ^cteutung, 

/. 

measure,  s.  A>i\tp,  n. 
measure,  v.  niofjon. 
meat,  s.  gletfi^,  n. 
medicine,   s.   ijctlmittel, 

». 

meet,  v.  treffen,  begegnen. 
meeting,   s.   .•jufamnien- 

treffen,  n. 

memory,  s.©ebo^tni^,  n. 
mend,   v.    fllctcii,   bcffcrn, 

eerbeffern. 

mendicant,  s.  33ettler,m. 
mention,  s.  Gmrab,  nung,/. 
mention,  />.  enrafinen. 
merchant,  s.  juufiiiann. 
mercy,  s.  ©nabe,  Grbars 

mung,  f.  ;  have  -,  fidj  er= 

barmen. 

merit,  s.  95erbienjr,  n. 
merit,  v.  rerbienen. 
merry,  a.  luflig,  munter. 
messenger,  s.  S3cte,  m. 
metal,  s.  SKetatt,  n. 
method,  s.    extern,  n.  ; 

SBeife,  art,  /. 
mighty,  a.  indd)tig. 
nt  i  id,  a.  milb. 
mile,  s.  SKeite,  / 
milk,  s.  SDJtl^,  /. 
milk,  v.  titelfen. 
mind,  s.  (Sinn,  m.  ;  Cufl,/. 
mindful,  a.  ad?tfam. 
mine,  a.  ntein  ;  ber  meints 

ge,  ber  meine,  meiner. 
mineral,  s.  Mineral,  n. 
minister,  R.  UJiinifter,  //(, 
minute,  s.  3Rinute,  /. 
miserable,  a.  elenb. 
misery,  s.  Glenb,  n. 
m  ixfortunc,x.  Unglflcf,  M. 
Miss,  .s.  graulein,  n. 
miss,  v.  atiolaifcn. 
mistake,  v.  mifiecrfteben; 

fi^  irren. 
mistake,     s. 


566 


ENGLISH-GERMAN  VOCABULARY. 


tnlx,  v.  mifcfecn. 

need,  s.  S?ot^/.;  STOangeT, 

nock,  v.  I'crfritten. 

m.;t'.  bebutjen,  6rcu^en, 

moderation,    «.     SDJafrs 

needle,  s.  5>?obei,/. 

gung,/. 

needless,  a.  unnet^tg. 

moment,    s.    SSugenblicf, 

neglect,  s.  i>ernac6;iafftgen. 

m.;  SBtcb,  tlgfett,  /. 

neglectful,  a.  nacb,laffig. 

momentous,  a.  widjtig. 

negro,  s.  5Keger,  tn. 

monarchy,  s.  fionigrei<$, 

neighbor,  s.  92adjbar,m.; 

n. 

(female)  -,  SKacb^barin. 

money,  s.  ©etb,  n. 

neither,/>ron.  feiner(»OK 

monkey,  s.  ?Iffc,  m. 

beiben);core/.  (-nor),  we* 

month,  .1.  -Dioitat,  m. 

ber  -  no$.    See  also  342, 

monument,  s.  Tcnfinat, 

11. 

n. 

nephew,  a.  Weffe,  m. 

morality,  s.  £>ttt(i$teit, 

nest,  s.  SReft,  n. 

/. 

net,  s.  9Jefe,  n. 

more,  a.  mebr  ;  tiocfc,. 

never,  adv.  nimmer,  nies 

morning,  s.  HRorgen,  m. 

maid,  nie. 

most,  a.  meifi  ;  $5$ft,  am 

nevertheless,           adv. 

metften;   at  the  -,  $6($s 

nie^t6befto»eniger. 

ftenS. 

ne>v,  a.  neu. 

mother,  s.  SJiutter,  /. 

news,  s.  9!euigfeit,  92a$; 

mount,  s.  ©erg,  m. 

ri*t,/. 

mount,  v.  fteigen. 

newspaper,  3e"un8»y« 

mountain,  s.  39erg,  m. 

next,  a.  nocfift. 

mourn,  v.  trauern. 

nice,  a.  biib)"cb,,  gut,  jart. 

mouse,  s.  SL'JauS,  f. 

niece,  s.  DZid^te,/1. 

mouth,  s.    'Hhmb,    m.  ; 

night,  s.  9?ac^t,  /.;  last  -, 

SWaul,  «.;  SKunbung,/. 

geftern  SRac^t  ;  by  -,  be« 

move,  v.  bcreegen. 

Kac^tg. 

Mr.,  §err  ;  Mrs.,  5rau- 

nine,  a.  neun. 

much,  a.  and  adv.  Diet, 

nineteen,    a.    neun^ebn, 

fe&r. 

-th,  neunje^nte. 

murder,  s.  2J?orb,  m. 

ninety,  a.  neunjig. 

murder,     v.      ermorben, 

no,  a.  (ein  ;  -  one,  Reiner, 

morben. 

3?iemanb  ;  adv.  nein. 

murderer,  s.  9K6rber,  m. 

nobility,  s.  Stbel,  m. 

music,  s.  STOuftf,/. 

noble,  a.  ebel. 

musket,  s.  Jlinte,  /. 

nobleman,  s.  Cebelmann, 

must,  v.  muffen. 

m. 

mutton,      §ammelflelf$, 

nobody,  S.  9iicmanb. 

n.  ;    roast   -,    $amrael> 

noise,  s.  fiarm,  m. 

braten,  m. 

none,  a.  fein  ;  ntcfct. 

mutual,  a.  gegenfeitig. 

north,  s.  9!orb  ;  in  the  -, 

my,  pron.  tnein. 

tm  5»orben. 

not,  adv.  ni^t. 

name,  s.  9?amc,  !Huf,  m. 

note,  s.    Dicte,  /;    IRotij, 

Naples,  s.  92eapel. 

/;  3ettel,  m. 

narrow,  a.  eng,  frfnnal. 

nothing,    adv.    and  s. 

nation,    «.     92ation,   /.; 

nidjtS  ;  5Pt(^t8,  n. 

58olf,  n. 

notice,  s.    SBeac^tung,  /.; 

native,  a.  angcborcn. 

take  -  of,  bemerfen. 

naughty,  a.  unartig. 

notice,  v.  bemerfen. 

near,  a.  and  adv.  nafye  ; 

notwithstanding, 

belnabe  ;  prep,  natye  ba= 

conj.  &prep.  ungead?tet. 

ran,  na^ebei. 

novel,  s.  Woman,  m. 

nearly,  <i<h<  beina^e,  faft. 

now,   adv.    jefet  ;    -  and 

necessary,  a.   no^atn- 

then,  bier  unb  ha. 

blg. 

now  lie  re,  adv.  r>'rgen';8. 

neck,  s.  $ol«,  m, 

number,  s.  Rafyi,  f. 

numberless,  a. 


oak,  s.  (vicf  e,  f. 
oath,  s.  (vie,  m. 
obedient,  a.  ge^orfam. 
obey,  v.  ge$ord)en. 
object,  s.  fflegenjlanb,  m. 
oblige,  v.  eerpflidjten  ;  ei 

nen  Qefatten  tbur. 
obliged,  to  be  -,  mufyen, 

genotbtgt  fein. 
observe,  v.  beobai^ten,  be^ 

merfen. 

obstinate,  a.  eigenfinmg 
obtain,  v.   ertangen,    be.-. 

fommen. 
occasion,  s.   ©elegenbeit, 

f.  ;  there  is  no  -  for  it, 

(8  ifl  ni*t  nctbig. 
occasion,  v.  ceranlajyen. 
occur,  v.  ctnfallen. 
ocean,    s.     Ocean,     m.; 

2Heer,  n. 

o^clock,  see  clock. 
of,  prep,  con,  auS,  unter, 

'»cr,  nai),  an,  uber;  mil, 

auf,  bei. 
off,  adv  .  weg,  fort,  bacon  ; 

wcit. 
offend,  v.  tcrlcfecn,  belei< 

bigen. 

offer,  s.  Stnerbtcten,  n. 
offer,  v.  anbieten. 
officer,  s.   SBeamte  ;  Dffis 

cter,  m. 

often,  adv.  oft 
old,  a.  alt. 
omnibus,    s.    SDmnibuf, 

m. 
on,  prefix,  an,  auf  ;  prep. 

an,  auf,  eon  ;  -  my  part, 

metnerfeitS. 
once,  adv.  einft,  e§emol8  ; 

ein  SKat,  einmal. 
one,  a.    ein  ;   -  another, 

einanber  ;   pron.    Gtner, 

m.;    man  ;   -'s  self,  fi<^ 

fetbft. 

only,  a.  einjig  ;   nur. 
open,  a.  offen. 
open,  v.  offnen. 
opposite,  a.  gegenuber. 
oppress,  v.  unterbrucfen. 
oppressive,  a.  brutfenb. 
or,  conj.  ober,  fonft. 
order,   s.    SDrbnung,   f.  ; 

SBefebJl,  m. 
order,  v.  bcfeMei. 
01  n  »  HI    nt.    1.    5,e^  ituct 

W. 


ENGLISH-GERMAN  VOCABULARY. 


567 


ostrich,  s.  ©traujj,  m. 
other,  a.   anbere  ;  the  - 

morning,   neulicb,,   ^Sloti 

gen«. 

otherwise,  adv.  anberS. 
ottoman,  s.  Scfyemcl,  m. 
ought,  pres.  and  jorei. 

foil,  fottte,  mujjte,  miifjte. 
our,  pron.  unfer. 
ours,  ber  unfrige,  ber  un= 

fere,  unfrer. 
oursclf,  pro  w.ourselves, 

pi.  rcir  jetbft,  unS(felbft). 
out,  adv.  ou8,  b,inau-3. 
out  of,  prep.  au§. 
outside,  a.  auper. 
over,  adw.  uber,  coruber. 
overseer,  s.  2luffeljer,  w. 
own,  <z.  eigen  ;  my  -self, 

i$  felbft ;  my  -,  ba8  meU 

nige. 
own,  v.  befifcen  ;  anerfcn* 

nen. 
ox,  s.  SOc&Je,  m. ;  5Rtnb,  M. 

page,  s.  ©cite,/. 
pain,  ,s.  ©djmetj,  m.  ;  f. 

franfen. 
pains,  pi.  2Ku6,e,  /.  ;  to 

take  -,  ftcfc,  2Hu&.e  geben. 
paint,  v.  malen. 
painter,  s.  SWaler,  m. 
painting,  s.  2Kaleret,/.; 

©emalbe,  n. 
palace,   s.    $ataft,    m.  ; 

ecfyloj),  n. 

pane,  s.  genflerfdjeibe,  f. 
paper,  s.  Copier,  n. 
parallel,   a.    at.  nlidj ;    s. 

S8evglei<$,  m. 
parcel,  s.  spadet,  n. 
pardon,   s.    S3erjeib.ung  ; 

SBegnabigung,/. ;  v.  per= 

jet&en. 

parents,/"?.  Gttern,  pi. 
particular,  a.  befonbcr. 
pass,  v.  geb,en,  tciten;  POT: 

ubcrge^en  ;  fidj  ereignen  ; 

tet^en. 

passion,  s.  fieibenf$aft,/. 
past,  a.  pergangen ;  prep. 

na$. 

path,  s.  $fab,  m. 
patience,  s.  ©ebulb,  /. 
patient,   a.   gebulbig  ;  s. 

5|8atient,  m. 
patrician,    s.    ^atrtjiot, 

m. 

pay,  v .  bejab,Ien ;  to  -  at- 
tention, Sl^t  ge&en. 


peace,  s.  ^rtcbc,  m. 
peach,  s.  *JJfirrt^e,  /. 
pear,  s.  S3trne,  /. 
pear-tree,  3Mrnbaum,  m. 
peasant,  s.  23auer,  m. 
pedestal, s.  gupgcftclt,  n. 
pen,  s.  geber,  f. 
pencil,  &  SMe'tftift,  m. 
penknife,  s.  gi'termeficr, 

w. 
people,  s.  SSoIf,  n. ;  Seiite, 

joi. ;  man. 

perceive,  v.  bemerfen. 
perfect,  a.  -ly,  adv.  »ott= 

fontmen  ;  Pottfianbtg. 
perfection,   5.    2.!cllfcni- 

menljett,  f. 
perform,     v.      crfullen ; 

t6,un,  leiflen. 

perhaps,  adv.  ptetfetdjt. 
perish,     v.     umtommen, 

flerben ;  untetge^en. 
permission,   .«.    Grlaub  = 

rffc/. 

permit,  v.  erlauben. 
Persian,  a.  perftfdj. 
person,  s.  Sferfon,  f. 
perspective,  s.  S|3erjpcc= 

tipe,  gernft^t,/ 
persuasion,  s.  Ucberre  = 

bung,  f. 

pervert,  v.  petfu^ren. 
philosopher,   s.    5$hi[o= 

fop^;  (Sele^rte ;  SBetfe,  m. 
physician,  x.  9(rjt,  m. 
piano(-forte),  5.  $iano= 

forte,  gorteptano;  Glapier, 

n. 

pick,  v .  picfen. 
picture,  s.  ©emalbe,  S3ilb, 

n. 

piece,  s.  gtucf,  n. 
pigeon,  s.  Saute,/. 
pill,  s.  spitte,  /. 
pillar,  s.  ©aute,  /. 
pin,«.©tednabet;  SRabel,/. 
pious,  a.  fromm. 
pity,  s.  SKitleib,  n.  •  it  is 

a  -,  eg  ift  Sdiafce. 
pity,  v.  bebauern. 
place,  s.  $ta(} ;  bo  take  -, 

flattfinben. 
place,    v.    ftellen,    legen, 

fefeen  ;  perfefeen. 
plain,  a.  cinfac^. 
plan,  s.  flan,  m. 
plank,  s.  33rett,  n. 
plant,  s.  $ftanje,  /. 
plant,  v .  pflanjen,  bepflatis 


plate,  s.  letter,  m. 

play,  v.  fpielen. 

play,  s.  ©eftaufpiel,  n.  \  at 

the  -,  im  Sweater. 
pleasant,    a.    -ly,  adv. 

angeneftm. 
please,  v.  gefattcn,  belie: 

ben  ;  if  you  -,  gefattigfl ; 

to  be  -d,  bte  ©efalltgfett 

b,aben. 
pleased,  a.  erfrcut,  jufrtcs 

ben. 

pleasure,/!.  S3ergnugen,«. 
plebeian,  s.  SJSlebejer,  m. 
pluck,  v.  pftuifen. 
pocket,  s.  Xaj$e,  /. 
pocketbook,    s.    S3rlef= 

tafc^e,/. 

poem,  s.  ©ebidjt,  n. 
poetess,  s.  55t^tertn,  f. 
point,  s.  Sptfoe,/. ;  ©tidj, 

m.  ;  $unft,  m. 
poison,  ,s-.  ©ift,  n. 
poisonous,  a.  giftig. 
police,    s.    5polijei,     /.  ; 

-man,  SJSoIijetbiener,  m. 
polish,  s.  SJSotitur,  /. 
polish,*',  polirenjnric^fen. 
polite,  a.  ^6fli(^. 
poor,  a.  arm. 
pope,  s.  $apft,  m. 
poplar,  s.  gJappel,  /. 
populace,  s.  SJJobef,  m.  ; 

SBoIf,  n. 

pork,  s.  ©d^metnefteifC^,  n. 
portfolio,  s.  5Kappe,  f. 
position,  s.  QteDung, ./! 
possess,  v.  befifeen. 
possible,  a.  moglt^. 
post-office,  s.  $oft,  /. 
potato,  ,s.  ftartoff el,  f. 
pound,  .1.  spfunb,  n. 
poverty,  x.  Mrmutb,,  f. 
power,  s.  Kraft ;  ©ewalt, 

awa^t,/. 

powerful,  a.  fraftig. 
practice,    s.  2(u8ubung  ; 

v.  uben. 

praise,  s.  Sob,  n. 
praise,  v.  preifen,  loben. 
pray,  v.  beten,  bitten  ;  -  \ 

bttte  \ 
precedent,  s.  ^raceben), 

n. ;  al)nli<$er  gaff,  ni. 
precious,  a.  toftbar. 
precise,  a.  genau,   punft: 

Hi). 

prefer,  v.  porjie^en. 
prepare,  v.  porbereiten  ; 

peranftaUen., 


568 


ENGLISH-GERMAN  VOCABULARY. 


present,  a.  antrefenb,  ju« 
gegen  ;  at  -,  jefet,  fit  ben 
augenbltcf. 

present,  s.  ©efdjenf,  n. 

present,  v.  fdjcnfen  ;  tor= 

fte8e«. 

presently,  adv.  bait. 
preserve,  v.  bctrabren. 
president,  3.  SJhafibent, 

m. 
pretend,    r.     beljaupten  ; 

Tut  flclfen. 
pretty,  a.  b,ub(t6,  ;    adv. 

jiemlicb\ 

prevail,  v.  b,err?djen. 
prevent,  v.  »erb,inbern. 
price,  s.  SpretS,  m. 
prince,  s.  gurfl,  m. 
princess,  8.  iJJrinseiTm,  /. 
principal,  a.  £aupt,  n. 
printing,  s.  CTrurfen,  n.; 

55ruif,  m. 

prison,  s.  ©efangnifc,  n. 
prisoner,  s.   ©efangene/ 

m.  andf.  (108,  c). 
private,  a.  priBat,geb,eitn. 
prize,  8.  tyrtiS,  m. 
probability,   8.    2Baf>r= 

fd>einlit&.  »eit,  /. 
probable,  a.   rcabrf*etn= 

Itd>. 
problem,  s.  problem,  n.  • 

Slufgabe,  /. 
proceed,  v.    fertftfcreiten  ; 

ge6,en. 
produce,    v.    b,ereorbrtn; 

gen  ;  erfd)affen. 
production,  s.   $xobuct, 

n. 

profession,  s.  S?eruf,  m. 
professor,  s.  $rofeffor,  m. 
progress,  s.  ftortf  Aritt,  m. 
promise,  s.  93erfpred?en,n. 
promise,  v.  mfprecben. 
pronounce,  v.  au§?pre= 

djen. 

proper,  a.  fdjirfltdj. 
proposal,  s.  SBoryeb,  lag,  m. 
propose,    v.     tortragen  ; 

totiilagen. 

prosperity,  s.  ©turf,  n. 
protect,  v.  befcb,ufeen. 
prove,  t'.prfifen  ;  beweifen. 
proverb,  «. 


. 

provide,  v.  oerfe$cn. 
provided  (that),  tctauS; 


province,  8. 
Prussia,  «. 


Prussian,    a. 


public,  a. 

publish,  v.  berauSgeben. 
pudding,  8.  putting,  m. 
punctual,  a.  pitnftlicfi, 

genau. 
punish,  v.  ftrafen,  bcflra= 

fen. 
punishment,  8.  ©ttafe, 

pupil,  8.  2d)utcr,  m. 
purse,    s.    93eutel,  ©clt; 

*eutet,  m.  ;  ®6rfe,/ 
pursue,  v.  verfolgcn. 
pursuer,  8.  Serfotger,  m. 
push,  v.  ftcpcn. 
put,  v.fefeen,  fletten,flcrfcn  ; 

-on,  anjteb.en;  -out,  au«= 

ma^en. 

puzzle,  s.  93erlegen$eit,  f. 
puzzle,  v.  cerlegen  fein. 


quality,  s. 

quarter,  8.  S3ierte(,  n. 
queen,  8.  Jlcntgin,  f. 
question,  8.  grage,  f. 
question,  v.  fragen. 
quick,  a.  lebenbig,  tafi^. 
quiet,  a.  rubig. 
quite,  adv.  gan),  votttg. 

railroad,  s.  Gtfcnbab,n,^ 
railroad-station,      8. 

S3abnb,ef,  m. 
rain,  8.  iRegen,  m.;  v.  reg= 

nen. 

ramble,  v.  b,erumfireifen. 
rampart,  s.  23aff,  m. 
rank,  s.  5Rang,  m. 
rapid,  a.  teifienb. 
rascal,  a.  ©pifebube,  m. 
rather,  adv.  ebet,  lieber, 

jtemlie^  ;  I  would  -,   i(^ 

reottte  IteBer. 
raven,  .s.  Sfabe,  m. 
razor,  s.  niaftrmeficr,  n. 
read,  v.  lefcn. 
ready,  a.  bcrclt,  fertig. 
reason,     SBernunft,     /.  ; 

SBerflanb,  m. 
receive,  v.  empfangen. 
recognize,  v.  aieber  n* 

fennen. 

recollect,  f  .  fi$  erinnern. 
recollection,   8.  (Jrinne: 

rung,  f. 
recommend,  v.  cmpfeb,; 

len. 
recover,  v.  ftc^  erb,oltn. 


recovery,    ».  S35tebet^«t» 

flellung  ;  fflenefung,  /. 
red,  a.  rctb. 
redeem,  y.  befreitn  ;  ets 

I6fen. 

reed,  8.  DJcbr,  n. 
refuse,     v.     auef^tagen ; 

cermeigcrn. 

regiment,  s. Regiment,  n. 
regret,  8.  Skbauern,  n. 
regret,  v.  bebauern. 
regulation,    s.  9ieguta= 

Hon. 
reign,  s.JRegierung  ;  §ett= 

f«aft,/. 

reign,  v.  regieten. 
reject,  v.  eerroerfen. 
rejoice,    v.    erfreuen,   fi<$ 

fteuen. 
relate,  v.  cr^abtcn  ;  be  -d 

to,  eettoanbt  fein  mil. 
relation,    8.    58e}iebung ; 

SSerreaHbte,    m.    and  f. 

(108,  c). 

release,  v.  befretert. 
religious,  a.  fromm. 
rely,  v .  ftcb,  cettaffen. 
remain,  v.  bletben,  ubrig 

bleiben. 
remark,  .<;.23cmcrfung,/. ; 

v.  bemerfen. 
remarkable,    a.    tncrf; 

tvurbtg. 

remedy,  8.  ^eilmtttel,  n. 
remember,  a.  (ftcb, )  erin: 

ncrn;  I  cannot  -,  i$  fann 

mid?  nidjt  erinnern  or  tntt 

fmnen. 
remonstrance,  8.  S8cr= 

flettung,  /. 

render,  v.  leiflen  ;  nta$en. 
renounce,  v.  entfagen. 
renotvn,  s.  SHubm,  m. 
renoivned,  a.  berub,mt. 
repeat,  v.  ttieber^clen. 
repent,  v.  bereuen. 
report,  S.  ©erud;t,  n. 
report,  v.  beri^ten. 
repose,  8.  SRube, /. 
repose,  v.  rub,on. 
reproach,  s.  1'crwurf,  m. 
reproach,  v.  rcnrerfen. 
reputation,  s.  SRuf ;  by 

-,  bem  9?amen  nod;. 
request,  s.  SBttte,/. 
request,  v.  bitten. 
reside,  v.  rcob,nen,  ftd;  auf= 

fatten. 

resist,  v.  tnibcrftcben. 
resolve,  8.  ^ntfd;luf,  m. 


ENGLISH-GERMAN  VOCABULARY. 


569 


resolve,  v.  I5fen  ;  fid)  enk 

ffittcfeo. 

resolved,  a.  entfdjtoffen. 
respect,  v.  fdmfcen  ;  ejjren. 
respect,  s.  SKucffid)t,/. 
restore,  v.tmeberljerfteu'en. 
retire,  v.  jurucfjtefycn  ;  fid; 


Russian,  8.  SKuffc,  m. 

rye,  s.  iRoggen,  rw. 


return,  .s.  iHudlefyr,  /. 
return,    v.    jururffet;rcn  ; 


revenge,  s.  SRadje,  /. 
revenge,  v.  fid;  radjen 
revolution,    S. 

tion,/. 

reward,  s.  SSelob,  nung,  f. 
reward,  v.  betofynen. 
Rliine,  s.  8lb,ein,  m. 
ribbon,  s.  33anb,  n, 
rich,  a.  reid;. 
rid,  £>£>.  to  get  -  of,  Io8 

tcerben. 

riddle,  s.  fflatljfel,  «. 
ride,  v.  retten. 
ridiculous,  a.  Iad»crlid). 
riding,  s.  SReiten,  n. 
rifle,  s.  gtinte,  /. 
rifleman,  s.  ©djufce,  35= 

ger,  m. 

right,  a.  recJjt. 
right,  s.  SRedjt,  «.;  to  the 


ring,   s.  SRing,  m.  ;  ®e= 

laute,  w. 

ring,  v.  ftlrtgetn,  lauten. 
ripe,  a.  teif. 

rise,v.  aufftetgen,  aufgeljen. 
river,  s.  glujj,  (Strom,  m. 
road,  s.  ©trafje,/.  ;  ZBeg, 

m. 

roast,  v.  bratcn. 
robber,  s.  SRauber,  m. 
roll,  ii.  rcltcn. 
Roman,  8.  iRCMticr,  m. 
Rome,  s.  31  cm,  n. 
roof,  s.  ®ad),  ». 
room,    s.    3immerf     '*•  5 

©tube,  /. 
rose,  s.  SRofe,  /. 
round,  a.   runb  ;  prep. 

Return,  um. 
royal,  «.  f6ni<?lid). 
ruby,  s.  9?ubin,  m. 
rudiment,  s.  Girunblage, 

/. 

ruin,  s.  Untergang,  m. 
rule,  s.  SRegel,/. 
rule,  w.  ^errfd^en. 
run,  v.  laufcn. 
Hus-ia,  «.  Diujilanb,  n. 


•able,  a. 

•acrifice,  s.  SDpfer,   n.  ; 

to  make-,  Dpfetbrtngen. 
sail,  s.  ©egel  ;  ©d^iff,  n. 
sail,  v.  fegeln,  abfegeln. 
sailor,  s.  SBatrofe,  »i. 
sake,  s.  for  the  -  of,  um 

...  tctHcn  ;  for  his  -, 

feinetrcegen  ;  for  her-  or 

their  -,  tfyretroegen. 
salt,  s.  ©atj,  n. 
salve,  s.  ©albe,  f. 
same,  pron.  and  a.  the 

-,  betfetbe,  btefelbe,  baS= 

felbe,  ber,  bte,  bag  nams 

Iid)e. 
satisfaction,  s.  ©enug= 

tfjuung  ;  greubc,  f. 
satisfy,    v.    befriebtgen  ; 

satisfied,  jufrieben. 
Saturday,  s.  ©onnabenb, 

m. 

savage,  S.  ZSilbe,  m. 
save,  v.  retten. 
Saxon,  s.  ©ad;fe,  m. 
say,  v.  jagen. 
scarce,  a.  felten. 
scarcely,     adv.     laum, 

fdjmerlid;. 

scatter,  v.  jerjlreuen. 
scene,  s.  Siiftne,  f. 
scent,  s.  Gierudj,  m. 
sceptre,  s.  ©cepter,  n. 
school,  s.  ©djule,/. 
school-fellow,  aKitfd?u= 

ler,  m. 
scissors,   s.   ©djeere/  f., 

sing. 

Scotch,  a.  fd)otttfdj. 
sea,  s.  ©ee,/.  ;  2Keer,  n. 
search,  v.  fudjen  ;  unter* 

iudjen. 

season,  s.  3a^re§jett,/. 
seat,  s.  ©i(},  m. 
second,  a.  jrceite. 
secret,  a.  gel^eim,  »erbor= 

gen. 
secret,  s.  ©eb,eimni6,  n.  ; 

.in  -,  inSgetyetm. 
security,  s.  ©td;erfi,eit,  f. 
see,  v.  fefyen. 
seek,  v.  fud^en. 
seem,  v.   fdjetnen,   erfd)ei= 

nen. 

segar,  s.  Eigarre,/. 
seize,  v.  ergreifen. 
seldom,  adv.  fclten. 


sell,  v.  berfaufeK. 

send,  v.  fd^irfen. 

sense,  s.  ©inn,  m.  ;  ©e* 

fub,l,  n.  ;  SBerflanb,  m. 
sentence,  s.  ©a^,  m. 
September,  s.    ©eptem« 

bcr,  m. 

servant,  s.  Wiener,  m. 
serve,  r.  bcfcicnen ;  bienen; 

auftragcn. 
service,  s.  ©tenfl,  m. ;  at 

your  -,  ju  3^ren   ®ien= 

Pen. 
set,  v.  jleHen  ;  untergctyen  ; 

-  off,  out,  abreifcn. 
set,  s.  ©efettfdjaft,  /. 
settle,  v.  ru&jg  trerbcn  ; 

orbnen. 

seven,  a.  ^eben. 
seventeen,  a.  ftcbje6,n. 
seventh,  a.  ftebente. 
seventy,  a.  ftebjig. 
several,  a.  nteb,me. 
severe,  a.  flreng  ;  fdjtoer. 
shade,  s.  ©fatten,  in. 
shake,  a.  fdutttcln. 
shall,  v.  foUen,  reerben. 
share,  s.  2.  ho  it ;  v.  tbciten, 

?lntt)eil  ^aben. 
sharp,  a.  fdjarf. 
sharpen,     v.     fd;arfen  ; 


she,  pron.  fie  ;  biejenige, 

Me. 

shear,  v.  fdjercn. 
sheep,  s.  ©d)af,  n. 
shepherd,  s.  ©d)afer,  m. 
shepherdess,    s.     ©d)(U 

ferin,  /. 

shilling,  s.  ©dotting,  m. 
shine,  v.  fd)etnen. 
ship,  s.  ©d)iff,  n. 
shoe,  s.  ©d)ul),  m. 
shoemaker,    s.     Gd)ulj= 

mad)er,  m. 
shoot,  v.  fdjiefjen. 
shop,  s.  Saben,  m. 
shore,  s.  lifer,  n. 
short,  a.  fur). 
shortness,  6'.  Surje,_/l 
shoulder,  s.  ©djutter,  /. 
sho-w,  w.  feb,en  laffcn  ;  jet= 

gen. 

shudder,  v.  fd)aubern. 
shut,  J.'.fdiltejjen,  jumadjen. 
sick,  a.  franf . 
side,  s.  ©eite,  /. ;  on  the 

other  -,  jenfeitS  ;  on  thii 

-,  bie8feit«. 
siege,  s.  SBetagerung,  f. 


5TO 


ENGLISH-GERMAN  VOCABULARY. 


sight,  *.  ©etid)t,  n. 
sign,  s.   ,5{  d  the  n,   n.  ;   v. 

unterjeidjnen. 
signal,  s.  ^etdjen,  n. 
silencers.  ©tiflfd)roelgen,«. 
silent,  a.   fdjroetgfam  ;  to 

be  -,jdjn>eigen. 
silk,  s.  ©eibe,/ 
silly,  a.  einfalttg,  albern. 
silver,  s.  ©tlber,  n. 
similitude,  S. 


sin,  s.  ©unbe,  y! 
sin,  v.  funbigen. 
since,  2lreP-  te"j  CO»i/. 

feitbem;  ba  —  {a. 
sing,  ).'.  fingen. 
single,  a.  einjeln. 
s.nk,  /•.  fin  foil. 
sir,  s.  £err,  mein  §err,  m. 
slst  cr,  s.  ©djioefter,  f. 
sit,  v.  fifeen  ;  -  dowu,  fidj 

Je|en. 
situate,     situated,   a. 

gelegeu. 

situation,  s.  ©tetle,/. 
six,  a.  fccbS. 
sixteen,  a.  fecb,8je6,n. 
sixteenth,  a.  ferfjSjcbnte. 
sixth,  a.  jccbfto. 
sixty,  a.  fcdjjig. 
slave,  s.  ©claoe,  m. 
slavery,  s.  ©clacerel,  f. 
slay,  11.  erfdjlagen. 
sleep,  v.  frfilafen. 
sleepy,  «.  fdjlafrig. 
slipper,  .s1.  ^anteffcl,  m. 
•low,  a.  Ungfani. 
small,  <».  [loin. 
smallness,  ,s.  fttciu^eit,/. 
smell,  s.  ®erud;,  m. 
smell,  v.  rted)en. 
smile,  s.  Vadjeln  ;  v.  lad;= 

eta. 
smoke,  s.  SKaudj,  m.  ;  v. 

tauten. 

smoking,  .s.  92au$en,  n. 
snow,  S.  £cl;nct',  in. 
snow,  v.  fdjneien. 
snow-ball,  s. 

m. 
snuif,  s.  2dMiupf  tabaf, 

v.  fe^nupfen. 
BO,  '"/'•.  jo,  alfo. 
sofa,  s.  (Eopfja,  m.,  ?i. 
soil,  s.  SBoben,  m. 
soil,  v.  fcef$mufeen. 
soldier,  s.  gcltat,  m. 
solemnity,   8.    geterltdjs 

w*,/ 


solicit,  v.  Bitten. 
some,  pron.  cintgc,  ettraS; 

-body,    -one,    3eraanb ; 

-thing,    ettoaS  ;    -times, 

jutceilcn ;  -where,  trgenb 

wo. 

son,  s.  Sofm,  m. 
sois-iii-law,  ©(^iciegers 

fo^n,  m. 
song,  s.  ©cfang,  m.;  Sicb, 

n. 

songster,  s.  Ganger. 
songstress,  .s.  ©angertn. 
soon,  adv.  balb. 
sooner,  (Z^Z;,1.  fru^cr. 
sorrow,    s.    ©orge,    f. ; 

Rummer,  m. 

sorro\v,  v.  ftc^  gramen. 
soul,  s.  ©eele,/. 
oup,  s.  ©uppe,  f. 
sources,   s.    Quefle,  f. ; 

Urfprung,  m. 
south,  s.  2ubcn,  m. 
Spain,  s.  ©panien,  n. 
Spanish,  a.  jpanijc^. 
speak,  v.  fpre^en. 
spectacle,  s.  Slnbtirf,  m. 
spectacles,  pi.  $$t\tte,f. 
spectator,  s.    3uWauet/ 

m. 

speculate,  r.  fpeculiren. 
speculation,   s.  ©pecu; 

la  t!  on,  f. 
speech,  s.  ©pradje,  5Kebe, 

/• 
spend,  v.  jubringen  ;  auS= 

geben. 

spin,  v.  fpinnen. 
spite,  s.  Merger,  m.;  -of, 

trofc. 

spoil,. v.  Bcrberben. 
sponging  -  house,     s. 

©rfiulCl)auS,  n. 
spoon,  s.  Soffel,  m. 
spring,  v.  jptingcn. 
spring,  s.  ftruljling,  m. 
spur,  s.  ©porn,  m. 
square,  a.  xnerccftg. 
square,    s.     $(afe,    m.  ; 

SQuabrat,  n. 
stab,  s.  etiefi,  m. 
stab,  v.  crflecfjen. 
stag,  s.  Jjirfdi,  m. 
stage,  s.  9UfM,f. 
stage-coach,   8. 

gen,  m. 

stand,  v.  fiction. 
star,  s.  ©tern,  m. 
start,  11.  fpringen  ;  (-  up), 

auffpringen,  auffatyren. 


statue,  .t.  Bilbfaule,  /. 

stay,  v.  bleiben. 

stay,  s.  91ufent^alt,  m. 

steal,  v.  fii'Moi. 

steel,  s.  gtafcl,  m. 

steel-pen,  ©ta^lfeber,  f. 

stick,  s.  ©torf,  m. 

stick,  v.  fti'djen. 

still,  adv.  (of  time),  tma 
mer,  nod)  ;  (neverthe- 
less), ted),  bennod). 

sting,  v .  ftcdjcn. 

sting, s.  ©tadjel;  ©tidi,  m. 
itocks,  «.  Slctien,/.,pt 

stocking,  ,s\  ©trumpf,  m. 

stone,  s.  ©tcin,  in. 

stool,  s.  ©tu$l,  m. 

stop,  v.  anhalten,  fte^en 
bleiben. 

stop,  s.  Jgalt,  m. 

stork,  s.  ©torc^,  m. 

storm,  s.  ©turm,  m. 

story,   s.    (Sefdji^te,  /. « 

©torf,  TO. 

stove, «.  SDfen,  m. 
stranger,  s.  Jrcmbe,  m. 
stream,  s.  ©trom,  m. 
street,  s.  ©trafee,  /. 
strength,  s.  Jiraft,  ©tar' 

fe,  5DJa4)t,/. 
strict,  a.  preng. 
stride,  v.  fireiten. 
strong,  a.  flart ,  frafttg. 
student,  s.  Sriiiilcr,  m. 
study,    s.    ©tubium,  n. ; 

v .  lernen  ;  fiubiren. 
stuff,  s.  ©toff,  m. ;  3«U9>  **• 
stuffed,  pp.  gepolflert. 
subject,  ©egenftanb,  m.; 

SDJenfdj,  m. 
submit,    '-'.    untcrti'erjen  ; 

"fid?  fugen. 

succeed,  v.  getingen. 
successful,  a.  erfolgreid), 

gluctlid). 

succor,  s.  $ilfe,  /. 
such,  a.  fold?,  fold?er,  fol» 

d;e,  fold?e«. 
suck,  /•.  faugen. 
sudden,  a.  plo^Iidj. 
suffer,  erlauben ;  r.  leiben. 
sufficient,   a.    genugenb, 

b,inlanglid). 

suffocate,  v.  erfticfen. 
sugar,  s.  3uc'er'  '"'• 
suicide,  s.  ©elbfimorb,  m. 
summer,  s.  ©ommer,  m. 
sun,  s.  ©onne,  f. 
sunburnt,    a.    con    bet 

©onne  gctraunt. 


ENGLISH-GERMAN  VOCABULARY. 


571 


•up,  v.  ju  Sl&enb  effen. 
superior,  a.  beher  ;  rer- 

jugli(l)er  ;    s.    SBorgefefcte, 

m.  and/.  (108,  c.). 
suppose,  v.  cermutbcn. 
sure,  a.  fidjer,  gennji;  make 

-,  fiityern. 

surgeon,  s.  2Sunbartf,  m. 
surprise,  x.  Uebcrvafcfyung, 

,/.;  Grflaunen,  >t. 
surprise,  c.    uberraftben. 
surrender,  c.  tut  ergeben. 
surround,  v.  umgeben. 
suspicions,  a.  cerbadjtig. 
s\vallo\v,  s.  ©cfyroalbe,  f. 
swallow,  v.  fdjtucfen. 
Sweden,  s.  ©djrceben,  m. 
sweet,  a.  fufj. 
swell,  v.  (an)f<$tt>eHen. 
swim,  v.  fcfrunmiiu'n. 
swine,  *.  ©djroetn,  n. 
Switzerland,      s.      bie 


table,  s.  Xafel,/.  ;  SEifa,  m. 
tailor,  s.  ©djneiber,  m. 
take,  v.  neb,men  ;  erobern  ; 

mietb/en  ;  tragen. 
talk,  v.  fpredjen;  fdjtoafoen. 
tall,  a.  grog. 
tame,  a.  jabin. 
tame,  v.  jab/men. 
taste,  v.  f$mecfen. 
taste,  s.  Qefdjmacf,  m. 
tea,  «.  £b,ee,  m. 
teacher,  s.  Cefirer,  m. 
tear,  s.  Xb^rane,  f. 
tear,  s.  3Jijj,  m. 
tear,  w.  jerreificn. 
tedious,  a.  laflig. 
tell,  v.  fagen. 
temperance,  s.  :'Ji'ai";uv 

!ett,  /. 

tempest,  S.  Sturm,  m. 
temple,  s.  $tr<$e,  f. 
temptation,    s,    25  erf  u- 


ten,  a.  jefm. 

tend,    z/.  bienen  ;  flre&en  ; 

bienen  ;  ^uteit. 
tender,  a.  jart,  jartlit^. 
tent,  s.  3elt,  n. 
term,  s.  3«lt,/. 
terms,  s.  pZ.  a3ebtngung= 

en. 

than,  conj.  al8,  bcnu. 
thank,  v  ,  banfcit. 
that,   pron.    jener,    jene, 

jeneS;  ber,  bie,  ba8  ;  conj. 

bap  ;  bamtt, 


the,  «r<.  ber,  bie,  baS;  adv. 

(e.g.  the  more  the  bet- 
ter), je,  beflo. 
theatre,  s.  Joe  a  tor,  n. 
thee,  pron.  bid). 
their,  pron.  ib,r. 
theirs,  ber  tbrigo,  ber  ibrc, 

3^>rer. 
them,  pron.  fte,  biefelben; 

to  -,  ifynen  ;  of  -,  bacon. 
themselves,  pron.    ft$ 

(felbfl). 

then,  adw.  bann. 
there,  adv.  ba,  bort ;  -  is, 

-  are,  e§  ifl,  e8  f«nb ;  e§ 

giebt. 

therefore,  beSroegen. 
these,  pi.  of  this. 
they,  pron.  fie;  man;  bie= 

jentgen,  biefelben. 
thief,  s.  Dieb,  m. 
thing,  s.  ©a^e,/.;  ®ing,  i 

n. 

think,  v.  benfen. 
third,  a.  britte;  ®rtttel,  n. 
thirsty,  a.  burfltg. 
thirteen,  a.  breijefyn. 
thirteenth, a.  breijebnte. 
thirty,  a.  breifjtg. 
this,  pron.   biefer,  bicfe, 

biefeS  (bieS). 
thither,  adv.  bortbin,  ba: 

b.in. 

thorn,  s.  ®cm,  m. 
those,  pi.  of  that. 
thou,  pron.  bit. 
though,    conj.    obgtel<$, 

irenn  auct;  as  -,  al-3  tvenn.  ! 
thought,  s.  ©ebanfe,  m. 
thousand,  a.  taufenb. 
threat,  s.  S)rofjung,  f. 
threaten,  v.  broken. 
three,  a.  brei. 
thrive,  v.  gebeifyen. 
thriving,  a.  blubcnb. 
throat,  .v.  £>a(3,  m. 
throne,  s.  X^ron,  m. 
through,  prep.  bur^. 
thoroughly,  adv.  bur*  = 

auS. 
throughout,  prep.\imA 

(ben,  bie,  bag)  ganje. 
throw,  v.  toerfen,  umreers 

fen. 

thumb,  s.  Xaumeii,  m. 
thunder,  s.  ®onner,  m.; 

v.  bonnern. 
Thursday,  s.    Scnner3= 

tag,  //t. 
thus,  t((/c.  fo,  alfo. 


thy,^ro»-.  poss.  bein. 
thyself,  pron.  bu  felbfl, 

bic^  (felbft). 
tie,  a.  binben. 
tiger,  s.  Xiger,  m. 
tigress,  s.  Xigerin,  f. 
tiU,  adv.  biS. 
time,  s.  3eit, /.;  2HaI,  n. 
tired,  a.  mube. 
to,  prep,  ju  ;  nai^,  an,  in, 

cuif,  mil,  gegen. 
toast,  s.  ©efunb^eit,  /. 
toast,  v.   eine  ®efunb$eit 

auSbringen  (auf). 
tobacco,  s.  Xabaf,  m. 
today,  adv.  fieutc. 
together,  adv.  jufammen. 
tomb,  .9.  ®ra6,  n. 
tomorrovr,  adv.  morgen; 

day  after  -,  ubermorgen. 
tongue,  s.  3un3e  f- 
to-night,      adv.      b,cute 

abenb. 

too,  adv.  ju. 
tooth,  s.  ;Jaf)n,  m. 
top,  s.  ®tpfet,  w». 
total,  a.  gang. 
I o wards,   prep,    geger 

nod?. 

tower,  s.  Xfyurm,  »». 
town,  s.  ©tabr.  /. 
tovrn-gate,  .s-.  gtabttbor, 

n. 

train,  s.  3ug»  »w. 
tranquil,  a.  rub,ig. 
tranquillity,  8. 3?u$e,/. 
translate,  v.  uberfe^en. 
translation,   s.    Ueber- 

fefeung,  /. 
travel,  v.  retfen. 
travel,  s.  SHeife,/. 
traveller,  s.  3?etfenbe,  m. 
treasure,  s.  Sdjafc,  m. 
treat,  ».  beb,anbeln. 
tree,  s.  SBaum,  m. 
tremble,  v.  jtttcrn. 
trifle,  s.  flleinigfelt,/. 
trifle,  v.  fpielen. 
troop,  s.  @d)aar,  f. 
troops,  pi.  SCruppen,  pi. 
trouble,  v.    ftcren ;    Be> 

mub,en. 

trouble,  s.  Summer,  m. 
Troy,  s.  SErcja.     * 
true,  a.  icabr. 
trunk,  s.  Staffer,  m. 
trust,  v.  trauen,  certrauen. 
truth,  s.  2Ba6,rb, eit,  /. 
try,  v.  uerfudjen,  prufen. 
Turk,  s.  Xurfc,  m. 


572 


ENGLISH-GERMAN  VOCABULARY. 


Turkey,  s.  2urfei,/. 

useful,  a.  nfttlirfv 

turn,   v.   brefyen,  »ern>an= 

useless,  a.  ntt^loS. 

betn  ;  -  away,  fortjie6,en  ; 

-  out,  fcrtjagen. 

vain,  a.  eitet;  in  -,  nn« 

turn,  s.   2Bed)fel,  m.  ;  by 

nft^  ;  urafonft 

-s,  aBtcedjfelnb. 

valley,  s.  3$al,  n. 

twelfth,  a.  jrcclfte. 

valor,  s.  SCapf  erlett,  f. 

twelve,  a.  jrcBIf. 

value,  s.  SBertB,,  m. 

t  \v<  nt  irt  li,  a.  jrcanjigfle. 

vanquish,  v.  Beftegen. 

twenty,  a.  jroanjig. 

vapor,  s.  SDunft,  m. 

twice,  adv.  jroeimal  ;  boy* 

various,  a.  »erfd)ieben. 

pelt. 

vast,  a.  ungeB,euer. 

two,  a.  jroet. 

veal,    s.    Jtalbfleifdj,    n.  ; 

tyrant,  s.  Xtyrann,  m. 

roast  -,  RalBSbraten,  m. 

verb,  s.  3»toort,  n- 

umbrella,  s.  9?egenfrf'irtn, 

very,  a.  toa6,rB,aftig;  adv. 

m. 

fe^r. 

unable,  a.  unfaBJg. 

vessel,  s.  ©djiff,  n. 

niiaivaws,   adv.    IUUHT 

vice,  s.  Cafter,  n. 

fcBen§. 

victory,  s.  ©ieg,  m. 

uncle,   s.    O6,eim,  Dnfel, 

Vienna,  N.  SBicn. 

m. 

vie-w,  v.  feB,en  ;  Befe^en. 

under,  prep,  tinier. 

vie-w,  s.  SluSftdjt,  f.\  in  -, 

understand,^.  BerfieB.cn. 

rtd)t6or. 

understanding,^  -i>f  r  - 

village,  s.  3Dorf,  n. 

flanb,  m. 

violate,  v.  verle^en. 

undertake,  v.   unterncB* 

violent,  a.  Befttg. 

men. 

violet,  s.  aSetldjen,  n. 

unfit,   a.   untauglid;,   un- 

virtue,  ,f.  SEugenb,  f. 

faBJg. 

virtuous,  a.  higcnbBaft. 

unfortunate,  a.  unglucf: 

visit,  v.  Befudjen. 

ltd;. 

voice,  «.  ©timme,  f. 

unfortunate,  s.  Uiuilftef.- 

volume,  s.  93anb,  m. 

lidje,  m.  andf.  (108,  c.). 

vo-w,  s.   ©eluBbe,   n.'  v. 

unhappy,  a.  ungludlid;. 

geloBcn. 

unite,  >'.  vereinigen. 

vulgar,  a.  gemcin. 

United  States,  bie  33cr= 

etnigtcn  ©taaten. 

•wait,  v.  irarten. 

unjust,  a.  itngerecBt. 

waiter,   s.    JJellner  ;  Se= 

n  n  k  no\v  n,  a.  unBefannt. 

biente,  m. 

unless,  conj.  roenn  nid^t, 

•walk,  v  .  geB.cn  ;  fpajtcren 

aufjer. 

gcb,en. 

unlikely,     a.     unirciBr- 

wall,  s.  SBanb,  SDJauer,  /. 

frt'etnltd). 

•walnut,     s.      SBaQnuf)  ; 

unmindful,     a.     iinH'- 

(-tree),  2BaUnuf>baum,  m. 

bad^tfam. 

wander,  v.  roanbern. 

unpleasant,  a.  unange= 

want,  s.  SKangel,  m.\  S8e= 

neB,m. 

burfntfi,  n.\  SKotB,,  f. 

unreno'wned,  a.  iinBe: 

want,  it.  beburfen,  brau* 

rfiBmt. 

djen  ;    fe6.len  ;  rofinfdjcn  ; 

unripe,  a.  unretf. 

mangeln. 

unskilful,  a.   ungefdjidt 

war,  s.  ftrieg,  m. 

until,  prep.  bi«. 

•vrare,  s.  SBaare,,/'. 

up,  adv.  auf,  in  bie  .'oetu1, 

warm,  a.  warm. 

hinauf;  prep.  B,inauf,  auf. 

warn,  v.  trarnen  ;  ictffen 

upset,  n.  unttoerfen. 

laffen. 

us,  pron.  un8. 

wash,  v.  (ft*)  roafd^en. 

use,     s.     ©eBrautf),     m.; 

wash,  s.  SBafd)e,  f. 

•-'iiibv'n,  m. 

•waste,  v.  Bcrmuflen,  »er= 

n«e,  v.  jeStau^en. 

fd;»enben. 

•watch,  s.   UB,r, 


water,  s.  Sffiaffer,  n. 
•water,   v.  begic^en  ;  mafa 

fern. 

•way,  s.  2Beg,  m. 
we,  pron.  roir. 
vrealth,  s.  DieicfctBum,  -m. 
wear,  v.   tragen  ;   -  out, 

abtragen. 

weather,  s.  SBetter,  n. 
weave,  v.  weBen. 
\veaver,  s.  SBeber,  m. 
Wednesday,     s.     Witt* 

ntodj,  m. 

•weed,  s.  Unfraut,  n. 
•week,  s.  Wo^e,f. 
weep,  v.  tceinen. 
weeping,  s.  roeincn,  n. 
•weeping,  jt>.  tcetnenb. 
weigh,  v.  roiegen. 
weight,  s.  ©etvic^t,  n. 
wrli'omi-,  a.  unllfcnimen. 
well,  adv.   WcBI/  gut. 
"West,  s.  2Befl(en),  m. 
•wet,  a.  na§. 
what,  pron.   waS  ;  web 

djer,  recipe,  irfl*c?  ;  excl. 

waS  fur  ein  !  ircldj  ein  t 
wheat,  s.  fffietjen,  m. 
wrheel,  s.  Slab,  n. 
wln-n,  adv.   and   conj,. 

rcann,  reenn,  aI8. 
whence,  adv.  n>oB,er. 
whenever,   adv.    warm, 

icenn. 

where,  adv.  wo  ;  reoBJn. 
which,    pron.     welder, 

melc^e,  rcelcfyeS  ;  wa9. 
•vrhile,  s.  SBeile,  f.  ;  conj, 

loiihrenb. 

whistle,  v.  pfetfen. 
white,  a.  tt>eif?. 
who,  pron.  rcete^er,  toel» 

dje  ;  bcr,  bie  ;  »er. 
whom,  men,  ivel^cn,  rocU 

d;e,  ben,  bie  ;  to  -,  went. 
whose,  roeffcn. 
•vrhy,  adv.  nxirum. 
•wide,  a.  rcelt,  Brett. 
widow,  s.  SBtttrec,  /. 
wife,  *.  grau,  /. 
wild,  a.  ivtlb. 
wilderness,  s.  'K  ft  fie,  f. 
will,  *.  SBitte,  m. 
•will,  v.  moflen  ;  wunfc^en  ; 

to  be  willing,  reotten. 
William,  s.  2BilI>eIm. 
•willing,  a.  irtlltg,  frei» 


ENGLISH-GERMAN  VOCABULARY. 


573 


win,  v.  gereinnen. 
•wind,  s.  28inb,  m. 
•window,  n.  genfler,  n. 
•wine,  s.  3Kein,  in. 
•wing,  s.  glugel,  m. 
•winter,  s.  SBinter,  m. 
wisdom,  s.  2Bei3b,eit,  /. 
•wise,  a.  n>eife ;  f(ug. 
wish,  v.  rcunfdjen. 
•wish,  s.  SBunfdj,  m. 
with,   prep,    mit ;    bet ; 

fiber,  gegen,  »or. 
•wither,  v.  Berirelfen. 
•within,  prep,  in,  inner* 

fyalb;  adv.  innen,  brtnnen. 
•without,  adv.  aufjerfyalb, 

braufsen ;  (from  -),  »on 

aufjen;  prep,  o^ne;  au^er= 

^atb. 
•wolf,  s.  2Mf,  m.;  she-, 


woman,    £.     'Ji'db,     n.; 

grau,/. 

wonder,  s.  SSunber,  n. 
wonder,  v.  fid)  numbem. 
wood,  s.  ZBalb,  m.;  §olj, 

n. 

wooden,  a.  fyoljern. 
\vord,  s.  SBcrt,  n. 
•work,  v.  arbeiten. 
work,  s.  Slrbcit,  f. 
worker,  workman,  s. 

SSrbetter,  rn. 
•»vorm,  s.  SBurm,  ni. 
worst,  «.  fd)Ie<fytefte. 
•worthy,  a.  irurbig,  rcert^. 
wound,  s.  SBunbe,  f. 
•wound,  v.  scrounben. 
•»vretched,  a.  elenb. 
•wring,  v.  ringen. 
•write,  v.  f<$retben. 
•wrong,  a.  unrcdjt. 


•wrong,  s.  Unrest,  n. 

yard,  s.    Sfle,  /.  ;    §of, 

m. 

year,  s.  3a&/r/  w- 
yes,  adv.  jo. 
yesterday,     s.     gejirige 

Sag,  ?n.  ;  adtw.  geftern. 
yet,  adv.  jefct ;  ncc^;  fdjon; 

not  -,  noi^  nidit. 
yield,  v.  toetd)en. 
you,  pron.  tfyr,  3^r,  ©ie, 

bu,  ®u,  36,nen  ;  man. . 
young,  a.  Jung. 
your,  pron.   euer,  Guer, 

3§r,  bein. 
yours,  pron.  ber  eurige, 

ber  cure,  (Surer,  ber  3b,rtge, 

etc. 

youth,    s.    Sugenbf   /. ; 
m. 


INDEX. 


a,  see  Indef.  Art.;  etn:  3  sh.  a  pound,  309,  13. 

d&er,  has  no  effect  on  order,  422, 18:  position  in  clause,  422,  17;  269,  Note  It 
and  ionbern,  269,  Note  2. 

abort,  e.g.  about  to  speak,  325,  5:  prep.,  how  transl.,  407. 

above,  prep.,  how  transl.,  407.  * 

Accent,  10,  8. 

Accusative,  after  adjs.  383,  I:  and  dat.,  order  of,  392;  426,  28:  denned, 
14;  16,2:  and  gen.  after  vbs.,  394,  III,  2:  with  infin.,  in  Eng.,  367,  V;  in 
Germ.,  363,  II,  2:  of  the  person  after  a  prep.,  with  parts  of  the  body, 
336,  2:  plural  of  nouns,  22,  5:  sing,  of  masc.  nouns,  22,  3:  sing.  fein. 
andneut.  22,  2:  of  time,  260, •;  318,  Note  1. 

Adjectives  102:  with  ace.,  383, 1:  as  adverbs,  257:  of  age,  383,1:  comparison 
112 ;  of  one  adj.  with  another  (more  successful  than  brave],  115,  7,  Note : 
of  those  in  el,  en,  er,  113,  2;  irreg.,  114,  6;  does  not  modify  vowel,  114, 
Note  3;  see  superl.  of,  below:  determinative,  71:  with  dat.,  383,  II: 
declension  of,  in  el,  en,  109;  after  ber  etc.,  102;  103,  Note  2;  after  ctn,  etc., 
104,  II;  after  ctele,  eintfle  etc.,  103,  Note  2;  in  other  cases,  107;  102,  2;  336, 
3;  decl.  when  used  as  nouns,  28,  Note  ;  108,  c;  foot-note  to  =er  in 
this  Index;  with  gen.,  385,  HI:  geographical,  how  formed,  68,  Note  2; 
indef.  numeral,  74,  4:  of  measure,  interrog.   72,  II:  take  ace.,  383,  1: 
position  with  qualifying  noun,  e.g.  capable  of  action,  3:3;  with  adver- 
bial phrase,  386,  V:  possessive,  18;  336;  73,  3:  folld.  by  preps.,  385,  IV: 
superl.  of,  when  stem  ends  in  hissing  sound,  three  consonti.,  or  t,  113, 
3  and  Note  1. :  syntax  of,  383  -  386:  of  value  or  weight,  383,  1. 
Adverbs,  shortest  form  of  adj.  used  as,  also  comparison  of,  113,  4  and  257: 
comparison  of  advs.  not  also  adjs.,  265:  in  cn3,  124,  4:  interrog.  advs., 
list  of,  264,  6;  as  conjunctions,  279,  o;    their  position  in  clause  422,  20: 
negative,  place  of  in  clause,  426,  27,  b;  81,  2,  b:  numeral  121,  12:  when 
do  they  begin  a  clause  and  not  require  question  order,  422,  18,  c:  mis- 
cellaneous, list  of,  265,  9:  of  order,  list  of,  264,  7:  of  place,  list  of,  258: 
rel.  must  come  at  beginning  of  clause,  422,  20:  of  time,  list  of,  269: 
ending  in  lueife,  264,  8. 

Age,  adjs.  of  take  ace.,  383,  1:  how  expressed,  120,  6. 
at,  foreign  nouns  in,  how  decl.,  33,  3:  neuters  in,  from  Latin,  how  ded., 
51,  11. 

575 


576  INDEX. 

all,  e.g.  aU  day,  takes  art.,  340,  2:  all  the,  74,  1:  with  and  without  the, 
312,  17:  all  of  us,  of  you  etc.,  338,  3:  meaning  the  whole,  340,  2:  all  of 
whom,  of  which,  338,  2. 

afl  bet,  jener,  mein  etc.,  decl.  of  afl,  74,  2  and  339,  IV:  alt  bet,  meaning  of, 

312,  17:  ctlle,  pi.,  decl.  of  adj.  after,  103,  Note  2:  for  the  more  usual  afl, 

339,  IV,  1:  atter,  prefixed  to  superl.,  113,  3,  Note  2:    otleg,  meaning  of, 

340,  4:  afleS  ttaS,  340,  5  and  165,  3. 
afletn,  no  effect  on  order  of  sentence,  422,  18. 
Alphabet,  3. 

alS,  when,  272;  274;  182,':  as  if,  order  after,  420, 12:  ate  bajj,  278,  3:  ol«  ob, 
ate  tt>enn,  mood  after,  354,  Note  3. 

otfo,  position  in  clause,  422,  17. 

am,  with  superl.  of  adj.,  113  and  114,  Note  1. 

tan,  foreign  nouns  in,  how  decl.,  33,  3. 

an,  howtransl.,  400,  I:  after  what  vbs.,  398.  [andinfin.,  366,  5 

anftatt  ba§,  373,  b:  anftatt  folld.  by  be§  and  infin.,  372,  2,  a:  folld.  by  ju 

Antecedents,  ber}ento,e,  etc.,  158. 

any,  bef.  noun  in  sing.,  75,  5:  how  transl.,  166,  5. 

Apposition,  decl.  of  nouns  in,  318,  4;  318,  5  at  end  and  Note;  see  aft;  both; 
of:  $err  aflutter,  etc.,  62,  3. 

tar,  foreign  nouns  in,  how  decl.,  33,  3. 

Arrangement  of  words,  see  Order. 

Article,  gender  bef.  grautein,  65,!Def.,  decl.  15:  when  inserted  and  when, 
omitted  305;  34,  1:  bef.  abstract  noun  306,  5:  omitted  in  adverbial 
phrases,  313,  24:  ace.  omitted  after  in  in  poetry,  495,':  omitted  in  transl. 
the  Smiths,  etc.,  64,  d:  to  make  case  of  substantive  clear,  305,  3:  bet 
common  noun,  e.g.  man  or  men,  meaning  aU  men,  34, J;  307,  6aand6: 
how  to  distinguish  bet.  the  and  that  in  Germ,  sentence,  152,  1 :  bef.  plur. 
of  concrete  nouns  used  generally  and  indefinitely,  308,  9:  decl.  of  adj. 
after,  102:  bef.  gen.  pi.  of  nouns,  306:  where  used  in  Germ,  and  not  in. 
Engl.,  309,  11,  12:  bef.  months  and  days  of  week  69,  10:  inserted  bet 
afl,  340,  2:  bef.  parts  of  the  body,  336,  1:  bef.  points  of  the  compass, 

313,  21 :  before  names  of  countries,  57,  3 :  always  precedes  the  German 
for  both  etc.,  310,  16  ;  74,  3  ;  312,  18 :  repeated,  310,  15  :  bef.  rivers, 
lakes,  mountains,  68,  9  :  bef.  seasons  etc.,  309,  10  :  used  by  South 
Germans,  306,  4  :  bef.  substances  and  materials,  308,  8  :  bef.  titles, 
e.  g.  §err,  307,  7  :  the  fewer — the  better,  etc.,  116, 10  :  omitted  in  phrases 
containing  verb  and  object  noun,  313,  24  :  omitted  in  Germ.  bef. 
noun  limited  by  of  which,  of  whom,  313,  23. 

Article,  indef.  (etn),  decl.,  18  :  decl.  of — adj.  after,  104,  II :  omitted  after 
to  be,  27,  ' :  more  freq.  omitted  bef.  tyiinbcrt  and  taufenb,  119,  ». 


INDEX.  577 

as,  273,  4:  as— again,  116,  9:  as— as,  115,  8:  as— if,  354,  Note  3. 

a[t,  foreign  nouns  in,  decl.  33,  3. 

at,  287;  407. 

?at,  nouns  in,  how  decl.,  33,  3. 

ttudj,  after  toer,  sense  of,  159,  5:  after  toenn,  position  of,  429,1:  tote  —  cmdj, 

278,  7. 

ouf,  how  transl.,  401:  used  after  what  vbs.,  398,  2. 
auf'3,  with  superl.  of  adj.,  114,  Note  2. 
OU3,  how  transl.,  401:  aft.  what  vbs.,  398,  3. 
Auxiliaries  forming  perf.,  pluperf.  and  fut.  perf.     See  also  IjaBen;  fetn; 

Auxiliaries,  modal.     Omitted  in  dependent  order,  423,  21:  position  in 

dep.  clause  contng.  modal  auxiliary  ifonncn,  etc.\  423,  22;  contng.  a 

part,  and  infin.,  etc.  423,  22,  a. 
Auxiliaries,  modal,  conjug.  93:  infin.  omitted  after,  333,  6:   signification 

and  use,  98;  323:  position  of  nidjt/  me,  etc.,  with,  98,  1. 

sfcar,  signifn.,  109,  4. 

fce=,  signifn.  223,  8. 

become,  what  has  become  of. . . .,  91,  Note. 

Bet,  how  transl.,  402:  after  what  vbs.,  398,  4. 

Beibe,  with  def.  art.  74,  3;  310,  16;  with  or  witht.,  312,  18:  with  possessive 

adj.,  75,  4. 

be  to,  e.g.  he  is  to  arrive,  87,  Note  2  and  330,  7. 
Bi3,  287,  Note. 
born,  122,2. 

loih—and,  341,  9,  Note:  both  of,  341,  9:  both  the,  312,  18  and  74,  3. 
Brackets,  how  used  in  this  book,  26, l. 

but,  after  nothing  etc.,  273,  5:  equiv.  to  who,  which — not,  157,  5. 
by,  how  tr.,  288;  408. 

can,  324;  332,  &;  meaning  am  in  a  condition  to,  324,  4. 

Capitals,  initial,  9,  6;  of  adj.  in  =er,  109,  4:  adj.  in  tfdj  from  names  of 

nations  do  not  take,  110,  5:  of  adj.  after  ettoag,  nicfytg,  Diet,  toenig,  mefyr, 

IDS,':  @d)utb,  373,1:  fu$,  <Ste,  144, 3. 
, Cases,   see  Nominative,  etc.;   Adjectives;  Verbs;  Prepositions:   oblique, 

denned,  27,-:  required  after  adjectives,  383;  after  verbs,  389. 
Causatives,  241. 

=djcn,  nouns  in,  how  decl.,  23:  are  neut.,  58,  5. 
gfjrijhiS,  64. 
Clauses,  adjective,  preceding  the  noun,  372, /:  declaratory,  denned,  80,  a: 

dependent,  denned,  82,  4;  415;  contng.  other  depdt.  clauses,  424,  o; 


578  INDEX. 

optative,  order  in,  417,  6:  depdt.,  order  in,  418,  8  and  8,  a:  order  in 
princip.  clause  coining  after  dep.  clause,  421,  15  and  15,  b:  bow  to  recog- 
nize dep.  clause,  417,  7;  VEBB  in  dep.  clause,  not  at  very  end,  423,  23  and 
a.-  principal,  defined,  415;  finished  bef.  dependent  is  begun,  279,  Note. 

Comparative,  see  adj.,  comparison  of,  and  adv.  comparison  of:  e.g.  higher 
and  higher,  377, 21. 

Compound  words,  accent  of,  10,  3:  nouns,  gender  of,  58. 

Conclusions,  fo  in,  421,  15,  a;  order  when  fo  is  omitted,  421,  15,  6. 

Conditions,  order  in,  419,  11  and  11,  a:  subjunctive  in,  353,  2,a;  354. 

Conjunctions,  269:  past  part,  as,  379,  3:  subordinating,  271;  272;  277,  b: 
which  require  VEEB  at  end,  83, 2. 

Consonants,  doubled,  dropped  or  changed,  in  irreg.  verbs,  '213, 1,  3,  4. 

could  have,  transl.,  99,  4. 

bd,  as,  since,  273:  compounded  with  preps.,  147,  6:  redundant,  339,  Note: 

how  to  disting.  adv.  (there,  from  conjunc.  (since),  427. 
bamit,  mood  after,  352,  1,  a:  how  to  disting.  adv.  (therewith)  from  con- 
junc. (in  order  Hurt),  427. 
banfe,  101, l. 
dare,  333, l. 

bag,  inst.  of  bet,  ble, 152,  1. 
bafj,  mood  after,  356,  4;  358,  7,  8:  order  when  omitted,  295,5:  tense  after, 

357,  5,  a,  b,  c. 

Dates,  how  expressed,  124,  2. 
Dative,  ace.  and  dat.,  order  of,  392;  adjs.  folld.  by,  383,  II:  defined,  14:  of 

the  person,  with  parts  of  the  body,  336,  2:  termin.  of  dat.  pi.,  22,  6; 

63,  5,  a;  see  ;er,  foot-note;  of  nums.,  120,  4:  aft.  verbs,  390,  II. 
Declension.     See  also  the  difft.  parts  of  speech.   Of  nouns,  1st,  23;  2d,  27; 

3d,  30;  4th,  35;  5th,  40;  irregular,  48. 
beiti,  poss.  pron.,  decl.,  18;  336:  gen.  of  bu,  144,  1. 
Demonstratives  and  relatives,  how  to  distinguish  in  a  German  sentence, 

427. 

benn,/or,  what  order  after,  422,  18. 
bet,  see  Article,  definite:  rel.  pron.,  decl.,  156:  how  to  distinguish  bet.  the 

art.  (the)  and  the  demonstrative  adj.  <that>,  152,';  bet.  the  dem.  pron. 

(that)  and  the  rel.  pron.  (who,  which),  160,  •  and  427;  diff.  bet.  bcrand 

toeldjer,  156,  3  and  4. 
berjemge,  decl.  152. 
beret,  152,  1. 
berfelfcc,  71,  I:  inst.  of  gen.  of  eg,  146,  5:  inst.  of  er,  fie,  eg  in  all  the  cases, 

147,  7. 


INDEX.  679 

beffen,  inst.  of  gen.  of  e8/  146,  5. 

befto,  278,  5. 

bieS,  see  biefeS. 

btcfer,  decl.,  16:  as  adj.,  71:  as  pron.,  151:  decl.  of  adj.  after,  102. 

biefe3,  inst.  of  biefe,  biefer,  152,  1. 

do,  auxil.  vb.,  99. 

bod),  used  to  contradict,  263,  M  order  after,  421,  16:  position  of,  421,  16,  a: 

used  with  question  order  in  emphatic  assertns.,  422,  19. 
fcret,  120,  3. 

bit  and  @ie,  77, l:  repeated  after  rel.  pron.,  156,  4. 
burcfy,  prefix,  234:  prep.,  how  transl.,  402. 
biirfen,  conjug.,  97:  does  not  mean  dare,  333,1:  uses,  331. 

e/  elision  of,  in  adjs.  in  el,  en,  er,  109;  113,  2;  in  vbs.,  131,  3:  in  vbs.'in 

fcfyen,  fen,  fjen,  131,  2. 
=e,  nouns  in,  27;  pi.  of,  22,  7:  neuters  in,  do  not  add  e,  40,  l;  ferns,  in,  aft. 

numeral,  199,  foot-note, 
sdjalt,  125,  Note. 
ze\,  nouns  in  are  fern.,  37,  Note, 
etferfucfytig  auf  or  iiBer,  387, l. 
etn,  indef.  art.,  decl.,  18;  decl.  of  adj.  after,  104,  It;  omitted,  27,';  repeated, 

310,  15;  numeral,  decl.,  119,  1:  numeral  how  disting.  from  art.,  122,1; 

pron.,  decl.,  119,  1:  see  einer. 
einanber,  163,  2. 
etner,  pron.,  163,  Note  1. 

einige/  decl.  of  adj.  after,  103,  Note  2:  transl.  Eng.  wd.  some,  165,  4. 
either,  341,  10:  nor  that  either,  etc.,  265, 2. 
zel,  adj.  in,  elision  of  c,  109,  1;  elision  of  c  in  compar.  of,  113,  2:  nouns  in, 

masc.  and  neut.,  23:  verbs  in,  elision  of  e  in,  131,  3. 
f^n,  adj.  in,   elision  of  e  in  compar.  of  113,  2;  signif.  of,  109,  4:  nouns 

originally  ending  in,  25,  1:  nouns  masc.  and  neut.  in,  23. 
;en8,  adverbs  in,  124,  4;  258,  3. 
ent=,  signifn.,  224,  9. 
entoeber,  order  after,  422,  18. 
er.  meaning  you,  9,  6. 
er=,  signifn.,  224, 10. 
ft?,  adj.  in,  signifn.,  109,  4*;  elision  of  e  in  compar.  of,  113,  2;  elision  of  e 

*  These  words  are  indeclinable  when  used  as  adjectives,  e.g.  t«n  5}}artfer  ©trafcen, 
to  Paris  streets.  Used  as  masculine  nouns,  the  nom.  sing,  ends  in  er,  and  the  masculine 
is  declined  like  9Ibler,  p.  24.  The  feminine  noun  ends  in  evin,  e.g.  spartfetin,  woman  oj 
Parit,  pi.  spariferlnnen.  The  neuter  is  not  used  substantively. 


680  INDEX. 

in,  109,  2:  masc.  and  neut.  noons  in,  23:  verbs  with  stems  in,  elision 
of  e  in,  131,  3. 

erfldTen  fur,  390,  Note. 

=erlet,  numerals  in,  121,  8. 

=em,  adj.  in,  signif.,  109,  4. 

erjlere,  124,  3. 

eg,  may  stand  for  masc.,  fern,  or  neut.  noun,  336,  3:  id)  Bin  eg,  etc.,  145,  3: 
eg  gt&t,  245,  1:  eg  i\tf  245,  1;  in  questns.,  246,  Note:  subject  of  passive 
of  an  intrans.  vb.,  239,  Note;  391,  Observation;  of  pass,  of  a  trans,  vb., 
247,  6:  substitutes  for  gen.  and  dat.  of,  146,  5;  147,  6:  substitutes  for, 
•when  the  obj.  of  a  prep.,  147,  6  and  Note  2:  baffelBe  is  substit.  for,  147,  7: 
translated  there  (eg  fyridjt  3emanb),  247,  5:  mir'g  and  btr'g,  426,  d. 

ztft,  in  superl.  of  adj.,  113,  3. 

ettoog,  166,  6:  capital  letter  of  adj.  after,  108,  1:  decL  of  adj.  after,  107,  a. 

eu,  antiquated  forms  of  certain  vbs.,  in,  207,  2. 

every,  transl.,  340,  6. 

eg  fei  benn  bajj,  277,s. 

Exclamations,  order  in,  417,  6,  c. 


tfa%,  121,  9. 

Foreign  words,  their  accent,  10,  4:  defined,  10,  4:  see  Nouns. 

Fractions,  124,  5. 

grauletn,  gend.  of  article,  etc.,  bef.,  65,  l. 

frofc/locfett,  225,  Note. 

from,  how  tr.,  409. 

fur,  how  tr.,  403:  after  what  vbs.,  399,  5. 

Future  perfect,  denoting  probability,  83,  l. 

ganj,  decl.,  340,  3. 

gegen,  how  tr.,  403. 

gender,  of  compd.  nouns,  58:  of  nouns,  decided  by  signifn.,  55,  1,  2,  3; 

56,  1;  57,  1,  2,  3;  58,  4;  by  terminate.,   37,  Note;  55,  4;  56,  2,  3,  5,  6; 

57,  4;  58,  5. 

Genitive  (syntax)  317:  after  adjs.,  385,  III:  as  adv.,317,  3:  defined,  14:  of 

apposition  (e.g.  the  city  of  Rome,  the  art  of  writing)  318,  4;  373:  Eng.  gen. 

rendered  by  compd.   noun,  317,  2:   follows  the  limited  noun,  29,'; 

(317,  1):  in  g  or  eg,  of  nouns,  22,2;  31,  Note:  pi.  of  nouns,  termin,  22,  5; 

def.  art.  used  with,  305,  3,  at  end:  sing,  of  masc.  nouns,  termin.,  22,  1: 

of  time,  260,':  after  verbs,  394,  HL 
genufl/  with  infin.,  367,  2, 


INDEX.  681 


gent,  38,  2;  265,  *. 

sgletcfjen,  (metnesfltetdjeti,  etc.),  381,  *. 


conjug.  77;  used  &s  auxil.  with  what  vbg.,  171,  7,  8;  172,  9,  10: 

folld.  by  an  infin.,  365,  4. 
^aft,  signifn.,  109,  4. 
$alfc,  124,  6. 
4alb,  125,  Note. 
4alben,  335,  2,Note. 
half,  124,  6;  125,  Note. 
fatten  fur,  390,  Note. 
Handwriting,  German,  9,  7. 

have,  meaning  cause  to,  (taffen)  326:  be  obliged  to,  (muff  en)  95,  4. 
§etjjen,  forms  perf.  with  infin.  inst.  of  past  part.,  364,  Note:  folld.  by  infin. 

without  $u,  363,  II,  2. 
;Ijett,  nouns  in  are  fern.  37,  Noto. 
Ijelfen,  forms  perf.  with  infin.  inst.  of  past  part.,  364,  Note:  folld.  by  infin. 

without  ju,  363,  H,  2. 
Ijer,  230,  2:  Ijercifc,  I)ercw3,  etc.,  after  a  noun  with  a  prep,  before  it,  258,1; 

with  preceding  ace.,  282. 
$ier,  compounded  with  preps.,  147,  6. 
Ijtn,  230,  2:  l)inafc,  ^inau^  etc.,  after  a  noun  with  a  prep,  before  it,  258,  '; 

with  prec.  ace.,  282. 
Ijinter,  prefix,  234. 
§0<f),  decl.,  109,  3. 
^oren,  forms  perf.  with  infin.  inst.  of  past  part,  364,  Note:  folld.  by  infin. 

without  gu,  363,  n,  2. 
Hour  of  the  day,  120,  7- 

ljunbcrt,  decl.,  120,  5:  more  freq.  takes  no  art.,  119. 
Hyphen,  see  Syllables. 

tdj,  repeated  after  rel.  pron.,  156,  4, 

=tcfj,  nouns  in,  how  decl.  ,  33,  3. 

-it,  nouns  in  are  fern.,  37,  Note. 

-tcr,  foreign  nouns  in,  how  decl.,  33,  3. 

=teren,  verbs  in,  127. 

if,  mood  after  in  Germ.,  353,  2,  a,  b,  c;  354,  3,  a:  meaning  whenever,  354, 

•Note  1:  meaning  whether,  354,  Note  2. 
sig,  terrain,  of  adj  ,  signifn.,  109,  4:  nouns  in,  decl.,  33,  3. 
%,  pers.  pron.,  how  used,  77,1:  repeated  after  rel.  pron.,  156,  4:  poss. 

pron.,  decl  ,  18. 


582  INDEX. 

;tf,  nouns  in  are  fern. ,  37,  Note. 

=ion,  nouns  in  are  fern.,  37,  Note. 

immer,  after  roer,  159,  5. 

Imperative  (syntax)  339:  1st  pers.  pi.,  several  forms  for,  359,  2:  of  irreg. 
vbs.,  170,  4:  passive,  how  formed,  137,1:  pres.  subj.  as,  in  3d  pers., 
359,  9:  past  part,  as,  379,  5:  Sic,  expressed  with,  145,  2:  3d  pers.  sing., 
formed  with  foil,  359,  9;  subject  of,  omitted,  417,  6,  a:  subj.  of  3d  pers., 
where  placed,  417,  6,  6. 

Imperfect,  (syntax),  347:  of  irreg.  vbs.,  170,  2,  3;  see  Verbs,  irreg  :  trans- 
lates Eng.  plup.,  276, l;  347,  4. 

in,  howtr.,  288;  409:  in  January,  etc.,  69,  10. 

in,  how  tr.,  403:  after  what  vbs.,  399,  6. 

-in,  nouns  in  are  fern.,  37,  Note. 

intern,  transl.  Eng.  pres.  part.,  273;  371,  c:  when  rel.  (while)  and  when 
dem.  (meanwhile),  427. 

tnbeffen..  order  after,  421,  16;  position  of  in  clause,  421,  16,  a. 

Infinitive,  act.  in  Germ,  trans,  by  Eng.  pass.,  365,  4  and  Note:  after  an 
adj  ,  364,  in,  2:  after  to  be,  365,  4,  Note;  330,  7;  380:  as  noun  in  nom. 
with  and  without  def.  art.,  363,  I;  as  noun  in  nom.,  gen.,  dat.  and  ace., 
372,  2,  a:  after  a  noun  (longing  to  speak \  364,  HI,  1:  inst.  of  past  part., 
364,  Note:  position  in  clause,  81,  2,  a;  425,  27:  I  know  where  to  go,  etc  , 
367,  VI:  after  tfjun,  485, ':  with  urn  $u,  366,  4:  with  ju,  364,  IH:  with 
ju,  like  Latin  fut.  pass,  part.,  380;  365,  4,  Note:  without  ju,  after  foflen, 
etc.,  363,  II,  1;  after  feljen,  etc.,  363,  II,  2;  after  other  verbs  (in  Iteflen 
fcleiBen,  etc.)  364,  3:  aft.  interrog.  wds.  (how  to  succee-1,  what  to  do,  etc.), 
367,  6  and  368. 

-ing,  Eng.  forms  like  lam  learning,  how  tr.,130,  Note  1;  346,  L 

in  order  that,  352,  1,  a;  353,  b. 

Interjections,  293. 

Interrogative  . .  .  ,  see  Question. 

into,  288. 

=ircn,  verbs  in,  127,  Exc.  2. 

=tjdj,  signifn.,  109,  4;  110,  5. 

it  is  I,  etc.,  145,  3. 

Italics  in  this  book,  180,2. 

;ium,  decl.  of  neuters  in,  51,  11. 

ja,  with  question  order,  422,  19. 

je  —  bejlo,  278,  5. 

Jeber,  decl.,  15;  165, 1:  termin.of  adj.  after,  102,  3. 

Jebermann,  164,  4. 


INDEX.  583 

Jcbocfy,  order  after,  421,  16;  position  of,  in  clause  421,  16,  a. 

jebweber,  164,i. 

jeQltcfyer,  164,  l. 

femanb,  164,  5. 

Jcner,  decl.,  15:  termin.  of  adj.  after,  102,  3. 

3e[uS,  164. 

fein,  decl.,  18:  termin.  of  adj.  after,  104,  4. 

fcincr,  decl.,  165,  1. 

;feU,  nouns  in  are  fern.,  37,  Note. 

fonuen,  conjug.,  93:  uses,  324. 

know,  I  do  not  know  but,  278,  2. 

flora,  160,i. 

Lakes,  names  of,  decl.,  68,  9:  take  art.,  68,  9. 

lajjen,   uses,  326:  auxil.  vb.  to  form  imperative,  359,  2:   forms  perf.  with 

infin.  inst.  of  past  part.,  364,  Note:  folld.  by  infin.  witht.  311,  363,  II,  2. 
4etu,  nouns  in,  decl.,  23:  are  neut.,  58,  5. 
lerncn,  forms,  perf.  with  infin.  inst.  of  past  part.,  364,  Note:  folld.  by 

infin.  witht.  ju,  363,  n,  2. 
lest,  meaning/or  fear  of,  aft.  neg.,  277, l. 
let,  326. 
lefcterc,  124,  3. 
=Iicfy,  signifn.,  110. 
like,  Hike  to  sing,  etc.,  265, l. 
sling,  nouns  in,  how  decl.,  33,  3. 
=Io3,  signifn.,  110. 

=mal,  forms  numerals,  121,  12. 

ntadjcn,   forms  perf.  with  infin.  inst.  of  past  part.,  364,  Note:  folld.  by 

infin.  witht.  311,  363,  II,  2. 
man,  163,  1. 
tnandj,  decl.,   165,    1:   decl.  of  adj.  after,  102,  3  and  103,  Note  2 ruses, 

312,  19. 

2Hann  and  3Kcnfd),  76,'. 
smann,  pi.  of  nouns  in,  52,  16. 
may,  325;  325,  4;  332,  b. 
mean,  what  does  this  mean  ?  etc.,  330,  8. 
Measure,   adjs.  of,  383,  1:   nouns  of,  prec.  by  numeral,  52,   14;  of,  not 

transl.  after,  318,  5. 
tneljr,  adj.  takes  capital  after,  108. 
jiiefyrcre,  decl.  of  adj.  after,  103,  Note  2, 


584  INDEX. 

2Kenf<$  and  3Ratttt,  76, i.  [in  predic.  336,  3:  of  tef),  144,,. 

metn,  poss.  pron.,  decl.,  18;  tennin.  of  adj.  after  104,  4:  gen.  form  of. 

might  have,  transl.,  99,  4. 

mifj,  prefix,  234,  i. 

nrit,  after  what  vbs.,  399,  7. 

mogen,  conjug.,  96:  uses,  325:  mocfrte  aft.  vbs.  of  fearing,  358,  8. 

Monosyllables,  masc.  nouns,  decl.,  31,  1:  neuters,  irreg,  decl.,  50,  9: 

neuters,  pi.  of,  41,  Note  2:  pi.  of.  with  a,  o,  it,  au,  in  stem,  23,  9. 
Moods,  see  Subjunctive,  etc. 
more,  one  more,  etc.,  343,  13. 
Mountains,  names  of,  take  art.,  68,  9. 
tnitffen,  conjug.  95:  uses,  329. 
must,  329. 

ttadj,  how  transl.,  403:  aft.  what  verbs,  399,  8. 

ttdmltdj,  positn.  in  clause,  422,  17. 

need,  vb.,  332,  2. 

Negative,  conjug.  ofvb.,  130,  Note  2:  neg.  adv.,  where  placed  in  clause 
81,  2,  6;  98,  1;  426,  27,  6;  428,  ». 

neither,   342,  11. 

Neuters,  see  Monosyllables  and  Nouns. 

ntcfyt,  see  Negative:  nidjt  mefyr,  redundant,  211,  :  position  after  toenn,  428, *. 

SRidjtg,  adj.  takes  capital  letter  after,  108. 

ntemanb,  164,  5. 

inijj,  ferns,  in,  pi.  of,  49,  6:  nouns  in,  decl.  of,  40, 2. 

no,  how  transl.,  18,1:  no  longer,  no  more,  343,  14:  no,  thank  you,  101,1. 

nocf),  tr.  more  or  other,  343,  13. 

Nominative,  def.,  14:  pi.  of  nouns,  tennin.,  22,  5:  after  what  vbs.,  389,  I. 

Normal  order,  80,  1;  415,  3,  6.  [342,  11. 

not  any  (body,  thing,  etc.)  164,  6;  342,  12:  (longer,  more),  343,  14:  not  either, 

Nouns.  See  also  =e;=ei;scr;  Gender;  Genitive,  etc.;  ;i<$;  =4c;  =ifl;  =if;  =ion; 
=tum;  sfett;  =Iein;  =mann;  Measure  (under  Weight);  Monosyllables;  ;nijj; 
Nominative  pi. ;  Number  (under  Weight);  ;on;  ;or;  =fal;  =fdjaft;  =tat; 
sung;  Quantity  (under  Weight);Kivers;  Weight: — Adjs.  as,  decl.  of,  108, c, 
(see  also  ;cr":  fern.,  decl.  in  sing.,  23,  8:  with  two  gends.  and  difft. 
meanings,  59,  E:  decl.,  21:  decl.  of,  in  appositn.,  318,  4;  318,  5  at  end 
and  Note;  $ert  2Ruller,etc.,  62,  3:  decl.  of  compd.,  23,  10:  decl.  of  compd., 
latter  part  a  monosyll.,  32,  2:  irreg.  decl.  in  pi.,  48:  nouns  with  no  pi., 
51,  13:  with  only  a  pi.,  52,  15:  with  two  pis.  havg.  difft.  senses,  51,  12: 
other  irreg.  decl.,  ®(auBe  etc.,  93auer,  etc.,  25;  $elb,  etc.,  28;  3Kuttcr, 
Softer,  37;  =nijj,  40,=;  =tf)itm,  41,  Note  1;  $aar,  etc.,  41,  Note  2;  $erj,42: 


INDEX.  585 

dec!,  of  masc.  from  another  lang.,  28,  2:  decl.  of  neut.,  40;  proper  nouns, 
names  of  countries,  cities,  etc.,  decl.  of,  66;  of  nations,  termin.  of,  68,  8', 
of  persons  (^etnridj,  $err  SKullcr,  etc.)  62:  ferns,  from  masc.,  59,  F: 
indecl.  in  three  pounds,  etc.,  198,';  199,  foot-note:  latter  noun  indecl. 
in  a  glass  of  milk,  etc.,  Ill,1;  318,  4. 

Number,  nouns  of,  (dozen,  etc. ),  see  Weight. 

Numerals,  119:  decl.  of  120,  4:  decl.  of  nouns  prec.  by,318,  5:  in  =erlet,  121,  8: 
fractional,  124,  5:  indef.  num.  adjs.,  74,  4:  ordinal,  123;  threefeet,  five 
busliels,  etc., 203,  footnote. 

ofc,  mood  after,  354,  Note  2. 

oBflletdj,  ofcfcfyon,  oBn>o$l,  274. 

Object  of  vb.,  where  placed,  81,  2,  c. 

o'clock,  120,  7. 

ober,  has  no  effect  on  order,  422,  18. 

of,  nouns  connected  by  of,  put  in  apposn.  in  German,  318,  4t  see  aft:  both: 
bef.  name  of  material,  320,  c:  bef.  cardin.  numerals,  (man  of  30  yrs. ) 
320,  b:  bef.  pres.  part.,  320,  7:  aft.  nouns  of  measure,  weight,  number, 
quantity,  318,  5;  319,  Note:  aft.  verbal  nouns,  e.g.  thought  of  God, 
320,  8:  glass  of  mUk,  etc.,  Ill,1:  friend  of  ours,  etc.,  337,  4:  Duke  of,  etc., 
320,  a:  2d  of  May,  etc.,  318,  4:  some  of  my  friends,  etc.,  320,  d. 

oljne  bajj,  278,  4:  oljne,  folld.  by  infin.,  366,  5. 

on,  prep.,  how  tr.,  288;  410. 

;0tt,  foreign  nouns  in,  decl.,  33,  3. 

one,  indef.  pron.,  163,  1  and  Notes:  aft.  adj.,  (good  one,  ones)  120,  2;  165,  2: 
the  river  is  a  deep  one,  etc.,  313,  22. 

only,  how  transl.,  121,  11. 

Optative  clause,  order  in,  417,  6. 

=or,  foreign  nouns  in,  decl.,  48,  2. 

Order,  80;  414.  See  other  titles,  e.g.  aBer;  Ace.  and  dai;  Adjectives, 
positn.  of;  Adverbs,  interrog. ;  Clauses;aflein;  al3,  as  if;  alfo;  Auxiliaries, 
omitted;  Auxil.,  positn.;  Conclusions;  Conjunctions;  bajj,  omitted;  De- 
monstratives and  Relatives;  benn;  bod);  enttoeber;  Exclamations;  inbeffen; 
Imperat.,  3d  pers. ;  Infin.,  positn.  in  clause;  Ja;  Jebocfj;  namtidj;  Nega- 
tive; mdjt,  in  a  conditn. ;  Object;  ober;  Optative;  Particip.  past;  Person 
and  thing;  Prefixes,  separable;  Pronouns,  interrog.;  Pronouns,  pers.; 
Question  order;  Questions;  BEST  of  the  clause;  Sentences;  fonbern; 
STJBJECT;  Tenses;  VEEB. 

other,  343,  13. 

ought,  329;  332,  6:  ought  to  have,  99,  4. 

over,  prep.,  410. 


586  INDEX. 

fcaar,  $aar,  diff.  of  signifn.,  52,«. 

Parentheses,  how  used  in  this  book,  26, l. 

Participles,  e.g.  deserving  of  being  loved,  137, *',   365,  4,  Note;  380:  Past, 

uses  of,  378:  as  adj.,  140,  4;  208,  7;  378,  1,  2;  383,  II:  past,  asconjunc. 

379,  3:   as  imperative,  379,  5:  instead  of  pres.  part,  after  gcfycn,  etc., 

379,  3:  place  of,  in  clause,  81,  2,  a;  425,  27  and  a:  Present,  how  used, 

370:  as  adj.,  370,  1,  a,  b;  371,  c,  d:  trans,  into  German  by  rel.  clause, 

372,  e:  eine  gu  lobenbe  Stljcit,  etc.,   380:    transl.  into  Germ,  by  clause 

beginning  with  inbem,  371,  c;  beginning  with  other  conjunctions,  371,  d: 

lam  learning,  etc.,  130,  Note;  370, 1,  a  at  end:  Pres.  part,  as  noun,  trans. 

into  Germ,  by  infin.,  363,  1;  365,  3;  372,  2,  a:  trans,  by  clause  beg.  with 

ba§,  i»at)rcnb,etc.,  373,  b:  art  of  dancing,  etc.,  320,  7. 
Parts  of  speech,  13. 
Passive,  how  formed,  135;  when  act.  isfolld.  by  dat.,  141,  7:  impersonally, 

with  e6  as  subject,  141,  7;  239,  Note;  247,  6;  391:  reflex,  vb.  inst.  of, 

253,  Note:  toorben  omitted  in  perf.  and  plup.,  140,  5. 
Perfect,  347,  3;  348,  DI:  auxil.   wh.  forms, omitted,  348,  3:  toorben  omitted 

in  perf.  pass.,  140,  5:  formed  with  infin.  inst.  of  past  part,  98,  3;  364, 

Note:  Eng.  perf.,  how  trans-,  348,  in,  2. 
Person  and  thing,  order  of  in  clause,  426,  28. 
Phrases,  adverbial  of  time,  list  of,  260. 
please,  to  be  pleased  with,  393,  8. 
Pluperfect,  how  used,  348,  IV;  auxiliary  wh.  forms,  omitted,  348,  3;  toor- 

ben  omitted  in  pass.,  140,  5. 
Predicate,  adjs.  in,  form  of,  102,  2:  in  the  rules  of  order,  is  called  in  this 

book,  BEST. 
Prefixes,  accent  of,  10,  2;  compound,  222,';   229,  8,  9:  inseparable,  222,  4; 

223,  5,  6:    separable,    229,  7,  8;  230,  10:    sep.   folld.   by  insep.,   e.g. 

ofcBejleHen,  229,  9;  sep.,  place  of  in  clause,  228,1;  425,  26  and  a:  which 

are  sometimes  sep.  and  sometimes  insep.,  234. 
Prepositions,  282:  with  ace.,  44,  2;  282,  1:  with  dat.,  44,  1;  283,  2:  with 

ace.  or  dat.,  44,  3;  285,  4:  with  gen.,  284,  3:  aft.  adjs.,  385,  4:  contr. 

with  def.  art.,  45,  5:  Eng.  preps.,  how  trans.,  287,  407:   Germ,  preps., 

how  trans.,  400,  I:  whom  you  speak  to  must  be  in  Germ,  to  whom,  etc., 

411,  Obs. 
Present,  346, 1:  inst.  of  Eng.  perf.,  276,1;  346,  3:  of  irreg.  verbs  having  a 

or  c  in  the  infin.,  takes  5,  i  or  ie,  170,  1:  for  fut.,  346,  2. 
Probability,  denoted  by  bitrfte,  332,  3;  by  fut.  perf.,  83,1. 
Pronouns,  use  of,  335:  adj.  prons.,  71:  correl.,  158:  dem.,  71;  151:  indef., 

162:  interrog.  72,  II;  150;   interrog.   must  begin  its  clause,  422,  20: 

personal,  143;  of  1st  and  2d  pers.  repeated  after  rel.  pron.,  335,  1;  of 


INDEX.  587 

3d  pers.,  berfcffcc  inst.  of,  147,  7;  in  obi.  case,  place  of,  in  clause,  420,  13; 
426,  28,  a,  b,  c,  d:  possess.,  153;  form  of  when  standg.  alone  in  the  pred., 
336,  3:  reciprocal,  335,  3:  reflexive,  147,  8;  meaning  eachMer,  335,  3: 
relative,  153;  use  of,  338;  of  1st  and  2d  pers.,  335,  1;  omitted  in  Eng., 
but  not  in  Germ.,  156,  1;  must  come  first  in  clause,  338,  1;  422,  20. 
Pronunciation,  4. 

Quantity,  nouns  of,  see  Weight. 

Question  order,  38,";   82,  Sand1;  416,  4:   after  adv.,   262,  2:   in  emphat. 

assertns.,  422,  19:  meaning  if  or  whenever,  355,  c:  conjs.  and  adrs.  which 

coming  first  do  not  require  it,  422,  18. 
Questions,   is  there?   how  trans,  with  fein,  246,  Note:  direct  and  indir., 

279,2;  151,  Note:  indir.,  mood  of,  358,  6;  order  in,  416,  5;  420,  14. 


110. 

Relatives  and  Demonstratives,   how  to  distinguish  from  eachother  in 

Germ.,  427. 

REST  of  the  clause,  def.,  81,  2:  order  of  wds.  in,  262,1;  425;  426. 
Rivers,  names  of,  take  art.,  68,  9:  how  decl.,  68,  9. 

'g,  for  eg,  144,1:  in  gen.  of  proper  names  of  persons,  62,  etc. 

said,  am  said  to,  330,  6. 

;fal,  decl.  of  nouns  in,  49,  6. 

=fam,  signifn.,  110. 

=fcfjaft,  nouns  in  are  fern.,  37,  Note. 

=fd)en,  vbs.  in,  e  of  termin.,  131,  2. 

©djulb,  adj.,  has  capital  initial,  373,'. 

feljen,  transitive  infin.  after,  transl.  by  passive  in  Engl.,  430,   Reading 

Lesson:  forms  perf.  with  infin.  inst.  of  past  part.,  364,  Note:  folld.  by 

infin.  without  gu,  363,  II,  2. 
fein,  gen.  of  er,  144,  l. 
fein,  possess,  pron.,  decl.,  18. 
fein,  conjug.,  85:  auxil.,  conjug.  of  vb.  with,  238;  forms  perf.  of  what  vbs., 

390,  IE:  folld.  by  an  infin.,  365,  4:  diff.  between  bag  .$aug  ift  gebautand 

ttnrb  gefcaut,  139  and  140  ;  fein  and  fyafcen  forming  perf.  171,  7.  seq. 
felt>]l,  indecl.,  163,  3:  meaning  even,  148,  l:  meaning  myself,  etc.,  148,  9,  10. 
-self,  (myself,  eta),  147,  8;  148,  9,  10. 
=fcn,  vbs.  in,  e  of  termin.,  131,  2. 

Sentences,  declaratory,  optative,  interrogative,  defd.,  414. 
shall,  329  and  '. 
should,  if  I  should,  etc.,  330,  5:  meaning  ought,  332,  b:  should  haw,  99,  4 


588  INDEX. 

fief),  small  initial  meaning  yourself,  144, 3. 

oic,  reptd.after  rel.  pron.,  156,  4:  @te/  meaning  you,  how  used  77,1;  takes 

capital,  144,3. 

since,  ba  or  jcttbem,  273,  1,  2. 
s'uujle,  121,  10. 
fo  —  aucfy,  278,  7:  correl.  to  ba,  273,  1;  to  oBgleidj,  etc.,  274,  2;  to  ioenn, 

275,  2;  354,  3,  a:  rel.  pron.,  339,  Note:  e£  ift  fo  fcfyon  and  fo  fdjon  eg  ijl, 

428. 

folder,  72,  2;  decl.  of  adj.  aft.  pi.  of,  103,  Note  2. 
follen,  conjug.,  95:  uses  of,  329;  after  vbs.  of  commanding,  368,  7. 
some,  75,  5,  6;  165,  4. 

ftmbcrn  and  after,  269,  Note  2:  no  effect  on  order,  422,  18. 
fo  fefyr  —  aud),  278,  6. 
fpajtcren  flcljen,  etc. ,  364, l. 
ff,  8:  hyphen  comes  before,  8,1. 
f«/8. 

Stem,  accented,  10,  1.  [VERB,  428,  30. 

SUBJECT,  def.,  81,  6;  415,  3,o.'  how  to  transL  clause,  when  SUBJ.  follows 
Subjunctive,  see  Verbs  of  commanding,  etc.,  mood  after:  how  used,  352: 

examps.  of  use,  275,  2;  278,  3:  when  ba{$  is  om.,   295,5;  in  exclamatns., 

359,  10:  when  said  I,  says  he,  etc.  may  be  supplied,  442,  II,5:  after  toenn, 

353,  2,  a,  b,  c;  354,  Note  3:  impf.,  old  forms  of,  214,  5. 
Substantive,  see  Noun. 
such  as,  338,  4:  such  as  to,  339,  5. 
Superlative,  see  Adjective,  compar.  of,  and  superl.  of;  Adverb,  compar. 

of;  =t:  with  atler  prefixed,  113,  3,  Note  2. 

suppose,  I  suppose  meaning  probably,  (burftc)  332,  3:  (fat.  perf.)  83, l. 
Syllables,  how  divided,  6,  4;  9,  5;  ff  and  jj,  8,  1. 
Syntax,  see  Adj.,  Adv.,  etc.,  how  used, 
fj,  8:  hyphen  comes  before,  8,1. 
=§en,vbs.  in,  eoftermin.,  131,  2. 

;t,  superl.  of  adj.  whose  stem  ends  in,  113,  3,  Note  1. 

=tat,  nouns  in  are  fern.,  37,  Note. 

taufenb,  decl.  of,  120,  5:  more  freq.  takes  no  art.,  119,1. 

Tenses,  see  Present,  etc. :  I  do  love,  I  am  loving  not  found  in  Germ.,  99; 

346,  1:  use  of,  346:  compd.  tenses,  place  of  infin.  and  part,  in,  19, ': 

sequence  of,  357,  5,  a,  6,  c. 
Terminations,  see  —  fdjaft/  etc. 
than,  272,  3. 
the,  see  Article,  def.:  thefeicer    the  better,  etc.,  116,  10. 


INDEX.  589 

then,  in  conclusions,  354,  3,  a. 

there  is,  are,  245,  1 :  there  came  a  man,  etc.,  247,  5. 

they,  indefinitely,  (they  say,  etc.),  247,  6. 

tlu/u  and  you,  77, ' ;  145,  2. 

=tl)um,  gend.  and  decl.  of  nouns  in,  41,  Note  1. 

tfyun,  er  tfjut  lieben,  etc.,  485,'. 

Time,  of  day,  246,  2:  definite,  at  which,  ace.  of,  260,2;  318,  Note  1:  indef., 

gen.  of,   260, ';  317,  3:  length  of  time,  ace.  of,  318,  Note  1:  nouns  of, 

after  numeral,  decl.,  203,  foot-note. 
to,  prep.,  289. 
too— far,  278,  3. 

fifcer,  prefix,  234:  prep.,  when  ace.  and  when  dat.,  286:  how  trans.,  404: 
aft.  what  verbs,  399. 

urn,  prefix,  234:  prep.,  how  trans.  404:  urn  ba§,  mood  after,  352,  1,  a:  itm, 
aft.  what  vbs.,  399,  10:  urn  311,  with  infin  ,  353,  b;  366,  IV. 

unb,  has  genly.  no  effect  on  order,  422,  18:  order  after  when  bafj  is  under- 
stood, 418,  9:  question  order  optional  after,  when,  419,  10. 

sung,  nouns  in  are  fern.,  37,  Note. 

nnfer,  decl.,   18. 

unter,  prefix,  234:  prep.,  how  tr.,  405. 

upon,  how  tr.,  410. 

U.  f.  to.,  274,'. 

Value,  adjs.  of,  383,  1. 

toer=,  meaning  of,  224, 11. 

Verb,  see  also  Passive;  VERB,  428,  30:  always  in  Ring,  after  fret,  316,a. — 
CASES  AFTEB,  see  also  Reflexive  above,  389:  vbs.  wh.  take  ace.  and  dat., 
392,  2:  take  ace.  and  gen.,  394,  HI,  2:  take  dat.,  390,  II:  take  gen.,  394, 
III:  takenom.,  389,  I:  take  certain  preps.,  398, 'IV.—  CADSATTVES,  241: 
compound,  not  formed  with  prefix,  224,  12.  impers.,  conjug.,  244:  in 
indir.  questns.,  151,  Note:  inseparable,  221:  interrog.  form,  130,  Note  2: 
intrans.,  in  passive,  239,  Note;  with  fyafcen  as  auxil.,  240,  4;  with  fcin, 
239,  3:  Irreg.,  see  also  below,  HAVING  a  in  pres.,  etc.;  alphabet,  list  of 
215;  wh.  change  consonants  of  stem,  213, 1,  3,  4;  conjug.,  1G8;  defined, 
127, 1;  imperat.  of,  170, 4;  impf.  indie,  of,  170,2;  irnpf.  subj.  of,  170,  3; 
archaic  impf.  subj.  of,  214,  5;  pres.  indie,  of,  170,  1;  additl.  remks. 
concerning  conjug.,  213:  neg.  form,  130,  Note  2:  Keflexive,  conjug., 
251;  folld.  by  ace.,  252,  3;  by  dat.,  254, 4;  by  gen.,  394,  3;  used  inst.  of 
passive,  253,  Note:  Regular,  conjug.,  128;  defined,  127,  1;  how  to 
distinguish  by  the  stem,  127,  2;  stems  in  el,  elision  of  e,  131,  3;  in  ivcr. 


590  INDEX. 

or  teren)  127,  Exc.  2;  in  fvn,  jjen,  fcfyen  or  gen,  elision  of  e,  131, 2;  imperf. 
m  tc  or  ete,  130,  1;  reg.  in  terrain.,  but  change  vowel  of  stem  into  a 
(nennen,  etc.),  132,4:  Separable,  227;  accent  of,  10, 2;  conjug.,  228;  form 
of,  in  dependt.  clauses,  228, 4,  230, 1.—  HAVING  (see  also  Regular  above) 
o  IN  PEES.,  195,1;  209;  a  in  impf.,  172;  176;  a  in  past  part.,  195;  209: 
e  in  past  part.,  172:  eu  in  pres.,  213,  2:  i  in  impf.  and  past  part.,  189: 
le  in  impf.,  193, 195;  te  in  past  part.,  193:  o  in  impf.,  204;  in  past  part. 
176;  204:  it  in  impf,,  209;  u  in  past  part.,  183. — OF  COMMANDING, 
fotten  after,  358,  7:  implying  certainty,  356,  c:  of  communicating  intel- 
ligence (say,  wrtte,  etc.),  mood  after,  356,  4,  a,  b:  of  fearing,  modjte  after, 
358,  8:  of  feeling,  thinking,  wishing,  mood  after,  356,  4,  c,  b:  of  know- 
ing, proving,  mood  after,  356,  c:  of  seeing,  mood  after,  356,  c. 

VEBB,  def.,  81,  c;  415,  3,  a:  precedes  SUBJECT,  when,  428,  30:  comes  at  very 
end,  when,  82;  418,  8. 

Diet,  decl.  witht.  art.,  341,  7:  decl.  of  adj,  after  ftiele,  pi.,  103,  Note  2;  adj. 
takes  capital  after  ine(,  108. 

Vocative,  14,Note;  22,  4 

Voice,  see  Active;  Passive. 

BOOS  prefix,  234,1. 

=&ofl,  signifn.,  110. 

toon,  how  tr.,  405:  after  what  vbs.,  400,  11. 

bor,  how  tr.,  405:  after  what  vbs.t  400,  12. 

toann,  274. 

toaS,  familiarly  for  ettt>a§:  interrog.,  150:  afleg  i»a§  (bag  Bejle  i»a§,  etc.) 

165,  3:  after  prep,  not  requiring  ace.,  155, l:  toag  fur  em,  73,  2:  151,  2,  3, 
Weather,  it  is  c<M,  etc.,  246,  2. 
-toeqen,  335,  2,  Note. 
Weight,  adjs.  of,  take  ace.,  383,  1:  nouns  of,  prec.  by  numeral,  52,  14: 

203,  foot-note:  prec.  by  num.  and  folld.  by  commodity,  e.g.  gtoet 

SjSfunb  93  utter,  decl.  of  phrase,  318,  5  at  end  and  Note, 
toelcljer,  decl.,  15;  156:  interrog.,  151,  2:  tocIdjeS  inst.  of  toeldjer,  ttelcbe, 

153,  2. 
ftentfl,  decl.,  without  art.,  341,  7:  adj.  takes  capital  after,  108:  decl.  of  adj. 

after  ttentge,  pi.,  103,  Note  2:  etn  UJema,  decl.,  341,  8. 
»enn,  274:  takes  subjunct.,  353,  2,  a,  6,  c;  354,  Note  3:  meang.  whenever, 

355,  6. 

l»er,  150:  its  vb.  always  in  sing.,  316, 2. 
toerfcen,  conjug.  89:  various  uses,  135:  see  ftorben. 
=tt>ertlj,  signifn.,  110. 
what,  bef.  noun,  151,  3:  interrog.  with  vb.  to  be,  73,  Note  2. 


INDEX.  501 

whatever,  159,  4,  5. 

when,  180,':  referrg.  to  single  occasn.  in  past,  272,  1:  other  cases,  272,  2. 

whenever,  274,  2. 

which,  interrog.  with  Vb.  to  be,  73  Note,  2. 

while,  273. 

why,  in  conclusions  (if ,  why ),  354,  3,  a. 

imber,  prefix,  234;  234,1. 

tote  —  aud),  278,  7:  tote  toenn,  mood  after,  354,  Note  3. 

toieber,  prefix,  234. 

totH,  325. 

=tottten,  335,  2,  Note. 

toillfaljren,  225,  Note. 

tolr,  repeated  after  rel.  pron.,  156,  4. 

with,  289;  411. 

whoever,  159,  4,  5. 

too  (toorcm,  tooson,  etc.),157,  6  and  Note. 

tooflen,  conjug.  94:  uses,  325. 

toorben,  for  getoorfen,  140,  6:  omitted,  140,  5. 

would  have,  99,  4. 

stourbtg,  signifn.,  110. 

ye,  7V. 

gu,  prep.,  how  tr.,  405:  aft.  what  vbs.,  400,  13:  meang.  too,  too  good  to 
live,  etc.,  367,  2:  used  with  infin.  after  nouns,  adjs.,  vbs.,  364,111;  after 
ottftatt/  oljne  and  urn,  366,  5  and  IV;  aft.  adjs.  prec.  by  311  (too)  or  folld. 
by  genug  (enough),  367,  2;  how  to  succeed,  where  to  go,  what  to  do,  etc.,  368; 
it  is  right  to  speak,  etc.,  372,  3  1.  from  bottom:  not  used  with  infin.  after 
modal  auxiliaries,  363,  II,  1;  nor  after  jeljen,  tyoren,  etc.,  363,  II,  2. 

311  m,  for  gu  etncm,  389,  3. 

3i»d,  decl.,  120,  3. 

f  roeaus  that  a  verb  takes  fein  to  form  its  perfect,  173, 8. 


w 

' 


GERMAN  TEXT-BOOKS 

PUBLISHED   BY 

HENRY   HOLT  &  CO.,  NEW  YORK 

These  books  (excepting  texts)  are  bound  in  cloth  unless  otherwise  indicated. 
§.  Postage  8%  additional.  Descriptive  Educational  Catalogue,  Foreign  Language 
tg  Catalogue,  or  Illustrated  Catalogue  of  Works  in  Central  Literature  frtt. 

Grammars,  Readers,  Etc. 

Blackwell's  German  Prefixes  and  Suffixes.    137  pp.    i6mo.  6oc. 

5      Brandt  and  Day's  German  Scientific  Reading.     See  Texts. 

Bronson's  Easy  German  Prose  and  Poetry.     (Stories  by  Hauff,  including  Die 
Karawane,  and  by  Andeisen  and  Grimm,  also  Poems.)     Vocab.      597  pp. 

"5      Stories  by  Grimm,  Andersen,  and  Hauff  (from  above).  Vocab.  424  pp.  9oc. 

!~!      Corwin's  German  and  English  exercises.    For  supplementary  use  with  either 

of  Whitney's  German  Grammars.    With  notes  and  vocabularies.      77  pp. 

1 2  mo.    Paper.  *SC. 

Harris'  German  Reader.    Can  be  commenced  on  second  day  in  language. 

^!  Simple  selections  of  real  value  as  literature,  employing  a  small  vocabulary 

^  and  admirably  graded.     Vocab.    360  pp.     izmo.  $:  oo 

£*      Jagemann's  Elements  of  German  Syntax.     170  pp.     isrno.  Sue 

2      Joynes-Otto.     First  Book  in  German.     i;6pp.     Hoards,     izmc  3oc. 

CJ       Introductory  German  Lessons.     Vocab.    252  pp.     izmo.  750. 

O      Introductory  German  R<  ader.     Vocab.    282  pp.     121110.  95C. 

'2      Klemm's  Lese-  und  Sprachbiicher.     i2mo. 

Kreis  I.    Bds.    79  pp.  2sc.    Kreis    IV.     Bds.     151  pp.  4oc. 

=  ,5  "     II.     Hds.     81  pp.  see.  V.     B.ls.     164  pp.  450. 

(*S  "      "      (Vocab.)    104  pp.        35C.  \\.     Bds.     188  pp.  500. 

"•"<  "   III.     Bds.     iiopp.  35C.        "     VII.     Bds.     260  pp.  6oC. 

"      '      (i  'ani/-  V     146  pp.    4oc.    See  also  HISTORIES  OF  GERMAN  LIT. 
O      Otis'  Elementary  German.     Ed.  by  Prof  H.   S.  WHITE.    New  Edition,  re- 
vised    by   Prof.   W.    H.    CARRUTH.       Easy,   thorough,   stimulating,  and 
•4  "  breezy,"  full  of  conversational  exercises.     Vocab.     477   pp.  ifmo.     (The 

Roman-type  edition  sent  only  when  specially  ordered.     8oc.)  8oc. 

C      Introduction  to   Middle  High  German.     With  selections  from  the  Nibe- 

Q\  lungen  Lied.     Vocab.     156  pp.     8vo.  fi.oo 

ri^      Otto's  German   Conversation-Grammar.     Adapted  by   WM.   COOK.     A  most 

^*  popular   grammar   here   and    in   Germany,  where  it  has   reached  its  23d 

edition.     Vocab.     591  pp.     i?mo.     Half  roan.  $1.30 

Cf)      Elementary  German  Grammar.     Vocab.     315  pp.     12010  8oc. 

*V       Progressive  German  Reader.     Ed.  by  Prof.  E.  P.  EVANS.    Pocab.  239  pp. 

^^  I2H1O.  $1.IO 

QJ     Schrakamp's  German  Grammatical  Drill.     168  pp.     12010.  6$c. 
^*      •  — Exercises  in  Conversational  German.     107  pp.     i2mo.  55C. 
-V«4     Thomas'  Practical  German  Grammar.     A   book  remarkable  for  its  terseness 
*JJJ             and  simplicity  and  for  its   human  and  interesting  exercises.     Used  in  Uni- 
jCJ             versity  of  Chicago,  Johns  Hopkins,  Columbia,  the  Universities  of  Virginia, 
^X             Ohio,  Indiana,  Kansas.  Pennsylvania,  Michigan,  Missouri,  Iowa,  etc.,  etc. 
2^-             New  Kdition  with  additional  exrrcises.     431  pp.     lamo.                         $1.12 
Whitney's  Compendious  German   Grammar.      Noted   for  authority,   clear- 
ness, and  helpful  comparisons  of  English  and  German.    A  Text-book  at 
Harvard,  Yale,  Columbia,  etc.,  etc.     Vocat.     472  pp.     nmo.                 $>•.** 
Brief  German  Grammar.     Vocabs.     143  pp.     i6mo.  6oc. 

vn,  1900.  I 


Henry  Holt  Or  Co.'s  German  Text-Boohs. 

Whitney's  German  Reader.     Vocab.     523  pp.     izmo.  $'-50 

—  Introductory  German  Reader.    Easy  Selections  in  prose  and  verse  from 
the  best  modern  authors,  largely  on  German  subjects.  399  pp.  i6mo.  $1.00 

.    Whitney-Klemm  German  by  Practice.     Vocab.    305  pp.     12010.  900. 

J|3    -  Elementary  German  Reader.     Vocab.    237  pp.     12010.  8oc. 

'e 

Dictionary. 

R.  Whitney's  Compendious  German   Dictionary.    (German-English  and  Eng- 

.  lish-German.)    60,000  words  so  treated  that  the  meanings  of  many  more 

IS  are  easily  determined.  Special  attention  paid  to  etymology  and  correspond- 

ences between  English  and  German  words.   900  pp.  izmo.  Retail,     $1.50. 

« 

c  Grammars,  Readers,  Etc.,  entirely  in  German. 

X3 

^    Fischer's  Elementary  Progressive  German  Reader.     126  pp.    12010.  700. 

eg:  Heness'  Der  neue  Leitfaden.    402  pp.    12010.  $1.20 

—  Der  Sprechlehrer  unter  seinen  Schulern.     187  pp.    i2mo.  fi.io 
Kaiser's  Erstes  Lehrbuch.     128  pp.     12010.  650. 

.»    Schrakamp  and  Van  Daell's  Das  deutsche  Buch.     Ill'd.     150  pp.    12010.   650. 
^  Schrakamp's  Supplementary  Exercises  (to  the  above)  110  pp.  5oc. 

••»    Spanhoofd's  Das  Wesentliche  der  deutschen  Grammatik,   187  pp.   i6mo.  6oc. 
Si    Stern's  German  Lessons  for  Beginners.    292pp.     12010.  $1.00 

JJJ    Stern's  Studien  und  Plaudereien.   /.  Series.   New  Edition  from  New  Plaits. 
Q  Re.  ht  De.utsih  in  flavor  and  very  interesting.     262pp.     12010.  $1.10 

•»•,    Stern's  Stud'ien  und  Plaudereien.     II.  Series.    380  pp.     12010.  fi.2o 

"*•»   Wenckebach's  Deutsches  Lesebuch.    361  pp.    12010.  8oc. 

>J   Wenckebach  and  Schrakamp's  Deutsche  Grammatik  fur  Amerikaner.   Can 
be  used  with  beginners.     298  pp.     12010.  $1.00 

Wenckebach's  Deutsche  Sprachlehre.    Intended  for  still   younger   pupils 
than  the  above.     Vocab.    404  pp.    12010.  $1.12 


Q 


2  Composition  and  Conversation. 

P    Bronson's  Colloquial  German,  with  or  without  a  Teacher.    With  summary  of 

1*  grammar.     147  pp.     i6mo.  6sc. 

Jjj    Fischer's  Practical  Lessons  in  German.    For  beginners.     156  pp.  i2mo.  75C. 

Vj    --  Wildermuth's  Einsiedler  im  Walde.   As  a  basis  for  conversation.     115  pp. 

12010.  6sc. 

t/j   --  Hillern's  Hoher  als  die  Kirche.     Mil  Worterkalrung.    Ill'd.    96  pp.    6oc. 

•:       Huss'  Conversation  in  German.    224pp.    >2mo.  $1.10 

^  Jagemann's  German  Composition.    Selections  from  good   literature,  each 

Qj  from  4  to  25  pages.     Vocab.    245  pp.     12010.  goc. 

Cl   Jagemann  and  Poll's  German  Composition  (an  alternative  collection  to  the 

^W  above).     Vocab.     133  +  168  pp.     12010.  goc. 

*JJ<    Joy  nes-  Otto  :  Translating  English  into  German.    Vocab.  167  pp.   12010.     8oc. 

jC!    Keetels'  Oral  Method  with  German.     371  pp.     12010.  $1.30 

^.    Pylodet's  German  Conversation.    279  pp.    i8mo.  5oc. 

^    Sprechen  Sie  Deutsch  ?     147  pp.     iSmo.     Boards.  4oc. 

Teusler's  Game  for  German  Conversation.     Cards  in  box.  8oc. 

Vos's  German  Conversation.     176  pp.     12010.  750. 

Wenckebach's  German  Composition,  based  on  humorous  stories.     282   pp. 

121110.  $1.00 

'Wenckebach's  Deutscher  Anschauungs-Unterricht.    Conversation  and  some 

Composition.     451  pp.     12010.  $t.io 

William's  German  Conversation  and  Composition.     147  pp.    12010.  8oc. 

Till,  1900 

a 


Henry  Holt  &  Co.'s  German  Text-Boohs, 

Histories  of  German  Literature. 

Francke's  Social  Forces  in  German  Literature.  A  remarkable  critical,  phHo- 
^  sophical,  and  historical  work  "  destined  to  be  a  standard  work  for  both 

professional  and  general  uses  "  (Dial).  It  has  been  translated  in  Germany. 

It  begins  with  the  sagas  of  the  fifth  century  and  ends  with  Hauptmanu's 
5-  "  Hannele"  (1894).  577  pp.  8vo.  Gilt  top.  f^'00 

g  Klemm's  Abrissder  Geschichte  der  deutschen  Litteratur.  385  pp.  nm.  Si.ao 
§_  Goatwick  and  Harrison's  German  Literature.  600  pp.  12010.  $2.00 

r<r 

Texts. 
E 

<2>  (Bound  in  boards  unless  otherwise  indicated?) 

»0 

*s      Andersen's  Bilderbuch  ohne  Bilder.     Vocab.    (SIMONSON.)    104  pp.  300. 

€r§=  Die  Eisjungfrau  u.  andere  Geschichtcn.  (KRAUSS.)  150  pp.  yac. 

Ein  Besuch  bei  Charles  Dickens.  (BERNHARDT.)  2  Ill's.  63  pp.  250. 

— -  Stories,  with  others  by  Grimms  and  Hauff.  (BRONSON.)  Vocab.  Cl.  900. 

»•     Auerbach's  Auf  Wache  ;  with  Roquette's  Der  gefrorene  Kuss.     (MACDOM- 

p»  NELL.)     126  pp.  33C. 

**      Baumbach  :  Sommermarchen.    8  easy  stories.   (MEYER.)  Vocab.    142  pp.  350. 

5Q      Frau  Holde.     Legend  in  verse.    (FOSSLER.)    105  pp.  250. 

JJJ      Benedix's  Doctor  Wespe.     Comedy.     116  pp.  250. 

Q  Der  Dritte.  Comedy.  (WHITNEY.)  29  pp.  2oc. 

•5j  Der  Weiberfeind.  Comedy.  Bound  with  Elz's  Er  1st  nicht  eifersiichtig 

~£«*  and  Muller's  Im  Wartesalon  erster  Klasse.  With  notes.  82  pp.  3oc. 

.vJ  Eigensinn.  Farce.  Bound  with  Wilhelmi's  Einer  muss  heiraihen.  With 

Q  notes.     63  pp.  2$c. 

Beresford-Webb's  German  Historical  Reader,      Events  previous   to  XIX. 
century.    Selections  from  German  historians.    310  pp.     Cloth.  900. 

M,  Brandt  and  Day's  German  Scientific  Reading.  Selections,  each  of  consider- 
•J  able  length,  from  Sell,  E.  R.  Miiller,  Ruhlmann,  Humboldt,  yom  Rath. 

Claus,    Leunis,    Sachs,  Goethe,    etc  ,  treating    of    various  sciences  and 

S  especially  of  electricity.  For  those  who  have  had a  fair  start  in  grammar 

and  can  read  ordinary  easy  prose.     Vocab.     269  pp.  850. 

•S      Carovd's  Das  Maerchen  ohne  Er.de.     With  notes.    45  pp.     Paper.  aoc. 

,j^      Chamissp's  Peter  Schlemihl.    (VocEL.)     Ill'd.     126  pp.  350. 

^)      Claar's  Simson  und  Delila.    Comedy.    Ed.  in  easy  German.     (STBRN.)   55  pp. 
Paper.  250. 

,  .     Cohn's  Ueber  Bakterien.     (SEIDENSTICKER.)    55  pp.     Paper.  300. 

J ;**     Ebers'  Eine  Frage.    (STORR.)     With  picture.     117  pp.  350. 

^  Eckstein's  Preisgekront.  (WILSON.)  A  very  humorous  tale  of  a  would-be  liter- 
^  ary  woman.  125  pp.  300. 

ij      Eichendorffs  Aus  dem  Leben  eines  Taugenichts.     132  pp.  3oc. 

'N  Elz's  Rr  ist  nicht  eifersiichtig.  Comedy.  With  notes.  See  Benedix.  300. 
«^J  Fouqu^'s  Undine.  With  Glossary.  137  pp.  35C. 

^<  -  Ike  same.    (VON  JAGEMANN.)     Vocab.    220  pp.    Cloth.  8oc. 

Sintram  und  seine  Gefahrten.     114  pp.  250. 

*^      Freytag's  Die  Journalisten.     Comedy.     (THOMAS.)    178  pp.  3oc. 

Karl  der  Grosse,  Aus  dem  Klosterleben,  Aus  den  Kreuzziigen.      With 

portrait.    (NICHOLS.)    219  pp.    Cloth.  750. 

Friedrich's    Ganschen    von    Buchenau.      Comedy.      Ed.  in  easy  German. 

(STERN.)    59  pp.     Paper.  350. 

Gerstacker's   Irrfahrten.     Easy  and  conversational.     (M.  P.  WHITNEY,)    30*. 

Gbrner's  Englisch.    Comedy.    (EDGREN.)    61  pp.    Paper.  354 

Prices  net.     Postage  SJer  cent  additional.     Descriptive  list  free. 
vn,  1900.  3  , 


373 
-  E 


Henry  Holt  &  Co.'s  German  Text  -Books. 


Goethe's  Dichtung  und  Wahrheit.  Selections  from  Books  I.-XI.  (VON  JAGB- 
M  ANN.)  Only  A  merican  Edition  representing  all  the  backs.  Cloth,  xvi  + 
373  PP-  $1.12 

Egmont.    Tragedy.    (STKFFEN.)    113  pp.  4oc. 

^    —  —  The  same.     (DEERING.)     Cloth.     (In  preparation) 

•*    --  Faust,  Part  I.     Tragedy.     (COOK.)    229  pp.     Cloth.  48c. 

§_  -  Gcitz  von  Berlichingen.  Romantic  Historical  Drama.  (GOODRICH.)  The 
•g  only  American  Edition,  xli  +  170  pp.  With  map.  Cloth.  yoc. 

o    -  Hermann  und  Dorothea.    Poem.    (THOMAS.)     Vocab.     150  pp.  400. 

ft.   --  Iphigeme  auf  Tauris.     Tragedy.     (CARTER.)     113  pp.     Cloth.  48c. 

^   --  Neue  Melusine.     (In  Nichols'  Three  German  Tales.)   Cloth.  6oc. 

•g  Grimm's  (H.)  Die  Venus  von  Milo;  Rafael  und  Michel-Angelo.  139  pp.  4oc. 
5  Grimm's  (J.  &  VV.)  Kinder-  und  HausmaYchen.  With  notes.  228  pp.  4oc. 
j£  -  The  same.  A  different  selection.  (OTIS.)  Vocab.  351  pp.  Cloth.  $1.00 

-  Stories,  with  Andersen  and  Haufl.     (BRONSON.)     Vocab.     Cloth.  yoc. 
S    Gutzkow's  Zopf  und  Schwert.    Comedy.    (LANGE.)    163  pp.    Paper.        4oc. 
"    HaufTs  Das  kalte  Herz.                                         Vocab.  35C. 
2.   -  Karawane.     (BRONSON.)     Vocab.     345  pp.                                                      75C. 

—  Stories.     See  Branson's  Easy  German  under  Grammars  and  Readtrs. 

Hauptmann's  Die  yersunkene  Glocke.    (BAKER.)  xviii  -f-  205  pp.  Cloth.  8oc. 

.    Heine's  Die  Harzreise.    (BURNETT.)    97  pp.  300. 

^i.   Helmholtz's  Goethe  'snaturwissenschaftliche  Arbeiten.  Scientific  monograph. 

V,  (SEIDENSTICKER.)     Paper.  3oc. 

5Q    Hey's  Fabeln  flir  Kinder.    Illustrations  and  Vocab.    52  pp.  300. 

t*j    Heyse's  Anfang  und  Ende.    54  pp.  250. 

O^  -  Die  Einsamen.  44  pp.  200. 

.^  -  L'Arrabiata.  (FROST.)  Illustrations  and  Vocab.  70  pp.  250. 

•Kt    ---  Madchen  von  Treppi;  Marion.     (BKUSIE.)    xiii+Sgpp.  250. 

O    Hillern's  Hoher  a  Is  die  Kirche.     With  two  views  of  the  cathedral  and  por- 

*5«  traits    of    Maximilian   and   of  Albrecht    Durer.      Vocab.      (WHITLESEY.) 

U  90  PP-  250. 

Historical  Readers.     See  Beresford-Webb,  Freytag,  Schoenfdd,  Schrakamp. 

^  (The    Publishers   issue   in    English    Gorlach's    Bismarck.     $1.00    retail  ; 

2  Sitite't  History  of  Germany,  8oc.  net.) 

2   Jungmann's  Er  sucht  einen  Vetter.  Comedy.  Ed.  in  easy  German.    (STERN.) 

K          49  pp.    Paper.  250. 

S    Jungstilling's  Lebensgeschichte.   (STERN.)  Vocab.  xxvi+28s  pp.  Cloth.  $1.20 

?•[    Kinder-Komodien.     Ed.  in  German.     (HENESS.)     i4i  pp.     Cloth.  48c. 

..^J    Kleist's  Verlobung  in  St.  Domingo.     Cloth.     See  Nichols.  6oc. 

^)    Klenze's    Deutsche  Gedichte.     An   attractive  and  reasonably  full  collection 

of  the  best  German  poems  carefully  edited.    With  portraits.    331   pp. 

(/)  Cloth.  9oc. 

••  Knortz's  Representative  German  Poems.  German  and  best  English  metrical 

^         version  on  opposite  pages.     i2mo.    373  pp.    Retail.  $2.50 

QJ    Konigswinter's  Sie  hat  ihr  Herz  entdeckt.    Comedy.     Ed.  in  easy  German. 

Cj  (STERN.)  79  pp.  Paper.  35c. 

>«»  Leander's  TrSumereien.  (WATSON.)  Ten  of  the  best  of  these  idyllic  fairy 
*JJj  tales.  Vocab.  151  pp.  4oc. 

J*5  Lessing's  Emilia  Galotti.  Tragedy.  (SUPER.)  New  Edition.  With  portrait. 
|^.  90  pp.  3oc. 

^-  -  Minna  von  Barnhelm.  Comedy.  (WHITNEY.)  Vocab.  191  pp.  Cloth.  6oc. 

-  The  same.  (NICHOLS.)  With  a  portrait  and  reproductions  of  twelve  etch- 
ings by  CHODOWIECKI,  but  no  vocab.    xxxvi  4-  163  pp.    Cloth.  6oc. 

-  Nathan   der   Weise.     Drama.      New  Edition.     (BRANDT.)    xx  -(-  225  pp. 
Cloth.  6oc. 

Meissner's  Aus  meiner  Welt.    With  Illustrations  and  Vocab.  (WENCKEBACH.) 

127  pp.    Cloth.  750. 

Moser's  Der  Bibliothekar.    Farce.    (LANGE.)    161  pp.  4oc. 

-  Der  Schimmel.     Farce.  Ed.  in  easy  German.  (STERN-.)  55  pp.  Paper.  2sc. 
viii,  1900 

4 


Henry  Holt  6^  Co.'s  German  Text-Boohs. 


Mligge's  Riukan  Voss.    A  Norwegian  tale.     55  pp.     Paper.  150. 

Signa,  die  Seterin.     A  Norwegian  tale.     71  pp.     Paper.  200, 

Muller's  (E.  R.)  Elektrischen  Maschinen.     (SEIDENSTICKER.)     Ill'd.     46  pp. 

Paper.  300. 

Muller's  (Hugo)  Im  Wartesalon  erster  Klasse.     Comedy.     See  Benedix.    300. 
Muller's  (Max)  Deutsche  Liebe.     With  notes.     121  pp.  350. 

Nathusius'  Tagebuch  eines  arinen  Frauleins.     163  pp.  250. 

Nibelungen  Lied.     Set  Stern  or  Vilmar,  below,  also  Otis,  under  Readers. 
Nichols'    Three    German    Tales  :     I.    Goethe's    Die    neue    Melusine.       II. 

Zschokke's    Der   tote   Gast.      III.   H.   v.    Kleist's  Die  Verlobung  in    St. 

Domingo.     With  Grammatical  Appendix.     226  pp.     i6mo.     Cloth.        6oc. 
Paul's  Er  muss   tanzen.     Comedy.     Ed.  in   easy   German.     (STERN.)    51  pp. 

Paper.  250. 

Princessin  Use.  (MERRICK).    A  Legend  of  the  Hartz  Mountains.    45  pp.    2OC. 
Poems,  Collections  of.     See  Klenze,  Knortz,  Regents,  Simonson,  and  K^encke- 

bach. 
Putlitz's  Badekuren.    Comedy.    With  notes.    69  pp.     Paper.  250. 

Das  Herz  vergessen.     Comedy.     With  notes.    79  pp.     Paper.  250. 

Was  sich  der  Wald  erzahlt.     62  pp.     Paper.  250. 

Vergissmeinnicht.     With  notes.    44  pp.     Paper.  2oc. 

Regents'  Requirements  (Univ.  of  State  of  N.  Y.)    30  Famous  German  Poems 

(with  music  to  8)  and  30  Famous  French  Poems.    92  pp.  2oc. 

Richter's  Walther  und  Hildegund.     See  Vilinar.  35C. 

Riehl's  Uurg  Neideck.    An  historical  romance.    (PALMER.)    Portrait.    76  pp. 

Fluch  der  Schonheit.  A  grotesque  romance  of  the  Thirty  Years'  War. 

(KENDALL.)  Vncab.  112  pp.  s«C. 

Roquette's  Der  gefrprene  Kuss.    (MACDONNELL.)    See  Auerbach.  350. 

Rosegger's  Die  Schriften  des  Waldschulmeisters.  (FOSSLER.)  An  authorized 
abridgment.  With  two  Poems  by  Baumbach  and  frontispiece,  xii-f- 
158  pp.  Boards.  400. 

Rosen's  Ein  Knopf.  Comedy.  Ed.  in  German.  (STERN.)  41  pp.  Paper. 

250. 

Scheffel's  Ekkehard.  (CARRUTH.}  The  greatest  German  historical  romance. 
Illustrated.  500  pp.  Cloth.  $1-25 

Trompeter  von  Sakkingen.  (FROST.)  The  best  long  German  lyrical 

poem  of  the  century.  Illustrated.  310  pp.  Cloth.  8oc. 

Schiller's  Jungfrau  von  Orleans.  Tragedy.  (NICHOLS.)  New  Editipn.  203 
pp.  (Cloth,  6oc.)  Bds.  400. 

Lied  von  der  Glocke.     Poem.    (OTIS.)     70  pp.  350. 

Maria  Stuart.  Tragedy.  New  Edition.  (JOYNES.)  With  Portraits.  233 

pp.  Cloth.  6oc. 

Neffe  als  Onkel.     Comedy.     (CLEMENT.)     Vocab.    99  pp.     Bds.  4oc, 

Wallenstein  Trilogy,  complete.  Tragedy  in  three  piays  :  Wallenstein's 

Lager,  Die  Piccolomini,  and  Wallenstein's  Tod.  (CARRUTH.)  Illustra- 
tions and  map.  i  vol.  515  pp.  Cloth.  $1.00 

Wilhelm  Tell.     Drama.     (SACHTLEBEN.)     199  pp.     Cloth.  48c. 

The  same.     (PALMER.)     Ills,  and  Vocab.     Ixxvi -f- 404  pp.     Cloth.         8oc. 

The  same.     (PALMEK  )     Without  the  vocabulary.    Ixxvi  +  3°2  PP-    Cloth. 

The  Thirty  Years'  War.  (PALMER.)  Selections  portraying  the  careers  and 

characters  of  GustavusAdolphus  and  Wallenstein.  xl-j-202pp.  Cloth.  8oc. 

Schoenfeld's  German  Historical  Prose.  Nine  selections  from  Lindner,  Giese- 
breclu  (2),  Janssen,  Ranke,  Droysen  (2),  Trcitschke,  and  Sybel,  relating  to 
crucial  periods  of  German  history,  especially  to  the  rise  of  the  Hohenzollern 
and  of  the  modern  German  Empire.  With  foot-notes  on  historical  topics. 
213  pp.  Cloth.  8oc. 

vn,  1900.  5 


Henry  Holt  6°  Co.'s  German  Text-Books. 


Schrakamp's   Erziihlungen  aus~  der   deutschen     Geschichte.      Through  the 
war  of  '70.     With  notes.     294  pp.     Cloth.  goc. 

Beruhmte  Deutsche.     Glossary.     207  pp.     Cloth.  850. 

Sagen  und  Mythen.     Glossary.     161  pp.     Cloth.  750. 

Science.     See  Brandt.  Cohn.  Htlmholtz,  and  E.  R.  Milller. 
Simonson's  German  Ballad  Book.     304  pp.     Cloth.  Si.io 

^5      Stern's  Aus  deutschen  Meisterwerken.     (Niebelungen,  Parcival  (and  Lohen- 
grin). Gudrun,  Tristan  und  Isolde.)     Vocab.    xxvu-j-225  pp.    Cloth,    f  i  20 
o      Storm's  Immensee.     Vocab.     (BUKNETT.)    109  pp.  2*c. 

^  Sudermann's  Frau  Sorge.  (GKUENER.)  xx  -f-  J^o8  pp.  ifimn.  Ciotli.  soc. 
o  Tieck's  Die  Klfen  :  Das  Rothkappchen.  (SIMONSON.)  41  pp.  »oc. 

"•  Vilmar's  Die  Nibelungen.  With  Richter's  "  Walther  und  Hildeg-und."  350. 
,^r  Watson's  German  Sight  Reading.  Easy  passages  of  good  unhackneyed 
'S  literature.  41  pp.  2sc. 

HW.  Wenckebach's  Schonsten  deutschen  Lieder.  300  of  the  best  German  poems, 
j£  'many  proverbs,  and  45  songs  (with  music).  (Hf.  mor.,$2.oo.)  Cloth.  $1.20 

_      Wichert's  An  der  Majorsecke.    (HARRIS.)    Comedy.    45  pp.  aoc. 

(Q      Die  verlorene  Tochter.     (BABBIT.)    (/«  preparation.) 

•      Wilhelmi's  Einer  muss  heirathen.     Comedy.     See  Benedix.  950. 

S     Zschokke's  Neujahrsnacht  and  Der  zerbrochene  Krug.    (FAUST.)  250. 

Toter  Gast.     (Set  Nichols'  Three  German  Tales.)    Cloth.  6oc. 

.  Prices  net.     Postage  8  ptr  cent  additional.    Descriptive  list  free. 


i 

A    BOOKS  TRANSLATED  FROM  THE  GERMAN. 

.J?          Prices  retail.     Carriage  prepaid.     See  Catalogue  of  General  Literaturt. 

Auerbach's  On  the  Heights.    2  vols.    Cloth.  $2.00 

Q     A  different  translation  of  the  above,    i  vol.    Paper.  300. 

M     The  Villa  on  the  Rhine.     With  Bayard  Taylor's  sketch  of  the  author,  and 

S           a  portrait.    2  vols.    Cloth.  $2.00 

Brink's  English  Literature  (before  Elizabeth).    3  vols.  Each  $2.00 

»       Five  Lectures  on  Shakespeare.  $1.25 

nj     Falke's  Greece  and  Rome,  their  Life  and  Art.    400  Ills.  $10.00 

Nta     Goethe's  Poems  and  Ballads.  $1-50 

W     Heine's  Book  of  Songs.  75C. 

Karpeles'  Heine's  Life  in  His  Own  Words.    With  portrait.  $1-75 

t/3     Heyse's  Children  of  the  World.  $1.25 

*V      Lessing's  Nathan  the  Wise.    Translated  into  English  verse.  With   Kuno 

JTi           Fischer's  essay.  $1.50 

Jj*     Moscheles  :  On  Recent  Music  and  Musicians.  $2.00 

Cl     Spielhagen's  Problematic  Characters.     Paper.  joe. 

^J    Through    Night    to    Light.      (Sequel    to    "Problematic  Characters.") 

2            Paper.  soc. 

5^«     The  Hohenstems.    Paper.  soc. 

>^-     Hammer  and  Anvil.    1'aper.  5oc. 

•^     Wagner's  Art,  Life,  and  Theories  (from  his  writings).    2  Illustrations.      $2.00 

Ring  of  the  Nibelung.    Described  and  partly  translated.  $1-50 

Witt's  Classic  Mythology.  net  Ji.oo 

A  complete  catalogue  of  Henry  Holt  &  Co.V  educational  publications^  m. 
list  »f  their  foreign-language  publications,  or  an  illustrated  catalogue  of  thtir 
wtrks  in  general  literature  •will  be  sent  on  application. 

vn,  1900.  6 


UNIVERSITY  OF  CALIFORNIA  LIBRARY 

Los  Angeles 
This  book  is  DUE  on  the  last  date  stamped  below. 


FEB25 

<fcirD  CD- 


I.'.AR  25  1987 


3   1 


IINIIIIIIIIIIIL .,.,      . 

58  01168  9246 


A     000122253     8 


